Language Origins: Vol. 2 L–Z [2nd, revised and enlarged ed. Reprint 2020] 9783112313015, 9783112301838

Citation preview

APPROACHES TO SEMIOTICS edited by

T H O M A S A. S E B E O K Research Center for the Language Sciences Indiana University

44

L A N G U A G E ORIGINS A BIBLIOGRAPHY

COMPILED BY

GORDON WINANT HEWES

Second Revised and Enlarged Edition

PART TWO L-Z

1975

MOUTON THE H A G U E • PARIS

© Copyright 1975 in The Netherlands Mouton & Co. N.V., Publishers, The Hague. No part of this book may be translated or reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm, or any other means, without written permission from the publishers.

ISBN 90 279 3401 0

Printed in The Netherlands.

PART TWO L-Z

408

L

Laban, Rudolf von 1926 Choreographie. Jena, E. Diederichs. [dance notation system], 1928 Schrift tanz (Kinetography). Wien, Leipzig, Universal Edition. 1950 The mastery of movement on the stage. London, Macdonald and Evans, [gesture and mime included]. 1956 Principles of dance and movement notation. London, Macdonald and Evans. 1960 Mastery of movement. 2nd edition. London, Macdonald and Evans. — and F. C. Lawrence 1947 Effort. London, Macdonald and Evans. Laban Art of Movement Guild 1953 The art of movement in education, work, and recreation, [gesture, mime], LaBarre, Weston 1947 The cultural basis of emotions and gestures. Journal of Personality 16: 49-68. (reprinted, 1956, in Haring, Douglas, ed., Personal character and cultural milieu. Syracuse University Press, 547-563). 1954 The human animal. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, xv + 372 pp. [notes relation of origin of speech to vocal gestures of primate origin]. 1964 Paralinguistics, kinesics, and cultural anthropology: In Sebeok, Thomas A., ed., Approaches to semiotics. Transactions of the Indiana University Conference on Paralinguistics and Kinesics. = Janua Linguarum, Series Major 15. The Hague, Mouton. 294 pp., 191-220. 1966 Die kulturelle Grundlage von Emotionen und Gesten. In Mühlmann, W. E. and E. W. Müller, eds. Kulturanthropologie. Berlin-Köln, Kiepenheuer und Witsch, 264-285. 1967 Paralinguistics and kinesics. In Matson, F. W. and Ashley Montagu, eds. The human dialogue. New York, The Free Press, 470 ff. Laboulaye, E. R. L. 18— Fairy tales. Dutton. [on language of animals], 1884, Last fairy tales. Harper, [language of animals]. 1904

409 Labouret, Henri 1923 Langage tambouriné et sifflé. Bulletin du Comité d'Etudes Historiques et Scientifiques de l'Afrique Occidentale Française. Année 1923:120-158. Labuschagne, F. J. 1957 Die oorsprong en wese van taal, funksioneel gesien. Tydskrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns. Nuwe Reeks, Johannesburg, [on origin of language]. Lach, Stanislaw 1961 Powstanie jçzykow w swietle pisma sw. (Rdz. 11,1-9). Zeszyty naukowe Katolickiego Uniwersytetu Lubelskiego 4(3): 3-17. (Lublin; English abstract) [origin of language in the light of scripture, Genesis 11:1-9]. 1962 Die Entstehung der Sprachen im Lichte der Heiligen Schrift. Begegnung. Zeitschrift für Kultur und Geistesleben, Köln 17 Jg.: 11-18. Lackner, James R. 1968 A developmental study of language behavior in retarded children. Neuropsychologia 6:301-320. 1969 See Bever, T. G., et al. 1970 See Bever, T. G., et al. Lackowski, Peter 1968 Review of Katz, Jerrold J., The philosophy of language, 1966. In Language 44(3):606-616. Ladefoged, J. Peter N. 1960 The perception of vowel sounds. Edinburgh, University of Edinburgh, Ph. D. dissertation. 1962 Sub-glottal activity during speech. Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. The Hague, 73-91. 1967 Three areas of experimental phonetics. London, Oxford University Press, [hypothesizes that vowel production depends more on auditory monitoring, whereas consonant production depends more on oral sensory feedback (oral stereognosis]. — and D. E. Broadbent 1957 Information conveyed by vowels. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 29:98-104. — and Norris P. McKinney 1963 Loudness, sound pressure, and subglottal pressure in speech. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 35:454-460.

410 Ladevi-Roche 1860 De l'origine du langage d'après MM. De Bonald, Renan, Jules Simon, et le P. Chastel. Bordeaux (later ed., 1868) [p. 7, theological explanation of language origin, following Bonald]. Ladygina-Kohts, Nadia N. see Kohts, Nadia N. Laffal, Julius 1965 Pathological and normal language. New York, Atherton Press, [on schizophrenic pseudolanguage]. 1967 Language, consciousness, and experience. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 36:61-66. [language serves as an "energy discharge mechanism", so that pseudolanguage is used by disturbed patients instead of normal language to vent emotions]. LaFin 1692 Sermo mirabilis, or the silent language, whereby one may learn . . . how to impart his mind to his friend in any language without . . . noise, word, or voice, etc. London, [advocates a secret gesture-language system], Lafond 1927 [Projection of the chin as a consequence of vertical posture] [in French] Bulletin et Mémoires de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris 8:161-165. Lagercrantz, E. 1950 Die Primitivismen arktischer Sprachen im Lichte der Entwicklungspsychologie. Mémoires de la Société FinnoOugrienne, Helsinki 98:107-123 (Mélanges Toivonen). Lagercrantz, Sture 1970 Tallying by means of lines, stones, and sticks. Paideuma 16:52-62. Läget, P. 1868 See Husson, R., et al. La Gourge, J. R . 1967 See Moser, H., et al. la Grasserie, R. de 1894 De l'importance des langues sauvages au point de vue psychologique. Revue Philosophique 38:465-477. [some remarks on language origin theory], 1895 De l'origine et de l'évolution première des racines des langues. Paris. 174 pp.

411 de Laguna, Grace Andrus 1927 Speech, its function and development. (1963 edition, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, xii + 363 pp.) [has extensive discussion of language origin speculations]. 1929 Perception and language. Human Biology 1:555-558. Laikin, Paul 1963 A hand guide to language, with a guide to famous international hand gestures. Photos by Louis Criscuolo. New York, Sloves and Frey. Unpaginated, illus. Lakoff, G. 1968 Instrumental adverbs and the concept of deep structure. Foundations of Language 4:4-29. — and J. R. Ross 1967 Is deep structure necessary? Cambridge, Massachusetts. Lakoff, Robin 1969 Review of Grammaire générale et raisonée. Language 45: 343-364. [the Port-Royal Grammar], Lai, H. 1967 Operant control of vocal responding in rats. Psychonomic Science 8:35-36. Laloy, L. 1904 Review of Walkhoff, O., Die menschliche Sprache in ihrer Bedeutung . . . Anatomischer Anzeiger 24:129 ff., 1903. In L'Anthropologie 15:235-236. [on human language and the form of the mandible: articulate language as the morphogenic factor governing the trabeculae of the genioglossal], de Lamarck, Jean Baptiste (1744-1829) 1809 Philosophie zoologique. Paris. 2 vols. [vol. 2, p. 346 ff., origins of language, following La Mettrie's position]. Lamb, Warren 1965 Posture and gesture: an introduction to the study of physical behaviour. London, Gerald Duckworth. 1968 To make a gesture. Twentieth Century 177 (2nd quarter): 30-33. — and David Turner 1969 Management behavior. New York, International Universities Press, Inc. [posture and gesture]. Lambeck, Peter (Lambecius, 1628-1680) 1710 Prodromus historiae. Leipzig, Frankfurt/Main. [Hebrew the primordial language; all Hebrew letters inspired by God].

412

Lambert, Louis C. 1932 Mimetic expression: a study of gesture. Expression Company. Lambert, Louis Marie 1859 La religion et les devoirs moraux de la vie enseignés aux sourds-muets illettrés qui sont hors des institutions, ou arriérés qui sont dans les écoles; ou, Méthode pratique d'enseignement des sourds-muets mise à la portée de tous par le langage des signes. Paris, H. Vrayet de Surcy. 140 pp. 1865 Le langage de la physionomie et du geste, mis à la portée de tous, suivi d'une méthode courte, facile et pratique d'enseignement des sourds-muets illettrés qui sont hors des institutions spéciales et des élèves arriérés de ces mêmes écoles, le partie, nouv. édition, Paris, J. Lecoffre. 422 pp. 1868 La clef du langage de la physionomie et du geste mise à la portée de tous. Extrait de la méthode d'enseignement des sourds-muets illettrés. 3rd ed. Lambert, W. E. 1963 Psychological approaches to the study of language. Part I, On Learning, thinking, and human abilities. Part II, On second-language learning and bilingualism. Modern Language Journal 47:51-62. Lambley, D. G. 1940 See Weddell, G., et al. de Lamennais, Hugues Félicité Robert 1840- Esquisse d'une philosophie. Paris and Leipzig. 4 vols. [vol. 1846 3, Book 7:49,109-117, man must have first appeared on the Earth in an almost animal condition, with instinct only. Man later invents language]. La Mettrie, Julien Offray de (1709-1751) 1747 L'Homme-Machine. A study in the origins of an idea. Cri(1960) tical edition, Vartanian, A., ed. Princeton, New Jersey, Princeton University Press, (other editions; 1912, Man a machine, La Salle, Illinois, The Open Court Publishing Company) [refers to the inability of monkeys and apes to speak]. Lampert, H. 1926 Zur Kenntnis des Platyrrhinenkelkopfes. Morphologisches Jahrbuch 55:607-654. [on the larynx of New World monkeys; observes that the absence of speech is due to mental rather than morphological factors].

413 Lamson, F. W. 1966 Relationship of the ability to identify objects and events by sound to aspects of reading performance, maturation, and sensory compensation. Eugene, University of Oregon, Ph. D. dissertation, unpublished. Lamy, Bernard 1675 De l'Art de Parler. Paris, A. Pralard. 288 pp. (later editions, 1701, 1741). Lamy, Joseph (1827-1907) 1883 Commentarius in librum Geneseos. Mecheln. [vol. 1, pp. 369-387, outline of theological views on language origins; only one primordial language, which came from God: we no longer know the primordial language, because even Hebrew came from the confusion of tongues at Babel]. Lancaster, C. S. 1968 See Washburn, Sherwood L. and C. S. L. Lancaster, Jane B. 1965 Language and communication. In DeVore, P. L., ed., The origin of man. New York, Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research, 71-78. 1966 The biology of language. American Anthropological Association, Abstracts of Papers, Annual Meeting, Pittsburgh, November. Full text, mimeographed, 12 pp. 1967 Communication systems of Old World monkeys and apes. International Social Sciences Journal 19(l):28-35. 1968a On the evolution of tool-using behavior. American Anthropologist 70:56-66. 1968b Primate communication systems and the emergence of human language. In Jay, Phyllis, ed., Primates: studies in adaptation and variability. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, xii + 529 pp., chap. 16, 439-57. [a condensed version of her Ph. D. dissertation, 1968]. 1968c Primate communication systems and the emergence of human language. University of California, Berkeley, Ph. D. Dissertation. Dissertation Abstracts 28:1324B. Lancelot, Claude and Antoine Arnauld 1660 Grammaire générale raisonée. Messieurs [de l'Abbaye] de Port-Royal, [the famous "Cartesian" grammar of PortRoyal],

414 Lancelot, Francine 1971 Écriture de la danse: le système Feuillet. Ethnologie Française, Annee 1971, n.s. (l):29-58. illus. [dance notation based on the system of Raoul-Auger Feuillet, 1700, q.v.]. Landar, Herbert 1961 Review of Stokoe, W. C., Sign language structure, 1961. In Language 37(2):269-271. 1966 Language and culture. New York, Oxford University Press, [p. 165, on phonetic iconicity: dentality connotes steady projection, obstruents]. Landau, W. M., R. Goldstein, and F. K. Kleffner 1960 Congenital aphasia: a clinico-pathological study. Neurology 10:915-921. Landauer, Thomas K. and J. L. Freedman 1968 Information retrieval from long-term memory: category size and recognition time. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 7:291-295. Landes, B. A. 1968 See Boone, Daniel R. and B. A. L. Landes, Robert Marshall 1969 Approaches: a digest of methods in learning the language of signs. 2nd ed. Richmond, Virginia, xiii + 125 pp., illus. Landgrebe, Ludwig 1934 Nennfunktion und Wortbedeutung, eine Studien über Martys Sprachphilosophie. Halle, Akademie Verlag. 132 pp. [On Anton Marty's theory of naming and word-meaning, 1908, q.v.]. Landis, C. 1924 Studies of emotional reactions II: general behavior and facial expression. Journal of Comparative Psychology 4:447509. 1929 The interpretation of facial expression of emotion. Journal of General Psychology 2:59-77. Landois, Hermann 1874 Thierstimmen. Freiburg in Breisegau, Herders'sche Verlagshandlung. ix + 229 pp. Landsberg, P. 1933 L'homme et le langage. Revue de Phil. 58(3-4):217-251. Landsmeer, J. M. F. 1955 Anatomical and functional investigations on the articu-

415 lations of the human fingers. Acta Anatomica, Switzerland, 25(2),Suppl.24. 72 pp. [on the complex, "almost infinite" movements of the fingers; detailed analysis of chains of articulations]. 1962 Power grip and precision handling. Annals rheumatic Disorders 21:164-170. Landwehr, John 1962 Dutch emblem books. A bibliography. Utrecht, [pictorial symbolism]. Lane, Harlan L. 1960 Control of vocal responding in chickens. Science 132:37-38. 1961 Operant control of vocalizing in the chicken. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior 4:171-177. 1965 The motor theory of speech perception: a critical review. Psychological Review 72:275-309. 1967 A behavioral basis for the polarity principle in linguistics. Language 43(2):494-511. Lang, Andrew 1903 Crimson Fairy Book. London, Longmans, [tales on the language of animals]. 1911 Magic ring and other stories. London, Longmans, [language of animals]. Lang, K. 1925 Section in Drexel, Albert, Bibliotheca Africana 1/2:101 ff. [empirical evidence that the i sound in various African languages has a sound-symbolic value for "bright, clear, clean" meanings], Lang, Marilyn 1972 See Benton, Arthur L., et al. Lang, Wilhelm 1969 Probleme der allgemeinen Sprachtheorie. Stuttgart, Ernst Klett Verlag. 124 pp. [origin and evolution of language, pp. 26-81; fully formed language, pp. 82-102]. Langacker, Ronald W. 1968 Language and its structure: some fundamental linguistic concepts. New York, Harcourt, Brace and World, ix + 260 pp. Langendoen, D. Terence 1966 A note on the linguistic theory of M. Terentius Varro. Foundations of Language 2:33-36.

416 1967

Universality of language design. Practical Anthropology 14:275-282. 1968a Getting at the deep structure of language. Practical Anthropology 15:112-117. 1968b Redundancy in language design. Practical Anthropology 15(l):29-36. 197See Bever, T. G., and D. T. L. Langer, J. and B. G. Rosenberg 1964 Non-verbal representation of verbal referents. Perceptual and Motor Skills 19:363-370. [colors as referents]. 1965 See Rosenberg, B. G. and J. L. — and B. G. Rosenberg 1966 Symbolic meaning and color naming. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 4(4):364-373. Langer, Susanne K. 1958 Philosophy in a new key. Mentor Books. (1st ed., 1942) [chapter on language, child language development]. 1960 The origins of speech and its communicative function. Quarterly Journal of Speech 46:121-134. 1962 Speculations on the origins of speech and its communicative function. In Philosophical sketches. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 54-72. (reprinted, 1968. In Gleeson, Patrick and Nancy Wakefield, Language and culture, Columbus, C. E. Merrill Publishing Company). 1971 The great shift: instinct to intuition. In Eisenberg, J. F., and Wilton S. Dillon, eds. Man and beast. Comparative social behavior. Papers from a symposium. Washington, D. C., Smithsonian Institution Press. 402 pp., 315-32. [speech is not derived from animal communication; language is the major division between man and animal]. Langworthy, O. R. 1924a A study of the innervation of the tongue musculature with particular reference to the proprioceptive mechanism. Journal of Comparative Neurology 36:273-297. 1924b Problems of tongue innervation: course of proprioceptive nerve fibers, autonomic innervation of skeletal musculature. Johns Hopkins Hospital Bulletin 35:239-246. Laniz, DeLee and V. Stefflre 1964 Language and cognition revisited. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 69:472-481.

417 de Lanjuinais, Jean Denis, Comte (1753-1827) 1808 Review of Hourwitz, Zalkind, Origine des langues, Paris, 1808. In Le Moniteur Universel, 201. Lansdale, Nelson 19Shanta Rao and her dancers of India, with Kathakali dancers and musicians . . ., souvenir book edited by Nelson Lansdale. New York, Lou Dunetz and Paul Lovett. [includes material on mudräs, Indian dance-ritual hand-gestures]. Lansdell, H. 1962 A sex difference in effect of temporal-lobe neurosurgery on design preference. Nature 194:852-854. Lantz, D. and E. H. Lenneberg 1966 Verbal communication and color memory in the deaf and hearing. Child Development 37:765-780. Lanyon, W. E. and W. N. Tavolga, eds. 1960 Animal sounds and communication. Washington, D. C., American Institute of Biological Sciences, Publication 7. LaPiere, Richard T. and Paul R. Farnsworth 1936 Social Psychology. New York, London, McGraw-Hill. [pp. 77-97, gesture as a form of symbolic behavior]. LaPointe, Leonard L. 1971 See Williams, W. N. and L. L. LaP. La Primaudaye, P. de 1617 L'Académie Françoise, distinguée en quatre volumes . . . Genève. (1st ed., 1580, 4th ed., 1610; new ed., 1617; English translation, London, The French Academy, 1586; 2nd ed., 1589; 3rd ed., 1594; 4th ed., 1602-1605) [vol. 2, p. 57, "there are two kinds of speech in man - one is interior or mental, and the other exterior, which is pronounced, . . . the interior kind is born in the understanding"]. La Ramée, Pierre de (Petrus Ramus) 1594 Scholarum dialecticarum seu animadversionum in Organum Aristotelis . . . Libri xx. Frankfurt, [p. 116, demonstration is not concerned with external and uttered speech, but with interior reasoning of the mind; a pre-Descartes notion of "deep structure"]. Larkin, Sister Miriam Therese, C. S. J. 1965 A study of language in the philosophy of Aristotle. South Bend, Indiana, University of Notre Dame, Ph. D. Dissertation. 178 pp. [on the Aristotelian theory of conventional significations; Aristotle was not interested in grammar].

418 Larr, A. 1959 Speechreading through closed-circuit television. Volta Review 61:19-21. [speechreading is more effective if more of the speaker's body can be seen]. Larramendi, Manuel de 1729 El imposible vencido, arte de la lengua bascongada. [Basque one of the 72 original primordial languages which God himself had formed, in contrast to other, "manmade" languages]. Larrey, Félix Hippolyte, le baron 1879 Review of Bateman, Frederic, Darwinism tested by language, 1877. In L'Académie des Sciences 10 (November). Larson, C. V. 1968 See Forston, R. F. and C. V. L. Larson, D. E. 1970 See Smith, E. E. and D. E. L. Larson, Mark Howard 1956 A study of lingual sensory characteristics accompanying "functional" disorders of articulation. Denver University, Ph. D. Dissertation. Larson, T. 1971 Communications for the non-verbal child. Academic Therapy Quarterly 6:305-312. [use of American Sign Language for the deaf in a training program; some children will be motivated by body gestures to express ideas, and may also begin to verbalize]. Lasch, Richard 1908 Der Eid. Seine Entstehung und Beziehung zu Glaube und Brauch der Naturvölker. Stuttgart, [gestures related to oathtaking], Lashley, K. S. 1951 The problem of serial order in behavior. In Jeffries, L. A., ed., Cerebral mechanisms in behavior, 112 ff. [language, coordination of movements, birdsong, use of tools]. Laskiewicz, A. 1956 [Problems concerning the musical character of speech] [in French] Revue de Laryngologie, Bordeaux, 77:892-899. Lass, Norman J., Mary E. Tekieli, and Marcia P. Eye 1971 A comparative study of two procedures for assessment of oral tactile perception. Central States Speech Journal 22(1): 21-26.

419 Latas, W. F. 1966 See Boone, Daniel R. and W. F. L. Latham, R. G. 1857 s.v. Language, Encyclopaedia Britannica, 8th edition, [includes speculations on the origin of speech]. Lathrap, D. 1968 Discussion of "hunting versus gathering as factors in subsistence". In Lee, R. and Irven DeVore, eds., Man the hunter. Chicago, Aldine, 92-95. Latif, Israil 1934 The physiological basis of linguistic development and of the ontogeny of meaning: I, II. Psychological Review 41:5585,153-176,246-264. Latta, J. 1966 See Winter, P., et al. Lattanzio, Sandra 1972 See Bugelski, B. R. and S. L. Laughlin, William S. 1968 Hunting: an integrating biobehavioral system and its evolutionary importance. In Lee, Richard B. and Irven DeVore, eds., Man the Hunter. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company. xvi + 415 pp., 304-320. Launay, Robert 1966 La première sépulture, une date peut-être capitale de l'histoire du langage. La Langage, Actes du XlIIe Congrès des Sociétés de Philosophie de Langue Française, Genève, vol. 1, 60-64. Neuchâtel. Laurendeau, Monique and Adrien Pinard 1970 The development of the concept of space in the child. New York, International Universities Press, ix + 465 pp. Lavater, Johann Kaspar (1741-1801) 1775 Physiognomische Fragmente zur Beförderung der Menschenkenntnis und Menschenliebe, [on facial expression], 1806 L'Art de connaître les hommes par la physionomie. 1820 L'Art de connaître les hommes, etc. 10 volumes. Moreau, M., ed. [work extensively used by Charles Darwin, The expression of the emotions, 1872]. 1943 Ausgewählte Werke. Staehelin, Ernst, ed. Zürich, [natural language is physiognomic, pantomimic, musical; gesture and mimicry were the primordial language; voluntary spoken language is a subtype].

420 Lawicka, W., M. Mishkin, and H. E. Rosvold 1966 Dissociation of impairment on auditory tasks following orbital and dorsolateral frontal lesions in monkeys. Proceedings of the Xth Congress of the Polish Physiological Society, Lublin. Lawless, R. H. 1957 See Herman, D. T., et al. Lawrence, F. C. 1947 See Laban, Rudolf von, and F. C. L. Lawrence, M. 1961 See Winitz, Harris, and M. L. Lawrence, W. 1966 Comments, General discussion of paper by E. S. Klima and Ursula Bellugi. In Lyons, J. and R. J. Wales, eds., Psycholinguistics Papers: the Proceedings of the 1966 Edinburgh Conference, Edinburgh University Press, 216-18. [on the role of gesture]. Lawson, Joan 1957 Mime: the theory and practice of expressive gesture with a description of its historical development. With drawings by Peter Revitt. New York, Pitman Publishing Corporation. 167 pp. Lawther, John D. 1968 The learning of physical skills. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, x + 150 pp. [on the role of verbal instructions, pp.53-54,61,64,50-52 in acquisition of athletic and related skills]. Lazaro Carreter, Fernando 1949 Las ideas lingüisticas en España durante el siglo XVIII. Revista de Filología Española, Anejo 48, p. 91 [theories about Hebrew as the most ancient language]. Lazarus, Moritz (1824-1903) 1857 Das Leben der Seele . . . II. Berlin, Altenburg. [association movements as involuntary accompaniment of feeling; original and purely natural sounds are the elements of speech ...]. 1878 Geist und Sprache. Berlin. Lazarus, R. S. 1970 See Ekman, Paul, et al.

421 Leach, Edmund 1964 Anthropological aspects of language: animal categories and verbal abuse. In Lenneberg, Eric H., ed., New directions in the study of language. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press. 1967 Ritualization in man in relation to conceptual and social development. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. B.251. 1971 Language and anthropology. In Minnis, Noel, ed., Linguistics at large. New York, The Viking Press, 137-158 [pp. 142-143, problems in the evolution of language]. 1972 The influence of cultural context on non-verbal communication in man. Chapter 12, Part C. In Hinde, R. A., ed., Non-verbal communication. Cambridge University Press, [differences between cultures in regard to non-verbal communication are superficial; search for more basic relations, at a deeper level of analysis]. Leach, Edwin 1972 Interrogation: a model and some implications. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 37(l):33-46. ["wh-" questions in development of child language]. Leach, G. M. 1972 See Blurton-Jones, Nicholas G., and G. M. L. Leakey, Louis B. 1961 The progress and evolution of man in Africa. London, Oxford University Press, [discussion on origins of toolmaking to a set pattern]. 1967 Development of aggression as a factor in early human and prehuman evolution. In demente, C. and D. Lindsley, eds., Aggression and defense. Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1-33. 1968 Bone-smashing by late Miocene Hominidae. Nature 218:527-530. —, P. V. Tobias, and J. R. Napier 1964 A new species of the genus Homo from Olduvai Gorge. Nature 202:7-9. [provides a wider definition of the genus Homo, as well as new species, Homo habilis]. Leakey, Richard E. F. 1970 The fauna and artefacts from a new Plio-Pleistocene locality near Lake Rudolph in Kenya. Nature 226:224-230.

422 1971

Further evidence of Lower Pleistocene Hominids from East Rudolph, North Kenya. Nature 231:241-248. Leanderson, R., S. Ohman, and A. Persson 1966 Electromyographic studies of facial muscle coordination during speech. Acta Otolaryngologica. Supplement 224: 307-310. [importance of facial region for transmission of speech information]. —, and B. E. F. Lindblom 1972 Muscle activation for labial speech gestures. Acta Otolaryngologica 73:362-373. Leap, William L. 1970 See King, Paul and W. L. L. Learned, B. W. 1925 See Yerkes, Robert M., and B. W. L. Leau, Léopold 1907 See Couturat, L. and L. L. Leblan, Claude Saintin 1750 Théorie nouvelle de la parole et des langues, contenant une critique abrégée de tous les grammairiens anciens et modernes. Paris. Leblanc, E. 1914 Note sur l'existence d'une corde vocale et d'un ventricule laryngé chez le dauphin. Comptes rendus de la Société Biol. 77. LeBras, H. 1970 See Tzavaras, A., et al. 1971 See Tzavaras, A., et al. LeBrun, Charles 1667 Conférences sur l'expression des différents caractères des passions. Paris, (republished in Lavater, Johann Kaspar, 1820). Lecerf, J. 1957 Remarque sur le "Cratyle: de Platon et la grammaire générale". Mélanges Louis Massignon. 1960 La transcendance du langage de l'Antiquité à nos jours en passant par le monde arabe médiéval. Studia Islamica 12: 5-27. [Greek, Hindu, and other theories of language; Cratylus dialogue; Arabic language theories, and general history of philosophy of language].

423 LeClerc, J. 1959 Review of Borst, Arno, Der Turmbau von Babel, vols. 1, 2, 1957-58. In Recherches Sci. relig. 47(2):301-302. Lecomte, Alphonse Joseph 1881 Le Darwinisme et l'expression des émotions, chez l'homme et chez les animaux. Louvain, Ch. Peeters. vi + 461 pp. Lecomte, Francis 1958 Un commentaire scriptuaire du XII e siècle: le "Tractatus in Hexaëmeron" de Hugues d'Amiens. Archives d'histoire doctrinale et littéraire du moyen âge 25:227-294. [conventional account of origin of language, Babel, and the confusion of tongues]. Lecours, A. R. and F. Lhermitte 1969 Phonemic paraphasias: linguistic structures and tentative hypotheses. Cortex 5(3): 193-228. Leduc, F. V. 1970 L'image et l'enseignement des sourds. Revue générale d'Enseignement des déficients-auditifs 62(2):57-67. [images are increasing in contemporary civilization; communication generally is taking an audio-visual form]. Lee, L. C. 1965 Concept utilization in pre-school children. Child Development 36:221-227. [use of concepts of color, size, number, form, sex, etc.], Lee, Richard B., and Irven DeVore, eds. 1968 Man the hunter. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company, xvi + 415 pp. Leen, Nina 1972 Conversations with a chimp. Life Magazine (Feb. 11) 72 (5):55-60. [report of experiments at University of Oklahoma conducted by Roger Fouts with the chimpanzee Lucy]. Lees, Robert 1961 Grammatical analysis of the English comparative construction. Word 17:171-185. Leeuwenberg, E. J. J. 1968 Structural information of visual patterns. The Hague, Mouton. 1969 Quantitative specification of information in sequential patterns. Psychological Review 76:216-220.

424 1971

A perceptual coding language for visual and auditory patterns. The American Journal of Psychology 84(3): 307-350. [visual codes rest on shapes of objects in the environment of the perceiver; tones, however, are produced by living organisms. The world of neutral visual objects is not the same as animal signals of an acoustic nature, which is a world of feeling and emotions], Lefèvre, André Paul Émile 1872 Race and language. (New York, Appleton. 1894 ed. viii + 424 pp.). [accepted the imitative theory of language origin]. 1893 Les races et les langues. Félix Alcan, Éditeur. Paris, Ancienne Librairie Germer Ballière et Cie. 304 pp. Lefèvre, Roger 1967 Condillac, maître du langage. Revue Internationale de Philosophie 21:393-406. Lefford, A. 1963 See Birch, H. G. and A. L. Legge, F. 1902-03 Beginnings of language. Academy 64:90-. Legros, C. F. 1787 Analyse et examen du système des philosophes économistes. Paris, [opposed Court de Gebelin's ideas on primitive language, pp. 179-187, 196-197, and 28, note]. LeHir, Y. 1953 Review of Jöhannesson, Alexander, Um Frumtunger indogermana og frumheimkynni. In Neophilologus, Netherlands, 37(2): 121. [discusses Johannesson's theory of mouthgesture in language origin], Lehmann, A. 1951 Wie die Völker sprechen. Aus der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Sprache. Frankfurt am Main, Verlag Dr. P. Schöps. 32 pp. von Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm (1646-1716) 1710 Brevis designatio meditationum de originibus gentium ductis potissimum ex indiciis linguarum. Proc., Berlin Academy, [derives all languages from a proto-speech]. 1717 Collectanea etymologica. In Opera omnia. Genève, 1768. [on gesture or sign language]. 1765 Nouveaux essais sur l'intendement humain. Paris ed., 1886. (written 1704). [onomatopoeia theory of language origin; failed to realize the great slowness of language growth].

425 1768

Opera omnia. Genève, [vol. 6(Part 2):207, on signs used by Cistercian (Trappist) monks], Leidenroth, Johann Christian 1830 De vera vocum origine ac vi per linguarum comparationem investiganda. Leipzig, Reclam. [on language origins]. Leigh, R. W. 1928 Dental pathology of aboriginal California. University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 23:399-440. [rôle of human teeth in gripping, etc.], 1937 Dental morphology and pathology of Pre-Spanish Peru. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 22:267-295. [rôle of teeth in gripping, etc.], Leischner, Anton 1943 Die "Aphasie" der Taubstummen. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Asymbolie. Archiv für Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten 115:469-548. 1956 Beziehungen der Aphasie. Forschung zur Linguistik. Sprachforum 1:283-287. Lejeune, M. 1948 La curiosité linguistique dans l'antiquité. Conférences de l'Institut de Linguistique de Paris 8:45-61. Lejewski, C. 1965 Parts of speech. The Aristotelian Society, Supplementary vol. 39. [a discussion of Hall, Roland, Parts of speech], Lekov, I. 1946 [Ancient and new theories on the origin of language] [in Bulgarian], Ezik i Literatura. Organ i izdanie na druzestvoto na filolozite-slavisti v Bâlgarija, Sofija, 3-4:1-10. Lemaitre, A. 1902 Le langage intérieur chez les enfants. Lausanne. 1905 Observations sur le langage intérieur des enfants. Archives de Psychologie 4:1-43. Lemoine, Jacques Albert Félix 1865 De la physiognomie et de parole. Paris, Bibliothèque de Philosophie Contemporaine, [cited by Charles Darwin in The descent of man, on the topic of the origin of articulate language], Lemoine, Jean-Gabriel 1932 Les anciens procédés de calcul sur les doigts en Orient et

426 en Occident. Revue des Études Islamiques, Année 1932, pp. 1-60, illus. [finger-counting in Near East and Far East; dactylonomy and the origins of numeration]. Lemon, Robert E. 1965 The song repertoires of cardinals (Richmondena cardinalis) at London, Ontario. Canadian Journal of Zoology 43: 559-569. 1966 Geographic variation in the song of cardinals. Canadian Journal of Zoology 44:413-428. 1968 The relation between organization and function of song in cardinals. Behaviour 32:158-178. 1971 Vocal communication by the frog Eleutherodactylus martincensis. Canadian Journal of Zoology 49(2):211-217. —, and Christopher Chatfield 1971 Organization of song in cardinals. Animal Behaviour 19: 1-17. [detailed analysis of the rules underlying cardinal (Richmondena cardinalis) sound patterns, using statistical models]. —, and A. Herzog 1969 The vocal behaviour of cardinals and pyrrhuloxias in Texas. Condor 71:1-15. Lenin, Vladimir Il'ich (Ulyanov) (1870-1924) 1933 See Marx, Karl H., et al. Lenneberg, Eric H. 1953 Cognition in ethnolinguistics. Language 29:463-471. 1954 A note on Cassirer's Philosophy of language. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research 15:512-522. 1960a Language, evolution, and purposive behavior. In Diamond, Stanley, ed., Culture in History, Essays in honor of Paul Radin. New York, Columbia University Press, Oxford University Press, 869-893. 1960b Review of Penfield, Wilder and Lamar Roberts, Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, New Jersey, 1959, xiii + 286 pp. In Language 36(1):97-112. 1961 Color-naming, color recognition, color discrimination: a reappraisal. Perceptual Motor Skills 12:375-382. 1962a The relationship of language to the formation of concepts. Synthese 14:103-109. [p. 109, language is capable of widening the cognitive horizon, but its absence does not limit the individual to a "sub-human" cognitive state].

427 1962b

1962c

1964a

1964b

1965 1966a

1966b

1967a

1967b

1968

Understanding language without ability to speak: a case report. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 65(6): 419-425. [case of an 8-year-old non-speaker, otherwise not too abnormal, who could understand speech well, though an organic defect prevented acquisition of speech motor skills], Review of Pittenger, R. E., Charles F. Hockett, and J. J. Danehy, The first five minutes, 1960. In Language 38: 69-73. The capacity for language acquisition. In Fodor, J. and J. J. Katz, eds., The structure of language: readings in the philosophy of language. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, 579-603. Speech as a motor skill with special reference to non-phasic disorders. In Bellugi, Ursula and Roger W. Brown, eds., The acquisition of language. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 92, 115-127. Review of Mason, Stella E., ed., Signs, signals, and symbols, 1963. In Language 41(l):91-94. The natural history of language. In Smith, F. and G. A. Miller, eds., The genesis of language. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, 219-252. (with comments by Chase, Richard A.). Speech development: its anatomical and physiological concomitants. In Carterette, Edward C., ed., Brain function, vol. 3, Speech, language, and communication. Berkeley, University of California Press. Biological foundations of language. New York, John Wiley and Sons, xvi + 489 pp. (extensive bibliography) [comprehensive study of anatomical, neurological, and related biological aspects of human language capacity; with appendices by Noam Chomsky and Otto Marx, q.v.]. Prerequisites for language acquisition. In Proceedings of International Conference on the Oral Education of the Deaf, 1302-1362. [distinguishes between language skills and speech]. Language in the light of evolution. In Sebeok, Thomas A. ed., Animal Communication; techniques of study and results of research. Bloomington, Indiana University Press, [asserts that the biological history of the emergence of language is

428 "covert", and hence is not optimistic about prospects for learning much about the evolution of language]. 1969a On explaining language. Science 164(3880):635. 1969b Language unexplained. Letter to the Editor. Science 165: (3898):1065. 1969c Problems in the systematization of communicative behavior. In Sebeok, Thomas A. and A. Ramsay, eds., Approaches to animal communication. The Hague, Mouton, Chap. 5. 1970a What is meant by a biological approach to language? American Annals of the Deaf 115(2):67-72. [p. 72, alludes to problem of origin of language]. 1970b The neurobiology of language: practical applications. Bulletin of the Orton Society 20:7-13. [interrelations between biology and environment with respect to language behavior; puberty as the upper threshold for initiation of language acquisition], 1970c A word between us. In Roslansky, J. D., ed. Communication. Amsterdam, North Holland Publishing Company, [cautions on the American Sign Language achievements of the chimpanzee Washoe; lays down a series of minimal grammatical requirements for chimpanzee sign-language before it can legitimately be termed "language"]. 1971a Of language knowledge, apes, and brains. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 1:1-29. 1971b Review of Lubin, C. K., Language disturbance and intellectual functioning, 1968. In Linguistics 67:113-117. [on the question of the extent to which human cognitive capacities are related to language; data from aphasia cases]. Lenneberg, Eric H., ed. 1964 New directions in the study of language. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, [includes paper by Lenneberg, Eric H., "A biological perspective of language"]. —, I. A. Nichols, and E. F. Rosenberger 1964 Primitive stages of language development in mongolism. Proceedings of the Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease 42:119-137. —, F. G. Rebelsky, and I. A. Nichols 1965 The vocalisations of infants born to deaf and to hearing parents. Human Development 8:23-37.

429 —, J. M. Roberts 1956 The language of experience. Indiana University Publications in Anthropology and Linguistics, Memoir. 1954 See Brown, Roger W. and E. H. L. 1966 See D. Lantz and E. H. L. Lenoir, Raymond 1924 Condillac. Paris, Félix Alcan. 165 pp. Bibliothèque de Philosophie Contemporaine. Lenorman, C. 1861 Commentaire sur le Cratyle. Athens, [on Plato's Cratylus Dialogue], Lenz, R. 1900 Über Ursprung und Entwicklung der Sprache. Mit besonderer beriicksichtigung von Jespersens Progress in Language. Jamburg in Hessen. Leonhard, Karl 1949 Ausdruckssprache der Seele, Darstellung der Mimik, Gestik und Phonetik des Menschen. Berlin, K. F. Haug. 507 pp. Leont'ev, Alekseï Alekseevich 1959 Problemy razvitiya psikhiki. Moskva. 1962 Le problème du biologique et du social dans la mentalité de l'homme. Bulletin de Psychologie, Paris, 201(15):7-8. 1963 Vozniknovenie i pervonachal'noe razvitie yazyka. Moskva, Izdatel'stvo Akad. Nauk SSSR, Nauchno-populyarnaya Seriya. 139 pp. [rise and early development of language]. 1964a, Nekotorye voprosy glottogeneza v svete sovremennykh 1970 psikhologicheskikh dannykh. Moskva, VII e Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques, vol. 5, 601-607. [some problems of glottogenesis in the light of modern psychology; comments by Tikh, N. A. and Vasil'ev, G. A.]. 1964b Probleme der Entwicklung des Psychischen. Berlin, Volk und Wissen. 1965 Problemy razvitiya psikhiki. Moskva, Mysl'. 1967 Inner speech and the processes of grammatical generation of utterances, (transi, in Soviet Psychology, 1969, IASP 7(3): 11-16) [inner programming antecedent to inner speech; deaf sign-language comes also from such "inner programming"]. 1968 Teoriya rechevoï deyatel'nosti. Problemy Psikholingvistiki

430 (1968 Symposium on Psycholinguistics). Moskva, Nauka. 272 pp. [theory of speech activity]. 1969 Yazyk, rech', rechevaya deyatel'nosti. Moskva. —, and D. Yu. Panov 1962 Psikhologiya cheloveka i tekhnicheskiï progress. Moskva. —, and T. V. Ryabova, eds. 1969 Psikhologicheskie i psikholingviticheskie problemy vladeniya i ovladeniya yazykom. Moskva, [problems of language acquisition], Leopardi, Giacomo (1798-1837) 1930- Pensieri di varia filosofia e di belli letteratura. Firenze, 7 1932 vols. [vol. 6, p. 99, on Hebrew language monogenesis and monogenetic origin of mankind; the language of Paradise was "ingenious", deeply significant, but no longer survives even in Hebrew]. Leopold, Werner F. 1932 Der Mitteilungsvorgang und die "Innere Sprachform". Anglia 56:1-22. (with reply by Morsbach, Lorenz, q.v.). 1947 Speech development of a bilingual child: a linguist's record, II. Sound-learning in the first two years. Evanston, Illinois, Northwestern University Studies in the Humanities. 11. 1952 Bibliography of child language. Evanston, Illinois, Northwestern University Studies in the Humanities, 28. v + 115 pp. [lists 1,200 titles], 1953 Patterning in children's language learning. Language Learning 5: 1-14. 1956 Roman Jakobson and the study of child language. In Halle, Morris, et al., eds., For Roman Jakobson: Essays on the occasion of his 60th birthday. The Hague, Mouton, 285-288. 1971 See Bar-Adon, Aaron, and W. F. L. Lerbet, G. 1965 La dominance laterale. L'Année psychologique 66:411-438. [a review of research, including 189 references], Leroi-Gourhan, André 1943 L'Homme et la matière. Paris, Éditions Albin Marcel, Sciences d'Aujourd'hui. 367 pp. (1971, new edition, 348 pp.). 1958a Le symbolisme des grands signes dans l'art pariétal paléolithique. Bulletin de la Société Préhistorique Française 55: 384-398.

431 1958b

Répartition et groupement des animaux dans l'art pariétal paléolithique. Bulletin de la Société Préhistorique Française 55:515-528. 1958c La fonction des signes dans les sanctuaires paléolithiques. Bulletin de la Société Préhistorique Française 55:307-321. 1958d L'animal et l'homme. In Semaine des Intellectuels Catholiques, Qu'est-ce-que la vie? Paris, Pierre Horay. 256 pp. 86-96. [two characteristics of man - hand and language, in their use, coordinated the development of language and technology]. 1964- Le geste et la parole. Vol. 1, Technique et langage; vol. 2, 1965 La mémoire et les rhythmes. Paris, Editions Albin Marcel, [connects gesture and technology, language and toolmaking], 1965 Préhistoire de l'Art occidental. Paris, Éditions d'Art Lucien Mazenod. [notes the possibility of a notational system in engraved sequences]. 1967 Les mains de Gargas. Essai pour une étude d'ensemble. Bulletin de la Société Préhistorique Française 64:107-122. [suggests that the selection of fingers presented in the Cave of Gargas represent "a gestural code of the fingers," rather than the usual suggestion that they are mutilated fingers; such digital signs may have been used for silent communication in the proximity of game animals, p. 122]. LeRoy, G. 1937 La psychologie de Condillac. Paris, Boivin. 240 pp. Leroy, Maurice 1965 Individualist tendencies in linguistics. Diogenes 51:168-185. 1966 Les curiosités linguistiques de Leibniz. Revue Internationale de Philosophie 20:193-203. 1968 Étymologie et linguistique chez Platon. Académie Royale de Belgique, Bulletin de la Classe des Lettres et des Sciences morales et Politiques 54:121-152. Lersch, J.-H. Laurenz 1838- Die Sprachphilosophie der Alten, dargestellt an dem Streite 1841 iiber Analogie und Anomalie der Sprache. Bonn, Koenig. 3 Parts, [contains excerpts from nearly all Classical Greek and Latin writers on language theory, with special reference to the analogist-anomalist controversy set forth in Cratylus].

432 Lersch, P. 1928 Die Bedeutung des mimischen Ausdruckserscheinungen für die Beurteilung der Persönlichkeit. Industrielle Psychotechnik 5:178-183. 1932 Gesicht und Seele. Grundlinien einer mimischen Diagnostik. Dresden, Reinhardt. Lesky, Albin 1969 Abwehr und Verachtung in der Gebärdensprache. Anzeiger der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophische-Historische Klasse, Wien, 106:149-157. Lesley, J. Peter 1868 Man's origin and destiny sketched from the platform of the sciences in a course of lectures delivered before the Lowell Institute, in Boston. Philadelphia and London, [all languages have limited set of roots, from 200 to 600. Language developed gradually. We cannot reconstruct the language of the Stone Age, long since lost]. Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim (1729-1781) 1886- Sämtliche Schriften. Lachmann, Karl and Franz Muncker, 1924 eds. 3rd edition. Stuttgart, 23 vols, (includes Babel, von dem Ursprung der verschiedenen Sprachen, 1769; Ursprung; Onomatopoeia; on Hamann, 1776) [material on onomatopoeic theory; certain number of words parallel the sounds of things], Letellier, Ch. A. L. 1854- Application de la théorie du langage qui donne naissance 1856 à la langue universelle. 2 vols. 1856 Clef de la théorie du langage qui donne naissance à la langue universelle. Letourneau, Ch. 1900 L'évolution du langage. Revue de l'École d'Anthropologie, Paris. 10:149-166. Leuckart, Rudolf 1851 See Bergmann, Carl G. L. C. and R. L. Levelt, W. J. M. and M. Bonarius 1968 Suffixes as deep structure clues. Heymans Bulletins, Psychological Institute of the Royal University, Groningen, 22x. Leventhal, H. and E. Sharp 1965 Facial expressions as indicators of distress. In Tomkins, S. S. and C. E. Izard, eds., Affect, cognition and personality: Empirical Studies. New York, Springer, 296-318.

433 Levett, L. M. 1969 A method of communication for non-speaking severely subnormal children. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 4(1):64. 1971 A method of communication for non-speaking severely subnormal children - trial results. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 6(2):125-128. [author used a system of signing and miming to establish communication in children with cerebral damage; some signs were adapted from the sign-language used by the British deaf]. Lévi-Strauss, Claude 1962 J.-J. Rousseau, fondateur des sciences de l'homme. In JeanJacques Rousseau, ouvrage collectif publié par l'Université Ouvrière et la Faculté des Lettres de Genève, Neuchâtel, 238-48. Levin, V. N. 1967 [The comparative anatomy of aural bones of Primates] [in Russian] Voprosy Antropologii 27:152-159. Levine, Marvin 1965 Hypothesis behavior. In Schrier, Alan and Fred Stollnitz, eds., Behavior of nonhuman primates: modern research trends. New York, Academic Press, 97-127. Levinson, Ronald B. 1957 Language and the Cratylus: four questions. Review of Metaphysics 11:37-39. Levita, E. 1969 See Riklan, M., et al. Levitsky, W. and N. Geschwind 1968 Asymmetries of the right and left hemisphere in man. Transactions of the American Neurological Association 93:232233. 1968 See Geschwind, Norman and W. L. Levitt, Eugene A. 1964 The relationship between abilities to express emotional meanings vocally and facially. In Davitz, Joel R., ed., The communication of emotional meaning, 87-100. Levy, Jerre 1969 Possible basis for the evolution of lateral specialization of the human brain. Nature 224:614-615. [lateralization permitted control of unique vocal apparatus, uncomplicated by the opposite hemisphere].

434 —, Robert D. Nebes, and Roger W. Sperry 1971 Expressive language in the surgically separated minor cortex. Cortex 7(l):49-57. [use of split-brained subjects. Words could be expressed with the left hand motor mechanisms when stimulus input was tactile or visual; words formed of plastic raised letters; the right hemisphere appears to be dominated by the better motor control of speech in the left hemisphere]. Levy, N. 1956 See Engen, T. and N. L. 1957 See Engen, T. and N. L. — and H. Schlosberg 1960 Woodworth scale values of the Lightfoot pictures of facial expression. Journal of Experimental Psychology 60:121125. Lévy-Bruhl, Lucien (1857-1939) 1910 Les fonctions mentales dans les sociétés inférieures. Paris, Bibliothèque de Philosophie Contemporaine. 461 pp. (English translation, 1926, How natives think, translated by Clare, Lilian A. London, G. Allen and Unwin, 392 pp.) [some speculation on the function of vocal gestures and manual gestures, Chap. 4, including the "custom of talking by gesture common to undeveloped races". Similarity of sign and vocal languages], Lewis, Brian N. and Jenny A. Cook 1969 Toward a theory of telling. International Journal of ManMachine Studies 1:129-176. [telling is a simpler form of communication than teaching; on a theory of telling as a theory of clear communication], Lewis, G. N. 1926 The anatomy of science. London, Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, [origins of counting; number may have begun in children's playing of games rather than in adult rational behavior]. Lewis, J. A. and R. F. Counihan 1965 Tongue-thrust in infancy. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 30: 280-282. [97% of newborn babies have sucking or swallowing in which the tongue is thrust over the lower gum pad; 21% thrust the tongue over the lower lip also].

435 Lewis, John and Bernard Towers 1969 Naked ape or Homo sapiens? A reply to Desmond Morris. Forword by Anthony Dyson and B. Towers. New York, Humanities Press. The Teilhard Study Library, 4. xx + 134 pp. Lewis, Morris Michael 1936 Infant speech. A study of the beginning of language. (1951 ed., London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, xiii + 383 pp. 1959 How children learn to speak. New York, Basic Books. 143 pp. (1st ed., 1957, London, G. C. Harrap and Company, Ltd). 1971 The linguistic development of children. In Minnis, Noel, ed., Linguistics at large. New York, The Viking Press, 197-208. Lewis, O. J. 1971 Brachiation and the early evolution of the Hominoidea. Nature 230:577-578. [evolution of hands was preadaptive for their use as manipulative organs, in such activity as food gathering and transporting, and for later tool use]. Lewis, Philip E. 1966 Merleau-Ponty and the phenomenology of language. New Haven, Yale French Studies 36/37:19-40. Lewis, R. 1971 Tongue thrust and the protrusion lisp. Journal of the Canadian Dental Association 37:381-383. Leyhausen, P. 1954 Vergleichendes über die Territorialität bei Tieren und den Raumanspruch des Menschen. Homo 5:68-76. Leys, O. 1966 Der Eigenname in seinen formalen Verhältnis zum Apellativ. Betracht. Namenforschung Deutschlands 1(2):113123. [proper names came from common nouns], Lézine, I. 1951 See Brunet, O. and I. L. Lhermitte, F. 1964 See Alajouanine, T. and F. L. 1969 See Lecours, A. R. and F. L. —, et al. 1970 [Research on the aphasie language] [in French] L'Encéphale 59:515-519.

436 Lhermitte, Jean 1938 Langage et mouvement. L'Encéphale 33(l):l-26. [on gesture]. 1939 L'image de nôtre corps. Paris, Éditions de Nouvelle Revue Critique. 1968 Les fondements anatomiques de la latéralité. In Kourilsky, R. and P. Grapin, eds., Main droite et main gauche: norme et latéralité. Paris, Presses Universitaires Françaises, 5-24. [handedness as an evolutionary by-product], L'Hermitte, R. 1954 Les problèmes des lois internes de développement du langage et la linguistique soviétique. Word 10(2/3): 189-196. Lhote, H. 1954 L'écriture 'digitale' des Touaregs. Notes Africaines, Bulletin d'Information et de Correspondance d'Institut Français d'Afrique Noire, Dakar, 59:82-84. Liberman, Alvin M. 1957 Some results of research on speech perception. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 29:117-123. 1970 The grammars of speech and language. Cognitive Psychology 1:301-323. 1971 Some characteristics of perception in the speech mode. Proceedings of the Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease, Baltimore. — F. S. Cooper, K. S. Harris, and P. F. MacNeilage 1963 A motor theory of speech perception. In Fant, G., ed., Proceedings of the Speech Communication Seminar, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, vol. 2, Paper D3. — F. S. Cooper, D. P. Shankweiler, and M. Studdert-Kennedy 1967 Perception of the speech code. Psychological review 74: 431-461. —, F. S. Cooper, M. G. Studdert-Kennedy, K. S. Harris, and D. Shankweiler 1965 Some observations on the efficiency of speech sounds. Haskins Laboratories Status report SR-4. —, Katherine Harris, H. S. Hoffman, and B. C. Griffith 1957 The discrimination of speech sounds within and across phoneme boundaries. Journal of Experimental Psychology 54:358-368.

437 1952 See Cooper, Franklin S., et al. 1967 See Mattingly, Ignatius G. and A. M. L. 1969 See Mattingly, Ignatius G. and A. M. L. 1970 See Studdert-Kennedy, Michael, et al. 1971 See Mattingly, Ignatius G., et al. Lichtenberg, Georg Christoph (1742-1799) 1949 Gesammelte Werke. Grenzmann, Wilhelm, ed., Frankfurt am Main. 2 vols. [ca. 1780, dubious about Hebrew as the primordial language, v.2:300; vol. 2, p. 75 ff., on gesture language; the general and original language needed no words; it was the involuntary gesture-language which in all times and peoples still exhibits its traces]. Lichtenberger, H. 1884 Uber die Entwicklung der Sprache. Dresden, Sächsische Schulzeitung, J. 279. Lieberman, Philip H. 1967 Intonation, perception and language. Cambridge, Massachsetts, M.I.T. Press. Research Monograph 38. xiii + 210 pp. 1968a Primate vocalizations and human linguistic ability. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 44:1574-1584. [articulate speech may not have been fully developed in some of man's ancestors; rhesus monkey, chimpanzee, and gorilla all failed to modify the shape of their supralaryngeal vocal tracts by means of tongue maneuvers during vocalization]. 1968b On the acoustic basis of the perception of intonations by linguists. Word 21:40-54. 1970a Towards a unified phonetic theory. Linguistic Inquiry l(3):307-322. [on the motor theory of speech decoding]. 1970b Review of Perkell, J. S., Physiology of speech production, 1968. In Language Sciences 13:25-28. 1971a The evolution of human speech anatomy. Abstracts of the 70th Annual Meeting, 77-78. New York, American Anthropological Association, Preliminary program, Ser. 102, p. 5. 1971b Review of Zhinkin, N. I., Mechanisms of speech. English translation, 1965. In American Anthropologist 73(4):904905.

438 1972

Speech acoustics and perception. Indianapolis and New York, The Bobbs-Merrill Company, The Bobbs-Merrill Studies in Communicative Disorders. 34 pp. —, and Edmund S. Crelin 1971 On the speech of Neanderthal man. Linguistic Inquiry 11(2): 203-222. [on the basis of reconstructions of vocal tract of a Neanderthal specimen (La Chapelle-aux-Saints) authors conclude that Neanderthal speech lacked some articulatory possibilities present in modern human speech, although an articulate spoken language was probably present]. —, Edmund S. Crelin, and Dennis H. Klatt 1970 Phonetic ability and related anatomy of the newborn and adult human, Neanderthal man, and the chimpanzee. Haskins Laboratories, Status Report on Speech Research SR 24:57-90. (Reprinted, 1972, American Anthropologist 74 (3):287-307). —, K. S. Harris, P. Wolff, and L. H. Russell 1968 Newborn infant cry and non-human primate vocalizations. Haskins Laboratories Status Report 17/18. (reprinted, 1972, Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 14:718-727). —, Dennis H. Klatt, and William H. Wilson 1969 Vocal tract limitations on the vowel repertoires of rhesus monkey and other non-human primates. Science 164:11851187. [stresses differences between articulatory apparatus of chimpanzee and man]. Liebert, Robert M. 1971 See Tsujimoto, Richard N. and R. M. L. Liebich, Bruno 1923 Über den Sphota, ein Kapitel über die Sprachphilosophie der Inder. Zeitschrift deutschen Morgenlandische Gesellschaft 77:208-219. [Vedic theory of the connection between words and meanings in primordial form of language]. Liebrucks, Bruno 1964- Sprache und Bewusstsein. Frankfurt am Main, Akademische 1968 Verlagsgesellschaft, vii + 506, xii + 524, x + 764, and xiv + 700 pp. [material on Herder's ideas of man and animal; Arnold Gehlen's answer to Herder on the human origins of language, and Hamann's answer to Herder]. Liepert, J. 1870 Die Sprache. Programm zum Jahresbericht der königlichen

439 bayerischen Studienanstalt Straubing. Straubing, J. Mauters Buchdruckerei. 16 pp. [ideas on origin of language], Liepmann, Hugo 1898 Ein Fall von reiner Sprachtaubheit. Breslau, Schletter. 50 pp. Psychiatrische Abhandlungen, Wernicke, Carl, ed., vol. 7/8. 1900 Das Krankheitsbild der Apraxie. Monatschrift der Psychiatrie und Neurologie 8:15-44, 102-132, 182-197. 1905 Die linke Hemisphäre und das Handeln. Münchener Medizinische Wochenschrift 52:2322-2326,2375-2378. [the critical feature of ideatory apraxia is disorder in the sequence of complex motor patterns, which, as components, are still well preserved]. 1908 Drei Aufsätze aus dem Apraxiegebiet. Berlin, Karger. Ligera 1932 La parole traduit-elle la pensee? Psychologie et vie 6:165167. Lightfoot, John (1602-1675) 1686 Opera omnia. Rotterdam. Vol. 1, Chronica temporum et ordo textuum veteris Testamenti, p. 10; paucae ac novae observationes super Librum Geneseos, p. 155. [Hebrew the primordial language; confusion of tongues at Babel, etc.]. Liljegren, Sten B. 1938 Zur Theorie über die Entstehung der sogenannten Lallwörter. Anglia 62:7-13. 1953 Review of Stein, Leopold, The infancy of speech and the speech of infancy. 1949. In Studia Neophilologica, Uppsala, 25:51. Lilly, John C. 1963a Productive and creative research with man and dolphin. Archives of General Psychiatry 8:111-116. 1963b Critical brain size and language. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine 6:246-255. [on experiments with dolphin, Tursiops], 1964 Communication studies on Tursiops truncatus. Washington, D. C., U.S. Department of Commerce, Office of Technical Services, AD-431 850. 4 pp. 1965a Man and dolphin. London, Gollancz. (Soviet ed., Chelovek i del'fin, translated by V. M. Bel'kovich Moskva, MIR, 1965). [Appendix 2, discussion of speech in fossil man].

440 1965b

Vocal mimicry in Tursiops: ability to match numbers and durations of human vocal bursts. Science 147:300-301. 1967a Dolphin's vocal mimicry as a unique ability and a step toward understanding. In Salzinger, Kurt and S., eds., Research in Verbal Behavior. New York, Academic Press, 21-27. (discussion, pp. 29-32). 1967b The mind of a dolphin. New York, Doubleday. — and A. M. Miller 1962 Operant conditioning of the bottlenose dolphin with electrical stimulation of the brain. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 55:73-79. Lind, G. D. 1884 The races of men and languages. Chicago, T. S. Denison, Publisher. [Book II, pp. 119-194, Man in history, origins of language]. Lind, J. 1965 See Truby, H. M., et al. Lindauer, Martin 1951 Bienentänze in der Schwarmtraübe. Die Naturwissenschaften 38:509-513. 1953 Bienentänze in der Schwarmtraübe. Die Naturwissenschaften 40:379. 1955 Schwarmbienen auf Wohnungssuche. Zeitschrift für Vergleichende Physiologie 37:263-324. 1956 L'intercomprehension par les danses dans la colonie d'abeilles. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 49: 163-183. 1961 Communication among social bees. Cambridge, Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. 1962 Ethology. Annual Review of Psychology 13:35-70. [290 references, including materials, on animal communication]. Lindauer, Martin S. 1970 Unambiguity of forms and inequality of labels in studies of effect of language on memory for form. Perceptual and Motor Skills 30:175-181. Lindblom, B. E. F. 1972 See Leanderson, R. and B. E. F. L. Lindenfeld, J. 1971 Verbal and non-verbal elements in discourse. Semiotica 3: 223-233.

441 Lindner, Rudolf 1936 Ererbte Sprechbewegungen bei Taubstummen. Deutsche Sonderschule 3:248 ff. Lindsay, Robert of (Pitscottie) 1604 The history of Scotland from 21 February 1436 . . . 1728. (1728 edition, ed. R. Freebairn, Edinburgh, xviii + 239 pp; 3rd ed., 1778) [account of King James IV of Scotland and the placing of a newborn child in charge of a deaf mute, on an island, to test language theory; Pitscottie says the child spoke good Hebrew]. Linke, H. 1937 Handzeichen im ersten Leseunterricht. Die Volksschule (June 1). Linton, Marigold 1970 Washoe the chimpanzee. Letter to the Editor. Science 169 (3943):328. [response to Bronowski, J., Ursula Bellugi, Science 168:669,1970], Liss, Gail M. 1970 See Weinberg, B., et al. Little, K. B. 1965 Personal space. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 1:237-247. 1957 See Brackbill, Y. and K. B. L. Littré, Émile (1801-1881) 1857 De la civilisation et du monothéisme chez les peuples sémitiques. Revue des Deux Mondes 27 (2e periode):l 14-138. [review of Renan, E., Histoire générale et système comparé des langues sémitiques, with some speculations on language origin]. Lively, B. L. 1963 See Grosslight, J. H. and B. L. L. 1964 See Grosslight, Joseph H., et al. Livet, Ch.-L. 1859 La grammaire française de les grammariens du XVIe siècle. Paris. Livingstone, Frank B. 1969 Genetics, ecology and the origins of incest and exogamy. Current Anthropology 10:45-61. [discusses language origins and prehistoric language], 1971 Manipulation of the environment and the origin of symbols.

442 American Anthropological Association, 70th Annual Meeting, Abstracts, p. 26. 1972 Did the Australopithecines sing? Current Anthropology 14 (l-2):25-29. Livson, N. 1967 See Cameron, J., et al. Ljung, Magnus 1965 Principles of a stratificational analysis of the Plains Indian sign language. International Journal of American Linguistics 31(2): 119-127. [gestural signs, properties of mimetic language]. Llewellyn, L. 1969 See Dittmann, A., and L. L. Lobb, H. 1965 Vision versus touch in form discrimination. Canadian Journal of Psychology 19:175-187. Lobsien, Max 1899 Über den Ursprung der Sprache. Langensalza, H. Beyer & Söhne, (reprinted from Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Pädagogik). Locke, John (1632-1704) 1690 An essay concerning human understanding. (1952 edition, Great Books of the Western World, vol. 35 Book III, Chapter 1, Section 5, pp. 252b-c; Ch. II, Sect. 1, pp. 252d-253a; many other editions) [discussion bearing on human language origins - words are arbitrary inventions]. Locke, John L. 1968a Questionable assumptions underlying articulation research. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 33:112-116. 1968b Oral perception and articulation learning. Perceptual and Motor Skills 26:1259-1264. 1970 Subvocal speech and speech. Asha 12(1):7-14. [subvocal speech as it relates to phonological mediation theory of language learning and behavior], 1971 Phonemic processing in silent reading. Perceptual and Motor Skills 32:905-906. [electromyography shows significantly greater tracings at chin and lip for high-labial silently read passages]. — and F. S. Fehr 1970a Young children's use of the speech code in a recall task.

443 Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 10:367-373. Subvocal rehearsal as a form of speech. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 9:495-498. Locke, Simeon 1972 See Caplan, David, et al. Lockemann, Fritz 1956 Zur Physiognomik des Gedichts. Deutung aus nachgestaltendem Sprechen. Grundsätze und Beispiele. Frankfurt am Main, Berlin, Bonn, Diesterweg. vi + 22 pp. Locker, Ernst 1954 Denksprache und Zeichensprache. Studien zur Sprachphilosophie, Sprachgeschichte und Begriffsforschung, Lahr, Baden, Lexis 4(l):21-24. Loeb, F., Jr. 1966 A microscopic investigation of human interaction on film. American Psychological Association, Paper, read in New York, September. 1968 The fist: the microscopic film analysis of the function of a recurrent behavioral pattern in a psychotherapeutic session. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease 147:605-618. Loess, H. 1969 See Russ, D., and H. L. Loewenberg, Richard D. 1951 Speech impulse and language frustration. ETC 8:110-116. [aphasias, synthetic languages]. Loewenthal, I. 1852 Article on the origin of language. Princeton Review 24: 405-, Loewenthal, K. 1967 The development of codes in public and private language. Psychonomic Science 8(10):449-450. [subjects develop systematic, explicit codes to describe repeated occurrences of same colors, shapes, to others; they are less likely to do so for private purposes]. Löffler, E. 1967 Vorschläge zur Beurteilung der Grundfähigkeit Sprechen. Jg.20(6):64-369. Logier, P. 1959 Versuche zur Frage des "Zähl" Vermögens an einem Graupapagei und Vergleichsversuche an Menschen. Zeitschrift 1970b

444 fur Tierpsychologie 16(2): 179-217. [on sound processing; a parrokeet was unable to learn a simple sound counting task]. Logue, Valentine 1971 See Warrington, Elizabeth K., et al. Lohman, Johannes 1959 L'origine du langage. Revue de Théologie et de Philosophie, n.s. Lausanne, 9(4):322-337. Loizos, Caroline M. 1967 Play behavior in higher primates: a review. In Morris, Desmond, ed., Primate Ethology. Chicago, Aldine, Chap. 5. 1969 An ethological study of chimpanzee play. Proceedings of the Second International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta, 1968, vol. 1:87-93. Basel, Karger, [includes consideration of gestures, object use, facial expression, and vocalization]. 1967 See Anstis, S. M., and C. M. L. Loja, Jänis Viljumovic 1968 Istoriya lingvisticheskikh ucheniï: materialy k kursu lektsii. Moskva, Izdatel'stvo Vysshaya Shkola. [general history of linguistics]. Lollesgaard, Johannes 1925 Sprogfilosoferen og sprogforsken in Danmark ved det 18. aarhundredes midte. K0benhavn. [on 18th Danish studies on the philosophy of language]. Lomax, Alan 1967 Special features of the sung communication. Proceedings of the 1966 Spring Meeting, American Ethnological Society, 109-127. [singing differs from ordinary speech by (1) recurrence of precise pitches and/or (2) regular accent patterns]. —, Irmgard Bartenieff, and Forrestine Paulay 1969 Choreometrics: a method for the study of cross-cultural pattern in film. Research Film 6(6):505-517. [a system for notation of body movement in dance and related behavior]. — and Norman Berkowitz 1972 The evolutionary taxonomy of culture. Science (4045):228239. [worldwide analysis of song and dance behavior, related to social structure, economy, etc.; suggests great importance of verbal skills, vocal agility, and rapid cultural evolution as a result of symbolhandling systems]. Lombroso, C. 1903 Left-handedness and left-sidedness. North American Review 177:440-444.

445 Lombroso, C. T. 1972 See Matsumiya, Y., et al. Lombroso, P. 1895 Saggi di psicologia del bambino. Torino, [asserted that the negation gesture arose from child's turning head away from the breast, and assent when moving head seeks the mother's nipple], Lommatzsch, Erhard 1910 System der Gebärden auf Grund der mittelalterischen Literatur Frankreichs. Berlin, University dissertation. Chap. 4 (D) and introduction only published. Lomonosov, Mikhail Vassilievich (1711-1765) 1953 Sochinenie 5:394-, Moskva, Izdatel'stvo Akad. Nauk SSSR. [vol. 5, p. 394, objected to exaggerating gesture as a source of language; he argued that speech was the oldest form of human communication], London, Jack (1876-1916) 1906 Before Adam. New York, The Macmillan Company. 228 pp. (later editions, 1907, 1915) [pp. 37-40, fictional account of the beginning of speech, "language" of ape-like prehistoric men], London, Marvin 1965 See DeSoto, C. B., et al. 1968 See Handel, Stephen, et al. Long, Debra 1968 See Hill, Suzanne, et al. Long, Joseph Schuyler (1869-1933) 1910 The sign language: a manual of signs, being a descriptive vocabulary of signs used by the deaf in the United States and Canada. Washington, D.C., Gibson Brothers. 164 pp. (also a 1944 edition). 1918 The sign language, a manual, . . . 2d ed., rev., Des Moines, Iowa, R. Henderson. 139 pp. Long, Stephen H. 1823 Account of an expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains, from the notes of Major Long. James, E., ed. [on Plains Indian gesture language; one of the earliest accounts]. Long, W. M. 1953 See Bronowski, J. S. and W. M. L.

446 Longfellow, Henry Wadsworth (1807-1882) 1909 The Song of Hiawatha. In The Works of Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, Charles Welsh, ed. New York. [vol. 6, Hiawatha learns the bird "language" and the names of the birds; Longfellow was a trained philologist, well acquainted with the glottogenic speculations of the time], Longlois, Mary Lee 1965 The use of sign language in the education of the deaf. A bibliography prepared under the direction of Dr. Verner for L.S. 503, 504, Basic Information Services and Sources, the Catholic University of America. Washington, D.C. Longuet-Higgins, Christopher and Stephen Isard 1970 The monkey's paw. New Scientist 47:478-. [on the limits of computer language in simulation of natural language; cf, Ortony, Andrew, 1970, for a more optimistic opinion]. 1970 See Isard, Stephen, and C.L.-H. Loper, Rodney G. 1971 See Strong, Stanley R. and R. G. L. Lopez Mortillas, Juan 1958 Review of Blanco Aquinaga, Carlos, Unamuno, teorico del lenguaje. In Hispanic Review 26(2):149-151. Lorber, Neil M. 1970 Theoretical perspectives on psycholinguistics. Psychologia, Osaka, 13:145-160. [psycholinguistics and symbolization; words, thought, and oral expression; to a marked degree, dynamics of consciousness involve verbal operations]. Lorenz, Konrad 1934 Die angeborenen Formen möglicher Erfahrung. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie vol. 5. 1949 Er redete mit dem Vieh, den Vögeln und den Fischen. 1952 King Solomon's Ring. London, Methuen. 202 pp. 1953 Verständigung unter Tieren. Zürich. 1954a Das angeborene Erkennen. Natur und Volk 84:285-295. 1954b Man meets dog. London, Methuen. 1956 The objectivistic theory of instinct. In Grasse, P. P., ed., L'Instinct dans le comportement des animaux et de l'homme. Paris, Fondation Singer-Polignac, 51-75. 1965 Preface, to 1965 edition of Darwin, Charles, The expression of emotions in man and animals. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.

447 1966 On aggression. New York, Harcourt, Brace. Lorenz, Kuno and Jürgen Mittelstrass 1967 On rational philosophy of language: the programme in Plato's Cratylus reconsidered. Mind 76(301): 1-20. Lorenz, R. 1972 See Sprankel, H. and R. L. Loring 1955 Kinesiography. [on dance notation], Löscher, Valentin Ernst (1673-1749) 1706 De causis linguae Hebraeae libri tres. Frankfurt, Leipzig, fall languages are works divinely foreseen, but Hebrew was the world's first language]. Lotmar, F. 1949 Über zentrale Störungen der Sprache und über das Problem der Lokalisation höher psychischer Leistungen im Gehirn. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Psychologie 8:135-149, 253268. Lötz, John 1951a Natural and scientific language. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 80:87-88. [refers to gestures, facial expression, etc., as "parasitic", imposed on spoken language, and implying that speech is antecedent]. 1951b Review of von Frisch, Karl, Bees: their vision, chemical senses, and language, 1950. In Word 7:66-67. 1956 Symbols make man. In White, Lynn, ed., Frontiers of Knowledge in the Study of Man. New York, 207-231. Lötz, J. B. 1956 Sprache und Denken. Zur Phänomenologie und Metaphysik der Sprache. Scholastik 31(4):496-514. Lötz, L. 1954 The structure of human speech. Transactions of the New York Academy of Science, Ser. II, 16:373-384. Lotze, Rudolph Hermann (1817-1881) 1856- Mikrokosmos, Ideen zur Naturgeschichte und Geschichte 1864 der Menschheit, Versuch einer Anthropologie. Leipzig, 5 vols. [vol. 5, p. 214, human speech capability; p. 224, development of languages; language began as a reaction to external stimuli and movements as a natural physiological necessity; articulation and meaning came later, along with imitation of sensory impressions].

448 Loucel, Henri 1964 L'origine du langage d'après les grammairiens arabes. Arabica, Revue d'Études Arabes, Leiden, 3. [vol. II, fasc. 1, pp. 57-72; 4, fasc. 2, pp. 151-187], Lounsbury, Floyd G. 1963 Linguistics and psychology. In Koch, Sigmund, éd., Psychology: a study of a science. New York, McGraw-Hill, Inc., vol. 6, 552-582. [reprinted in Bobbs-Merrill Reprints in Social Science, A-322], Lovaas, I. 1968 A program for the establishment of speech in psychotic children. In Sloane, H. and B. MacAulay, eds., Operant procedures in remedial speech and language training. Boston, Houghton Mifflin. —, J. Berberich, B. Perloff, and B. Schaeffer 1966 Acquisition of imitative speech by schizophrenic children. Science 151:705-707. Love, Leonore R. 1971 See Bugental, Daphne E., et al. Loveless, N. E., J. Brebner, and P. Hamilton 1970 Bisensory presentation of information. Psychological Bulletin 73:161-199. Lovell, K. 1962 The growth of basic mathematical and scientific concepts in children. London, University of London Press. — and E. M. Dixon 1967 The growth of the control of grammar in imitation, comprehension, and production. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 8:31-39. —, H. W. Hoyle, and M. Q. Siddall 1968 A study of some aspects of the play and language of young children with delayed speech. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 9:41-50. Lowe, Audrey D., and Richard A. Campbell 1965 Temporal discrimination in aphasoid and normal children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 8:313-314. [ordering malfunction could be a factor in aphasoid children's communication function], Lowell, Edgar L. 1957 Linguistic methodology in lip reading research, studies in

449 visual communication. Los Angeles, John Tracy Clinic Research Papers 4:32 pp. 1959 Research in speech-reading, some relationship to language development and implications for the classroom teacher. In Report of the Proceedings of the 39th Meeting, Convention of American Instructors of the Deaf, Colorado Springs, Colorado School For the Deaf, 68-73. 1961 New insight into lipreading. Rehabilitation Record 2(4): 3-5. [importance of facial expression; an unsmiling face is easier to read; females are better lipreaders than males; optimal sentence length for lipreading is 3 words]. Lowen, Alexander 1958 Physical dynamics of character structure: bodily form and movement in analytic therapy. New York, Grune and Stratton. ix + 358 pp. [posture and gesture are more primitive and more important (in therapy) than intellectual understanding]. 1967 The betrayal of the body. New York, Macmillan. Lowenstein, O. E. 1962 Animal communication and learning processes. Nature 193 (4810):28-29. [report of the 8th Congress organized by the Zoological Society and the Association for the Study of Animal Behaviour]. Lowther, Gordon R. 1969 See Schaller, George B. and G. R. L. Lubbock, Sir John (Lord Avebury, 1834-1913) 1875 The origin of civilisation and the primitive condition of man. (7th ed., 1912, London) [gives a long list of supposed onomatopoeic words in English], 1884 Teaching animals to converse. Nature 39 (Jan. 3): 216; (April 10):547-48. [on a dog which he trained to "read" cards on which were printed words like bone, water, etc.]. Lubienska de Lenval, Hélène 1957 La liturgia del gesto. San Sebastian, Dinor. 118 pp. (German version, 1959, Die Liturgie der Gebärde, Klosterneuburg, Volksliturgische Apostolat, 114 pp.; French original, La liturgie du geste) [history of liturgical gestures]. Lubin, Karl Kenneth 1962 Language disturbance and intellectual functioning: a comparison of the performances of hémiplégie patients with

450 aphasia and hemiplegic patients without aphasia in nonverbal tasks of intellectual functioning. New York University, Ph. D. Dissertation, [published, 1969, - Janua Linguarum, Series Minor 48. The Hague, Mouton. 114 pp.]. Lubit, E. € . 1967 The relationship of malocclusion and faulty speech articulation. Journal of Oral Medicine 22(2):47-55. [factors affecting articulation including palatal width in the molar region; palatal height; overbite, etc.]. Lublinskaya, A. A. 1954 Rol' yazyka v razvitii poznavatel'noi deyatel'nosti rebenka. Doklady na soveshchanii po voprosam psikhologii. Moskva, [cognitive activity and language in children], 1966 Rol' rechi v psikhicheskom razvitii rebenka. 18th Interna tional Congress of Psychology, Symposium 31, Speech and mental development in children. Moskva. 1968 See Chistovich, L., et al. Lucanus, Friedrich von 1907 Lokale Gesangserscheinungen und Vogeldialekte; ihre Ursachen und Entstehung. Ornithologische Monatsberichte 15: 109 ff. 1923 Uber das Sprechen der Papageien und ihre geistigen Fähigkeiten. Ornithologische Monatsbericht 31:97-107,121-127. Luce, J. V. 1969 Plato on truth and falsity in names. The Classical Quarterly 19:222-232. Luchin, P. A. 1970 Antropofilogenez i razvitie oshchushchenii [anthropogenesis and the development of sensation], Uchenie zap. kafedr. Marksistsko-Leninskoi Filosofii vyssh. part, shkol. 7:60-78. Luchsinger, Richard 1959a Die Vererbung von Sprach und Stimmstörungen. Folia Phoniatrica 11:7-64. 1959b Neues über die Pfeiffsprache auf der Insel Gomera. Folia Phoniatrica, Basel and New York, 11:238-241. 1961 Die Sprachentwicklung von einzweieigen Zwillingen und die Vererbung von Sprachstörungen in den ersten drei Lebensjahren. Folio Phoniatrica 13:66-76. 1970 Inheritance of speech defects. Folia Phoniatrica 22:216230.

451 — and G. E. Arnold 1959 Lehrbuch der Stimm- und Sprachheilkunde. Wien, Springer Verlag. 2nd ed. ix + 431 pp. (1st. ed., 1949). 1965 Voice - Speech - Language. London, Constable. 810 pp. [Part 2, music and language; cerebral dominance and laterality; specialized cerebral function is the prime requisite for the development of all human communicative abilities]. —, C. Dubois, F. Vassela, E. Joss, R. Gloor, and V. Wiesmann 1967 Spektralanalyse des "Miauens" bei cri-du-chat syndrom. Folia Phoniatrica 19(l):27-33. [syndrome of "cat cry", first described in 1963], Lucian of Samosata (Lucianus A. D. 125-192) 1905 Works of Lucian of Samosata. Fowler, H. W. and F. G., eds. and translators. Oxford, Clarendon Press. 4 vols. [vol. 2, Of Pantomime (de Saltatione), anecdote of King of a Black Sea country who came to Rome and witnessed a pantomime; on leaving, he asked Nero for the actor who would be able to serve as a sign-language interpreter], Lucretius, Titus Carus (ca. 100 B.C. - 55 B.C.) 1951, De rerum natura [On the nature of things]. Duff, J., ed. 1958 (Latin text). Cambridge, University Press. (Harmondsworth, Penguin Books, Ltd. English translation. 256 pp; another edition, Great Books of the Western World, 1952, vol. 12: 74c-75b). [On origin of language; language is natural, not divine in origin]. Lüdeck, Christa 1954 Zur Problematik der Wortschatzuntersuchungen an gehörlosen Schulkindern. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Humboldt-Universität, Berlin, Gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe, 111:193-199. Luden, Heinrich (1780-1847) 1825 Geschichte des teutschen Volkes. Gotha, [vol. 1, p. 18. All languages of the world have an inner unity and a common origin, namely, the human spirit], Ludovici, L. J. 1965 Origins of language. New York, Putnam. A science Survey Book, [a book for children, grades 6 to 8]. Lüdtke, H. 1963 Review of Rosenkranz, Bernhard, Der Ursprung der Sprache, 1961. In Göttingische Gelehrte Anzeigen. Göttingen, 215: 217-221.

452 Ludwig, Alfred J. 1969 Vom Ursprung und Wesen der Sprache. Der Druckspiegel, Fachzeitschrift, Stuttgart, 24(4):42-45. Ludwig, W. 1932 Das Rechts-Links Problem in Tierreich und beim Menschen. Berlin. 423-439. Lueddeckens, F. 1900 Rechts- und Links-händigkeit. Leipzig, 82 pp. Lukina, E. V. 1957 Golosovy reaktsii vorob'inykh ptits. Priroda(4):37 ff. Lullies, H. 1953 Physiologie der Stimme und Sprache. In Trendelenburg, W. and E. Schütz, eds., Lehrbuch der Physiologie, in vol. 1, Gehör-Stimme-Sprache, ed. by Ranke, O. F. and H. Lullies. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 165-273. Lun, Luigi 1962 II saggio di Jacob Grimm sull'origine del linguaggio. Roma, Casa Editrice Ausonia. 131 pp. Lund, J. P. 1970 See Dellow, P. G., et al. Lunzer, E. A. 1966 See Hulme, I. and E. A. L. Luquet, G.-H. 1927 Le réalisme intellectuel dans l'art primitif. I. Figuration de l'invisible. II. Le rendu de visible, [data on child drawings], Lurçat, L. 1964 Étude de la motricité graphique. Le contrôle des mouvements simultanés. Neuropsychologia 1:251-265. Luria, Aleksandr Romanovich 1932 The nature of human conflicts. New York, Liveright Publishing Company. 1947 [Traumatic aphasia] [in Russian] Moskva, Akademiya Med. Nauk. 1955 [The rôle of the word in the formation of temporary connections in man] [in Russian] Voprosy Psikhologii 1:7386.

1956

[On the directive rôle of speech in the formation of voluntary movements] [in Russian] Zhurnal Vyssheï Nervnoï Deyatel'nosti 6(5):645-662.

453 1958a 1958b 1959a 1959b

1959c

1961

1963

1964a

1964b

1966a 1966b 1966c

1967a

1967b

Le role du langage dans la formation des processus psychiques. La Raison 22:3-26. Brain disorders and language analysis. Language and Speech 1:14-34. Disorders of "simultaneous perception" in a case of bilateral occipitoparietal brain injury. Brain 82:437-. The directive function of speech in development and dissolution. Part I, Development of the directive function of speech in childhood. Word 15:341-352. Part II, Its dissolution in pathological states of the brain, ibid., 453-464. Rola mowy w ksztahowaniu procesow psychicznych dziecka. Psychologia Wychowawcza 2:132-148. [speech in formation of child's mental processes]. The role of speech in the regulation of normal and abnormal behavior. Oxford, Pergamon Press, New York, Liveright. Psychological studies of mental deficiency in the Soviet Union. In Ellis, N. R., ed., Handbook of Mental Deficiency. New York, McGraw-Hill, [argues strongly for the importance of defective verbal mediation in cases of mental retardation], Factors and forms of aphasia. In de Reuck, A. V. S., and Maeve O'Connor, eds., Disorders of Language. London, J. and A. Churchill, Ltd., 143-161. The programming of constructive activity in local brain injuries. Neuropsychologia 2:95-107. [frontal lobe lesions affect loss of programming and regulation of sequential behavior], Human brain and psychological processes. New York, Harper and Row. Higher cortical functions in man. New York, Basic Books. 513 pp. [extensive bibliography]. Theory of development of higher mental functions in Soviet Psychology. Washington, D. C., Joint Publications Research Service, 10 pp. Problems and facts of neurolinguistics. To honor Roman Jakobson. The Hague, Mouton, Vol. 2, 1213-27. [also published in International Social Science Journal 19(1)]. The regulative function of speech in its development and dissolution. In Salzinger, Kurt and S., eds., Research in Verbal Behavior, 405-22.

454 1970a

Traumatic aphasia: its syndromes, psychology and treatment. Translated by Douglas Bowden. - Janua Linguarum, Series Maior 5. The Hague, Mouton. 479 pp. (Russian ed., 1957). 1970b The functional organization of the brain. Scientific American 222:66-78. — and E. D. Homskaya 1970 Frontal lobes and the regulation of arousal processes. In Mostofsky, D. I., ed., Attention: contemporary theory and analysis. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, 303-330. — and T. A. Karasseva 1968 Disturbances of auditory-speech memory in focal lesions of the deep regions of the left temporal lobe. Neuropsychologia 6:97-104. — and L. S. Tsvetkova 1969 Toward the mechanisms of "dynamic aphasia". Acta neurolog. & psychiatr. Belg. 67(11): 1045. (cf. Journal Neurol., Neurosurg. Psychiatr. 32(2):73-81) [dynamic aphasias preserve subjects' understanding of speech and articulation; their ability to name objects is also retained, but they are unable to form sentences; hypothesis: a disturbance of "inner speech" linear program]. — and O. S. Vinogradova 1959 An objective investigation of the dynamics of semantic systems. British Journal of Psychology 50:89-105. —and F. Ya Yudovich. 1958 Rech' i razvitie psikhicheskikh protsessov rebenka. Moskva. 1959 Speech and the development of mental processes in the child. Translated by Joan Simon. London, Staples, [includes a study of language acquisition in a pair of identical twins]. 1970 Die Funktion der Sprache in der geistigen Entwicklung des Kindes. Düsseldorf, Schwann. 152 pp. (German translation by Fritz Dorn). Luria, Aleksandr Romanovich, ed. 1956- Problemy vysshei nervnoi deyatel'nosti rebenka. Moskva. 1958 2 vols. von Luschan, Felix 1927 Völker, Rassen, Sprachen. Berlin, Deutsche Buch-Gemeinschaft G.m.b.H. 383 pp. [pp. 17-18, articulate language; refers to Karl Vogt's studies of microcephalic cretins of the Alps as "apelike"].

455 Luscombe, G. 1969 See Reynolds, Verbon, and G. L. Lush, A. J. 1935a Kiganda drums. Uganda Journal 3:7-20. 1935b Proverbs based on drums; idiomatic phrases derived from drums; . . . drum beats peculiar to clans. Uganda Journal 3:21-25. Lütgenau, F. 1901 Der Ursprung der Sprache. Eine Sprachpsychologische Untersuchung. Leipzig, H. Seemann Nachfolger. 32 pp. Lutz, Florence 1927 Technique of pantomime. Berkeley, Sather Gate Book Shop. 174 pp. [face and body expression; expressive action], Lutz, H. F. 1936 Article in Osiris 2(1). [certain gestures, known to ancient Egypt and Babylon, are in use today; notes some gestures still used by modern Arabs], Lyadipevskii, S. S. 1960 See Sirotin, M. M. and S. S. L. Lyakh, G. S. 1971 See Goluzina, A. G., et al. Lyall, Archibald 1956 The Italian sign language. Twentieth Century (June):600604. [extract from his book, "Rome, sweet Rome"]. Lyamina, G. M. 1958 [On the mechanism of mastery of pronunciation of words by children in the second and third years of life] [in Russian] Voprosy Psikhologii 6:119-130. Lyle, J. 1960 Some factors affecting the speech development of imbecile children in an institution. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 2:121-129. Lynch, James C. 1969 See Dewson, James H., III, et al. Lynn, J. G. and D. R. Lynn 1943 Smile and hand dominance in relation to basic modes of adaptation. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 38: 250-276. Lyons, John 1966 Towards a "notional" theory of the parts of speech. Journal

456 of Linguistics 2(2):209-236. [author believes that traditional, common notion of "parts of speech" deserves more consideration than most linguists have given it]. 1968 Introduction to theoretical linguistics. Cambridge University Press. 1972 Human language. In Hinde, Robert A., ed., Non-verbal communication, Chap. 3. Cambridge University Press, [language origins], Lyons, John, ed. 1970 New horizons in linguistics. London, Penguin Books, A 1223. [p. 2, 229, origin of language briefly discussed], — and R. J. Wales 1966 Psycholinguistics Papers. Edinburgh University Press. 1970 See Weinberg, B., et al.

MacAulay, B. D. 1968 See Sloane, H., and B. D. MacA. MacCleod, Addison 1912 Plays and players in modern Italy . . . with illustrations. London, Smith, Elder, and Co. 355 pp. [gesture not a wild medley, but orderly and scientific]. Maccoby, N., J. Jecker, H. Breitrose, and E. Rose 1964 Sound film recordings in improving classroom communications: experimental studies in non-verbal communication. Stanford University, Institute of Communication Research, [unpublished], MacCorquodale, Kenneth 1969 B. F. Skinner's Verbal Behavior: a retrospective appreciation. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior 12:831-841. 1970 On Chomsky's review of Skinner's Verbal Behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 13:83-99. [Chomsky's review appeared in Language 35:26-58,1959], Macdermott, M. M. 1940 Vowel sounds and poetry. Their music and tone-colour. Psyche Monographs 13:89-92. [relations of sounds and meanings; sound symbolism].

457 MacDougall, J. C. and M. S. Rabinovitch 1971 Imagery and learning in deaf and hearing children. Psychonomic Science 22(6):347-349. [auditory and kinesthetic cues in the education of the deaf], MacDougall, R. 1904 The evolution of the human hand. Popular Science Monthly 45:457-465. 1905 The significance of the human hand in the evolution of the mind. American Journal of Psychology 16:232-242. Macgregor, Frances C. 1951 See Mead, Margaret and F. C. Macg. Mach, E. 1900 Language. [Its origin, development and significance for scientific thought]. Open Court 14:171-178. Mach, Richard Stuart 1971 Simple posture as a nonverbal indicator of status differentials, liking, and human territoriality. Speciality Paper, Dissertation Proposal Outline. Boulder, University of Colorado, Dept. of Psychology. 47 pp., mimeographed, [contains review of body movement, gesture, eye contact, proxemic and other forms of non-verbal communication]. 1972 Postural carriage and congruency as nonverbal indicators of status differentials and interpersonal attraction, Boulder, University of Colorado, Department of Psychology, Ph.D. dissertation. 138+ 11 pp. unpublished. —, C. Huber, M. Smith, P. Rambaut, and J. Lefan 1971 Determination of total daily energy expenditure via high density time sampling of posture and movement. National Aeronautic and Space Administration Contractor Report. Mach'avariani, M. 1966 Ok'amis nisnis teoria. Iberiul-k'avk'asiuri enatmecniereba (Tbilisi) 15:139-149. [in Georgian, Russian abstract] [on the sign-theory of William of Ockham]. Machold, H. 1950 Vom Ursprung der Sprache. In Heinrich, E., ed., Die Ganzheit in Philosophie und Wissenschaft. Machotka, P. 1965 Body movement as communication. Dialogues: Behavioral Science Research 2:33-65. 1974 See Spiegel, J. and P. M.

458 Maclntyre, Alasdair 1968 Noam Chomsky's view of language. The Listener 79(30 May): 685-686. Maclver, A. M. 1962 The instrumentality of language. Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, n.s., 72:1-20. [anti-Cartesian; man developed language only late in the Paleolithic], Mackay, A. F. 1968 Mr. Donnellan and Humpty Dumpty on referring. Philosophical Review 77:197-202. Mackay, Donald M. 1952 In search of basic symbols. Cybernetics, Transactions of the 8th Conference, New York. 1962 Theoretical models of space perception. In Aspects of the theory of artificial intelligence. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Biosimulation, Locarno, 1960. New York, Plenum Press, 83-103. 1966 Conscious control of action. In Eccles, J. C., ed., Brain and Conscious! Experience. New York, Springer-Verlag, 422445. 1968 Phonetic factors in the perception and recall of spelling errors. Neuropsychologia 6:321-325. 1972 Formal analysis of communicative processes. In Hinde, Robert A., ed., Non-verbal Communication. Cambridge University Press, Chapter 1. Mackeith, N. W. and R. R. Coles 1971 Binaural advantages in hearing of speech. Journal of Laryngology and Ontology 85:213-232. Mackenson, Lutz, ed. 1964 Auf den Spuren des Wortes. Vom Tierlaut zum Menschenwort. Dokumentation. Hamburg, Nannen. 80 pl., 46 figs. MacKenzie, Constance Ross 1949 How to mime. London, H. F. W. Deane. viii + 38 pp., illus. Mackworth, N. H. and M. H. Bagshaw 1970 Eye catching in adults, children, and monkeys: some experiments on orienting and observing responses. Research Publication, Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Diseases 48:201-213. Maclay, H. 1958 An experimental study of language and nonlinguistic be-

459 havior. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 14:220-229. [compares Navajo and English]. 1964 Linguistics and language behavior. Journal of Communication 14:66-73. MacLean, P. D. 1964 Mirror display in the squirrel monkey. Science 146:950-952. MacLeod, Michael C. 1970 See Gould, James L., et al. Macnamara, John 1972 Cognitive basis of language learning in infants. Psychological Review 79(1): 1-13. [theory that infants acquire language by first determining, independent of language, the meaning which a speaker intends to convey. How children use meaning to decipher language. 55 references]. MacNamara, N. C. 1908 Human speech: a study in the purposive action of living matter. London, Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner and Company, Ltd. xiii + 284 pp. The International Scientific Series, vol. 95. [chap. 9, bird brains; parrots and language; chap. 11, man and ape brains; cerebral processes in speech; chap. 12, origins of language, roots of words, articulate speech; p. 226, on a microcephalic idiot who never achieved speech, but who "expressed such wants and ideas as his mind could formulate by signs and inarticulate sounds"; p. 243 ff., origins of speech]. MacNeilage, Peter F. 1962 A motor theory of speech perception. Proceedings of the Speech Communication Seminar, Stockholm, Speech Transmission Laboratories, R.I.T. 1970 Motor control of serial ordering of speech. Psychological Review 77:182-196. [oral stereognosis indicates that persons can integrate complex tactile and motor information patterns. Likely that language learner builds up an "internal spatialized representation of the oral area"]. 1971 Some observations on the meta-theory of speech perception. Language and Speech 14(1): 12-17. — and George N. Sholes 1964 An electromyographic study of the tongue during vowel production. Journal of speech and hearing Research 7(3):209232.

460 —, Thomas P. Rootes, and Richard Allen Chase 1967 Speech production and perception in a patient with severe impairment of somesthetic perception and motor control. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 10(3):449-467. 1963 See Liberman, Alvin, et al. Macrae, D. and E. Trolle 1956 The defect of function in visual agnosia. Brain 79:94-110. [case of a patient who could not visualize a route but could travel it correctly; includes consideration of prosopagnosia]. MacRoberts, Michael H. 1970 The social organization of Barbary apes (Macaca sylvana) on Gibraltar. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 33(1): 83-99. Madvig, Johan Nicolai (1804-1886) 1842 Om Sprogets Vasen, Udvikling og Liv. K0benhavn. (Cf. Kleine Philogische Schriften, 1875) [a gestural theory of language]. van Maerlant, Jakob (1235-1300) 1271 De Rijmbijbel. David, Jean-Baptiste, ed., Bruxelles. [3 vols. (1858- Vol. I, Adamic language, Hebrew the language of Adam], 1859) Maesse, H. 1935 Das Verhältnis von Laut- und Gabärdensprache. Langensalza. Magarotto, Cesare and Dragoljub Vukotic 1959 First contribution to the international dictionary of sign language. Première contribution pour le dictionnaire international du langage des signes. Roma, World Federation of the Deaf. 114 pp. [a system of 323 "international" signs]. Magdics, Kl. 1963 See Fónagy, Ivan, and Kl. M. Maginnis, M. 1958 Gesture and status. Group Psychotherapy 11(2): 105-109. Magnus, L. A., translator. 1916 Russian Folktales, (from Afanasiev) [includes material on the "language of birds"]. Magoun, H. W., D Atlas, E. H. Ingersoll, and S. W. Ransor 1937 Associated facial, vocal and respiratory components of emotional expression: an experimental study. Journal of Neurology and Psychopathology 17:241-255. 1946 See Kelly, A. H., L. E. B„ and H. W. M.

461 Mäher, J. P. 1966 More on the history of the comparative method: the tradition of Darwinism in August Schleicher's Work. Anthropological Linguistics. Mahl, G. F. 1963 The lexical and linguistic levels in the expression of the emotions. In Knapp, P., ed., Expression of the emotions in man. New York, International Universities Press. 1966 Gestures and body movements in interviews. Paper read at the Third Research in Psychotherapy Conference, Chicago. 1968 Gestures and body movements in interviews. In Shlien, ed., Research in Psychotherapy, vol. 3, Washington, D.C., American Psychological Association. —, B. Danet, and N. Norton 1959 Reflection of major personality characteristics in gestures and body movements. American Psychologist 14:357. (abstract). Mahler, P. E. 1970 See Brace, C. Loring, and P. E. M. Mahn, C. A. F. 1881 Über das Wesen und den Ursprung der Sprache. Berlin. 12 pp. Maine de Biran, Marie François Pierre Gonthier (1766-1824) 1841 Note sur les réflexions de Maupertuis et de Turgot au sujet de l'origine des langues. In Oeuvres Philosophiques, vol. 2. 1859 Origine de langage. In Oeuvres Inédites, publiées par E. Naville avec la collaboration de Marc Debrit, Bulletin de la Société d'Anthropologie, Paris, vol. 3, 239 ff. (cf. Influence d'habitude, vol. 2, p. 180). de Maistre, Joseph (1754-1821) 1821 Les soirées de Saint-Petersbourg (Deuxième Entretien). In (1824 Oeuvres complètes de Joseph de Maistre, Paris, 1884, vol. ed.) 4, 106 ff. [on the origin of language: divine, with a highly developed language anterior to savage languages]. Makaev, E. A. 1961 K voprosu ob izomorfizme. Voprosy yazykoznaniya 10(5):5056. Makhin'ko, V. I. 1954 Uchenie I. P. Pavlova o dvukh signal'nykh sistemakh. Kharkov. [on Pavlov's two signal systems]. Makuen, G. H. 1907 The speech of the feeble-minded. Med.-päd. Monatsschrift für die gesamte Sprachheilkunde 17:353-355.

462 1909a The speech of the feeble-minded. Training School 5:67-68. 1909b Speech training as a factor in the development of the feeble minded. Training School 5:21-24. Malcolm, Norman 1954 Wittgenstein's Philosophical Investigations. Philosophical Review 63(4):530-559. [discusses Wittengenstein's argument that a private language cannot exist; Malcolm agrees], Malecot, Gaston Louis 1927 A note on gesture and language. Quarterly Journal of Speech 13:439-442. [comparison of French and English gestures]. Malinnikova, T. 1968 See Chistovich, L., et al. Malinowski, Bronislaw (1884-1942) 1927 The problem of meaning in primitive languages. Supplement I, in Ogden, C. K. and I. A. Richards, The Meaning of Meaning. New York, Harcourt, Brace and Company, Inc. [on relation of language to work among primitive peoples, language as a mode of action and not an instrument of reflection; also refers to the extent of sound symbolism in "primitive languages"]. 1935 The language of magic and gardening. Vol. 2 of Coral Gardens and their Magic. (1965 republication, Bloomington, Indiana University Press, xliv + 350 pp.) [Part 4, an ethnographic theory of language and some practical corollaries]. Mallarmé, Stéphane (1842-1898) 1951 Oeuvres complètes. Mondor, Henri, and Georges Jean-Aubry, eds. Paris, Bibliothèque de la Pléiade, 65. [vol. 1, 901 ff., on the question of language origins; vol. 3, 1050, on Semitic origin legends]. Mallery, Garrick (1831-1894) 1880 A collection of gesture-signs and signals of the North American Indians with some comparisons. Washington, D.C., Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of American Ethnology. 329 pp. 1881a The gesture speech of man. Address, American Association for the Advancement of Science, Cincinnati, Ohio, August, Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 30:283-313 (1882). 1881b Sign language among North American Indians compared with that among other peoples and deaf-mutes. Washington, D.C.,

463 Bureau of American Ethnology, Annual Report 1:263-552. Sign language among North American Indians. Abbreviated version. Internationale Zeitschrift für allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 1:181 ff. 1890 Physiognomy and expression. London. 327 pp. 1891 Greeting by gesture. Popular Science Monthly (FebruaryMarch):477-490, 629-644. (reprinted, 1891, by D. Appleton, New York. 32 pp.). Mallet, Paul Henri 1767 Dissertation sur l'origine du langage. K0benhavn [possibly a review of van Finecke, q.v.]. Malmberg, B. 1964 New trends in linguistics. Stockholm and Lund. Malmo, R. B. 1950- See Davis, F., and R. M. 1951 1954 See Smith, A. A., et al. Malmstrom, E. J. 1970 See Ekman, Paul, et al. Malpied, N. 1770 Traité sur l'art de la danse, dédié à Monsieur Gardel, l'âiné. Paris, Boüin. [contains a dance notation system]. Maison, L. 1964 Les enfants sauvages. Mythe et réalité. Paris, [includes J. Itard, Rapport sur les nouveaux développements de Victor de l'Aveyron], Malten, Ludolf 1961 Die Sprache des menschlichen Antlitzes im Frühen Griechentum. Berlin, de Gruyter. 66 pp. [for the Romans, the mouth was most important aspect of facial expression, for the Greeks, the eyes], Mal'tsev, V . P. 1971 Nekotorye tipy akusticheskikh signalov u kaputsinov Cebus capucinus. Zhurnalëvolyuts. biokhim. i fiziologii 7(2)186-194. [analysis of six different calls of the cebus monkey spectrographically], Maitzmann, I., L. Morisett, Jr., and L. O. Brooks 1956 A n investigation of phonetic symbolism. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 53:249-251. 1884

464 Mandel], Sibyl 1931 The relation of language to thought. Quarterly Journal of Speech 17:522-, Mandeville, Bernard (1670-1733) 1728 Fable of the bees. (1924 ed., Kaye, F. B., ed., Oxford, Clarendon Press; German translation, 1761; reviewed, 1802, in Adrastea) [Part 2, 285-6, 190, ff., 10 pages on origins of language]. Mandler, George 1970 Words, lists, and categories. In Cowan, J. L., ed., Studies in thought and language. Tucson, University of Arizona Press. 228 pp. [reviews psycholinguistic evidence concerning the way vocabulary items are organized in the memory]. Mane, W. M. 1970 See Dickson, D. R. and W. M. M. Mangin, Henri 1952 Die Hand, ein Sinnbild des Menschen. Zürich. Mann, Alan E. 1971 Hominid and cultural origins. Paper, American Anthropological Association, Annual Meeting, New York. 8 pp., mimeographed. Abstracts, p. 81. [on the origin of dependence on tools for survival as a criterion of hominization]. 1972 The palaeodemography of Australopithecus. Berkeley, University of California. Ph. D. dissertation, 1969. = Case Western Reserve Studies in Anthropology 4. [on maturation rates and population composition of australopithecine bands]. Mann, Thomas 1961 A man and his dog. In Stories of a lifetime. London, Seeker and Warburg, [some anecdotes on canine cognitive abilities]. Manning, Peter K. 1970 Talking and becoming: a view of organizational socialization. In Douglas, Jack D., ed. Understanding everyday life. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company. Manocha, S. N. 1967 Discrimination learning in langurs and rhesus monkeys. Perception and Motor Skills 24:805-806. [langurs were superior on tests of visual pattern discrimination to rhesus, suggesting a higher phylogenetic rank for them]. Mansueto Zecca, G. 1967 See Bozzo, M. T. and G. M. Z.

465 Mantegazza, Paolo (1831-1910) 1889 Fisionomía e mimica. Milano. (English translation, Havelock Ellis, Physiognomy and Expression. London, The Contemporary Science Series, x + 327 pp.). Manthey, Franz 1937 Die Sprachphilosophie des hl. Thomas von Aquin und ihre Anwendung auf Probleme der Theologie. Paderborn, 268 pp. [contains ideas on language origin], Manzoni, Alessandro (1785-1873) 1891- Opere inediti o rare. Milano, [vols. 4 and 5, discussion of 1898 language origins, particularly Condillac's theories; language not a human invention]. Marage, M. 1919 Le timbre de la voix chez les sourds-muets. Comptes Rendus de l'Academie des Sciences 168:286-289. Marais, Eugene 1969 The soul of the ape. Introduction by Robert Ardrey. New York, Atheneum. 226 pp. [on baboon behavior], Marañon, Gregorio 1938 Psicología del gesto. Buenos Aires. 207 pp. 1950 The psychology of gesture. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases 112:469-497. Marash, Jessie G. 1950 Mime in class and theatre. London, George G. Harrap and Co., Ltd. 116 pp., illus. Marceau, Marcel 1961 See Dorcy, Jean, et al. Marchand, Felix 1893 Die Morphologie des Stirnlappen und der Insel der Anthropomorphen. [manlike apes lack lower part of the third frontal convolution] Marchand, Hans 1949 L'étude des onomatopées. Quelques points méthodiques. Dialogues, Cahiers de Littérature et de Linguistique, Faculté des Lettres, Université d'Istanbul, 1:124-134. 1959 Phonetic symbolism in English word-formation. Indogermanische Forschungen 64: 146-168, 256-277. Marcie, P., H. Hécaen, J. Dubois and R. Angelergues 1965 Les réalisations du langage chez les malades atteints de lésions de l'hemisphere droit. Neuropsychologie 3:217-245.

466 1967 See Dubois, J., et al. Marco, V. 1957 La contesa analogia-anomalia. I. Sesto Empirico. Rendiconti della Accademia di Archeologia, Lettere e Belle Arti, Napoli, 32:129-148. [the anomalist-analogist controversy, I. Sextus Empiricus], Marcowitz, Harry 197— Some sociolinguistic considerations of American sign language. Washington, D.C., Gallaudet College, Linguistics Research Laboratory. Marcucci, G. B. 1850 Origine e cattolicità della lingua e delle arti. Lucca, Giusti. Marcus, Frank 1967 Theatre of silence. London Magazine 7(Aug.):61-64. [on mime]. Marcus, H. 1925 Zur Philogenie des Kehlkopfes. Anatomische Anzeiger 60: 155-158. Marek, F. 1970 Komensky a cizi jazyky. Pedagogika 20(5):771-783. [Comenius and foreign languages; some remarks on phonetic symbolism], Margolis, Joseph 1967 On picturing and signifying. Logique et Analyse 10:277-282. Margoliuth 1911 Language as a consolidating and separating influence. In Spiller, G., ed., Inter-racial Problems. London, 57-61. Marie, Pierre 1897 L'évolution du langage considérée au point de vue de l'étude de l'aphasie. Presse Médicale 2:397-399. 1907 Sur la fonction du langage. Revue Philosophique de la France 10:207-229. 1926 Travaux et Mémoires. Paris, Masson. [vol. 1, asserted that Wernicke's aphasia, at least, is an intellectual disorder, as did Hughlings Jackson, Kurt Goldstein, et al.; gives a case of a cook who with aphasia also developed an apraxia for proper frying of eggs], Marique, J. 1886- Le larynx, organe de phonation, dans ses rapports avec les 1887 centres cérébraux du langage et de l'idéation. Bulletin de la Société d'Anthropologie de Bruxelles 5:226-343.

467 Maritain, Jacques 1957 Language and the theory of sign. In Anshen, Ruth Nanda, ed., Language: an enquiry into its meaning and function. New York. Science of Culture Series, vol. 8, 86-101. Mark, Henry J. 1962 Elementary thinking and the classification of behavior. Science 135:75-87. Markel, Norman N. 1961 Connotative meanings of several initial consonant clusters in English. Georgetown University, Monograph Series on Languages and Linguistics 14:81-87. 1965 The reliability of coding para-language: pitch, loudness, and tempo. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 4:306-308. Markel, Norman N., ed. 1969 Psycholinguistics: an introduction to the study of speech and personality. Homewood, Illinois, The Dorsey Press. — and Eric P. Hamp 1961 Connotative meanings of certain phoneme sequences. Studies in Linguistics 15:47-61. — M. Meisels, and J. E. Houck 1964 Judging personality from voice quality. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 69:458-463. 1969 See Siegel, A., et al. Markey, Martin J. 1971 The ontogenesis of proxemic behavior among school age children. Amherst, University of Masschusetts, Ph.D. dissertation in Psychology. Markides, A. 1970 The speech of deaf and partially-hearing children with special reference to factors affecting intelligibility. The British Journal of Disorders of Communication 5(2):126-140. Marko, H. 1966 Die Theorie der bidirektionalen Kommunikation und ihre Anwendung auf die Nachrichtenübermittlung zwischen Menschen. (Subjektive Information) Kybernetik 3:128-136. Markova, A. Ya. 1963 Otvlechenie priznakov predmetov nizshimi obez'yanami. Voprosy Antropologii 15:33-45. [abstraction of characters in lower monkeys].

468 1967

Aktivnost' pospriyatiya vneshnego mira u nizshnikh obez'yan i ee biologicheskaya obuslovlennost'. Voprosy Antropologii 25:45-55. [includes material on lateral hand dominance in monkeys and children], Markowicz, Harry 1971 Some sociolinguistic considerations of American Sign Language. Sign Language Studies, ms. Marler, Peter R. 1952 Variation in the song of the chaffinch Fringilla coelebs. Ibis 94:458-562. 1956 The voice of the chaffinch and its function as a language. Ibis 98(2):231-261. 1957 Specific distinctions in the communication signals of birds. Behaviour ll(l):13-39. 1959 Chapter, Developments in the study of animal communication. In Bell, P. R., ed., Darwin's biological work: some aspects reconsidered. London, Cambridge University Press; New York John Wiley, 150-206. [137 references]. 1961a The logical analysis of animal communication. Journal of Theoretical Biology 1:295-317. 1961b The evolution of visual communication. In Blair, ed. Vertebrate speciation: a University of Texas Symposium. Austin, University of Texas Press, [origins of animal visual displays], 1963 Inheritance and learning in the development of animal vocalizations. In Busnel, R.-G., ed., Acoustic behavior of animals. New York, Elsevier. 1965 Communication in monkeys and apes. In DeVore, Irven, ed., Primate Behavior. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 544-84. 1967 Animal communication signals. Science 157:769-774. 1968a Optical systems. In Sebeok, T. A., ed., Animal Communication: techniques of study and results of research. Bloomington, Indiana University Press, Chap. 7. 1968b Aggregation and dispersal: two functions in primate communication. In Jay, Phyllis, ed., Primates, studies in adaptation and variability. New York, Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. 1969a Vocalizations of wild chimpanzees: an introduction. Proceedings of the Second International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta, 1968, Vol. 1, 94-100. Basel, Karger, [sound spectrograms made at Gombe Reserve, Tanzania].

469 1969b Animals and man: communication and its development. In Roslansky, John D., ed., Communication. Amsterdam and London, North-Holland Publishing Co. xii+ 131 pp., 25-62. 1970a Birdsong and speech development: could there be parallels? American Scientist 58(6):669-673. 1970b Vocalizations of East African monkeys. I. Red Colobus. Folia Primatologica 13(1-37):81-91. 1970c A comparative approach to vocal learning: song development in white-crowned sparrow. Journal of Comparative Physiological Psychology 71(2,Pt.2):l-25. [several analogies between song learning in white-crowned sparrows and speech development in children], 1972 Signal diversity and strategies of development. Paper, Animal Behavior Society Meeting, Reno, Nevada, June 14, Symposium, Animal Communication and Human Language. — and W. J. Hamilton, III. 1966 Mechanisms of animal behavior. New York, Wiley and Sons, [contrasts ill-defined sound; signals of rhesus, baboon, chimpanzee and gorilla, and close-knit, terrestrial social grouping, and cohabitating species of similar size and structure]. — and M. Tamura 1964 Culturally transmitted patterns of vocal behavior in sparrows. Science 146:1483-1485. 1963 See Isaac, D., and P. M. Marone, Silvio 1967 Psicologia dos gestos das mâos; contribuiçâo o seu estudo, sua importância em medicina. Sâo Paulo, Editôra Mestre Jou, Editôra da Universidade de Sâo Paulo. 124 pp. Marr, Nikolai Yakovlevich (1865-1934) 1925 Die Entstehung der Sprache. Unter dem Banner des Marxismus. Wien, Berlin. 1926 Lingvisticheski namechaemye ëpokhi razvitiya chelovechestva i ikh nvyazka s istorieï material'noï kul'tury. Gosudarstv. Akad. Istorii mat. kul'tury, Leningrad, 1:37-70. 1930 [Le stade de la mentalité à l'époque de formation du verbe être] [in Russian] Doklady, Akad. Nauk SSSR, A- Leningrad: 73-78. 1931 K semanticheskoï paleontologii v yazykakh ne yafeticheskikh sistem. Leningrad. Izvestiya Gosudarstvennoï Akademii Istorii Material'noï Kul'tury 7:7-8.

470 1933

Izbrannye Raboty. Leningrad, [vol. 3, p. 116 ff., on original language of manual gesture (ruchnoï yazyk) which was later transformed into oral language by the "magicians"]. 1936 [The origin of language] [in Russian] in N. Marr's Selected Works, [vol. 2, p. 187: community as the collective creator of human language], [cf. Thomas, L., 1957, The Linguistic Theories of N. Ja. Marr, q.v. (includes a comprehensive bibliography)]. Marroquin Cabiedas, Juan Luis 1957 El lenguaje mímico. Resumen de lecciones dadas en los cursos para la formación del profesorado de educación especial en el Colegio Nacional de Sordo-Mudos. Dibujos de Ester Navas. Madrid, 77 pp., mimeographed. Marschak, Jacob 1971 Optimal symbol-processing: a problem in individual and social economics. Behavioral Science 16:202-217. [some general applications of language theory]. Marsh, George Perkins 1862 Manual of the English Language. London, [a language of manual signs may have preceded language of articulate words], 1874 Lectures on the English language. First Series. New York, Scribner, Armstrong and Company. 4th ed., revised, x + 715 pp. [origin of language, pp. 29-53], Marshack, Alexander 1964 Lunar notation on Upper Paleolithic remains. Science 146: 743-745. 1969a Upper Paleolithic engraved pieces in the British Museum. Prehistoric and Roman Studies, British Museum Quarterly Commemorative Volume, London. 1969b New techniques in the analysis and interpretation of mesolithic notation and symbolic art. Valcamonica Symposium, Actes du Symposium International d'Art préhistorique. Capo di Ponte, Centro di Studi Preistorici. 1970a Mesolithic engraved rib from Téviec, Morbihan. Gallia. 1970b Polesini: a reexamination of the engraved mobilary materials by a new methodology. Rivista di Scienze Preistoriche. 1970c Le bâton de commandement de Montgaudier (Charente). Réexamen au microscope et interprétation nouvelle. L'Anthropologie 74(5-6):321-352.

471 1970d Notation in the Upper Palaeolithic. Notation dans les gravures du Paléolithique Supérieur, nouvelles méthodes d'analyse. Université de Bordeaux, Laboratoire de Préhistoire, Mémoire 8. viii + 124 pp. Préface, Hallam L. Movius, Jr. 1971 The roots of civilization. New York, McGraw-Hill, Paris, Pion, [ideas on the origin of language; cognitive-linguistic elements in Paleolithic notations]. 1972a Upper Paleolithic notation and symbol: sequential microscopic analysis of Magdalenian engravings document possible cognitive origins of writing. Read at the Eighth International Congress of Prehistoric and Protohistoric Sciences, Belgrade. 23 pp., mimeographed. 1972b Cognitive aspects of Upper Paleolithic engraving. Current Anthropology 13(3/4):445-477. Marshall, A. J. 1954 Bower birds: their displays and breeding cycles. Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, The Clarendon Press. Marshall, John C. 1964 The language of man. Discovery 25(10):38-42. 1970a Can humans talk? 28 pp. 1970b Darwinism and language: an essay in Victorian psycholinguistics. Ms. 1970c The biology of communication in man and animals. In Lyons, J., ed., New Horizons in Linguistics. London, Penguin Books, A1223. — and P. H. Matthews 1970 The adequacy of grammars, [discussion of Noam Chomsky's deep and surface syntactical structure; theory of universal grammar; biological prerequisites for language acquisition]. 1966 1968 Marshall, 1955 Marshall, 1957 Marshall, 1905

See Wales, R. J. and J. C. M. See Oldfield, R. C., and J. C. M„ eds. Narva See Jones, Frank Pierce and N. M. R. W. See Herman, D. T., et al. Wilhelm Bemerkungen des Übersetzers. In Garner, Richard Lynch, Die Sprache der Affen. 2 ed. Dresden.

472 Martí, Samuel 1971 Mudrä: manos simbólicas en Asia y América. México, D. F., Litexa, S.A., illus., Zita Basich. 163 pp. Martin, Benjamin 1748 Institutions of language. London, S. Birt. (1970 reprint, Menston, Scolar Press, 111 pp.). Martin, W. J. 1951 La nature, l'origine et l'évolution du langage, [in Hebrew] Melilah, a volume of Studies, Manchester 3-4:148-155. Martinet, André 1937 La gémination consonantique d'origine expressive dans les langues germaniques. Ktfbenhavn, Paris, [emphatic lengthening of consonants, i.e. a form of sound symbolism]. 1949 La double articulation linguistique. Travaux du Cercle Linguistique de Copenhague 5:30-37. 1957 Arbitraire linguistique et double articulation. Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 15:105-116. 1962 A functional view of language. Oxford, Clarendon Press, viii + 165 pp. Martola, C. 1966 The problem of the sign-language. La Voix du Silence 1(4): 554-555. [Scandinavian countries have been working to develop 1,500 signs for the World Federation of the Deaf]. Martsinovskaya, E. N. 1969 O daktil'noï rechi. Defektologiya 5:19-26. [a history of fingerspelling, 17th century to present; first manual alphabet to Russia, 1806; recent Soviet research on manual communication], Marty, Anton (1847-1914) 1875 Uber den Ursprung der Sprache. Würzburg, A. Stubers Buchhandlung. viii + 150 pp. [cf. Allgemeine Zeitung, München, Beilage, p. 5021], 1896 Sur l'origine du langage. Revue Philosophique de la France 42:635-636. 1908 Untersuchungen zur Grundlegung der allgemeinen Grammatik und Sprachphilosophie. I. Halle, [criticizes Wundt's theory of language]. 1916 Uber Sprachreflex, Nativismus und absichtliche Sprachbildung. In Gesammelte Schriften. [I. Abteilung 2, 304, critique

473 of Wilhelm Wundt's position; articulate language not through chance or through imagery], 1940 Psyche und Sprachstruktur. Funke, O., ed. Maruszewski, Mariusz 1966 Afazja. Zagadnienia teorii i terapii. Warszawa, PWN. 454 pp. [a comprehensive survey especially of recent Polish research; subjects with various cerebral impairments were asked to name drawings of objects], 1969 See Barton, M., et al. Maruyama, K. 1961 "Contralateral relationship" between the ears and the halves of the visual field in sensory interaction. Tohoku Psychologica Folia 19:81-92. Maruyama, Maguroh 1960 Morphogenesis and morphostasis. Methodos 12, No. 48. 1963 The second cybernetics: deviation-amplifying mutual causal processes. American Scientist 51(2). Marx, Karl Heinrich (1818-1883) 1961 Zamechaniya na knigu A. Vagnera, "Uchebnik politicheskoi Ekonomii", Sobranie Sochinenii, Izd. 2, vol. 19, Moskva, [on theories of language origin]. —, Friedrich Engels, Vladimir Il'ich Lenin, and I. V. Stalin 1933 [Concerning the problems of language and thought] [in Russian] Izdatel'stvo Gosudarstvenn. Akademii Istorii Material'noi Kultury, Moskva, 5:348 pp. [contains extracts from the writings of Marx, Karl H., et. al., on this topic], Marx, Otto M. 1966 Aphasia studies and language theory in the 19th century. Bulletin of the History of Medicine 40:328-349. 1967 The history of the biological basis of language. Appendix B, in Lenneberg, Eric H., Biological Foundations of Language, 443-469. Marzke, Mary Walpole 1971 Origin of the human hand. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 34:61-84. [mainly on hand in locomotion knuckle and fist-walking, etc.; nothing on gestural use of the hand], Marzolo, Paolo (1811-1868) 1847, Monumenti storici rivelati dall'analisi della parola. Padova. 1859- [language is not conventional, but a natural project], 1866

474 1867

Saggio sulli segni. Annali delle università Toscane, P. I., Science noologiche, voi. 9. Pisa. de Mas, Sinibaldo 1863 L'idéographie . . . mémoire sur la possibilité de former une écriture générale . . . Idéographique et Idéographique Français. Paris, [a dissertation on the possibility and facility of forming a general system of writing, and a means by which all nations may understand each other without each other's language; Author was Spanish Ambassador to China]. Masland, Mary W., and Linda W. Case 1968 Limitation of auditory memory as a factor in delayed language development. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 3(2): 139-142. [four aspects of auditory memory: temporal span, temporal sequence, temporal patterning of pitch, rhythm, stress, and patterning of phonetic detail]. Masland, R. L. 1968 Some neurological processes underlying language. Annals of Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology 77:787-804. Maslow, A. H. 1966 Isomorphic interrelationships between knower and known. In Kepes, G., ed., Sign, Image, Symbol. New York, George Braziller. Vision and Value Series, 134-143. Mason, Stella E., ed. 1963 Signs, signals, and symbols: a presentation of a British approach to speech pathology and therapy. London, Methuen. xii + 212 pp. Mason, W. A. 1965 Determinants of social behavior in young chimpanzees. In Schrier, Alan, Harry Harlow, and Fred Stollnitz, eds. Behavior of nonhuman primates. New York, Academic Press, vol. 2. — and G. Berkson 1962 Conditions influencing vocal responsiveness of infant chimpanzees. Science 137:127-128. — R. K. Davenport, and Emil W. Menzel, Jr. 1968 Early experience and the social development of rhesus monkeys and chimpanzees. In Newton, G. and S. Levine, eds., Early Experience and Behavior. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, 440-80.

475 Massaro, Dominic 1972 Preperceptual images, processing time, and perceptual units in auditory perception. Psychological Review 79(2):124-145. [theory of auditory perception, parallel between auditory and visual perception. What are the units in auditory perception? Phonemes, syllables, words? Argues in support of the theory that the syllable is the perceptual unit]. Massengill, R. 1970 Certain speech characteristics of mentally retarded children. Folia Phoniatrica 22:139-142. [supports research showing a relationship between IQ and articulatory proficiency; mentally retarded population has a high incidence of motoric inefficiency in speech]. — and D. D. Smith 1967 Histidinaemia and language development: a case report. Journal of Communication disorders 1:51. Masson-Oursel, P. 1930 Le rôle des attitudes dans la conception indienne de la vie. Psychologie et vie 4:23-24. Massopust, L. C., Jr., H. W. Barnes, and J. Bidura 1965 Auditory frequency discrimination in cortically ablated monkeys. Journal of Auditory Research 5:85-93. — L. R. Wolin, R. Meder, and V. Frost 1967 Changes in auditory discrimination thresholds after temporal cortex ablations. Experimental Neurology 19:245-255. [in monkeys]. Mastelloni, F. Di San Nicola 1921 Delle voci degli animali nei verbi della lingua italiana e della latina. Roma. Masterman, Margaret Braithwaite 1957 The pictorial principle in language. (Actes du Xlème Congrès de Philosophie, vol. 14. Amsterdam, 1953, 139-144. 1961 Translation. The Aristotelian Society, Suppl., vol. 35:169216.

Masters, Roger D. 1970 Genes, language, and evolution. Semiotica 2(3):295-320. Masterton, Bruce 1969 See Heffner, Henry E., et al. al Masudi 1897 Abrégé des merveilles. Translated by Bernard Carra de

476 Vaux, Actes de la Société Philologique 26. Paris. 2 vols, [vol. 1, p. 77, Arabic the primordial language; pp. 131-133, Syrian the primordial language], Masüger, J. B. 1959 Uber gemeinsames in alten Bewegungsspielen Nordeuropas und der Schweiz. Schweiz. Archiv Volkskunde 55(4):564573. [movement games], Matarazzo, J. D., G. Saslow, A. N. Wiens, M. Weitman, and B. V. Allen 1964 Interviewer headnodding and interviewee speech durations. Psychotherapeutic Research Theory 1:54-63. Matëjcek, Z. and Z. 21 ab 1963 Lateralita u nasich dyslektikû. Ceskoslovenskâ Psychologie 7: 132-146. Mather, J. H. 1966 See Davidon, R. S. and J. H. M. Mather, Kirtley 1949 See Darlington, C. D. and K. M. Mathews, F. Schuyler 1905 Field book of wild birds and their music. Mathon, Céline 1969 Pour une sémiologie du geste en Afrique Occidentale. Semiotica 1. Matlaw, M. 1958 Discovery, probability and mimetic art. Quarterly Journal of Speech 44(1):70-71. Matschinski, M. 1961 La parole, la pensée et le signe. Études philosophiques, Actes du Congrès de la Sociétés de Philosophie de Langue française. Montpellier, Sept., 36-41. Maison, Floyd W. and Ashley Montagu, eds. 1967 The human dialogue. New York, The Free Press, [contains chapter, p. 470 ff. by Weston LaBarre, Paralinguistics and kinesics]. Matsumaru, Michio 1966 [Geographic designations having a bearing on hunting in problematic inscriptions] [in Japanese; reviewed in Narody Azii, Afriki, 3:199, 1966], Matsumiya, Y., V. Tagliasco, C. T. Lombroso, and H. Goodglass 1972 Auditory evoked response: meaningfulness of stimuli and interhemispheric asymmetry. Science 175:790-792.

477 Matter, Jacques 1862 St. Martin, le philosophe inconnu, sa vie et ses écrits . . . (2nd ed., Paris, Librairie Didier, xi + 460 pp., 1864) [on Louis Claude de St. Martin, 1743-1803; p. 23, the necessity of a first language given to man at Creation, citing Rousseau], Matthews, P. H. 1970 See Marshall, J. C. Matthews, W. K. 1949 Review of Belie, A., O jezickoj prirodi i jezickom razvitku, 1941. In Archivum Linguisticum 1:180-184. 1950 The Soviet contribution to linguistic thought. Archivum Linguisticum 2:1-23, 97-121. Mattingly, Ignatius G. 1972 Speech cues and sign stimuli: an ethological view of speech perception and the origin of language. American Scientist 60(3):327-337. — and Alvin M. Liberman 1969 The speech code and the physiology of language. In Leibovic, K. N., ed., Information processing and the nervous system. New York, Berlin, Springer Verlag, 97-117. —, Alvin M. Liberman, Ann K. Kyrdal, and Terry Halwes 1971 Discrimination in speech and nonspeech modes. Cognitive Psychology 2:131-157. Matunâk, Mihâly 1911 Valami a madarak énekérôl. Aquila 313. [on bird song]. Maturana, Humberto R. 1970 The biology of cognition. University of Illinois, Department of Electrical Engineering, Biological Computer Laboratory, AF-OSR 70-1865. 197- Neurophysiology of cognition. In Wenner-Gren Symposium on Artificial Intelligence. Matzdorff, I. 1968 Zur Anthropométrie der Hand; ein Beitrag unter Sozialbiologischen Gesichtspunkt. Zeitschrift für Morphologische Anthropologie 60(l):53-74. de Maupertuis, Pierre-Louis Moreau (1698-1759) 1752 Réflexions philosophiques sur l'origine des langues et la signification des mots. Oeuvres, vol. 1. (1756 ed., Dresden; 1756, 1768, Lyon). 1756 Dissertation sur les différents moyens dont les hommes se

478 sont servis pour exprimer leurs idées. Berlin, p. 349 ff. (Paris, 1754) [contractual or conventionalist theory of language origin; unarticulated cries and certain gestures]. Maurus, M. and Detlev Ploog 1969 Motor and vocal interactions in groups of squirrel monkeys, elicited by remote controlled electrical brain stimulation. Proceedings of the Second International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta, 1968, 3:59-63. Basel, Karger. 1971 Social signals in squirrel monkeys: analysis by cerebral radio stimulation. Experimental Brain Research 12(2):171-183. 1967 See Jürgens, Uwe, et al. Mauss, Marcel 1935 Les techniques du corps. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique (3-4):271-293. Maussen, L. H. M. 1962 Taal en gestiek. Gawein 11(1): 15-47. [verbal fluency related to various gestures, with correlation coefficients of 0.49 ± 0.28],

Mauthner, Fritz 1921 Kritik der Sprache. Stuttgart, [origin of language as an "original biological activity"]. 1923 Beiträge zu einer Kritik der Sprache. 3rd ed. Leipzig. 3 vols, [vol. 2, p. 428, Adam's language; p. 375 - against Hebrew as the primordial language; p. 421 ff., on animal "languages"]. Mautz, Dietrich 1971 Der Kommunikationseffekt der Schwänzeltänze bei Apis mellifica carnica (Pollm.). Zeitschrift für Vergleichende Physiologie 72(2): 197-220. [bee tail-dance]. Mawer, Irene 1932 The art of mime. Its history and technique in education and the theatre. London, Methuen and Company, xii + 244 pp. Max, L. W. 1937 Experimental study of the motor theory of consciousness. IV. Action-current responses of the deaf during awakening, kinesthetic imagery and abstract thinking. Journal of Comparative Psychology 24:301-344. Mayáns y Sisear, Gregorio (1699-1781) 1737 Origines de la lengua española. Madrid, [vol. 1, p. 1-9, on the primordial language, which was spoken by human beings].

479 Mayenowa, M. R. 1967 Semiotics today: reflections on the Second International Conference on Semiotics. Social Science Information 6:59-64. Mayer, C. 1952 Über den Bau des Organes der Stimme, bei den Menschen, den Säugetieren und einigen grösseren Vögeln, nebst physiologischen Bemerkungen. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. 23(2):659-766. Mayer, Félix 1935 La structure du rêve. Des rapports entre le rêve, le langage des gestes, et le langage oral. Archives de Psychologie, Genève, 25(dec.):129-156. [relations between dream, sign language, and speech], Mayers, K. S. 1970 See Thompson, R. F., et al. Maynard, Ch. J. 1928 Vocal organs of talking birds and some other species. East Newton, Massachusetts. Maynial, E. 1903 Les grammairiens philosophes du dix-huitième siècle, la grammaire de Condillac. Revue Bleu, 4e série, vol. 19, No. 10. Paris. Mayorov, F. P. and L. A. Firsov 1956 Eksperimental'noe issledovanie pravorukosti u shimpanze. Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR 109(5). [right-handedness in the chimpanzee], Mayr, Ernst 1960 The emergence of evolutionary novelties. In Tax, Sol, ed., Evolution after Darwin: The evolution of Life. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 629 pp., 349-480. Mazhutaïtis, V. M. 1966 Pochemu narody rasgovarivayut na raznykh yazykakh. Vilnius, Vaga. 39 pp. Mazurkiewitsch, J. 1900 Über die Störungen der Gebärdensprache. Jahrbuch der Psychiatrie 19:514-, McAdam, Dale W. and Harry A. Whitaker 1971a Language production: electroencephalographic localization in the normal human brain. Science 172:499-502. [evidence that labial and velar consonantal production arises in the left hemisphere].

480 — and Harry A. Whitaker 1971b Comment, on Electrocortial localization of language production. Science 174:1359-1361. McBride, Glen 1966 Society evolution. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 1:1-13. 1968 On the evolution of human language. Social Science Information 7(5): 81-85. 1971a The nature-nurture problem in social evolution. In Eisenberg, J .F. and W. S. Dillon, eds., Man and Beast. Washington, D.C., Smithsonian Institution, 35-36. 1971b Theories of animal spacing: the role of flight, fight and social distance. In Esser, A. H., ed. Behavior and Environment. New York, Plenum. McBride, K. E. 1935 See Weisenburg, T. and K. E. McB. McCall, Elizabeth Anne 1965 A generative grammar of signs. University of Iowa, M. A. Thesis. McCall, Gerald N. 1969 The assessment of lingual tactile sensation and perception. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 34(2):151-156. 1967 See Rutherford, D. and G. McC. — and N. M. Cunningham 1971 Two-point discrimination: asymmetry in spatial discrimination on the two sides of the tongue, a preliminary report. Perceptual and Motor Skills 32(2):368-370. [sensory lateralization in the tongue appeared in 14 out of 25 subjects]. McCarthy, Dorothea Agnes 1930 Language development of the preschool child. University of Minnesota Press. Institute for Child Welfare, Monograph 4, xiii + 174 pp. (Ph.D. dissertation, 1929). 1954 Language development in children. Resumé of recent research on child language. In Carmichael, Leonard, ed., Manual of Child Psychology, 2nd ed. New York, John Wiley and Sons, 492-630. [contains a bibliography of 777 titles on child language acquisition.]. McCarus, Ernest N. 1958 See Strauss, Alfred A. and E. N. McC.

481 McCawley, J. D. 1968 Concerning the base component of a transformational grammar. Foundations of Language 4:243-269. McCleary, George F., Jr. 1970 See Blaut, James, et al. McClure, Michael K. 1970 See Hill, Suzanne D., et al. 1971 See Gallup, Gordon C., et al. McCormack, C. 1967 See Rumbaugh, D. M., and C. McC. McCracken, George Englert 1948 Athanasius Kircher's Universal Polygraphy. Isis 39:215-228. [established in 1663 a system of "universal" graphic signs]. McCroskey, R. L., Jr. 1958 The relative contributions of auditory and tactile cues to certain aspects of speech. Southern Speech Journal 24:84-90. — N. W. Corley, and G. Jackson 1959 Some effects of disrupted tactile cues upon the production of consonants. Southern Speech Journal 25:55-60. McCulloch, T. L. 1939 The role of clasping activity in adaptive behavior of the infant chimpanzee. Journal of Psychology 7:283-316. McCulloch, W. S. 1947 See Pitts, W. and W. S. McC. 1969 See Kihner, W. L., et al. McCullum, Alva H. 1967 See Hill, Suzanne D., et al. McDavid, J. and H. Schroder 1957 The interpreting of approval and disapproval by delinquents and non-delinquent adolescents. Journal of Personality 25: 539-549. [suggests that delinquents and psychopaths appear less sensitive than normal individuals to nonverbal cues]. McDonald, E. T. 1964 Articulation testing and treatment: a sensory-motor approach. Pittsburgh, Stanwix House, [language is an accumulation of concepts which exists in some symbolic form. Speech is one of the modalities through which language is utilized]. — and L. F. Aungst 1967 Studies in oral sensorimotor function. In Bosma, J. F., ed., Symposium on oral sensation and perception. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, 202-220.

482 McEvoy, J. Edward 1953 An experimental study of the factor of eye contact in filmed speeches. Los Angeles, University of Southern California, Ph.D. dissertation. McFie, J., M. F. Piercy, and O. L. Zangwill 1950 Visual-spatial agnosia associated with lesions of the right cerebral hemisphere. Brain 73:167-190. — and Zangwill, Oliver 1960 Nonverbal cognitive tests after unilateral injury to right and left hemispheres. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases 142:25-67. McGee, W. J. 1911 Primitive numbers. U.S. Bureau of American Ethnology, Annual Report 19:821-851. McGinnis, M. A. 1963 Aphasic children. Wasshington, D. C., Alexander Graham Bell Association for the Deaf, Inc. McGough, E. 1971 Body language tells on you. Flightime, The Continental Airlines Magazine, April. McGrew, W. C. 1969 An ethological study of agonistic behaviour in pre-school children. Proceedings of the Second International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta. Basel, Karger, vol. 1, 149-159. [p. 150, elements of aggressive child behavior in facial expressions and limb gestures]. McGuigan, F. J. 1967 Feedback of speech muscle activity during silent reading. Two comments. Science 157:579-581. 1970 Covert oral behavior during the silent performance of language tasks. Psychological Bulletin 74(3):309-326. ["thinking" activity increased the electromyographic amplitude in writing-arm feedback]. McGuire, Michael T. 1971 Dyadic communication, verbal behavior, thinking, and understanding. I. Background problems and theory. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases 152(4):223-241. [examines notion of "quasi-permanent cognitive structures" as underlying both cognitive and communicative behavior.].

483 — and R. Coleman 1968 A model for the study of dyadic communication: research approach, research and discussion. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases 146:230-238. — and S. Lorch 1968 Natural language conversation modes. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases 146:239-248. — and Juliet Stanley 1971 Dyadic communication, verbal behavior, thinking, and understanding. II. Four Studies. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases 152(4):242-259. (Part III. Clinical Considerations, ibid., 152:260-277). Mclntyre, Cynthia K. 1970 See Odom, Penelope, et al. McKean, Kathryn O. 1964 See Miller, George A. and K. O. McK. McKeever, Walter F. and Maurice D. Huling 1970 Left-cerebral hemisphere superiority in tachistoscopic wordrecognition performances. Perceptual and Motor Skills 30: 763-766. [ten normal subjects showed superior word-recognition in left-hemisphere, especially greater for the left eye. Right-eye word recognition may have to traverse less efficient neural route to the left hemisphere]. 1971a Bilateral tachistoscopic word recognition as a function of hemisphere stimulated and interhemispheric transfer time. Neuropsychologia 9:281-288. [experiments did not confirm hypothesis of a time lag in the arrival of two stimuli at the left hemisphere language centers]. 1971b Lateral dominance in tachistoscopic word recognition performances obtained with simultaneous bilateral input. Neuropsychologia 9:15-20. McKeon, Richard 1946, Aristotle's conception of language and the arts of language. 1947 Classical Philology 41:193-206; 42:21-50. McKim, J. C. 1921 Some reflections on the ideogram. Atlantic Monthly 127:499504. McKinney, Norris P. 1963 See Ladefoged, P. and N. P. Mck.

484 McLaurin, J. P. 191- Elocution: a product of evolution. Glasgow, W. and R. Holmes. 127 pp. McLuhan, Marshall 1962 The Gutenberg Galaxy: the making of typographic man. Toronto, University of Toronto Press. 1964 Understanding media: the extensions of man. New York, McGraw-Hill. 1959 See Carpenter, E. and M. McL. McMurray, G. A. 1960 Meaning associated with phonetic structure of unfamiliar foreign words. Canadian Journal of Psychology 14(3): 166174. [significant results from 15 paired antonymns in Czech, Chinese, and Hindi], McMurtrie, Douglas Crawford 1943 The book - the story of printing and bookmaking. London. 676 pp. [in remote past, man used grunts, cries, supplemented "no doubt with gestures or a sort of sign language". Sign language persisted even after man became capable of articulate speech], McNeill, David 1966 The capacity for language acquisition. Volta Review 68:1733. 1966a Developmental psycholinguistics. In Smith, F. and G. A. ( Miller, The Genesis of Language. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press. 1966b The creation of language. Discovery (London) 27(7):34-38. (reprinted in Oldfield, R. C. and J. C. Marshall, eds., Language. Penguin Books, 1968). 1966c The creation of language by children, with comments by Colin Fraser and Margaret Donaldson. In Lyons, J. and R. J. Wales, eds., Psycholinguistics Papers, The Proceedings of the 1966 Edinburgh Conference. Edinburgh University Press, 99132. 1968a On theories of language acquisition. In Dixon, T. R. and D. L. Horton, eds., Verbal Behavior and General Behavior Theory. Englwood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall. 1968b Production and perception: the view from language. Ontario Journal of Educational Research 10:181-185. 1968c Empiricist and nativist theories of language: George Berkeley

485 and Samuel Bailey in the 20th Century. Paper read at the Symposium on New Perspectives in the Science of Man, Alpbach, Austria. 1969 Explaining linguistic universals. Paper read at the 19th International Congress of Psychologists, London, [the threeyear old child's predisposition to speaking includes the concept of the sentence, predicate, and object of verb]. 1970a The development of language. In Mussen, P. A., ed. Carmichael's Manual of Child Psychology. 3rd ed., 2 vols. 1970b The acquisition of language: the study of developmental psycholinguistics. New York, Harper and Row. 183 pp. — and N. B. McNeill 1968 A question in semantic development: what does a child mean when he says "No"? In Zalc, E. M., ed., Proceedings of the Conference on Language and Language Behavior, University of Michigan. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. 1969 See Miller, George A. and D. McN. McQuown, Norman A. 1957 Review of Revesz, Geza, The origins and Prehistory of Language, 1956. In American Anthropologist 59:747-748. McVay, Scott 1971 See Payne, Roger S. and S. McV. Mead, George Herbert (1863-1931) 1934a Language and the development of the self. In Newcomb, T. M. and E. L. Hartley, eds., Readings in Social Psychology (1947 ed.), 179-189. 1934b Mind, self and society, from the standpoint of a social behaviorist. Ed., with an introduction by Morris, Charles W. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, xxxviii + 400 pp. [behavioral significance of gestures, pp. 13-18; imitation and the origin of speech, pp. 51-61; vocal gesture and the significant symbol, pp. 61-68; Wilhelm Wundt and gesture, pp. 42-51]. 1938 The philosophy of the act. Introduction by Morris, Charles W. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, lxxxiv + 696 pp. Mead, Margaret 1956 Some uses of still photography in culture and personality studies. In Haring, Douglas, ed., Personal Character and Cultural Milieu. 3rd ed., rev. Syracuse University Press, 79105.

486 1964

Vicissitudes of the study of the total communication process. In Sebeok, Thomas A., ed., Approaches to Semiotics: Transactions of the Indiana University Conference on Paralinguistics and Kinesics. The Hague, Mouton and Company. = Janua Linguarum, Series Major 15. 294 pp., 277-287. 1970 Anthropologie et glyphes. Communication, Langage 7:5-12. [on the creation of modern international "glyphs" and their generality]. — and Frances C. Macgregor 1951 Growth and culture. New York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, xvi + 223 pp. [a photographic study of Balinese childhood, including data on gesture and facial expression], 1942 See Bateson, Gregory and M. M. Meader, C. L. and J. H. Muyskens 1950 Handbook of Biolinguistics. Part 1, Sect. A. Toledo, Ohio. 1920 See Pillsbury, Walter Bowers and C. L. M. Meadow, Kathryn P. 1968 Early manual communication in relation to the deaf child's intellectual, social, and communicative functioning. American Annals of the Deaf 113(1):29-41. [long bibliography] [a strong argument in favor of early institution of sign-language communication in deaf children, in order to enhance cognitive development]. 1971 Sociolinguistics, sign language, and the deaf subculture. Paper read at the National Association of the Deaf Special Institute, Western Maryland College. Means, John O. 1870 Recent theories on the origin of language. Bibliotheca Sacra 27:162-179. Mede, Joseph (1586-1638) 1677 The Confusion of Languages. In The Works. 3rd ed. London. I, p. 49 ff. [Hebrew the primordial language]. Meder, R. 1967 See Massopust, L. C., Jr., et al. van der Meer, H. C. 1958 Die Links-Rechts Polarisation des phaenomenalen Raumes. Groningen, J. B. Wolters. Meetham, A. R. and R. A. Hudson, eds. 1969 Encyclopaedia of Linguistics, Information and Control. Oxford, London, Pergamon Press, xiv + 718 pp. [p. 672, de-

487 finition of "language", "whether natural or artificial, a conventional set of symbols, such that a certain system (e.g. a human being) can distinguish any one symbol from all the rest"; cf. also definitions under signs, linguistic; symbol; signal]. Mehl, Dieter A. J. 1965 The Elizabethan dumb-show. Cambridge, Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. Mehler, J. 1963 Some effects of grammatical transformations on the recall of English sentences. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 2:346-351. 1968 Review of Smith, F. and G. A. Miller, eds., The Genesis of Language, 1966. In Psychology Today 1(12). [chides the editors for the inclusion of paper by David Premack and Arthur Schwartz, 1966, as an example of research — teaching a chimpanzee to use language - "that cannot possibly succeed"]. — T. Bever and P. Carey 1967 What we look at when we read. Perception and Psychophysics 2. — and P. Carey 1967 Role of surface and base structure in the perception of sentences. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 6:335-338. — and G. A. Miller 1964 Retroactive interference in the recall of simple sentences. British Journal of Psychology 55:295-301. 1969 See Boysson-Bardies, B. de, and J. M. 1969 See Bever, T. G., et al. Mehnert, E. 1901 Uber topographische Altersveränderungen des Atmungsapparates. Jena, Fischer Verlag. 151 pp. [gravity acted on the evolving hominid larynx in its bipedal position to lower its position], Mehrabian, Albert 1966 Immediacy: an indicator of attitude in linguistic communication. Journal of Personality 34:26-34. 1967 Orientation behaviors and nonverbal attitude communication. Journal of Communication 17:324-332.

488 1968a Communication without words. Psychology today 2(4)(Sept.): 52-55. 1968b Inference of attitude from the posture, orientation, and distance of a communicator. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 32:296-308. 1968c Relationship of attitude to seated posture, orientation and distance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 10: 26-30. 1969a Significance of posture and position in the communication of attitude and status relationships. Psychological Bulletin 71: 359-372. 1969b Some referents and measures of nonverbal behavior. Behavior Research Methods and Instrumentation 1:203-207. 1970a A semantic space for nonverbal behavior. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 35:248-257. 1970b When are feelings communicated inconsistently? Journal of Experimental Research in Psychology 4:198-212. — and J. Friar 1969a Encoding of attitude by a seated communicator via posture and position cues. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 33. — and M. Williams 1969b Nonverbal concomitants of perceived and intended persuasiveness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 13: 37-58. 1968 See Wiener, M. and A. M. 1969 See Zaidel, S. F. and A. M. Meillet, Antoine (1866-1936) 1919 La langue et l'écriture. Scientia 26, 13(90[10]):290-293. [a fundamental analysis of the nature of scripts and the significance of their invention], 1948 Linguistique historique et linguistique générale. Collection Linguistique 8, Paris. Meiner, Johann Werner (1723-1789) 1781 Versuch einer an der menschlichen Sprache abgebildeten Vernunftlehre oder Philosophische und allgemeine Sprachlehre. Leipzig, [a simple form of Hebrew was the "child language" of the world]. Meiners, Christoph (1747-1810) 1785 Grundriss der Geschichte der Menschheit. Lemgo, [languages

489 of mankind are products of Nature; there is no trace of a common origin, because of the variations in the stages of language development], 1811- Untersuchungen über die Verschiedenheiten der Menschen1815 naturen. Tübingen, 3 vols. [vol. 2, 113-119, 433 ff., language and descent; vol. 3, 226-264, diversity of languages]. Meinhof, Carl 192- Review of Jespersen, Otto, Sprache, ihre Natur, Entwicklung und Entstehung in Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen 16(2): 158. (German translation of Language, its nature, development and origin, 1925). Meinhold, Peter 1958 Luthers Sprachphilosophie. Berlin. 63 pp. Meisel, Joan 1969 See Stark, Joel, et al. Meiseis, M. 1964 See Markel, N. N., et al. Meisen, Karl 1950, Der böse Blick. Rheinische Jahrbuch für Volkskunde, vol. 1, 1952 1950 and vol. 3, 1952. Meisenbach, Johann Adam 1958 Die Entfaltung des Menschengeistes und die Schöpfung der Sprache. Bamberg, Author. 28 pp. Meister, R. 1962 Review of Kainz, Friedrich, Die "Sprache" der Tiere: Tatsachen, Problemschau, Theorie, 1961. In Wiener Zeitschrift für Philosophie, Psychologie, und Pädagogik 7(3):204-207. Mejia, Pedro (1490-1551) 1673 Silva de varia lección. Madrid. (1933 edition) [human language arose from animal-language; vol. 1, 128 ff., on natural language; vol. 1, 78, Hebrew the primordial language], Melanchthon, Philipp (1497-1560) 1533 In obscuriora aliquot Geneseos annotaitiones, vol. 13, p. 781 ff. In Corpus Reformatorum. Braunschweig, Halle, Berlin, Leipzig. 101 vols. (1834-1959). [language came from God when Adam gave names to the animals], Meldau, Robert 1967 Zeichen, Warenzeichen, Marken. Kulturgeschichte und Werbewert graphischer Zeichen. Bad Homberg, Gehlen. 478 pp., 542 figs, [on early signs, in hunting, fertility, cults, as well as commerce, etc.].

490 Mellman, W. J. 1961 See Moorhead, P. S., et al. Melly, George 1965 Gesture goes classless. New Society (17 June):26-27. [on shifts in the use of gesture in British society], Melnechuk, T. 1969 See Ploog, D., and T. M. Melo, V. de 1958 Universalidade dos gestos populäres. Sociologia (Säo Paulo) 20(4):564-573. Meitzer, L. 1964 See Thompson, D. F. and L. M. Melzer, Friso 1952 Unsere Sprache im Lichte der Christus-Offenbarung. 2nd ed. Tübingen, [origin of language, p. 28 ff.]. 1965 Review of Rosenstock-Huessy, Eugen, Die Sprache des Menschengeschlechts . . . Heidelberg, 1963. In Muttersprache 75 (3):92-93; (9):283-284. Menarini, Alberto 1954a Le langage sifflé de la Gomera. Vie et Langage, Paris, 24: 101-109. 5 figs. [Canary Island whistle-language]. 1954a Le langage sifflé des Mazatecos. Vie et Langage, Paris, 29: 339-345. 3 figs, [whistle language of Mazateco Indians of Mexico], 1955- Langages sans paroles. Vie et Langage, Paris 67:437-440; 1959 69:533-537; 76:338-345; 77:437-440; 83:92-96; 85:187-194; 92:562-565. [gesture languages, mechanical means for sending messages - arrows, slingstones, pebbles; taboo signs, traffic signs, knots, wampun], Mendelson, Jack H., Leonard Siger, E. Kubzansky, and P. Solomon 1964 The language of signs and symbolic behavior of the deaf. Disorders of Communication 42, Research Publications 151170. Mendelssohn, Moses (1729-1786) 1756 Sendschreiben an den Herrn Magister Lessing, in Leipzig. Nachschrift. In Elbogen, Ismar, et al., eds., Gesammelte Schriften. Berlin, 1931, vol. 2, 104-109. [On the question of the origin of language, stimulated by J.-J. Rousseau's Essay; voluntary sign-language; conventionalism (after Condillac); language is a natural, not a miraculous phenomenon].

491 Mengert, I. 1931 See Wellman, B., et al. Menlove, F. 1966 See Bandura, A., et al. Menn, Lise 1971 Phonotactic rules in beginning speech: a study in the development of English discourse. Lingua 26:225-251. [study of a male child to 25V2 months of age; uttered first sentence at age 24V2 months; list of sentences of more than one word, pp. 248-250], Menyuk, P. 1969 Sentences children use. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press. 165 pp. Menzel, Emil W., Jr. 1962 Individual differences in the responsiveness of young chimpanzees to stimulus size and novelty. Perceptual and Motor Skills 15:127-134. 1963

The effects of cumulative experience on responses to novel objects in young isolation-reared chimpanzees. Behaviour 21:1-12.

1964

Patterns of responsiveness in chimpanzees reared through infancy under conditions of environmental restriction. Psychologische Forschung 27:337-365.

1965

Responsiveness to object movement in young chimpanzees. Behaviour 24: 147-160. 1966 Responsiveness to objects in free-ranging Japanese monkeys. Behaviour 26:130-150. 1969a Chimpanzee utilization of space and responsiveness to objects. In Proceedings of the Second International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta. Basel, Karger. Vol. 1:72-80. [on the "structure of the spatial world" of the subjects], 1969b Naturalistic and experimental approaches to primate behavior. In Willems, E. and H. Raush, eds., Naturalistic viewpoints in Psychological Research. New York, Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. 1969c Responsiveness to food and signs of food in chimpanzee discrimination learning. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 68(4):484-489. [used 7 chimpanzees; hidden food objects; relative quantity of food as a basis for ordering].

492 1969d Experimental studies of leadership in a group of young chimpanzees. Paper read at American Association for the Advancement of Science Meeting, December. 9 pp. and tables. 1970 Menzel reporting on spontaneous use of poles as ladders. Delta Primate Report, Tulane University, Covington, Louisiana, December, pp. 1-4 (1970 Series). Illus. [coordinated group attacks by chimpanzees on observation-tower of experimental enclosure suggesting communication], 1971a Group behavior in young chimpanzees: responsiveness to cumulative novel changes in a large outdoor enclosure. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 74 (1):46-51. 1971b Social organization of a group of young chimpanzees. American Anthropological Association, Abstracts of 70th Annual Meeting, New York, p. 85. 12 pp., mimeographed, [report on behavior of 8 chimpanzees in a one-acre field cage]. 1971c Communication about the environment in a group of young chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica 15:220-232. 1972a Spontaneous invention of ladders in a group of young chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica 17:87-106. [includes discussion of the implied communication during the ladder-using exploits of chimpanzees in a large open-air enclosure]. 1972b A locational approach with applications to chimpanzee group ms. psychology. Stony Brook, New York, State University of New York. 101 pp. —, R. K. Davenport, and Ch. M. Rogers 1970 The development of tool-using in wild-born and restrictionreared chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica 12(4):273-283. [the wild born chimpanzees acquire tool-using much faster than the captive-born, some of whom never succeed]. 1964 See Davenport, R. K., and E. W. M., Jr. 1968 See Mason, W. A., et al. 1969 See Davenport, R. K., et al. —, and W. A. Draper 1965 Primate selection of food by size: visible versus invisible rewards. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 59:231-239. Meo-zilio, Giovanni 1960 El lenguaje de los gestos en el Río de la Plata. Montevideo. 1961 Consideraciones generales sobre el lenguaje de los gestos.

493

Boletín de Filología, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, 12:225248. 1962 El lenguaje de los gestos en el Uruguay. Boletín de Filología, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, 18:75-163. Meredith, G. P. 195- Review of Semantography. The new Era in School and Home, London, 8 pp. (reprinted in Semantography Series, Sydney, 49). 1962 Words as instruments. Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, n.s. 62:241-260. Mergener, J. R. 1970 See Thurlow, W. R. and J. R. M. Méridier, Louis, ed. 1961 Cratylus (of Plato). French translation. 3rd ed. Budé series. Paris, [pp. 18-22, introduction, an appraisal of Plato's etymologies]. Merleau-Ponty, Maurice 1945 Phénoménologie de la perception. Paris, Gallimard, [p. 214, "the spoken word is a true gesture and it contains its meaning like the gesture contains its"]. 1952a Le langage indirect et les voix du silence. Les Temps Modernes 80(June); 81(July). 1952b Sur la phénoménologie du language. In Problèmes actuels de la phénoménologie. Paris, Desclée de Brouwer. 1962 Phenomenology of perception. English translation by Smith, Colin. New York, Humanities Press. 466 pp. 1964a Signs. English translation by McCleary, Richard C. Evanston, Illinois, Northwestern University Press, xxxiv + 355 pp. 1964b The primacy of perception and essays on phenomenological psychology, the philosophy of art, history and politics. Edie, James M., ed. Evanston, Illinois, Northwestern University Press, xix + 228 pp. Merlo, Clemente 1934 Studi glottologici di demento Merlo, pubblicati nell' occasione del 25mo anniversario del suo insegnamento, da colleghi, discepoli ed amici. Pisa, xxxviii + 262 pp. [the first words created by man were certainly onomatopoeic, imitating sounds resonating in our ears]. Merrifield, W. R. 1971 Review of Berlin, Brent and Paul Kay, Basic Color Terms:

494 Their Universality and Evolution. Berkeley and Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1969. In Journal of Linguistics 7(2):259-268. Merritt, J. 1966 Natural selection and human behavior. Journal of Theoretical Biology 21:410-, 1967 On the importance of cultural and biological determinants in human behavior. American Anthropologist 69:513-514. [modern biological data put "culture" in a less important position as a determinant of human behavior], Merti, Carlos A. 1957 Introducción al estudio del lenguaje de los monos mirikina "Actus Azarae"). Anales de la Sociedad Científica Argentina 163:89-105. Merton, P. A. 1961 The accuracy of directing the eyes and the hand in the dark. Journal of Physiology 156:555-577. Meshchaninov, I. I. 1930 [Studies on the origins of articulate phonic language] [in Russian] Doklady, Akad. Nauk SSSR, A: 95-99. Leningrad. 1931 Verkhnii paleoliticheskaya sotsial'no- ékonomicheskaya sreda, obuslovivayushchaya oformlenie chlenorazdel'noi zvukovoi rechi. Leningrad, Izvestiya Gosudarstvenn. Akad. Materialnoi Kul'tury 11(1). 1934 Yazyk i myshlenie v do-klassovom obshchestvoe. In Problemy Istorii Dokapitalisticheskikh obshchestv, Moskva, 9/10, 1844. 1948 New teachings concerning language and its present stage of development. Synthese 6:204-213. [survey of earlier Russian and later Soviet linguistic theories, including Baudouin de Courtenay, Fortunatov, and N. Ya. Marr]. Messelken, H. 1968 Drei Aspekte der anthropologischen Sprachtheorie. Ratingen bei Düsseldorf, Henn. Messing, S. 1960 The nonverbal language of the Ethiopian toga. Anthropos 55(3-4):558-560. [on the use of clothing as gesture], Metcalf, George J. 1953 Abraham Mylius on historical linguistics. Publications of the Modern Language Association 68:535-554.

495 Metheny, Eleanor 1968 Movement and meaning. New York, McGraw-Hill, xiv + 126 pp. [sources of meaning in movement in prehistoric man; development of dance and gesture; hunting dances, Chaps. 3, 4], Mette, H. J. 1952 Parateresis. Untersuchungen zur Sprachtheorie des Krates von Pergamon. Halle, [on the analogy-anomaly controversy]. Mettler, F. 1956 Culture and the structural evolution of the neural system. James Arthur Lecture on the Evolution of the Human Brain, New York, 1955. (reprinted, 1962, in Montagu, Ashley, ed., Culture and the evolution of man. New York, Oxford University Press, 376 pp., 155-201). Metz, Christian 1970 Au-delà de l'analogie, l'image. Communications 15:1-10. [deals with Charles S. Peirce's notions of icon, inconic logic, nature of visual images]. Metze, E. 1968 See Wegl, E. and E. M. Meunier, Victor 1895 Selection et perfectionnement animal (les animaux perfectibles). Paris, G. Masson. 224 pp. Encyclopédie Scientifique 126B. [refers to animals' understanding of human speech], Meyer, 1816, Observationes anatomicae de instrumenti vocis mammalium. 1826 Berlin, Universität, Dissertation. Meyer, Barbara 1966 See Hall, K .R. L. and B. M. Meyer, D. R. 1950 See Harlow, H. F., et al. Meyer, François 1947 L'accélération évolutive. Paris. 67 pp., 7 figs, [on rates of evolution of human industries]. von Meyer, F. 1873 Uber der Ursprung von Rechts und Links. Meyer, Justus 1949 Language as a biological phenomenon. Proceedings of the Tenth International Congress of Philosophy, Amsterdam, North Holland Publishing Company, vol. 2:951-954.

496 1949

Language as a biological phenomenon. The Journal of Philosophy 46:386-393. Meyer, K. H. 1915 Lateinisch habere, gotisch haban und Verwandtes. Indogermanische Forschungen 35:224-237. [sound-symbolism origins of roots such as hab, kap, gab, meaning 'get', 'take', 'seize'; imitation through the sound (mouth-gesture), not of the actual sound], Meyer, Richard M. 1901 Künstliche Sprachen, I, II. Indogermanische Forschungen 12:243-318, 33-92. [on the language of animals, p. 316; sound symbolism, vol. 12:243]. Meyer-Rinteln, W. 1905 Die Schöpfung der Sprache. Leipzig, 256 pp. Meyers, Russell 1948 (Article) Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry 60:119-. [carefully controlled study found no significant differences between aphasies and non-aphasics on a battery of nonverbal tasks of graded difficulty], Meyerson, I. 1952 Review of Révész, Géza, Origine et préhistoire du langage, 1946. In Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 45:115. 1962 Review of Kiener, Frantz, Hand, Gebärde und Charakter, München, Basel, 1962. In Journal de Psychologie 4:488-489. Michael of Syria (1126-1199) 1195 Chronique de Michel le Syrien. Chabot, Jean-Baptiste, editor and translator. Paris, 1899-1910. 4 vols, [the primordial language was Syrian], Michael, G. and F. N. Willis, Jr. 1968 The development of gestures as a function of social class, education, and sex. Psychological review 18:515-519. Michael, James 1964 A development study of conceptual performance on words and on objects. University of Massachusetts, Ph.D. Dissertation, University Microfilms. 143 pp. [child language: ability to categorize increases with age], Michael, Richard P. and D. Zumpe 1970 Sexual initiating behaviour of female rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) under laboratory conditions. Behaviour 36:168-

497 186. [includes "hand-reach" gesture as well as rump-presentation, head-bobbing, head ducking]. Michaeler, Carl Joseph ( -1804) 1788 De origine linguae tum primaria, tum specialis commentatio. Viennae Trattner. Michaelis, Johann David 1769 Influence of opinions on language, and of language on opinions. (1st English edition, translated from Beantwortung der Frage von dem Einfluss der Meinungen in die Sprache und der Sprache in die Meinungen, 1760, Berlin) [includes ideas about the primordial language, but eschewed theories of ultimate language origin]. Michaels, J. W. 1923 A handbook of the sign language of the deaf, prepared especially for ministers, Sunday school workers, theological students and friends of the deaf. Atlanta, Georgia, Home Mission Board, the Southern Baptist Convention. 162 pp., illus. 1959 Handbook of the sign language of the deaf. Atlanta, Georgia, Home Mission Board, Southern Baptist Convention. 155 pp., illus. Michalorius, Blasius 1646 Tractatus de coeco, surdo, et muto. Venezia, Apud Guerilios. 152 pp. Michel, Karl 1910 Die Sprache des Körpers. Leipzig, J.J. Weber, xli + 167pp. Michels, Ph. 1931 Pädagogik des Sprechens Gehörloser. Berichte über dem V. Kongress für Heilpädagogik 1:17. Midrash 1881 Der Midrash Bereschit Rabba, das is die Haggadische Auslegung der Genesis. (German translation by Wünsche, August, Leipzig) [p. 163-172, on Genesis 2.23, on the sacred language and the primordial language], Mierlo, Harry van 1968 Challenges for Linguistics. Lingua 21:535-542. [among deaf students of Arabic language, speech was more natural, presumably because Arabic only has three vowels, theoretically; discussion of Tervoort's dichotomy of exoteric and esoteric language among deaf subjects].

498 Migne, Jacques Paul (1800-1875). 1850 Patrologiae. De loquela per gestum digitorum et temporum ratione. Paris. Vol. 90, cols. 685 et seq. [an essay usually attributed to the Venerable Bede, q.v., on speaking by means of finger gestures]. Mihaescu, H. 1942 Opera naturala sau conventie omeneasca? Buletinul Institutilui de Filologie Romina "Alexandru Philippide". (Ia§i)9:l19. [on the question of whether language is natural or conventional in origin], Milanesio, D. 1917 Estudios apuntes sobre las lenguas en general y su origen divino. Buenos Aires. 43 pp. Milburn, T. W„ N. Bell, and G. F. Koeske 1970 Effect of censure or praise and evaluative dependence on performance in a free-learning task. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 15(l):43-47. [includes discussion of the role of gestures as praise or censure, during learning tasks]. Miles, W. R. 1963 Chimpanzee behavior: removal of foreign body from companion's eye. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 49:840-843. Milgram, Norman A. 1968 The effect of verbal mediation in paired-associate learning in trainable retardates. American Journal of Mental Deficiency 72:518-524. 1971 Cognition and language in mental retardation: a reply to Balla and Zigler. American Journal of Mental Deficiency 76(1):3341. [a critique of A. R. Luria's theory that verbal mediational deficiency is a major factor in mental retardation]. 1972 Cognition and language in mental retardation: distinctions and implications. In Routh, D., ed., The experimental psychology of mental retardation. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company. — and H. G. Furth 1963 The influence of language on concept attainment in educable retarded children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency 67:733-739. 1967 Factors affecting conceptual control in normal and retarded children. Child Development 38:531-543. [role of verbal mediation in various psychological tasks].

499 1971

Developmental effects of categorical groupings and verbalization in the recall of pictured items. Unpublished ms. [verbal rehearsal of names of items improved recall differently for 4 to 6 year olds and for 9 to 12 year olds], — and J. S. Noce 1968 Relevant and irrelevant verbalization in discrimination and reversal learning in normal and retarded children. Journal of Educational Psychology 59:169-175. [role of verbal cues in task performances]. Miller, A. M. 1962 See Lilly, John C., and A. M. M. Miller, Carol J. 1968 See Saunders, Elizabeth A. and C. J. M. Miller, Cecil 1967 Number origin and linguistics. Linguistics 34:26-34. Miller, Edgar 1971 Handedness and the pattern of human ability. British Journal of Psychology 62(1):111-112. [right handers performed better than mixed handed subjects]. Miller, E. A. 1963 Rech' i yazyk. Chapter in fiksperimental'naya Psikhologiya. Moskva. Miller, George A. 1951a Language and communication. New York, McGraw-Hill. 298 pp. 1951b Speech and language. In Stevens, S. S., ed., Handbook of Experimental Psychology. New York, Wiley, 789-810. 1956a Human memory and the storage of information. I.R.E. Transaction on Information Theory IT-2: 129-137. [sentences in spoken languages have a depth not exceeding a certain number, equal or nearly equal to the span of immediate memory (7 ± 2)]. 1956b The magical number seven, plus or minus two: some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review 63(March):81-97. 1962 Some psychological studies of grammar. American Psychologist 17:748-762. (reprinted in Oldfield, R. C. and J. C. Marshall, eds., Language, 1968). 1963 Language and communication. New York, McGraw-Hill. 1964a Language and psychology. In Lenneberg, Eric H., ed., New

500 directions in the study of language. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T.Press, 89-107. 1964b The psycholinguists. Encounter 23:29-37. 1964c The psycholinguists: on the new scientists of language. In Osgood, Charles E. and T. A. Sebeok, Psycholinguistics - a survey of theory and research problems. Indiana University Press. 1964d Communication and the structure of behavior. In Rioch, D. McK. and E. A. Weinstein, eds., Disorders of communication, Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease 42:94-100. 1965 Some preliminaries to psycholinguistics. American Psychologist 20:15-20. 1967a The psychology of communication: seven essays. New York, Basic Books. 188 pp. 1967b Psycholinguistic approaches to the study of communication. In Arm, D. L., ed., Journeys in Science. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press. 1969 The organization of lexical memory: are word associations sufficient? In Talland, G. and N. Waugh, eds., The Pathology of Memory. New York, Academic Press. 1970 Four philosophical problems of psycholinguists. Philosophy of science 37(2): 183-199. Deals with problem of language universals, predication, whether human ability to acquire speech rules is innate; concludes that there are innate, language-specific mechanisms unique to mankind], 1972 Lexical memory. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 116(2): 140-144. [on the ability to remember the vocabulary of a language]. — and Noam Chomsky 1963 Finitary models of language users. In Luce, R. D., R. R. Bush, and E. Gallanter, eds., Handbook of mathematical psychology. New York, Wiley, [a powerful dismissal of the notion of Markov grammars], — E. Gallanter, and Karl H. Pribram 1960 Plans and the structure of behavior. New York, Henry Holt, Holt Dryden. — and S. Isard 1963 Some perceptual consequences of linguistic rules. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 2:217-228.

501 — and Kathryn O. McKean 1964 A chronometric study of some relations between sentences. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 16:297-308. — and D. McNeill 1969 Psycholinguistics. In Lindzey, Gardner and E. Aaronson, eds., Handbook of Social Psychology. 2nd ed. Reading, Pennsylvania, Addison-Wesley, 978 pp., vol. 3, 666-794. 1963 See Chomsky, Noam and G. A. M. 1964 See Mehler and G. A. M. 1966 See Smith, Frank and G. A. M., eds. Miller, J. 1972 Plays and players. In Hinde, Robert A., ed., Non-verbal communication in man, Chapter 14. Miller, L. 1952 Auditory recognition of predators. Condor 54(2): 89-92. [on detection of predators by birds]. Miller, Robert E. 1967 Experimental approaches to the physiological and behavioral concomitants of affective communication in rhesus monkeys. In Altmann, Stuart A., ed., Social Communication among Primates. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. —, J. H. Banks, Jr., and H. Kuwahara 1966 The communication of affects in monkeys: cooperative reward conditioning. Journal of Genetic Psychology 108:121131. —, J. H. Banks, Jr., and N. Ogawa 1962 Communication of affect in "cooperative conditioning" of rhesus monkeys. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 64(5):343-348. [two monkeys, face to face, made a gesture to avoid electric shock, establishing direct, non-vocal communication]. —, John V. Murphy and I. Arthur Mirsky 1959 Relevance of facial expression and posture as cues in communication of affect between monkeys. American Medical Association, Archives of General Psychiatry l(5):480-488. Miller, Scott A., J. Shelton, and John H. Flavell 1970 A test of Luria's hypotheses concerning the development of verbal self-regulation. Child Development 41:651-665.

502 Miller, Shirley 1971 See Bourne, Lyle E. and S. M. Miller, W. F. and A. S. Shaw 1968 Linguistic methods in picture processing - a survey. Fall Joint Computer Conference, 279-290. Miller, Wick R. 1964 The acquisition of formal features of language. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry 34:862-867. 1970 Language. In Siegel, B. J., ed., Biennial Review of Anthropology 1969. Stanford University Press, ix + 404 pp., 1-40. [pp. 11-14, evolution of language - a review of "this oncetaboo subject"]. 1971 Sign language used at the Warburton Ranges in Western Australia. Salt Lake City, University of Utah. 22 pp., mimeographed. [lists manual signs and their vocal equivalents]. — and S. Ervin 1964 The development of grammar in child language. In Bellugi, Ursula and Roger Brown, eds., The acquisition of language. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development 29:9-31. 1963 See Ervin, Susan M. and W. M. Milligan, Marilyn M. 1971 Inter-populational song dialect discrimination in the whitecrowned sparrow. Condor 73(2):208-213. [birds respond most strongly to their native song "dialects"]. Millikan, C. H. and F. L. Darley, eds. 1967 Brain mechanisms underlying speech and language. New York, Grune and Stratton. Mills, John 1934 Signals and speech in electrical communication. New York, Harcourt, Brace and Company. 281 pp. Milne, A. M. 1968 A developmental study of touch and vision: form learning and cross-modal transfer. Washington, D.C., George Washington University. Dissertation. Milner, A. D. 1969 Distribution of hand preferences in monkeys. Neuropsychologia 7:375-377. 1970 Cross-modal transfer between touch and vision without

503 change of illumination. Neuropsychologia 8:501-503. [in monkeys]. 1972 Matching within and between sense modalities in the monkey, ms. — and P. E. Bryant 1970 Cross-modal matching by young children. Journal of Comparative Psychology 71(3):453-458. [touch and vision transfers; visual-visual transfer of learning was easiest]. — and George Ettlinger 1970 Cross-modal transfer of serial reversal learning in the monkey. Neuropsychologia 8:251-258. [only slight evidence for the transfer between sense-modalities was found in a 12monkey experiment], 1970 See Ettlinger, George and A. D. M. 1970 See Drewe, E. A., et al. Milner, Brenda 1962 Laterality effects in audition. In Mountcastle, V., ed., Interhemispheric relations and cerebral dominance. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press. —, Charles Branch and Theodore Rasmussen 1964 Observations on cerebral dominance. In De Reuck, A. V. S. and Maeve O'Connor, Eds., Disorders of Language; a Ciba Foundation Symposium. London, J. and A. Churchill, 200214. —, and Laughlin Taylor 1972 Right-hemisphere superiority in tactile pattern-recognition after cerebal commissurotomy: evidence for non-verbal memory. Neuropsychologia 10:1-15. Milton, John (1608-1674) 1952 Paradise Lost, (many editions; Great Books of the Western World, vol. 32; Harvard Classics, New York, 1909) [Language origin, according to the Genesis account, Book VIII, lines 267-277 Book XII, lines 1-62], Milton, Patricia Mcllyar 1968 A method of teaching verb tense to pre-school deaf children. Boulder, University of Colorado, Master's thesis. Mime Review, the 1935- West Dulwich, England, [a quarterly magazine devoted to the 1939 study and practice of mime].

504 Mindel, Eugene and McCay Vernon 1971 They grow in silence. National Association of the Deaf, xvii + 118 pp. [a definitive study of the development of the deaf child, with a useful discussion of sign language]. Minear, David John 1969 The effects of peripheral visual disturbance in speech and language behavior in aphasie adults. Boulder, Colorado, University of Colorado Ph.D. Dissertation. Minkowski, E. 1930 La droiture (phénoménologie du droit chemin). In Mélanges offerts à M. Pierre Janet. Paris, d'Artrey, 169-181. Minnis, Noel, ed. 1971 Linguistics at large. The fourteen linguistic lectures presented to the Institute of Contemporary Arts, London, 1969-1970. New York, Viking Press. 328 pp. [includes papers on language and animal signals, neurology of language, child language, origin of language, pp. 184-187; cf. Russell, C. and W.]. Mirambel, A. 1950 Remarques sur l'expression linguistique de la notion du mouvement. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 43:142-156. Miron, M. S. 1961 A cross-linguistic investigation of phonetic symbolism. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 62:623-630. 1959 See Osgood, Charles E. and M. S. M. 1963 See Osgood, Charles E. and M. S. M. 1967 See Jakobivitz, L. A. and M. S. M. Mirsky, I. Arthur 1959 See Miller, Robert E., et al. Mises 1825 Die vergleichende Anatomie der Engel. Kleine Schriften. Leipzig, Breitkopf and Härten, 1875. (Engjish translation, Corbet, Hildegarde and Marilyn E. Marshall, in Journal of the History of the Social Sciences, 5 April 1969, 135-151. [pp. 141-144, on the use of a language of colors by angels]. Mishkin, M. and Karl F. Pribram 1954 Visual discrimination performance following partial ablations of the temporal lobe: I. ventral vs. lateral. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 47:14-20. [in

505 monkeys, the ablations produced severe deficiencies in both sign learning and recognition]. 1958 See Weiskrantz, L. and M. M. 1966 See Lawicka, W., et al. Miskovska, V. T. 1962 Comenius (Komensky) on lexical symbolism in artificial language. Philosophy 37:238-244. Misra, S. K. and M. F. Palmer 1964 A comparison of speechreading in Hindi and English in a school for the deaf. Volta Review 66:615-617. [Hindi is easier than English for speechreading; speechreading was used in India as early as 500 B.C. by normal hearing priests in certain religious ceremonies], Mistschenko, M. N. 1933 Über die mimische Gesichtsmotorik der Blinden. Folia Neuropathologica, Estonia, 13:24-43. Mitchell, Curt, Richard Gillette, Jack Vernon, and Paul Herman 1970 Pure-tone auditory behavioral thresholds in three species of lemurs. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 48(2, Part 2):531-535. [thresholds in lemurs were less sensitive in low and middle frequencies than in anthropoids; higher for the upper frequencies]. Mitchell, G. 1971 See Brandt, E. M. et al. 1972 See Erwin, J. and G. M. Mitchell, G. D. 1968 See M0ller, G. W., et al. Mitchell, Winifred 1972 Gesture language. A study of its present form and its role in language evolution. Boulder, University of Colorado, Graduate Seminar in Anthropology. 29 pp., illus. Mittelstrass, Jürgen 1967 See Lorenz, Kuno and J. M. Mittler, Peter 1969 Genetic aspects of psycholinguistic abilities. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines 10:165176. [a twin study; includes a test of "motor encoding" ability to express ideas in manual gestures]. 1970 The use of morphological rules by four-year old children: an item analysis of the auditory-vocal automatic subtest of the

506 Illinois Test of Psycholinguistic Abilities. The British Journal of Disorders of Communication 5(2):99-109. Mitton, A. 1949 Le langage par gestes. Nouvelle Revue Trad. Pop.I:138-151. [folkloristic approach to gesture]. Mivart, St. George Jackson 1876 Lessons from nature as manifested in mind and matter. London. [p. 83, six categories of language which include two of gesture: No. 5, gestures which are merely manifestations of emotions and feelings, and No. 6, gestures which answer to rational conceptions and are therefore external]. 1889 The origin of human reason; being an examination of recent hypotheses concerning it. London, Kegan Paul and Company. Miyadi, Danzaburo 1964a The language of Japanese monkeys. New Scientist (January) 373. [records 30 vocal calls in Macaca fuscata]. 1964b Monkey talk dictionary. Science News (letter) 185:6. Modigliani, André 1971 Embarrassment, facework, and eye contact: testing a theory of embarassment. Journal of Personal and Social Psychology 17(Januaiy). [eye contact reduced embarrassment], Moelk, M. 1944 Vocalizing in the house-cat; a phonetic and functional study. The American Journal of Psychology 57:184-205. Moeller, J. 1901 Undersogelser over den komparative antomie af larynxmuskulaturen. K0benhavn, Frimodt. Moffett, A. M. and George Ettlinger 1966 Opposite responding in two sense-modalities. Science 153: 205-206. 1970 Tactile discrimination performance in the monkey: the effect of unilateral posterior parietal ablations. Cortex 6:47-67. 1964 See Ettlinger, George, and A. M. M. Moffit, Alan R. 1971 Consonant cue perception by twenty- to twenty-four-weekold infants. Child Development 42(3):717-731. [during early life, linguistic-perceptual capacities are present for sounds like bah, gah; 23 references], Mohr, J. P. 1968 See Rosenberger, P. B., et al.

507 Mol, H. 1954 Conversations with the deaf and the blind. Het PTT-Bedrijf, 4, 11-19. Molander, B. 1965 See Björkman, M., et al. 1968 See Garvill, J. and B. M. 1971 See Garvill, J. and B. M. Moles, A. A. 1963 Animal language and information theory. In Animal Languages. Amsterdam, Elsevier. 1968 Perspectives for communication theory. In Sebeok, Thomas A., ed., Animal Communication: techniques of study and results of research. Bloomington, Indiana University Press, Chap. 23. 1969 The concept of language from the point of view of animal communication. In Sebeok, Thomas A., and A. Ramsay, eds., Approaches to Animal Communication. The Hague, Mouton, Chap. 6. — and B. Vallancien, eds. 1963 Communications et langages. Paris, Gauthier-Villars. [Section 4-3, from animal language to human languages], 1962a See Busnel, R. G. and A. A. M. 1962b See Busnel, R. G., et al. M0üer, G. W„ H. F. Harlow, and G. D. Mitchell 1968 Factors affecting agonistic communication in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Behaviour 31 (3/4): 339-357. Molliver, M. E. 1963 Operant control of vocal behavior in the cat. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior 6:197-202. Molnar, S. 1967 See Brace, C. L., and S. M. Monboddo, Lord (James Burnett, 1714-1799) 1773 The origin and progress of language. Edinburgh, 6 vols. (2nd ed., 1774; another ed., 1776, and 1970, New York, Garland Publ. 6 vols.) [much speculative material on the topic, cf. esp. vol. 1, 154 (2d ed.); on orang-utan's lack of speech, vol. 1, 187-188, 257], 1784- Des Lord Monboddos Werk von dem Ursprünge und Fort-

508 1785

gange der Sprache. Preface by Johann Gottfried Herder, (an abbreviated version of vols. 1-2-3 of the original edition.).

Moncalm 1899 L'origine de la pensée et de la parole. Paris, Félix Alcan. 316 pp. 1905 The origin of thought and speech. Translated by G. S. Whitmarsh. London, Kegan Paul and Company, viii + 306 pp. Money, J. 1965 A standardized road-map test of direction sense (manual). Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, [notes 4 ways of testing: own body; left-right on a person facing self; translating one's own body to a flat surface such as a map; and left-right on a figure revolved to a flat surface, as on a map] Monod, Pierre A. R. 1970 La language et le geste, reconstitution partielle du système gestuel en appliquant les principes structuraux à l'analyse d'éléments iconiques et linguistiques. Strasbourg, Thesis. 4 vols, vi + 784 pp., typescript. Monrad-Krohn, G. H. 1924 On the dissociation of voluntary and emotional innervation in facial paresis of central origin. Brain 47:22-35. [emotional basis of facial expression; separate neural controls for voluntary and emotional behavior of face and voice]. Monroe, George K. 1961 See Kucera, H. and G. K. M. Monsees, E. 1961 Aphasia in children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 26:83-86. Montagna, William 1970 See Noback, Charles and W. M. Montagu, Ashley (M.F.) 1931 On the primate thumb. American Journal of Physical Anthropology n.s. 2:291-. 1953 On time-binding and the concept of culture. General Semantics Bulletin 12/13:9-16. 1954 Cultural and physical evolution. American Anthropologist 56 (2):290-. [letter to the editor, commenting on Tappen, N., A mechanistic theory of evolution, 1953]. 1963 A new theory concerning the origin of speech. Journal of the American Medical Association 185(13): 1017-1018. [on the

509 needs for communication during hunting by early man; reciprocal development of intellect and language], 1965 The human revolution. Cleveland, New York, The World Publishing Company. 224 pp. [pp. 108-113, erect posture and the origins of speech; role of speech in hunting, p. I l l ; gesture language "almost certainly" accompanied rather than preceded speech]. 1967 Communication, evolution, and education. In Maison, F. W. and Ashley Montagu, eds., The human dialogue: perspectives on communication. New York, The Free Press, 195-206. Montagu, Ashley (M.F.), ed. 1962 Culture and the evolution of man. New York, Oxford University Press, xiii + 376 pp. 1962 See Dobzhansky, Theodosius, and A. M. 1967 See Matson, Floyd W. and A. M., eds. 1970 See Erikson, C. W., et al. Montaigne, Michel Eyquem de (1533-1592) 1580 Essais, (various editions: 1906-1933; Paris, texte établi, Thibandet, A., ed., 1089 pp.; English translations, incl. Florio, John, ed., Red Letter Library, 1905, xiii + 458 pp.) [mentions alphabets on fingers (fingerspelling), vol. 2, Chap. 12; noted that gestures were understood by animals and children; another edition, Great Books of the Western World, vol. 25, p. 218a-c, on origin of language; Bordeaux éd., Les Essais, man alone, though seemingly powerless, has language; a child brought up alone would discover speech of some sort, in order to express his concepts; refers to the replication of the Psammetichus experiment by James IV of Scotland], de Montesquieu, Charles Secondât, le baron (1689-1755) 1949- Oeuvres complètes. Callois, Roger, ed. Paris, 2 vols, [in De 1951 l'Esprit les Lois, I., 1, would children brought up by animals speak like animals? reference to Psammetichus experiment, which Montesquieu doubted p. 232 ff.]. Montgomery, G. W. G. 1966 The relationship of oral skills to manual communication in profoundly deaf adolescents. American Annals of the Deaf 3:557-565. [subjects showed an overwhelming preference and fluency in manual communication], 1971 Phoneme transmitting systems. Teacher of the Deaf 69:310319. [hands in phoneme signs].

510 Mooney, James 1910 Articles "Sign language" (p. 567), "Signals" (pp. 565-567), in Hodge, F. W., ed., Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, Washington, D.C., Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30, vol. 2. Moore, J. William 1969 See Hancock, John, et al. Moore, Lucelia M. 1948- See Morkovin, B. V. and L. M. M. 1949 Moore, W. E. 1961 Review of Diamond, A. S., The history and origin of language, 1959. In Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 26:299-300. 1955 See Black, J. W. and W. E. M. Moores, Donald F. 1970a Review of Tervoort, B. and A. J. A. Verbeck, Analysis of communicative structure patterns in deaf children, 1967. In American Annals of the Deaf 115(1): 11-15. ["esoteric" versus "exoteric" - private group community of the deaf, and hearing world - communication systems; manual system for deaf], 1970b Psycholinguistics and deafness. American Annals of the Deaf 115(l):37-48. Moorhead, P. S., W. J. Mellman, and C. Wenar 1961 A familial chromosome translocation associated with speech and mental retardation. American Journal of Human Genetics 13:32-46. Morali-Daninos, A. 1960 Le symbolisme en psychologie. Atlantis 33(202):210-226. [signals, signs, symbols, defined precisely]. Moran, John H., ed. 1966 On the origin of language. New York, Frederick Ungar Publishing Co. x + 176 pp. [includes, pp. 87-103, 115-118, 128-138, Johann Gottfried Herder's Essay on the origin of language, translated by Alexander Gode, and Jean-Jacques Rousseau's Essay on the origin of languages]. Moran, T. 1968 The grammar of visual imagery. Carnegie-Mellon University, ms.

511 Morawski, Stefan 1970 Mimesis. Semiotica 2. More, A. 1928 Bentham on the verb. Psyche 32:19-39. Morel, Charles 1909 Recherches sur les sources du discours de l'inégalité. Annales J.-J. Rousseau 5:119-198. Moréri, Louis, l'Abbé (1643-1680) 1694 Le Grand dictionaire historique ou le mélange curieux de l'histoire sacrée et profane. Ledere, Jean, ed. AmsterdamUtrecht-'s-Gravenhage. [article, "Babylone", vol. 1, 327, on the Confusion of Tongues at Babel]. Morey, E. and F. Koenig 1970 Paralinguistic and kinesic cues in a word association game. Language and Speech 13(4):279-284. Morgan, C. Lloyd 1889 Mind in man and brute. Review of Romanes, George J., Mental evolution in man, 1889. In Nature 39:313-315(Jan. 31). [agrees with Romanes on roots of language, but not satisfied with Romanes' account of self-concepts], Morgan, David 1968 Abstract language. American Annals of the Deaf 113:922924. Morgan, Elaine 1972 The descent of woman. London, Stein and Day. [aguatic origin of mankind; visual or olfactory communication was impossible in water, so speech became the mode of communication, paralleling the communication system of dolphins], Morgan, Lewis Henry (1818-1881) 1877 Ancient Society, or Researches in the lines of human progress from savagery, through barbarism, to civilization. New York, Henry Holt. (1963 reprinting, New York, Cleveland, The World Publishing Company) [p. 35, and fn., p. 35-36, stages in the development of language parallel those of culture; at the beginning there was a single primordial language, gestural or sign-language in type, preceding speech, as Lucretius and Horace said; articulate speech came later, initially in the form of single syllables], Morgenstern, Christian (1871-1914)

512 1956

Alle Galgenlieder. Wiesbaden, [poetic; "Der Papagei" - parrot learned the first word of the first men; only the parrots preserved the first human utterances]. Morhof, Daniel Georg (1639-1691) 1682 Unterricht von der teutschen Sprache und Poesie, deren Uhrsprunge, Fortgang und Lehrsätzen. Kiel, [the primordial language was German, p. 3 ff.]. Moriarty, A. E. 1965 See Rousey, C. L. and A. E. M. Morin, Etienne (1625-1700) 1694 Exercitationes de lingua primaeva ejusque appendicibus in quibus multa S. Scripturae loca . . . Utrecht, [primordial language, p. 29 ff.]. Morisani, Ottavio 1970 Intorno al linguaggio dei pittori impressionisti e ad alcune osservazione di Claude Lévi-Strauss. Rivista di Studi Crociani 7:164-181. Morisett, L., Jr. 1956 See Maitzmann, I., et al. Morkovin, B. V. 1960 Experiment in teaching deaf preschool children in the Soviet Union. Volta Review 62:260-268. [on fingerspelling method], — and Lucelia M. Moore 1948- A contextual systematic approach for speech reading. Los 1949 Angeles, University of Southern California, [use of cinema methods for lip-reading training], Morlaas, J. 1928 Contribution à l'étude de l'apraxie. Paris, Legrand. 1935 Du mimage au langage. L'Encéphale 30(1): 197-208. [Speech as an elaboration of phonated buccal-labial-lingual gesture, similar to the mouth-gesture theory of R. A. S. Paget]. Morley, M. 1957 The development and disorders of speech in childhood. Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins. Morley, Muriel E. 1969 Disorders of articulation: theory and therapy. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 4(2):151-165. [p. 155156, on articulation as a sensori-motor skill]. Morreau, Tina 1969 See Turkewitz, Gerald, et al. Morrell, Lenore K. and Dorothy A. Huntington

513

1971a Electrocortical localization of language production. Science 174:1359-1360. (with comment by Dale W. McAdam and Harry A. Whitaker, pp. 1360-1361) [authors regard the "issue of electrical localization of language production must still be regarded as moot"]. —, and Joseph G. Salamy 1971b Hemispheric asymmetry of electrocortical responses to speech stimuli. Science 174:164-166. Morris, Charles 1938 Foundations of the theory of signs. International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, vol. 1, No. 2. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. 1946 Signs, language and behavior. New York, George Braziller. xii + 365 pp. (also a 1955 edition). 1958 Review of Skinner, B. F., Verbal Behavior, 1957. In Contemporary Psychology 3:212-214. ["Words without meanings"]. 1964 Signification and significance. A study of the relations of signs and values. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press. Morris, Desmond 1956 The feather postures of birds and the problem of the origin of social signals. Behaviour 9:75-113. 1957 "Typical intensity" and its relation to the problem of ritualisations. Behaviour 11(1):1-12. [animal ritual and social communication; evolution toward stereotypes]. 1958 Pictures by chimpanzees. New Scientist 14:609-611. [fingerand brushpaintings by chimpanzees and their significance]. 1962 The biology of art: a study of the picture-making behaviour of the great apes and its relationship to human art. New York, Alfred A. Knopf. 176 pp. 1967a The naked ape: a zoologist's study of the human animal. New York, McGraw-Hill. 252 pp. 1967b (ed.) Primate ethology. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company, x + 374 pp. Morris, Dorothy M. 1944 A study of some of the factors involved in lip-reading. Smith College, Master's Thesis, [lipreading proficiency declines with sentence length]. Morris, Hughlett L. 1969 See Hardy, James C., et al. Morris, H. N. 1953 See Kellogg, Winthrop N., et al.

514 Morrison, Andrew V. 1961 Individual differences in the ability to interpret gestures. University of California, Los Angeles, Ph.D. dissertation, [devised a gesture interpretation test, GIT, in which subjects interpret emotions and meanings suggested by 37 outline pictures, with the faces not shown; concluded that the consistency of his subjects' responses indicated the "ability in gesture interpretation is a skill formed early in childhood, not easily forgotten"]. Morrison, P. Crosbie 1949 Left or right hand? A study in aboriginal dexterity. Wild Life, Melbourne, 11(6):251-252. illus. Morrison, Philip 1972 Review of Marshack, Alexander, The roots of civilization: the cognitive beginnings of man's first art, symbol and notation. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1972. In Scientific American 227 (1):117-118. Morrissey, H. ms. See Bever, T. G., et al. Morsbach, Lorenz 1931 Innere Sprachform. Anglia 55:1-3. Morse, D. H. 1968 The use of tools by brown-headed nuthatches. Wilson Bulletin 80:220-224. Mortara, Marco 1871 Studi sull' origine del linguaggio: il racconto biblico e le più recenti conclusioni della scienza. Mantova, de Mortillet, Gabriel 1869 Notice sur l'origine du langage. In 4e Congrès International d'Anthropologic et d'Archéologie, 285-286. (reprinted, 1969, Kraus Reprint, Nendeln, Liechtenstein) [the prehistoric man of the Naulette mandible did not have articulate language; had only the "cry" but not yet speech]. 1883 La préhistorique antiquité de l'homme. Paris, [p. 250, Chellean man did not have speech], Morton, John 1964 A preliminary functional model for language behaviour. International Audiology 3:216-225. (reprinted in Oldfield, R. C. and J. C. Marshall, Language. Penguin Books). 1970 Models of language behaviour. London, Allen and Unwin.

515 _ ed. 1971

Biological and social factors in psycholinguistics. London, Logos Press. 215 pp. (Symposium, 19th International Congress of Psychology, 1969). — and D. E. Broadbent 1967 Passive versus active recognition models, or is your homunculus really necessary? In Wathen-Dunn, W., ed., Models for the perception of speech and visual form. Cambridge, Massachusetts. Moscovitch, M. and J. Catlin 1970 Interhemispheric transmission of information: measurement in normal man. Psychonomic Science 18:211-213. Moser, H. M., J. R. La Gourgue, and Lois Class 1967 Studies of oral stereognosis in normal, blind and deaf subjects. In Bosma, J. F., ed., Symposium on Oral Sensation and Perception. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, 244-286. Moser, H. M., J. J. O'Neill, E. A. Abernathy, and B. M. Schowe, Jr. 1961 Distance and finger-spelling. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 4:61-71. —, J. J. O'Neill, S. M. Wolfe, E. A. Abernathy, and B. M. Schowe, Jr. 1960 Historical aspects of manual communication. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 25:145-151. Moser, Oskar 1954 Zur Geschichte und Kenntnis der volkstümlichen Gebärden. Carinthia l(144):735-774. Mosher, Joseph Albert 1916 The essentials of effective gesture. New York, Macmillan Company. 202 pp. [rhetorical gesture], Mosko, J. D. and A. S. House 1971 Binaural unmasking of vocalic signals. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 49(Supplement 2):1203-. Moskowitz, Arlene I. 1972 Review of Winitz, Harris, Articulatory acquisition and behavior. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. xii + 343 pp. In Language 48(2):487-498. Mossen, Juan Andrés 1515 Sumario breve de la prática de la Arithmetica. Valencia, [on finger computation], Mostofsky, D. I., ed. 1970 Attention: contemporary theory and analysis. New York. Appleton-Century-Crofts.

516 Moszynski, Kasimierz 1956 Stownictwo ludow tzw. prymitywnych. Biuletyn Polskiego Towarzystwa Jçzykoznawczego, Wroclaw and Krakow, 15: 93-112. [vocabulary of so-called primitive peoples]. Motherwell, G. 1958 Review of Révész, Géza, The origins and prehistory of language, 1956. In Personalist 39(4):415-416. Mott, Frederick Walker 1909 The brain and the voice in speech and song. New York, Harper, Harper's Library of Living Thought, xi + 111. [notes use of gesture by Tasmanians, Greenlanders, "savage Brazilians", Grebos]. 1925 A study by serial sections of the structure of the larynx of Hylobates syndactylus (Siamang gibbon). Proceedings, Zoological Society of London, Part 4:1161-1170. Moulinou, M. 1966 See Oléron, Pierre, et al. Moulton, David G. 1970 See Johnston, James W., Jr., et al. Mounier-Kuhn, P. 1969 [Social meaning of the human message] [in French] Journal Méd. Lyon 50:1543-1554. Mounin, Georges 1960a Recent definition of language. Diogenes 31:89-102. 1960b Communication linguistique humaine et communication nonlinguistique animale. Temps Modernes, Paris, 15(169-170): 1684-1700. 1966 Review of Leroi-Gourhan, André, Le geste et la parole, I, II, 1964-1965. In Linguistique 2:139-141. 1967a Histoire de la linguistique des origines au XXe siècle. Presses Universitaires de France, Collection "Le Linguiste". 226 pp. [prehistory and language, pp. 17-32], 1967b Les fonctions du langage. Word 23(l-3):396-413. [the principle function of language is communication, not the expression of thought]. 1970a Introduction sur la sémiologie. Paris, Éditions de Minuit. 1970b La notion de code en linguistique. In Dierickx, J. and Y. Lebrun, eds. Linguistique contemporaine. Bruxelles, 285 pp. 1971 Les rapports entre langage et pensée. Point de vue d'un linguiste. International Journal of Psychology 6(1): 13-24.

517

Mountcastle, V., ed. 1962 Interhemispheric relations and cerebral dominance. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, x + 294 pp. Mourant, A. E. 1973 The evolution of brain size, of speech and of psychosexual development. Current Anthropology 14(l/2):30-32. Moussaud, Jean-Marie 1803 L'alphabet raisonné, ou explication de la figure des lettres. Paris, Imprimerie de Crapelet. 2 vols, [a mostly speculative "history" of the alphabet; vol. 2, 357 contains a discussion on the tongue and speech], Mousseau, J. 1969 À propos des enfants sourds: la pensée sans langage. Communication et Langages 4(2):39-47. Moutier, F. 1908 L'Aphasie de Broca. Travail du Laboratoire de M. le professeur Pierre Marie. Mowrer, O. H. 1954 The psychologist looks at language. American Psychologist 9:660-692. 1960 Learning theory and the symbolic processes. New York, John Wiley and Sons, [idea that things had "names"; origin of language]. Moynihan, M. 1955 Remarks on the original source of displays. The Auk 72:240246. [origins of visual and postural displays in birds]. 1966 Communication in the titi monkey, Callicebus. Journal of the Zoological Society of London 150:77-127. 1970 Control, suppression, decay, disappearance and replacement of displays. Journal of Theoretical Biology 29(1):85-112. [many species of birds and mammals have a similar number of major displays or ritualized social signals, usual range 15 to 35; crucial question, why have the numbers of displays not increased?]. Moystardières, Sieur des, M. A. 157- Devis de la langue françoise. Paris, Jean de Bordeaux, [includes Liber de Loquela per gestum digitorum, attributed to the Venerable Bede, p. 64 ff.]. Mozziconacci, P. 1948 See Alajouanine, T. and P. M.

518

Mross, G. A. 1970 See Doolittle, R. F., and G. A. M. Mruklik, Barbara 1970 The film as language. In Greimas, A. J., et al., eds., Sign Language - Culture. The Hague, Mouton, 441-450. [is film a sign, and if so, what kind? Useful discussion of the ways in which visual presentations are "language"]. Mücke, Johann 1834 Anleitung zum Unterrichte der Taubstummen in der Lautsprache, nebst einigen Bemerkungen über die Gebardenzeichen der Taubstummen. Prag, Druck und Papier von G. Haaso Söhne. 120 pp. Muckenhirn, N. A. 1972 See Eisenberg, J. F., et al. Muehl, S. 1963 Relation between word-recognition errors and hand-eye preference in preschool children. Journal of Educational Psychology 54:316-321. Mueller, Hugo 1966 On re-reading von Humboldt. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University. Monographs Series on Languages and Linguistics, No. 19, 97-107. (discussion, pp. 150-154). Mühle, Günther and Albert Wellek 1952 Ausdruck, Darstellung, Gestaltung. Studium Generale 5(2): 110-130. Mublius, Heinrich 1692 De origine linguarum varium stirpeque ac matre Graecae; Latinae et Germanicae Hebraea dissertatio. Kiel. [Hebrew the primordial language], Mukhina, V. S. 1964 O graficheskoi deyatel'nosti primatov v svyazi s genezisom emotsional'nogo otonosheniya k rezul'tatu deistvii. Voprosy Psikologil 4. [graphic activity of apes], 1965 Issledovanie podrazhatel'nykh sposonostei k prosteishim graficheskim izobrazhaniyam u shimpanze i rebenka. Voprosy Antropologil 21:158-168. [from imitative abilities to simple graphic activity in chimpanzee and child]. Mulder, Harm 1936 [Cognition and volition in language] [in Dutch] Groningen, J. B. Wolters, vi + 208 pp.

519 Müller, Alfred Dedo 1959, Das göttliche Geheimnis der Sprache. Quatember, Evangeli1960 sehe Jahresbriefe, Kassel, 24 Jg.:98-103. Müller, Franz Josef 1815 Die Ursprache. Düsseldorf, [at first, man must have had only one language]. Müller, Friedrich 1871 Über die Bedeutung der Sprache für die Naturgeschichte der Menschen. Mitteilungen der Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien, 1:111-117. 1872- Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft. Wien. [vol. 1,1, ff., origins 1888 of language; concept of Homo primigenius alalus (i.e. speechless early man)]. 1873 Einheit oder Mehrheit der Ursprung der menschliche Sprachen. Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 3:181-184. Müller, Georgina Max 1902 The life and letters of the Right Honourable Friedrich Max Müller. London. Müller, G. 1939 Uber der geographische Verbreitung einiger Gebärden im östlischen Mittelmeergebiet und im nahen Orient. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 71:99. Müller, H. 1935 Experimentelle Beiträge zur Analyse des Verhältnisse von Laut und Sinn. Berlin, Müller und I. Kiepenheuer, [on sound symbolism], 1937 Darstellungen von Gebärden auf Denkmälern des Alten Reiches. Deutsche Institut für Ägyptische Altertumskunde, Mitteilungen 7(l):57-96; (2):97-118. Müller, [Friedrich] Max (1823-1900) 1861 Lectures on the Science of Language. 1st series. London. (New York edition, 1862). 1864 Lectures on the Science of Language. 2nd series, London, (delivered to the Royal Institution, 1863) [vol. 1, p. 394, on the language of "wolf children"]. 1873 Lectures on Mr. Darwin's philosophy of language. Fraser's Magazine, May, June, July, (lectures at the Royal Institution; also reprinted in Living Age, 1873). 1874 Wolf-children. The Academy 6:512-513. [noted the reported

520

1875

1877

1878

1887a 1887b 1887c

speechlessness of feral children and the importance of such cases for the study of language, and whether human language propensities are innate], My reply to Mr. Darwin. The Contemporary Review 35:305326. [an answer to George H. Darwin in Contemporary Review, 24:894-904, 1874], The Science of Language. London, Longmans, Green and Company. 2 vols. [1891 edition, vol. 1, 419, argues against onomatopoeia as origin of language], On the origin of reason. Contemporary Review (February): 466. [opposes what he termed the "bow-wow" and "poohpooh" theories of language origin, "which would have been utter ruin to the character of the science of language"]. Science of thought. New York, ["without reason no language; without language, no reason"]. Thought without words. Nature 36(May 12):28-29; (June 2): 100-101. [letters to the Editor and to Francis Galton], No language without reason - no reason without language. Nature 36:249-251.

Müller, J. 1840 Handbuch der Physiologie des Menschen. Coblenz, J. Hölscher. 780 pp. [study of human and other larynges; review of much of the previous work on the larynx], 1848 The physiology of the senses, voice and muscular motion with the mental faculties. W. Baly, translator. London, Taylor, Walton and Maberly. Müller, M. 1960 See Ajuriaguerra, J. de, et al. Müller, Peter Franz-Josef 1815 Die Ursprache. Düsseldorf, Schreiner. (1826 ed., Köln, Bachem, ed.). Munch, Joell 1968 See Hill, Suzanne, et al. Mundinger, Paul C. 1970 Vocal imitation and individual recognition of finch calls. Science 168(3930):480-482. [females recognize males by individually distinctive flight calls]. Munitz, H. 1969 See Bornstein, B., et al.

521 Munn, N. L. 1955 The evolution and growth of human behavior. Boston, Houghton Mifflin. Munn, Nancy 1962 Walbiri graphic signs: an analysis. American Anthropologist 65:972-984. 1971 Iconicity and the symbolism of perceptual qualities. American Anthropological Association, 70th Annual Meeting, Preliminary Program, Ser. 406, p. 29. Munroe, Robert L. and Ruth H. Munroe 1967 Maintenance-system determinants of child development among the Logoli of Kenya. American Anthropological Association, Annual Meeting, Washington, D.C., Abstract, [suggest that sex difference in environmental exploratory behavior in Logoli children could be sex-linked], 1971a Effect of environmental experience on spatial ability in an East African society. Journal of Social Psychology 83:15-22, [Logoli, Kenya, boys had better spatial ability than girls, as well as more environmental experience], 1971b See Nerlove, Sara B., et al. Münsterberg, Hugo 1899 Psychology and life. London, A. Constable and Company, xiv + 286 pp. [pp. 77-78, on tools in relation to communication; "the tool in its widest sense was indeed the greatest step forward, as it means an extension of the physiological arc (sense-organ - brain - muscle) at both ends"]. Münzinger, Karl Friedrich 1918 Studies in the Psychology of Language. University of Chicago, Ph. D. Dissertation, [consciousness of sameness in speech sounds; role of imitation in speaking], Murata, K. 1961 [The development of verbal behavior. I. The phrase in the speech of a Japanese infant aged 1 year] [in Japanese, English summary] Japanese Psychology 32(2):63-75. [predominance of the instrumental preposition], Muratori, Lodovico Antonio (1672-1750) 1709 Anecdota Graeca, quae ex mss. codicibus nunc primum emit, notis ac disquisitionibus auget L. A. Muratori. Napoli. [(incl. Liber de computo S. Cyrilli Alexandrini (on finger computation)].

522 Murdock, B. B., Jr. 1966 Visual and auditory stores in short-term memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 18:206-211. [language and short-term memory]. 1967 Auditory and visual stores in short-term memory. Acta Psychologica 27:316-324. Murdock, George Peter 1959 Cross-language parallels in parental kin-terms. Anthropological Linguistics 1(9): 1-6. [on sound symbolism - with significant cross-language parallels in preference for nasals in terms for mother, oral stops for father, from a large sample]. Murner, Thomas (1475-1537) 1516 Handzeichnungen von Thomas Murner zu seiner Übersetzung der Weltgeschichte des Sabellicus. Strassburg. (1892 edition) [prosodic hand manual or digital alphabet], Murphy, John 1940 Gesture, magic and primitive art. . . Summary. Man 40:119121.

Murphy, 1959 Murphy, 1887

John V. See Miller, Robert E., et al. Joseph John Thought without words. Nature 36(June 23): 172. [letter, on F. Max Müller's "Science of thought"; agrees with Müller that language is necessary for thought]. Murphy, K. 1964 See Renfrew, C. and K. M. Murray, Alexander (1775-1813) 1823 The history of the European languages. Edinburgh, David Scott. 2 vols, [theory that languages stemmed from 9 basic words; circumstances of the actions were communicated by gestures and variation in vocal tones; Murray also noted the diminutive effect of -/- i.e. sound symbolism]. Murray, Margaret Louise 1933 The beginning of language development with the deaf child. Boston College, Masters in Education, thesis. Muyskens, John H. 1937 Speech as emergent specificity. American Journal of Psychiatry 93:857-863. [a biological interpretation of speech]. Mydlarski, J. and W. Stgslicka 1952 Antropogeneza. Zagadnienia tworczego darwinizmu. PWR i L, Warszawa.

523

Myers, C. S. 1966 The taste-names of primitive peoples. British Journal of Psychology 1:117-126. Myers, Ronald E. 1967 Cerebral connectionism and brain function. In Millikan, C. H. and F. L. Darley, eds., Brain mechanisms underlying speech and language. New York and London, Grune and Stratton, 61-72. 1969 Neurology of social communication in Primates. Proceedings of the Second International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta, 1968. 3:1-9. 1970 Social behavior deficits of free-ranging monkeys after anterior temporal cortex removal: a preliminary report. Brain Research 18:551-556. [after cortical operation, operated animals failed to rejoin their social groups, lived as solitaries, whereas controls with operative surgery did rejoin]. Myers, S. A. 1965 Operant control of vocal behavior in the monkey (Cebus albifrons). University of Florida, M. A. Thesis, unpublished. —, J. A. Horel, and H. S. Pennypacker 1965 Operant control of vocal behavior in the monkey Cebus albifrons. Psychonomic Science 3:389-390. Myerson, Mervin Carueth 1964 The human larynx. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, x + 308 pp. Myklebust, Helmer R. 1956 Language training: a comparison between children with aphasia and those with deafness. American Annals of the Deaf 101:240-244. 1957a Aphasia in children - diagnosis and training. In Travis, L., ed., Handbook of Speech Pathology. New York, AppletonCentury-Crofts. 1957b Babbling and echolalia in language theory. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 22:356-360. 1960 The psychology of deafness: sensory deprivation, learning, and adjustment. New York and London, Grune and Stratton. xii + 393 pp. 1967 See John, D. J., and H. R. M. Mylius, Abraham van der (1563-1637) 1612 Lingua bélgica, sive de linguae illius communitate. Leiden.

524 [theories about early language; denied a stage of speechlessness in man; onomatopoeia only accounts for a few words; Adam spoke Hebrew, p. 232 ff.]. Mynarek, Hubertus 1967 Mensch und Sprache: Über Ursprung und Wesen der Sprache in ihrer anthropologischen Valenz. Freiburg im Breisgau, Verlag Herder. 159 pp.

de Nadaillac, M. 1892 Review of Hale, Horatio, Language as a test of mental capacity, 1891. In L'Anthropologie 3: 366-368. Naecker, Sharon 1968 See Hill, Suzanne, et al. Naesgaard, S. 1942 Opmaerksomhedens Form er Grammatikens Oprindelse. Ringk0bing, Munksgaard. 56 pp. [origin of grammar as the result of attention]. Nagae, K. 1969 See Schuell, H. and K. N. Nakano, Y. 1963 See Ojima, S. and Y. N. Name, A. B. 1970 Factors in behavioral evolution. New Delhi, Sterling Publishers. 114 pp. [on gesture, p. 192 ff.]. Nanda, Ruth Anshen, ed. 1957 Language: an enquiry into its meaning and function. Science of Culture Series. New York, vol. 8. [contains paper on language origin by Tur-Sinai, N. H., q.v.]. NandikeSvara 1917 See Coomaraswamy, Ananda and G. K. Duggirala, translators. 1957 See Ghosh, Manomohas, ed. Napier, John R. 1956 The prehensile movements of the human hand. Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery 38B:902-913. 1958 The problem of brachiation among the Primates, with special reference to Proconsul. Bericht über die 6 Tagung Deutschen Gesellschaft für Anthropologie.

525 1960

Studies of the hands of living primates. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 134:647-657. 1961 Prehensility and apposability in the hands of primates. Symposium, Zoological Society of London, 5:115-132. 1962a The evolution of the hand. Scientific American 207 (December):56-62. 1962b Fossil hand bones from Olduvai Gorge. Nature 196:409-411. 1971 The roots of mankind. London, George Allen and Unwin. 240 pp. [pp. 204-205, evolution of language; pp. 203-205, tool-making by chimpanzees and early man; pp. 178-186, functions of the hand]. —, and P. R. Davis 1959 Fossil mammals of Africa. British Museum, Natural History, No. 16. [on the forelimb of Proconsul and brachiation], 1964 See Leakey, L. S. B., et al. Narasimhan, R. 1964 Labeling schemata and syntactic descriptions of pictures. Information and Control 7:151-179. 1969 On the description, generation, and recognition of classes of pictures. Automatic Interpretation and Classification of images. Grasselli, A., ed. New York, Academic Press. Narskiï, I. S. 1969 Problem znaka i znacheniya. Moskva, Gosudarstv. Universitet. 172 pp. National Academy of Sciences (U.S.A.), Ad Hoc Committee on Geography 1965 The primitive sense of place. In The Science of Geography. Washington, D.C. viii + 80 pp., 7-8. National Association of the Deaf (U.S.A.) 19Methods of educating the deaf and opinions about the sign language. Circular of Information, 9. 12 pp. 19Superintendents defend the sign language. Circular of Information, 4. 4 pp. 1965 Interpreting for deaf people. Silver Springs, Maryland, [fingerspelling and sign language]. 1970a A selected annotated bibliography of books, films and teaching media on sign language. Revised ed. 22 pp. [22 books, 8 films, etc.], 1970b Manual communication bibliography. Silver Spring, Maryland. 6 pp. [33 recent references on manual communication].

526 Natorp, Paul 1910 Die logischen Grundlagen der exakten Wissenschaften, [a physiological interpretation of basic mathematical processes; the number system is a series of thought activities, pp. 98 ff.; to count to three involves a pulsation for each object counted]. Naunyn, B. 1921 Zur Entstehung der Lautsprache beim Menschen. Deutsches Archiv für Klinische Medizin 137:1-. 1925 Die organischen Würzeln der Lautsprache des Menschen. München, Bergman, [babbling and the effects of erect posture, righthandedness and left hemisphere; closeness in the brain of hand motor centers and vocal tract control centers]. Naylor, H. Darnley 1922 Evolution of language . . . Adelaide, Hassell Press. University of Adelaide, Commemoration Address, Collected Papers of the University of Adelaide, 23:26 pp. Nazaretskii, V. V. 1963 Proiskhozhdenie yazyka. Lektsii. Krasnoyarsk, Eniseiskix Gosudarst. Pedagogicheskii Institut, Knizhnoe Izdatel'stvo. 92 pp. [lectures on the origins of language]. Nazzaro, J . R. 1970 Auditory versus visual learning of temporal patterns. Journal of Experimental Psychology 84(3):477-478. [In learning Morse code, auditory patterns are consistently more easily acquired than visual presentations], Neale, D. C. 1967 See Jenkins, J . R., et al. Neas, B. Jack 1953 A study of the spontaneous babblings of three and four year old deaf children. University of Kansas. [Thesis?]. Nebes, Robert D. 1971 Investigations on lateralization of function in the disconnected hemispheres of man. Ph. D. Dissertation, Dissertation Abstracts International 31(12-B):7638-7639. —, and R. W. Sperry 1971 Hemispheric deconnection syndrome, with cerebral birth injury in the dominant arm area. Neuropsychologia 9:247-259. [notes some enhancement of language capacity in the minor hemisphere].

527 1971 See Levy, Jerre, et al. Nebraska Parents' Association to Promote the Education of the Deaf 1913 Opinions upon the "Nebraska Law" by prominent educators, parents of deaf children and graduates under the oral method. 40 pp. Neckel, Gustav 1935 Über eine allgemeine Geste des Schmerzes. Archiv für das Studium der neueren Sprachen 167:64 ff. Needles, W. 1959 Gesticulation and speech. International Journal of PsychoAnalysis 40(5-6):291-294. [gesticulation in everyday life and in psychoanalytic sessions, seen in the latter as a regressive trait which "without doubt can be included within the framework of a primitive synergy of mouth and hand"]. Neely, Keith K. 1956 Effect of visual factors on the intelligibility of speech. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 28:1275-1277. [visual additions to auditory cues increased speech comprehension by 20%]. Nett, W. D. 1961 Neural mechanisms of auditory discrimination. In Rosenblith, W. A., ed., Sensory Communication. New York, Wiley. 1964 Temporal pattern discrimination in lower animals and its relation to language perception in man. In de Reuck, A. V. S. and Maeve O'Connor, eds., Disorders of Language. London, J. and A. Churchill, 183-92. 1953 See Jerison, Harry J. and W. D. N. Negus, Victor E. 1928 Observations on the evolution of man from the evidence of the larynx. Acta Otolaryngologica 12(fasc.l-2):93-. [reprinted as Appendix I. In Negus, Victor E., The Comparative anatomy and physiology of the larynx, 1949]. 1929 The mechanism of the larynx. London, William Heineman. 1933 The evolution of the larynx and the voice in animals. Archives Néerlandaises de Phonétique expérimentale 8/9:192 ff. 1938 Evolution of the speech organs of man. Archives of Otolaryngology 28:313-328. [reprinted as Appendix II, In Negus, V. E., The comparative anatomy and physiology of the larynx, 1949, 192-200 [includes reconstructions of the vocal tracts of gorilla, Rhodesian man, Neanderthal man, and modern man].

528 1949

The comparative anatomy and physiology of the larynx. New York, Grune and Stratton; London, William Heineman. xix +230 pp. [the origin of articulate speech was late in man's evolution, as in the child, where it does not start to be articulate until long after he can express many of his receptual ideas in the languages of tone and gesture; Negus favors gesture and semiotic tone as antecedent to speech]. Nehemkis, Alexis 1971 An investigation of the effects of left and right cerebral lesions on the processing of irrelevant information. Eugene, University of Oregon, Ph. D. Dissertation in Psychology. Nehring, Alfons 1945 Plato and the theory of language. Traditio 3:13-48. 1950 The problem of the linguistic sign. Acta Linguistica, K0benhavn, 6(1): 1-16. 1964 Das Problem der Tiersprache in sprachtheoretischen Sicht. Die Sprache 10:202-240. Neisser, Ulric 1967 Cognitive psychology. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, Century Psychology Series, xi + 351 pp. [pp. 214-218, speculates that process of visual encoding may be verbal, i.e. "saying to one's self the name of the object"]. 1972 A paradigm shift in psychology. Science 176 (4035):628630.[reviews Richardson, A., Mental imagery, 1969; Segal, S. J., Current cognitive approaches, 1971; Paivio, Allan, Imagery and verbal processes, 1971]. Nekes, H. 1912 Trommelsprache und Fernruf bei den Jaunde und Duale in Südkamerun. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen 3(15):69-83. Nelme, L. D. 1773 An essay towards an investigation of the origin and elements of language and letters - that is, sounds and symbols; wherein is considered, their analogy and power to express the radical ideas on which the primitive language appears to have been formed. London. Nelson, Rosemary O. 1968 The combination of learning principles and speech therapy techniques in the treatment of non-communicating children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 9:111-124. [visual-tactile cues devised for speech-deficient children].

529 Némai, Josef 1913 Menschen- und Tierstimme. Archiv. Laringol. und Rhinologie 28:565-587. 1920 Das Stimmorgan der Primaten. Anatomische Hefte 59:259-. (and Zeitschrift für Anatomie 81:658,1926). 1926 Das Stimmorgan des Hylobates. Zeitschrift für Anatomie 81: 673-, 1929 Mi a valosâg az orangutan u. n. énekérôl? Természettudomânyi Közlöny, Supplement 133. [on the so-called song of the orang-utan], 1933 Der Kehlkopf als Stimm- und Atmungsorgan in der Phylogenese. Münchener Ohrenheilkunde 67:395-401. — and George Keleman 1929a Das Stimmorgan des Orang-utan. Zeitschrift für Anatomie 88:697-, 1929b Das Stimmorgan des Orang-utan und seine phylogenetische Stelle. Comptes Rendus, I. Congrès International d'Otolaryngologie, 43-, 1933 Beiträge zur Kenntnis des Gibbonkehlkopfes. Zeitschrift für Anatomie 100:512-. Nemser, William 1971 Contrastive linguistics. Paper read at Special Study Institute, National Association of the Deaf, American Annals of the Deaf, i.p. Nerlove, Sara B., Ruth H. Munroe, and Robert L. Munroe 1971 Effect of environmental experience on spatial ability: a replication. The Journal of Social Psychology 84:3-10. [study of the Gusii of southwestern Kenya, compared with the Logoli tribe; males are usually farther from home while herding]. Neroni, L. 1954 See Gedda, L. and L. N. Nesturkh, Mikhail F. 1958 Proiskhozhdenie cheloveka. Moskva. Izdatel'stvo Akad. Nauk SSSR. 1960 Primatologiya i antropogenez. Moskva, Medgiz. 185 pp. 1967 The origin of man. 2nd rev. edition. Moskva, Progress Publishers, Academy of Sciences of the USSR. 391 pp. (translated by George H. Hanna) (English version of Proiskozhdenie cheloveka, 1958) [language origin theories]. 1968 Razvitie primatologii v SSSR. Voprosy Antropologii 28:320.

530 Netsell, R. 1969 See Hardy, James C., et al. Neuberger, F. 1971 Über das Lippenlesen. Monatschrift für Ohrenheilkunde 6 (105):249-274. Neubert, A. 1960 Review of Diamond, A. S., The history and origin of language, 1959. In Zeitschrift für Anglistik und Amerikanistik, Berlin, 8:422-425. Neuhaus, Walter 1968 Gibt es Sprache bei Tieren? Naturwissenschaftliche Rundschau 21(6):240-244. [Only in man is language learned, although the ability to acquire speech is inherited. Distinction between emotional and informational communication], Neumann, G. 1965 Gesten und Gebärden in der griechischen Kunst. Berlin, de Gruyter. 225 pp. Neurath, Otto 1936 International picture language. London, Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. Psyche Miniatures, [use of small pictures for statistical layouts], Neville, H. 1912 See Campbell, H. et al. Newcombe, F., R. C. Oldfield, and A. Wingfield 1965 Object-naming by dysphasic patients. Nature 207:1217-1218. Newland, E. 1940 See Irwin, F. W. and E. N. Newman, Jacob, ed. 1960 The commentary of Nahmanides on Genesis Chapters 1-6, 8. Pretoria Oriental Series 4. Leiden, [refers to Adam's naming of the animals; Moses ben Nahman, Nahmanides, 1194-c. 1270, Medieval Jewish scholar]. Newman, John (Cardinal, 1801-1890) 1853 Essays on various subjects. London, vol. 3. (originally published in the Dublin Review, 1837) [includes a discussion of the Neapolitan gesture language]. Newman, John D. 1972 See Wollberg, Zvi and J. D. N. Newman, M. Phyllis 1934 Hints on mime. London, Samuel French.

531 Newman, Richard I., Jr. 1971 Imitative learning and its relationship to observer intelligence and sex of model. Washington State University, Pullman, Ph. D. dissertation in Psychology. Newman, Russell W. 1970 Why man is such a thirsty and naked animal: a speculative review. Human Biology 42(l):12-27. [effects of savanna environment, etc.; nudity is a decided disadvantage under tropical sun conditions; speculations on the ecology of the early hominids]. Newman, S. E. 1933 Further experiments in phonetic symbolism. American Journal of Psychology 45:53-75. [starts with Edward Sapir's paper on sound-symbolism, 1929]. Newmark, L. D. 1957 Review of Revesz, Geza, The origins and prehistory of language. New York, 1956 (English translation). In Philosophy of Science 24(4):371-372. Newton, F. 1971 Interpersonal interactions at Los Angeles beaches. University of California, Los Angeles, Department of Anthropology. Mimeographed, [on proxemic and related non-verbal behavior], Newton, Isaac (1643-1727) 1950 Of an universall language (and by which all language was at first composed). In Theological Manuscripts [of Isaac Newton], McLachlan, Herbert, ed. Liverpool, (cf. Elliott, Ralph W. V., Modern Language Review, 1957, 52:1-18). New York State Institution for the Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb 1912 The deaf: "By their fruits ye shall know them". New York. 84 pp. [on change of methods, to the oral (lip-reading) approach; discussion of sign language], Nice, Margaret Morse 1925a A child who would not talk. Journal of Genetic Psychology 32:105-142. [case of a child of two years, who had only 5 words but could communicate to a large extent "by tone of voice and gestures"]. 1925b Length of sentences as a criterion of a child's progress in speech. Journal of Educational Psychology 16:370-379.

532 Niceforo, Alfredo 1956 La mano, il gesto . . . e altri segni rivelatori della personalità nel! arte e nella scienza. Roma. 2 vols. Nicholas of Cusa (Nicolai de Cusa 1401-1464) 1447 De Genesi. (1932, in Nicolai de Cusa, Opera omnia. Klibansky, Raymond, ed. Leipzig) [voi. 3,(5), 133 ff., on thinking and speaking; vol. 1, 24, on mathematical symbol language; Genesis commentary on origin of Adam's speech], Nichols, David G. 1951 Linguistic elements in bird vocalization. Kroeber Anthropological Society Papers 4:27-36. Nichols, I. A. 1964 See Lenneberg, Eric H, et al. Nicholson, E. M. and L. Koch 1936 Songs of wild birds. Nicholson, H. 1970 See Argyle, M., et al. Nicoli, Allardyce 1964 Masks, mimes and miracles. New York, Cooper Square Publishers. 408 pp. [much data on Classical, Medieval and Renaissance mime performances]. Nicols, Arthur 1887 Thought without words. Nature 36 (June 23): 173. [letter, in answer to F. Max Müller's Science of thought; disagrees with Müller, although admitting that animals lack "utterable" language; they do understand much as do human beings; suggests that Müller examine the London Zoo chimpanzee Sally], Nicolson, William (1655-1727) 1715 De universis totius orbis linguas. Appendix in Chamberlayne, John, Oratio dominica in diversas omnium fere gentium linguas vera. Amsterdam, [the primordial language was Hebrew]. Nida, Eugene Albert 1947 Linguistic interludes. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Incorporated. Glendale, California. 176 pp. [p. 115 ff., dialogue on the origin of languages]. 1964 Toward a scientific theory of translating, with special reference to principles and procedures involved in Bible translation. Leiden, New York, J. J. Brill, x + 331 pp. [general theory of translation, cognitive transformation].

533 Niebuhr, E. 1971 The eatery syndrome in adolescents and adults. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research 15(4):277-291. ["cri du chat" syndrome: 76 cases reported to date; patients utter plaintive cat-like cries, and exhibit microcephaly, various other defects, low-set ears, abnormal dermatoglyphics; condition is due to partial deletion of short arm of a chromosome in the B group; IQ less than 20; mostly females], Nielsen, G. 1962 Studies in self-confrontation. K0benhavn, Munksgaard e Cleveland, Alden. (reprints of Piderit, T., Mimik und Physiognomik, 1886; Cams, C., Symbolik des menschlichen Gestalt, 1853). Nielsen, H. B. 1970 Eksperimentelle studier over mundaflaesning. Nordisk Audiologi 19(1):13-18. [on lip-reading; an apparent relationship between visual perception, visual memory and lip-reading]. — and S. S. Nielsen 1969 See Ewertsen, H. W., et al. Nielsen, Johannes Maargaard 1937 Unilateral cerebral dominance as related to mind blindness minimal lesion capable of causing visual agnosia for objects. Archives of Neurology and Psychology 38:108-. 1942a Visual agnosia for animate objects. Report of a case with autopsy. Transactions of the American Neurological Association, 128-130. 1942b Agnosia, apraxia, aphasia, their value in cerebral localization. New York, London, Paul B. Hoeber. (2nd ed., 1946). Nielsen, S. S. 1969 See Nielsen, H. B. and S. S. N. Niemann, Lindsay 1971 Comparative primate behavior, with special regard to learning processes and socialization of young among higher primates, in relation to man. University of Toronto, Ph. D. dissertation in Anthropology. Nierenberg, Gerard I. 1968 The art of negotiating. New York, Hawthorn Books, [on various non-verbal cues in interpersonal behavior - proxemic, kinesic, etc.], 1971 Creative business negotiating. New York, Hawthorn Books, Inc. [gestures and postures and their decoding].

534 — and Henry Calero 1971 How to read a person like a book. New York, Hawthorn Books, x + 180 pp. [gesture and posture in everyday American life; how to decode gestures]. Niessel-Mayendorff, Erwin von 1910 Die Linke dritte Stirnwindung spielt keine Rolle im zentralen Mechanismus der Sprache. Münchener medizinische Wochenschrift 57:1112-1116. 1914 Das Geheimnis der menschlichen Sprache. Wiesbaden, Bergman. 43 pp. [excludes the problem of the ultimate origin of language]. Nietzsche, Friedrich (1844-1900) 1870 La conception dionysique du monde, [includes material on gesture and language, sounds and symbolic mimicry], 1920- Gesammelte Werke. München, Musarion-Ausgabe. 23 vols. 1929 [vol. 5, 467-470, on the origin of language; in 1871 Nietzsche found the primordial language in music, "die Urmelodie"; involuntary gesture-communication lies close to language]. Nieuwenhuis, A. W. 1935 Die Entstehung des Sexualwortgenus, männlich-weiblich als Kulturelement des Sexual-Totemismus und seiner Formen in den Ausstrahlungsgebieten in Amerika, Australien und Ozeanien. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie 33(1-3): 35-98. Nikiforova, O. I. 1961 Znachenie rechi dla tochnosti vosproizvedeniya zritel'nogo obraza. Voprosy Psikhologii 1:133-140. [importance of speech for accurat; recall of visual imagery], Nikitine, Brasile c. 1937 Origine du langage. L'Ethnographie, Bulletin, Paris, n.s., 32: 43-65. 1938 L'évolution stadiale du langage. L'Ethnographie, Paris, n.s., 35-38:81-100. Nikityuk, B. A. 1966 Nizhnaya chelyust'. In Iskopaemye gominidy i proiskhozhdenie cheloveka, Trudy Instituta Ëtnografii im. N. N. Miklukho-Maklaya, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Moskva, 340-359. [on the lower jaw in anthropoid apes, fossil hominids, and modern man].

535 Nikolaieva, T. M. 1966 [Linguistics and paralinguistics] [in Russian] Lingvisticheskoe Issledovanie slav. tipol., Institut Slavianovednii SSSR, 63-74. [49 references; paralinguistics, sign-language, etc.], NikoPskii, V. K. and N. F. Yakovlev 1947 Warum die Menschen in verschiedenen Sprachen sprachen. Berlin. 1950 Wie die Menschen sprechen lernten. Die Entwicklung der Sprache aus ihren Uranfängen. Translated from Russian by H. Koplenig. Wien, Globus Verlag. Tagblatt-Bibliothek 1325. Nishida, Toshisada 1967a [Savanna chimpanzees] [in Japanese] Shizen 22(8):3-41. 1967b [The society of wild chimpanzees] [in Japanese] Shizen 22(8): 31-41. 1970 Social behavior and relationship among wild chimpanzees of Mahali Mountains. Primates 11:47-87. [reports several gestures as well as vocalizations, such as begging, sharing, stickthrowing, etc.]. Niskyama, N. 1905 Die Kehlkopfmuskeln des "Hylobates lar", verglichen mit denen anderer Affen und des Menschen. Rostock, InauguralDissertation. Nissen, C. H. 1971 See Hayes, K „ and C. H. N., i.p. Nissen, Henry W. 1956 Individuality in the behavior of chimpanzees. American Anthropologist 58:407-413. [data on posture, p. 409 ff.]. 1958 Axes of behavioral comparison. In Roe, Anne and George Gaylord Simpson, eds., Behavior and Evolution. New Haven, Yale University Press. 557 pp., 183-205. [chimpanzees show some evidence of conceptual thinking]. 1939 See Yerkes, Robert M. and H. W. N. Nissle, C. 1872 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der sogenannte anthropomorphen Affen. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 4:201-, [includes notes on gestural ability in apes]. Nitchie, Edward B. 1912 Lip-reading, principles and practice. New York, Frederick A. Stokes Company, [approach used in a major U.S. school of lip-reading in the early 20th century].

536 1915 Lip-reading for the hearing. Volta Review (Nov.):3. Noback, Charles E. and William Montagna, eds. 1970 The Primate Brain. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, xiv + 320 pp. = Advances in Primatology, 1. Noble, E. R. 1970 By this sign . . . Hearing 25(11):338-339 [on sign language]. Noble, H. E. 1926 The teeth of the Richmond River Blacks. Australian Journal of Dentistry 30:4-12. [on the rôle of the teeth in gripping, holding, etc.], Noblin, C. D. 1968 See Cohen, B. D., et al. Noce, J. S. 1968 See Milgram, Norman A. and J. S. N. Nodier, Charles E. (1780-1844) 1828 Dictionnaire des Onomatopées. Paris. 18Notions de linguistique, [p. 39, relation of language concepts to an originally physical base], Noemann, Harry W. 1970 Improved techniques of communication: a training manual for use with severely handicapped deaf clients. Bowling Green State University, Department of Psychology, ii + 67 pp., illus. [on the sign language]. Noï'ca, Démétre J. 1922 Les onomatopées et le langage des enfants. Les gestes. Comptes Rendus de la Société de Biologie 87:286-288. 1923 Comment nous apprenons à parler. Revue neurologique, Paris, 30:399-401. 1932 Perte des mouvements de dextérité. Encéphale 1:27-34. Noiré, Ludwig (1829-1889) 18The origin of reason. (English translation, in Noiré, Ludwig, The origin and philosophy of language. Chicago, 1917, 4957). 1874 Die Welt als Entwickelung des Geistes. Bausteine zu einer monistichen Weltanschauung. Leipzig, Veit. [Chap. 9, Part 3, on origin of language], 1877 Der Ursprung der Sprache. Mainz, Verlag von Zabern. xv + 384 pp. [working chant theory of language origin; e.g. "mar" is the sound derived from the work of rubbing stone, polishing and sharpening stone weapons, and becomes an impera-

537 tive, meaning 'let us work!'; also, rhythmical cries made by men at work]. 1879a Max Müller und die Sprach-Philosophie. Mainz, Verlag von Zabern. vii + 107 pp. 1879b Max Müller and the philosophy of language. London, Longmans, Green and Company. 1880 Das Werkzeug und seine Bedeutung für die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Menschheit. Mainz, Diemer. xx + 397 pp. 1885 Logos: Ursprung und Wesen der Begriffe. Leipzig, W. Engelmann. xvi + 362 pp. 1891 [Article on the origin of language] Open Court 4:2221-2266. 1917 The origin and philosophy of language. 2nd ed., revised and enlarged. Chicago, The Open Court Publishing Company. 159 pp. 1925 Orudie truda i ego znachenie v razvitii chelovechestva. Kiev, Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel'stvo Ukrainii. (Russian translation of Noire, Ludwig, 1880, Das Werkzeug. . . ) [cf. Thomas, Lawrence, for the influence of Noire's glottogonic theories on the work of N. Ya. Marr], Nordskog, J. E. 1960 Review of Revesz, Geza, The origin and prehistory of language, 1956 ed. In Sociology and Social Research 45(1):99100. Norman, Albert 1957 [article on semantography] Christian Science Monitor, (reprinted, Semantography Series 63, Sydney). Norman, Donald A. 1969a Learning, memory, and conceptual processes. New York, John Wiley. 1969b Memory and attention. New York, John Wiley. Northern, J. L., D. Teter, and R. F. Krug 1971 Characteristics of manually communicating adults. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 36(l):71-76. Northrop, H. D., compiler. 1903 Speculative hand signs; how brokers buy and sell grain and stocks; expressive use of the fingers and hands; code of honor that governs all trades. In The American Home Educator, Chicago, Illinois, 308-309. [commercial sign language], Norton, Nea 1959 See Mahl, G„ et al.

538 Nottebohm, Fernando 1970 Ontogeny of bird song. Science 167:950-956. [includes data on the existence of lateral dominance in bird brain]. 1969 See Konishi, M. and F. N. Novalis, pseudonym (see von Hardenberg, Friedrich, 1772-1801) Nover 1889 Problem der Ursprungs der Sprache. Rheinische Blätter für Erziehung und Unterricht, Frankfurt am Main, 105-126. Noverre, Jean Georges 1760 Letters on dancing and ballet. Translated by C. W. Beaumont. New York, Dance Horizons, n.d. [material on pantomime in ballet; gestures must be backed up by real feelings], Novick, S. (Sue Novick Rhodes) 1967 A categorization and comparison of communication movements utilized by two personality types. Worcester, Massachusetts, Clark University. Unpublished Senior Honors Thesis. Novoselova, S. L. 1960 Obrazovanie navyka ispol'zovaniya palki u shimpanze. Voprosy Antropologii. 2. [learning habits of using sticks in the chimpanzee]. 1959 See Braines, S. N. and S. L. N. Numbers, M. and C. Hudgins 1948 Speech perception in present day education for deaf children. Volta Review 50:449-456. [usefulness of bisensory approach in educating the deaf: acoustic + visual modes]. Nummenmaa, Tapio 1964 The language of the face. Jyväskylä Studies in Educational Psychology and Social Research 9, Jyväskylän Yliopistoyhdistys, Jyväskylä, Finland. — and Urpo Kauranne 1958 Report of the Department of Psychology, Institute of Pedagogy, Jyväskylä, Finland, 20:91-103. [used 27 photographs of facial expressions; similarity analysis yields 4 factors: rejection, pleasure, surprise-fear, and anger; reviews previous studies facial expression]. Nüsse, Heinrich 1962 Die Sprachtheorie Friedrich Schlegels. German. Bibliothek, Heidelberg, 3. Reihe, Winter Verlag. 122 pp.

539 Nuttall, R. 1959 See Brown, Roger W. and R. N. Nutzhorn, H. 1953 Untersuchungen zum Rechts-Links-Problem. Braunschweig, Carlo-Wilhelmina Technische Hochschule. Dissertation. Nykl, Alois Richard 1957 Mama, papa, dada. Orbis, Bulletin International de documentation linguistique, Bruxelles. [argues against the notion that such words as mama are found in most of the world's languages with the same meaning],

o

Oakley, Kenneth P. 1951 A definition of man. Science News and New Biology, Nov. 20:69-81. [the appearance of blade tools about 30- to 40,000 years ago may relate to the breakthrough of more highly developed language in the Upper Paleolithic; priority of gestural communication over vocal language suggested, p. 75]. 1954 Skill as a human possession. In Singer, C., E. J. Holmyard, and A. R. Hall, eds., A History of Technology. Oxford, Clarendon Press, Vol. 1. 1957 Tools makyth man. Antiquity 31:199-209. 1959 Man as tool-maker. Paper read at a Wenner-Gren Conference, Burg Wartenstein, June. 12 pp. typescript. 1961a Man the tool-maker. British Museum (Science), London. 1961b On man's use of fire, with comments on tool-making and hunting. In Washburn, Sherwood L., ed., Social life of early man. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company, 176-193. 1968 The earliest tool-makers. In Kurth, E., ed., Evolution und Hominisation. 2nd ed. Stuttgart, Fischer Verlag. 299 pp., 257272. 1969 Man the skilled tool-maker. Antiquity 43:222-224. [infers from the complexity of Oldowan stone tools the neuro-muscular patterns of the tool-makers]. 1970 Pliocene men. Antiquity 44:307-308. [comments on the significance of finds of stone tools and Australopithecine fossil remains from Lake Rudolf-Lower Omo River basin areas, E. Africa],

540 —, et al. 1953 Comments, on origin of language. In Tax, Sol, Loren C. Eiseley, Irving Rouse, and Carl F. Voegelin, eds., An Appraisal of Anthropology Today. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, xiv + 395 pp., 264 ff. Obermair, Karl 1967a Kleiner pasigraphischer Führer zur Einführung in die Pasigraphie oder Schrift für Alle. BAN. II, AT Deutsch., Salzburg. 41 pp., [a new system of pasigraphy], 1967b Leitfaden für die Pasigraphie. BAN. II. AT. System Obermair. 2nd ed. Salzburg. 36 pp. Obusek, C. J. 1969 See Warren, R. M., et al. O'Connell, D. 1958 See Jones, F. and D. O'C. O'Connor, Maeve 1964 See de Reuck, A. V. S. and M. O'C. O'Connor, Neil and Beate Hermelin 1959 Discrimination and reversal learning in imbeciles. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 59:409-413. 1963 Speech and thought in severe abnormality. Foreword by A. R. Luria. New York, Pergamon Press. 122 pp. [on language in severe mental retardates], 1965 Visual analogies of verbal operation. Language and Speech 8:197-207. 1967 Linguaggio e pensiero nel subnormale grave. Roma, A. Armando (Romagrafik), 140 pp. (Italian translation of Speech and thought in severe abnormality, 1963). 1971 See Hermelin, Beate and N. O'C. Odom, Penelope, Richard L. Blanton, and Cynthia K. Mclntyre. 1970 Coding medium and word recall by deaf and hearing subjects. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 13(l):54-58. Oehl, Wilhelm 1917- Elementare Wortschöpfung. Anthropos, vols. 12-17 (suc1922 cessive articles), [on derivation of onomatopoeic words; the "Bildwörter" (picture-words) theory similar to mouth gesture of R. A. S. Paget, et al., such as kap, hap = grab, fasten, catch], 1922 Elementare Wortschöpfung: papilio-fifaltra-farfalla. Bibl. dell' Arch. Roman. 3.

541 1925

[article] Innsbruck, Jahrbuch für Völkerkunde und Sprachwissenschaft 1:52-. [more on theory that words like capture, grab, etc. stem from roots having mouth-gestural significance - kap, hap], 1932 Das Lallwort. Freiburg, Schweiz. Rektoratsrede. 1933a Das Lallwort in der Sprachschöpfung. Freiburg, Schweiz. 1933b Fangen - Finger - Fünf. Studien über elementar-parallele Sprachschöpfung. Freiburg, Schweiz. 8 pp. [on the pictureword theory], O'Flaherty, James C. 1952 "Unity of language": a study in the philosophy of Johann Georg Hamann. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina, Studies in the Germanic Languages and Literatures, 6. x + 121 pp. Ogawa, N. 1962 See Miller, R. E., et al. Ogden, C. K. 1932 Bentham's theory of language. Psyche (January):3-43. O'Grady, Alice and Francis Throop 1912 Teacher's story teller's book. Rand, [material on the "language of the birds"]. Ogston, W. D. 1966, See Condon, W. and W. D. O. 1967 Ohala, J. 1968 See Fromkin, V. and J. O. 1970 Aspects of the control and production of speech. Working Papers in Phonetics, 15, University of California Press, Los Angeles, [presents an alternate theory to the motor theory of speech perception]. —, S. Hiki, S. Hubler, and R. Harshman 1968 Photoelectric methods of transducing lip and jaw movements in speech. Working Papers in Phonetics, 10, University of California Press, Los Angeles, 135-144. Ohm, Thomas 1948 Die Gebetsgebärden der Völker und das Christentum. Leiden, [prayer-gestures], Ohman, S. E. G. 1967 Peripheral motor commands in labial articulation. Speech Transmission Laboratory Quarterly Progress and Status Report, 4:30-63. Stockholm, Royal Institute of Technology.

542 1966 See Leanderson, R., et al. Öhmann, Emil 1957 Eine Theorie über die Entstehung der Sprache. Sitzungsberichte der Finnischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 97-106. [critique of Otto Jespersen's theories of language origins, 1922], Ohnesorg, K. 1948 O mluvnim vyvoji ditete. Jednota ceskych filologii, Praha. 67 pp. [on the development of child language], Ohnuki-Tierney, Emiko 1972 Spatial concepts of the Ainu of the northwest coast of Southern Sakhalin. American Anthropologist 74(3):425-457. [conceptualization of the world in terms of human body parts, binary opposites], Ojemann, George A. and Arthur A. Ward, Jr. 1971 Speech representation in ventrolateral thalamus. Brain 94(4): 669-680. [effects on object-naming of electrical stimulation of the ventrolateral thalamus: left side stimulation altered object naming, right did not]. Ojima, Sekishin and Yoshitatsu Nakano 1963 Visual communication (I). Tökyö University of Education, Bulletin of the Faculty of Education 9(March): 163-167. (in Japanese with English summary) [deals with speech-reading, sign language, and manual alphabets, as well as with artistic design and printed matter], Oksaar, Els 1955 Die sprachliche Erfassung des menschlichen Körpers am Beispiel des Estnischen. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung, Göttingen, 73(l-2):45-51. [linguistic comprehension of the human body in Estonian], Oldfield, R. C. 1966 Things, words and the brain. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 18:340-353. 1970 Review of Critchley, Macdonald, Aphasiology and other aspects of language. 1970. In Nature 226(5249): 980. — and J. C. Marshall, eds. 1968 Language. Penguin Modern Psychology. 1950 See Hall, K. R. L. and R. C. O. 1965 See Newcombe, F., et al.

543 Oléron, Pierre 1950 Les sourds-muets. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. 1951 Pensée conceptuelle et langage. Performances comparées de sourds-muets et d'entendants dans des épreuves de classement multiple. L'Année Psychologique 51:89-120. 1952a Le rôle du langage dans le développement mental; contribution tirée de la psychologie de l'enfant sourd-muet. La Revue Enfance (March-April): 120-137. 1952b Études sur le langage mimique des sourds-muets. I. Les procédés d'expression. L'Année Psychologique 52:47-81. 60 figures. [gestures of deaf-mute children], 1953 Classement multiple et langage. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 46:299-315. 1957 Recherches sur le développement mental des sourds-muets; contribution à l'étude du problème "langage et pensée". Centre National de Recherche Scientifique, Paris, Travaux de Psychologie. 134 pp. 1962 Le développement des réponses à la relation identité - ressemblance. Ses rapports avec le langage. Psychologie Française 7(1):4-16. [studied subjects, 4 through seven]. 1967a Sur la médiation verbale. In Hommage à André Rey. Bruxelles. 1967b Sur les effets assimilateurs et différenciateurs des étiquettes verbales. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique, année 1967:431-450. 1971a Le behaviorisme en question. Revue Philosophique 4(161) (Oct.-Dec.):417-434. [discussion of language and thought: ideas of Noam Chomsky, B. F. Skinner, and H. Marcuse]. 1971b Langage et pensée. Quelques évidences. International Journal of Psychology 6(1):1-12. —, S. Gumusyan and M. Moulinou 1966 Extension des concepts et usages du langage. Psychologie Française 22:149-161. — and H. Herren 1961 L'acquisition des conservations et le langage. Étude comparative sur des enfants sourds et entendants. Enfance, 1961: 201-219. Oliver, Rose R. 1966 See Bruner, Jerome S., et al.

544 Olivier, Georges 1965 Review of Leroi-Gourhan, André, Le geste et la parole, vol. 1, Technique et langage, 1964, and vol. 2, La mémoire et les rythmes, 1965. In L'Anthropologie 69:322-324. [tools and language are both characteristics of hominization; since Australopithecines had tools, however crude, they already also had language; the genus should be called "Australanthropus"]. Olivier, P. 1899 De la voix chuchotée. La Parole 9:20-31. [on whispering]. Oiler, J. W., Jr. 1970 The coding of information in natural languages: a psycholinguistic theory. Rochester, New York, University of Rochester, Ph. D. dissertation. Dissertation Abstracts International, A, 30(ll):4968-4969. Olson, D. R. 1970 Language and thought: aspects of a cognitive theory of semantics. Psychological Review 77:257-273. [semantic decisions are not determined by syntactic or semantic selection restrictions but by the speaker's knowledge of the referent], Olson, Jack R. 1972 A case for the use of sign-language to stimulate language development during the critical period for learning in a congenially deaf child. American Annals of the Deaf 117(3): 397-400. [includes sign lists for the child at ages two and three years]. Ombredane, André 1931 Le langage. I. Langage, gesticulation significative, mimique et conditionée. Revue Philosophique de la France et de l'Étranger 3:217-271, 424-531. 1933 Le langage de la gesticulation significative, mimique et conventionelle. Paris, [mimicry and gesture], 1951 L'Aphasie et l'élaboration de la pensée explicite. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. 1st ed. 440 pp. Bibliothèque de Philosophie Contemporaine, Psychologie et Sociologie. 1937 See Dumas, G., et al. Onasander, Aeneas Tacitus, Asclepiodotus (ca. A.D. 58) 1923 Strategikos. Oldfather, William, et al., eds. London, Cambridge. x + 531 pp. [p. 466 ff., owing to the multiplicity of languages used in the army, advises the general to give his orders in sign-language].

545 O'Neill, John J. 1951 Contributions of the visual components of oral symbols to speech comprehension of listeners with normal hearing. Ohio State University, Department of Speech, Ph. D. dissertation, [normal speakers who conveyed the most information to lip-readers were also most intelligible under normal hearing conditions], 1951 Contributions of the visual components of oral symbols to speech comprehension. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 19:429-439. [on the visual efficacy of various vowels and consonants, in percentages, p. 45. Vision is most important for consonants, especially s, f, j, p, k, 6, t. For vowels, o was decoded 76% correctly, i 74%, etc.], — and Herbert J. Oyer 1961 Visual communication for the hard of hearing. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, ix + 163 pp. [relates to mouth-gesture]. 1960 See Moser, H. M., et al. O'Neill, R. M. 1927 The science and art of speech and gesture. London, Daniel. 198 pp. Onffroy de Thoron, E. 1886 La langue primitive depuis Adam jusqu'à Babel. Son passage en Amérique. 64 pp. Onimus, Ernest 1873 Du langage considéré comme phénomène automatique et d'un centre nerveux phonomoteur. Paris, G. Balliere. (extract from Journal d'Anatomie et de Physiologie, Nov.-Dec., 1873:545-564). Ontario Association of the Deaf 19The deaf. 80 pp. [on the sign language], Oppenheimer, Armand M. 1964 Tool use and crowded teeth in Australopithecinae. Current Anthropology 5:419-421. 1968 Behavioral novelty - an evolutionary force. American Anthropologist 70:562-563. [on the neo-Lamarckian importance of behavioral change as the forerunner of natural selective shifts], Oppenheimer, W. 1932 Die Zunge des Orang-utan. Morphologisches Jahrbuch 69: 62-97.

546 Opton, E. T. 1970 See Ekman, Paul, et al. ms. Orbach, J. 1967 Differential recognition of Hebrew and English words in right and left visual fields as a function of cerebral dominance and reading habits. Neuropsychologia 5:127-134. Orgass, B. 1966 See Poeck, K. and B. O. Origen (Origenes, ca. 185-254) 1897- Contra Celsum, V. In Die griechischen christlichen Schrift1960+ steller der ersten drei Jahrhunderte. Leipzig, Berlin, vol. 3, 29-31, and vol. 2, 74-76. [on the beginnings of language, and God's creation of language]. Orlando, R. 1969 See Wilcoxon, G. W., et al. O'Rourke, Terence J. 19The NAD communicative skills program. Address, International Research Seminar on the Vocational Rehabilitation of Deaf Persons. 6 pp. [contains remarks on sign language], —, et al. 1970 A basic course in manual communication. Silver Spring, Maryland, National Association of the Deaf, illus. Orowan, E. 1955 The origin of man. Nature 175:683-684. [on the loss in man and higher primates of the ability to synthesize the enzyme uricase, which oxidizes uric acid. Uric acid therefore becomes a residue in cells, including the brain cells. Orowan argues that uricase acts as a brain stimulant], Orr, John 1944 On some sound values in English. British Journal of Psychology 35:1-8. [sound symbolism, of front and back vowels such as this-that, antiphony, mikros-makros, sound-symbolism], 1951 Review of Revesz, Geza, Ursprung und Vorgeschichte der Sprache, 1946. In Modern Language Review 46:501-502. Orr, W. F. and S. Cappanari 1964 The emergence of language. American Anthropologist 66(2): 318-324. [neurological aspects of the origin of language]. Orton, E. F. 1935 Links with past ages. Cambridge, 366 pp. [on linguistic evidence for the early history of mankind].

547 Orton, S. T. 1930 Familial occurrence of disorders in the acquisition of language. Eugenics 3(4): 140-147. 1937 Reading, writing, and speech problems in children. New York, W. W. Norton. — and L. E. Travis 1929 Studies in stuttering. IV. Studies of action currents in stutterers. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry 21:61-68. Ortony, Andrew 1970 The monkey's paw understanding. New Scientist 48:82-84. [on the limits of approximating natural languages by computers; Ortony is optimistic]. Osborne, R. Travis and A. James Gregor 1966 The heritability of visualisation, perceptual speed and spatial orientation. Perceptual and Motor Skills 23:379-390. [a twin study]. Osgood, Charles E. 1958 A question of sufficiency. Review of Skinner, B. F., Verbal Behavior, 1957. In Contemporary Psychology 3:209-212. 1960 The cross-cultural generality of visual-verbal synesthetic tendencies. Behavioral Science 5(2):146-169. [visual-verbal synesthetic tendencies in comparisons of Navajo, Mexican Spanish, Japanese, and American English subjects. Agreements very high, e.g. "white" is identified with "happy" rather than "black", etc.], 1963a Psycholinguistics. In Koch, S., ed., Psychology: a study of a science. New York, London, McGraw-Hill. vol. 6, 244-316. 1963b On understanding and creating sentences. American Psychologist 18:735-751. 1963c Language universals and psycholinguistics. In Greenberg, J. H., ed., Universals of Language. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, 299-322. 1971 Where do sentences come from? In Steinberg, D. D. and L. A. Jakobovits, eds., Semantics. An interdisciplinary reader in philosophy, linguistics, and psychology. Cambridge University Press. — and A. H. Hastorf 1966 The semantics of facial expressions. I. Dimensionality of the judgment space. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology 7:1-30.

548 —, and A. W. Heyer, Jr. 1950 Objective studies in meaning. II. The validity of posed facial expressions as gestural signs in interpersonal communication. American Psychologist 5:298-. — and M. S. Miron 1959 Dimensionality in aphasia. University of Illinois, unpublished research paper, [analysis of 40 cases of aphasia - symbolic vs. skill level factor; decoding factor; orthographic vs. vocalic factor]. 1963a Approaches to the study of aphasia. Urbana, University of Illinois Press, [contains a model of language functions]. — and Thomas A. Sebeok, eds. 1963b, Psycholinguistics: a survey of theory and research problems. 1965 Bloomington, Indiana, Indiana University Press. 1963 See Tanaka, Y., et al. Osgood, C. W. 1927 See Sullivan, W. E. and C. W. O. O'Shea, H. 1901 Le langage sifflé, henni et mugi. Bulletin Mensuel de Biarritz Association 6:15-19. Oshima, Masuji 1956 Cries of Japanese monkeys and what they signify. Bulletin of the Phonetic Society of Japan 92(December). Osolsobë, I. 1967 [Ostension as the limit form of communication] [in Czech] Estetika 4, Ceskoslovenska Akad. Ved., Praha 4. Osser, Harry 1969 The young child's ability to imitate and comprehend speech: a comparison of two subcultural groups. Child Development 40: 1063-1075. [comparison of 16 Negro children and 16 white, mean age 5 years]. Osterberg, O. 1916 Tackensprâket. Med rikt illustrerad ordbok over det av sveriges dövstumma använda âtbôrdesprâket. Uppsala. 102 pp. [sign language]. Osthoff, Hermann 1878 See Brugmann, Karl and H. O. Ostrowski, J. 1968 See Ziolkiewicz, T. and J. O.

549 Ostwald, Peter F. 1959 When people whistle. Language and Speech 2:137-145. [on whistling as a special form of communication], 1960a The sounds of human behavior - a survey of the literature. Logos 3:13-24. 1960b Human sounds. In Barbara, D., ed., Psychological and Psychiatric Aspects of Speech and Hearing. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, 110-137. 1964 How the patient communicates about disease with the doctor. In Sebeok, Thomas, A., A. S. Hayes, and M. C. Bateson, eds., Approaches to Semiotics, The Hague, Mouton. Oswalt, Robert 1970 Sound symbolism and baby talk in Pomo with implications for Hokan. American Anthropological Association Program and Abstracts, Bulletin 3(3):88. Ott, Edward A. 1902 How to gesture. Revised edition. New York, Hinds and Nobel, [rhetorical gestures]. Otto, Ernst 1942 Die menschliche Sprache in biologisch-anthropologischer Sicht. Archiv für das Studium der neueren Sprachen. Braunschweig 97:73-82. Otto, Gertrud 1958 See Weise, George and G. O. Otto, Walter Friedrich (1874-1958) 1955 Die Musen und der göttliche Ursprung des Singens und Sagens. Darmstadt, Eugen Diederichs Verlag. 90 pp. (2d edition, Fotomechanische Nachdruck, Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt) [supports the poetic origin of language; cf. Strehie, Hermann]. Ounstead, C. 1966 See Hütt, C. and C. O. Overhage, P. 1959 Um die ursachliche Erklärung der Hominisation, biologische Hypothesen über den Ursprung des Menschen. Acta Biotheoretica 12, Bibliotheca Biotheoretica 8. Leiden. 126 pp. [paleontology and anthropology, but with few anatomical details: concludes that the origin of speech is much too complex to be clarified by "easy explanations"]. Ovid (Publius Ovidius Naso, B.C. 43 - A.D.17/18) 1889, Tristia (P. Ovidi Nasonis Tristium Libri V.). Owen, S. G., ed.

550 1962

Oxford, Clarendon, cxi + 271 pp. (1962, cf. Wilkinson, L. P., éd., Ovid Surveyed. Cambridge University Press, xii + 236 pp.) [not knowing the local Getic or Sarmatian language spoken in Tomi, his place of exile on the Black Sea, Ovid "had recourse to signs to make myself understood"]. Oxendine, Joseph B. 1968 Psychology of motorlearning. New York, Appleton-CenturyCrofts. xii + 366. [verbal learning, theories of dominance development, sinistrality, kinaesthesis and motor performance, finger dexterity], Oyama, T. 1963 See Tanaka, Y., et al. Oyer, Herbert J . 1961 See O'Neill, John J . and H. J . O. 1967 See Franks, J . R. and H. J . O. Ozhigova, A. P. 1968 [Particularités de la mielo-architectonique de l'extremité corticale de l'analyseur visuel dans la ligne d'évolution des primates] [in Russian] Moskva, Nauka. 537-541.

P Paccioli, Luca di Borgo (1445-1510) 1914 Ancient double-entry book-keeping. Lucas Pacioli's Treatise, A.D. 1494. John B. Geijsbeek, ed. and translator. Denver. 182 pp. (1st edition, 1494, Sûma de Arithmetica Geometria et Proportionalita . . . Venezia, 224 ff.) [on finger computation, with 36 different signs]. Pacichelli, Giovanni Battista 1673 Chiroliturgia, sive de varia ac multiplici manus administratione lucubrationes jurido-philologicae . . . Koln. [hand gestures in liturgy], Paduceva, Elena V. 1968 L a langue de la logique mathématique comme modèle sémantique pour la langue naturelle. Information 7(6):27-39. Pagee, S. 1967 Of words and tools. Inquiry, Oslo 10(2):181-195. ["words are like tools"; six objections are suggested to the analogy].

551 Paget, Grace and Pierre Gorman 1964 A systematic sign language. London, mimeographed, (originally prepared by Richard A. S. Paget in 1951). Paget, Richard Arthur Surtees (1869-1955) 1925 a The nature of human speech. Society for Pure English, Tracts. 1925b Nature et origine du langage humain. Bulletin de l'Institut Général Psychologique, Paris, 25:36-49. 1927a The origin of speech. Nature 120:47-48. 1927b Origin of language. Psyche, London, 9(29):35-39. 1927c Nature and origin of human speech. The Third Wilde Memorial Lecture, Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society 73(3):27-. 1927d How speech originated. El Palacio, Santa Fe, New Mexico, 23:244-245. 1928a How men learnt to talk: human speech as originally a method of expression by gesture. Illustrated London News, Dec.23: 1182-1183, illus. 1928b Origin of human speech. Eugenical News, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 13:40-43. 1929 La nature et l'origine du langage humain. La Nature 57(Part l):300-306. 1930a Origin of speech - a hypothesis. Proceedings of the Royal Society 119:157-172, Series A. 1930b Babel; or the past, present and future of human speech. London, Kegan Paul. 93 pp. [Chapter I, paralanguage, origins, gestures], 1931 Gestural origin of language. Actes du 2. Congrès international de Linguistes à Genève, August, 172-175. 1933a L'évolution du langage. Journal de Psychologie, Nos. 1-4, 92100. Paris, Félix Alcan. 1933b The evolution of speech in men. Archives Neérlandaises de Phonétique Experimentale 8/9:183 ff. 1935 This English. London, Kegan Paul, [gives examples of parallelism between sound and meaning]. 1936a Sign language as a form of speech. Paper read at the Royal Institution of Great Britain, Dec. 13, 1935. Publication of the Royal Institution 29:113-135. [compares Pitta-Pitta, an Australian aboriginal sign-language-using system, with that of North American Indians; refers also to sign-languages in Armenia and Caucasus, limited to males; also a sign-language used in Cameroons, especially in legal proceedings].

552 1936b

An international sign language. Spectator, 13 March:462463. 1936c Sign language as a form of speech. Nature, 7 March:384388, illus. 1937 Gesture language. Nature 139:198. 1938 Speech and civilization. Nature 141(May 14):882-883. 1943 A world language. Nature, 16 Jan.:80. [advocates a systematic world sign language]. 1944 The origin of language. Science 99(25558): 14-15. 1946 Gesture as a constant factor in linguistics. Nature 158(4001): 29. [a brief letter], 1947 Is human speech good enough? Publication of the Royal Institution, Part 2, 151:356-369. 1950 Leopold Stein: the infancy of speech and the speech of infancy. Review, Nature 165(4195):461-462. 1951 The origin of language. Science News, Penguin Books, 20:8294. 1953 Preface, in Hodgson, K. W., The Deaf and their problems. A study in special education. London [Paget proposed that a sign language be taught to all children as a universal language]. 1955 Uppruni tungumala. Reykjavik, Skirnir, 129:14-34. 1956 The origins of language, with special reference to the paleolithic age. Journal of World History 1:399-414. 1958 The children's vocabulary of the new sign language; notes for teachers. London, Wellcome Foundation. 16 pp. Prepared by Sir Richard and Lady Paget, [a new sign-language system], 195- [letter on semantography] Semantography Series, 53. Sydney. 1963 Human speech: some observations, experiments and conclusions as to the nature, origin, purpose and possible improvement of human speech. London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, xiv + 360 pp., 175 figures. (1st ed. 1930). —, Grace Paget, and Pierre Gorman 1969 A systematic sign language. 4th edition. London. Mimeographed. 1964 See Gorman, Pierre Patrick Pagliaro, Antonino 1954a II linguaggio e il problema delle origini. Responsibility del Sapere. Roma.

553 1954b 1956a

II segno e la funzione. Idea, Roma. Struttura e pensiero del "Cratilo" di Platone. In Nuovi Saggi di critica semantica. Messina, Firenze, 49-76. 1956b I "primissima signa" nella dottrina linguistica di Dante. In Nuovi Saggi di critica semantica. Messina, Firenze, 213-246. 1959 La dottrina linguistica di G. B. Vico. Atti della Accadem. Nazionale dei Lincei, Classe di Scienze Morali. . . Ser. 8, voi. 8, fase. 6. 1969 Le origini del linguaggio secondo Vico. Atti del convegno internazionale sul tema: Campanella e Vico. Roma, 12-15 maggio, 1968. Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, Roma, 281293. 1968 See Carcano, P., et al. Paillard, J. 1960 The patterning of skilled movement. In Field, J., H. W. Magoun, and V. E. Hall, eds., Neurophysiology 3. Washington, D.C., American Physiological Society. Paivio, Allan 1969 Mental imagery in associative learning and memory. Psychological Review 76:241-263. [and effect of spoken language on such learning]. 1971 Imagery and verbal processes. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, xii + 596 pp. [a strong criticism of Noam Chomsky; gives imagery a role somewhat like that given for some time in Psychology to "Verbal mediators"]. — and Kalman Csapo 1969 Concrete image and verbal memory code. Journal of Experimental Psychology 80(2, Part l):279-285. [pictures and concrete words could be learned faster than abstract words; pictures are superior to abstract words in learnability], 1971 Short-term sequential memory for pictures and words. Psychonomic Science 24(2): 50-51. [word stimuli were written, not spoken; supports a theory that there is a distinction between imaginal and verbal memory codes - the dual coding theory. Short-term memory seems to be auditory-motorlinguistic]. Palermo, D. S. 1972 Research on language-acquisition: do we know where we are i.p. going? In Goulet, L. R. and P. B. Baltes, eds., Theory and

554

research in life-span developmental psychology. New York, Academic Press. Pallus, Hannelore 1963 Die Auffassungen Herders über das Verhältnis von Sprache und Denken. Ihre Bedeutung für Erkenntnistheorie über die Nationalkultur in Deutschland im 18. Jahrhundert. Universität Greifswald, Dissertation. 200 pp. Palmer, E. H. 1869 Explanation of a difficult passage in Firdausi. Journal of Philology 2:247-252. [explication of a passage dealing with digital signing; "The hand of Shäh Mahmud of noble origin is 9 times and 3 times 4". Includes text and translation on finger computation 'Eqd el anämil, in Ghiyds ul loghdt, an ArabicPersian lexicon, pp. 250-251]. Palmer, F. R. 1968 Review of Firth, J. R., The tongues of men and speech, 1964. In Foundations of Language 4(1):84-86. 1969 Review of Hockett, Charles F., The state of the Art. 1968. In Language 45:618-. Palmer, L. R. 1936 An introduction to modern linguistics. London, Macmillan. xi +216 pp. [a theory of language origin is not a necessary part of Linguistics; criticizes various glottogonic theories: onomatopoeia, sound symbolism, mouth gesture . . . ] . Palmer, Lionel Stanley 1959 Man's journey through time: a first step in physical and cultural anthropochronology. London, Hutchinson's Science and Technology. 184 pp. (1st ed., 1957) [believes that Australopithecines had speech; bases ideas about first appearance of speech on evolution of the mandible]. Palmer, M. F., C. W. Wurth, and J. W. Kinchloe 1964 The incidence of lingual apraxia and agnosia in "functional" disorders of articulation. Cerebral Palsy Review 25(6):7-9. [in 1,000 articulation cases, 10.7% had lingual apraxia, 4.0% had lingual agnosia, and 2.4% had both], 1964 See Misra, S. K. and M. F. P. Palmer, R. D. 1964 Development of differentiated handedness. Psychological Bulletin 62:257-272.

555 Palmer, R. E. 1963 Hand differentiation and psychological functioning. Journal of Personality 31:445-461. Palmieri, Ugo 1961 Sulla linguistica di Alessandro Manzoni. Aevum 35:108-122, Rassegna di Scienze Filologiche, Milano. Panconcelli-Calzia, Giulio 1938 Phonetik und Kultur. Hamburg, Hansischer Gildenverlag, [a culture-history of the study of phonetics from Classical Antiquity onward]. 1940 Quellenatlas zur Geschichte der Phonetik. Hamburg, Hansischer Gildenverlag. 1941 Geschichtszahlen der Phonetik. Hamburg, Hansischer Gildenverlag. 1942 Der Phonetik des Aristoteles. Hamburg, Hansischer Gildenverlag. 1955 Das motiv vom "wilden Knaben". Zur Sprache verwilderter Kinder. Sprachforum 1:272-277. Münster-Köln, [on "wolfchildren" and their language], Pande, Govind Chandra 1965 The life and death of languages. Diogenes 51:193-210. Pandeya, Gayanacharya A. 1943 The art of Kathakali. Allahabad, Kitabistan. [South Indian dance and dance-gesture]. Panfilov, V. Z. 1957 K voprosy o sootnoshenii yazyka i myshleniya. Moskva, Myshlenie i Yazyk. [language and thought problem], Pank, Penelope 1970 See Pickersgill, Mary J. and P. P. Pannekoek, A. 1945 Anthropogenese, een studie over het ontstaan van den mensch. Verhandl. Kon. Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschap., afd. Natuurkunde, Sectie 2, 42:1-70. [language origins discussed; English summary]. Pansé, F. 1950 Sprache als Bewegung. Archiv für Psychiatrie 185:423 ff. Paolucci, L. 1883 II linguaggio degli uccelli. I. Sulla struttura fonetica delle voci usate dagli uccelli. II. Sulla espressione psichica delle voci usate dagli uccelli. Rivista filosof. scient. 2:297 ff.

556 Pap, F. 1964

Yazyk i etiket. Russkii yazyk v natsional'nol shkole. [parallels between language systems and etiquette].

Pap, Leo 1958b Review of Kurt Goldstein, The Nature of language, 1957. New York. In Language 34(4):503-504. 1958b Review of Tur-Sinai, N. H., The origin of language, 1957. In Language 34(4):504-505. 1969 Review of Lenneberg, Eric H., Biological foundations of language. 1967. In ETC. 26:490-498. 1971 Anthropological conceptions of symbolism. American Anthropological Association, Abstracts of the 70th Annual Meeting, New York, p. 93. [discusses various usages of "symbol" and "symbolism" in anthropology]. Pap, M. 1970 Vissza a nyelveszethez! Ältalänos Nyelveszeti Tanulmänyok 7:207-228. ["Back to linguistics!" argues against Noam Chomsky's innateness hypothesis]. Pap?un, G., S. Krashen and D. Terbeek 1971 Is the left hemisphere specialized for speech, language, or something else? Working Papers in Phonetics, University of California, Los Angeles, 19:69-77. [data on Morse code operators]. Paracelsus von Hohenheim, Theophrastus (1494-1541) 1529, Sämtliche Werke. Sudhoff, Karl, ed., München-Berlin. 14 ff. vols. [vol. 7, 370, Adam's language: 1529, Adam had learned his language miraculously from God; 1537, the oldest and most natural language came not from Adam's will, but from a predestined Kunst signata (Hebrew vol. 9, 397 ff.); PreAdamite theory. Man used to understand the language of the birds], Parachev, A. M. 1963 The algorithmic structure of active touch. Voprosy Psikhologii 1:67-79 (English translation, published by U.S. Department of Commerce, JPRS No. 19665). Paramonova, N. P. 1956 [On the formation of interactions between the two signalsystems in the normal child] [in Russian]. In Luria, A. R., ed., Problemy vysshnel nervoi deyatel'nosti rebenka. Moskva, vol. 1.

557 Parathasarathy, M. D. 1968 See Rahaman, H. and M. D. P. 1971 See Rahaman, H. and M. D. P. Pardoe, T. Earl 1923 Language of the body. Quarterly Journal of Speech 11:252257. 1931 Pantomimes for stage and study. New York and London, Appleton-Century. viii + 394 [a textbook on pantomime and gesture for stage performance; Drama League Library of Theatre Arts], Paredes, A. 1968 See Gottheil, E., et al. Parini, P. 1963 Figure e movimenti. Euratom Report, [study by a painter of the bases of perception of complex visual forms, such as a drawing of an elephant], Parisi, D. and L. Pizzamiglio 1970 Syntactic comprehension in aphasia. Cortex. —, et al. 1970 [Current trends in the study of the development of linguistic capacity] [in Italian] Arch. Psicología, Neurologia, Psichiatria 31:299-329. (104 references). Park, Tschang-Zin 1970 Linguistische Bedingungen für lautsymbolische Experimente. Psychologische Beiträge 12(2):227-240. [is phonetic symbolism universal? Uses data from Korean, Japanese, German, and English]. Parker, C. E. 1969 Responsiveness, manipulation, and implementation behavior in chimpanzees, gorillas, and orang-utans. Proceedings of the 2nd International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta, 1968, vol. 1, 160-166. Basel, Karger. Parker, Samuel (1681-1730) 1719 Bibliotheca Biblica; being a Commentary upon all the Books of the Old and New Testament. Oxford, [pp. 280-310, Syrian is, without question, the primordial language], Parkinson, Alan M. 1971 See Haggard, Mark P. and A. M. P. Parioff, M. B. 1965 See Dittmann, A. T., et al.

558 Parrilla, Manuel de Jesus 1948 Estudio sobre el origen y desarrollo del pensamiento y del lenguaje. San Juan, Impr. Venezuela. 267 pp. Parsons, James (1705-1770) 1746 Human physiognomy explained. The Croonian Lectures on Muscular Motion for 1744 and 1745. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society 43 (Pt. 1). [Appendix gives 41 references to early authors on expression], 1767 Remains of Japhet, being historical enquiries into the affinity and origin of the European languages. London, [p. 244 ff., primordial language]. Parsons, Oscar A., A. Vega, and J. Burn 1969 Different psychological effects of lateralized brain damage. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 33:551-557. —, Ben Jones, and Arthur Vega 1971 Halstead's category test and lateralized brain damage. Perceptual and Motor Skills 33:1245-1246. Partee, Barbara Hall 1970 Opacity, coreference and pronouns. Synthese 21:359-385. Parton, David A. 1967 Imitative response to an animated puppet. Paper read at the Bi-annual Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development, March. New York. 1969 See Fouts, Gregory T. and D. A. P. Pascal, Blaise (1623-1662) 1904 Pensées. Brunschvicg, Léon, ed. Les grands écrivains de la France. Paris. 3 vols. [vol. 3, 90, Pascal considered the PreAdamite theory "extravagant"; Jews were the most ancient people of the world], Pasenkiewicz, K. 1969 Schemat konstrukcji jçzykow naturalnych. Prace Wydz. Filol.-Filozofii T.N.T. 21(2):297-703. [includes origin of language in the "constructional schema of natural languages"]. Pashentseva, L. V. 1966 [The rôle of gesture in the language of deaf-blind children] [in Russian] 18th International Congress of Psychology, Moskva. Passingham, R. E. 1970 See Drewe, E. A., et al.

559 Passow, Adolf 1924 Taubstummenunterricht und Gebärdensprache. Zeitschrift für Hals-, Nasen-, und Ohrenheilkunde 10:194-197. Patrick, G. T. W. 1897 Right-handedness and left-handedness: a review of recent writings. University of Iowa Studies in Psychology 1:83-92. Patrick, Simon (1626-1707) 1727 A commentary upon the historical books of the Old Testament. 3rd ed. London, [vol. 1, 44-60, doubted that Hebrew was the primordial language]. Pätsch, Gertrud 1955 Grundfragen der Sprachtheorie. Berlin, Halle, Verlag Max Niemeyer, viii + 181 pp. [chapter on the origin of language, pp. 67-82, using Marxian ideas of the rôle of labor, plus Pavlovian reflexology], 1959 Review of Borst, Arno, Der Turmbau von Babel, 1957. In Deutsche Literaturzeitung 80:876. Patte, E. 1955 Les Néanderthaliens: anatomie, physiologie, comparaisons. Paris, Masson. 1960 Les hommes préhistoriques et la religion. Paris, Comptes Rendus, Le Progrès de l'Oise, 27 janvier. [7 pp. on cave representations of human hands, in which the author sees not mutilated hands but a kind of gesture-language, similar to that of the deaf, p. 112]. Patten, D. H. 1967 See Benson, D. F. and D. H. P. Patten, William, ed. 1912 Junior Classics. Collier, 10 vols. [vol. 1, on the "language of animals" in folktales], Patterson, C. J. 1970 See Thompson, R. F. et al. Patzig, R. 1895 Über die Entstehung der Sprache. Glauchau. 24 pp. Paul, Hermann (1846-1921) 1891 Principles of the history of language. (English translation, 2nd ed., by H. A. Strong. London, Longmans, Green and Co. xvii + 511 pp.) [gesture language; chapter 9, 186-187, "original creation" (of language)]. 1907 Der Ursprung der Sprache. Vortrag vor dem Münchner Zweig

560 des Allgemeinen Deutschen Sprachvereins am 12 januar 1907. München, Beilage zur Allgemeinen Zeitung, 97-101. 1920 Prinzipien der Sprachgeschichte. Halle, Niemeyer (1937 ed.). [p. 4, the period of the origin of language is indeterminate; p. 184, on reflex-sounds; chapter 9, an attempt to reconstruct ancient language conditions], Paul, Jeanne and Nadine Schneider 19Color and symbol in language learning. Riverside, California, California School for the Deaf, [signs and symbols], Paul, Sigrid 1971 Das Fingerknobeln und ähnliche Spiele in Afrika. Anthropos 66 (1/2):145-172. [on African occurrences of a game like mora, also found in East Asia (in China, yang-kettg-poi; Japan, ishi ken or janken); game consists of several fingerhand gestures]. Paulay, Forrestine 1969 See Lomax, A., et al. Paulhan, Fr. 1929 Le double fonction du langage. Paris, Félix Alcan. Paulhan, J. J. 1967 Cow the pirate or whether words are signs. In Hevesi, J. L., ed., Essays on language and Literature by Marcel Proust and Others. Kennikat, 113-124. Pauliny, E. 1964 Methoden in der Erforschung der Sprachentwicklung. Acta Linguistica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae, Budapest, 14:223-235. (Russian abstract). Pauls, Miriam D. 1960 Speechreading. In Davis, Hallowell and S. Richard Silverman, eds. Hearing and deafness. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Paulsen, K. 1967 Das Prinzip der Stimmbildung in der Wirbeltierreihe und beim Menschen. Frankfurt am Main, Akadem. Verlagsgesellschaft. 143 pp. Paulson, D. G. 1969 See Wilcoxon, G. W., et al. Paulus, J. 1969 La fonction symbolique et le langage. Paris, Sedim. 175 pp.

561 Paulyn, W. 1941 Affenlaute im Tonfilm. Schriften der deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Tier- und Ursprachenforschung. 13:20 ff. Payne, Arnold Hill 1903 The mental development of the orally and manually taught deaf. Paper read at the Congress of the British Deaf and Dumb Association, London. 19 pp. [sign language]. 1910 The mental development of the orally and manually taught deaf, and the pure oral method of necessity a comparative failure. 3rd ed. British Deaf and Dumb Association. 29 pp. Payne, Roger S. and Scott McVay 1971 Songs of humpback whales. Science 173(3997):585-597. [this whale, Megaptera novaeangliae, had several song types; individuals seem to adhere to particular song-types]. Pear, Th. 1935 Suggested parallels between speaking and clothing. Acta Psychologies The Hague, 1:191-201. Pearce, W. Barnett 1971 The effect of vocal cues on credibility and attitude change. Western Speech 35(3): 176-184. — and Forrest Conklin 1971 Nonverbal vocalic communication and perceptions of a speaker. Speech Monographs 38(3):235-241. [content-free voice], Peardon, Celeste C. c. 1940 See Gates, Arthur I. and C. C. P. Pecjak, V. 1970 Verbal synesthesiae of colors, emotions and days of the week. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 9(6):623626. [cross-language correlations significant but not high, including some non-Indo-European languages: Turkish, Japanese]. Pedersen, P. O. 1938 Investigation into the dental conditions of about 3,000 ancient and modern Greenlanders. Dental Record 58:191-198. [notes various tool-making functions of teeth in early man, such as treating hides]. Peet, Edward 1852 Sketch of the life of Baron De Gerando. American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb 4 (April): 178-, [de Gérando worked with the deaf in Paris, with the Abbé Sicard, etc.].

562 Peet, Elisabeth (1874-1961) 1934

The philology of the sign language. Revised ed. Washington, D. C., Gallaudet Press. (1st ed., The Buff and Blue for March, 1921).

Peet, Harvey Prindle (1794-1873) 1851a Memoir on the origin and early history of the art of instructing the Deaf and Dumb. American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb, April. 1851b

1855 1867, 1868

Analysis of Bonet's treatise. American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb, July. [Juan Pablo Bonet's method of instructing the deaf, 1620], Notions of the deaf and dumb before instruction. The North American Review 12(47)(July):559-600. The deaf and dumb. The Herald of Health and Journal of Physical Culture 10:17-23, 72-77, 105-108, 228-234, 281284; 11:61-64, 108-112, 220-224, 254-255; 12:12-16, 110-

112. Elements of the language of signs. Fanwood Journal. In the Rocky Mountain Leader, vol. 40(6)(March):l-3, 7-8. Pei, Mario 1941

1967

How did language begin? Saturday Review 50; 54-55(Sept. 9). [on onomatopoeia], Pei Wen-chung 1933 See Black, Davidson, et al. Peirce, Charles S. (1839-1914) 1932a The icon, index and symbol. Collected Papers, II. Cambridge, Massachusetts. 1932b

Speculative grammar. Collected Papers, II. Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press, [divides signs into indexes, icons, and symbols], Peled, Tsiyona 1966

A system of notation for the gesture language of the deaf. 20 pp., illus. Pélissier, Pierre 1846 Discours prononcé en langage mimique, à la distribution des prix de l'institution Royale des sourds-muets de Paris, 11 août, 1846. Paris, Imprimerie de Lottin de Saint-Germain. 15 pp. 1856a

L'enseignement primaire des sourds-muets, mis à la portée de

563 tout le monde, avec une iconographie des signes. Paris, P. Dupont. 228 pp., illus. 1856b Iconographie des signes, avec des notes explicatives. Paris, D. Dupont. 55 pp. 1857 Ma mère! Mon Dieu. Strophes lues par Mlle. F a v a r t . . . et mimées par l'auteur. M. Pelissier, sourd-muet, le 20 mars. Paris. 4 pp. [many later printings, to 1874]. Pellizzi, Camillo 1969 Materiali per una sistematica sociolinguistica: da Locke a Vico. Rassegna Italiana di Sociologia 10(l):5-42. [relation of language to animal "language"; a "chain of qualitative discontinuities" links animal and human languages], Pelosse, Jean-Léon 1954 Rythmes de vie en Norvège septentrionale. Communication, Comptes-Rendus sommaires des Séances de l'Institut Français d'Anthropologie, 8 e fasc., No. 100. 4 pp. [gestures and postures of northern Norwegian Lapps], 1956a Contribution à l'étude des usages corporels traditionnels. Revue Internationale d'Ethnopsychologie Normale et Pathologique 1(2). Tanger. 30 pp. 1956b Ethnologie et usages corporels. Revue des Sciences Médicales, March. Penfield, Wilder G. 1953 A consideration of the neuro-physiological mechanisms of speech and some educational consequences. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 82(5):201-214. [claims that the need to acquire foreign (second) language early is due to resonance or early childlanguage learning]. 1954 Human brain and the learning of languages. Food for Thought 14:18-22. Canadian Association for Adult Education. 1965 Conditioning the uncommitted cortex for language learning. Brain 88:787-798. — and Lamar Roberts 1959 Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, New Jersey, University Press, xiii + 286 pp. [three speech areas on the left cortex, which deal with thought, underlying speech, not motor ability]. Pengniez, P. 1927 Cinématique de la main; la main du prestidigitateur. Presse Médicale 35:123-125.

564 Penn, Julia Myrle 1966- Linguistic relativity versus innate ideas: the origins of the 1967 Sapir-Whorf hypothesis in German thought of the 18th and 19th centuries. Austin, University of Texas. Ph. D. dissertation, Dissertation Abstracts, 27:2516A. Pennypacker, H. S. 1965 See Myers, S. A., et al. Peprnik, J. 1967 See Fleming, G., et al. Pepys, Samuel (1633-1703) 1660- The Diary of Samuel Pepys. (various editions: A new and 1669 complete transcription edited by Robert Latham and William Matthews. Berkeley, Los Angeles, University of California Press; London, G. Bell and Sons. 1970, 3 vols. 1926, Everybody's Pepys, New York, Harcourt, Brace and Co.) [vol. 2, Entry for 24th August, 1661: reports a visit to Sir W. Batten who kept a "great baboon from Guinea". Pepys wrote "I am of a mind it might be taught to speak or make signs"; the animal may have been a chimpanzee]. Percival, Walter Keith 1969 On the non-existence of Cartesian linguistics. Unpublished ms. [attacks Chomsky's ideas on this topic], 1970 Review of Salus, Peter Henry, ed., On language: Plato to von Humboldt. New York, 1969. In General Linguistics 10:5156. Perdeck, A. C. 1958 The isolating value of specific song patterns in two sibling species of grasshoppers. Behavior 12:1-75. Perelló, Jorge 1970 Digressions on the biological foundations of language. Journal of Communication Disorders 3(2):140-149. [tries to study, using mute children, the methods of speech of paleolithic men], Pereyra, Benito (Pererius, ca. 1535-1610) 1607 Commentaria et disputationes in Genesim. Lyon. [vol. 2, 515, origins of language; Adam learned the first language as a gift from God; it was Hebrew]. Pérez de Moya, Juan 1562 Arithmetica Practica. Salamanca, [p. 627, on finger computation].

565 Perion, Joachim (1499-1559/61) 1554 Dialogorum de linguae Gallicae origine eiusque cum Graeca cognatione. Libri quatuor. Paris. [French the primordial language; among wild animals, a child learns no Hebrew, but the language of his environment; Psammetichus' experiment was "senseless"]. Perizonius, Jakob (1651-1715) 1711 Origines Babylonicae et Aegypticae. Leiden, [vol. 2, 115, the primordial language has been lost, and is not Hebrew], Perkell, J . S. 1969 Physiology of speech production: results and implications of a quantitative cineradiographic study. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, [motor theory of speech production; vowels produced by action of slow extrinsic tongue muscles under the influence of feedback of acoustic and myotactic information; consonants produced by fast-acting intrinsic tongue muscles, intraoral air pressure and tactile feedback]. Perloff, B. 1966 See Lovaas, I., et al. Pernau, E. A. von 1702 Unterricht, was mit dem heblichen Geschoepff denen Voegelen, auch ausser dem Fang . . . [research on bird-song]. Perpere, Claude 1968 See Grapin, Pierre, and C. P. Pershits, A. I. 1960 Razvitie form sobstvennosti v pervobytnom obshestve, kak osnova periodizatsii ego istorii. Trudy Instituta Etnografii, n.s., Moskva-Leningrad, [development of a form of communication in prehistoric society, as a basis for the periodization of its history]. Person, Gobelinus (1358-1421) 1390- Cosmidromius. (1688 ed., Meibom, Heinrich, ed. Scriptores 1418 Rerum Germanicarum, vol. 1. Helmstedt) [vol. 1, 73, on Adam, who named animals in Hebrew; but this language of Adam's no longer exists, except in Hebrew writing], Persson, A. 1966 See Leanderson, R., et al. Perugini, Mark E. 1924, Mime. London, The Dancing Times. 64 pp. 1925

566 Peschel, Oscar Ferdinand (1826-1875) 1875 Völkerkunde. (7th ed., Leipzig, xiv + 570 pp.) [early man spoke since the use of fire required a collaboration with others, necessarily requiring communication]. 1902 The races of man and their geographical distribution. New York, D. Appleton. xiv + 528 pp. (English translation of the above). Pesonen, Jaako 1968 Phoneme communication of the deaf. Annales Academiae Scientarum Fennicae B-151(2)207 pp., 17 illus. [author could shift from Finnish sign-language to American sign-language and monolingual deaf Finnish speechreaders perceived zero change, reading the message equally well. Reception by the deaf is by visio-engrams. Exaggerated mouth movements, "visiospeech", better than manual signs or finger alphabets]. Pesso, Albert 1969 Movement in psychotherapy: psychomotor techniques and training. New York, New York University Press, and London, London University Press, xii + 221 pp. Pestalozzi, Johann Heinrich (1746-1827) 1927- Sämtliche Werke. Buchenau, Artur, Eduard Spranger, and 1943 Hans Stettbacher, eds. Berlin, Leipzig, 18 vols, [language is not set out by God; it is the great sign of the higher creation of our nature; vol. 13, 255 ff., children and language], Peterfalvi, J.-M. 1965 Les recherches expérimentales sur les symbolisme phonétique. L'Année Psychologique 65:439-474. 1967 Relations entre l'aspect phonétique et la signification de mots de la langue. L'Année Psychologique 67(1):119-125. [feeling of agreement depends on meaning; when meaning was a simple sensorial stimulation, relation of sound and meaning was closer]. 1970 Recherches expérimentales sur le symbolisme phonétique. Centre National de Recherche Scientifique, Monographies françaises de Psychologie 19. Paris. 174 pp. [4 pp. of bibliography], Peters, Charles R. 1972a Evolution of the capacity for language: a new start on an old problem. Man 7(l):33-49. 1972b Hominoid Proto-linguistic competence and pre-adaptation

567 models for early man. Paper, Annual Meeting, American Anthropological Association, Symposium on Language Origins. Peters, J. A. 1951 Over den oorsprong van het woord. Tijdschrift Philosophie, Belg. 13(2): 163-208. Peters, Kurt 1965 See Knust, Albrecht and K. P. Peterson, Gordon E. and June E. Shoup 1966 A physiological theory of phonetics, the elements of an acoustic phonetic theory . . . Journal of Speech and Hearing Re search 9(1):5-120. Peterson, Robert F. 1967 See Baer, D. M., et al. — and Grover J. Whitehurst 1971 A variable influencing the performance of generalized imitative behaviors. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis 4:1-9. Petit-Maire Heintz, Nicole 1958 Étude comparative de la croissance de la mandibule chez l'homme et les singes anthropoïdes. Position des mandibules d'hommes fossiles par rapport à ces formes actuelles. Institut Royale des Sciences Naturelles Belgique, Mémoires, 139. Bruxelles. 64 pp. 1966 L'arcade alvéolaire antérieure de la mandibule des Hominidés. Croissance, Variabilité, Évolution. Année Paléontologique 52:91-110. 1967 Deux nouveaux indices cranio-mandibulaires et l'évolution des Hominidés. Comptes Revue de l'Académie des Sciences, Paris, 264, D, 2737-2740. 1968 Tentativa de definición del género Homo de acuerdo con las características biométricas del cráneo. In Comas, Juan, ed., Definición del género humano. Publicación 19, Instituto Nacional de Antropología e Historia. México, D. F., 36-54. 1971 Morphogenèse du crâne des primates. L'Anthropologie 75 (l-2):85-118. Petrinovich, Lewis 1972 Psychobiological mrrhanisms in language. In Newton, Grant, and Austin H. Riesen, eds., Advances in psychobiology. New York, Wiley-Interscience, 259-285. Petrova, E. P. 1967 See Bronshtein, A. I. and E. P. P.

568 Petrus Hispanus (ca. 1220-1277) 1947 Summulae logicales. I. 3. Bochenski, Innocent Marie Joseph, ed. Torino, [natural sound-symbolism as the last remains of Adamic language: sighs of the sick, cries of infants . . .]. Pettengill, B. D. 1878 The phraseology of the deaf and dumb. American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb 23(January):l-10. Petterson, M. 1956 Diffusion of a new habit among green finches. Nature 177: 705-710. Pettifor, Jean Linse 1964 The rôle of language in the development of abstract thinking: a comparison of hard-of-hearing and normal-hearing children on levels of conceptual thinking. Wayne State University, Ph. D. Dissertation. de la Peyrère, Isaac (1596-1676) 1655 Praeadamitae sive exercitatio super versibus duodecimo, decimo-tertio et decimoquarto capitis epistolae D. Pauli ad Romanos, quibus inducuntur primi homines ante Adamum conditi. Amsterdam. [Adam was only the ancestor of the Jews; other peoples are older; the unity of language was only local], Pezron, Paul Yves 1703 De l'antiquité de la nation et de la langue des Celtes. Paris, P. Marschand. 448 pp. [Celtic as the language of Gomer]. Pfaendler, U. 1960 Les vices de la parole dans l'optique du généticien. Akt. Probl. der Phoniatrie und Logopaedie 1:35-40. Pfeiffer, Anthony 1971 Some references to the study of human ethology. Man-Environment Systems, May-September issues, 2 parts. [Bibliography of human ethology, 400 entries], Pfeiffer, August (1640-1698) 1704 Opera omnia. Utrecht, [vol. 1, 44 ff., on the primordial language]. Pfeiffer, John E. 1969 The emergence of man. New York, Harper and Row; London, Evanston. xxiii + 477 pp. (1972, revised ed. in press) [on the origin of language, pp. 392, 402-403, 406; on the chimpanzee Washoe, pp. 396-399, 400-401],

569 Pfister, Raimund 1952 Onomatapoetisches su. Indogermanische Forschungen 61(1): 86-101. [on the su call to animals in various Indo-European languages]. Pfungst, O. 1911 Clever Hans: the horse of Mr. von Osten. (New York, Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1965 edition). Philastre, Paul Louis Félix 1879 Premier essai sur la genèse du langage et le mystère antique. Paris, E. Leroux, xii + 248 pp. Philipszoon, E. 1963 See Frijda, N. H. and E. P. Phillott, D. G. 1906 Note on the mercantile sign-language of India. Journal of the Asiatic Society, Bombay, 7:333-334. 1907 Sign-, gesture-, code and secret language amongst the Persians. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, 3 (9)619-622. Philo of Alexandria (13 B.C.-A.D. 54) 1963 De confusione linguarum. In Kahn, J. G., ed., Les Oeuvres de Philon d'Alexandrie. Paris, Édition du Cerf. 189 pp. Piaget, Jean (1896- ) 1926 The language and thought of the child. New York, Harcourt. 1945 La formation du symbole chez l'enfant. Paris. 1948 La naissance de l'intelligence chez l'enfant. Paris. (English translation, by Margaret Cook, The origins of intelligence in children. 2nd ed. New York, W. W. Norton and Company with International Universities Press. 418 pp.; repr. 1963). 1951 Play, dreams, imitation in childhood. New York, W. W. Norton. 1952 The origins of intelligence in children. New York, (see above, 1948). 1954a Le langage et la pensée du point de vue génétique. Acta Psychologica, Amsterdam, 10:51-60. 1954b The construction of reality in the child. New York, Basic Books. 1955 The language and thought of the child. New York, Meridian. (1st ed., London, Kegan Paul). 1963 Le langage et les opérations intellectuelles. In Problèmes de Psycholinguistique. Symposium de l'Association de Psychol-

570 ogie Scientifique de Langue Française. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France, 51-72. 1966 Surdi-mutité et conservations opératoires. Études d'Epistémologie génétique, 20. Publications Universitaires de France. 1968a Six psychological studies. Elkind, David, ed. New York, Alfred A. Knopf. 1968b On the development of memory and identity. Heinz Werner Lecture. Worcester, Massachusetts, Clark University Press. 1970a Genetic epistemology. New York, Colombia University Press. 1970b General problems of interdisciplinary research and common mechanisms. In Main trends of research in the social and human sciences, UNESCO, Part I., Social Sciences. Paris, The Hague, Mouton, Unesco, Chapter 7, 467-528. [pp. 513-514, on gesture-language, theory of the source of thought itself in sign language]. 1970c Le structuralisme. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. = Collection "Que Sais-je?", 1311. 125 pp. [chapter 5, linguistic structuralism], — and Bärbel Inhelder 1956 The child's conception of space. English translation by F. J. Langdon and J. L. Lunzer. London, Routledge and Kegan Paul. (1967 ed., New York, W. W. Norton) [1948, La représentation de l'espace chez l'enfant], 1962 Le dévelopement des images mentales chez l'enfant. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 59(l-2):75-108. [toward the middle of the second year, formation of mental images begins], 1966a L'image mentale chez l'enfant; étude sur le dévelopement des représentations imagées. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. 1966b La psychologie de l'enfant. = Collection "Que sais-je?", 369, Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. 1958 See Inhelder, Bärbel and J. P. 1964 See Inhelder, Bärbel, and J. P. Piborg, J. 1967 Die Entwicklung der Sprachtheorie im Mittelalter. Beiträge zur Geschichte der Philosophie und Theologie des Mittelalter 42(2). Münster. Picard, Max 1963 Man and language. Chicago, Henry Regnery.

571 Pick, Anne 1923 Des formulations verbales accompagnant les mouvements et les actions. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 20:885-894. 1924 Bemerkungen zu der Abhandlung von S. Fischer 'Uber das Entstehen von Namen'. Archiv für die gesamte Psychologie 48:174-189. Pick, Anne D. 1905 Studien über motorische Apraxie und ihre nahestehende Erscheinungen. Leipzig, Denticke. Pick, A. D. and H. L. Pick, Jr. 1966 A developmental study of tactual discrimination in blind and sighted children and adults. Psychonomic Science 6:367:-368. —, H. L. Pick, and M. L. Thomas 1966 Cross-modal transfer and improvement of form discrimination. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 3:279-288. Pickenhain, Lothar 1962 Remarks at Symposium, Zeichen und System der Sprache, I. Internationale Symposion, Erfurt. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, vol. 2, 1-6. Pickersgill, Mary Gertrude 1935 Practical miming. London, Sir I. Pitman and Sons, ix + 117 pp., illus. (1957 ed.) [diagrams of body and hand gestures in mime; miming of words; p. 39, refers to a "language of signs common to [all] the human race"; pp. 80-81, on standard Dell'Arte word-signs in miming for lady, gentleman, money, marriage, etc.]. Pickersgill, Mary J. and Penelope Pank 1970 Relation of age and mongolism to lateral preferences in severely subnormal subjects. Nature 228(5278): 1342-1344. [incidence of left-handedness in very young children about twice that in adults; suggests that lateralization develops more slowly in subnormal subjects], Pickett, S. M. 1964 See Pollack, I., and S. M. P. Pictet, Adolphe 1859- Les origines Indo-Européennes ou les Aryas primitifs, essai 1863 de paléontologie linguistique. Paris, Genève, [problem of monogenism of languages in general], Piderit, Theodor 1858 Grundsätze der Mimik und Physiognomik. Braunschweig.

572 1867

Wissenschaftliches System der Mimik und Physiognomik . . . mit Abbildungen. Detmold. 1886 Mimik und Physiognomik. Detmold, (reprinted, 1962, in Nielsen, G., Studies in self confrontation. K0benhavn, Munksgaard e Cleveland; Allen) [pantomimic movements]. Pieczuro, A. 1966 See de Renzi, E., et al. 1968 See de Renzi, E., et al. Pieraccini, G. 1935 Constant left-handedness in bimanual use of tools with large handles in a large number of right-handed persons; relation between posture and movements of body in workers with pick-axes, shovels, and axes. Study of physical forces involved. Rassegna d. previd. sociale 22(Nov.-Dec.):9-45. Pierce, Joe E. 1957 A statistical study of consonants in New World languages. I. Introduction. International Journal of American Linguistics 23:36-108. Pierce, John R. 1961a Symbols, signals, and noise. New York, Harper and Row. [the main features of communication], 1961b Non-acoustical means of communication. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 33(11):1661. (Abstract, 62nd Meeting of the Acoustical Society of America) [reviews nonacoustical human communication: writing, type-writing, drawing diagrams, pictures . . . ]. — and Edward E. David, Jr. 1958 Man's world of sound. Garden City, New York, Doubleday. 287 pp. [surveys all of the domains of human acoustical communication], Piercy, M. F. 1950 See McFie, J., et al. —, H. Hecaen, and J. Ajuriaguerra 1960 Constructional apraxia associated with unilateral cerebral lesions - left and right sided cases compared. Brain 83:225242. — and V. O. G. Smyth 1962 Right hemisphere dominance for certain nonverbal intellectual skills. Brain 85:775-790. [scores of patients with constructional apraxia; those with right parietal lesions did more poorly than left injured, who had some aphasia].

573 Pike, Kenneth L . 1967 Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behavior. The Hague, Mouton. 762 pp. (preliminary ed., 1960) [incorporates theories of generative and transformational grammar]. Pilarik, Johann Gottfried 1726 Meditationes poeticae in libros biblicos. Frankfurt am Main and Leipzig. [Hebrew the primordial language]. Pilbeam, David R. 1972 The ascent of man: an introduction to human evolution. New York, The Macmillan Series in Physical Anthropology, viii + 207 pp. [pp. 76-77, brain-limbic connections; auditory and visual storage; man's capacity to form nonlimbic-nonlimbiclimbic associations; language and tool-making; p. 79, language design features; p. 80, Washoe and chimpanzee communicational capacities; pp. 153-154, language; p. 191, language and brain-size in early hominids]. — and Elwyn L . Simons 1965 Some problems of hominid classification. American Scientist 53:237-259. [late Miocene primate Ramapithecus depended on tool-using for survival; bearing on language origins], Pillsbury, Walter Bowers 1915 Mental antecedents of speech. Journal of Philosophy and Psychology 12/13:116. — and C. L. Meader 1920 The psychology of language. New York. 1928 The psychology of language. New York, D. Appleton and Company, vii + 306 pp. [Chapter 7, 112-151, development of gesture language]. Pimlott, D. H. 1968 See Rutter, R. J. and D. H. P. Pimsleur, Paul and R. J . Bonkowski 1961 The transfer of verbal material across sense modalities. Journal of Educational Psychology 52(2): 104-107. Pinard, Adrien 1970 See Laurendeau, Monique and A. P. Pinborg, Jan 1967 Die Entwicklung der Sprachtheorie in Mittelalter, Münster, Westfalen, Aschendorff; K0benhavn, Frost-Hansen. Dissertation. = Beiträge zur Geschichte der Philosophie und Theologie des Mittelalters, vol. 42(2). 366 pp.

574 Pincott, F. 1874 See Godde de Liancourt, C. A. de and F. P. Pirie, Alexander 1811 Upon the Hebrew roots, intended to point out their extensive influence on all known languages. London. Pirogov, Nikolai Ivanovich 1843- Polnyi kurs prikladnoi anatomii chelovecheskogo tela, [on 1845 the hand as the organ of labor], Pisani, V. 1949 Review of Santangelo, P. E., L'origine del linguaggio, 1949. Paideia 4:450-. 1962 Review of Kainz, Friedrich, Die "Sprache" der Tiere, 1961. Paideia 17:293-299. Pitre, Giuseppe (1841-1916) 1870- Bibliotheca delle tradizioni popolari siciliane. Palermo-Tor1913 ino. 25 vols, [includes material on gesture-language of the Sicilians]. Pittenger, R. E. 1957 Linguistic analysis of tone of voice in communication of affect. Psychiatric Research Reports 8:41-54. 1963 The first five minutes - its significance in mental health. Journal of Communication 13:140-145. — and H. L. Smith, Jr. 1957 A basis for some contributions of linguistics to psychiatry. Psychiatry 20:61-78. Pitts, W. and W. S. McCulloch 1947 How we know universals: the perception of auditory and visual forms. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics 9:127-147. Piur, Paul 1903 Studien zur sprachlichen Würdigung Christian Wolffs, ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der neuhochdeutschen Sprache. Halle, Ph. D. dissertation. Pius XII, Pope (1876-1958) 1950 Humani generis. (December 8) Acta Apostolica Sedis, Commentarium Officiale, Roma, [on the unity of the origin of mankind], Pivcevic, Edo 1972 The corrigibility and the generality of language. Mind 81 (321):75-83. [language need not be corrigible in order to be sharable, but it must possess inherent generality].

575

Piveteau, J. 1958 La paléontologie de l'hominisation. In Les processus de l'hominisation. Colloques Internationaux du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. Paris, 167-178. [shape of the human mandible with divergent rami provides for a more mobile tongue], Pizzamiglio, Luigi and Alba Appicciafuoco 1967 Testa scelta multipla per la valutazione dei disturbi di comprensione negli afasici. Arch. Psicol. Neurol. Psichiatric. 6: 499 (English translation in Black, J. W., ed., Language retraining for aphasies, Columbus, Ohio State University Press, 1968). 1971 Semantic comprehension in aphasia. Journal of Communication Disorders 3:280-288. [used picture test to determine comprehension in aphasie subjects]. 1970 See Parisi, D. and L. P. Plagemann, K. 1969 Funktionelle Anatomie des Sprechapparates. Beschäftigungstherapie und Rehabilitation 8{3):24-26. [speech is phylogenetically late, and from an anatomical viewpoint, no true speech apparatus exists in man], Plath, Warren J. 1958 The relative frequency of English consonantal patterns. Zeitschrift für Phonetik 11:67-87. Plato (c. 428-348 B.C.) 1921 Cratylus (dialogue). (Many editions and translations. Loeb Classical Library, H. N. Fowler, translator and editor. London, and Harvard University Press, vii + 480 pp.; 1950, Cratyle, in Oeuvres Complètes, I-II. Paris; 1961, Edith Hamilton and H. Cairns, eds., Bollingen 71; 1969, Salus, P. H., ed., On language, pp. 18-59; 1952, Great Books of the Western World, vol. 7, pp. 85a-114a, c, esp. 106b-c.) [argument over physei and thesei - conventionalist versus analogist theories of naming; suggests similarities between words and tools]. Pleasanton, A. K. 1970 Sensitivity of the tongue to electrical stimulation. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 13(3):635-645. [tongue tip is the most sensitive, twice as sensitive as the dorsum of the tongue; no detectible differences in laterality. 16 references].

576 Plinval, G. de 1970 Le miracle du langage. Paris, Écrits (Sept.):86-96. [opposes the ideas of linguists and anthropologists in reducing language to biological level, etc.; language is a divine gift]. Pliny the Elder (Plinius Secundus Caius, A. D. 23-79) 1851- Caii Plini Secundi Naturalis Historiae Libri XXXVII. Sillig, 1858 I., ed. Hamburg and Gotha. [5, p. 140, on ancient finger computation; also on a statue of Janus with finger gestures indicating the 365-day year], Ploog, Detlev W. 1967 The behavior of squirrel monkeys (Saimiri sciureus) as revealed by sociometry, bioacoustics, and brain stimulation. In Altmann, Stuart A., ed., Social Communication among Primates. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press. 1968 Kommunikationsprozesse bei Affen. Homo 19(3/4): 151-165. (English and French abstracts). 1969 Psychobiologie des Partnerschaftsverhaltens. Nervenarzt 40 (6):245-255. [partnership interactions can be divided into communication by language and by signals; eye-contact and verbal message experiments; 38 references]. 1970a Social communication among animals. In Schmitt, F. O., ed., The neurosciences, Second Study Program. New York, Rockefeller University Press. 1970b Neurological aspects of social behavior. Information 9(3):7197. 1971a The relevance of natural stimulus patterns for sensory information processes. Brain Research 31(2):353-359. 1971b Neurological aspects in social behavior. In Eisenberg, J. F. and W. S. Dillon, Man and Beast. Washington, D.C., Smithsonian Institution, 93-125. — and T. Melnechuk 1969 Primate communication: a report based on an NRP work session. Neuroscience Research Progress Bulletin 7:419-510. 1966 See Winter, P., et al. 1967 See Jürgens, Uwe, et al. 1969a See Castell, Rolf, et al. 1969b See Maurus, M. and D .P. 1970 See Jürgens, Uwe, and D. P. 1971 See Maurus, M. and D. P.

577 Plotnik, Rod and José M. R. Delgado 1970 Emotional responses of monkeys inhibited with electrical stimulation. Psychonomic Science, Section of Animal Physiological Psychology 18(3): 129-130. [in adult rhesus monkeys, brain stimulation results in threat grimaces]. Ploucquet, Gottfried (1716-1790) 1781 De origine sermonis. In Commentationes philosophicae selectiones. Utrecht, [language goes back to God, but God only made man able to speak, and did not shape his language; man learned through his conversation with God]. Pluche, Antoine (1688-1761) 1751 L a mécanique des langues et l'art de les enseigner. Paris, [language origins mechanistic; not very different from the ideas of Maupertuis]. Plumb, Nancy 1970 See Klaus, Marshall H., et al. Plumer, Davenport 1970 Parent-child verbal interaction: a study of dialogue strategies and verbal communication. Cambridge, Massachusetts, Harvard University. Ph. D. Dissertation, [middle class parents' didactic rôle], Podivinsky, F. 1971 See Cernâcek, J. and F. P. Poeck, K. and B. Orgass 1966 Gerstmann's syndrome and aphasia. Cortex 2:421-437. [suggests that the syndrome is due to a language defect], — and M. Kerschensteiner 1971 Ideomotor apraxia following right-sided cerebral lesion in a left-handed subject. Neuropsychologia 9:359-361. Pohl, J. 1969 Symboles et langages, vol. 1, Le symbole clef de l'humain, vol. 2, L a diversité des langages. Paris and Bruxelles, Sodi. Pohlen, Paul D. 1971 See Kleinke, Chris L. and P.D.P. Poirier, F. E. 1970 The communication matrix of the Nilgiri langur (Presbytis johnii) of South India. Folia Primatologica 13(2/3):92-136. [19 distinct vocalizations, with the intertroop territorial spacing call the most important; long bibliography, pp. 133136].

578 Politzer, R. L. 1964 On the linguistic philosophy of Maupertuis and its relation to the history of linguistic relativism. Symposium 18:5-16. Pollack, Dorothy 1971 An analysis of the babbling stage of institutionalized infants. Journal of Communication Disorders 4:302-309. [study of a sample of infant babblers in a foundling hospital; observed babbling was endogenous and had no relation to physical activity]. Pollack, I. and S. M. Pickett 1964 Intelligibility of excerpts from fluent speech: auditory versus structure context. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 3:79-84. 1954 See Sumby, W. H. and I. P. Pollack, M. D. and H. Krieger 1958 Oculomotor and postural patterns in schizophrenic children. American Medical Association, Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry 79:720-726. 1970 See Eriksen, C. W., et al. Pollenz, Phillippa 1949 Methods for the comparative study of the dance. American Anthropologist 51:428-435. [includes dance notation]. Pollio, Howard R. and Janet D. Whitacre 1970 Some observations on the use of natural numbers by preschool children. Perceptual and Motor Skills 30:167-174. [difficulties in counting; not a matter of a simple rote verbal chain]. Pollner, Melvin 1970 On the foundations of mundane reasoning. University of California, Santa Barbara, Ph. D. dissertation, [imagines that scientists from another planet discover the Earth, and Earth's social scientists who have prepared a systematic mundane ethnography . . . ]. Pollock, F. 1878 An infant's progress in language. Mind 3:392-401. Polome, E. 1961 Review of Borst, Arno, Der Turmbau von Babel, 1957-. In Revue beige de philologie et d'histoire 39:180. 1966 Review of Borst, Arno, Der Turmbau von Babel, 1960-63, in Revue beige de philologie et d'histoire 44(l):225-226.

579 Polunin, I. 1959 A note on visual non-literary methods of communication among the Muruts of North Borneo. Man, Article 133-176, 143:97-99. [use of tree branches and other objects as signs]. Pommer, Henry F. and William M. Sale, Jr. 1947 The use of language. New York, F. S. Crofts, v + 258 pp. [chapter 1, the nature of language; animal cries, speech, and language origins]. Ponce de León, Luís (1528-1591) 1914 De los nombres de Cristo, de Onís, Federico, ed. Clásicos Castellanos 28, vol. 1. Madrid, [p. 33, Adam named each thing, inspired by God], Pontano, Giovanni (1426-1503) 1538 Opera quae soluta composuit omnia. Basel, [vol. 2, 12 ff., creation of language; names of things did not come directly from Heaven. Man was created capable of language, and formed it for himself as he did his clothes, tools, weapons, etc.; the original language was raw and rustic]. Pontius, Anneliese A. 1967 Neuro-psychiatric hypothesis about territorial behavior. Perceptual and Motor Skills 24:1232-1234. [territorial behavior fosters adaptation and survival by preventing unstructured overstimulation, especially of the limbic system in general, e.g. during the mating season], Poole, Irene 1934 The genetic development of articulation of consonant sounds in speech. Elementary English Review 2:159-161. Pope, Benjamin 1972 See Siegman, Aron and B. P., eds. Popelka, G. R. 1971 See Berger, Kenneth and G. R. P. Popowsky, J. 1897 Über einige Variationen der Gesichtsmuskeln beim Menschen und ihre Bedeutung für die Mimik. Internationale Monatsschrift für Anatomie und Physiologie 14:149-170. Porgbski, Mieczylaw 1970 Images et signes. In Greimas, A. J., et al., Signs - Language - Culture. The Hague, Paris, Mouton, 503-523. [multicode systems; symbolic versus iconic languages].

580 Poritsky, Susan 1971 See Rozin, Paul, et al. Porshnev, B. F. 1955 Materializm i idealizm v voprosakh stanovleniya cheloveka. Voprosy Filosofii 5. 1958 Problema vizniknoveniya chelevecheskogo obshchestva i chelovecheskoí kul'tury. Vestnik Istorii MirovoT Kul'tury 2/8. 1964 Rechepodrazhanie (ékholaliya) kak stupen' formirovaniya vtoroi signal'noi sistemy. Voprosy Psikhologil 5:11-19. (resumé in English) [echolalia], 1966 L'origine de l'homme et les hominoides reliques velus. Genus 22(1/4):141-149. (English and Italian abstracts). 1969 Trogloditidyi gominidy v sistematike i évolyutsii vysshikh primatov. [chimpanzees and hominids and higher primate evolution], 1971 Vtoraya signal'naya sistema kak diagnosticheskii rubezh mezhdu trogloditidami i gominidami. Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR, 198(1):228-231. (25 references) [language as the boundary between chimpanzees and hominids], della Porta, Giovanni Baptista (1540-1615) 1566 Ars reminiscendi. (cf. Volkman, Ars memorativa, Jahrbuch der kunsthistorischen Sammlungen in Wien, 1929) [aiphabet of human whole figures as a sign-system for memorization]. Porter, Euan, Michael Argyle, and Veronica Salter 1970 What is signalled by proximity? Perceptual and Motor Skills 30:39-42. Porter, Samuel (1810-1901) 1846 Education of the deaf and dumb. A review of Messrs. Weld's and Day's reports. American Review, May, 497-516. [sign language and communication among the deaf], 1880 Is thought possible without language? Case of a deaf mute. Princeton Review, January, (abstracts in Transactions of the Anthropological Society of Washington, D.C., 1st year, 7476, and in Smithsonian Institution, Miscellaneous Collections 25, 1883). Portmann, Adolf 1944 Biologische Fragmente zu einer Lehre vom Menschen. (2nd ed., Basel, 1951). 1945 Die Ontogenese des Menschen als Problem des Evolutionsforschung. Verhandlungen der Schweizerische Naturforschungs Gesellschaft, 44-54.

581 1948

Das Ursprungsproblem. In Fröbe-Kapteyn, O., ed., Eranos Jahrbuch 15. Zürich, Rhein-Verlag, 11-40. [criticizes the neglect of multicausal theories of glottogenesis], 1962a Das Tier als soziales Wesen. 2nd ed. Zürich, Rhein-Verlag. 381 pp. [whoever considers the evolution of speech considers the evolution of man]. 1962b Zoologie und das neue Menschenbild. Hamburg, Rowohlt. 1962c Preface to a science of man. Diogenes 40:1-26. [anthropoid apes and man, brain-size, etc.]. Port-Royal, l'Abbaye de 1676 Grammaire générale et raisonée ou la Grammaire de PortRoyal, Édition critique (1966) présentée par Herbert E. Brekle. Grammatica Universalis, I. Stuttgart-Bad Canstatt, Fr. Frommann Verlag, [vol. 1, facsimile of 1676 edition, xxxii + 1 6 7 pp.; vol. 2, variants, annotations]. Porzig, Walter 1952 Review of Révész, Géza, Ursprung und Vorgeschichte der Sprache, 1946. In Gymnasium 59: 182-184. 1961 Die ursprüngliche Leistung der Sprache. Wirkendes Wort, Düsseldorf, 11:321-334. 1957 Das Wunder der Sprache. Probleme, Methoden und Ergebnisse der modernen Sprachwissenschaft. Bern, Francke Verlag. (Spanish version, El mundo maravilloso del lenguaje. Problemas, métodos y resultados de la lingüistica moderna. Translated by Abelardo Moralejo. Biblioteca Romanica Hispánica. Editorial Gredos, Madrid. 507 pp. 1964). Pos, H. J . 1947 Oorsprongsproblemen. AlgemeenNederlandsTijdschriftvoor Wijsbegeerte en Psychologie 39:42-48. [on origin of language problem, a review of Révész, Géza, Ursprung und Vorgeschichte der Sprache, 1946]. 1950 Quelques réflexions sur le problème de l'origine du langage. Acta Psychologica, Amsterdam, 7(2/4):352-364. [argues that the primary forms of language were imperative and vocative], 1951 Betekenis als taalkundig en als wijsgerig fenomeen. Nederlands Tijdschrift 46(5):248-253. [animal and man in relation to signification], Pöschl, Viktor 1964 Bibliographie der antiken Bildersprache. Heidelberg, [ancient pictorial symbolism].

582 Posnansky, Merrick 1959 Some functional considerations on the handaxe. Man 59(61): 42-44. Postal, P. H. 1968 Underlying and superficial linguistic structure. In Oldfield, R. C. and J. C. Marshall, eds., Language. Penguin Books. Postel, Guillaume (1510-1581) 1538 De origjnibus seu de Hebraicae linguae et gentis antiquitate, atque variarum linguarum affinitate, de G. Postel. Paris, D. Lescuier. Postel, M., A. Espinas, and J. Postel 1969 L'utilisation des pronoms personnels dans le langage orale des débiles mentaux. Annales Médico-Psychologiques 1(4): 521-542. Potapov, I. and S. I. Ibrahimova 1968 [On the morphological-anatomical functional asymmetry of the larynx] [in Russian] Zhurnal Ushnykh, Nosovykh i Gorlovykh Boleznei, Kiev, 3:35-39. [right-handers tend to have right "leading" vocal fold, and vice-versa for left-handers]. Potash, Lawrence M. 1970 Vocalization elicited by electrical brain stimulation in Coturnix coturnix japónica. Behaviour 36:149-167. [15 different calls made by the Japanese quail during the breeding phase; 10 out of 15 were elicited electrically]. Potash, R. 1959 See Taylor, J., et al. Potselyevskiï, A. L. 1944 K voprosu o drevneïshem tipe zvukovoï rechi. Ashkhabad. Pott, August Friedrich (1802-1887) 1847 Die quinare und vigesimale Zählmethode bei Völkern aller Welttheile. Nebst ausführlicheren Bemerkungen über die Zahlwörter Indogermanischen Stammes und einem Anhang über Fingernamen. Halle, [on finger-counting and fingernames]. 1853 Metaphern vom L e b e n . . . Zeitschrift für Vergleichende Sprachforschung 2(2). 1856 Die Ungleichheit der menschlichen Rassen hauptsächlich vom sprachwissenschaftliche Standpunkte. Lemgo, [asserted the plurality of the origins of language; languages cannot be reduced to a single origin].

583 1862

Doppelung (Reduplikation, Gemination) als eines der wichtigsten Bildungsmittel der Sprache, beleuchtet aus Sprachen aller Welttheile. Detmold, Meyersische Hofbuchhandlung. vi + 304 pp. 1863 Anti-Kaulen oder mythische Vorstellungen vom Ursprung der Völker und Sprachen. Lemgo. 1865 [article on sound-symbolism] Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft 2:359-. [words for thunder from languages around the world, showing a tendency to suggest echoing]. Potter, Gilbert O. 1968 Aphasie speech. New Haven, Southern Connecticut State College, Master's thesis. 71 pp. Potter, R. K., G. A. Kopp, and H. C. Green 1947 Visible speech. New York. Pottier, Bernard 1970 Linguistique culturelle. In Pouillon, Jean and Pierre Maranda, eds. Échanges et Communications, mélanges offerts à Claude Lévi-Strauss. The Hague, Mouton, 2 vols., vol. 1, 609-13. [homologies between language and the rest of culture], Pötzl, O. 1919 Zur Klinik und Anatomie der reinen Worttaubheit. Berlin, S. Karger, [on pure word-deafness]. 1937 See Hoff, H. and O. P. Pouchet, Félix Archimède 1887 Moeurs et instincts des animaux. Paris. 320 pp. Bibliothèque des écoles et des familles. Powell, John Wesley (1834-1902) 1881 The evolution of language. Washington, D. C., Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of American Ethnology, Annual Report 1:3-16. (reprinted in Transactions of the Anthropological Society of Washington, 1880-1881, 35-54). Prahl-Andersen, B. 1968 Suturai growth, investigations on the growth mechanism of the coronal suture and its relation to cranial growth in the rat. Nijmegen, Thesis. 78 pp. [enlargement of the skull provides for enlarging the brain, rather than the brain forcing enlargement of the skull]. Prati, Angelico 1951 Vocabolario etimologico italiano. Garzanti [favors onomatopoeia as a source of words].

584 Pratt, R. T. C. 1971 See Warrington, Elizabeth K., et al. Prazdnikova, N. V. and L. A. Firsov 1953 Vzaimootnoshenie dvigatel'nogo i golosogo komponentov uslovnoi reaktsii u obez'yan (kaputsinov) pri peredelke odnogo iz chlenov sepnogo razdrazhitelya. Trudy Instituta Fiziologii im. I. P. Pavlova Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 2, 306 ff. [vocal components of capuchin monkeys], Premack, David 1970a A functional analysis of language. Paper, American Psychological Association, Washington, D.C. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 14:107-125. 1970b The education of Sarah: a chimp learns the language. Psychology Today 4 (4) (September):55-58. [illustrated account of training of chimpanzee to communicate propositionally by means of small plastic tokens]. 1970c Paper, Symposium on Cognitive Processes of non-human primates. Pittsburgh, 26 March. 1971a Language in chimpanzee? Science 172:808-822. 1971b On the assessment of language competence in the chimpanzee. In Schrier, A. M. and Fred Stollnitz, eds., Behavior of Nonhuman Primates. Modern Research Trends 4, 186-228. 1971c Some general characteristics of a method for teaching language to organisms that do not ordinarily acquire it. In Jarrard, Leonard E., ed., Cognitive Processes of Nonhuman Primates. New York, Academic Press, Chapter 3, 47-82. 1972a On animal intelligence. In Jerison, Harry J., ed., Perspectives on Intelligence. New York, Appleton-Century-Croft. draft, mimeographed. 51 pp. 1972b How to socialize a rat: on the possibilities of self-control in man and animals. Paper read at the American Cancer Society Meeting, Tucson, Arizona, mimeographed. 38 pp. [p. 32, on symbolization in the chimpanzee Sarah], 1972c Concordant preferences as a precondition for affective but not for symbolic communication or how to do experimental anthropology). Paper read at a Conference on Behavioral Basis of Mental health, Galway, Ireland. 24 pp. mimeographed. — and Arthur Schwartz 1966 Preparations for discussing behaviorism with chimpanzee. In Smith, Frank and George Miller, eds., The Genesis of Lan-

585 guage: a psycholinguistic approach. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, [outlines an experiment in which a chimpanzee might be trained to use a language based on a "joystick" control device]. 1971 See Gazzaniga, M. S., et al. Premakumar 1948 The language of Kathakali; a guide to mudras. Allahabad, Kitabistan. 102 pp. illus. [on the hand-gestures of South Indian dance]. Prentice, Joan I. 1971 Is cognitive development a function of language? Viewpoints 47(4):195-205. Prescott, T. E. 1968 See Boone, Daniel R. and T. E. P. Present, Y. 1928 [Origin of speech and thought] (in Russian). Moskva-Leningrad, Priboi. 127 pp. Preston, M. S., R. E. Stark, and G. Yeni-Komshian 1968 Study of voicing in initial stops found in the prelinguistic vocalizations of infants from different linguistic-acoustic environments. Speech Acquisition in the Human, Progress Report, March. The Johns Hopkins University Medical School. Preston-Dunlop, Valerie 1966 Readers in kinetography. London, Macdonald and Evans. 1967 Readers in motive-writing. London, Macdonald and Evans. 1969a Practical kinetography. London, Macdonald and Evans. 1969b A notation system for recording observable motion. International Journal of Man-machine Studies 1:361-386. [on the problem of recording human body movement], Prestrude, A. M. 1970 Sensory capacities of the chimpanzee: a review. Psychological Bulletin 74(l):47-67. [a detailed survey of chimpanzee experiments on sensory perception], Preuss, Eduard, ed. 1861 Examen Concilii Tridentini. Berlin, [p. 61 ff., on Melancthon's account of the origin of language (Hebrew as the primordial language) and the Confusion of Tongues after Babel]. Preyer, William Thierry (1842-1897) 1889 The mind of the child. New York, [suggested explanations for the apparent universality of certain gestures].

586 1891

Uber den Ursprung des Zahlbegriffs aus dem Tonsinn und über das Wesen der Primzahlen. In Koenig, Arthur, ed., Beiträge zur Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane. Hamburg and Leipzig. 388 pp. 1905 Die Seele des Kindes. Schafer, Karl L., ed. 6th ed. Leipzig, xvi + 448 pp. (English translation, 1894, by H. W. Brown, Mental development in the child. London, E. Arnold, xxvi + 170 pp.) [beginnings of child language; imitation and repetition], Pribram, Karl H. 1958 Comparative neurology and the evolution of behavior. In Roe, Anne and George Gaylord Simpson, eds., Behavior and Evolution. New Haven, Yale University Press. 1960 Review of theory in physiological psychology. In Annual Review of Psychology, vol. 11, 1-40. [much information on research on localization of brain functions], 1961 Limbic system. In Sheer, E., ed., Electrical stimulation of the brain. Austin, University of Texas Press. 1969 The neuro-behavioral analysis of limbic forebrain mechanisms. In Lehrman, D. S., Hinde, R. A., and Shaw, Advances in the study of behavior. New York, Academic Press, vol. 2. i.p. Brain and language. In Bronowski, Jacob, ed., Language in a biological frame. 1970 What makes man human. James Arthur Lecture. 1971 Languages of the brain. Experimental paradoxes and principles in neuropsychology. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, xiv + 432 pp. [chapter 17, signs; chap. 18, symbols (including an extensive review of the Washoe and Sarah experiments); chap. 19, talk and thought]. —, B. S. Rosner and W. A. Rosenblith 1954 Electrical responses to acoustic clicks in monkey: extent of neocortex activated. Journal of Neurophysiology 17:336-344. — and W. E. Tubbs 1967 Short-term memory, parsing and the primate frontal cortex. Science 156:1765-1767. 1954 See Mishkin, M. and K. H. P. 1960 See Miller, G. A., et al. 1969 See Dewson, James H., III, et al. Price, R. H. and A. B. Slive 1970 Verbal processes in shape recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology 83:373-379.

587 Prickett, Hugh T., Jr. 1971 Letter to the editor. The Deaf American 23(7):31. [defends "total" method for teaching deaf, advocates a new Ameslan sign-language system which uses English word-order; followed by a critical response by Fant, Louis, q.v.]. Priestley, Joseph (1733-1804) 1762 A course of lectures on the theory of language and universal grammar. Warrington, [supports a universal language system]. 1790 Hartley's theory of the human mind, on the principle of the association of ideas, with essays relating to the subject of it by Joseph Priestley. 2nd ed. London, J. Johnson, lxviii + iv + 367 pp. Prieto, Luis J. 19— Messages et signaux. Collection "S.U.P.", Le Linguiste. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. Pritzwald, K. Stegmann von 19— Der Sinn einiger Grussformeln im Lichte kulturhistorischer Parallelen. Wörter und Sachen, vol. 10. Proca-Ciortea ,V. and A. Giurchescu 1968 Quelques aspects théoriques de l'analyse de la danse populaire. Langages 10:87-93. [study of gesture and human body movement and their interpretation as a system of signs]. Prochâzkova, E. 1958 Üloha jazyka v procesu poznâni. Praha. [language and thought]. Proclus (A.D. 412-485) 1618 In Platonis theolgiam. [Commentaries on Cratylus, etc.; quotes Epicurus who argued against the anomalists - those who held that language was a matter of convention]. Promptov, A. V. 1949 [Vocal imitation in the Passeriformes] [in Russian] Doklady, Akad. Nauk SSSR 45:261. Pronko, Leonard C. 1971 The language of Kabuki: words and gestures. Paper, Symposium on Japanese Plays, Western Conference of the Association for Asian Studies at San Diego State College, California, October 29-31. [on gesture, etc. used in Japanese theatre]. Proskouriakoff, Tatiana 1950 A study of Classic Maya Sculpture. Washington, D.C., Car-

588 negie Institution of Washington. Publication 593. [material analyzing changes in postural-gestural representation in Maya sculpture]. Protasenya, P. F. 1959 Proiskhozhdenie soznaniya i ego osobennostei. Minsk, [on consciousness], 1961 Problema obshcheniya i myshleniya pervobytnykh lyudei. Minsk. 152 pp. [thought in prehistoric man]. Provins, K. A., et al. 1968 The cross-cultural measurement of perceptual and motor skills in relation to human adaptation. Human Biology 40: 484-493. Prucha, Jan 1972 Recent Soviet studies in psycholinguistics. Linguistics 78:4161. [bibliography, pp. 59-61, to 1969], Pryer, R. 1959 See Ellis, N. and R. P. Prytulak, Lubomir S. 1971 Natural language mediation. Cognitive Psychology 2(1). [on the covert process whereby an English speaker encodes unfamiliar stimulus into English]. Przetacznikowa, Maria 1959 Odzwierciedlenie cech przedmiotow i zjawisk w mowie dzieci w wieku przedszkolnym. Krakow, [reflection of properties of objects and phenomena in the speech of preschool children]. 1971 Reviews of Geppert, L., 1964 and 1968. In Polish Psychological Bulletin 2(l):66-69. [on cognitive inadequacies in deafmute children's use of language]. Psikhologiya Grammatika 1968 [a 50-year bibliography of Soviet research on the psychology of speech, language, and teaching]. Moskva. Puccetti, R. 1966 Can humans think? Analysis 26:198-202. Pudor, H. von 1935 Die Entstehung der Sprache. Leipzig. Pufall, P. B. 1966 See Furth, H. G. and P. B. P. Pugach,G. 1961 [How man began to speak] [in Uzbek] Nauchn.-ateistich. Broshyury. 15 pp.

589 Pulgram, Ernst 1951 Phoneme and grapheme: a parallel. Word 7:15-20. 1970 Homo loquens: an etiological view. Lingua 24(4):309-342. [language facility is specific to man; 33 references]. Puligandla, R. 1966 The problem of private languages. Philosophical Quarterly, India, 39(1):1-18. Pumphrey, Richard J. 1951 The origin of language: an inaugural lecture. Liverpool, University Press. 39 pp. illus. 1953 The origin of language. Acta Psychologica 9(3):219-237. [reprint of above paper], Putnam, Hilary 1967a The innateness hypothesis, and explanatory models in linguistics. In Cohen, Robert S. and Marx W. Warshofsky, eds., Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science, vol. 3, In memory of Norwood Russell Hanson. Dordrecht, D. Reidel Publishing Company, 91-101. 1967b The innateness hypothesis and explanatory models in linguistics. Synthese 17(l)(March): 12-22. [critique of Noam Chomsky's theories about the innateness of man's language acquisition capability]. Puybonnieux, Jean Baptiste 1846 Mutisme et surdité; ou, influence de la surdité native sur les facultés physiques, intellectuelles et morales. Paris, J.-B. Baillière, Libiairie de l'Académie Royale de Médicine. 412 pp. Pyles, Marjorie H. 1932 Verbalization as a factor in learning. Child Development 3: 108-113. [superior performance by children who learned nonsense names for three-dimensional nonsense forms].

Quackenbos, H. 1945 Archetype postures. Psychiatric Quarterly 19:589-591. [on postures assumed by psychiatric patients]. Quadfasel, Fred A. 1954 See Goodglass, H. and F. A. Q. 1964 See Goodglass, H., et al. 1968 See Geschwind, Norman, et al.

590 Quatember, R. 1968 See Gloning, K., et al. 1970 See Gloning, I., et al. de Quatrefages, A. 1879 The human species. New York, D. Appleton and Company. The International Scientific Series, x + 498 pp. [pp. 432-442, language: polygeny versus monogeny; author favors single origin hypothesis, against Louis Agassiz; material on language origins from W. Dwight Whitney], Quigley, Carroll 1971 Assumption and inference on human origins. Current Anthropology 12 (4/5):519-540. Quigley, Stephen Patrick 1968 The influence of fingerspelling on the development of language, communication, and educational achievement in deaf children. Urbana, Illinois. Quigley, Stephen Patrick, ed. 1966 Interpreting for deaf people; a report of a workshop on interpreting. Governor Baxter State School for the Deaf, Portland, Maine, July 2-27, 1965. Washington, D.C., U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Vocational Rehabilitation Administration, viii + 140 pp. Quillian, M. Ross 1966 Semantic memory. Cambridge, Massachusetts, Bolt, Beranek and Newman. 1967 Word concepts: a theory and simulation of some basic semantic capabilities. Behavioral Science 12(5):410-430. 1968 The teachable language comprehender: a simulation program and theory of language. Communications of the Association for Computing Machinery 12:459-476. 1969, See Collins, A. M. and M. R. Q. 1970 Quine, W. V. O. 1960 Word and object. New York, Technology Press. 1968 To Chomsky. Synthese 19:274-283. Quinet, Edgar 1879 Paléontologie des langages. Création. In Oeuvres Complètes, Paris, 28 vols., vol. 23. Quintilian (Quinctilianus, Marcus Fabius, A.D. 40-90) 1920, Institutiones Oratoriae (or Institutio oratoria) (English trans-

591 1922

lation, H. E. Butler. London, New York, Loeb Classical Library) [Book 9, Chapter 3, long section on the use of gesture in public speaking; 18 basic gestures and their variants].

Quiring, H. 1960

Menschwerden und Entstehen der Sprache. Deutsche Hochschullehrer-Zcitung, Tübingen, 8(2): 14-18.

Quirk, R . 1964 See Crystal, D. and R. Q. Qur-ân, The Holy Koran (ca. A.D. 610-631) (many editions and translations) [man was taught all names by God; man once understood the language of the birds; Adam's language (apparently) Arabic].

R

Rabanales Ortiz, Ambrosio 1954 L a somatolalia. Boletín de Filología, Instituto de Filología de la Universidad de Chile, Santiago de Chile, 8 (Homenaje Oroz): 355-378. [on body sign language and its linguistic value]. Rabelais, François (1494-1553) 1533- Horribles et épouvantables faits et prouesses du très renommé 1564 Pantagruel; la vie inestimable du grand Gargantua, père de Pantagruel, . . . etc. (many editions, translations; 1st complete version, Lyon, 1567; 1955, English translation, Cohen, J. M., The histories of Gargantua and Pantagruel. Harmondsworth, Penguin Books. 712 pp.) [Book 2, Chap. 19, Thaumaste versus Panurge: a sign-language conversation described in detail; Book 3, Chap. 19-20, discussion between Pantagruel and Panurge on the nature of language; Psammetichus experiment; languages arise from arbitrary convention; deafmutes and gesture-language; sign-language conversation between a mute and Panurge]. Rabinovitch, M. S. 1971 See MacDougall, J. C. and M. S .R. Radar, Edmund 1965 The study of mime as a manifestation of sociability, as play and artistic expression. Diogenes 50:43-56. [gestural communication, p. 48].

592 Radford, Colin 1970 Hoping, wishing and dogs. Inquiry 13(1-2):100-103. [Can language-less dogs "hope" or "wish"? Concludes that (p. 103) "not that dogs never idly wish, but that this is an activity which so often and characteristically involves and requires language that where there appears to be such a wish without language, we hesitate to impute it"]. Radzikhovskaya, V. 1969 Ob izuchenii detstkoi rechi. Doshkol'noe Vospitanie 42(8): 73-77. [on features of creation and use of adjectives by Russian children which do not exist in Russian language]. Rae, J. 1862 [article on Polynesian language] The Polynesian, 27 Sept.; 4 and 11 October, (reprinted as appendix in Paget, R. A. S., Human Speech, London, 1930) [on mouth-gestural basis for Polynesian roots]. Rae, Luzerne 1848a Sketch of Heinicke. American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb 1:166-. [S. Heinicke, 1727-1790, 18th century scholar interested in teaching the deaf]. 1968b Historical sketch of the instruction of the deaf and dumb before the time of De l'Epee. American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb (July) 1:69. [Charles Michel de l'Epee, 1712-1789, 18th century pioneer in formal sign-language instruction of the deaf]. 1852 On the proper use of signs in the instruction of the deaf and dumb. American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb 5 (October): 21-31. Raevskii, A. N. 1958 Psikhologiya rechi v sovetskoi psikhologicheskoi nauke za 40 let. Kiev, Gosudarst. Universitet. 123 pp. [Soviet work on psychology of language reviewed over a 40-year period; extensive bibliography, pp. 102-122; 555 references]. Raffler, Engel W. von 1969 Comportamento linguistico e teoria generativo-trasformazionali. Archivo Glottologico Italiano 54:238-240. [critique of Noam Chomsky; on the cognitive function of language; language development in children]. Rahaman, Hafeezur and M. D. Parthasarathy 1968 The expressive movements of the bonnet macaque. Primates

593 9(3):259-272. [grooming, movements of body, face, and jaw; groaning and shrieking; sniffing], 1971 The role of the olfactory signals in the mating behavior of bonnet macaques (Macaca radiata). Communications in Behavioral Biology 6(2-A):97-104. [female does not invite copulation by a visible gesture; her receptivity is based on olfaction and taste]. Rahe, Richard H. 1970 See Rubin, Robert T., et al. Raitsits, Emil 1928 Az orang-utan gégelégzacskôinak a hangképzésnél van-e szerepiik. A Természet 24:173. [laryngeal sac voice of the orang-utan]. Raleigh, Michael J. 1972 See Steklis, Horst and M. J. R. Rambosson, Jean Pierre 1853a Langue universelle: langage mimique, mimé et écrit. Paris, Garnier Frères. 43 pp. [sign language included]. 1853b Étude philosophique et pratique du langage mimique comme langage universel. Paris, Hachette, (also in La Science, Année 1855) [report on a Captain's use of signs: Cyprus, Arabs, West Africans, and in parts of the Americas]. 1877 Du langage au point de vue de la transmission et de la transformation du mouvement. Recueil des Travaux de l'Académie des Sciences Morales et Politiques. Paris. 32 pp. [natural language would have been gestural, imitative, with inarticulate sounds]. 1879 Loi de la perfectibilité humaine au point de vue du langage et des beaux-arts. Recueil des Travaux et Séances de l'Académie des Sciences Morales et Politiques, Institut de France, Paris. 27 pp. [man had only to direct his attention to objects to discover ideas spontaneously, leading to vocal language. The first language would have been gestural, however]. 1880 Du mouvement psychique et du mouvement expressif. Recueil des Séances de l'Académie des Sciences Morales et Politiques, Institut de France. Paris, A. Picard. 34 pp. 1880, Origine de la parole et du langage parlé. Comptes Rendus de 1881 l'Académie des Sciences Morales et Politiques 114 (1880): 757-758; 115 (1881):106-132, 374-400.

594 Rameau, Pierre 1725 Abrégé de la nouvelle méthode, dans l'art d'écrire ou de tracer toutes sortes, de danses de ville . . . Paris, Chez l'auteur. 83 pp. diagrams, [dances figured]. 1728 The dancing-master: or, the Art of dancing explained. Translated by J. Essex. London, J. Essex and J. Brotherton. xxxii + 160 pp. [dance notation]. 1748 Le maître à danser. Qui enseigne la manière de faire tous differens pas de danse . . . et de conduire les bras à chaque pas . . . Paris ,Rollin Fils, [dance and body-movement notation]. Ramette, G. A. 1931 L'évolution des langues. 91 pp. Ramirez de Carrion, Manuel 1629 Maravillas de naturaleza, en que se contienen dos mil secretos de cosas naturales. Côrdoba. [includes the art of teaching the deaf to read, write, speak; Ramirez was the tutor of Luis de Velasco, a noble deaf-mute], Ramsay, Alexandra 1966 Animal communication. Current Anthropology 7:251-253. [on the symposium later published in Sebeok, Thomas A. and Alexandra Ramsay, eds., 1968]. 1969a Time space and hierarchy in zoosemiotics. In Sebeok, T. A. and Alexandra Ramsay, eds., Approaches to animal communication. The Hague, Mouton, [p. 195, opposes Hockett, Charles F. and Robert Ascher's 1964 theory, in The human Revolution, of an intermediate or proto-language; human language mainly arose from needs for social rules according to Ramsay]. 1969b See Sebeok, Thomas A. and A. R., eds. Ramus, Petrus 1594 See La Ramée, Pierre de Rand, Benjamin, compiler 1905 Bibliography of Philosophy, Psychology, and Cognate Subjects. In Baldwin, James Mark, ed., Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, vol. 3, Parts 1 and 2. (reprinted, 1960, Gloucester, Massachusetts, by Peter Smith) [very thorough bibliography on psychology and philosophy of language, aphasia, etc., to 1905],

595 Rand, Lawrence W. 1962 An annotated bibliography of the sign language of the deaf. Seattle, University of Washington, M.A. thesis, Librarianship. 67 pp. Rand, T. C. 1971 Vocal tract size normalization in the perception of stop consonants. Status Report 25-26, New Haven, Haskins Laboratories. Randhawa, B. S. 1971 Intellectual development and the ability to process visual and verbal information. AV [Audiovisual] Communication Review 19(3):298-312. [favors nonverbal mode for information processing, theorizing]. Randolph, M. C. and W. A. Mason 1969 Effects of rearing conditions on distress vocalizations in chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica 10(1/2):103-112. Rank, B. 1959 Review of Spitz, René A., No and Yes: on the genesis of human communication. New York, International Universities Press. In American Journal of Orthopsychiatry 29(2) :425426. Rankin, Howard B. 1972 See Santa, John L., et al. Ransom, Arthur 1870 Origin of languages. Nature 2:103-104. [letter; answers critics of the notion of a parallel between biological evolution and language evolution, to the effect that language development is no more "rational"]. Ransom, Jay Ellis 1941 Aleut semaphore signals. American Anthropologist 43:422427. Ransor, S. W. 1937 See Magoun, H. W., et al. Rappaport, S. R. 1965 Childhood aphasia and brain damage: differential diagnosis, vol. 2. Narbeth, Pennsylvania, Livingston Publishing Company. Rashi (Solomon ben Jarchi, c. 1040-1105) 1935 Raschis Pentateuch Kommentar. Translated by Selig Bamberger. 3rd ed. Frankfurt am Main. [p. 27, Hebrew the primordial language].

596 Raskin, L. M. 1970 See DeLeon, J. L., et al. Rasmussen, Theodore 1960 See Stepien, Lucjan, et al. 1964 See Milner, B., et al. Rastier, F. 1968 Comportement et signification. Langages 10:76-86. [on behavior which produces visual signs; under what conditions can it be considered that such a behavior is a carrier of meaning? Can many types of significative behavior be distinguished?]. Ratcheson, Robert 1972 See Goldring, Sidney, and R. R. Rattray, R. S. 1916 The drum language. In Ashanti. Oxford, Oxford University Press, 242-286. Raum, Otto F. 1935 Arithmetic in Africa. London, Evans Brothers. 94 pp. [counting by gestures, pp. 18-21.]. Raun, A. 1959 Review of Revesz, Geza, The origins and prehistory of language, 1956. In International Journal of American Linguistics 25:133-134. Raven, H. C. 1932 Meshie - the child of a chimpanzee. Natural History 32(2): 158-166. [on behavior of a home-reared African-born chimpanzee; p. 165, recognized pictures of animals in books; uttered snake cry when she saw a team of horses]. 1933 Further adventures of Meshie, a chimpanzee that has lived most of her life in a New York suburban home. Natural History 33(6):607-617. [p. 614, use of hand gesture in greeting]. Raven, Peter H., Brent Berlin, and Dennis E. Breedlove 1971 The origins of taxonomy. Science 174:1210-1213. [folk taxonomies range from about 250 to 800 forms of plants and similar numbers of animals, regardless of the environment in which the people live], Ravila, Paavo 1952 Onomatopoieettisten ja deskriptiivisten sanojen asema kielen aannesysteemissa. Virittaja, Helsinki, 262-274. [place of onomatopoeia in descriptive words].

597 1958

Die Ursprache als Grundbegriff der Sprachgeschichte. Suomalais-Ugrilaisen seuran Aikakauskirja [Journal de la Société finno-ougrienne], 60 (6): 1-5. Ravizza, Richard J. 1969 See Heffner, Henry E., et al. Razavieh, A. 1969 See Staffieri, J. Robert and A. R. Read, Carveth 1920 The origin of man and of his superstitions. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. (2nd ed., 1925, revised, enlarged, xvi + 278 pp.) [speculations on language origin]. Reade, T. Mellard 1887 Letter, on Max Müller's Thought without words, Nature 36 (12 May):28. In Nature 36 (May 19). Reams, Mary H. 1950 An experimental study comparing the visual accompaniments of word identification and the auditory experience of word intelligibility. Ohio State University, Department of Speech, M.A. Thesis, [relates to mouth-gesture]. Rebelsky, F. G. 1965 See Lenneberg, Eric H., et al. Recorde, Robert (c. 1510-1558) 1543 The grounde of artes teachyng the worke and practise of Arithmetike . . . London, R. Wolfe, (later editions, 1561, 1582, 1607, 1623, 1632, 1636, 1646, 1652, 1658, 1662, 1699 . . .) [on finger computation], Redard, Georges 1967 Langue et société. In Brunner, et al., eds., Vom Wesen der Sprache. Bern und München, Francke Verlag. 119 pp., 57-69. Reece, M. M. and N. R. Whitman 1961 Warmth and expressive movements. Psychological reports 8:76. 1962 Expressive movement, warmth and verbal reinforcement. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 64:234-236. Reed, Carroll E., ed. 1970 The learning of language. New York, Appleton-Century. Reed, Charles A. 1968 Protoplasmic communication. University of Illinois at Chicago Circle, Chicago Circle Studies, 3(2):5-10. 1960 See DuBrul, E. Lloyd and C. A. R.

598 Reed, J. L. 1971 Aphasia and language functioning of the deaf. American Annals of the Deaf 116(4):420-426. Rees, E. 1954 Ist der Taubstumme der geborene Pantomime? Neue Blätter für Taubstummenbildung, [is the born-deaf a pantomimist?]. Reeves, Vivien R. 1969 See Darbyshire, J. O. and V. R. R. Regnaud, Paul 1884 La rhétorique sanskrite. Paris, [according to Bharrthari, each word incorporates part of the universal spirit, giving words an innate appropriateness. Kavya-Pracaça argued that tradition, krtrima, alone relates words and sound to the referent]. 1888 Origine et philosophie du langage ou principes de linguistique indo-européenne. Paris, xix + 443 pp. (2nd ed., Paris, 1889) [on the interjection theory of language origin]. 1897 Précis de logique évolutioniste. L'Entendement dans ses rapports avec le langage. 1904 L'origine des idées éclairée par la science du langage. Paris. 118 pp. Regnault, Félix 1898 Le langage par gestes. La Nature, Paris, 26:315. 1928 L'origine du langage. L'Homme préhistorique, Paris, 15:177182. Reibel, D. A. and Sanford Schane, eds. 1969 Modem studies in English. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, [with material on language theory]. Reich, Peter A. 1969 The finiteness of natural language. Language 45(4): 831-843. [criticism of Noam Chomsky and others who claim that natural language cannot be produced by a finite state machine, such as a computer. Discussion of the limits to self-embedded clauses in English]. Reichenbach, Rudolf Eginhard W. 1842 Commentationis de linguae doctrina universali. Academia Frider. Halensi, Berlin. Ph.D. dissertation. 98 pp. [monogenetic theory of language origin; Adam's language, Hebrew as the primordial language discussed]. Reicher, Michal 1969 The internal organs in primates and their anthropogenetic

599 significance. Przeglad Antropologiczny, Poznan, 35(1): 19-82. [p. 20, weight-length index of tongue; p. 25, descent of the iarynx in man to about the 4th or 5th cervical vertebra, in anthropoid apes, to second to fourth vertebra], Reichline, P. B. 1939 See Eisenberg, P. and P. B. R. Keid, Thomas (1710-1796) 1764 An inquiry into the human mind. (1st ed. Edinburgh; later eds., 1785. 1817, etc.) [Chap. 4, Sec. 2, argues that artificial signs whose meaning arises from convention, presuppose natural signs, whose meaning everyone understands by "the principles of his nature"; pp. 117-118, IV, ii, Reid rejects the notion of "invention" of language, as no such compact could be made without the prior existence of signs]. Reimann, Wolfgang 1953 Die Lehre Pawlows vom ersten und zweiten Signal-System. Berlin, Aufbau-Verlag. Vorträge zur Verbreitung wissenschaftliche Kenntnisse. 19 pp. [Pavlov's ideas on the first and second signal-systems], Reinach, Salomon 1883 Manuel de philologie classique. 2nd ed. Paris, Librairie Hachette, vol. 1 [origin of language, pp. 109-110]. Reinert, J. 1957 Akustische Dressurversuche an einem indischen Elefanten. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 14(1):100-126. [female elephant, 8 years old, was trained in 71/2 months to distinguish 12 pure sounds at from 140 to 4000 Hz.]. Reinisch, Leo (1832-1919) 1873 Der einheitliche Ursprung der Sprachen der Alten Welt, nachgewiesen durch Vergleichung der afrikanischen erythräischen und indogermanischen Sprachen mit Zugrundlegung der Teda. xviii + 408 pp. vol. 1. (1968 reprint. Wiesbaden, M. Sandig) [an originally crude, purely consonatal primordial language], 1874 Einheitlicher Ursprung der Sprachen der alten Welt. München, Allgemeine Zeitung, Beilage 1097. Reiser, Oliver Leslie 1955 Unified symbolism for world understanding (semantography) and logic, cybernetics, and semantics. Sydney, Semantography Publishing Company. 52 pp. (presented at American Associa-

600 tion for the Advancement of Science, and Conference of the International Society of Signifies; Semantography Series 150). 1956 Symbolism, semantics, semantography and social synthesis. Fifth Congress of the Association for the Scientific Study of Symbolism, Paris. 13 pp. (also in Semantography Series, 161. Sydney). Reiss, Samuel 1950 The rise of words and their meanings. New York, Philosophical Library, 301 pp. Reiss, Steven 1969 Two arguments for linguistic behaviorism. The Psychological Record 19(4):561-572. Reitan, Ralph M. 1960 The significance of dysphasia for intelligence and adaptive abilities. Journal of Psychology 5:355-376. 1961 See Doehring, D. G. and R. M. R. 1972 Verbal problem solving as related to cerebral damage. Perceptual and Motor Skills 34:515-524. Renan, Ernest (1823-1892) 1858 De l'origine du langage. In Oeuvres complètes de Ernest Renan. Édition définitive établie par Henriette Psichari. Paris, Calmann-Lévy, Éditeurs, 1958, 11-123. Renard, Georges 1868 Life and work in prehistoric times. Translated by R. T. Clark. New York, Barnes and Noble, viii + 228 pp. [origin of language, pp. 55-58], Renfrew, C. and K. Murphy, eds. 1964 The child who does not talk. London, Heineman Medical Books, 220 pp. (contains 35 papers) [material on non-verbal communication]. Rennick, Phillip M. and Ward C. Halstead 1968 Color-naming, delayed speech feedback and cerebral dysfunction. Journal of Clinical Psychology 24(2):155-161. Renou, L. 1957 Review of Ghosh, M., ed., Nandikésvara's Abhinayadarpanam, 1957. [on gesture in Indian drama]. Rensch, Bernhard 1956 Increase of learning capability by increase of brain-size. American Naturalist 90:81-95. 1957a Gedächtnis, Abstraktion und Generalisation bei Tieren. Köln.

601 1957b Ästhetische Faktoren bei Färb- und Formbevorzugungen von Affen. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 14:71-99. 1958 Die Wirksamkeit ästhetischer Faktoren bei Wirbeltieren. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 15:447-461. 1959a Trends toward progress of brain and sense organs. Cold Springs Harbor Symposium on Quantitative Biology 24:291303. [new speech center in man's brain]. 1959b Homo sapiens: vom Tier zum Halbgott. Göttingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. 1961 Malversuche mit Affen. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 18(3): 347-364. [study of picture-making among apes; two chimpanzees, a capuchin monkey, worked with paint and brush, with results comparable to work of 12 to 18 month-old human children]. 1962 Gedächtnis, Abstraktion und Generalisation bei Tieren. Arbeitsgemeinschaft Forsch. Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen, Köln, Westdeutscher Verlag, (cf. Rensch, Bernhard, 1957a). 1963 Versuche über menschliche "Auslöser-Merkmale" beider Geschlechter, Zeitschrift für Morphologie und Anthropologie 53:139-164. 1967 The evolution of brain achievements. In Dobzhansky, Theodosius, Max K. Hecht, and William C. Steere, eds., Evolutionary Biology. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. xii + 444 pp., vol. 1, 26-68 [language emergence and the brain, pp. 61-62] 1972 The play and art of apes and monkeys. Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, Oregon. Rensch, Bernhard, ed. 1967 Handgebrauch und Verständigung bei Affen und Frühmenschen im Hinblick auf die menschliche Kulturentwicklung. Bern, H. Huber. 184 pp. Renshaw, Anne T. 1921 Modern attention to pantomimic action. Quarterly Journal of Speech 7:43-51. Renshaw, S. and A. Veiss 1926 Apparatus for measuring changes in bodily posture. American Journal of Psychology 37:261-267. Rensky, M. 1966 The systematics of paralanguage. Travaux Linguistique de Prague 2:97-102.

602 de Renzi, E. 1968 Nonverbal memory and hemispheric side of lesion. Neuropsychologia 6:181-189. — and P. Faglioni 1967 The relationship between visuo-spatial impairment and constructional apraxia. Cortex 3:327-342. —, P. Faglioni, and H. Spinnler 1968 The performance of patients with unilateral brain damage on face recognition tasks. Cortex 4:17-34. —, A Pieczuro and L. A. Vignolo 1966 Oral apraxia and aphasia. Cortex 2:50-73. —, A. Pieczuro, and L. A. Vignolo 1968 Ideational apraxia: a quantitative study. Neuropsychologia 6: 41-52. [on the inability to demonstrate the use of actual objects; observed in 34 % of aphasics, 6 % of non-aphasic lefthemisphere damaged patients] —, M. Savoiardo and L. A. Vignolo 1966 The influence of aphasia and of the hemispheric side of the cerebral lesion on abstract thinking. Cortex 2:399-420. — and L. Vignolo 1962 The token test: a sensitive test to detect receptive disturbances in aphasics. Brain 85:665-. Requeno y Vives, Vincenzo (1743-1811) 1796, Scoperta della chironomia; ossia, dell'arte di gestire con le 1797 mani, dell' Abate Vincenzo Requeno. Parma, Li Fratelli Gozzi. 141 pp. illus. [gesture in oratory, ballet, pantomime]. Rescher, N. 1966 The logic of commands. London, Routledge and Kegan Paul. Reshetov, Yuri! Georgievich 1966 [The nature of the Earth and the origin of man] [in Russian] Moskva. 375 pp. Restle, F. 1971 Theory of serial pattern learning: structural trees. Psychological Review 77(6):481-495. Rettenbeck, Lenz 1951 'Feige', Wort - Gebärde - Amulett. München, Universität, Dissertation, [on the fig-gesture]. de Reuck, A. V. S. and Maeve O'Connor, eds. 1964 Disorders of language. London, J. and A. Churchill, Ciba Foundation Symposium, xii + 356 pp.

603 Reuschert, E. 1909 Die Gebärdensprache der Taubstummen und die Ausdrucksbewegungen der Vollsinnigen. Leipzig. Révész, Géza 1934 System der optischen und haptischen Raumtäuschungen. Zeitschrift für Psychologie 131:296-375. 1938 La fonction sociologique de la main humaine et de la main animale. Journal de Psychologie 35:26 ff. 1939 De l'origine du langage. Centenaire de Th. Ribot. Paris, Journal de Psychologie. 1940a Het probleem van den oorsprong der taal. Nederlands Tijdschrift voor Psychologie 8. 1940b Die Sprache. Proc. Kon. Akad. van Wetenschappen. Amsterdam, 43(8). 1940c Die menschlichen Kommunikationsformen und die sogenannte Tiersprache. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, 43(9), 44(1). 1940d Denken, Sprechen, Arbeiten. Archivio di Psicologia, Neurologia 1:755 ff. 1941a Die menschliche Kommunikationsformen und die sogenannte Tiersprache. Proc. Kon. Akad. van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, 44(3): 109-118. 1941b De vergelijkend psychologische en anthropologische betekenis van de taal. Nederl. Tijdschrift voor Psychologie 9:94-. 1942a Das Problem des Ursprungs der Sprache. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, 45. 1942b De menschlijke hand. Amsterdam. (1944, German translation, Die menschliche Hand, Basel). 1946 Ursprung und Vorgeschichte der Sprache. Bern, Francke. 279 pp. 1950a Bibliography of works and papers. Acta Psychologica 7:408414. [origins of language, pp. 410-411], 1950b Thought and language. Archivum Linguisticum 1:122-131. [language and thought form an inseparable, multi-relational duality; author includes gestural sign language under "language"]. 1950c Psychology and art of the blind. New York, London, Longmans Green. 1953 Der Kampf um die sogenannte Tiersprache. Psychologische Rundschau. 4:81 ff.

604 1954

Is there an animal language? Hibbert Journal 52(205):141143. [animals communicate, but lack language]. 1955 The psychogenetic foundations of language. Lingua 4:318322. 1958 The human hand: a psychological study. Translated by John Cohen. London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, xii + 138 pp. 1959 Origine et préhistoire du langage. French translation by L. Homburger. Paris, Payot. 234 pp. 1970 The origins and prehistory of language. Translated by J. Butler. Westport, Connecticut, Greenwood Press. (1st Englishlanguage edition, 1956). Révész, Géza, ed. 1954 Thinking and speaking. A symposium. Amsterdam, North Holland Publishing Company. 205 pp. 1968 See Carcano, P., et al. Revill, P. M. 1966 Preliminary report on para-linguistics in Mbembe. Appendix VIII, in Pike, Kenneth L., Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Center for Research on Languages and Language Behavior. Revzine, I. I. 1958 See Zinoviev, A. A. and 1.1. R. Reynierse, James H. 1969 See Gleason, Kathryn and J. H. R. Reynolds, H. H. and D. N. Farrer 1969 Chimpanzee psychobiology. In Reynolds, H. H., ed., Primates in Medicine. Basel, New York, Karger. 159 pp., vol. 4, 62-93. Reynolds, Peter Carlton 1968 Evolution of primate vocal-auditory communication systems. American Anthropologist 70:300-308. 1969 Review of Sebeok, Thomas A., ed., Animal communication, 1968. In Language Sciences 4:5-8. 1970a Possible preadaptations for language in the behavior of monkeys and apes. ms. 35 pp. (prepared for Bronowski, Jacob, ed., Language in a biological frame, i.p.). 1970b Social communication in the chimpanzee: a review. In Bourne, Geoffrey H., ed., The chimpanzee. Baltimore and Manchester (England), University Park Press, vol. 3.

605 1970c The hominid grade, ms. 1971 The structure of play in rhesus monkeys: the text of a lecture presented to the Department of Anthropology, Yale University, December 16. 9 pp. mimeographed, [uses concept of a "grammar" of play in monkeys]. Reynolds, Vernon 1964 The man of the woods. Natural History 73(1). [on Orangutans]. 1965 Budongo: an African forest and its chimpanzees. Garden City, N.Y., Natural History Press. 1966 Open groups in hominid evolution. Man, n.s. 1:441-452. 1968 The family in apes and man. Letter. Man, n.s. 3(4):658-659. — and G. Luscombe 1969 Chimpanzee rank order and the function of displays. Proceedings of the 2nd International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta, 1968. Basel, Karger, vol. 1:81-86. Reznikov, K. Yu. 1964 Kolichestvennyi analiz polei kory golovnogo mozga cheloveka, svyazannykh so vtoroi signal'noi sistemoi, v protsesse postnatal'nogo ontogeneza. Voprosy Antropologii 17:62-72. [quantitative analysis of human cortex areas connected with the second signal system during post-natal development], Reznikov, L. O. 1946 Problema obrazovaniya ponyatii i svete istorii yazyka. FZ, 1. 1961 O roli znakov v protsesse poznaniya. Voprosy Filosofii SSSR 15(8): 118-132. (English summary, p. 186) [conceptual thinking impossible without signs; types of signs, signals, and symbols], 1962 Neopozitivistskaya gnoseo-logiya i znakovaya teoriya yazyka. Voprosy Filosofii 16(2):99-109. [argues that language is not merely a system of signs; meaning cannot be entirely eliminated and reduced to mere sounds]. Rhees, R. 1954 Can there be a private language? Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, Supplementary Volume, 28:77-94. (reprinted in Caton, Charles E., ed., Philosophy and ordinary language. Urbana, University of Illinois Press, xiii + 246 pp., 1963). Rheingold, Harriet L. 1969 The social and socializing infant. In Goslin, David A., ed., Handbook of Socialization Theory and Research. Chicago,

606 Rand McNally and Company, 779-790. [the rôle of language in differentiation of the self]. —, J. J. Gerwitz, and H. W. Ross 1959 Social conditioning of vocalizations in the infant. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 52:68-73. Rhodes, Mary Jane 1969 A parent speaks out . . . The Mississippian 65(2)(Nov.):l-5. [on the sign language in the education of the deaf]. Ribbands, R. 1956 The scent language of honey bees. Smithsonian Institution, Annual report of the Board of Regents, 4232:369-377. Ribot, Théodule Armand 1913 Le problème de la pensée sans images et sans mots. Revue Philosophique de la France 38(7). Rich, Susannah 1953 The perception of emotion. Radcliffe College, Unpublished Honors Thesis. Richard of St. Victor (d. 1173) 1153- Liber exceptionum priorum. IV, 6, vol. 177. In Migne, Jac1160 ques Paul, ed., Patrologiae Cursus Completus, Series Latina. Paris. 221 vols. 1844-1864. [the primordial language was Hebrew]. Richard, Léonce 1873 Étude analytique sur l'origine du langage et la langue primitive. Bordeaux. Richards, Coral M. 1967 A test of understanding the spoken word. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 2(2): 124-133. [method for evaluating the capacity to decode speech; same method could be turned into a scale for rating the comprehension of the American Sign Language for the deaf, or any other non-vocal system]. Richards, I. A. 1954 Practical criticism. New York, Harcourt, Brace and Company. [p. 353, the original language may have been almost purely emotive . . . its use for statement, as a more or less neutral means of representing states of affairs, is probably a later development], Richards, M. 196- See Trevarthen, C. B. and M. R.

607 Richardson, Harrington 1969 See Hitlin, John R. and H. R. Richardson, J. C. 1959 See Douglass, E. and J. C. R. Richardson, Leon J. 1916 Digital reckoning among the ancients. American Mathematical Monthly 23:7-13. Richet, Ch. 1879 Influence des mouvements sur les idées. Revue Philosophique de la France 8:610-615. Richter, E. 1937 Das psychische Geschehen und die Artikulation. Archives Néerland. de Phonétique Expérimentale 13:41-72. Richter, Helmut 1962 Tradierung von Lautsystemen oder Vererbung? Phonetica 8: 73-92. [argument over the learned or innate character of sound-systems]. Richter, Jean Paul Friedrich 1763-1825) 1927- Sämtliche Werke. Berend, Eduard, et al., eds. Weimar, 23 1944 vols. [vol. 1, 105 ff., Adam and the Preadamite hypothesis; p. 282, Babel], Ricken, Ulrich 1963 La discussion linguistique en France au 18e siècle, reflet de la lutte philosophique du siècle des lumières. Analele çtiinÇifice aie UniversitaÇii. "Al. I. Cuza", Iaçi, Sec^iunea III. Rieder, R.-T. 1868 Die Lallsprache des späten Saüglings- und frühen Kleinkindesalters. Münchener Medizinische Wochenschrift 110 (21): 1317-1319. [the effect of adult speech on infant babbling is probably different from prehistoric language], Riegel, K. F., ed. 1965 The development of language functions. University of Michigan, Center for Human Growth and Development, Report 8. 1970 The language acquisition process: a reinterpretation of selected research findings. In Goulet, L. R. and P. B. Baltes, eds., Research and Theory in Developmental Psychology. New York, Academic Press. Riekehof, Lottie L. 1961 The American sign language, a manual of the signs most commonly used by the deaf of North America. Indianapolis, S. W. Shaneyfelt. 84 pp.

608 1963

Talk to the deaf: a manual of approximately 1,000 signs used by the deaf of North America. Illustrated by Betty Stewart. Springfield, Missouri, Missouri Gospel Publishing House. 145 pp. (6th printing, 1969). Riello, Achille 1958 Articulatory proficiency of the mentally retarded child. New York University, Ph.D. dissertation. Ries, D. C. 1806 Versuche Vereinigung zweier entgegengesetzen Meinungen, über den Ursprung der Sprache, auf Erfahrungen und Beobachtungen an Taubstummen gegründet. Frankfurt am Main, Andrea. Riese, Waither 1947 The early history of aphasia. Bulletin of the History of Medicine 23:111-136. 1965 The sources of Hughlings Jackson's view on aphasia. Brain 88:811-822. [distinctions between sign and symbol, gesturepantomime, etc., traced to Spencer, Locke, Humboldt, Kant, Hume, Berkeley]. Riesen, Austin H. 1947 The development of visual perception in man and chimpanzee. Science 106:107-108. — and Elaine F. Kinder 1952 Postural development of infant chimpanzees: a comparative and normative study based on the Gesell behavior examination. New Haven, Yale University Press, xxi + 204 pp. Rightmire, G. P. 1972 Multivariate analysis of an early hominid metacarpal from Swartkrans. Science 176(4031):159-161. [the hand of Paranthropus was less hominid, and more Pongid in some respects]. Rigord 1704 Dissertation sur l'origine des langues et de l'écriture. Journal de Trévoux (July): 1182 ff. Rijnbeck, Gerard van 1951 De gebarentaal in een Cisterciënserklooster der Nederlanden in de XVe eeuw. Cîtaux in de Nederlanden II(2):55-68. (Abbey of Jardinet à Walcourt) [Cistercian monastic signlanguage, 15th century], 1954 Le langage par signes chez les moines. Amsterdam.

609 Riklan, M., E. Levita, J. Zimmerman, and I. S. Cooper 1969 Thalamic correlates of language and speech. Journal of Neurological Science 8(2):307-328. [laterality in thalamus], Riley, D. A. 1958 The nature of the effective stimulus in animal discrimination learning: transposition reconsidered. Psychological Review 65:1-7. Rimoldi, Horacio J. A. 1967 Thinking and language. Archives of General Psychiatry 17: 568-576. 1969 Analysis of the interrelationships between logical structure, language and thinking. In Welford, A. T. and J. E. Birren, eds., Interdisciplinary Topics in Gerontology, 4. 1971 Logical structures and languages in thinking processes. International Journal of Psychology 6(l):65-78. —, M. B. Aghi and G. B. Burger 1968 Some effects of logical structure, language and age in problem solving in children. Journal of Genetic Psychology 112:127143. Riner, Reed D. 1971 Introduction to a theory of the origins of language. Boulder, University of Colorado, Seminar Report. Ringel, Robert L. 1962 Some effects of tactile and auditory alternations on speech output. Purdue University, Ph.D. dissertation. 1970a Oral region two-point discrimination in normal and myopathic subjects. In Bosma, J. F., ed., Second Symposium on Oral Sensation and Perception. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, [mouth-tactile capacities]. 1970b Oral sensation and perception: a selective review. American Speech and Hearing Association, Report 5:188-206. — Kenneth W. Burk, and Cheryl M. Scott 1968 Tactile perception: form discrimination in the mouth. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 3(2):150-155. [results support hypothesis that there is a relation between oral sensory system-functioning and speech articulation skill]. — and S. J. Ewanowski 1965 Oral perception. I. Two-point discrimination. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 8:389-398.

610 — and Hilary Fletcher 1967 Oral perception. III. Texture discrimination. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 10:642-649. —, Arthur S. House, Kenneth W. Burk, John P. Dolinsky, and Cheryl M. Scott 1970 Some relations between orosensory discrimination and articulatory aspects of speech production. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 35(1):3-11. [oral stereognosis: recognition of shapes of small objects placed in the mouth], — and M. D. Steer 1963 Some effects of tactile and auditory alterations on speech output. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 6:369-378. 1963 See Grossman, R. C., et al. 1971 See Scott, Cheryl M. and R. L. R. Riopelle, A. J. 1959 See Darby, C. L. and A. J. R. Risley, T. and M. Wolf 1967 Establishing functional speech in echolalic children. Behavior Research Therapy 5:73-88. Ris-Paquot, Oscar Edmond 1892 Dictionnaire encyclopédique des marques et monogrammes, chiffres, lettres initiales . . . 2 vols. (1966 ed., New York) [on pictorial symbolism]. Ritter, Karl Bernhard 1937 Das Geheimnis der Sprache. In Zoellner, Wilhelm and Wilhelm Stählin, eds., Die Kirche Jesu Christi und das Wort Gottes, ein Studienbuch über das Wort Gottes als Lebensgrund und Lebensform der Kirche. Berlin, 42-50. [language a special feature of mankind, who stands between the angels and the animals]. Ritzenthaler, R. E. and F. A. Peterson 1954 Courtship whistling of the Mexican Kickapoo Indians. American Anthropologist 56:1088-1089. [whistle communication]. Riva, F. 1961 Sull "unitâ" della lingua. Accademie e Bibbioteche d'ltalia, Roma, 12 A.29(3-4):240-247. Rivarol, Antoine de (1753-1801) 1836 Pensées inédites. Paris, [p. 36, origin of language].

611 Rivet, Andres (1573-1651) 1651 Exercitationes in Genesim. In Opera theologica. Rotterdam, [vol. 1, 255-258, Hebrew the primordial language]. Rizzolatti, G., C. Umiltà and G. Berlucchi 197la Opposite superiorities of the right and left cerebral hemispheres in discriminative reaction time to physiognomical and alphabetical material. Brain 94:431-442. 1971b See Berlucchi, G., et al. Roache, T. S. 1970 Words in colour. Australian Teacher of the Deaf 1 l(l):56-63. [scheme devised by Gattegno; wall-charts, with one to one relation of color code and letters]. Roark, Richard 1960 A model of language extinction and formation. Kroeber Anthropological Society Papers 23:86-104. Robayo, M. A. 1957 Review of Lubienska de Lenval, Hélène, La liturgia del gesto. Virt. Letr. Colomb. 16(4):372. [gesture in Catholic liturgy], Roberts, J. M. 1956 See Lenneberg, Eric H. and J. M. R. Roberts, Lamar 1959 See Penfield, Wilder and L. R. Robertson, A. and J. Youniss 1969 Anticipatory visual imagery in deaf and hearing children. Child Development 40:123-135. 1970 See Youniss, J. and A. R. Robertson, R. T. 1970 See Thompson, R. F. et al. Robins, Robert Henry A. 1951 Ancient and Mediaeval grammatical theory in Europe, with particular reference to modern linguistic doctrines. London, G. BeU. 1964 General linguistics: an introductory survey. Bloomington, Indiana University Press, xxii + 390 pp. [pp. 15-17, the origin of language lies far beyond the reaches of legitimate scientific inference], 1967 A short history of linguistics. Bloomington, Indiana University Press. 248 pp. Robinson, Bryan W. 1967a Vocalization evoked from the forebrain in Macaca mulatta. Physiology and Behavior 2:345-354.

612 1967b Neurological aspects of evoked vocalizations. In Altmann, Stuart A., ed., Social communication among primates. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. Robinson, J. S. 1955 The sameness-difference discrimination problem in chimpanzee. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 48:195-197. Robinson, J. T. 1962a The origins and adaptive radiation of the Australopithecines. In Kurth, G., ed., Evolution und Hominisation. Stuttgart, Gustav Fischer Verlag. 1962b The Australopithecines and their bearing on the origin of man and of stone tool-making. In Howells, W. W., ed., Ideas on human evolution, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 279-294. 1963 Adaptive radiation in the Australopithecines and the origin of man. In Howell, F. Clark and F. Bourliere, eds., African Ecology and Human Evolution. = Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology 36. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company. Robinson, L. 1914 The relations of speech to human progress. Science Progress 8:519-534. Robinson, Lucile T. 1970 An exploratory study of the utilization of spatial concepts by children. Dissertation Abstracts International 31(4-A), 1631. Robinson, Luther D. 1965 Group psychotherapy using manual communication. Mental Hospitals, the Journal of Hospital and Community Psychiatry. American Psychiatric Association, June. 3 pp. [use of sign language with deaf patients]. Robinson, Richard 1955 The theory of names in Plato's Cratylus. Revue Internationale de Philosophie 9:221-236. (reprinted in Robinson, R., Essays in Greek Philosophy. Oxford, 1966, 100-117). 1956 A criticism of Plato's Cratylus. The Philosophical Review 65: 324-341. Robinson, R. J., ed. 1969 Brain and early behaviour. New York, Academic Press, xvi + 374 pp. [maturation of neural processes, visual behavior in neonates; infants of two months can perceive three dimensional space; ethological studies of squirrel monkeys by Detlev Ploog],

613 Robson, L. S. 1967 The role of eye-to-eye contact in maternal-infant attachment. Journal of Child Psychology 8:13-25. —, F. Pederson, and H. A. Moss 1969 Developmental observations of dyadic gazing in relation to the fear of strangers and social approach behavior. Child Development 40:619-627. Rochas d'Aiglun, Albert de 1900 Les sentiments, la musique, et le geste. Grenoble, H. Falque et F. Perrin. 279 pp. Roddy, A. Jackson 1966 Introducing the language of signs. Atlanta, Language Missions Department, Home Mission Board, Southern Baptist Convention. 4 pp. illus. [sign language]. Rodgers, W. R. 1951 Speak and span (origin of verbal speech). The New Statesman and Nation 42 (Dec. 15):702 ff. Rödiger, E. 1845 Uber die im Orient gebräuchliche Fingersprache. Rodis-Lewis, Geneviève 1967 L'Art de parler et l'essai sur l'origine des langues. Revue Internationale de Philosophie, Belg., 21(4):407-420. (84 references) [on the theories of Bernard Lamy, 1640-1715, and Jean-Jacques Rousseau]. 1968 Un théoricien du langage au XVIIe siècle - Bernard Lamy. Français Moderne 36(1): 19-50. Rodrigue, E. 1956 Notes on symbolism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 37(2/3):147-158. [symboling as an innate function of the child; 34 references]. Rodriguez Delgado, R. 1955, Estructuras mentales y lenguaje. El exemplo guarauno. Bole1957 tin Indigenista Venezolana 3-4-5 (No. 1-4): 113-161. [two hypotheses on the genesis of language in correlation with its physical milieu; conceptual world of the group and its relationships to the perceptible world]. Roe, Anne 1963 Psychological definitions of man. In Washburn, Sherwood L., ed., Classification and Human Evolution. Viking Fund Publication in Anthropology. Chicago, Aldine. [suggests that

614 speech was perhaps born of the need to communicate as a result of the division of labor]. — and George Gaylord Simpson, eds. 1958 Behavior and evolution. New Haven, Yale University Press. 1958 See Freedman, L. A. and A. R. Roelandts, Karel 19— Die Namenkunde als Schlüssel zur psychologischen Erforschung der Sprachentwicklung. Studia Onomastica Monacensia, Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, München, 4: 642-648. Roger, H. 1943 La physiologie préhistorique. Presse Médicale 1:115-116. [Pithecanthropus erectus lacked Broca's convolution, and that of Neanderthal man was only rudimentary]. Rogers, Charles M. and Richard K. Davenport 1971 Intellectual performance of differentially reared chimpanzees: III. Oddity. American Journal of Mental Deficiency 75(4): 526-530. [differences between wildborn and captive-born and reared]. 1968 See Davenport, R. K. and C. M. R. 1969 See Davenport, R. K., et al. 1970a See Davenport, R. K. and C. M. R. 1970b See Menzel, E. W., Jr., et al. 1971 See Davenport, R. K. and C. M. R. Rogge, C. 1933 [Self-consciousness and language; chapter in primitive psychology], [in German] Archiv für die gesamte Psychologie 87: 299-304. Rogier, H. 1923 Acquisition du langage chez l'enfant. De mutation physiologique et pathologique. Paris, Thèse de médicine. 128 pp. Roginskiï, G. Z. 1939 K sravitel'noï psikhologii nizshikh obez'yan. Trudy Instituta Mozga, 11. 1948 Navyki i zachatki intellektual'nykh deïstvii u antropoidov (shimpanze). Izdatel'stvo Leningrad. Gosudarst. Universiteta. Roginskiï, Ya. Ya. 1947 Problemy pozdneïshego ëtapa ëvolyutsii cheloveka. Trudy Instituta Ëtnografii im. N. N. Miklukho-Maklaya, 2.

615 1957a Ob ëtapakh i tempakh ëvolyutsii gominid. Sovetskaya Etnografiya 6. [stages and tempo in hominid evolution]. 1957b O nekotorykh obshchikh voprosakh teorii antropogeneza. Voprosy Filosofii 2. 1965 Links between physical and cultural evolution. International Social Science Journal 17(1): 131-134. 1969 Problemy antropogeneza. "Vysshaya Shkola", Moskva. Rogozin, S. S. 1925 O zvukovykh izmeneniyakh rechi v zavisimosti ot rabot organov proiznosheniya. Sengileï. Rôheim, Géza 1953 The language of birds. American Imago 10:3-14. (reprinted in The Yearbook of Psychoanalysis, 1954, 10:229-237). Rohles, F. H. 1967 Further studies of the middleness concept with the chimpanzee. Animal Behavior 15:107-112. — and J. V. Devine 1966 Chimpanzee performance on a problem involving the concept of middleness. Animal Behavior 14:159-162. Rohrbaugh, M., C. Z. Wesley, and J. H. Grosslight 1968 Reinforcement control of "autistic" verbalization in the mynah bird. Psychonomic Science ll(3):91-92. Röhrich, Lutz 1960 Gebärdensprache und Sprachgebärde. In Hand, Wayland D. and Gustave O. Arlt, eds., Humaniora, Essays in Literature, Folklore, and Bibliography honoring Archer Taylor on his 70th birthday. Locust Valley, New York, J. J. Augustin, x + 374 pp., 121-149. 1967 Gebärde, Metapher, Parodie. Studien zur Sprache und Volksdichtung. Düsseldorf, Schwann, Wirkendes Wort, vol. 4. 238 pp. 8 pl. [Bibliography, pp. 223-231]. Rohwer, W. D. 1963 See Jensen, A. R. and W. D. R. Rolfe, Bari 1969 The actor's world of silence. The Quarterly Journal of Speech 55(4):394-400. [on pantomime], Rolland, Eugène 1886- Les gestes. I. Mélusine III. cols. 116-119. 1887

616 Romanes, George John (1848-1894) 1878 [paper on the plight of the poor deaf]. Paper, British Association for the Advancement of Science, [deaf, who lack formal language training, can only think in pictures]. 1883 Mental evolution in animals . . . with a posthumous essay on Instinct by Charles Darwin. London, Kegan, Paul and Company. 1887 Thought without words. Nature 36(June 23):171-172. [reply to the ideas of F. Max Miiller, in Science of Thought], 1888 Mental evolution in man. Origin of human faculty. London, Kegan Paul and Company, viii + 452. [a thorough treatment of language origin theories; Darwinism applied to language; gestural theory]. 1889 On the mental faculties of Anthropopithecus calvus. Nature 40:160-162. [on a chimpanzee, six years in the London Zoo; experiments on counting, attempts to teach color-identification, which failed, suggesting a lack of color-vision; vocal responses]. 1890 Intelligence of chimpanzees. Nature 42:245-246. [doubts Henry Stanley's judgment in accepting Emin Pasha's account of wild chimpanzees carrying torches], Romeo, Luigi and Gaio E. Tiberio 1971 Historiography of linguistics and Rome's scholarship. Language Sciences 17(October):23-44. Romero, Francisco 1955 Definitions of man. Diogenes 11:73-84. [language and symbolism as part of the criterion, pp. 79-81], Rommetveit, R. 1968 Words, meanings, and messages: theory and experiments in psycholinguistics. New York, Academic Press. 318 pp. (283 references). Rootes, Thomas P. 1967 See MacNeilage, Peter F., et al. Rosa, Gabriele 1893 Genesi e sviluppo delle lingue. Brescia, Apollonio. Rosa, L. A. 1929 Espressione e mimica. Milano, Hoepli. [on Italian folk gestures]. Rose, C. P. 1970 See Tedford, W. H., Jr., and C. P. R.

617 Rose, E. 1964 See Maccoby, N., et al. Rosenbaum, M. E. 1962 Effect of direct and vicarious verbalization on retention. Child Development 33:103-110. Rosenbaum, Peter 1967 The grammar of English predicate complement constructions. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press. Rosenbaum, P. S. 1968 See Jacobs, R. A. and P. S. R., eds. Rosenberg, B. 1965 The performance of aphasics on automated visuo-perceptual discrimination training and transfer tasks. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 8:165-181. Rosenberg, B. G. and J. Langer 1965 A study of postural-gestural communication. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 2:593-597. 1966 See Langer, J. and B. G. R. Rosenberg, S. and A. Gordon 1968 Identification of facial expressions from affective descriptions: a probabilistic choice analysis of referential ambiguity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 10:157-166. — and J. H. Koplin, eds. 1968 Developments in applied psycholinguistics research. New York, Macmillan. Rosenberger, E. F. 1964 See Lenneberg, Eric H., et al. Rosenberger, P. B., J. P. Möhr, and L. T. Stoddard 1968 Inter- and intramodality matching deficits in a dysphasic youth. Archives of Neurology 18:549-562. Rosenblith, W. A. 1961 Sensory communication. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, and New York, John Wiley and Sons, xiv + 844. 1954 See Pribram, Karl H., et al. Rosenbloom, Shelley 1971 See Aronson, Eric. Rosenblum, L. A. and I. C. Kaufman 1964 Individual distance in two species of macaque. Animal Behavior 12(2-3):338-342.

618 van Rosendaal, G. 1970 See Dellow, P. G., et al. Rosenfeld, A. 1969 Picture processing by computer. New York, Academic Press, [broad survey of picture language as a part of the general problem of picture processing], Rosenfeld, H. M. 1965 Effect of an approval-seeking induction on interpersonal proximity. Psychological Reports 17:120-122. 1966a Instrumental affiliative functions of facial and gestural expressions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 4: 65-72. 1966b Approval seeking and approval inducing functions of verbal and nonverbal responses in dyads. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 4:597-605. Rosenfeld, L. 1961 See Karelitz, S., et al. Rosenfield, L. C. 1936 Correspondence of René Descartes and Henry More, 1647-, on animal behavior and human mind. In Annals of Science. 1941 From beast-machine to man-machine. New York, Oxford University Press, [reference to Descartes and the difference between animal and human actions]. Rosengart-Pupko, G. L. 1948 Rech' i razvitie vospriyatiya v rannem vozraste detstve. Moskva, [speech and perceptual development in childhood], 1963 [Formation of language in very young children] [in Russian] Moskva. 1966 Rol' rechi v razvitii vospriyatiya detei rannego vozrasta. 18th International Congress of Psychology, Symposium 31, Speech and Mental development in children. Moskva. Rosenkranz, Bernhard 1957 Review of Zollinger, Gustav, Tao oder Tau-t-an und das Rätsel der sprachlichen und menschlichen Einheit, 1952. In Indogermanische Forschungen 63(1):110. 1961 Der Ursprung der Sprache: ein linguistisch-anthropologischer Versuch. Heidelberg, Carl Winter, Universitäts-Verlag. 143 pp. [reviews many glottogonie theories]. 1962a Review of Rossi, Eduard, Die Entstehung der Sprache und des menschlichen Geistes. München, Basel, Ernst Reinhardt

619 Verlag. 1962. 220 pp. In Indogermanische Forschungen 68 (2): 188-190. 1962b Das Problem des Ursprungs der menschlichen Sprache. Fortschritte der Medizin, Würzburg, 80:403-404. Rosenstein, J. 1961 Perception, cognition and language in deaf children. Exceptional Child 27:276-284. 1964 Concept development and language instruction. Exceptional Child 30:337-343. Rosenstock-Huessy, Eugen 1963 Die Sprache des Menschengeschlechts. Heidelberg, Lambert Schneider, 2 vols, [language origin is sacramental], Rosenthal, L. A. 1884 Lazarus Geiger. Seine Lehre vom Ursprünge der Sprache und Vernunft und sein Leben . . . Stuttgart. 156 pp. Rosetti, A. 1947 Le mot, esquisse d'une théorie générale. Société Roumaine de Linguistique, Sér. 1, Mémoires 3. K0benhavn-Bucureçti. 1966 Sur le valeur expressive des sons parlés. Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure, Genève, 22:69-70. [onomatopoeia: avoid assuming direct relation between expressive value of sounds and naming of sounds]. 1969 Actualité de la "Grammaire" Port-Royal. Humboldt Universität, Berlin, Gesellschaftliche-Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 18 (4):587-588. Rosev, V. 1941 [Nature, origin and evolution of language] [in Bulgarian] Sofiya. 32 pp. Rosiâski, Franciszek 1970 Rekonstrukcja psychiki praczlowieka. Przeglad Antropologiczny, Poznan, 36(l/2):229-244. (Bibliography, 50 references; French summary) [on the reconstruction of the mental life of prehistoric man: tool-making, fire, etc. in Homo erectus (Peking man)]. Roslansky, John D., ed. 1970 Communication. Amsterdam, North Holland Publishing Company, ix + 131 pp. Rosmini-Serbati, Antonio (1797-1855) 1830 Nuovo Saggio sull' origine delle idee. Roma, 3 vols, [uncertain whether language is divine or human in origin; language

620 is not a mere imitation of nature; arises from the babbling of infants or the calls of wild animals], Rosner, B. S. 1954 See Pribram, Karl H., et al. Rosner, S. R. 1971 The effects of rehearsal and chunking instructions on children's multitrial free recall. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 11:93-105. [verbal rehearsal does not have an automatic effect, but is age- and task-specific in its effects], de Rosny, Léon (1837-1914) 1861 Histoire de la langue chinoise, ms., awarded the Prix Volney. Fragment published by Beaulieu, in Mémoire sur l'origine de la musique, p. 5, Académie des Beaux Arts, Paris. 1869 De l'origine du langage. Société d'Ethnographie Américaine et Oriental, Etudes Linguistiques, 1. Paris, Maisonneuve. 44 pp. [language as a gift of nature]. Ross, Bruce M. 1966 Probability concepts in deaf and hearing children. Child Development 37:917-928. 1969 Sequential visual memory and the limited magic of the number seven. Journal of Experimental Psychology 80(2, Part l):339-347. [subjects turned out to have memory spans from four to five items, not seven to eight]. 1970 See Furth, Hans G. and B.M.R. 1971 See Youniss, J., et al. Ross, H. W. 1959 See Rheingold, H. J., et al. Ross, J. R. 1967a Constraints on variables in syntax. Cambridge, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Ph. D. dissertation, duplicated. 1967b See Lakoff, G. and J. R. R. Rossellius, Cosmas 1579 Thesaurus artificiosae memoriae. Venezia, Antonio Padovano. [described three sign-language alphabets used in monastic communities]. Rossi, Aldo 1970 Le symbolisme comme langue spéciale. In Greimas, A. J., et al., eds., Sign - Language - Culture. The Hague, Paris, Mouton, 570-579. [discussion of symbolism from a philosophicalliterary standpoint].

621 Rossi, Alice S. 1965 Naming children in middle class families. American Sociological Review 30:499-513. [importance of personal names in the establishment of self-concept], Rossi, Eduard 1952 Die Entstehung der Sprache. Wissenschaft und Weltbild, Wien, 8:259 ff. [similarities of the mouth and the hand as gripping organs]. 1958 Die Abhängigkeit des menschlichen Denkens von der Stimme und Sprache. = Abhandlungen zur Philosophie, Psychologie und Pädagogik 15. Bonn, Bouvier. 119 pp. 1962 Die Entstehung der Sprache und des menschlichen Geistes. München, Basel, Ernst Reinhardt Verlag. 220 pp. 1968 Das menschliche Begreifen und seine Grenzen. Materialismus und Spiritualismus, ihre Irrtümer, Schäden und Überwindung. Abhandlungen zur Philosophie, Psychologie und Pädagogik. Bonn, Bouvier, Linz, Oberösterreichischer Landesverlag. 135 pp., vol. 50. Rossi, Ino 1970 Comment on Holloway, Ralph, Culture as a human domain, in Current Anthropology ll(4/5):482-, with reply by R. Holloway, ibid., 482-483. Rossi-Landi, Ferruccio 1966 Sul linguaggio verbale e non-verbale. Nuova Corrente 37:528.

1968

II linguaggio come lavoro e come mercato. Nuovi Saggi Italiani. Milano, Casa Editrice Valentino Bompiani and C. s. p. A. 243 pp. 1951 See Frey, Gerhard and F. R. L. Rosvold, H. E. 1966 See Lawicka, W., et al. Roth, H. L. 1890 On salutations. Journal of the (Royal) Anthropological Institute 19:164-183. Roth, Stanley D. 1948 A book of basic signs used by the deaf. The MSD Press. 31 pp. Roth, W. E. 1897 Ethnological studies among the North-West-Central Queensland Aborigines. Brisbane, xvi + 199 pp. [describes Australian aboriginal sign-language; 213 "ideagrams"].

622 Rothe, H. 1972 Handedness in the common marmoset (Callithrix jacchus). Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, Oregon, [concluded that the marmosets were ambidextrous, although majority preferred right hand], Rotta, Paolo 1909 La filosofia del linguaggio nella Patristica e nella Scolastica. Torino, [on the "high theme" of the origins of language in Greek, Roman, Early and Medieval Christian times]. Rouma, Georges 1913 Le langage graphique de l'enfant. 2nd edition. Bruxelles. (1st edition, 1912). Rousey, C. L. and A. E. Moriarty 1965 Diagnostic implications of speech sounds. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, [verbal language consists of symbolic meanings associated with sound groupings]. Rousseau, Jean-Jacques (1712-1778) 1755 Discours sur les causes de l'inégalité parmi les hommes, et sur l'origine de sociétés, (prize essay, posed by the Academy of Dijon; many editions and translations. Oeuvres complètes, Amsterdam, 1772; English translation, London, 1773-1774; Great Books of the Western World, 1952, vol. 38, etc.) [Part I contains a section on language origin speculations, generally suggested by Condillac, but emphasing the "cry of nature", derived from social necessity], 1761 La nouvelle Héloise. In Oeuvres Complètes, [vol. 6, 38, the language of nature; p. 392, language among animals]. 1762 Émile ou de l'Éducation. In Oeuvres Complètes, [refers to the "natural language of the child; to the natural language of the voice, one adds that of gesture . . . "not in the weak hands of infants, but in their faces"; reason and language]. 1772a Essai sur l'origine des langues. In Oeuvres Complètes, etc. (Texte intégral reproduit d'après l'édition A. Belin de 1817, Paris, Le Graphe, 1967. 543 pp.; Essai sur l'origine des langues, ou il est parlé de la mélodie et de l'imitation musicale, Texte établi et annoté par Charles Porset, 1968, Société d'Études sur le XVIII e siècle, Université de Bordeaux. Bordeaux, Guy Ducros. 245 pp.; part published in Salus, P. H., On language, 1969, 138-146) [a major treatise on the topic of language origin].

623 1772b Du contrat social ou principles du droit politique. In Œuvres Complètes, I, 2 vol. [p. 9, on Adam's language, Noah, and language in a solitary individual such as Robinson Crusoe]. Routh, D. K. 1969 Conditioning of vocal response differentiation in infants. Developmental Psychology 1:219-226. [infants, 2 to 7 months old, conditioned to vowel or consonant sounds, and a third group to any human vocalization]. Rowe, Frederick B. Shirley Brooks, and Barbara Watson 1960 Communication through gestures. American Annals of the Deaf 105:232-236. [ability of deaf and hearing subjects to match gestures and meanings, showing high correlations; the signs used were North American Indian sign-language items]. Rowell, T. E. 1962 Agonistic noises of the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta). Symposium of the Zoological Society of London 8:91-96. 1969 Long-term changes in a population of Ugandan baboons. Folia Primatologica 11:241-254. [serious droughts occur about every 20 years; baboon groups with old individuals who can remember how the last was survived are at an obvious advantage in being led to remaining sources of food and water; the aged are thus crucial]. — and R. A. Hinde 1962 Vocal communication by the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 138: 279-294, Part II. 1962 See Hinde, R. A. and T. E. R. Rowland, Guy L. 1972 See Ezinga, Gerard and G. L. R. Roy, Howard L., Jerome D. Schein, and D. Robert Frisina 1964 New methods of language development for deaf children. Washington, D.C., Gallaudet College, Cooperative Research Project 1383(110). ii + 7 7 pp. Royer, Clémence Auguste 1870 Origine de l'homme et des sociétés. Paris, [animal cries were the beginning of language; tone-language stems from animals]. Royer, F. L. and W. R. Gamer 1966 Response uncertainty and perceptual difficulty of auditory temporal patterns. Perception and Psychophysics 1:41-44.

624 Rozanova, T. V. 1966 Pictorial memory of deaf children. In Boskis, R. M. and A. I. Meshcheryakov, eds., International Congress of Psychology, Symposium 33, Sensory defects and mental development. Moskva. Rozenbergs, Janis 196- Valodas un rakstibas izcelsanas un attístlba: Máclbu lldzeklis. Latvie.su Valodas, Riga, [on the genesis and evolution of language and writing], Rozin, Paul, Susan Poritsky and Raina Sotsky 1971 American children with reading problems can easily learn to read English represented by Chinese characters. Science 171: 1264-1267. Rozwadowski, Jan Michal 1950 O zjawiskach i rozwoju jgzyka. Wydanie II, pomnozone. Kraków, 229 pp. [p. 116, regards click consonants as primordial, like the primary interjections]. Rubenbauer, Johann 1910 Thesaurus Linguae Latinae. Article "digitus", vol. 5, 11221131. Leipzig, Teubner. [an exhaustive compilation of all references to the word finger in Latin authors, including use of fingers in gesture], Rubenstein, H. and M. Aborn 1960 Psycholinguistics. In Annual Review of Psychology, vol. 11, 291-322. Palo Alto, California, Annual Reviews, Incorporated. Rubin, J. 1968 See Jourard, S., et al. Rubin, Robert T., Richard H. Rahe, E. K. Eric Gunderson, and Brian R. Clark 1970 Motivation and serum uric acid levels. Perceptual and Motor Skills 30:794. [although much individual variations occurs, there is a low but positive correlation between uric acid level and motivational state; cf. Orowan, E., 1955], Rubino, C. A. 1970 Hemispheric lateralization of visual perception. Cortex 6(1): 102-119. —, et al. 1967 [Language, motor dexterity and cerebral dominance] [in Italian] Acta Neurologica, Napoli, 22:585-597.

625 Rubinow, Stuart 1970 Hand and arm gestures as communications. Worcester, Massachusetts, Clark University, M. A. Thesis. 1972 See Wiener, Morton, et al. Rubinshtein, S. L. 1957 K voprosu o yazyke, rechi i myshlenii. Voprosy Yazykoznaniya, Moskva, 2:42-48. [language, speech, and thought], Ruch, T. C. 1941 Bibliographia primatologica. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, [includes references to studies of primate behavior], Rudbeck, Olov (1630-1702), the Elder 1679- Atlands eller Manheim, Atlantica sive Manheim, vera Japheti 1702 posteriorum sedes et patria. Part 1. Uppsala. 891 pp. (reprinted, 1863, Stockholm) [Scandanavian the first language], Rudbeck, Olov (1660-1740), the Younger 1703 Lappo hebraicans sive de convenentia lingua hebraeae ac lapponiae. Uppsala. [Hebrew the primordial language, and supposed connections of Hebrew and Lappish]. Rudel, Rita G. and Hans-Lukas Teuber 1964 Crossmodal transfer of shape discrimination by children. Neuropsychology 2:1-8. [visual-visual, haptic-haptic, and reverses]. 1971a Pattern recognition within and across sensory modalities in normal and brain-injured children. Neuropsychologia 9(4): 389-400. 1971b Spatial orientation in normal children and in children with early brain injury. Neuropsychologia 9(4):401-408. [tested ability to walk along paths on 10 visually presented maps]. Rüdinger, Nie 1882 Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie des Sprachcentrums. Stuttgart. 52 pp. Rudnicki, M. 1959 Review of Stopa, Powstanie mowy ludzkeij w oswietleniu antropologii i jezkoznawstwa. Wroclaw, 1956. In Lingua Posnaniensis 7:323-330. Rudran, R. 1972 See Eisenberg, J. F., et al. Ruesch, Jürgen 1957 Nonverbal language and therapy. Psychiatry 18:323-330. (reprinted, in Smith, Alfred G., Communication and culture:

626 readings in the codes of human interaction. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 209-213). —, and Gregory Bateson 1951 Communication: the social matrix of psychiatry. New York, W. W. Norton. —, and W. Kees 1957 Nonverbal communication. Berkeley, University of California Press. 300 illus. [includes posture, facial expression, but also non-somatic objects]. Rüge, H. 1970 Aphasie-Forschung und Aphasie-Therapie in der USA. Sprachheilarbeit 15(2):33-38. Rugel, E. 1938 Ein Trappist bricht sein Schweigen, [on monastic signs, p. 61]. Rugg, Harold 1963 Imagination. Foreword and comment by Kenneth D. Benne. New York, Harper and Row. 361 pp. [chapter on gesture]. Ruhl, D. 1965 See Houck, E. V., et al. Rüke-Draviija, V. 1959 Review of Diamond, A. S., The history and origin of language, 1959. In Sprakliga Bidrag, Lunds Universitet, Lund, 3(13):58-59. Rule, Colter 1967 A theory of human behavior based on studies of non-human primates. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine 10:153-176. [the relation of languages and thought]. Rumbaugh, Duane M. 1970 Learning skills of anthropoids. In Rosenblum, L. A., ed., Primate behavior: developments in Field and Laboratory Research. New York, Academic Press, xii + 400 pp., 1-70. 1971 Evidence of qualitative differences in learning processes among Primates. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 76(2):250-255. [gorilla, gibbon, talapoin]. 1972 The learning skills of Great Apes. Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, Oregon. —, and C. McCormack 1967 The learning skills of primates: a comparative study of apes and monkeys. In Starck, Progress in Primatology, Stuttgart, Fischer, 289-306.

627 Rupainis, Antons 1967 Archeolingvisticka: petijums par senvalodu izcelsmi un tautu radnieclbu, dainu loma senajas valodas. Waverly, Iowa, Latvju Gramata. 165 pp. Rupert of Deutz (ca. 1070-1129) 1844- In Genesism II, 3. In Migne, Jasques Paul, ed., Patrologiae 1864 Cursus Completus. Series Latina. Paris, 221 vols., vol. 167. [Adam spoke Hebrew, as now spoken, names of animals]. Rush, Leona Inez 1968 Relationship between cerebral trauma and disturbance in symbolic functioning. Southern Methodist University, M. A. Thesis, viii + 62 pp. [laterality and language]. Rush, M. L. 1966 Use of visual memory in teaching written language skills to deaf children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 31(3): 219-226. Russ, D. and H. Loess 1969 Taxonomic cues as aids to recall in short-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology 80(2, Part l):394-396. [taxonomic categories facilitate recall], Russell, Bertrand 1927 An outline of philosophy. London, Allen and Unwin. [doubts if writing and speech are the oldest form of language], Russell, Claire 1971 Forbidden Fruit. Stockholm. — and W. M. S. Russell 1961 Human behaviour: a new approach. London. 1971 Language and animal signals. In Minnis, Noel, ed., Linguistics at large, New York, Viking Press. 328 pp., 161-194. [data on primate calls; dolphins, honeybee, etc.; table, human and non-human signal codes, pp. 162-163; origin of language discussion, pp. 184-187; Washoe experiment, pp. 182184], Russell, L. H. 1968 See Lieberman, P., et al. 1972 See Lieberman, P., et al. Russell, W., and M. L. E. Espir 1961 Traumatic aphasia. London, Oxford University Press, [topography of the language zone of the left cortex].

628 Russell, W. M. S. 1962 Animals, robots and man: signals and shibboleths. The Listener 68 (2nd and 9th August): 169-170, 207-208, 213. 1959 See Chance, M. R. A. and W. M. S. R. Russell, William (1798-1873) 1830, Rudiments of gesture, comprising illustrations of common 1838 faults in attitude and action. Boston, Larber and Hendel, 1830, G. W. Palmer and Company, 1838. viii + 48 pp. and 120 pp. illus. [treatise on rhetorical gesture], Rutherford, D. and G. McCall 1967 Testing oral sensation and perception in persons with dysarthria. In Bosma, J. F., ed., Symposium on oral sensation and perception. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, 188201.

Rutherford, P. R. 1968 A bibliography of American doctoral dissertations in linguistics, 1900-1964. Washington, D.C., Center for Applied Linguistics. 124 pp. [1,733 citations], Ruttenberg, Bertram A. 1968 See Wolf, Enid G. and B. A. R. Rutter, R. J. and D. H. Pimlott 1968 The world of the wolf. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott. [wolf calls, communal singing, assembly calls, etc.]. Ryabova, T. V. 1969 [On the psycholinguistic analysis of speech in cases of dynamic aphasia] [in Russian] Psikhologicheskie Issledovaniya 1:117-124. Ryan, S. M., A. G. Hegion, and J. H. Flavell 1970 Nonverbal mnemonic mediation in preschool children. Child Development 41:539-550. Rybnikov, N. A. 1926 Yazyk rebenka. Gosizdat, Moskva-Leningrad, [on child language]. 1927 Ukazatel' literatury po yazyku rebenka. In Detskaya Rech', Sbornik State!. Moskva [355 references on child language], Ryle, Gilbert 1953 Ordinary language. The Philosophical Review 62(2, Whole No. 362): 167-186. [tool-word analogy discussed].

629

S

Saarinen, Thomas F. 1969 Perception of environment. Association of American Geographers, Resource Paper 5, Commission on College Geography. 37 pp. Sabater Pi, J. 1969 See Jones, C. and J. S. P. Sabatier de Castres, l'Abbé 1794 Pensées et observations morales et politiques pouvant servir à la connaissance des vrais principes du gouvernement. Vienne, Imprimerie d'Ignace Alberti. [theory that language is nothing but a form of animal instinct, expression by means of body mimicry]. Sabatino, D. A. 1969 Auditory and visual perceptual behavioral function of neurologically impaired children. Perceptual and Motor Skills 29: 35-40. [auditory and visual perception are very different forms of human behavior]. Sabine, W. C. 1908 Melody and the origin of the musical scale. Science n.s. 27: 841-846. Sachs, H. 1905 Gehirn und Sprache. Wiesbaden, Bergmann. Sachs, Jacqueline S. 1967 Recognition memory for syntactic and semantic aspects of connected discourse. Perception and Psychophysics 2:437442. Sackett, G. P. 1966 Monkeys reared in isolation with pictures as visual input: evidence for an innate releasing mechanism. Science 154: 1468-1473. Sacks, Harvey 1969 See Garfinkel, Harold and H. S. Sade, Donald Stone 1967 Determinants of dominance in a group of free-ranging rhesus monkeys. In Altmann, ed., Social communication among primates. University of Chicago Press, [analysis of signals used in fights]. 1972 An ethogram for rhesus monkeys. Abstracts, 4th Internatio-

630 nal Congress of Primatology, Portland, Oregon, [social displays]. Sadock, J. M. 1970 Whimperatives. In Sadock, J. M. and A. L. Vanek, eds., Studies presented to Robert B. Lees by his students. Edmonton, Linguistic Research, Inc. Sadoff, R. L. 1966 On the nature of crying and weeping. Psychiatric Quarterly 40(3):490-503. [suggests that weeping, unique to man, is due to human ability to conceptualize; 56 references]. Saelens, E. 1966 See Cobb, K., et al. Sahlin, Gunvor 1928 César Chesneau du Marsais et son rôle dans l'évolution de la grammaire générale. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. [Du Marsais, 1676-1756]. Sahly, A. 1970 Le problème des mains mutilées dans l'art préhistorique. In Trudy VII Mezhdunarodnogo Kongressa Antropologicheskikh i Ëtnograficheskikh Nauk. vol. 5, 350-355. Said, Edward W. 1970 Notes on the characterization of a literary text. Modern Language Notes, 765 ff. [structuralist theory; Piaget, MerleauPonty]. Sainsbury, P. 1954 A method of measuring spontaneous movements by timesampling motion pictures. Journal of Mental Science 100: 742-748. 1955 Gestural movement during psychiatric interview. Psychosomatic medicine 17:458-469. Saint-Léon, Arthur 1852 Sténochorégraphie ou art d'écrire promptement la danse. Paris. Saint-Martin, Louis Claude de (1743-1803) 1781 Des erreurs et la vérité. 2nd ed. Salomopolis. [language is a creative whole, of things and names which arose with the origin of mankind; there was no "primordial language", but rather a natural universal language], 1800 De l'esprit des choses, ou coup d'oeil philosophique sur la nature des êtres et sur l'objet de leur existence; ouvrage dans

631 lequel on considère l'homme comme étant le mot de toutes les énigmes. Paris. 2 vols. Saint-Pierre, Bernardin (1737-1814) 1820 Oeuvres complètes. Aimé-Martin, Louis, ed. Paris. 19 vols, [the first language of mankind was pantomime; what is the primordial language if not music, poetry, and the imitation of natural sounds; vol. 8, 115, pantomine; vol. 15, 86 ff., language and natural sounds]. Sait, P. E. 1970 See Zurif, E. B., and P. E. S. Saitz, Robert L. and Edward J. Cervenka 1962 Colombian and North American gestures, a contrastive inventory. Drawings by Renée Bigio. Bogotá, Centro Colombo-Americano. 90 pp. illus. Sale, George (c. 1697-1736) 1744 Algemeinen Welthistorie, Baumgarten, Siegmund Jakob, ed. Halle, [pp. 313-317, Primordial language; Adam's language later lost]. Sale, William M., Jr. 1947 See Pommer, Henry F. and W. M. S., Jr. Salin, Eero 1971 See Kuusinen, Jorm and E. S. Salmon, P. 1968 Herder's essay on the origin of language and the place of man in the animal kingdom. German Life and Letters 22(1): 59-70. Salmon, Vivian 1969 Review of Chomsky, Noam, Cartesian Linguistics, 1966. In Journal of Linguistics 165-187. [thorough historical review of 16th-17th century grammars, including a critical review of Chomsky's presentation of the Port-Royal Grammar]. Salter, Veronica 1970a See Argyle, M., et al. 1970b See Porter, Euan, et al. Salus, Peter H., ed. 1969 On language. Plato to von Humboldt. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, v + 201 pp. [includes selections from Plato's Cratylus, J.-J. Rousseau's Essay on the Origin of Languages, J. G. Herder's Essay on the Origin of Language, etc.].

632 Salvucci, Pasquale 1958 Linguaggio e mondo umano in Condillac. Salzinger, Kurt 1959 Experimental manipulation of verbal behavior: a review. Journal of Genetic Psychology 61(l):65-94. (107 references) [hypothesis that similarity between human and nonhuman animal behavior is sufficient to use laws derived from animal behavior for development of hypotheses about human verbal behavior]. 1970 Pleasing linguists: a parable. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 9:725-727. — R. S. Feldman, and S. Portnoy 1964 The effects of reinforcement rf verbal and nonverbal responses. Journal of General Psychology 70:225-234. — and Suzanne Salzinger, eds. 1967 Research in verbal behavior and some neuro-physiological implications. New York, Academic Press, xvii + 510 pp. [includes a long bibliography on psycholinguistics]. — and M. B. Waller 1962 The operant control of vocalization in the dog. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 5:383-389. [dogs trained to bark a fixed number of times in order to obtain food], Samarin, William J. 1965 Language of silence. Practical Anthropology 12(3): 115-119. 1968 The linguisticality of glossolalia. The Hartford Quarterly 8: 49-75. 1969 Forms and functions of nonsense languages. Linguistics 50: 70-74. 1971 Evolution in glossolalic private language. Anthropological Linguistics 13(2):55-67. [contains a brief allusion to the origins of human language, p. 55 and p. 65], Sameroff, Arnold J. 1970a Respiration and sucking as components of the orienting reaction in neonates. Psychophysiology 7(2):213-223. [as responses to auditory stimulation], 1970b See Elkind, D. R. and A. S. Sampson, Geoffrey 1971 Noam Chomsky, his linguistics and Descartes. Spectator (6 Feb.):189-190.

633 1972

Can language be explained functionally? Synthese 23(4):477. 486 [a reply to Toulmin, Stephen, 1971, q.v.]. Sampson, J. R. 1970 Free recall of verbal and non-verbal stimuli. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 22:215-221. [72 subjects; tested for recall of words and drawings, picture recall proved to be superior to word recall under all conditions; author suggests a double coding explanation for the superiority of non-verbal performance], Samuels, S. J. 1967 The psychology of language. Review of Educational Research 37(2): 109-119. [Review of studies in psycholinguistics over last three years; includes material on the controversy over the role of innate factors in language acquisition]. Sánchez de las Brozas, Francisco (Brócense) 1587 Minerva seu de causis linguae latinae. Salamanca, J. & A. Renault. 272 + 16 pp. [interjections are not a proper part of discourse; speech consists of conventional signs]. Sancipriano, Elena N. 1970 Alcune considerazioni sulla socialità della lingua. Rivista di Psicologia Sociale e Archivo Italiano di Psicologia Generale e del Lavoro 37(2/3): 187-210. Sander, Eric K. 1969 How significant is a baby's babbling? Elementary English 1: 18-23. [traditional and other views of the importance of infant babbling], 1972 When are speech sounds learned? Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 37(l):55-63. [on consonants produced by children from 1 1/2 to 8 + years; chart shows that p,m,h,n, and w are earliest; j,v,@,#,zh latest], Sanders, D. A. and S. J. Goodrich 1971 The relative contribution of visual and auditory components of speech to speech intelligibility as a function of three conditions of frequency distortion. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 14:154-159. Sanders, Josef I. 1968 The ABC's of sign language, edited by Josef I. Sanders. Illustrated by James C. Harrall. Foreword by Powrie Vaux Doctor. Tulsa, Oklahoma, Manca Press. 308 pp.

634

Sanford, E. M. 1928 De loquela digitorum. Classical Journal 23(8)(May):588593. [classical and Medieval use of finger-computation and finger-spelling]. Sano, F. 1897 De l'indépendance fonctionnelle des centres corticaux du langage Journal de Neurologie 2:222-232, 242-252. Santa, John L. and Howard B. Rankin 1972 Effects of verbal coding on recognition memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology 93(2):268-278. [use of "nonsense shapes": representing such items as flag, dog, quail, etc.]. Santangelo, Paolo Ettore 1949 L'origine del linguaggio. Milano, Bompiani. 474 pp. 1953- Fondamenti di una scienza délia origine del linguaggio e sua 1964 storia remota, con miscellanea storico-linguistica. Milano, Santangelo. 20 vols, [in spite of the title, this work deals mainly with Indo-European historical linguistics, and Romance languages in particular]. Santé de Sanctis 1906 Die Mimik des Denkens. Leipzig, [material on facial expression], Sapir, Edward (1884-1939) 1907 Herder's Ursprung der Sprache. Modern Philology 5:109142. [M.A. dissertation]. 1911 The history and varieties of human speech. Popular Science Monthly 79:45-67. (reprinted in Smithsonian Institution, Annual Report for 1912, 573-595; Selected Readings in Anthropology, University of California Syllabus Series, 101, Berkeley; Fried, Morton, ed., Readings in Anthropology, vol. 1, 1959) [on universals; the problem of the origins of language; exaggerated notions of g-sture-use by primitive peoples; critique of "evolutionary" typology - agglutinative, inflective, and isolating, etc.]. 1921 Language: an introduction to the study of speech. New York, Harcourt Brace, vii + 258 pp. [general treatment of problems of language origins, evolutionary typologies, etc.]. 1929 A study in phonetic symbolism. Journal of experimental psychology 12:225-239. 1933 Article, Language. In Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences. vol.9:155-169. (reprinted in Mandelbaum, David, ed., Selec-

635 ted writings of Edward Sapir. Berkeley and Los Angeles, University of California Press, 7-32). Saporta, Sol 1955 Frequency of consonant clusters. Language 31:25-30. Saporta, Sol, ed. 1961 Psycholinguistics: a book of readings. New York, Rinehart and Winston. 1958 See Kahane, Henry, et al. Sarbin, T. and C. Hardyck 1955 Conformance in role perception as a personality variable. Journal of Consulting Psychology 19:109-111. [schizophrenic patients appeared unable to detect emotion from postures depicted in stick figure drawings]. Sarich, Vincent M. 1968 The recent origin of the hominids: an immunological approach. In Washburn, Sherwood L. and Phyllis C. Jay, eds., Perspectives in human evolution. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Chapter 7. [suggests that hominids and pongids diverged between 3 and 5 million years ago, whereas the divergence from the main Cercopiihecoid line goes back 22 million years]. 1971 Human variation in an evolutionary perspective. In Dolhinow, Phyllis, Jay, and V. M. Sarich, eds., Background for Man. Boston, Little, Brown, 182-191. Sarles, Harvey B. 1966a New approaches to the study of human communication. Anthropological Linguistics, (December):20-26. 1966b The dynamic study of interaction as ethnoscientific strategy. Anthropological Linguistics 8(8):66-70. [material on language origin theory]. 1967 The study of intelligibility. Linguistics 34:55-68. 1972 Critical naturalism and the new linguistics. In Smith, Estellie M., ed., Studies in Linguistics. Festschrift for George Trager. Humanities Press. 1969 The study of language and communication across species. Current Anthropology 10(2/3):211-221. [with comments and author's reply]. 1970 An examination of the question-response system in language. Semiotica 2(1):79 101. 1972a The search for comparative variables in human speech.

636 Paper, Symposium on Animal Communication and Human Language, Animal Behavior Society annual meeting, Reno, Nevada, June 14. 1972b A sense for language in the context of human ethology. Paper, Annual Meeting American Anthropological Association, Toronto, Symposium on Language Origins. —, et al. 1970 Communication and ethology. In von Mering, Otto and Leonard Kasdan, eds., Anthropology and the Behavioral and Health Sciences. Pittsburgh, University of Pittsburgh Press, xi + 340 pp., 149-162. [on the degree of continuity between human and animal communication]. Sarmiento, Martín (1695-1771) 1758 Escritos filológicos del Padre Sarmiento. Origen y formación de las lenguas bárbaras. Boletín de la Real Academia Española 16:244-255, 366-382. [p. 244, man did not discover speech; its origin is divine. Hebrew was Adam's first language]. Sarno, J. E., P. L. Swisher, and T. M. Sarno 1969 Aphasia in a congenitally deaf man. Cortex 5(4):398-313. [congenitally deaf encode language by the same fundamental processes as those with normal hearing]. Sarris, E . G. 1931 Sind wir berechtigt, vom Wortverständnis des Hundes zu sprechen? Beihefte 32, Zeitschrift für angewandte Psychologie 62. [animal "language" in dogs], Sarton, George 1948 The Tower of Babel. Isis 39:3-15. Sasanuma, Sumiko and Osamu Fujimura 1971 Selective impairment of phonetic and non-phonetic transcription of words in Japanese aphasic patients: kana versus kanji in visual recognition and writing. Cortex 7(1): 1-18. [speech apraxics made mo r e errors in the syllabic kana script than non-speech apraxic aphasic patients; kanji are Chinese ideographs used in writing Japanese]. Satz, Paul 1966 Specific and non-specific effects of brain lesions in man. Journal of Abnormal Psychology 71:65-70. 1968 Laterality effects in dichotic listening. Nature 218:277-278.

637 —, Eileen Fennell and M. B. Jones 1969 Comments on: a model of the inheritance of handedness and cerebral dominance. Neuropsychologia 7:101-103. 1967 See Fennell, E., et al. 1971 See Hines, David, and P. S. Sauer, Carl O. 1961 Sedentary and mobile bents in earlier societies. In Washburn, Sherwood L., ed., Social Life of Early Man. Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, 31, 256-266. Sauguet, J. 1971 See Hécaen, H. and J. S. Saumaise, Claude de (1588-1653) 1643 Claudius Salmasii de Hellenistica commentarius, controversiam de lingua Hellenistica decidens, et plenissime pertractans originem et dialectos Graecae linguae. Leiden, Elsevier. [monosyllables were earlier than polysyllables in Early Greek], Saunders, A. A. 1924 The study of bird songs. The Condor 26:209. 1929 Bird song. New York State Museum Handbook, 7. Saunders, E. Dale 1958 Symbolic gestures in Buddhism. Artibus Asiae 21(l):47-63. 1960 Mudra: a study of symbolic gestures in Japanese Buddhist sculpture. New York, Bollingen Series; London, R. and Kegan Paul, xxiii + 396 pp. illus. [history and symbolism of hand gestures in Buddhist ritual and iconography]. Saunders, Elizabeth A. and Carol J. Miller 1968 A study of verbal communication in mentally subnormal patients. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 3(1):99-110. [gesture and pantomime apart from speech]. Saussure, Ferdinand de 1915 Cours de linguistique générale. (1968 ed.). [arbitrariness of signs not contested by anyone, p. 100]. Sautebin, Henri 1899 Un linguiste français au XVIIIe siècle: le président de Brosses. Berne. [Charles de Brosses, 1709-1777]. Sauvageot, A. 1957 Les procédés expressifs du français contemporain. Paris, [nasalized sounds expressing lassitude, nonchalance, disdain, in various languages as a form of sound-symbolism].

638 1968 See Husson, R., et al. Savage, R. S. and J. Wyman 1843- Observations on the external characteristics, habits and 1844 organization of Troglodytes niger Geof. Boston Journal of Natural History 4:362-386. [observed a chimpanzee in the wild who used a stone to crack open a small walnut-like fruit]. Savart, Félix 1823, Note sur la voix des oiseaux. Annales de Chimie et de Phy1826 sique 24:56(1823),32:5,113(1826). [bird song]. Savchenko, A. N. 1959 Chasti rechi i kategorii myshleniya. Rostov-na-Donu. [parts of speech and thinking]. Savich, G. A. 1961 Morfologicheskiï analiz ruki kak organa truda v issledovaniyakh N.I. Pirogova. Voprosy Antropologji 8:116-122. Savoiardo, M. 1966 See de Renzi, E., et al. Savoureaux, R. le. 1925 Recherches sur les rapports des mouvements d'expression et du langage. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 22:128-143. Sayce, A. H. (1846-1933) 1875 The principles of comparative philology. 2nd ed., rev. London, Trübner. xxxii + 416 pp. [xviii, 236, language origins; one primeval language, 67, 219; first language akin to interjection, 121; a language of "roots" is impossible, xx, 168; onomatopoeia, 222, 237; original language sounds were few, vague, 245, 246]. 1880 Introduction to the science of language. 1st edition. London, Kegan Paul, [refers to the "probable onomatopoeic origin of the greater part of our vocabulary"; gestures accompanied semi-articulate sounds; "visual onomatopoeia of gestures"; gesture preceded speech and led to it]. Sayre, Gwenda 1959 Creative miming. London, Herbert Jenkins. Scagnelli, Paul 1969 Relationships among visual imagery, language and haptics in spatial perception. Duke University, Ph.D. dissertation. 263 pp. Dissertation Abstracts International 3875-B (1970). [visual imagery is the key representational process in man].

639 Scaliger, Joseph Juste Caesar (1484-1558) 1540 De causis linguae latinae. Lyon. [Hebrew the primordial language]. Scammon, R. E. and H. L. Dunn 1922 Empirical formulae for the postnatal growth of the human brain and its major divisions. Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine 20:114-117. Scarisbrick, J. 1918 Natural law in primitive speech. Weston-super-Mare. Sceau, Anthony G. 1967 See Hill, Suzanne D., et al. Schaefer, C. E. 1970 Onomatopoeia and images: further evidence of validity. Perceptual and Motor Skills 31(3):786. Schaeffer, B. 1966 See Lovaas, I., et al. Schaenzle, J. 1939 Der mimische Ausdruck des Denkens. Berlin, Die Lehre von der praktischen Menschenerkenntnis. 88 pp. Schäfer, P. 1921 Die kindliche Entwicklungsperiode des reinen Sprachverständnisses nach ihrer Abgrenzung. Zeitschrift für pädogogische Psychologie 22:317-325. Schaff, Adam 1965 Language and reality. Diogenes 51:147-167. 1970 Specific features of the verbal sign. In Greimas, A-J., et al., eds. Sign - Language - Culture. The Hague, Paris, Mouton, 113-123. [discussion of distinction between verbal signs and non-verbal signs; conceptual thinking is always verbalized]. Schaller, Fr. 1954 See Thomas, E. and Fr. S. Schaller, George B. 1963 The mountain gorilla: ecology and behavior. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. 1965 The behavior of the mountain Gorilla. In DeVore, Irven, ed., Primate behavior: field studies of monkeys and apes. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, xiv + 654 pp., 324-367.

640 — and Gordon W. Lowther 1969 The relevance of carnivore behavior to the study of early hominids. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 25(4):307: 341. Schaltenbrand, Georges 1960 Die biologischen Voraussetzungen der Sprache. Münchener Medizinische Wochenschrift 102:817-822. Schane, Sanford 1969 See Reibel, D. A. and S. S., eds. Schapiro, Meyer 1970 On some problems in the semiotics of visual art: field and vehicle in image signs. In Greimas, A. J., et al., Signs - Language - Culture. The Hague, Paris, Mouton 487-502. [nonmimetic elements of image-signs; "image" field as a frame or rectangular canvas, etc.; Stone Age paintings; left and right placement]. Schär, A. 1922 Uber den Tastsinn und seine Beziehungen zur Lautsprache. Vox 32:26-32. [the sense of touch and its relation to speech]. Scharrer, E. 1931 Stimm- und Musikapparate bei Tieren und ihre Funktionsweise. In Bethe, A., et al., eds., Handbuch der normalen und pathologischen Physiologie. Berlin, Springer Verlag, vol. 15(2), 1223-54. Schastnyx, A. I. 1961 O nervnykh mekhanizmakh slozhnogo povedeniya cheloveko-obraznykh obez'yan (Shimpanze). Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 139 (No. 3). 1962 Izbiratel'naya sistemnost' v rabote kory golovnogo mozga vysshikh obez-yan (Shimpanze). Trudy Instituta Fiziologii im. I. P. Pavlova, vol. 10. Moskva-Leningrad. 1968 [Physiological mechanisms in the dynamics of the learning of complex behavior by anthropoid apes (chimpanzees)] [in Russian] Sravitel'naya i Vozrastnaya Fiziologiya, Leningrad, Nauka, 152-162. (English translation, Soviet Psychology, Fall, 1970, 9(1):32-51) [chiefly on visual stimuli]. Schaupp, Zora 1926 The naturalism of Condillac. University of Nebraska Studies in Language, Literature and Criticism. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.

641

Schauss, I. 1850 Ein Wort über die Zeichen-Sprachen im Allgemeinen und über ein praktisches Finger-Alphabet insbesondere. Jena, Döbereiner. Schecker, Heinz 1930 Melchior Goldast von Haiminsfeld, eine Studie. Bremen, Bremer Bibliophile Gesellschaft 7. [Goldast, ca. 1599, believed in the idea that Hebew was the primordial language, and tried to derive Western languages from it]. Scheffler, Johann (Angelus Silesius, 1624-1677) 1949 Cherubinischer Wandersmann. In Held, Hans Ludwig, ed., Angelus Silesius, Sämtliche poetische Werke. München, [vol. 1, 20, origin of language]. Scheflen, Albert E. 1961 The extrapolation from feeding experience to object relationship. Psychiatry 24:143-152. 1964 The significance of posture in communication systems. Psychiatry 27(4):316-331. [gesture and posture symbols as clues to interaction patterns; mainly deals with body orientation in psychotherapy], 1965a Stream and structure of communicational behavior. Eastern Pennsylvania Psychiatric Institute. 1965b Quasi-courtship behavior in psychotherapy. Psychiatry 28: 245-257. 1968 Human communication. Behavioral Science 13. 1969 Non-language behavior in communication. Address to New York Chapter, American Academy of Pediatrics, Sept. 2. Scheiber, Alexander (Sândor) 1937a Das Problem des Usprungs der Sprache im jüdischen Schrifttum. In Jubilee Volume in Honour of Edw. Mahler. Budapest, 494-509. 1937b Keleti hagyomänyok a nyelvek keletkezéserôl. Budapest, [refers to rabbinical tradition of the priority of Hebrew language], Schein, Jerome Daniel 1965 Early manual communication and later achievement of the deaf: a critique. The Deaf American, April, 25-26. 1964 See Roy, Howard, et al. Scheinert, M. 1908 Wilhelm von Humboldts Sprachphilosophie. Archiv für die gesamte Psychologie 13:141-195.

642 Schell, Herman (1850-1906) 1908 Kleinere Schriften. Hennemann, Karl, ed. Paderborn, x + 708 pp. [opposed Darwinist approach to language evolution; theological speculation on language origins supported], Scheller, Paul 1911 Der sprechende Hand und der Sprache der Tiere. Leipzig, R. Ehlert. I l l pp. Schelling, Friedrich Wilhelm Joseph van (1775-1854) 1856- Vorbemerkungen zu der Frage über den Ursprung der 1861 Sprache. In Sämmtliche Werke. Stuttgart-Augsburg. 10 vols, [vol. 2, 132-136, on the first language; discusses gesture language, divine origin theory; Vol. 1:419-426]. Scheminzky, Ferdinand 1935 Schallerzeugung bei Tieren. Die Welt des Schalles. GrazWien-Leipzig-Berlin, See. 4, 463. 1943 Die Welt des Schalles, 2nd ed. Salzburg, Das Berglandbuch Verlag, 820 pp. Schenkel, R. 1947 Ausdrucksstudien an Wölfen. Behaviour 1:81-129. 1964 Zur Ontogenese des Verhaltens bei Gorilla und mensch. Zeitschrift für Morphologie und Anthropologie 54:233-259. [includes data on object-manipulation by captive gorillas]. 1967 Submission: its features and functions in the wolf and dog. American Zoologist 7:319-330. Schepers, G. W. H. 1946 See Broom, Robert and G. W. H. S. 1950 The braincasts of the recently discovered Plesianthropus skulls. Transvaal Museum Memoirs, Pretoria, 4:89-117. [discusses possible existence of speech from endocranial cast data]. Scherer, Anton 1957 Die Erfassung des Raumes in der Sprache. Studium Generale 10:574-582. [language and space-comprehension]. Scherer, Wilhelm (1841-1886) 1878 Zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache. 2nd ed. Berlin, [mostly on the Indo-European bases of Germanic, but some general notions; p. 22 ff., on the origins of language]. Schiefelbusch, R., R. Copeland, and T. Smith, eds. 1967 Language and mental retardation. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

643 Schiefferdecker, P. 1919 Über die Differenzierung der tierischen Kaumusklen 2x1 menschlichen Sprachmuskeln. Biologisches Centraiblatt 39: 421-432. Schievella, P. S. 1969 Symbols, referents, and communication in the human use of language. Journal of Crit. Anal. 1(2):75-91. [on symbol and sign; cognitive function of language]. Schilder, Paul 1931 Brain and personality. New York, Nervous and Mental Disease Publishing Company. 1935 The image and appearance of the human body. London, Paul, Trench, Trubner; New York, International Universities Press (1950). — and H. Hoff 1926 [Posture and attitude reflexes and similar phenomena] [in German] Deutsche Zeitschrift für Nervenheilkunde 89:6772. Schiller, Friedrich (1957-1805) 1904 Sämtliche Werke, Säkularausgabe. Stuttgart-Berlin, von der Hellen, Eduard, ed., 16 vols. [vol. 13, 35, first human society; in 1789, no question for Schiller that language grew from animal tones to understandable signs; language was found after a long time by "human essence"; in 1791, man descended from a single original pair]. Schiller, P. H. 1951 Figural preferences in the drawings of a chimpanzee. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 44:101111. 1952 Innate constituents of complex responses in primates. Psychological Review 59:177-191. 1957 Innate motor action as a basis of learning. In Instinctive Behavior. New York, International Universities Press, 264287. Schindler, Bruno 1915 Die Entwicklung der chinesischen Schrift aus ihren Grundelementen. Ostasiatische Zeitschrift 3. [early forms of Chinese characters embody gestural representations]. 1917 Die Prinzipien der chinesischen Schriftbildung. Ostasiatische Zeitschrift 3.

644 Schlanger, Judith E. 1971 The childhood of mankind. Diogenes 73:39-69. [oil 18th and 19th century theories, including "linguistic childhood", pp. 64-65; quotes Itard on the "language of action, purely gesture and expression", and F. Schlegel's notions of a progression from monosyllables to disyllables to trisyllables]. Schlauch, Margaret 1949 Review of Wilson, R. A., The miraculous birth of language, 1941. In Journal of English and Germanic Philology 43(3): 377. Schlegel, August Wühlern (1767-1845) 1801 Vorlesungen über Schöne Literatur und Kunst. Minor, J., ed. Stuttgart. 3 vols. [vol. 1, 273, argued against invention or a social compact as the beginning of language]. Schlegel, Carl Friedrich Wilhelm von (1772-1829) 1808 Uber die Sprache und Weisheit der Indier. (1837, Paris, Essai sur la langue et la philosophie des Indiens . . .; 1877, Uber die Sprache . . . In Werke, Bonn. vol. 8, 278 ff.) [Chapter 5 deals with the problem of language origins]. 1830 Philosophie der Sprache. In Sämmtliche Werke. 2nd ed. Wien, 1846. 15 vols. (English translation, The philosophy of life and the philosophy of language. Translated by A. J. W. Morrison. Bohns Standard Library, 1847) [ideas parallel those of J. G. Herder and Lazarus Geiger: speech developed gradually rather than suddenly, but was a discovery of man's]. Schleicher, August (1821-1868) 1863 Die Darwinsche Theorie und der Sprachwissenschaft. Offenes Sendschreiben an Herrn Dr. Ernst Häckl. Weimar (1965 reprinting. (English transl. 1869, Darwinism tested by the science of language. Translated by Dr. Bikkers, London; Italian translation, 1965, La teoria darwiniana e la scienza del linguaggio. Letter aperta al Ernst Häckel. In Bolelli, T., ed., Per una storia della ricerca linguistica. Napoli, Morano. 598 pp., 123-136). 1865 Uber die Bedeutung der Sprache für die Naturgeschichte des Menschen. Weimar, Böhlau. Schleidt, W. M. 1962 Die historische Entwicklung der Begriffe "Angeborenes auslösendes Schema" und "angeborener Auslösemechanis-

645 mus". Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 19:697-722. [on innate releasers]. 1967 See Burkhardt, D., et al. Schleiennacher, Friedrich (1768-1834) 1834- Sämmtliche Werke. Berlin, 30 vols. (vol. 1, 228 ff., Über 1864 die Religion, Reden and die Gebildeten unter ihren Verächtern) [on language origins; 1822, even in the earliest times, man did not have a common language; there was an early tendency for the diversification of language]. 1835 Uber Leibnitz unausgeführt gebliebenen Gedanken einer allgemeinen philosophischen Sprache. In Sämmtliche Werke, Abthl. 3, Zur Philosophie, vol. 3, 138-149. Schleiff, Arnold 1938 Sprachphilosophie und Inspirationstheorie im Denken des 17. Jahrhunderts. Zeitschrift für Kirchengeschichte, Stuttgart. Schlesinger 1902 Über die Beziehungen zwischen Schädelgrösse und Sprachentwicklung. Breslau, Universität, Dissertation, Medicine. 29 pp. [cranial size and the evolution of language]. Schlesinger, I. M. 1967 A note on the relationship between psychological and linguistic theories. Foundations of Language 3(4):397-402. [on a theory of language acquisition by children]. 1969 The grammar of sign language: some implications for the theory of language. Hebrew University of Jerusalem, ms. 1971 Production of utterances and language acquisition. In Slobin, Dan I., ed., The ontogenesis of grammar: some facts and several theories. New York, Academic Press. 1972 The grammar of sign language and the problem of language n.d. universals. Hebrew University of Jerusalem, ms. Schliesser, Herbert F. 1965 Restricted motility of the speech articulators and selected sensory discriminative modalities of speech defective spastic hemiplegic children. University of Iowa, Ph. D. dissertation. — and Ralph O. Coleman 1968 Effectiveness of certain procedures for alteration of auditory and oral tactile sensation for speech. Perceptual and Motor Skills 26:275-281. [an experiment in which subjects could not hear their own speech feedback, and whose mouths were anaesthetized; there was remarkably little elimination of comprehensibility].

646 Schloeth, R. 1956 Quelques moyens d'intercommunication des tauraux de Camargue. Terre et Vie 103(2):83-93. [communication among bulls]. Schlosberg, Harold A. 1941 A scale for the judgment of facial expressions. Journal of Experimental Psychology 29:497-510. 1952 The description of facial expressions in terms of two dimensions. Journal of Experimental Psychology 44:229-237. 1954 Three dimensions of emotion. Psychological review 61:8188.

1957 See Engen, T., et al. 1960 See Levy, N., and H. S. Schlosser, K. 1952 Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker. Biologischpsychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes. Arbeiten an dem Museum für Völkerkunde, Universität Kiel, I, Mühlau. Schlözer, August Ludwig von (1735-1809) 1785 Weltgeschichte nach ihren Haupttheilen im Auszug und Zusammenhange. Göttingen, [vol. 1, 139, rationalistic view of the discovery of language; language as a natural phenomenon, the work of nature and of time]. Schmale, A. H., Jr. 1970 See Sweeney, D. R., et al. Schmandt-Besserat, Denise 1971 Five millennia of three dimensional recording preceding writing. American Anthropological Association, 70th Annual Meeting, Preliminary Program, Ser. 509, p. 37. Schmid, Bastian 1923 Die Sprache und andere Ausdrucksformen der Tiere. München. 1925 Die Tiersprache und andere Ausdrucksmittel der Tiere. 1928a Sichtbarmachung tierischer Laute. Biologische Zentralblatt 48:513-521. 1928b Uber die Phonetik der Tiersprache. Zoologische Anzeiger, Supplement 3:89-. 1930 Tierphonetik. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Physiologie 12: 760-.

647 Schmid, E. A. 1784 Des Lord Monboddo Werke . . . Riga, Hartknoch. Introduction by J. G. Herder. Schmidt, Johannes (1843-1901) 1872 Die Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse der indogermanischen Sprachen. Weimar, [p. 31, primordial language; discusses arguments about the original Indo-European language and the original primordial language of mankind], Schmidt, K, H. 1963 Review of Rosenkranz, Bernhard, Der Ursprung der Sprache, 1961. In Indogermanische Forschungen 68:65-67. Schmidt, Leopold 1953 Die volkstümlichen Grundlagen der Gebärdensprache. Beiträge zur Sprachlichen Volksüberlieferungen, 2. Berlin, Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften, 233-249. Schmidt, Robert S. 1971 A model of the central mechanisms of male anuran acoustic behavior. Behaviour 39(2/4):288-317. [Rana pipiens and Hyla cinerea, Hyla versicolor: sound communication in frogs]. Schmidt, Wilfried H. O. and Terence Hore 1970 Some nonverbal aspects of communication between mother and child. Child Development 41 (3):889-896. [three nonverbal variables: physical contact, body inclination, and glance]. Schmidt, Wilhelm (1868-1954) 1926 Die Sprachfamilien und Sprachenkreise der Erde. Heidelberg. [pp. 16-23, language origins; p. 20, body movements preceded sound communication; primacy of gesture over voice]. 1950 Der älteste Mensch und die Sprache. In Syllegomena Biologica, Festschrift Otto Kleinschmidt. Leipzig, Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft, 379-386. Schmidt-Clausing, F. 1958 Article, "Gesten". In Mohr, J. C. B. (Paul Siebeck), Die Religion in Geschichte und Gegenwart: Handwörterbuch für Theologie und Religionswissenschaft. Tübingen, vol. 2, 1538-39. [on liturgical gestures]. Schmitt, A. 1954 Helen Keller und die Sprache. München. 82 pp.

648 Schmitt, Cornel and Hans Stadler 1919 Die Vogelsprache. Stuttgart. Schmitthenner, Fr. 1827 Ursprachlehre. Entwurf zu einem System der Grammatik mit besonderer Rücksicht auf die Sprachen der indisch-deutschen Stammes . . . Frankfurt, Herrmann, [essentially on Indo-European base for European languages]. Schmook, J. 1966 See Schusterman, R. J., et al. Schmutz-Höbarthen, Franz 1966 Der gemeinsame Ursprung der Sprachen. Krems a. D., Waldviertler Heimatbund, XIII. 490 pp. duplicated. Schnauss, J. 1850 Ein Wort über die Zeichensprache im Allgemeinen und über ein praktisches Finger-Alphabet insbesondere. Jena, C. Döbereiner, 23 pp. illus. Schnebli-Schwegler, Brigitte 1965 Johann Gottfried Herders Abhandlungen über den Ursprung der Sprache und die Goethe-Zeit. Winterthur, Keller, xi + 113 pp. Schneemelcher, Wilhelm 1961 Review of Borst, Arno, Der Turmbau von Babel, 1957. In Theologische Literaturzeitung 86:48 ff. Schneider, Marius 1946 El origen musical de los animales-símbolos en la mitología y la escultura antigua. Barcelona. Schneider, Matthias 1908- The thought and language of the deaf-mute. An inquiry 1911 concerning the true foundation of deaf-mute instruction. Translated by Paul Lange. American Annals of the Deaf 53: 483-492; 54:173-190, 254-263, 327-338, 402-412; 55:474486; 56:1-17. Schneider, Nadine 19-. See Paul, Jeanne and N. S. Schneider, R. 1964 Der Larynx der Säugetiere. In Helmcke, J.-G., H. V. Lengerken, D. Starck, and H. Wermuth, Handbuch der Zoologie. Berlin, Walter de Gruyter, Chapter 7, pp. 1-128, vol. 8, Part 35. 1960 See Starck, D. and R. S.

649 Schneider, Wilhelm 1938 Uber die Lautbedeutsamkeit. Ein Vorschlag zur Schlichtung des Streites. Zeitschrift für deutsche Philologie 63:138-179. Schneidermann, Deila Z. 1971 Tactile-visual perception and cross-modal transfer. Perceptual and Motor Skills 32(1): 159-162. [12 children by age 4 could match tactually perceived objects with visually perceived objects explored tactually],

Schneiria, T. C. 1956 Interrelationships of the "innate" and the "acquired" in instinctive behavior. In Grasse, P.P., ed., L'instinct dans le comportement des animaux. Paris, 387-452. Schoeps, Hans Joachim 1961 Review of Borst, Arno, Der Turmbau von Babel, 1957. In Zeitschrift für Religions- und Geistesgeschichte 13:186 ff. Schöfer, Wolfgang von 1968 Was geht uns Noah an. Aus dem Unbewussten der Sprache. München, Basel, E. Reinhardt. 125 pp. Scholich, B. 1972 Review of Höpp, Gehard, Evolution der Sprache und Vernunft, 1970. In Current Anthropology 13(2):202. Schön, M. A. 1970 On the mechanism of modulating the volume of the voice in howling monkeys. Acta Oto-laryngologica 70:443-447. Schöne, Albrecht 1967 See Henkel, Arthur and A. S. Schooling, J. H. 1895 Written gesture. Nineteenth Century 36:477-490. Schott, Siegfried 1950 Hieroglyphen. Untersuchungen zum Ursprung der Schrift. Wiesbaden, Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Abh. d. Geistes- und sozialwiss. Klasse, Jahrgang 1950, 24. [writing origins]. Schottlaender, Rudolf 1969a Die verkannte Lehre Condillacs vom Sprachursprung. Beiträge zur romanischen Philologie, Berlin, 8:158-165. 1969b Ursprungsbegriff und Wortursprung. Zeitschrift für philosophische Forschung, Meisenheim-Glan, 23:161-176. Schowe, B. M., Jr. 1960 See Moser, H. M., et al.

650 Schräder, O. 1883 Sprachvergleichung und Urgeschichte. Linguistisch-historische Beiträge zur Erforschung des Indogermanischen Altertums. Naumberg a. S.-Jena. x + 490 pp. (3rd ed., 19061907) [mainly on prehistory of Indo-European languages]. Schreiber, Hans 1936 Die Extrembewegungen der Schimpanzenhand. Gegenbaurs Morphologisches Jahrbuch, Leipzig, 77(l):22-60. Schreider, E. 1949 Review of Darlington, C.D., The genetic component of language, 1947. In L'Anthropologie 53:540-542. 1950 Review of Johannesson, Alexander, Gesture origin of IndoEuropean languages, 1944 (and other articles). In L'Anthropologie 54:337-339. [the reviewer rejects Jöhannesson's general conclusions, but accepts the Rae-Paget-Johannesson theory as true for the origin of a few roots]. 1957 Review of Bunak, Viktor V., Proiskhozhdenie rechi po dannym antropologii, 1951. In L'Anthropologie 61:121-122. Schrier, Alan and Fred Stollnitz, eds. 1971 Behavior of nonhuman primates. New York, Academic Press. 4 vols. Schroder, H. 1957 See McDavid, J. and H. S. Schuchardt, Hugo (1842-1927) 1919- Sprachursprung. Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akade1921 mie der Wissenschaften. Berlin, Akademie-Verlag, I (1919): 716-720; II (1919):863-869; III (1920):448-462; (1921): 194-207, Exkurs, [upheld the theory that language originated in large part by imitation. Although admitting the independent origin of various language families, believed that there were identical primitive elements, "inspired by nature"]. 1922 Hugo Schuchardt-Brevier. Ein Vademecum der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. Spitzer, Leo, ed. Halle (Saale), Max Niemeyer. 375 pp. Schuell, Hildred and J. J. Jenkins 1959 The nature of language deficit in aphasia. Psychological Review 66:45-67. —, J. J. Jenkins and E. Jimenez-Pabon 1964 Aphasia in adults. New York, Harper and Row.

651 — and K. Nagae 1969a Aphasia studies. Geriatrics 24(10):141-152. [adaptation of U.S. English language tests for Japanese aphasic patients; note similar effects of aphasia in Japanese speakers]. —, Robert Shaw, and William Brewer 1969b A psycholinguistic approach to study of the language deficit in aphasia. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 12(4): 794-806. Schuette, D. 1965 See Exline, R., et al. Schuhl, Pierre-Maxime 1948 Remarque sur le regard. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 41:184-193. Schuhen, M. 1946 L'unità del genere umano all luce delle ultime risultanze antropologiche, linguistiche ed etnologiche. 3rd ed. Milano, Vita e Pensiero. 55 pp. Schultens, Albert (1686-1750) 1729 Oratio prima de linguae arabicae antiquissima origine. Franeker. [pp. 6-14, on primordial language, with Hebrew the lingua primaeva, "as ancient as mankind"]. Schulthess, Friedrich 1912 Zurufe an Tiere im Arabischen. Abhandlungen der Königlichen preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Klasse für Sprachen, Literatur, und Kunst. Anhang. 92 pp. [on calling animals in Arabic]. Schultz, Adolph Hans 1957 Die Bedeutung der Primatenkunde für das Verständnis der Anthropogenese. Deutsche Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, 5 Tagung, Freiburg in Br., 1956, Berichte, Göttingen, 13-28. 1961 Some factors influencing the social life of primates in general and of early man in particular. In Washburn, Sherwood L., ed., Social life of Early Man, Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, 58-90. Schultze, Fritz 1880 Die Sprache des Kindes. Leipzig. Schulz, F. 1886 Ursprung der menschlichen Sprache. Berlin. 123 pp. Schulz, Georg 1927- Muss der Vogel seinen Gesang lernen? Beiträge zur Fort1928 pflanzungs-Biologie der Vögel 3:205(1927); 4:222(1928).

652 Schumann, Colmar 1872 Vom Ursprung und Wesen der Sprache. In Programm des Gymnasiums zu Burg. Magdeburg, E. Baensch, jun., 1-3. [onomatopoeia and language roots]. Schumann, P. 1925 Mit den Augen hören. Bayerisches Taubstummenblatt, 44, Seite 3. Schurz, Herbert 1965 Die spontane Verwendung von lautlichen Ausdrucksmitteln zur Wiedergabe von Gegenstandseigenschaften. Experimentelle Untersuchungen an noch sprachlosen, tauben Kindern. Beiträge zur pädagogischen Psychologie, vol. 141-146. Wien, Ketterl. 98 pp. Schusterman, Ronald J. 1972 Auditory sensitivity and visual acuity in pinnipeds. Paper, Symposium on Animal Communication and Human Language, Animal Behavior Society Meeting, Reno, Nevada. — and Richard F. Balliet 1970 Conditioned vocalizations as a technique for determining visual acuity thresholds in sea lions. Science 169:498-501. [California sea lions were trained to click under water in the presence of a striped target; sea lion has a high degree of control of its vocalization; electric shock not used]. — and S. H. Feinstein 1965 Shaping and discriminative control of underwater click vocalizations in a California sea lion. Science 150:1743-1744. —, R. Gentry, and J. Schmook 1966 Underwater vocalization by sea lions: social and mirror stimuli. Science 154:540-541. Schütz, Ludwig Harald 1913 Die Entstehung der Sprachen. Weltwarte, Wiesbaden 10(1719)H.3,1-3,H.4(1914) (1-3). 1914 Die Entstehen der Sprachen. 2nd ed. Frankfurt am Main, J. St. Goar. 258 pp. Schuy, Cl. 1955 Die sprachliche Situation des Taubstummen. Spraohforum 1:147-, [p. 148, on assembly-sign gestures]. Schwartz, Arthur 1966 See Premack, David and A. S. 1967 See Doherty, P. and A. S.

653 Schwartz, Martin F. 1969 Use of a storage oscilloscope in speech therapy. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 34:111-112. [girl 4 years old with inadequate soft palate; effects of a speech prosthesis]. Schweiger, J. W. 1969 See Hardy, James C., et al. Schwering, Julius 1925 Die Idee der drei heiligen Sprachen im Mittelalter. In Festschrift August Sauer zum 70. Geburtstag. Stuttgart, 3-11. Schwidetzky, Georg Willy Alfred 192- Die Frage des Sprachursprunges, Vergleichung von Tier(besonders Affen- und Halbaffenwörten) und Menschenwörten. Zeitschrift für Säugetierkunde 2:7-. 1922 Eine neue Theorie über die Uranfänge der Sprache. Leipzig, Städtisches Museum für Völkerkunde, Jahrbuch, 8:107-110. 1927 Sprache als Lebenserscheinung. Klinische Wochenschrift 6: 764-, 1932a Do you speak chimpanzee? An introduction to the study of speech of animals and of primitive men. London, Routledge. 1932b Schimpansisch, Urmongolisch, Indogermanisch. 1934 Lemurisch, Gibbonisch, Ureuropäisch. 1936a Pongonisch, Urdinarisch, Indogermanisch. 1936b Einige Grundbegriffe naturwissenschaftlichen Sprachforschung. Leipzig. 1938a Rasse und Sprache. Leipzig. 1938b Die biologische Sprachursprungslehre und die Entstehung der Urrassen. Leipzig. 1938c Die biologische Sprachursprungslehre und die Lautkunde. Leipzig. 1946a Verläufiger Umriss der Entstehung der ur-, alt-, und neueuropäischen Völker, Kulturen, und Sprachen nach von Eickstedt, Keith, Marr, Melchers, Schuchhardt, Schwabedissen, Schwidetzky, Soergel, Wiesner u. a. Markkleeberg. 1946b Ergebnisse der ersten 30 Jahre biologischer Sprachforschung. Markkleeberg. 1948 Das Wörterbuch der Gorillas. Markkleeberg. Schwyzer, H. R. G. 1962 Wittgenstein's picture-theory of language. Inquiry 5(1):4665.

654 Sclavunos, G. 1904 Über die Ventrikularsäcke des Kehlkopfes beim erwachsenen und neugeborenen Menschen, sowie einigen Affen. Anatomischer Anzeiger 24:511-. Scolar Press (Publishers) 1970- English linguistics, 1500-1800. A collection of facsimile 1971 reprints. Menston, Scolar Press, [collection to include 365 volumes]. Scott, Cheryl M. and R. L. Ringel 1971a Articulation without oral sensory control. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 14:804-818. [sensory deprivation by means of nerve block injections; effects on articulation caused mainly loss of retroflexion and lip-rounding, less close fricatives, etc.]. 1971b The effects of motor and sensory disruptions on speech: a description of articulation. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 14:819-828. 1968, See Ringel, Robert L., et al. 1970 Scott, Fred Newton 1908 The genesis of speech. Publications of the Modern Language Association of America 23:xxvi-liv. [the whole body activity of the infant is abbreviated into gesture; beginnings of pointing gesture]. Scott, Harry Fletcher, Wilbur L. Carr, and Gerald T. Wilkinson 1935 Language and its growth. Scott, Foresman and Company, vii 4- 389 pp. [chap. 1, the origin of speech: review of the major theories]. 1924 See Carr, H. Wildon and H. F. S. Scott, James George 1918 Indo-Chinese mythology. In The Mythology of All Races, vol. 12. Boston, Marshall Jones Company, [p. 294, according to Wa legend, the first language was that of the frog, which later evolved into Wa], Scott, J. 1963 Factors determining skull form in Primates. In Symposium of the Zoological Society of London, 10, The Primates, 127134. [highly critical of theories about speech based on endocranial casts].

655 Scott, J. P. 1958 Animal behavior. University of Chicago Press, [p. 250, once verbal communication had appeared in small hominid bands, partially isolated by language itself from other similarly constituted hunting groups, evolutionary change would tend to be very rapid indeed], 1967 Comparative psychology and ethology. Annual Review of Psychology 18:65-86. [102 references, several on animal communication]. Scott, W. E. D. 1901 Data on song in birds. Science, n.s. 14:522-526. 1902 Instinct in song birds. Science n.s. 16:70-71. Scotti, Giuseppe 1971 See FagUoni, Pietro, et al. Scovel, Tom 1969 Foreign accents, language acquisition, and cerebral dominance. Language Learning 19:245-253. [the advent of cerebral lateralization inhibits further acquisition of accent-free second language at about age 12 years]. Seaford, Henry W., Jr. 1971 The Southern syndrome: a regional patterning of facial muscle contraction. Harvard University, Ph.D. dissertation, Anthropology. Searle, John R. 1969 Speech acts: an essay in the philosophy of language. Cambridge University Press. 203 pp. [Chaps. 1-5, analysis of acts of promising, referring, predicating; fallacies in recent linguistic philosophy]. 1972 Chomsky's revolution in linguistics. New York Review of Books 18(12):16-24. Seashore, C. E. and E. A. Jenner 1910 Training the voice by the aid of the eye in singing. Journal of Educational Psychology 1:311-320. Sebeok, Thomas A. 1949 Review of Aginsky, Bert and Ethel Aginsky, The importance of language universals, 1948. In International Journal of American Linguistics 15:248. 1962 Coding in the evolution of signalling behavior. Behavioral Science 7(4):430-442. 1963a Review of Lilly, John C., Man and dolphin, 1961. Language 39:448-466.

656 1963b Reviews of Lindauer, M., Communication among social bees; Kellogg, Winthrop, N. Porpoises and sonar. In Language 39:448-466. 1963c The informational model of language: analog and digital coding in animal and human communication. In Garvin, P.L., ed., Natural language and the computer. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 47-64. 1964 Review of Kainz, Friedrich, Die Sprache der Tiere, 1961. In American Anthropologist 66:954-955. 1965a Zoosemiotics: juncture of semiotics and the biological study of behavior .Science 147:492-493. 1965b Animal communication. Science 147:1006-1014. (also in Bobbs-Merrill Reprints in the Social Sciences, A-369). 1966 Komunikacja w swiecie zwierz^t. Studia Filozoficzne 2:163177. 1967a On chemical signs. In To honor Roman Jakobson: Essays on the occasion of his seventieth birthday. The Hague, Mouton, 1775-82. 1967b Animal communication. In International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences. (Also, International Soc.Sci.Jour. 19(1), 1967). 1967c Aspects of animal communication: the bees and porpoises. ETC. 24:59-83. 1967d Animal communication. International Social Science Journal 19(l):88-95. 1967e Tierkommunikation. Beiträge zur Linguistik und Informationsverarbeitung 10:7-26. 1968 [How do animals put themselves in contact?] [inMagyar] Nyelv. Közl. Magyar 67(2):291-307. 1969a A selected and annotated guide to the literature of zoosemiotics and its background. Social Science Information 7(5): 103-117. 1969b Semiotics and ethology. In Sebeok, Thomas A. and Alexandra Ramsay, eds., Approaches to animal communication. The Hague, Mouton, 200-31. 1969c The comparison of human communication with animal communication. Actes du Xe Congrès International des Linguistes, Bucuresti, 1:433-436. 1970a Is a comparative semiotics possible? In Pouillon, Jean and Pierre Maranda, eds., Échanges et communications, Mélan-

657 ges offerts à Claude Lévi-Strauss, à l'occasion de son 60ème anniversaire. The Hague, Mouton, vol. 1, 614-627. 1970b Zoosemiotic structures and social organization. Linguaggi nella società e nella tecnica. Edizioni di Comunità, Milano, 113-128. 1970c Zoosemiotics: an approach to the study of animal communication. In Greimas, A. J., et al., eds., Sign - Language Culture. The Hague, Paris, Mouton, 311-318. Sebeok, Thomas A., ed. 1968 Animal communication: techniques of study and results of research. Bloomington, Indiana University Press, xviii + 698 pp. —, A Hayes, and G. Bateson 1964 Approaches to semiotics. The Hague, Mouton. —, and Alexandra Ramsay, eds. 1969 Approaches to animal communication. The Hague, Mouton. 1954 See Osgood, C. E. and T. A. S. 1965 See Diebold, A. R., Jr., et al. Sechehaye, Albert 1933 La pensée et la langue, ou comment concevoir le rapport organique de l'individuel et du social dans le langage? Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 1-4:57-81. Sechenov, I. M. 1942 Refleksy golovnogo mozga. Izdatel'stvo Akad. Nauk SSSR, Moskva-Leningrad. Seckel, H. P. G. 1960 Birdheaded dwarfs: studies in developmental anthropology including human proportions. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, [despite their very small brains, can speak]. Sedge, Roy K. 1971 An investigation of the degree of right auditory laterality observed in the Broadbent experimental paradigm as a function of intensity. Dissertation Abstracts International 32(1B):596. Seeman, M. 1970 Relations between motorics of speech and general motor ability in clutterers. Folia Phoniatrica 22:376-380. Segal, M., D. T. Campbell, and M. J. Herskovits 1966 The influence of culture on visual perception. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill Company, [asserted that primitive peoples

658 could not initially perceive photographs; however, Davenport and Rogers, 1971, show that chimpanzees can do so], Segal, S. J. and V. Fusella 1969 Imagining cued perceiving in two sensory modalities. Paper. Eastern Psychological Association Meeting. Segarra, José M. 1968 See Geschwind, Norman, et al. Séglas, J. 1892 Des troubles du langage chez les aliénés. Revue Philosophique 34:516-521. (also a book, Paris, 1892, 304 pp.). Seibicke, W. 1965 Review of Katz, Rosa, Psychologie des Vornamens, 1964. In Muttersprache 75(ll):349-350. Seigel, Jules Paul 1969 The enlightenment and the evolution of a language of signs in France and England. Journal of the History of Ideas 30 (1):96-115. Seiler, R. 1972 The function of primate facial muscles in different behavioral situations. Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, Oregon, [study of facial expression in five species of macaques, with differentiated faces for aggression, watching, listening, etc.]. Seils, Martin 1961 Wirklichkeit und Wort bei Johann Georg Hamann. Arbeiten zur Theologie, vol. 6. Stuttgart, Calwer Verlag. 27 pp. Selenka, Emil 1900 Der Schmuck des Menschen. 72 pp. figs, [on gesture language]. Seliga, Joan Therese 1966 Cerebral dominance and laterality in relation to aphasia. St. Louis University, M. A. Thesis. Sella, Israel 1969 Some impressions of an Israeli signer abroad; notes from a report. Jerusalem, Hebrew University of Jerusalem in cooperation with the Association of the Deaf and Mute in Israel and Helen Keller House. The potentialities of visual communication systems for the rehabilitation of the deaf. Working Paper 10. 4 pp. Seltzer, A. L. 1965 See Hess, E. H., et al.

659 Semenov, S. A. 1959 Znachenie truda dlya razvitiya intellekta v antropogeneze. Sovetskaya Antropologiya 2:31-48 illus. [significance of labor for the development of intellect; increased cognitive complexity in tool-making]. 1960 Arkheologicheskie svidetel'stva pravorukosti neandert?!'tsa. Voprosy Antropologii 2:69-73. illus. [archaeological evidence for right-handedness in Neanderthal Man]. 1968 Trud i intellekt na rannikh etapakh razvitiya. VII Mezhdunarodnyï Kongress antropologicheskikh i Ëtnograficheskikh Nauk, Moskva, 1964, 2,417-422. Semenov, Yu I. 1956 Vozniknovenie i osnovnye ëtapy razvitiya truda v sviazi s problemoi stanovleniya chelovechestkogo obshchestva. Krasnoyarskii Gosudarstvennyi Pedagogicheskii Institut, Uchenye Zapiski, vol. 6. 1966 Kak vozniklo chelovechestvo. Izdatel'stvo Nauka, Moskva. 576 pp. [general work on human evolution, with references to language origins]. Semmes, Josephine S. 1965 A non-tactual factor in astereognosis. Neuropsychologia 3:295-315. 1966 Manual stereognosis after brain injury. In Bosma, James F., ed., Symposium on oral sensation and perception, 137-138. [a good account of the evolutionary shift from oral to manual stereognosis; the mouth does not permit visual co-inspection]. 1968 Hemispheric specialization: a possible clue to the mechanism. Neuropsychologia 6:11-26. [on the sensory and motor capacities of the hands - represented differently in the cerebral hemispheres — focally in the left hemisphere, diffusely in the right], —, S. Weinstein, L. Ghent, and H.-L. Teuber 1955 Spatial orientation in man after cerebral injury. I. Analysis by locus of lesion. Journal of Psychology 39:227-244. Sénancour, Étienne Pivert de (1770-1846) 1798 Rêveries sur la nature primitive de l'homme, sur ses sensations, etc. Paris. (3rd éd., Paris, 1833; 1910, édition critique, Merlaut, Joachim and G. Saintville, eds. Paris, Société des Textes Français Modernes. 2 vols.).

660 von Senden, M. 1960 Space and sight. London, Methuen. (German 1st ed., 1932) [discusses theories about the development of cognition of space through sight], Sennert, Andreas (1606-1689) 1681 Schediasma de linguis orientalibus. Wittenberg. [Hebrew the primordial language; notes the "harmony" of various Middle Eastern languages and Hebrew], Serebrennikov, Boris Aleksandrovich 1951 Kritika ucheniya N. Ya. Marra o cdinstve glottogonicheskogo protsessa. In Vinogradov, V.V. and B.A. Serebrennikov, eds., Protiv vul'garizatsii i izvrashchenii marksizma v yazykoznanii. Izdatel'stvo Akademii Nauk SSSR. 432 pp. 1953 [The problem of the connections of linguistic facts with the history of society] [in Russian] Voprosy Yazykoznani ya 1: 34-51. (also in German translation, Sowjetwissenschaftliche Abtedlung, Berlin, 1953,5/6:848-868). 1968 Ob otnositel'noi samostoyatel'nosti razvitiya sistemy yazyka. Moskva, Nauka. 127 pp. [on the relative independence of the development of language]. 1970a K probleme otrazhdeniya razvitiya chelovecheskogo myshleniya v strukture yazyka. Voprosy Yazykoznaniya 2.29-49. [reflection of the development of human thought in language structure], Serebrennikov, Boris Aleksandrovich, ed. 1970b Obshchee yazykoznanie: formy sushchestvovaniya, funktsii, istoriya yazyka. Moskva, Nauka. 604 pp. [pp. 11-95, on the essence of language, by B. A. Serebrennikov]. Sergi, Giuseppe (1841-1936) 1907 Intorno alla monogenesi del linguaggio. Rivista Italiana di Sociologia, Anno 11, fase. 4. Sermat, V. 1962 See Abelson, R. P. and V. S. Serra, Gian Domenico 1907 La genesi della parola. Torino. Sersen, E. A. 1961 See Weinstein, S. and E. A. S. Seth, George and Douglas Guthrie 1934 The evolution of speech in the child and in primitive man. International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, London, Compterendu, p. 318.

661

1935

The psychology of speech. In Speech in childhood: its development and disorders. London, Oxford University Press, [on the use of words versus visible symbols]. Seton, Ernest Thompson (1860-1946) 1918 Sign talk. Garden City, New York, Doubleday, Page. 237 pp. 700 illustrations, [noted that American children used 150 signs in various games; based on Cheyenne Indian sign language, with added signs from European systems, signs used by firemen, police, railroad men, etc.; contains a total of 1,725 different signs], Seton, W. 1890 Origin and structure of languages. Catholic World 52:330. Sextus Empiricus (fl. A.D. 200) 1933- Adversus mathematicos, viii, 275. In Bury, R.G., ed. and 1949 trans. Sextus Empiricus. London, William Heinemann; New York, G. P. Putnam's Sons. Loeb Classical Library. 4 vols, [man differs from animals not in outward speech, for crows and parrots and jays utter articulate sounds, but in inwardly ordered speech, and not merely by representation, for that occurs in others too, but by representation with transition and composition], Sewaxd, J. P. 1948 The sign of a symbol: a reply to Professor Allport. Psychological Review 55:277-296. Seymour, W. D. 1966 Industrial skills. London, Pitman, [contains a system of notation for body movement]. 1968 Skill analysis training. London, Pitman, [with notation for body movement], Shaff, A. 1963 Vvedenie v semantiku. Moskva. Shaffer, O. C. 1963 See Wilson, W. A. and O. C. S. Shaftesbury, Anthony (1671-1713) 1710 Characteristics of men, manners, opinions, times, etc. (1900 ed., Robertson, John Mckinnon, ed. London. 2 vols.) [language came only accidentally and with difficulty to the imperfect early society; language was not an emanation from Heaven]. Shagass, C. 1954 See Smith, A. A., et al.

662 Shankweiler, Donald P. 1970 The analysis of laterality effects in speech perception. In i.p. Kjeldergaard, P., ed., The perception of language. Pittsburgh, University of Pittsburgh Press. 1971 Brain mechanisms for speech. American Anthropological Association, Abstracts of the 70th Annual Meeting. New York, p. 109. — and K. S. Harris 1966 An experimental approach to the problem of articulation in aphasia. Cortex 2:277-292. — and M. Studdert-Kennedy 1967 Identification of consonants and vowels presented to left and right ears. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 19:59-63. [the first demonstration of right-ear advantage for speech signals], 1970 Hemispheric specialization for speech perception. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 48:579-594. [rightear advantage noted for stop-consonants, but not for vowels]. 1965, 1967 1969 1970 Shannon, 1949

See Liberman, Alvin M., et al.

See Kirstein, E. and D. P. S. See Studdert-Kennedy, Michael and D. P. S. C. E. and W. Weaver The mathematical theory of communication. Urbana, University of Illinois Press. Shannon, Devoe 1972 See Wiener, Morton, et al. Shapiro, Harry L. 1960 Review of DuBrul, E. Lloyd, Evolution of the speech apparatus, 1958. In Man, Art. 199. Shapiro, Michael 1968 Toward the recognition of iconicity in language. University of California, Los Angeles, (duplicated pre-print, 45 pp.). Shapiro, P. A. 1972 See Bross, I. D. J., et al. Sharf, Donald J. 1971 Perceptual parameters of consonant sounds. Language and Speech 14(2): 169-177. [frequency and duration tended to differentiate between voiced and voiceless consonants;

663 sharpness differentiated voiced from voiceless stops and fricatives]. Shariff, G. A. 1953 Cell counts in the primate cerebral cortex. Journal of Comparative Neurology 98. Sharma, Indra Kumar 1969 Courtship in birds. Tori, Bulletin of the Ornithological Society of Japan. 19(86):28-33. [nuptial calls, dances, feeding females, making mock nests]. Sharoff, Robert L. 1959 Enforced restriction of communication, its implications for the emotional and intellectual development of the deaf child. American Journal of Psychiatry 116(5):443-446. (reprinted in Florida School Herald 61 (7): 1-, 1961) [on oral and signlanguage usage]. Sharp, Donald W. 1972 See Cole, Michael, et al. Sharp, E. 1965 See Leventhal, H. and E. S. Sharpe, Gregory (1713-1771) 1751 Two dissertations. I. Upon the origin, construction, division and relation of languages. II. Upon the original powers of letters. London, [p. 1, origin of languages; 14 ff., Hebrew is no longer the same as the primordial language]. Shaw, A. S. 1967 The formal description and parsing of pictures. Stanford University, Ph.D. dissertation, Computer Science Department. 1968 See Miller, W. F„ and A. S. S. Shaw, G. Bernard (1856-1950) 1941 Foreword to Wilson, Albert, The miraculous birth of language. London, J. M. Dent and Son. [remarks on language origin]. Shaw, M. E. 1967 See Drag, R. M. and M. E. S. Shaw, Robert 1969 See Schuell, H„ R. S. and W. B. Shaw, William 1778 An analysis of the Galic language. London, J. Donaldson, xxiv + 156 pp. [theory that Gaelic was the language of

664 Japhet, prior to the Deluge, and probably spoken in Paradise], Shawn, Ted 1954 Every little movement. Published by the author, [on dance and gesture]. Shchedrovitskii, G. P. 1963 Metodologicheskie zamechaniya k probleme proiskhozhdeniya yazyka. Nauchnye Doklady Vysshei Shkoly. Filologicheskie Nauki 6(2)2:3-18. [methodology and problems of language origins; above all, a task relating to the study of thought processes]. Sheavyn, Molly Sifton 19-. I changed my mind. New Mexico School for the Deaf. 8 pp. [on sign language]. Shelkovnikov, S. S. 1964 Problema truda kak faktora antropogeneza. Byulletin MOIP, Biologicheskii Otdel, 69(4). [labor as an anthropogenetic factor], Shellshear, J. L. 1934 The primitive features of the cerebrum, with special reference to the brain of the Bushwoman described by Marshall. Philosophical Transactions, Royal Society, B,223:l-26. — and Grafton Elliott-Smith 1934 A comparative study of the endocranial cast of Sinanthropus. Philosophical Transactions, Royal Society, B,223:469-487. Shelton, J. 1970 See Miller, Scott A., et al. Shelton, R. L. 1971 Oral sensory function in speech production. In Grabb, W. C., S. W. Rosenstein, and K. R. Bzoch, eds., Cleft Lip and Palate. Boston, Little, Brown. —, W. B. Arndt, and J. J. Hetherington 1967 Testing oral stereognosis. In Bosma, J. F., ed., Symposium on oral sensation and perception. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, 221-43. —, A. W. Knox, Mary Elbert, and T. S. Johnson 1970 Palate awareness and non-speech voluntary palate movement. In Bosma, J. F., ed., Second Symposium on Oral Sensation and Perception. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas.

665 Shemyakin, F. N. 1960 K voprosu ob otnoshenii slova i naglyadnogo obraza. Tsvet i ego nazvaniya. Izvestiya APN RSFSR 13:5-48. [color names]. Shepard, R. N. 1967 Recognition memory of words, sentences, and pictures. Verbal Learning Behavior 6:156-163. Sheridan, M. 1961 The child's hearing for spoken language. Cerberal Palsy Bulletin 3:39-. Sherman, J. A. 1967 See Baer, D. M., et al. Sherman, M. F. and M. T. Turvey 1969 Modality differences in short-term serial memory as a function of presentation role. Journal of Experimental Psychology 80(2,Part l):335-338. [the visual mode is superior to the auditory for 9-digit sequences; visual mode seems to provide a more flexible rehearsal strategy]. Sherrill, John L. 1967 They speak in other tongues. 187 pp. (German translation, Sie sprechen in anderen Zungen. Fix, Aarburg, Harfe-Verlag). Sherrington, C. S. 19-. See Griinbaum, A. S. F. and C. S. S. Sheizer, Joel 1971 Linguistic games: implications for current issues in sociolinguistics. American Anthropological Association, 70th Annual Meeting, Preliminary Program, 607, 44-. 1973 Verbal and nonverbal deixis: The pointed lip gesture among i.p. the San Bias Cuna. Language insociety. 2:117-131. Shevchenko, Yu. G. 1959 Razvitie filogeneticheski novykh oblastei mozga v ryady primatov. Sovetskaya Antropologiya 2:73-92. [evolution of phylogenetically new brain areas in primates]. 1960 Korkovye zony spetsificheski chelovecheskikh analizatorov. Voprosy Antropologii 5. [cortical zones of specifically human analyzers]. 1967 Osnovnye napravleniya razvitiya mozga primatov. Voprosy Antropologii 27:3-31. [directions of primate brain development].

666 Shibles, Warren A. 1971 Metaphor: an annotated bibliography and history. Whitewater, Wisconsin, The Language Press, xiv + 414 pp. [synaesthesia, color imagery, symbol as metaphor, personification, etc; language all or nearly all a system of metaphorical transformations], Shipley, Elizabeth F. 1970 Review of Menyuk, Paula, Sentences children use, 1969. In Language 46(4):931-938. —, Carlota S. Smith and Lila R. Gleitman 1969 A study in the acquisition of language: free response to commands. Language 45(2):322-342. Shixek-Ellefson, Judith 1967 Visual communication in Macaca irus. Berkeley, University of California, Ph. D. dissertation. Shlien, J. M. 1965 See Hess, E. H., et al. Shmal'gauzen, I. 1965 Evolyutsiya v svete kibernetiki. Problemy Kibernetiki 13. Sholes, George N. 1964 See MacNeilage, Peter F. and G. N. S. Shorokhova, E. V. 1955 Materialisticheskoe uchenie I. P. Pavlova o signal'nykh sistemakh. Moskva. [Pavlov's first and second signal systems]. Shoup, June E. 1966 See Peterson, Gordon E. and G. P. Shrewsbury, E. 1939 The foundation of language discovered. Epworth Press. 64 pp. Shriberg, Lawrence D. 1970 Phonetic symbolism in four voiceless fricatives. Perceptual and Motor Skills 30(l):295-299 [in f , s, sh, th]. Shtern, A. 1967 [Objective study of subjective evaluation of speech sounds] [In Russian] (English translation in Soviet Psychology, IASP 7 (3): 17-18) [sound symbolism associations validated for warm-cold, light-dark, dark-cold, etc.]. Shuckford, Samuel (c. 1694-1754) 1731 The sacred and prophane history of the world connected. London. [1:112-117, Hebrew or Chinese as primordial languages].

667 Shunary, Jonathan 1969 Social background of the Israeli sign language. The Hebrew University of Jerusalem in cooperation with the Association of the Deaf and Mute in Israel and the Helen Keller House. Working Paper 9. 5 pp. Shustin, N. A. 1949 Golosovye reaktsii zhivotnykh kak forma signal'noï deyatel'nosti. Trudy Fiziologicheskoi Laboratorii im. akademika I. P. Pavlova, 16, 217 ff. [vocal reactions of organisms as a form of signal activity], Sibscota, George 1670 The deaf and dumb man's discourse, (reprinted, Scolar Press, Menston, Yorkshire, 94 pp. English Linguistics, 1500. 1800: a collection of facsimile reprints, 1970-71) [on possibilities of lip-reading; probably Sibscota merely translated a work on this subject by Anthony Deusing of Groningen]. Sicard, Roch Ambroise Cucurron de (1742-1822) 1799 Grammaire générale. [II, 117, on the divine origins of language], 1800 Cours d'instruction d'un sourd-muet de naissance, pour servir à l'éducation des sourds-muets, et qui peut être utile à celle de ceux qui entendent et qui parlent. Avec figures et tableaux. Paris, Le Clere. An VIII. 580 pp. (2nd ed., 1803). 1808 Théorie des signes pour l'instruction des sourds-muets. Signes de mots, considérés sous le rapport de la syntaxe; à l'usage des sourds-muets. Paris, Imprimerie de l'Institution des sourds muets. 64 pp. [gives word-signs]. 1814 Théorie des signes, ou introduction à l'étude des langues, ou le sons des mots, au lieu d'être défini, est mis en action . . . Paris, Michaud, Delalain. 2 vols. 1823 Théorie des signes pour servir d'introduction à l'étude des langues, ou le sens des mots, au lieu d'être défini, est mis en action. Ouvrage élémentaire, absolument neuf, indispensable pour l'enseignement des sourds-muets, également utile aux élèves de toutes les classes et aux instituteurs; jugé digne d'un grand prix décennal de première classe, destiné au meilleur ouvrage ou de morale d'éducation. 2 ed. Paris, Chez Roret & Mongie, aîné [vol. 2, 625-49 includes "Notice sur l'enfance de Massieu, sourds-muet de naissance"].

668 Sicher, H. 1954, See DuBrul, E. Lloyd and H. S. 1956 SiddaU, Q. 1968 See Lovell, K., et al. Siddiqi, J. A. 1969 Experimentelle Untersuchungen über den Zusammenhang von Sprachgestalt und Bedeutung. Meisenheim a. Glan, Hain. 175 pp. Siddons, Henry 1807, See Engel, J. J. and H. S. 1822

Sidman, Murray 1971 Reading and auditory-visual equivalences. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 14(1):5-13. [case of a retarded boy, unable to read, who could match spoken words to pictures; eventually learned to match printed words to pictures, and then on to regular oral reading], Siegel, Alexander W. and Billie J. Vance 1970 Visual and haptic dimensional preference: a developmental study. Developmental Psychology 3(2):264-266. [children preferred form over color, texture, and size]. —, I. Silverman, and N. N. Markel 1969 On the effects of mode of presentation on phonetic symbolism. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 6: 171-173. Siegenthaler, Bruce M. and Patricia A. Bianchi 1968 Reaction time of jaw movement to auditory and tactile stimulation in children. Perceptual and Motor Skills 27:583588. [hypothesis that the development of speech is achieved through auditory and tactile monitoring. Study supports the importance of tactile feedback in speech, especially after age five]. — and V. Gruber 1969 Combining vision and audition for speech reception. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 34:58-60. [bisensory speech reception yielded higher scores than unisensory; with normal subjects, there was a 20% to 70% gain in correctness, with visual input added to auditory].

669 Siegman, Aron and Benjamin Pope, eds. 1970 Studies in dyadic interaction. Elmsford, New York, Pergamon Press. Siegmund, Georg 1966 Die seelisch-geistige Sonderstellung des Menschen. In Narr, Karl J., ed., Handbuch der Urgeschichte, vol. I, 59-67. [includes remarks on the "language" of animals], Sievers, Eduard 1924 Ziele und Wege der Schallanalyse. Heidelberg, [correlation between rhythm and melodic structure of speech and handedness]. Siger, L. 1968 Gestures, the language of signs, and human communication. American Annals of the Deaf 113:11-28. 1964 See Mendelson, J. H., et al. Sigmon, B. A. 1969 Anatomical structure and locomotor habit in Anthropoidea with special reference to the evolution of erect bipedality. University of Wisconsin, Ph. D. dissertation. 1971 Bipedal behavior and the emergence of erect posture in man. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 34:55-60. Signal, N. A. 1962 Vzglyady I. Gerdera na voprosy yazyka. Uch. Zap. Leningradsk. Universiteta Zdanova, Filolog. Fak. 65 (318, Part 1:3-20). [J. G. Herder's view of language questions; also discusses Bodmer, Breitingen, Klopstock, Condillac, and Rousseau; poetic, gestural and imaginal language preceded prosaic language according to Herder]. Siirala, M. 1970 See Sonninen, A., et al. Siltala, P. 1970 See Sonninen, A., et al. de Silva, G. S. 1971 Notes on the orang-utan rehabilitation project in Sabah. The Malayan Nature Journal 24(2):50-77. [reports that a game ranger observed wild orangs picking up and carrying firewood in imitation of camp laborers cutting and carrying wood]. Silveira, Gracco 1937 Sobre a origem da linguagem. Säo Paulo, Arquivo Municipal, Revista, ano III, vol. 32:31-34.

670 Silver, Archie 1970 Discussion: the neurobiology of language. Bulletin of the Orton Society 20:14-16. [comment on a paper by Lenneberg, Eric H., ibid., 7-13; language may have resulted from an interaction of environnment and biology]. — and R. Hagjn 1960 Specific reading disability: delineation of the syndrome and relationship to cerebral dominance. Comprehensive Psychiatry 1:126-134. Silverman, A. J. 1968 See Cohen, B. D., et al. Silverman, Franklin and Ellen-Marie Silverman 1971 Stutter-like behavior in manual communication of the deaf. Perceptual and Motor Skills 33:45-46. Silverman, I. 1969 See Siegel, A., et al. Silvestre, Louis-Catherine 1868 Marques typographiques ou recueil des monogrammes, chiffres, enseignes, emblèmes, devises, rébus et fleurons des libraires et imprimeurs . . . en France . . . jusqu'à la fin du seizième siècle. Paris. 2 vols, [on pictorial symbolism], Simmons, Donald C. 1955 Efik iron gongs and gong signals. Man 55:107-108. 1960 Tonality in Efik signal communication and folklore. In Wallace, A.F.C., ed., Men and cultures. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 803-808. Simon, Richard (1638-1712) 1680 Histoire critique du Vieux Testament. Paris (1685 ed., Amsterdam; 1689, 1693, Rotterdam; etc.) [Chap. 14, 15, Book I, on origins of language; language was invented and developed by man], Simons, Elwyn L. 1965 See Pilbeam, D. R. and E. L. S. 1972 Primate evolution: an introduction to man's place in nature. New York, Macmillan; London, Collier-Macmillan. xii + 322 pp. [p. 280 ff., on evolution of language]. Simons, Ronald C., Ruth A. Bobbitt, and Gordon D. Jensen 1968 Mother monkey's (Macaca nemestrina) responses to infant vocalizations. Perceptual and Motor Skills 27:3-10.

671 — and C. F. Bielert 1972 An experimental study of vocal communication of mother and infant Macaca nemestrina. Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, [adult females used a call designated by the authors as the great coo\ infants used a harsh coo call]. Simpson, George Gaylord 1966 The biological nature of man. Science 152:472-478. [discusses among other topics the attempt to trace language both as a system of interpersonal communication and a behavioral adaptation essential for the human form of socialization], 1970 On Sarles's view on language and communication. Current Anthropology ll(l):71-72. 1958 See Roe, Anne and G. G. S., eds. Sinaiko, H. Wallace 1971 See Guthrie, G. M., et al. Sinclair de Zwart, Hermina 1967 Acquisition du language et développement de la pensée. Soussystèmes linguistiques et opérations concrètes. Paris, Dunod. 168 pp. 1969 Developmental psycholinguistics. In Elkind, D. R. and J. Flavell, eds., Studies in Cognitive Development in honor of Jean Piaget. Oxford, New York, Oxford University Press. 503 pp. 1964 See Inhelder, Bärbel, et al. 1971 See Ferreiro, Emilia and H. S. Sinelnikov, Y. R. 1967 Sravitel'no-morfologicheskoe issledovanie rel'efa slizistoi obolochki yazyka cheloveka i obez'yan. In VII Mezhdunarodnyï Kongress Antropologicheskikh Nauk, Moskva, 1964, vol. 2, 543-547. [human and simian tongue mucosa relief study]. Singer, P. 1967 See Bignall, K. E. and P. S. Singh, J. A. L. and Robert M. Zingg 1966 Wolf-children and feral man. New York, Harper and Row. 1st ed., 1942; reprinted, Archon Books. Singh, S. D., et al. 1970 Oto-palato-digital syndrome. Indian Journal of Pediatrics 37:112-114.

672 Sinha, A. K. P. and S. N. Sinha 1960 Intersensory transfer in learning sequences. Journal of Experimental Psychology 60:180-182. Sinyak, V. N. 1955 See Boskis, R. M. and V. N. S. Siple, P. 1971 See Bellugi, Ursula and P. S. Siqueland, Einar R. 1971 See Eimas, Peter D., et al. Sirotin, M. M. and S. S. Lyapidevskiï 1960 O nekotorykh fiziologicheskikh mechanizmakh rechevykh rasstroïstv. kn. "Ocherki po patologii rechi i golosa", vol. 1. Uchpedgiz, Moskva, [physiological mechanisms of speech disorders]. Sittig, O. 1931 Uber Apraxie. Berlin, Karger. Sittl, Carl 1890 Die Gebärden der Griechen und Römer. Leipzig, Teubner. v + 386 pp. (reprinted, 1970, Hildesheim and New York, G. Olms). Sizaret, P., E. Degiovanni, and P. Glories 1969 Destruction et restauration des fonctions gnosiques chez un gaucher. Encéphale 58(2): 179-189. [damage to the right hemisphere did not seriously affect language, suggesting that even in the left-handed, the left hemisphere has major language influence], Skafte, Peter 1972 Back on the trail of the origin of language. Colorado Anthropologist 3(2):5-10. Skala, Emil 1965 Review of Fönagy, Ivan, Die Metaphern in der Phonetik, 1963. In Muttersprache 75(6):185. [on sound symbolism]. Skaliika, Vladimir 19- [Uber die sogenannte Primitivsprachen] [in Czech]. 1960 V^voj jazyka. Praha, Stâtni pedagogické nakladatelstvi. I l l pp. [language evolution]. 1970 Komensky-lingvista. Slovo, Praha, 31(4):289-292. [on the linguistics of Jan Amos Komensky, 1592-1670, q.v.]. Skinner, B. F. 1957 Verbal Behavior. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. x +

673 478 pp. [on speech as operant vocal behavior; discusses origins of language, pp. 464, 461; Paget's mouth-gesture theory, p. 467; appendix, p. 461 ff., the verbal community]. Skinner, Quentin 1970 Conventions and the understanding of speech acts. The Philosophical Quarterly 20:118-138. 1971 On performing and explaining linguistic actions. The Philosophical Quarterly 21(82): 1-21. [linguistic philosophy, especially J. L. Austin's How to do things with words, 1962], Skorupka 1945- Obserwacje nad jçzykiem dziecka. Sprawozdania z cznnosci 1947 wydawniczej i posiedzen naukowych towarystwa naukowego katolickiego Uniwersyteta Lubelskiego 1:29-31. [on child language]. Skraup, K. 1908 Mimik und Gebärdensprache. 2nd. ed., Leipzig, Weber. 247 pp. Sladen, B. K. 1970 Inheritance of dyslexia. Bulletin of the Orton Society 20: 30-40. Slama-Cazacu, Tatiana 1957 Relatiire dintre gindire si limbaj in ontogeneza. Acad. Rep. Popul. Romîna. 508 pp. (French summary) [the relations of thought and language in ontogeny]. 1961 Nekotorye osobennosti dialoga malen'kikh dete!. Voprosy Psikhologji 2. 1963a Remarque sur quelques particularités du message verbal, déterminées par le travail. Linguistics 2:60-84. 1963b Observations concerning language communication in the process of work. Rev. Sei. Soc., Roumanie, 7(l):62-89. [Marx and Engels stressed the primordial role of language and the effect of labor; cognitive aspects of language as determinants of action]. 1963c Langage et contexte. The Hague, 34-47. [animal communication is nothing linguistically, cannot be compared to human language, p. 36]. 1969a [Les éléments de la communication, niveaux de code et le langage - la langue - la parole] [in Romanian] Studii si Cercetâri Lingvistice 20(6):605-615. 1969b Les études européennes sur le langage de l'enfant. Studii si

674 Cercetàri Lingvistice 20(2-3): 143-150,247-274. [contains a bibliography and review of European work on child language, 1920-1968]. 1970 Code levels, interdisciplinary approach, and the object of psycholinguistics. Revue Roumaine des Sciences Sociales, Série de Psychologie 14(l):87-96. Slive, A. B. 1970 See Price, R. H. and A. B. S. Sloane, H. and B. D. MacAulay, eds. 1968 Operant procedures in remedial speech and language training. Boston, Houghton-Mifflin. Slobin, Daniel I. 1960 Antonymic phonetic symbolism in three natural languages. B. A. Honors Thesis, University of Michigan, unpubl. ms. 1965a Language and communication. In DeVore, Paul L., ed. The origin of man. New York, Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research, 71-78. 1965b Grammatical development in Russian-speaking children. In Riegel, Klaus F., ed., The development of language functions. University of Michigan Center for Human Growth and Development, Report 8. 1966a Appendix: abstracts of 32 recent Soviet studies on child language. In Smith, F. and G. A. Miller, eds., The Genesis of Language. 1966b Soviet psycholinguistics. In O'Connor, N., ed., Present-day Russian Psychology. Oxford, Pergamon, 109-151. 1966c Grammatical transformations and sentence comprehension in childhood and adulthood. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 5:219-227. 1968a Imitation and grammatical development in children. In Endler, Boulter and J. Osser, eds., Contemporary Issues in Development il Psychology, New York, Hoi*., Rin^bari and Winston. 1968b Questions of language development in cross-cultural perspective. Paper, Symposium on language learning in CrossCultural Perspective. East Lansing, Michigan State University. 1969b Universals of grammatical development in children. Berkeley, University of California, Language Behavior Research Laboratory, Working Paper 22. 1971a Early grammatical development in several languages, with

675

special attention to Soviet Research. In Weksel, W. and T. G. Bever, eds., The Structure and Psychology of Language, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston. 1971b Psycholinguistics. Glenview, Illinois, Scott Foresman and Company. London. Slobin, Daniel I., ed. 1972 Children and language: they learn the same way around the world. Psychology Today 6(2):71-74,82. 1967 A field manual for cross-cultural study of the acquisition of communicative competence. Berkeley, University of California Bookstore. 1969a Special issue on Soviet psycholinguistics. In Soviet Psychology, IASP, 7(3):56 pp. Introduction, 3-10. — and C. Walsh 1968 Elicited imitation as a research tool in developmental psycholinguistics. Berkeley, University of California, Language Behavior Research Laboratory, Working Paper 10. 1965 See Diebold, A. R., Jr., et al. 1966 See Ervin-Tripp, Susan M., and D. I. S. 1968 See Ervin-Tripp, Susan M., and D. I. S. Sl0k, J. 1962 Article, Sprache, III. In Mohr, J. C. B. (Paul Siebeck), Die Religion in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Handwörterbuch für Theologie und Religionswissenschaft. Tübingen, vol. 6, 269271. Small, M. H. 1900 On some psychical relations of society and solitude. Pedagogical Seminary 7:32-36. [a survey of the cases of "wild children" reported in Europe], Smalley, W. A. 1963 Culture shock, language shock, and the shock of self-discovery. Practical Anthropology 10:49-56. [language shock, pp. 54-55, a cultural barrier effect]. Smart, R. N. 1957 Critique of the pictorial principle in language. The Journal of Symbolic Logic 22:86. Smilaner, V. 1949- Nova uceni o jazyce (marrismus). Casopis pro Moderni 1950 Filologii, Praha, 33:97-103. [on the linguistics of N. Ya Marr],

676 Smith, A. A., R. B. Malmo, and C. Shagass 1954 An electromyographic study of listening and talking. Canadian Journal of Psychology 8:219-227. Smith, Adam (1723-1790) 1804 A dissertation on the origin of language. In The Theory of Moral Sentiments. 10th edition. London, Cadell, 343 ff. (French translation by Manguet, Essai sur la première formation des langues, Genève, 1809). 1811 Considerations concerning the first formation of languages, etc. In The Works of Adam Smith, LL.D., with an account of his life and writings. Stewart, Dugald, ed. London, Strahan and Preston. 5 vols., vol. 5, 3-48. (originally written in 1767). Smith, Alfred G., ed. 1966 Communication and culture: Readings in the codes of human interaction. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Smith, Alma J. 1971 Non-verbal communication through touch. Dissertation Abstracts International 32(1-B):570. Smith, Cariota 1961 A class of complex modifiers in English. Language 37:342365. 1970 An experimental approach to children's linguistic competence. In Hayes, John R., ed., Cognition and the development of language. New York, John Wiley, 109-119. 1969 See Shipley, Elizabeth F., et al. Smith, D. D. 1967 See Massengill, R. and D. D. S. Smith, D. Eugene 1923- History of Mathematics. Boston, New York, Ginn. 2 vols. 1925 [vol. 2, 196-202, on finger computation in antiquity; notes advantages of the system when buyer and seller spoke different languages; also, by representing letters of the alphabet numerically, a finger-spelling system was possible]. Smith, E. 1925 Right- and left-handedness in primitive man. Lancet, 2. Smith, Ernest C., Jr. 1962 See Gagné, Robert M. and E. C. S., Jr. Smith, E. E. and D. E. Larson 1970 The verbal loop hypothesis and the effects of similarity on

677 recognition and communication in adults and children. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 9(2):237-242. Smith, Frank and George A. Miller, eds. 1966 The Genesis of Language: a psycholinguistic approach. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, ix + 386 pp. [mainly on language acquisition in the child, but has chapters on evolutionary aspects of language]. Smith, Grafton Elliot 1926 Casts obtained from the brain cases of fossil men. Natural History 26:294-, [remarks on possible relationship to evolutionary advent of human language]. 1927 The evolution of man. Essays. London, Oxford University Press. 2nd ed. 195 pp. [on language capabilities in fossil man, based on endocranial casts, mandible material; asserted that Pithecanthropus was capable of articulate speech]. 1934 See Shellshear, J. L. and G. E. S. Smith, H. L., Jr. 1952 An outline of metalinguistic analysis. Washington, D.C., U.S. Department of State, Foreign Service Institute. Draft version, mimeographed. 1967 The modalities of human communication. General Semantics Bulletin 32-33:6-17. (the 1965 Alfred Korzybski Memorial Lecture at the New York Harvard Club) [discussion of language, paralanguage, kinesics, etc.], 1969 Language and the total system of communication. In Hill, A.A., ed., Linguistics Today. New York, Basic Books, 89112.

1957 See Pittenger, R. E. and H. L. S., Jr. Smith, Hobart M. 1944 Survival value of voice in small mammals. Journal of Mammalogy 25(4):407. Smith, I. MacFarlane 1964 Spatial ability. London, University of London Press; San Diego, Knapp. [on sex differences in spatial task ability]. Smith, James L. 1902 The abuse of sign language. American Annals of the Deaf 47:157-182. Smith, J. W. 1968 Message-meaning analysis. In Sebeok, Thomas A., ed., Animal Communication: techniques of study and results of research. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.

678 Smith, K. 1959 See Goda, S. and K. S. Smith, K. U. 1971 See Sussman, Harvey M. and K. U. S. Smith, Katherine C. 1972 See Benton, Arthur L., et al. Smith, Lars 1970 Eye dominance in a monkey (Rhesus). Perceptual and Motor Skills 31:657-658. [ocular dominance is not the same as eye preference; single monkey subject was also left-handed. Dominant handedness may be related to ocular dominance in this strict sense]. Smith, Logan Pearsall 1925 Words and Idioms, [language originated in action, not in intellectual concepts, in common actions, as also claimed by Ludwig Noire]. Smith, Madorah E. 1926 An investigation of the development of the sentence and the extent of vocabulary in young children. University of Iowa Studies in Child Development 3(5). Smith, May, Millais Culpin, and Eric Farmer 1953 A study of telegraphists' cramp. London, H.M.S.O., Medical Research Council, Industrial Fatigue Research Board, iv + 40 pp. [finger-fatigue in manual operation of telegraph key]. Smith, N. A. 1911 See Wiggin, Kate Douglas and N. A. S. Smith, O. W., Michael Doherty, and Charles Cranny 1967 Non-verbal language for colors: fact or artifact? Perceptual and Motor Skills 25(3):881-888. [rejects a phonetic symbolism explanation for certain experimental results of colorchoice tests], — and C. W. Koutstaal 1969 Additional correlates of Greenberg and Jenkins' linguistic S scale. Psychological Reports 24:999-1002. 1971, See Koutstaal, C. W., et al. 1972 Smith, Philip Twitchell 1970 Two experiments with artificial languages. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 22:583-591. [the artificial

679 languages consited of 4 pictures each, (such as $, X, A) and a two-letter alphabet, e.g. D and V]. Smith, R. and D. W. Kitchen 1972 Lipreading performance and contextual cues. Journal of Communication Disorders 5(1):86-90. Smith, Raymond G. 1970 Speech communication: theory and models. New York, London, Harper and Row. xvii + 230 pp. illus. Smith, Robert Payne 1907 A Bible commentary for English readers. Ellicott, John, ed. London, [vol. 1, 53 ff., on the argument over whether Hebrew or an Indo-European language was primordial, suggests that Hebrew and Sanskrit may have a common base]. Smith, T. 1967 See Schiefelbusch, R., et al. Smith, Wendell I. 1969 See Hancock, John, et al. Smith, W. John 1965 Message, meaning, and context in ethology. The American Naturalist 99:405-409. 1968 Message-meaning analysis. In Sebeok, Thomas A., ed., Animal Communication. Indiana University Press. 1969 Messages of vertebrate communication. Science 165(3889): 145-150. 1971 Displays and message assortment in Sayornis species. Behaviour 37(1/2):85-112. [two songbird species, Sayornis nigriccus and Sayornis saya]. Smith, W. M. 1965 Visual recognition: facilitation of seeing by hearing. Psychonomic Science 2:157-158. Smithers, G. V. 1954 Some English ideophones. Archivum Linguisticum 6:73-111. [on sound symbolism]. Smock, C. D. 1964 See Inhelder, Bärbel, et al. Smyth, V. O. G. 1962 See Piercy, M., and V. O. G. S. Smythe, R. H. 1959 How animals talk. London, Country Life, [an entertaining popularization].

680 Snapp, Barbara D. 1969 Recognition of maternal calls by parentally naive Gallus gallus chicks. Animal Behavior 17(3):440-445. [chicks discriminated between maternal feeding and distress calls on the first exposure, by exhibiting different responses]. Snell, A. L. 1910 The beginning of speech: treatise on the uni-radical origin of Indo-European words. London, Kegan Paul. 267 pp. Snell, Bruno K. J. R. 1952 Der Aufbau der Sprache. Hamburg, Claasen-Verlag. 219 pp. de Snoo, K. 1939 Het probleem der menschwording gezien in het licht der vergelijkende verloskunde. Haarlem, Bohn. 288 pp. [an obstetrical view of human evolution; J. Wind regards de Snoo's theory of the emergence of speech to be overly simple], 1942 Das Problem der Menschwerdung im Lichte der vergleichenden Geburtshilfe. Jena, Fischer Verlag. 336 pp. Snyder, Aaron 1971 Rules of language. Mind 80(318):161-178. [not all human communication is linguistic; we may use facial expression, growl, slap. Traditionally we describe language as rulegoverned], Snyder, Lynn S. 1971 Language impairment in children with perceptual-motor dysfunction. American Journal of Occupational Therapy 25(2): 105-108. [language acquisition is a generative rather than an imitative process; auditory perception depends on (1) intact temporal perception, (2) intact tactile and kinaesthetic perception, and (3) intact memory]. Snyder, Richard 1967 Adaptive value of bipedalism. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 26(2). Soccino, Fausto (Socinus, 1539-1604) 1656 De statu Adami ante Lapsum. In Fausti Socine Senensis, Opera Omnia. Bibliotheca Fratrum Polonorum, Irenopoli. [argued against any authority in Adam's naming of the animals].

681

Soden, W. von 1961 Review of Barst, Arno, Der Turmbau von Babel, 1957. In Bibl. Orient. Pays-Bas 18(l-2):57-58. Sokhin, F. A. 1955 [Initial stages of the mastery by the child of the grammatical structure of the language] [in Russian] Moskov. Gosudarst. Universitet, dissertation. Sokolov, Aleksandr N. 1956 O rechevom mekhanizme umstvennoï deyatel'nosti. Izdatel'stvo Akad. Pedagog. Nauk 81. 1960 Dinamika i funktsii vnutrennei rechi (skrytoï artikulyatsii v protsesse myshleniya). Izvestiya, Akad. Pedagog. Nauk 113. 1961 Investigations of the problem of verbal mechanisms of thinking. Psychological Science in the USSR 1:669-703. Washington, D.C., Joint Publications Research Service. 1966 La parole intérieure dans la pensée concrète. In Recherches Psychologiques en URSS, Moscou, Éditions du Progrès, 133176. 1967 [Les afférents moteurs de la parole et le problème du mécanisme cérébral de la pensée] [in Russian] Voprosy Psikhologji 13(3):41-54. (résumé in English). 1968 Inner speech and thought. Moskva. (English translation, 1972, by George T. Onischenko. Lindsley, Donald B., ed. New York, Plenum, x + 284 pp.) [electromyography of articulation during problem solving; author assumes that the presence of activity in articulators stimulates sensory activity from them, and that this serves a function per se in problemsolving]. 1969 Studies of speech mechanisms of thinking. In Cole, M. and I. Maltzman, eds. A Handbook of Contemporary Soviet Psychology. New York, Basic Books. 1971 Internal speech and thought. International Journal of Psychology 6(l):79-92. Sokolowsky, R. 1919 Zur Kenntnis der Sprachlaute bei Tieren. Archiv expérimentale und klinische Phonetik 1(9). Sollas, W. J. 1908 On the cranial and facial characters of the Neanderthal Race. Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Series

682 B, 199:281-339. [mentions the role of the teeth in straightening wooden shafts, etc.]. Sollberg, G. 1963 Aphasie, Apraxie und Agraphie bei rechtshirniger Läsion und Rechtshändigkeit. Deutsche Zeitschrift für Nervenheilkunde 184:537-. 1966 Neuere Untersuchungen zum Aphasieproblem. Folia Phoniatrica 18:45-, 1970 Die Bedeutung der rechten Hemisphäre für die Restitution aphasischer Sprachdefekte. Folia Phoniatrica 22:143-153. [suggested that the right hemisphere performs a substitute function in recovery from aphasia]. Sollier, P. 1891 Les troubles du langage dans l'idiotie et l'imbecilite. Revue Scientifique 1:75-, Solms, Hugo 1947 Beitrag zur Lehre von der sogenannte kongenitalen Wortblindheit. Basel, S. Karger. 54 pp. (Inaugural Dissertation, reprinted in Monatschrift für Psychiatrie und Neurologie 115(1-2),1948). Solomon, B. 1965 The relation of oral sensation and perception to chewing, drinking, and articulation in athetoid children and adults. Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D. dissertation. Solomon, L. N. 1959 Search for physical correlates to psychological dimensions of sound. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 31: 492-497. [sound symbolism: high pitch and smallness; low pitch, largeness, heaviness; sonar signals evaluated on semantic differential scales with positive results]. Solomon, P. 1964 See Mendelson, J. H., et al. Solomonson, Florinda 1922 Genesis of language. Quarterly Journal of Speech 8:372379. [on the origin of language], Sommer, R. 1962 The distance for a comfortable conversation: a further study. Sociometry 25:111-116. 1966 Man's proximate environment. Journal of Social Issues 22: 59-70.

683 1967 1969

Small group ecology. Psychological Bulletin 67:145-151. Personal space: the behavioral basis of design. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall. 1966 See Felipe, N. and R. S. Sommerfelt, Alf Axelss0n 1929 Quelques remarques sur le problème de la parenté des langues. Donum Natalicum Schrijen-Verzameling von Opstellen door Oudleerlingen en bevriende Vakgenooten. Nijmegen, Utrecht, pp. 23-36. 1938a La langue et la société. Caractères sociaux d'une langue de type archaïque. Oslo, Aschehoug. [claimed to find various "primitive features" in Aranda language, Australia, including absence of indications for quality of object], 1938b Les formes de la pensée et l'évolution des catégories de la grammaire. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 1938:170-184. 1942 The social origin of linguistic categories. Man, London, 42: 137. 1944 Is there a fundamental mental difference between primitive man and the civilized European? Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Earl Grey Memorial Lecture 6. 8 pp. 1952 Recent trends in general linguistics. Diogenes 1:64-70. 1954a The origin of language, theories and hypotheses. Journal of World History 1:885-902. 1954b Speech and language. In Singer, Charles, et al., eds., A History of Technology. Oxford University Press, vol. 1, 85-109. 1954c Language, society and culture. Oslo, Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskab 17:5-81. 1958 Note on the expression of time and space in Indo-European and in languages of archaic type. Indian Linguistics, Calcutta, 19, Turner Volume 1:134-136. 1965a Common bases of human language. International Social Science Journal 17(1):145-146. [universal elements of language suggest its great antiquity and make it probable that it was invented only once]. 1965b Linguistic structures and the structures of social groups. Diogenes 51:186-192. Sommers, Fred 1963 Types and ontology. The Philosophical Review 72(3):327363. [on how ontology, or the science of categories, can be used in analysis of language].

684 Sonnenfeld, J. 1968 Geography, perception, and the behavioral environment. Paper, American Association for the Advancement of Science, Dallas Meeting, Dec. 27, Symposium on the Use of Space by animals and man. Sonninen, A., P. Siltala, and M. Siirala 1970 On the fundamental prerequisites of language development: an autistic child experienced by a phoniatric team. Journal of Communication Disorders 3:1-27. [case study of a boy with profound aphasia, but rich drawing skills; aphasia but some sign-language, etc.]. Sonntag, Charles F. 1921 The comparative anatomy of the tongues of mammalia. II. Family 1, Simiidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, March, 1-29. Sophocles (c. 495-406 B. C.) 1952 Antigone. In Great Books of the Western World, vol. 5, 134a-b, lines 332-375. [language origin theory, language taught by man himself], Sorel, Charles 1668 La science universelle. Dernière édition augmentée. Paris. 4 vols. [vol. 4, 56, 35, universal grammar, which comprehends all particulars; author had worked on universal grammar starting in 1635]. Sorell, Walter 1968 The story of the human hand. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson. illus. [contains a chapter on gestures and other hand movements], S0renson, Bengt Algot 1963 Symbol und Symbolismus in den ästhetischen Theorien des 18. Jahrhunderts und der deutsche Romantik. K0benhavn. Sorenson, E. R. and D. C. Gajdusek 1966 The study of child behavior and development in primitive cultures. A research archive for ethnopediatric film investigations of styles in the patterning of the nervous system. Pediatrics 37 (1, Part 2):149-243. Sorenson, Richard 1969 See Ekman, Paul, et al. Sorenson, W. 1969 See Williams, H. W., et al.

685 Soskin, William F. and Paul E. Kauffman 1961 Judgments of emotion in word-free voice samples. Journal of Communication 11:73-80. Sotsky, Raina 1971 See Rozin, Paul, et al. Soulairac, André 1968 Ensayo de definición psicofisiològica del hombre. In Comas, Juan, ed., Definición del género humano. México, D.F., Instituto Nacional de Antropología e Historia, Publicación 19, 85-95. 1968 See Husson, R., et al. Southern, Mara L. 1970 Language-cognitive enhancement of disadvantaged preschool children through modeling procedures. Dissertation Abstracts International 30(12-A):5303. Southey, Robert 1849- Southey's Common-place Book, 4th series. Warter, J. W., 1851 ed. London, Longmans, [s.v. Language, pp. 581-582, references to the Rev. William Shaw, 1780 and Rowland Jones, who held that Welsh was the first human language, and language origin ideas]. Sovák, M. 1962a Literalita jako pedagogicky problém. Praha, Karlova Universiteta. 1962b Lateralität und Sprache. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Martin Luther Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Gesellschaftsund Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe, Halle-S., 11-1695. Sovijärvi, A. 1952 Révészin kielensynty teorian tarkastelua. Ajatus 17:187-195, Annuaire de la Société Philosophique de Finlande, Helsinki, [a review of Révész, Géza, Ursprung und Vorgeschichte der Sprache, 1946]. Sowa, C. A. 1972 Hand preference in baboons. Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland. [30 baboons of 4 species were studied for hand-preference behavior], Spalény, E. 1967 See Fleming, G. et al. Spang-Thomsen, B. 1956 Review of Tervoort, B. Th. M., Structurele analyse van

686 visueel taalgebruik binnen een groep dove kinderen, 1953. In Word 12:454-467. Sparkes, J. J. 1969 Pattern recognition and a model of the brain. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies 1:263-278. Spence, K. W. 1937 Analysis of the formation of visual discrimination habits in the chimpanzee. Journal of Comparative Psychology 23: 77-100. 1938 Gradual versus sudden solution of discrimination problems by chimpanzees. Journal of Comparative Psychology 25: 213-224. Spencer, Herbert (1820-1903) 1862 First principles, [law of change from homogeneity to heterogeneity, applicable to evolution of language]. 1872 Principles of Psychology. 2nd ed. vol. 2. [on expression of the emotions]. 1879 Origine et fonction de la musique. In Essais de morale, de science et d'esthétique, vol. 1, translated by M. A. Burdeau. Paris, Germer-Baillière. 1894 Origine e funzione délia musica. Trieste. 37 pp. (cf. Mind o.s,15:449, 16:535-537) [speculation on the relation of the evolution of music and the interjectional origin of language]. 1899 Principles of Psychology. 4th ed. London. 2 vols, [some ideas about gestural origin of language]. Sperber, Alice 1911 Animalisierung von Gegenständen. Wörter und Sachen, Heidelberg, 2:190-195. Sperber, H. 1912 Uber den Einfluss sexueller Momente auf Entstehung und Entwicklung der Sprache. Imago 1:405-453. Sperling, G. 1963 A model for visual memory tasks. Human Factors 5:19-32. 1967 Successive approximations to a model for short-term memory. Acta Psychologica 27:285-292. [relations of shortterm memory and language behavior]. 1960 See Auerbach, E. and G. S. Sperry, Roger W. 1967 Mental unity following surgical disconnection of the cerebral hemispheres. Harvey Society, Lectures 62:293-324, New York.

687 1970

Perception in the absence of the neocortical commissures. In Perception and its Disorders, Research Publication of the A.R.N.M.D., 48:123-138. — and Michael S. Gazzaniga 1967 Language following surgical disconnection of the hemispheres. In Millikan, C. H. and F. L. Darley, eds., Brain mechanisms underlying speech and language. New York, Grune and Stratton. 1965 See Gazzaniga, M. S., et al. 1967 See Gazzaniga, Michael S. and R. W. S. 1971a See Nebes, R. D. and R. W. S. 1971b See Levy, Jerre, et al. Spiegel, J. and P. Machotka 1971 Movement and message. Spielrein, Sabina 1920 Zur Frage der Entstehung und Entwicklung der Lautsprache. Vortrag am VI. Internationalen Psychoanalytischen Kongress im Haag, 8/11 sept., 1920. 1922 Die Entstehung der kindlichen Worte Papa und Mama. Imago 8:345-367. Spier, Robert F. G. 1970 From the hand of man: primitive and preindustrial technologies. In Clifton, J. A., ed., Resources for the study of anthropology. Boston, New York, Houghton-Mifflin Company. xi + 159 pp. Spies, W. 1939 See de Zoete, Beryl and W. S. Spinnler, Hans and L. A. Vignolo 1966 Impaired recognition of meaningful sounds in aphasia. Cortex 2:337-348. 1968 See de Renzi, E., et al. 1971 See Faglioni, Pietro, et al. Spire, A. 1949 Plaisir poétique et plaisir musculaire. Paris, [on expressive vocal gesture], Spirkin, A. G. 1953 Uchenie I. P. Pavlova o dvukh signal'nykh sistemakh-estestvenno-nauchnaya osnova stalinskogo ucheniya o yazyke. Izdatel'stvo Akad. Nauk SSSR, Seriya Istorii i Filosofii. Moskva, 233 ff. [on the "second signal system" of Pavlov and the development of human cultures].

688 1957

1959 1960 Spirkin, 1959

Proiskhozhdenie yazyka i ego roi' v formirovanii myshleniya. In Yazyk i Myshlenie. Moskva, [the origin of language and its rôle in the formation of thinking], The origin of language. Journal of World History 5(2):293309. (translated from Russian by B. V. Kuznetzov). Proiskhozhdenie soznaniya. Gospolitizdat. Moskva, [origin of consciousness]. A. G., ed. [Origine de la conscience] [in Russian] Moskva.

1952 See Kondrashov, N. A. and A. G. S. Spitz, René A. 1957 No and Yes. On the genesis of human communication. New York. 1959 Nein und Ja. Die Ursprünge der menschlichen Kommunikation. Stuttgart, Beiheft zur "Psyche", [discusses head nodding for yes and no], 1962 Le oui et le non, la genèse de la communication humaine. Trans, by A.-M. Rocheblave-Spenlé. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France, vii + 132 pp. — and K. M. Wolf 1946 The smiling response: a contribution to the ontogenesis of social relations. Genetic Psychology Monographs 34:57-125. Spivak, Hilde 1971 Ausdruckstormen und soziale Beziehungen in einer Dschelada-Gruppe (Theropithecus gelada) im Zoo. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychol. 28(3):279-296. [expressive movements, grooming, etc. in the gelada baboon]. Sprague, J. M. 1944 The innervation of the pharynx in the Rhesus monkey and the formation plexus in primates. Anatomical Record 90(3): 197-208. [non-human primates lack the nerve pattern in the pharynx required for human speech]. Sprankel, H. and R. Lorenz 1972 Grasping of small objects among Pan and Ateles. Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, [on superiority of chimpanzees in grasping], Spreen, Otfried 1965 Language functions in mental retardation. A review: language development, types of retardation and intelligence

689 level. American Journal of Mental Deficiency 69:482-494. Psycholinguistic aspects of aphasia. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 11:467-480. [contains a long bibliography, pp. 478-480]. —, A. L. Benton, and R. Fincham 1965 Auditory agnosia without aphasia. Archives of Neurology 13:84-92. —, A. L. Benton, and M. W. Van Allen 1966 Dissociation of visual and tactile naming in amnesic aphasia. Neurology 16(8):807-814. 1967 See Jones, D. and O. S. Springer, C. J. 1961 Talking with the deaf; an illustrated manual of the sign language. With more than 1000 pictures. Baton Rouge, Louisiana, The Author. 178 pp. (prepared in association with the International Catholic Deaf Association). Spuhler, J. N. 1959 Somatic paths to culture. Human Biology 31:1-13. 1965 Evolution of the brain, tool-use, and the origin of language. International Jour, of Soc. Sciences. Spurway, H. and J. B. S. Haldane 1954a The comparative ethology of vertebrate breathing. I. Breathing in newts, with a general survey. Behaviour 6:8-34. [p. 23, animal origins for human speech], 1954b See Haldane, J. B. S. and H. S. Squires, P. C. 1927 Wolf children of India. American Journal of Psychology 38:313-315. Sroges, R. W. 1966 See Glickman, S. E. and R. W. S. Sroka, H. 1969 See Bornstein, B., et al. Staats, A. W. 1971 Linguistic-mentalistic theory versus an explanatory S-R theory of language development. In Slobin, Daniel I, ed., Ontogenesis of Grammar: some facts and several theories. New York, Academic Press. — and C. K. Staats 1963 Complex human behavior. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston. 1968

690 Stadler, Hans 1930 Vogeldialekt. Alauda (Supplement to No. 1). 1919 See Schmitt, Cornel and H. S. Staffieri, J. Robert and A. Razavieh 1969 Development of iconic and symbolic representation. Perceptual and Motor Skills 29:547-549. [subjects were 85 7 to 9year old children; tests involved full and empty glasses, etc.]. Stafford, R. A. 1969 See Clark, Herbert H. and R. A. S. Stahl, Gerold 1964 Linguistic structures isomorphic to object structures. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research 24:339-344. Stahoviak, V. (Stachowiak, W.) 1956 Zagadnienie tempa roswoju puszki mozgowej i narzçdzi pracy w ewolucji czlowieka. Kosmos A 4. 1965 [Comparative rates of the development of the brain of man and of his culture] [in Russian] Anthropologie, Brno, 3(3): 77-79. (Tempy razvitiya mozga cheloveka i kultury). Stalin, Iosif Vissarionovich D. (1879-1953) 1933 See Marx, Karl H., et al. 1951 Der Marxismus und die Frage der Sprachwissenschaft. Berlin, [argues against any language as the primordial form of language; importance of speech in human history, leading to social grouping, etc.]. Stam, James Henry 1965 The question of the origin of language in German thought, 1756-1785. Brandeis University, Ph.D. dissertation. Dissertation Abstracts 25:6685. Stammler, G. 1938 Das Grundbild der Sprache: ein Versuch über die Ursprünge. Westermanns Monatschrift 164:230-232. Stankievich, I. A. 1968 [Caractéristique comparative de l'ontogenèse et de philogenèse du cerveau de l'homme et du singe primitif] [in Russian] Moskva, Nauka. Stankiewicz, E. 1964 Problems of emotive language. In Sebeok, Thomas A., ed., Approaches to semiotics. The Hague, Mouton, 239-264. [palatization used by adults speaking to infants reported for Huichol, Basque, southeastern dialect of Yiddish, i.e. a form of sound symbolism, as a depreciative].

691 Stanley, Juliet 1971 See McGuire, Michael T. and J. S. Starck, D. 1965 Die Neencephalisation (die Evolution zum Menschenhirn). In Heberer, G., ed., Menschliche Abstammungslehre, Fortschritte der Anthropogenie. Stuttgart, Fischer Verlag, 103144. [criticizes attribution of speech to fossil men on the basis of brain casts]. — and R. Schneider 1960 Larynx. In Hofer, H., A. H. Schultz, and D. Starck, eds., Primatologia. Basel, New York, Karger. 872 pp., vol. 3, part 2, 423-587. [a review of the phylogeny of the larynx]. Stark, Joel, Sylvia Cohen, and Jon Eisenson 1968 Performances of aphasie children on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test and auditory decoding tests. Journal of Special Education 2:435-437. [36 aphasie children enhanced their performance via the visual stimuli in the Peabody test], —, Joan Meisel, and Tens S. Wright 1969 Modifying maladaptive behaviour in a non-verbal child. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 4(1):67-72. Stark, R. E. 1968 See Preston, M. S., et al. Starkweather, John A. 1956a Content-free speech as a source of information about the speaker. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 52: 394-402. 1956b The communication value of content-free speech. American Journal of Psychology 69:121-123. 1961 Vocal communication of personality and human feelings. Journal of Communication 11:63-72. Starobinski, J. 1966 Langage, nature et société selon Rousseau. In Sociétés de Philosophie de Langue Française, Actes du XHIe Congrès, Le Langage. Neuchâtel, vol. 1, 143-146. Starr, M. Allen 1888 Apraxia and aphasia. Medical Record, Oct. 2. Stassi, Eugene Joseph 1968 Motor theory of speech perception tested by production and recognition of spoken in reverse order. University of South-

692 em Missouri, Ph.D. dissertation. Dissertation Abstracts 3962 B, vol. 29, No. 10, 1969. [not conclusive, although author believes the motor theory tends to be sustained, especially with respect to place of articulation]. Staude, W. 1956 Blick und Geste. Archiv für Völkerkunde 11:135-151. [gesture and glance in art], Stea, David 196- On the measurement of mental maps: an experimental model for studying spatial and geographical orientation. 26 pp. mimeographed. 1969 The measurement of mental maps: an experimental model for studying conceptual spaces. In Cox, K. R. and R. G. Golledge, eds., Behavioral problems in Geography: a symposium. Studies in Geography, 17. Evanston, Illinois, Northwestern University, Department of Geography. Stea, David, ed. 1970a Working Papers in Place Perception, 2. Clark University Place Perception Project, Worcester, Massachusetts. — and Roger M. Downs 1970 Working Papers in Place Perception, 2. Clark University Place Perception Project, Worcester, Massachusetts. — and Roger M. Downs 1970b From the outside looking in at the inside looking out. Environment and Behavior 2(1):3-12. [mental maps, imagery of space]. — and J. M. Blaut 1971a Notes toward a developmental theory of spatial learning. In Stea, David and R. Downs, eds., Cognitive Mapping: images of spatial environments. Chicago, Aldine. 1971b See Blaut, J. M. and D. S. Stebbins, Genevieve 1887 Delsarte system of expression with the address of François Delsarte before the Fhilotechnic Society of Paris. 1st ed., 1886. 2nd ed., New York, E. S. Werner, vii + 271 pp. Stebbins, W. C. 1972 Hearing of Old World monkeys (Cercopithecinae). Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland. [Old World monkeys proved to be only slightly less sensitive to small changes in sound intensity and frequency than man].

693 Steele, Joshua 1775 An essay towards establishing the melody and measure of speech to be expressed and perpetuated by certain symbols. London. 1779 Prosodia rationalis; or, an essay towards establishing the melody and measure of speech, to be expressed and perpetuated by peculiar symbols. 2nd ed., enlarged. London, [early instance of notation of intonation patterns in speech, using musical notes]. van den Steen, Cornells (Lapide, 1567-1637) 1854- Comentarii in scripturam sacram. Lyon-Paris. 10 vols. Com1860 mentaria in Pentateuchum, vol. I, 79, 144, 965. [Hebrew language the world's first, used in Paradise]. Steer, M. D. 1963 See Ringel, R. L. and M. D. S. Stefflre, V. 1964 See Laniz, DeLee, and V. S. Stegemeier, Henri 1946 Problems in emblem literature. Journal of English and Germanic Philology 45:26-37. [on pictorial symbolism]. Steger, Hugo 1967 Sprache und Arbeit. Zur Einführung in den Problemkreis. In Arbeit und Volksleben, Deutscher Volkskunde Kongress in Marburg, Universität Marburg-Lahn, Göttingen, Otto Schwartz, xi + 442 pp., 210-215. [on language and work]. Steger, Joseph A. 1971 See Bevan, William and J. A. S. Stehle, Hermann 1956 Vom Geheimnis der Sprache. Sprachliche Ausdruckslehre Sprachpsychologie. München-Basel, Emst Reinhardt Verlag. 201 pp. Stein, Leopold 1942 Speech and voice; their evolution, pathology and therapy. London, Methuen. 1949 The infancy of speech and the speech of infancy. Foreword by E. J. Boome. London, Methuen and Company, xiv + 209 pp. [with speculation on language origins]. — and F. K. W. Curry 1968 Childhood auditory agnosia. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 33:361-370.

694 Steinbach, Mairtin J. 1970 Aligning the eye to the actively or passively positioned hand. Perception and Psychophysics 8(5A):287-288. [no significant difference in oculomotor fix on the hand of a subject whether he or some one else had placed it]. Steinberg, Danny 1970 See Jakobovits, Leon and D. S. Steinbrecher, W. 1969 Alogie - das Ende der Aphasie? Einige bemerkungen zum aufsatz von E. Bay. Aphasielehre und Neurophysiologie der Sprache. Nervenarzt 40(11):537-539. Steindler, Arthur 1955 Kinesiology of the human body. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas. Steiner, A. 1828 Über die Idee einer Fingersprache, hauptsächlich zum Nutzen für Taube und stumme Personen. Ilmenau, Voigt. Steiner, George 1969 The language animal. Encounter 33(August):7-24. Steiner, Rudolf 1970 Die Ausdrucksfähigkeit des Menschen in Sprache, Lachen und Weinen. 3 pts. Dornach, Verlag der Rudolf Steiner Nachlassverwaltung. 91 pp. Steinhausen, G. 1893 Der Gruss und seine Geschichte. Berlin, Kulturstudien. Steinthal, Heymann (Hajim) (1823-1899) 1851 Uber den Ursprung der Sprache in Zusammenhang mit den letzten Fragen alles Wissens. Berlin. (4th ed., 1888) [language of man contrasted to that of animals, pp. 324-358]. 1855 Grammatik, Logik und Psychologie. Berlin, [considers von Humboldt's theory of language origin superior to those of Herder and Hamann; p. 325, argued that the primordial sentence was a single word - a noun or name]. 1863 Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft bei Griechern und Römern. Berlin, Dümmler. (1890, 2nd ed., Berlin; 1961 printing, Bonn). 1867 Article on the primordial language, and the antiquity of speech-roots. Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft.

695 1871

Psychologie und Sprachwissenschaft. Berlin, [on interjectional sounds of animals]. 1877 Der Ursprung der Sprache im Zusammenhänge mit den letzten Fragen alles Wissens. 3 ed. Berlin (also an 1888 ed.) [imitation theory]. 1881 Abriss der Sprachwissenschaft, [reflex origin of sounds in language]. Steinzor, B. 1950 The spatial factor in face-to-face discussion groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 45:552-555. Steklis, Horst D. and Michael J. Raleigh 1972 Chimpanzees and language evolution. Department of Anthropology, University of California, Berkeley, unpubl. ms. 28 pp. Stemmer, N. 1971 Innate ideas and quality spaces. Semiotica 3(3):234-240. [man-animal problem in cognition]. Stengel, E. A. 1954 A re-evaluation of Freud's book, "On Aphasia"; its significance for psychoanalysts. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 35:85-89. 1964 Speech disorders and mental disorders. In de Reuck, A.V.S. and Maeve O'Connor, eds., Disorders of Language. Ciba Foundation Symposium. London, J. and A. Churchill, 285298. Stenzel, Julius 1934 Philosophie der Sprache. In Handbuch der Philosophie. München-Berlin, vol. 4, 20 ff. [language origin problem]. Stepanov, A. A. 1892 [Alphabet of movements of the human body], Stephan, H. and C. J. Andy 1969 Quantitative comparative neuroanatomy of primates: an attempt at a phylogenetic interpretation. Annals of the New York Academy of Science 167 (Art. l):370-387. Stephen, Leslie (1832-1904) 1873 Essays on Free-thinking, etc. London, Smith, Elder. (1931 ed., An Agnostic's Apology and other essays. London, Thinker's Library, 10) [p. 82, passage cited by Charles Darwin, on Stephen's view that "a dog frames a general concept of a cat or sheep, and knows the corresponding word as well as a philosopher", Descent of Man, 90].

696 Stephenson, Gordon R. 1968 The biology of communication and structure: a model of primate populations. Proceedings, VIII Congress of Anthropological and Etnological Sciences, 3:279-286. [vocalizations and other signs, data chiefly on Japanese macaques]. Stepien, Lucjan, J. Pierre Cordeau and Theodore Rasmussen 1960 The effect of temporal lobe and hippocampal lesions on auditory and visual recent memory in monkeys. Brain 83: 470-489. Stem, Clara and William Stern 1907 Die Kindersprache, eine psychologische und sprachtheoretische Untersuchung. Leipzig, Barth. 394 pp. (1922 edition, Leipzig) [on parallels between the development of language in the individual and in the species, Chapter 17]. 1924 "Tiger, hilf mir!" Von Tier- und Menschenseelen (Gibbonsprache). Breslau. Stern, Gladys Bronwyn 1931 Pantomime. London, Hutchinson. 388 pp. Stern, Jack T., Jr. 1972 Anatomical and functional specialization of the human gluteus maximus. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 36:315-340. [various features of gluteus maximus muscle in man suggest a special selective pressure: jogging after wounded prey, as among the modern Bushmen]. Stern, Theodore 1957 Drum and whistle languages: an analysis of speech surrogates.American Anthropologist 59:487-506. Stgslicka, W. 1952 See Mydlarski, J. and W. S. Stetson, R. H. 1937 See Hudgins, Clarence and R. H. S. 1951 Motor phonetics: a study of speech movements in action. 2nd ed. Amsterdam, North-Holland, xi + 212 pp. [deals with chest and abdominal muscle action during speech]. Steuer, A. 1896 Über den Ursprung der Sprache. Naturwissenschaftliche Wochenschrift 11:597-600. Stevens, C., Joseph A. DeVito, and Norman Isaacson. 1969 Phonetic symbolism and audience perception. Southern Speech Journal 34:185-186.

697 Stevens, 1971 Stevens, 1960

C. W. See Brandt, E. M., et al K. N. Toward a model for speech recognition. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 32:46-55. 1972 The quantal nature of speech: evidence from human articulatory-acoustic data. In David, E. E., Jr., P. B. Denes, eds., Human communication, a unified view. New York, McGraw-Hill. — and Morris Halle 1967 Remarks on analysis by synthesis and distinctive features. In Wathen-Dunn, W., ed., Models for the perception of speech and visual form. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T.press, 88-102. — and Arthur S. House 1961 An acoustical theory of vowel production and some of its implications. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 4(4): 303-320. 1964 See Halle, Morris and K. S. Stevens, Raymond Paul 1966 The use of sign language as seen through the proceedings of the first four Conventions of the American Instructors of the Deaf, 1850-1856. Washington, D.C., Gallaudet College, term paper. 26 pp. Stevenson, C. L. 1944 Ethics and language. New Haven, [includes material on linkages of interjections: laughing, sighing, etc.], Stevenson, Elwood A. 19-. Tilling? what hast thou done? California News 47(9):129132. [on sign-language and education of the deaf]. Stevenson, Swigert 1963 The hand-gesture style. Harvard University, Senior Honors Thesis. 64 pp. (Peabody Museum). Steward, Julian 1936 Petroglyphs of the United States. Annual Report, Smithsonian Institution, 405-425. [an attempt to classify and analyze petroglyphs as pictorial signs]. Stewart, Dugald 1812 Some account of a boy (James Mitchell) born blind and

698 deaf . . . with a few remarks and comments. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. 1828 The philosophy of the active and moral powers of man. Edinburgh, London. 2 vols, (with appendix). 1827, Elements of the philosophy of the human mind. Part. II. In 1829 The Works of Dugald Stewart. Cambridge, Hilliard and Brown. 7 vols. (French translation, Éléments de la philosophie de l'Esprit humain. Paris) [includes "Conjectures concerning the origin of Sanskrit", written 1824-25]. Stewart, George R. 1946 Man, an autobiography. New York, Random House. 309 PP- tPP- 30-35, on the origins of language from interjections and onomatopoeia]. Stewart, William A. 1971 The issue of a culture of the deaf and its pedagogical implications. American Anthropological Association, Abstracts of the 70th Annual Meeting, New York, 116. Steyrer, J. 1912 Der Ursprung und das Wachstum der Sprache. Wien, Holder. Stier, E. 1911 Untersuchung über Linkshändigkeit und die funktionellen Differenzen der Hirnhälften. Jena, [lefthandedness and functional differentiation of the cerebral hemispheres], Stifter, Adalbert (1805-1868) 1927 Sämmtliche Werke. Sauer, August, et al., eds. Prag. [vol. 16, Die Landschule; language is from God, setting us above the animals], Stirling, Edward Charles 1896 Report on the work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia. Part IV. London and Melbourne, [on sign language in Central Australia, Aranda and Luritcha]. Stobschinski, Robert 1928 Lip reading: its psychological aspects and its adaptation to the individual needs of the hard of hearing. American Annals of the Deaf 73:234-242. [four types of "speech thinking": (a) visual (b) acoustic (c) speech-motor (d) scriptmotor], Stoddard, L. T. 1968 See Rosenberger, P. B., et al.

699 Stoecker, Jill A. 1972 Nonvocal communication in higher primates and man. University of Colorado, Seminar Paper. 29 pp. Stoevesand, B. 1956 Fünfhundert Taubstummengebärden. Berlin. 1960 Das expressiologisch-charakterologische Moment in der Gebärdesprache. Neue Blätter für Taubstummenbildung, Heidelberg, 14:325-329. Stojan, P. E. 1929 Bibliografio de internacia lingvo. Genève, [indues a list of gestural languages for the deaf], Stokoe, William C., Jr. 1960 Sign language structure: an outline of the visual communication systems of the American deaf. University of Buffalo, Studies in Linguistics, Occasional Paper, 8. 1963 Language structure and the deaf child. Report of the Proceedings of the International Congress on Education of the Deaf, Gallaudet College, June. Washington, D.C., U.S. Government Printing Office, 967-971. 1965 Repairing the gaps in the vocal-auditory symbol system. Georgetown University, Monograph Series on Languages and Linguistics 18:163-169. 1966 Linguistic description of sign languages. Georgetown University, Monograph Series on Languages and Linguistics 19: 243-250. 1969 Semantics and surface structure in two varieties of a deaf child's language performance. Paper read at the Salk Institute, and University of California, San Diego, 22 October 1969. 30 pp. mimeographed. 1970a Sign language diglossia. Studies in Linguistics 21:27-41. 1970b The study of sign language. ERIC Clearinghouse for linguistics (reprinted, 1972, Washington, D.C., National Association of the Deaf). 1971 Sign as language. Gallaudet College, Linguistics Research Laboratory. 21 pp. 1972a Semiotics and human sign languages. = Approaches to Semiotics, 21. The Hague, Mouton. 1972b Classification and description of sign languages. Current Trends in Linguistics 12. The Hague, Mouton. [comprehensive review of all known sign language systems].

700 1972c Motor signs as the first form of language. Paper, Annual Meeting, American Anthropological Association, Toronto, Symposium on Language Origins. —, Dorothy C. Casterline and C. G. Croneberg 1965 A dictionary of American sign language on linguistic principles. = Centennial Series, 1. Washington. D.C., Gallaudet College Press. zu Stolberg, Friedrich Leopold (1750-1819) 1806 Geschichte der Religion Jesu Christi. Hamburg, [vol. 1, 11, origin of language; p. 72, primordial language a divine gift, perhaps Hebrew]. Stollnitz, Fred 1971 See Schrier, Alan and F. S., eds. Stoltenberg, Hans L. 1942 Die Entstehung der Sprache im Licht der Gruppbewustlehre. Blätter für deutsche Philosophie 16:285-289. Stolz, W. S. 1967 A study of the ability to decode grammatically novel sentences. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 6:867873. 1969 See Bever, T. G., et al. Stone, Collins 1852 On the use of methodical signs. American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb 4 (April): 187-192. Stone, Louis 1957 Facial cues of context in Lipreading. John Tracy Clinic Research Papers, 5. [3 factors: facial expression, facial exposure, lip mobility; full torso exposure was more effective than face alone]. Stopa, Roman 1935 Die Schnalze, ihre Natur, Entwicklung und Ursprung. Polska Akademja Umiejgtnosci Prace, Komisji Jgzykowej, 23. Krakow, xi + 198 pp. [on click-languages, theories of their origin, and notion that clicks axe transitional between animal and human language; p. 191, the original sound system of man consisted of clicks, click-like sounds, inspired or expired], 1950 Paralelizm migdzy rozwojem mowy dziecka a rozwojem j§zkow ludzkich. Bulietyn polskiego towarzystwa jgzykoznawczego. Krakow, [parallels between development of infant language and that of mankind].

701 1955

Powstanie mowy ludzkíej. Zeszyty naukowe Uniwersytetu Jagiellónskiego, Kraków, 5:245-250. [on human language origin]. 1956 Powstanie mowy ludzkiej w oswietleniu antropologii i j§zykoznawstwo. Przeglqd Antropologiczny 22(2):333-469. (English and Russian abstracts) [origin of language in the light of anthropology and linguistics: discusses expressive movements, reduction of prognathism, role of mouth in feeding, association of hand-movements and tongue and lip movements; Bushman click-language represents a late Paleolithic condition], 1958 From clics to expiratory consonants. II. Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 11:356-367. 1959 Kritische Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz, "Uber die sogenannte Primitivsprachen" von V. Skaliöka. Lingua Posnaniensis, Poznán, 7:318-322. 1963 Buszmeñszcyzna a prehistoria mowy ludzkiej. Przegl^d Antropologiczny 29(1): 136-142. [Bushman language and the prehistory of speech]. 1965 Die Entwicklung der Sprachlaute. Phonetica 13:95-98. 1966a Einige Überreste von ursprunglichen Gebärden in afrikanischen Sprachen. Biuletyn Polskiego Towarzystwa Jgzykoznawczego 24:173-196. 1966b Mowa nianiek w Europie i Afryce (Studium historycznoporównawcze). Wroclawskie Towarzystwo Naukowe Rozprawy, Komisji Jgzykowej, Wroclaw, 6:47-56. 1966c Sprachentwicklung der Menschheit (exemplifiziert durch diejenige in Afrika) und Spracherwerb des Kindes. Lingua Posnaniensis 11:73-106. 1968 Kann man eine Brücke schlagen zwischen der Kommunikation der Primaten und derjenigen der Urmenschen? Homo, Zeitschrift für die vergleichende Forschung am menschen 19 (3/4): 129-151. 1969 Samorodny system porozumiewania si$ ghichej. Logopedia 8/9:117-125. [on the spontaneous communication system of a deaf woman]. 1970 Africa as a cradle of human culture. MateriaJy i prace antropologiczne 78:25-31. [Bushman clicks and chimpanzee sounds]. Storer, Thomas 1952 Linguistic isomorphisms. Philosophy of Science 19:77-85.

702 Stork, Hans-Jürgen 1971 Zur sozialen Funktion des Gesanges der Amsel Turdus merula L. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 28(l):54-58. [social function of blackbird song], Storper-Perez, D. and C. Veil 1968 Observations des communications non verbales au sein de petits groups. Bulletin de Psychologie 21:982-988. Störring, Gustav 1916 Psychologie des menschlichen Gefühlslebens. Bonn, vii + 289 pp. [argued that the development of speech is relatively independent of the development of other mental powers]. Starz, G. 1963 Figuren und Prospekte. Ausblicke auf Dichter und Mimen, Sprache und Landschaft. Stuttgart, Klett. 383 pp. (bibliography, pp. 379-383). Stoughton, Gwendolen 1955 The role of the cortex in retention of a conditioned response to auditory signals. University of Chicago, Ph.D. dissertation. Stout, G. F. and James Mark Baldwin 1901 Article, "Language function". Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, vol. 1, 626-27. [discusses imitative gesture and oral language as motor acts; role of already developed language in channelling child's language into conventional speech], Stoyva, J. M. 1965 Finger electromyographic activity during sleep: its relation to dreaming deaf and normal subjects. Journal of Abnormal Psychology 70:345-349. Straight, H. Stephen 1970 Syntax and the psycholinguistic unity of mankind. American Anthropological Associatipn, Abstracts, Preliminary Program, New York, 3(3): 108. Strassen, O. zur 1952 Zweckdienliches Sprechen beim Graupapagei. Verhandlungen deutscher zoologischer Gesellschaft, Freiburg, 84-89. Stratton, G. M. 1921 The control of another person by obscure signs. Psychological Review 28:301-314. [report on a supposed medium, able to locate hidden objects, presumably by using nonverbal visual cues].

703 Straubinger, Johann 1958 Auf der Suche nach der menschlichen Ursprache. Stuttgart, Verlag des Katholischen Bibelwerks. 79 pp. Straus, William L., Jr. 1940 The posture of the great ape hand in locomotion and its phylogenetic implications. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 27:199-207. 1941 The phylogeny of the human forearm extensors. Human Biology (1):23 ff; (2):203. 1942 The homologies of the forearm flexors: urodeles, lizards, mammals. American Journal of Anatomy 2:281 ff. Strauss, Alfred A. 1954 Aphasia in children. American Journal of Physical Medicine 33:93-99. — and Ernest N. McCarus 1958 A linguist looks at aphasia in children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 23:54-58. Strawson, P. F. 1964 Intention and convention in speech acts. The Philosophical Review 73:439-451. Streeter, Stephen 1958 Let your hands speak: Streeter's international sign language for travelers. Washington, D.C., American Tourist Association. 12 pp. illus. Strehle, Hermann 1934 Analyse des Gebärdens. Industrielle Psychotechnik 11:8990. 1935 Analyse des Gebarens. Erforschung des Ausdrucks der Körperbewegung. Berlin, Bernard und Graefe. 223 pp. illus. (vol. 2, Die Lehre von der praktischen Menschenkenntnis). 1954 Mienen, Gesten und Gebärden. Analyse des Gebarens. München. 1956 Vom Geheimnis der Sprache. Sprachliche AusdruckslehreSprachpsychologie. München-Basel, Ernst Reinhardt Verlag. 201 pp. 1960 Mienen, Gesten und Gebärden. Analyse des Gebarens. 3rd ed. München, Basel, E. Reinhardt. 174 pp. illus. Strehlow, T. G. H. 1964 On Aranda traditions. In Hymes, Dell, ed., Language in culture and society. New York, Harper and Row. xi + 764 pp., 79-85.

704 Striglioiii, L. 1970 See Baurand, G., et al. Strindberg, August (1849-1912) 1907 Von der Ursprache und Babels Verwirrung. In Ein Blaubuch. Schering, Emil, translator. München, 1920. vol. 2, 574-579. [based on supposed similar roots in diverse languages; cf. Trombetti, Alfredo, 1905], Strobel, David A. and Robert R. Zimmerman 1971 Manipulatory responsiveness in protein-malnourished monkeys. Psychonomic Science 24(l):19-20. [subjects on higher protein diets did better in manipulation of puzzle-units]. Strong, Stanley R., Ronald G. Taylor, Joseph C. Bratton, and Rodney G. Loper 1971 Non-verbal behavior and perceived counselor characteristics. Journal of Counseling Psychology 18(6):554-561. Strahl, K. J. 1970 Language games and forms of life. Journal of Crit. Anal. 2(2):25-31. [Augustine conceived of language as something to be learned by pointing to an object and simultaneously uttering appropriate sound; Wittgensteing examined naming as one among many possible language games]. Struhsaker, Thomas T. 1967a Auditory communication among vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops). In Altmann, Stuart, ed., Social communication among primates. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 287-324. 1967b Social structure among vervet monkeys. Behavior 29:83121.

1967c Ecology of vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops) in the Masai-Amboseli game reserve, Kenya. Ecology 48:891-904. 1967d Behavior of vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops). University of California Publications in Zoology, pp. 1-64. 1969 Correlates of ecology and social organization among African Cercopithecines. Folia Primatologica 11:80-118. 1970 Part 3 (on mammalian vocalizations and their usefulness in taxonomy) In Napier, J. R. and P. H. Napier, eds., Old World monkeys: evolution, systematics, and behavior. New York, Academic Press. — and P. Hunkeler 1971 Evidence of tool-using by chimpanzees in the Ivory Coast.

705 Folia Primatologica 15:212-219. [chimpanzees used cuplike depression on a tree-root to smash small shells of Coula edulis nuts with a stick or stone]. Stuckless, E. Ross 1966 The introduction of manual communication to young deaf children. Teacher of the Deaf 64:23-27. — and Jack W. Birch 1966 The influence of early manual communication on the linguistic development of deaf children. I. American Annals of the Deaf lll(2):452-460. [a study comparing deaf children with and without sign-language experience from infancy]. 1964 See Birch, H. G. and E. R. S. Studdert-Kennedy, Michael G. 1965, See Liberman, A. M., et al. 1967a 1967b, See Shankweiler, D. P. and M. S-K. 1970 —, Alvin M. Liberman, K. S. Harris, and F. S. Cooper 1970 Motor theory of speech perception: a reply to Lane's critical review. Psychological Review 77:234-249. [defense of the theory of categorial perception of stop consonants and continuous perception of vowels and non-speech sounds], — and D. Shankweiler 1971 Hemispheric specialization for speech perception. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America. Stuebe, R. 1906 Grundlinien zu einer Entwicklung der Schrift. München, [on the gestural origin of scripts like Chinese], Stumpf, Carl 1901 Eigenartig sprachliche Entwickelung eines Kindes. Zeitschrift für Paedagogische Psychologie 3. 1924 Singen und Sprechen. Zeitschrift für Psychologie 94:1-37. Stur, I. 1966 See Drobnä, M., et al. Sturm, M. 1940 A case of secret language. The Benzorian language. Smith College Studies in Modern Languages 21:209-220. (Essays in honor of W. A. Neilson) [on the secret language of a child], 1941 Le langage secret chez les enfants. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 37/38(4-6):246-263.

706 Stuim, W. 1917 Herders Sprachphilosophie in ihrem Entwicklungsgang und ihrer historischen Stellung. Breslau, dissertation, [material on Herder's ideas about language origin]. Sturtevant, Edgar H. 1922 [Article on hypothetical origins of language] Classical Weekly 16:34-38. (abbreviated version in Sturtevant, E.H., 1956, 47-50). 1956 An introduction to linguistic science. Yale University Press. 173 pp. (1947, 1st ed.) [pp. 40-50, on language origins, emphasizing the imitative approach; gestures could have formed a vocabulary system, cf. p. 116]. Stutterheim, C. P. F. 1949 Inleiding tot de Taal-Philosophie. Antwerpen-Nijmegen. [p. 35 ff., on language origin problem]. Stütz, A. 1928 Die indianische Zeichensprache. Karl-May Jahrbuch. Breslau, 10,12(11)261-279. [North American Indian sign-language], Subirana, A. 1952 La droiterie. Archives Suisses de Neurologie et Psychologie 69:2-, 1961 The relationship between handedness and language function. Logos 4:67-85. 1964a The relationship between handedness and language function. International Journal of Neurology 4:215-234. (78 references). 1964b Problems of cerebral dominance. Bulletin of Orton Society 14:45-. [man was originally ambidextrous, according to Paleolithic paintings; righthandedness first appears in the Bronze Age]. Suchenwerth, R. 1970 See Kretz, V., et al. Suci, George J. 1969 Relations between semantic and syntactic factors in the structuring of language. Language and Speech 12(2):69-79. [on child language]. Sudman, J. 1971 See Berger, K., et al.

707 Sudre, Jean-François 1844 Historie abrégé de la langue musicale et de la téléphonie (système de M. Sudre). Paris, Imprimerie de E. T. B. Delanchy. 1866 Langue musicale universelle au moyen de laquelle . . . tous les différents peuples de la terre, les aveugles, les sourds et les muets peuvent se comprendre réciproquement; langue à la fois parlée, écrite, occulte et muette. Paris, La veuve de l'auteur et G. Flaxland. xxx, xxiv + 317 pp. [on Solrésol, a language based on seven musical notes, which can be played on instruments, sung, written, transmitted by fingers for the deaf, etc.]. Sugiyama, Yukimaru 1967 [Forest living chimpanzees] [in Japanese] Shizen 22(8): 1829. 1968 Social organization of chimpanzees in the Budongo Forest, Uganda. Primates 9:225-258. [data on calls, and communication system], 1969 Social behavior of chimpanzees in the Budongo Forest, Uganda. Primates 10:197-225. [greeting behavior, "booming", begging, food-sharing, tool using, etc.], Suhm, Peter Frederik (1728-1798) 1769 Forsög til et udkast af en historié over folkenes oprindelse. K0bnhavn. [neither Hebrew nor Chinese is the primordial language; Babel changed all language]. Sullivan, W. E. and C. W. Osgood 1927 The musculature of the superior extremity of the orangutan, Simia satyrus. Anatomical Record 3:193 ff. Sully, James 1903 Studies of childhood. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. 137 pp. [emphasizes importance of maturation in development of speech, infant babbling], Sumby, W. H. and I. Pollack 1954 Visual contribution to speech intelligibility in noise. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 26:212-215. [on mouth gesture], Sundene, B. 1965 See Williams, F. and B. S. Super, Selwyn 1969 Spatial perception of language symbols and a description of

708 a test designed to assess this function. American Journal of Optometry, Archives of the American Academy of Optometry 46(6):426-433. Suppes, Patrick 1970 Probabilistic grammars for natural languages. Synthese 22: 95-116. [Part 3, Grammar for Adam I, corpus collected by Roger Brown, et al. of the utterances of a 26-month old boy]. Suprun, A. 1965 See Abduldaev, E. and A. S. Sürbaum, U. 1967 See Harweg, R., et al. Suri, Surindar 1952 The communicative process. An interpretive study of George Herbert Mead's theory of language. Synthese 9:289. [the ability to communicate with others depends on the capacity for role-taking; thinking is the internalized conversation of gestures (including spoken gestures)]. Suryanarayana, K. 1955 The origin of human speech, writing and religion. Madras, Vavilla Press. Suslick, A. 1963 The phallic representation of voice. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 11. Sussman, Harvey M. 1972 What the tongue tells the brain. Psychological Bulletin 77 (4): 262-272. 1970 The role of sensory feedback in tongue movement control. Journal of Auditory Research. 10(4):296-321. — and K. U. Smith 1971 Jaw movements under delayed auditory feedback. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 50:685-691. 1971 See Abbs, J. H. and H. M. S. Süssmilch, Johann Peter (1707-1767) 1766, Versuch eines Beweises, dass die erste Sprache ihren Ur1767 sprang nicht vom Menschen, sondern allein vom Schöpfer erhalten habe. Berlin, Akad. Vorl. [divine origin theory]. Sutcliffe, T. H. 1960 Conversation with the deaf. 4th ed. London, National Institute for the Deaf. 41 pp. illus. [sign language included].

709 1969

The education of deaf children: the possible place of fingerspelling and signing. Teacher of the Deaf 67:115-120. Sutcliffe, T. H., ed. 1971 Conversation with the deaf. 9th ed. Royal National Institute for the Deaf. 45 pp. illus. Sutton, S. 1956 See Kennedy, T., et al. Suzuki, Akira 1966 On the insect-eating habits among wild chimpanzees living in the savanna woodland of western Tanzania. Primates 7 (4):481-487. [termite "fishing" with twigs]. 1969 An ecological study of chimpanzees in a savanna woodland. Primates 10:103-148. Svorad, D. 1956 Vznik a vyvoj re£i a myálení. Orbis, Praha. 95 pp. [origins and evolution of language and thought]. Swadesh, Morris (1909-1967) 1951 Diffusional cumulation and archaic residue as historical explanation. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 7:1-21. [all known languages converge on a monogenetic vanishing point ca. 40,000 years ago, pp. 1-21]. 1960 Tras la huella lingüistica de la prehistoria. Suplemento del Seminario de Problemas Científicos y Filosóficos, Universidad Nacional de México, 2a ser., 26:97-145. 1964a Linguistic overview. In Jennings, Jesse D. and Edward Norbeck, eds., Prehistoric Man in the New World. William Marsh Rice University and University of Chicago Press, 527-556. [origins of numerals, p. 528; earliest languages, p. 530], 1964b Primitivismo en las lenguas de América y Eurasia. Actas y Memorias del Congreso Internacional de Americanistas, México, D.F. 1965 Origen y evolución del lenguaje humano. Anales de Antropología, México, D.F., 2:61-68. 1968 La nueva filología. México, D.F. 2nd ed. 1971 The origin and diversification of language. Sherzer, Joel, ed. Foreword by Dell Hymes. Chicago, New York, AldineAtherton. xviii + 350 pp. Swain, P. H. and K. S. Fu 1970 Nonparametric and linguistic approaches to pattern recog-

710

nition. Lars Information Note 051970. TR-EE 70-20, Purdue University, 20 June. 1969 See Fu, K. S. and P. H. S. Swain, Robert L. 1970 Washoe's advanced training in the language of signs at the University of Nevada. The Deaf American 22(11):9-12. illus. Swedenborg, Emanuel (1688-1772) 1749- Arcana Coelestia. (later eds., London, Swedenborg Society, 1756 1872, 1891, 1934, etc.) [includes notion that primitive man spoke a silent language of "internal respiration" or signs]. Sweeney, D. R., D. C. Tinling, and A. H. Schmale, Jr. 1970 Dimensions of affective expression in four expressive modes. Behavioral Science 15(5):393-407. [on verbal, graphic, facial and postural expression of affect]. Sweet, Henry (1845-1912) 1900 The history of language. New York, The Macmillan Company. [pp. 35 ff, three ways to link sound and object: imitative, interjection, symbolic; pp. 37-38, on mouth-gesture, partly accepted; "symbolic roots" were an element in the beginnings of language - "lingual gesture" accompanying hand gesture]. Sweigard, L. 1949 Psychomotor function as correlated with body mechanics and posture. New York Academy of Science 11:243-248. Swets, J. A. 1963 Central factors in auditory frequency selectivity. Psychological Bulletin 60:429-440. Swift, Jonathan (1667-1745) 1721- Gulliver's Travels, (many editions; 1906, London, J. M. 1726 Dent and Sons; New York, E. P. Dutton and Company, xx + 279 pp.) [in the voyage to Laputa and Lagado, describes a language based on use of small objects to represent words], Swisher, P. L. 1969 See Sarno, J. E., et al. Symmes, Jean S. 1971 Visual imagery in brain injured children. Perceptual and Motor Skills. 33(2):507-514. [subjects with longer, more stable afterimages had higher mean I.Q.].

711 Szczesniak, B. 1952 The origin of the Chinese language according to Athanasius Kircher's theory. Journal of the American Oriental Society 72:21-29. [theory of Athanasius Kircher, 1601-1680, author of China Illustrata, 1667]. Szentpal, M. 1959 Gyermektancok I, II, III. Tankonyvkiado Vallalat. Budapest. [a notation for body-movement]. Szinyei-Merse, Elisabeth 1972 See Holloway, Ralph L., Jr. and E. S-M.

T Taaffe, G. and W. Wong 1957 Studies of variables in lip reading stimulus material. John Tracy Clinic Research Papers, 3. Los Angeles, John Tracy Clinic. Tabourot, Jean (Thoinot Arbeau, pseudonym) 1588 Orchésographie et traicté en form de dialogue, par lequel toutes personnes peuvent facilement apprendre et practiquer l'honneste exercice des dances. Lengres, J. des Preyz 104 pp. illus. (reprinted, 1888, Paris, E. Bouillon and E. Viehweg [a dance notation system is included]. Tagiuri, Renato 1968 Person perception. In Lindzey, Gardner and Elliot Aronson, eds., The Handbook of Social Psychology. 2nd ed. Reading Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley. 1954 See Bruner, Jerome S. and R. T. Tagliasco, V. 1972 See Matsumiya, Y., et al. Tagliavini, Carlo 1950 Introduzione alla glottologia. 4a ed. Bologna. (5th ed., interamente rifusa. Bologna, Casa Editrice Prof. Ricardo Patron. 2 vols, [language origins, 2, 85, 138; gesture language 2: 15, n. 2; 16, n. 1; 331; vol. 1, material on language theories of N. Ya. Marr, q.v.]. 1953 II linguaggio e la classificazione delle lingue. In Biasutti, Renato, ed., Le razze e i popoli della terra. Torino, Unione Tipografico-Editore Torinese, 4 vols., vol. 1, 467-483.

712 Taine, Hippolyte Adolphe (1828-1893) 1870 De l'Intelligence. Paris. 2 vols. (German ed., Der Verstand; English translation by T. D. Haye, On Intelligence, London, 1871. [on a child's invention of imitative words: wawa = dog, mia = cat; koko = chicken; lolo = milk, etc. Ger. ed., vol. 1, 283-]. 1876 Note sur l'acquisition du langage chez les enfants et dans l'espèce humaine. Revue Philosophique 1:5-23. Tait, John 1934 Evolution of vertebrate voice. Acta Otolaryngologica 20: 46-59. Taladoire, Barthélemy-A. 1951 Commentaires sur la mimique et l'expression corporelle du comédien romain. Montpellier, Ch. Déhan. 138 pp. Talkington, Larry W. and Sylvia M. Hall 1970 Matrix language program with mongoloids. American Journal of Mental Deficiency 75(1):88-91. [on a special training program for children with Down's Syndrome, with mean I.Q. of 40.7; improvements resulted], Talmud of Jerusalem (ca. A.D. 200-280) 1879- Le Talmud de Jérusalem. Translated by Moïse Schwab. 1902 Paris. 11 vols. [Megilla I, vol. 8, 211 and 217, on the primordial language]. Tamura, M. 1964 See Marier, Peter and M. T. Tanaka, Y., T. Oyama, and C. E. Osgood 1963 A cross cultural and cross concept study of the generality of semantic space. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 2:392-405. [language universals]. Tanz, Christine 1971 Sound symbolism in words relating to proximity and distance. Language and Speech 14(3):266-276. [comparison of 8 non-Indo-European languages on here/there pair; indexical symbol attributes]. Tappen, Neil C. 1953 A mechanistic theory of human evolution. American Anthropologist 55:605-607. [argues that quantum evolution was associated with a shift over to symbolic communication, leading to a "new adaptive zone"]. 1965 Review of Montagu, Ashley, ed., Culture and the evolution

713 of man, 1963. In American Journal of Physical Anthropology 23:437-438. [on controversy of the priority of tools as evolutionary prime mover for hominization as against symbolic communication], 1968 More on tools and teeth. American Anthropologist 70(1): 101 (letter). [Tappen claims he did not commit himself to A. Irving Hallowell's position that tool-making did not precede other cognitive changes in human evolution; for Tappen, symbolic communication is of primary importance, and either came before tool making or developed along with it]. — and H. Hemmer 1970 On Hemmer's new view of human evolution. Current Anthropology 11(1):79. [deals with the significance of the cranial capacities of the Australopithecines]. Tappolet, Ernst 1907 Die Sprache des Kindes. Deutsche Rundschau 131:399-411. Tarkhan, A. A. 1936 Ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Kenntnis der proprioreceptiven Innervation der Zunge. Archiv für mikroskopisch Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte 105:349-358. Tarte, Robert D. and Loren S. Barritt 1971 Phonetic symbolism in adult native speakers of English: three studies. Language and Speech 14(2): 158-168. [suggests that there are consistent bases for relating shapes of visual symbols and sounds], Tattersall, Ian 1970 Man's ancestors: an introduction to primate and human evolution. London, John Murray. 64 pp. [chapter 14, 6061, Language and the evolution of the brain]. Taub, E. 1963 See Knapp, H. D., et al. Täuber, C. 1908a Uber die Ursprache. 4 pp. 1908b Ortsnamen und Sprachwissenschaft. Ursprache und Begriffsentwicklung. Zürich, Orell Füssli. 259 pp. 1910 Die Ursprache und ihre Entwicklung. Globus 97:277-282. 1911 Die Sprache des Urmenschen. Jahresberichte der Schweizerische Gesellschaft für Urgeschichte 3:147-148. 1942- Die Anfänge der menschlicher Sprache. Bulletin der Schwei-

714 1943

zerischer Gesellschaft für Anthropologie und Ethnologie 19:4-5. Tauli, Valter 1956 [On the origin of the verb] Ural-altaische Jahrbücher, Wiesbaden 28:138-144. Taussig, Thomas G. 1967 See Ekman, Paul, et al. 1969 See Ekman, Paul, et al. Tavella, N. M. 1945 See Johnson, M. L. and N. M. T. Tavolga, W. N. 1960 See Lanyon, W. E. and W. N. T., eds. Taylor, Archer 1956 The Shanghai gesture. FF Communications, Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia, Helsinki, 166. 76 pp. [on the thumb-nose gesture, and discussion of the general value of the historical study of gestures]. Taylor, D. 1958 Review of Revesz, Geza, The Origin and Prehistory of Language, 1956. In Word 13 (2):346-. Taylor, Daniel Jennings 1970 A study of the linguistic theory of Marcus Terentius Varro. Seattle, University of Washington, Ph. D. dissertation. Taylor, I. A. 1960 Symbology: psychological aspects of visual communication. In Whitney, Elwood, ed., Symbology. New York, Art Directors Club of New York, Hastings House, 123-38. Taylor, Insup Kim 1963 Phonetic symbolism reexamined. Psychological Bulletin 60: 200-209. 1965a Phonetic symbolism and vocabulary learning: reply to Asher. Perceptual Motor Skills 20:842 . 1965b Note on phonetic symbolism. Perceptual Motor Skills 20: 803-804. 1967 An anatomy of words used in a word-matching phonetic symbolism experiment. Journal of General Psychology 76(2):231-239. [questions the notion of universal sound symbolism, i.e. common to all languages; believes that imitation and word-length are more likely to be influential].

715 — and M. M. Taylor 1962 Phonetic symbolism in four unrelated languages. Canadian Journal of Psychology 16:344-356. — et al. 1965 Another look at phonetic symbolism. Psychological Bulletin 64:413-427. Taylor, Isaac 1895 L'Origine des Aryens. (1st éd., 1889, The origin of the Aryans. London, Walter Scott, xi + 339) [expresses doubt if Paleolithic man in Western Europe possessed articulate language]. Taylor, J., R. Potash, and D. Head 1959 Body language in the treatment of the psychotic. Progress in Psychotherapy 4:227-231. Taylor, Laughlin 1972 See Milner, Brenda and L. T. Taylor, R. M. S. 1963 Cause and effect of wear of teeth. Acta Anatomica 53:97157. [rôle of teeth in gripping, etc.], Taylor, Ronald G. 1971 See Strong, Stanley R., et al. Taylor, William 1870 Origin of species and of languages. Nature 2:435. [letter, partly answering letter of Arthur Ransom, q.v.]. Tazbirôwna, W. 1950 Uwagi o jçzyku miganym wychowankow gluchoniemych i ociemnialych w Warszawie. Poradnik Jçzykowy. [on the language of gesture among deaf mute students in Warsaw]. Tciang Tceng-Ming 1938 L'écriture chinoise et le geste humain. Paris, [on the priority of visual language; showed importance of hand and arm gesture-signs in the formation of ancient Chinese writing], Tedford, W. H., Jr. and C. P. Rose 1970 Similarity of verbal and motor learning. Perceptual and Motor Skills 30(3):774-. [adult subjects learned a set of picture stimuli equally well whether they responded with simple right hand gestures, described (verbal) responses, or both]. Teeter, Karl V. 1966 The history of linguistics: new lamps for old. Georgetown

716

University, Monograph Series on Languages and Learning 17:84-95. [brief discussion of the importance of language origin theories in the 17th and 18th centuries, a subject upon which "modern scholars have heaped scorn"]. Tegano, Ulderico 1939 II vostro cane può scrivere. Milano, Mondadori. Tegethoff, Wilhelm 1969 Schrift und Sprache der Steinzeit. Osnabrück, 169 pp. Teggart, Frederick John 1918 The processes of history. New Haven, Yale University Press. 162 pp. Semicentennial Publications of the University of California, [p. 101, names come into existence only as the occasion demands, elicited by objects, actions, and events; before plowing, sowing, etc., these actions must have been performed and recognized], Teilhard de Chardin, Pierre (1881-1955) 1933 See Black, Davidson, et al. Tekieli, Mary E. 1971 See Lass, N. J., et al. Tembrock, G. V. 1962 Zur Strukturanalyse des Kampfverhaltens bei Vulpes. Behaviour 19:261-282. 1963 Acoustic behavior of Mammals. In Busnel, R. G., ed., Acoustic Behavior of Animals. Amsterdam, Elsevier Publishing Company, chap. 25. 1966a Defensivlaute bei Säugetieren. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift, Universität Leipzig, Math.-Nat. 15:491-497. 1966b Die physiologischen Grundlagen der Lautäusserungen bei Tieren. Experientia 22:561-572. 1967a Probleme der Phylogenie der Lautgebung der Säugetiere. Zoologische Beiträge n.F. 13:409-439. 1967b Ritualisation und Information. Zeitschrift für Psychologie 173:90-101. 1970 Probleme der Syntax: Kommunikativen Verhaltens bei Tieren. Zeitschrift für Psychologie 177(1/2):112-128. [detailed studies of animal communication "syntax" in callsystems of birds, red fox; pp. 118-19, table showing sign types of land vertebrates]. 1969 See Trojan, F., ed., Biophonetik. Mannheim.

717 Templeton, W. B. 1966 See Howard, I. P., and W. B. T. Templin, M. 1957 Certain language skills in children. Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, [child language acquisition]. Tenenbaum, Donna Lee 1966a Gestural communication with aphasies in a dyadic situation. Ohio State University. 1966b The retention and sequencing ability of aphasies as measured by tasks involving four sensory modalities. Ohio State University, M. A. Thesis. Tennant, John A. 1967 See Vetter, Harold J. and J. A. T. Terbeek, D. 1971 See Papçun, G., et al. Ter-Grigoryan, G. G. 1969 O dialektike biologicheskogo i istoricheskogo faktorov v protsesse antropogeneza. Voprosy Antropologii 33:80-89. [factors in anthropogenesis]. Ter-Minasova, S. G. 1969 K problème detskoï rechi. Voprosy Yazykonaniya 4:107112. [child language]. Terracini, B. 1957 Natura ed origine del linguaggio umano nel "De vulgari eloquentia". In Pagine e appunti di linguistica storica. Firenze, 237-246. Terry, Roger L. 1970 Primate grooming as a tension reduction mechanism. Journal of Psychology 76(1): 129-136. Tervarent, Guy de 1958- Attributes et symboles dans l'art profane 1450-1600. Dic1964 tionnaire d'une langue perdue. Travaux d'humanisme et renaissance, 29-29 bis. Genève, [pictorial symbolism]. Tervoort, Bernard Th. M. 1953 Structurele analyse van visueel taalgebruik binnen een groep dove kinderen. Amsterdam, Noord-Hollandsche Uitg. Mij. 2 vols. (Universiteit Amsterdam, dissertation. 308 and 188 pp.) [analysis of sign-language use among deaf children], 1961- Esoteric symbolism in the communication behavior of

718

1968

young deaf children. American Annals of the Deaf 106: 436-480; 111:452-460; 113:922-924. 1961 The development of esoteric communication and the early start of language teaching. Proceedings, American Instructors of the Deaf 40:165-170. 1962, Abstractie als taalkundig probleem voor dove kinderen. 1963 Het Gehoorgestoorde Kind 3:58-61,90-106,148-163,189208; 4:1-13. 1964a Speech and language development in early childhood. Teacher of the Deaf 62:37-57. 1964b Language. In Proceedings of the International Congress on the Education of the Deaf, Washington, D.C., U.S. Government Printing Office, 457-65. 1967 Final Report on Project number RD-467-64-65 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Administration of the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C., Analysis of communicative structure patterns in deaf children. (Bibliography, 414-427). 1968 You me downtown movie fun? Lingua 21:455-465. 1969a Het begrijpen van passieve zinnen door dove kinderen. Het Gehoorgestoorde Kind 10(4):122-134. [difficulties in understanding passive voice by deaf children where the actor is not the subject]. 1969b Developmental word-homonymy in beginning child-language. Lingua 23(3): 233-240. 1970 Review of Lubin, Carl Kenneth, Language disturbance and intellectual functioning . . . , 1969. In Lingua 26(1): 111-112. — and A. J. A. Verbeck 1967 Eindverslag van Onderzoek nummer 585-15 van de Nederlandse Organisatie voor Zuiver Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek, 's-Gravenhage: Structurele analyse van de taalontwikkeling van het jonge dove kind. 433 pp. illus. Tesch, P. 1881 Ursprung und Entwickelung der Sprache. Neuwied. Tetens, Johann Nicolaus (1736-1807) 1772 Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache und Schrift. Bützow. (1966, Pallus, Hannelore, ed. Berlin, Akademie Verlag, Philosophische Studientexte, xxx + 62 pp.). 1777 Philosophische Versuche über die menschliche Natur und ihre Entwickelung. (1913 ed., Uebele, Wilhelm, ed. Berlin,

719 Neudrucke Seltener Philosophischer Werke, 4) [Tetens was stimulated by Herder's theory of the social basis for language]. Teuber, Hans-Lukas 1963 Space perception and its disturbance after brain injury in man. Neuropsychologia 1:47-57. (36 references) [parietal lesions can affect route-findings on maps and loss of schematic representations of space], 1965 Postscript: some needed revisions of the classical views of agnosia. Neuropsychologia 3:371-378. [26 references; whole issue of journal deals with agnosia; pp. 376-77, on the role of cross-modal associations]. 1967 Lacunae and research approaches to them. I in Millikan, C. H. and F. L. Darley, eds., Brain mechanisms underlying speech and language. New York, Grune and Stratton. [human verbal behavior serves to bridge sensory modalities]. 1955 See Semmes, Josephine S., et al. 1964 See Rudel, R. and H. L.-T. 1971 See Rudel, Rita G. and H.-L. T. Thass-Thienemann, Theodore 1968 Symbolic behavior. New York, Washington Square Press, xi + 498 pp. [mostly on symbolism in Psychoanalytic theory, but some discussion of sign and symbol in general], Thatcher, Linda (Reeder) 1967 Differential speech sound learning by children with good and poor articulation. Logan, Utah State University, M.S. thesis. 74 pp. Thayer, L. 1967 Communication and organization theory. In Dance, Frank E. X., Human communication theory. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Theberge, J. B. and J. B. Falls 1967 Howling as a means of communication in timber wolves. American Zoologist 7(2):331-338. Theiler, Willy 1954 Die Sprache des Geistes in der Antike. In Sprachgeschichte und Wortbedeutung, Festschrift Albert Debrunner. Bern, 431-440.

720 Theodore of Mopsuestia (A. D. 350-428) 1857- Fragmenta in Genesim, II, 19. Migne, Jacques Paul, ed., 1866 Patrologiae Cursus Completus. Paris, vol. 66. [the naming of animals by Adam; Theodore does not answer the question of how Adam received his language]. Thessalus, F. 1882 Traité de l'origine du langage. Paris. 240 pp. Thibault-Laulan, Anne-Marie 1970 Étude psycholinguistique d'images visuelles en séquence. Bordeaux, Université de Bordeaux, Thèse. 273 pp. duplicated. Thibaut, J. W. and J. T. Cowles 1952 The rôle of communication in the reduction of interpersonal hostility. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 47:770-777. Thielcke, Gerhard 1961 Stammesgeschichte und geographische Variation des Gesanges unserer Baumläufer. (Certhidea familiaris L. und C. brachydactyla Brehm). Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 18: 188-204. 1965 Gesangsgeographische Variation des Gartenbaumläufers (Certhidea brachydactyla) in Hinblick auf das Artbildungsproblem. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 22:542-566. 1969 Geographie variation in bird vocalizations. In Hinde, R. A., ed. Bird Vocalizations. London, Cambridge University Press. 1970 Lernen von Gesang als möglicher Schrittmacher der Evolution. Zeitschrift für Zoologisch. Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 8(4):309-320. Thilenius, G., C. Meinhof, and W. Heinitz 1916 Die Trommelsprache in Afrika und in der Südsee. Vox 26:179-208. Thirouin, M. 1955 Réflexions sur le chant, la danse, et la parole. Atlantis 28 (177): 140-145. [origins of dance, song, music; gesture and language; survivals of song and gesture in articulate language; gestures are gradually dying out], Thollon, B. 1893 De l'acquisition des idées abstraites par les sourds-muets. Paris, G. Carré, Thèse. 56 pp.

721 Thom, René 1970 Topologie et linguistique. In Haefliger, André and Raghavan Narasimhan, eds., Mémoires dédiés à Georges de Rham. New York, Springer-Verlag, 226-248. [The primary function of natural language is to describe the spatiotemporal processes which surround us, and whose topology is transparent in the syntax of sentences describing them; further, discusses Euclidean geometry which has an analogous function], Thomas, Adolph V. 1941 L'Anthropologie du geste et les proverbes de la terre. Revue Anthropologique. (Oct.-Dec.) 164-194. [supports gestural origin of language; based many ideas on the theories of Marcel P. Jousse, for which author gives 20 lecture titles], Thomas, E. and Fr. Schaller 1954 Das Spiel der optisch isolierten, jungen Kasper-HauserKätze. Naturwissenschaft 41:557-558. [on cats reared in isolation], Thomas, Lawrence L. 1957a The linguistic theories of N. Ja. Marr. University of California Publications in Linguistics 14:1-176. [a major study of the theories of N. Ya. Marr, Soviet linguist (1865-1934), with extensive bibliography; p. 97 ff., Marr maintained that manual language of gesture preceded oral language "by many thousands of years"]. 1957b Some notes on the Marr school. The American Slavic and East European Review 16:323-348. Thomas, M. E. 1969 Assessment and treatment of receptive and expressive aphasia in identical twin boys. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 4:57-63. Thomas, M. L. 1966 See Pick, A. D., et al. Thomas, Northcote W. 1928 Counting on the fingers. In Festschrift offerte au P. W. Schmidt, Mödling bei Wien, 726-733. [a scheme for classifying finger counts; survey covers only a small part of the African data], Thomas, O., ed. 1967 The structure of language. New York, Bobbs-Merrill. 64

722 pp. [survey of work of John Lotz, W. Nelson Francis, B. F. Skinner, Owen Thomas, K. L. Pike, and Noam Chomsky]. Thomas, William G. 1969 Monaural and binaural detection of speech and its relation to the speech mode hypothesis. Dissertation Abstracts International 30(1-B):429. University of Florida, dissertation, Ph. D. Thomassin, Louis (1619-1695) 1690 La méthode d'étudier et d'enseigner chrestiennement et utilement la grammaire ou les langues par rapport à l'écriture sainte, en les réduisant toutes à l'Hébreu. Paris. [Hebrew the primordial language], Thompson, D. F. and L. Meltzer 1964 Communication of emotional intent by facial expression. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 68:129-135. Thompson, D. M. 1934 On the detection of emphasis in spoken sentences by means of visual, tactual, and visual ^actual cues. Journal of General Psychology 11:160-172. Thompson, H. 1934 See Gesell, A. and H. T. 1935 The development of upright posture. Psychological Bulletin 32:693-, Thompson, Jane 1941 Development of facial expression of emotion in blind and seeing children. Archives of Psychology 37(264): 1-47. Thompson, Loring M. 1950- Meaning in space. ETC. 8:193-201. [graphic context of 1951 space, significance of spatial positions, grammar of graphic communication, etc.], Thompson, P. 1969 See Williams, H. W., et al. Thompson, R. C. 1969 The effects of oral sensory disruption upon oral stereognosis and articulation. Paper, 1969 Annual Convention of the American Speech and Hearing Association, Chicago. Thompson, R. F., K. S. Mayers, R. T. Robertson, and C. J. Patterson 1970 Number coding in association cortex of the cat. Science 168:272-273. [an interesting neuron in the association cortex appears to count stimuli whether auditory or visual].

723 Thompson, Robert Wallace 1954 The O chromosomes and the distribution of the dental fricatives in Europe. Nature 174:1095-1096. [on C. D. Darlington and Kirtley Mather, notion of a correlation between genetics and phonology], 1958 The th-sounds and genetics. Phonetica 2:184-192. Thompson, W. R. 1968 See Hebb, D. O. and W. R. T. Thompson, William L. 1968 The songs of five species of Passerina. Behaviour 31:261287. 1969 Song recognition by territorial male buntings (Passerina). Animal Behaviour 17(4):658-663. Thomsen, C. 1972 Eye contact by nonhuman primates toward an observer: effects of visual and extra-visual arousal. Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland. Thomsen, Vilhelm (1842-1927) 1927 Geschichte der Sprachwissenschaft bis zum Ausgang des 19. Jahrhunderts. Pollak, Hans, translator. Halle-Saale, Max Niemeyer Verlag. 101 pp. [has a short discussion of the 18th century origin of language problem]. Thomson, A. 1915 On the presence of genial tubercles on the mandible of man, and their suggested association with the faculty of speech. Journal of Anatomy and Physiology 50:43-74. Thomson, Judith Jarvis 1964 Private languages. American Philosophical Quarterly 1(1): 20-31. [on the thesis argued by certain followers of Wittgenstein that there can be "no such thing as a private language"]. Thooris van Borre, A. 1927 Le chant humain. Paris. Thorlacius, Skulo Theodor 1765 De lingua humana discursus. K0benhavn. Thorndike, Edward Lee (1874-1949) 1943a The origin of language. Science n.s. 98:1-6. 1943b Man and his works. Cambridge, Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. 212 pp. [Chapter 5, "babbleluck" theory of the origin of language].

724 1945

On Orr's hypothesis concerning front and back vowels. British Journal of Psychology 36:10-13. [with a note on Thorndike's paper by Orr, John, p. 14, and 1944, q.v.]. Thornton, William 1793 On the mode of teaching the deaf or surd, and consequently dumb, to speak. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society (Philadelphia), [appendix to a prize essay on speech for which the author received a gold medal; suggested that lipreading was the best method for teaching the deaf], Thorpe, W. H. 1958 Further studies on the process of song-learning in the chaffinch (Fringilla coelebs gengleri). Nature 182 (4635): 554557. 1966a Ethology and consciousness. In Eccles, J. C., ed., Brain and conscious experience. New York, Springer, 470-505. 1966b Ritualisation in the individual development of bird song. London, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society 551(772):351-358. 1966c The ontogeny of behavior. In Moore, John A., ed., Ideas in modern biology. Proceedings of the 16th International Congress of Zoology, 6. New York, Garden City, Natural History Press, 481-518. 1967 Animal vocalization and communication.In Millikan, C. H. and Darley, F. L., eds., Brain Mechanisms underlying Speech and Language. New York, Grune and Stratton, 2-10. [mainly deals with bird song behavior; discussion, p. 19, 84-85], 1968 Perceptual basis for group organisation in social vertebrates, especially birds. Nature 220(5163): 124-128. 1969 Bird-song. Cambridge University Press. 1972a The comparison of vocal communication in animals and man. In Hinde, Robert A., ed., Non-Verbal Communication. Cambridge University Press, Chap. 2. 1972b The lower vertebrates and the invertebrates. In Hinde, Robert A., ed. Non-Verbal Communication. Cambridge University Press, Chap. 5. Thorson, A. M. 1925 The relationship of tongue movements to internal speech. Journal of Experimental Psychology 8:1-32.

725 Threlkeld, Lancelot Edward 1850 A key to the structure of the aboriginal language; being an analysis of the . . . shewing the essential powers . . . Hunter River, Lake Macquarie, etc., New South Wales. Sydney, Kemp and Fairfax, [argues that "savage" languages are highly developed]. Throop, Francis 1912 See O'Grady, Alice, and F. T. Thun, N. 1963 Reduplicative words in English. Ab. Studentbok, Stockholm. Thurlow, Willard R. and J. R. Mergener 1970 Effect of stimulus duration on localization of direction of noise stimuli. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 13:826-838. Thurmair, Johann (pseud. Aventinus, 1477) 1522 Abacus atque vetustissima veterum latinorum per digitos manusque numerandi (quin etiam loquendi) consuetudo. Nürnberg, 1st ed.; Regensburg, 1532, ad ed. [finger computation method, with illustrations]. Thurot, François 1795 Discours préliminaire. James Harris, Hermès ou recherches philosophiques sur la grammaire universelle. Translated by F. Thurot. Paris, i + cxix pp. Tickell, S. Claude 1933 Speech and movement: corporal, facial, and vocal expression. Swindon, Cricklade, S. C. Tickell. 8 pp. Tiedemann, Dieterich (1748-1803) 1772 Versuch einer Erklärung des Ursprungs der Sprache. Riga, [p. 154, gesture language was first; later, it became vocal through sound-imitation; language was an "invention" of man's]. 1777, Untersuchungen über den Menschen. Leipzig. 3 parts. 1778 Tiele, Johann Nikolaus 1836 Das erste Buch Moses, zum Nutz und Frommen Studirender und praktischer Theologen. Erlangen, [vol. 1, 287, on the primordial language; Hebrew was not first, but perhaps some Semitic language]. Tiger, Lionel and Robin Fox. 1966 The zoological perspective in social science. Man 1:75-81.

726 Tikh, N. A. 1950 Stadnaya zhizn' obez'yan i sredstva ikh obshcheniya v svete problemy antropogeneza. Leningrad, dissertation. 1970 Comment on Leont'ev, A. A., "Some problems of glottogenesis in the light of modern psychology", 1970. In Vile Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques, Moskva, vol. 5:606-607. Tikhomirov, O. K. 1958 [On the formation of voluntary movements in children of pre-school age] [in Russian]. In Luria, A. R., ed., Problemy vyssheï nervoï deyatel'nosti rebënka. Moskva, vols. 1-2, 72-130. 1959 Review of Skinner, B. F., Verbal Behavior, 1957. In Word 15:362-367. Tikkanen, J. J. 1923 Zwei Gebärden mit dem Zeigefinger. Tillman, Albert A. 1962 Skin and scuba diving in underwater education. A training test for institutions of higher learning. Dubuque, Iowa, W. C. Brown Co. 149 pp. [illustrates hand sign system, pp. 131133], Tilney, Frederick 1928 The brain from ape to man: a contribution to the study of the evolution and development of the human brain. New York, [states that Pithecanthropus was capable of articulate speech]. 1933 The master of destiny. New York, Doubleday, Doran and Company. [Java man "had acquired powers of speech", as shown by greater size of left cerebral hemisphere, larger convolutions, etc.]. Timberlake, W. H. 1964 See Goodglass, H., et al. Time Magazine 1972 Silent Speech. June, p. 57. [use of a system of pictorial symbols for the language training of cerebral palsied patients in Toronto, Crippled Childrens' Centre]. Timmermans, A. 1900 Sur la correspondance physiologique de la parole et du geste. Archives de Science Médicale de Bucarest 5:94-116. 1903 L'onomatopée et la formation du langage. Revue Scientifique 4e Sér., 19:395-400.

727 Tinbergen, Niko 1953 Social behaviour in animals, with special reference to vertebrates. London, Methuen; New York, John Wiley and Sons, [courtship dances and other postural-communicative behaviors in various species]. 1957 The functions of territory .Bird Study 5:14-27. 1959 Einige Gedanken über "Beschwichtigungsgebärden". Tierpsychologie 16(6):651-665. [appeasement mimicry; compares origins of smiling and laughter in man]. 1961 The herring gull's world, revised ed. New York, Basic Books. 1962 The evolution of animal communication - a critical examination of methods. In Symposium of the Zoological Society of London, 8, Evolutionary aspects of animal communication; Imprinting and early learning. 234 pp., 1-6. 1964 The evolution of signaling devices. In Etkin, W., ed., Social behavior and organization among vertebrates. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. Tinling, D. C. 1970 See Sweeney, D. R., et al. Tischler, Hans 1957 Schreien, Lallen und erstes Sprechen in der Entwicklung des Säuglings. Zeitschrift für Psychologie 160:209-263. Tissot, R. A. 1960 See Ajuriaguerra, J. de, et al. Titchener, Edward Bradford 1909 A textbook of psychology. New York, Macmillan Company [expression means mostly facial expression; discusses effects of facial muscles on vocal production and emotion]. Titterington, E. J. G. 1958 The gift of tongues. Faith Thought, Great Britain, 90(1): 62-81. [on the "gift of languages", and glossolalia]. Tobias, Phillip V. 1963 Cranial capacity of Zinjanthropus and other Australopithecines. Nature 197:743-746. 1965a Australopithecus, Homo habilis, tool-using and tool-making. South African Archaeological Bulletin 20:167-192. 1965b Homo habilis: last missing link in Hominine phylogeny? In Homenaje á Juan Comas. México, D. F., vol. 2, 773-790. [contains a definition of the genus Homo],

728

1966

The brain behind the hands. Skilled activities in man and his poor relations. Occupational Therapy Journal, South African Association of Occupational Therapists, June. 6 pp. 1971 The brain in hominid evolution. New York, London, Columbia University Press. 170 pp. [interprets brain expansion mainly as outcome of cultural evolution; Chap. 8 is a survey of tool-using in non-human primates], 1964 See Leakey, Louis S. B., et al. Tobler, L. 1877 Der Ursprung der Sprache in Zusammenhang mit den letzten Fragen alles Wissens. Vierteljahrsschrift für wissenschaftliche Philosophie. 1:450-455. Todt, Dietmar 1971a Zur gesanglichen Reaktion der Schmätzerdrossel Cossypha heuglini Hartlaub, Behaviour 38 (1-2):146-153. [on song reactions in the thrush]. 1971b "Abstraktionsleistung" einer gesanglich korrespondierenden abessinischen Erdrossel (Geokichla piagiae Bouvier). Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 28(1):59-61. [thrush vocalized 31 differently patterned, alternative song-phrases], Toki, Horiu and L. de Milloué 1899 Si-dô-in-dzou, Gestes de l'officiant dans les cérémonies mystiques des sectes Tendai et Singon (Bouddhisme japonais). D'après le commentaire de M. Horiose Toki, supérieur du temple de Mitrani-dji. Avec annotation et introduction par L. de Milloué, conservateur de Musée Guimet. Paris, Annales du Musée Guimet, Bibliothèque d'études 8: xix 4- 234, [Japanese Buddhist ritual gestures], Tokizane, T. 1967 See Adey, W. R. and T. T., eds. Tolch, J. 1965 See Williams, F. and J. T. Tolman, Edward C. 1948 Cognitive maps in rats and men. Psychological review 55: 189-208. 1949 Purposive behavior in animals and men. Berkeley and Los Angeles, University of California Press. 463 pp. [language as the most distinctive characteristic of man compared with other animals].

729 Tomatis, A. 1963 L'oreille et le langage. Paris, Le Rayon de la Science, Éditions du Seuil. [7, lateral dominance and language; language and body-image, and effects of hearing in the fetus]. Tomb, J. W. 1925 On the intuitive capacity of children to understand language. British Journal of Psychology (General Section) 16: 53-55. [p. 55: children must therefore possess a capacity, not dependent on "intelligence", of intuitively placing the correct meanings on spoken sounds, a capacity which they retain up to a certain age . . .]. Tomkins, S. S. 1971 See Ekman, Paul, et al. Tomkins, William 1927 Universal Indian sign language of the plains Indians of North America together with a simplified method of study, a list of words in most general use, a codification of pictographic symbols of the Sioux and Ojibway, a dictionary of synonyms, a history of sign language, chapters on smoke signaling, use of idioms, etc. 2nd. ed. San Diego, California. 96 pp. illus. (later eds., 1929, 1936 [112 pp.], 1937, 1941, 1969 [Dover, New York, 108 pp.]). Topinard, Paul 1900 L'Anthropologie et la science sociale. Paris, Masson. x + 578 pp. [pp. 145-147, origin of language - the language of gestures must have necessarily preceded all the rest; importance of the genial tubercles in determining speech capability of fossil man], Torrey, C. C. 1965 See Zimmerman, R. and C. C. T. Toulmin, Stephen 1971 Brain and language: a commentary. Synthese 22(3-4):369395. 1972a Reply to Sampson, Geoffrey, Can language be explained functionally? Synthese 23(4):487-490. 1972b Chap, on brain and language. In Human understanding, Princeton University Press and Clarendon Press, Oxford. Tovar, Antonio 1950 Review of Kelso de Montigny, A. H., How did language originate? 1949. In Emérita, Boletín de Lingüistica y Filología Clásica, Madrid, 18:226-228.

730 1954 1961

Linguistics and prehistory. Word 10(2-3):333-350. Review of Gómez-Moreno, Manuel, Adam y la Prehistoria. Emérita, Madrid 29(2):255-257. Towers, Bernard 1969 See Lewis, John and B. T. Town, Clara Harrison 1912 Language development in 285 idiots and imbeciles. Psychological Clinic 6. [in the "idiot" group the author claims that understanding was highest for gesture, whereas "imbeciles" did better with speech]. Tracy, F. 1895 The language of childhood. American Journal of Psychology 6:107-121. 1897 Left-handedness. Transactions of the Illinois Society for Child-Study 2:68-76. Trager, Edith Crowell 1961 The field of neurolinguistics. Studies in Linguistics, Buffalo, 15(3/4):70-71. Trager, George L. 1958 Paralanguage: a first approximation. Studies in Linguistics 13:1-12. 1960 Taos III: paralanguage. Anthropological Linguistics 2:2430. 1961 The topology of paralanguage. Anthropological Linguistics 3:17-21. 1964 Paralanguage and other things. Le maítre phonétique 122: 21-23. — and Edward T. Hall 1954 Culture and communication. Explorations, University of Toronto, 3:137-149. Trahiotis, C. 1971 See Elliott, Donald N. and C. T. Traill, T. S. 1821 Observations on the anatomy of the orang outang. Memoirs, Wernerian Natural History Society, Edinburgh, 3:1-49. [his "orang" was a chimpanzee; concluded that speech inability of the ape did not lie in the vocal apparatus but in mental peculiarities, pp. 42-43], Trán Due Tháo 1966 Le mouvement de l'indication comme forme originaire de la conscience. La Pensée 128, (Aout.):3-24.

731 1970

Du geste de l'index a l'image typique. I. La Pensée 147 (Sept.-Oct.):5-46. II. La naissance du langage: la phrase fonctionelle. 148 (Dec.):71-lll. III. L'alvéole de la dialectique de la connaissance. Introduction de la fonction de la phrase. 149:93-106. Trautman, M. 1886 Wesen und Entstehung der Sprachlaute. Zeitschrift für das Gymnasialwesen 40:173. Travis, L. E. 1929 See Orton, S. T. and L. E. T. Travis, R. 1966 See Osborne, R., et al. Treimer, Karl 1963 Sprachgeschichte als Frühgeschichte. Orbis 12:493-498. Trelles, J. C. 1933 See L'Hermitte, J., et al. Trembly, Dean 1968 Crossed dominance of hand and eye in relation to poliomyelitis. Perceptual and Motor Skills 26:231-234. [poliomyelitis patients show higher rates of crossed dominance; paralysis in the crossed-dominance cases is more severe on right side; suggests that cross-dominant get more fatigued, or, over time, more stressed, causing greater neural vulnerability to the virus]. Trench, Richard Chenevix (1807-1886) 1840 Introductory essay. Notes on the Parables of Our Lord, [discussion of language and its divine origin, Adam's language], Trettien, A. W. 1904 Psychology of the language interest of children. Pedagogical Seminar 11:113-177. Trevarthen, C. B. and M. Richards 196- Development of communication and object-directed . . . in i.p. early infancy. Harvard University, Center for Cognitive Study, unpub. ms. Triantaphyllidios, M. 1915 Der Ursprung der Sprache und die Freudsche Psychologie. Athens. Trigger, B. G. 1966 Engels on the part played by labour in the transition from

732 ape to man: an anticipation of contemporary anthropological theory. Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology 4(3):165-176. Trillat, E. 1960 Oralite et langage. Evolution Psychiatrique fasc. 3:383-409. Trim, John L. M. 1960 Who taught me language? The Listener 63:339-340. [on origin of language]. Trivers, Robert L. 1971 The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Quarterly Review of Biology 46(l):35-37. [provides a model, using example of evolution of warning cries in birds, and possible human applications], Trojan, Felix 1952 Der Ausdruck der Sprechstimme. Wien, Düsseldorf, 2. 1955 Zur Grundlegung einer "Entwicklungsphonetik". Folia Phoniatrica 7:99-115. [speech as a secondary outgrowth of chewing function]. 1956 Die Entwicklung des Sprachlautsystems und seine Beziehungen zum Kauapparat, österreichische Zeitschrift für Stomatologie 53:225-234. 1957 Zeichen, Silbe und Laut in entwicklungsgeschichtlicher Sicht. Phonetica 1:63-81. [a modification of Emil Froeschels' masticatory theory - "voiced chewing" as the source of articulation; prehistory of linguistic signaling], 1959 Bedeutung, Gegenstandsbeziehung und Sinn im sprachmimischen Zeichensystem. Synthese 11:137-149. 1961a Sprecherziehung auf entwicklungsgeschichtlicher Grundlage. Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 12:326-334. 1961b [answer to Question I] Zeichen und System der Sprache 1:145-148. [chewing and speech activity; brain and language; what is a linguistic sign?]. 1965 Review of Rosenkranz, Bernhard, Der Ursprung der Sprache, 1961. In Die Sprache, Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft, Wien, 11:215-217. Trolle, E. 1956 See Macrae, D. and E. T. Trollope, Jeffrey 1968 See Blurton-Jones, Nicholas and J. T.

733 Trombetti, Alfredo 1903 La monogenesi del linguaggio. II Piemonte, Saluzzo, 26 Sept. 1905 L'unitâ d'origine del linguaggio. Bologna, viii + 222 pp. [inferred a single origin for all languages; provided a vocabulary of 36 primaeval words, a grammar and phonology]. 1923 Elementi di glottologia. Bologna, [pp. 227-233, 214, expresses a skeptical view of the bildworter theory of Oehl, et al.; p. 227, roots of action words are onomatopoeic in origin]. Trousseau, A. 1864 De l'aphasie, maladie décrite récemment sous le nom ompropre d'aphémie. Gazette Hôpit., Paris, 37:13-14,25-26, 37-39,48-50. Trubetzkoy, N. S. 1967 Principes de phonologie. Paris. (1st éd., 1939) [emphatic lengthening of consonants as a form of sound-symbolism]. Truby, H. M. 1969 Language and dolphins. Actes du Xe Congrès International des Linguistes, Bucuresti, 1:533-540. —, J. F. Bosma and J. Lind 1965 Newborn infant cry. Uppsala, Almqvist & Wiksells. Trujillo, N. P. and T. A. Warthin 1968 The frowning sign: multiple forehead furrows in peptic ulcer. Journal of the American Medical Association 205 (6):218. Tschabitcher, H. 1966 See Gloning, I., et al. Tsiv'yan, Tatyana 1962 K opisaniyu ëtiketa kak semioticheskoï sistemy. Moskva, 79-83. (Simpozium po strukturnomu izucheniyu znakovykh sistem) [systems of etiquette as semiotic systems]. 1966 K nekotorym voprosam postroeniya yazyka ëtiketa. Trudy po Znakovym Sistemam, II. Tartu, [the language of etiquette]. 1970 Contribution à l'étude de certains systèmes sémiotiques simples. In Greimas, A. J., et al., eds., Sign - Language Culture. The Hague, Paris, Mouton, 390-400. [semiotic analysis of etiquette, paralleling language systems; gestures, etiquette as a kind of sub-language].

734 Tsujimoto, Richard N. and Robert M. Liebert 1971 Effects of symbolic verbalization by the model on children's observational learning. Perceptual and Motor Skills 33: 1079-1082. Tsumori, Atsuo 1967 Newly acquired behavior and social interactions of Japanese monkeys. In Altmann, Stuart, ed., Social Communication among Primates. University of Chicago Press, [spread, retention, and retrieval of information in the acquisition of new behaviors]. Tsunoda, Tadanobu 1969a Function of left temporal lobe in speech perception. Journal of Oto-Rhino-Laryngological Society, Japan, 72(Supplement): 3 34-335. 1969b Contralateral shift of cerebral dominance for nonverbal sounds during speech perception. The Journal of Auditory Research 9(3):221-229. Tsuru, S. 1934 Sound and meaning. Harvard University, Gordon W. Allport Files, unpubl. ms. [on sound symbolism]. — and H. Fries 1962 A problem in meaning. Journal of General Psychology 16:344-356. [on sound symbolism]. Tsvetkova, L. S. 1969 See Luria, A. R. and L. S. T. Tubbs, W. E. 1969 Primate frontal lesions and the temporal structure of behavior. Behavioral Science 14:347-356. 1967 See Pribram, Karl H. and W. E. T. Tucker, Thomas George 1908 Introduction to the natural history of language. Blackie and Son. 465 pp. Tüllmann, A. 1957 Lebensmöglichkeiten der Taubstummen bei Naturvölkern und Kulturvölkern. Berlin, dissertation. Tung Chung Shih (179-104 B. C.) 1914 Ch'un-ch'iu Fan-lu. Luxuriant dew of the Spring and Autumn Annals, 17 ch'uan. Wang Hsien-ch'ien, ed. [contains a theory of language].

735 Tureen, L. L., E. A. Smolik, and J. H. Tritt 1951 Aphasia in a deaf-mute. Neurology 1:237-244. Turgot, Anne Robert Jacques (1727-1781) 1751 Réflexions sur les langues. (1913-1922, Oeuvres. Schelle, Gustave, ed. Paris. 5 vols; 1844, Oeuvres. Daire, Eugene and Hippolyte Dussard, eds. Paris) [a polemic against the theory of Pierre Louis Moreau de Maupertuis, 1698-1759, Réflexions sur l'origine des langues, 1751]. 1756 Article, "Etymologie". In L'Encyclopédie, 6:108. [general statement on the philosophical study of language; slightly different version in Oeuvres, 1:505], Turhan, B. M. 1960 Über die Bedeutung des Gesichtsausdrucks. Psychologische Beiträge 5:440-454. Turk, Amos 1970 See Johnston, James W., Jr., et al. Turkewitz, Gerald, Tina Morreau, Linda Davis, and Herbert G. Birch 1969 Factor affecting lateral differentiation in the human newborn. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 8:483493. Turner, C. G. and J. D. Cadien 1969 Dental chipping in Aleuts, Eskimos, and Indians. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 31:303-310. [rôle of the teeth in gripping, etc.]. Turner, Roy 1970 Words, utterances and activities. In Douglas, Jack D., ed., Understanding Everyday Life. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company. Turner, W. W. 1858 On the deaf-mute language. Proceedings of the Convention of American Instructors of the Deaf 8(5):177-185. [a classification of sign-language signs]. Turnure, Cynthia 1971 Response to voice of mother and stranger by babies in the first year. Developmental Psychology 4(2): 182-190. [mother's voice more effective in quieting infants at ages 3, 6, and 9 months; also, more mouthing during mother's voice as against strangers at 3 months], Tur-Sinai, N. H. 1957 The origin of language. In Anshen, Ruth Nanda, ed., Lan-

736 guage, an enquiry into its meaning and function. Science of Culture Series, vol. 8. xviii + 366. New York, Harper and Brothers, Chap. 3, 40-79. [argues in favor of emotional cries]. Tuttle, Hudson 1895 Arcana of nature; or, the history and laws of creation. Boston. 2 vols. (London, H. A. Copley, 1st ed., 18601863) [analogy of animal calls and human language; expressions of natural intelligence]. Tuttle, Russell H. 1967 Knuckle-walking and the evolution of hominoid hands. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 26:171-206. 1969 Knuckle-walking and the problems of human origins. Science 166:953-961. Twiesselmann, François 1971 Les dents, le palais et la mandibule considérés au cours de l'évolution de l'homme. L'Anthropologie 75(5-6):415-426. [metric data on Australopithecine palate, etc.]. Twitchell, T. E. 1965 The automatic grasping responses of infants. Neuropsychologia 3:247-259. [evolution of grasping reflex; 31 references]. Tylor, Edward Burnett (1832-1917) 1863 Wild men and beast children. Anthropological Review 1: 22. ["wolf-children" reports], 1868 On the origin of language. Fortnightly Review 4(19):544559. 1870 Researches into the early history of mankind, (revised and abbreviated version, Paul Bohannan, ed. University of Chicago Press, xvii + 295 pp.) [theory of language origin]. 1871 Primitive Culture. (2nd ed., 1873; Harper Torchbook edition, 1958, with an introduction by Paul Radin. New York, Harper and Brothers. 2 vols. "The origins of culture") [Chaps. 5, 6, Language origins; Chapter 7, counting], 1881 Anthropology: an introduction to the study of man and civilization. (1904 ed., New York, J . A. Hill and Company, viii + 347 pp.) [mouthgesture theory of language origins]. Tyrwhitt, J. 1960 The moving eye. In Carpenter, E. and Marshall McLuhan, eds., Explorations in communication. Boston, Beacon Press.

737 Tyson, Edward 1699 Orang-Outang, sive Homo Sylvestris: or, the anatomy of a pygmie, compared with that of a monkey, an ape, and a man . . . London, Thomas Bennet. 108 pp. (1966, facsimile ed., London, Dawson's of Pall Mall. Introduction by Ashley Montagu. 12 + 108 + 58 pp.) [refers to the inability of the "orang" (actually a chimpanzee) to speak despite manlike larynx and brain, pp. 51-52,55]. Tzavaras, A., H. Hécaen, and H. Le Bras 1970 Le problème de la spécificité du déficit de la reconnaissance du visage humain lors des lésions, hémisphériques unilatérales. Neuropsychologia 8:403-416. [human face recognition deficit as an effect of right hemisphere lesion], 1971 Troubles de la reconnaissance du visage humain et latéralisation hémisphérique lesionelle chez les sujets gauchers. Neuropsychologia 9(4):475-477.

van Uden, A. 1964 Das Sprach-Ablesen, zum Begriff des "Kinems". Einige Gedanken zur Inauguraldissertation des Herr Dr. G. Alich. Neue Blätter für Taubstummenbildung 19:132-140. [Alich used "kineme" as a visual feature of lipreading perception, which can replace the phoneme, and thus be a carrier of speech elements]. 1968 A world of language for deaf children. I. St. Michiels-gestel, The Netherlands, [argues for oral training of deaf children; sign-language is a coding system similar to that of animals; contrasts crawling and human bipedal walking]. Uexküll, J. von 1932 Das Duftfeld des Hundes. 12. Kongress Psychologie, Bericht, p. 431 ff. [on the scent-field of the dog]. Ufimcheva, A. A. 1970 See Arutyunova, N. D., et al. Uhr, Leonard 1971 Flexible linguistic pattern recognition. Pattern Recognition 3:363-383. [discussion of how a pattern decoder might handle formal sentences].

738 Uldall, E. 1960 Attitudinal meanings conveyed by intonation contours. Language and Speech 3:223-234. Uldall, Hans 1944 Speech and writing. Acta Linguistica 4:11-16. Ullmann, S. 1958 Review of Révész, Géza, The origin and prehistory of language, 1956. In French Studies, Great Britain, 12(l):92-93 ["Theory and hypotheses of the psychologist Révész on language"]. 1963 Semantic universals. In Greenberg, Joseph, ed., Universals of Language. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press. Ullrich, Herbert 1952 Tiersprache und Menschensprache. Studium Generale 5(7): 443-452. [discusses Alexander Jóhannesson's theory of mouth-gesture; mimicry; possible unitary origin of language; human language is a "creation of spirit"]. Ullrich, W. 1970 Ernährung und Verhaltensweisen des Nährungserwerbes der Prähominiden und frühen Euhominiden. Ethnographische-Archäologische Zeitschrift 17(l):55-59. Ulmer, K. 1951 Die Wandlung des Sprachbildes von Herder zu Jacob Grimm. Lexis 2(2):263-286. [on the relation of language to human nature, origin of language; ideas from Herder to Jacob Grimm], Umiltà, C. 1971 See Berlucchi, G., et al. de Unamuno, Miguel (1864-1936) 1950- Obras completas. Sanmiguel, M. and Manuel Garcia Blanco, 1958 eds. Madrid. 6 vols. [vol. 6, 378-382, on the primitive language of mankind; vol. 6, 476, on the origin of language: Babel, Adam, etc.], Ungar, Johann 1716 Dissertatio philologico critica de primeva lingua Hebraea. Marburg. [Hebrew the primordial language]. Unger, Rudolf 1905 Hamanns Sprachtheorie im Zusammenhange seines Denkens, Grundlegung zu einer Würdigung der geistesgeschichtlichen Stellung des Magus in Norden. München. [J. G. Hamann, q.v., 1730-1788].

739 Urban, W. M. 1939 Language and reality. New York, Macmillan. [in regard to language origin theories: "the simple fact is that these theories of origin matter tremendously and cannot really be banned"]. 1951 The philosophy of language and the principles of symbolism. 2nd ed. London, New York. 755 pp. Urbantschitsch, V. 1911 Uber den Einfluss von Schallempfindungen auf die Sprache. Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie, Pflüger, 137:422-435. [influence of sound-sensation on speech], Urmson, J. O. 1969 Philosophical analysis: its development between tho two world wars. London, Oxford, New York, Oxford University Press. 203 pp. [on the rise of linguistic philosophy, "the discovery of language"]. Urrea, D. 1969 See Barton, M., et al. Uryson, M. I. 1965 Nekotorye teoreticheskie problemy sovremennogo ucheniya ob antropogeneze. Voprosy Antropologii 19. [modern theories of anthropogenesis]. Ushakova, T. N. 1969 O mekhanizmakh detskogo slovotvorchestva. Voprosy Psikhologii 15:62-74. (English abstract) [word-formation mechanisms of children: neologisms of 3-, 5-, and 11-year old children], Usnadze, D. 1924 Ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Problem der psychologischen Grundlage der Namengebung. Psychologische Forschungen 5:25-43 [on sound symbolism].

Vaccarino, G. 1952 Review of Santangelo, Paolo E., L'Origine del linguaggio, 1952. In Methodos 2(6):217-219. Vachek, Jozef 1939 Zum Problem der geschriebenen Sprache. Travaux du Cercle

740 Linguistique de Prague 8:94 ff. [on the problem of written language]. 1962 On the interplay of external and internal factors in the development of language. Lingua 11:433-448. Vaisänen, A. O. 1946 Über die Anfänge der Sprache und des Gesanges. FinnischUgrische Forschungen 29:142-148. Vaïsse, Léon (1870-1884) 1844- De la parole, considéré au double point de vue de la phy1854 siologie et de la grammaire. De la pantomime, comme langage naturel et moyen d'instruction du sourd-muet. Paris, brochures. 1878 Saboureux de Fontenay and his instructor Pereire. American Annals of the Deaf (January). Valade-Gabel, Jean Jacques 1862a L'enfant ne saurait-il apprendre à parler sans l'intervention des signes? Réponse à un examen critique du rapport de M. Franck, membre de l'institut sur la méthode intuitive pour enseigner la langue française aux sourds-muets. Paris. 16 pp. 1862b Des signes méthodiques et des signes dits réguliers, réponse aux observations publiées au sujet du rapport de M. Franck, membre de l'Institut ,sur les méthodes d'enseignement en usage pour instruire les sourds-muets. Paris, Corbeil, imprimerie de Crété. 15 pp. 1863 Le mot et l'image. Prémier livre des sourds-muets. Paris, F. Tandou. 101 pp. (84 pp. of illus.). 1894 Lettres, notes et rapports. Grassé, E. Imbert. xvi + 540 pp. [includes material on use of sign language in education of deaf], Valade-Gabel, Pierre André (1831-1908) 1879 De l'importance de la composition pour l'instruction des sourds-muets. Discours prononcé à la séance de distribution des prix de l'Institution Nationale des Sourds-Muets. Paris, Boucquin. 20 pp. Valade, Yves-Léonard Rémi 1854a Essai sur la grammaire du langage naturel des signes, à l'usage des instituers des sourds-muets Paris, Roret. 1854b Études sur la lexicologie et la grammaire du langage naturel des signes. Paris, Librairie Philosophique de Ladrange. 219 pp. [grammar and syntax for a French sign-lexicon].

741 1866

De l'origine du langage et de l'influence que les signes naturels ont exercée sur sa formation . . . Discours prononcé à la distribution solenelle des prix de l'Institution Impériale des Sourds-Muets de Paris, le 13 août 1866. Paris, Imprimerie de Boucquin. 40 pp. Valera y Alcalá Galiano, Juan (1824-1905) 1949- Obras completas. Araújo Costa, Luís, ed. Madrid, 3 vols. 1958 [vol. 3, 1099 ff., 1103; Adam's language; did man come to Earth speechless? Criticizes notion of Basque or Celtic as primordial]. Valerianus, Joannes Pierius (Bellunensis) 1556 Hieroglyphica sive de sacris aegyptiorum literis commentarli. Basel. (Frankfurt am Main ed., 1614) [includes material on finger computation], Valesio, P. 1967 Icone e schemi nella struttura della lingua. Lingua e Stile 2(3):349-355. [(a) conventional relation of sign and signans, (b) incomplete, with some iconicity]. Valían, V. 1969 See Bever, T. G., et al. 1970 See Bever, T. G., et al. Vallancien, B. 1968 Langage humain et langage machine. Presse Therm. Clim. 105(1):11-17. [language should be studied in relation to the evolution of life as well as its development in the child], 1963 See Moles, A. A. and B. V. Vallois, Henri V. 1953 Review of Edgar, G., A reconsideration of the possible relation between articulate speech and the presence of genioglossal spines (spinae m. genioglossi) in man, 1952. In L'Anthropologie 57:537-538. 1954 Les enfants-loups. L'Anthropologie 58:155-156. [notes language retardation in reports of wolf-children], 1956 Review of Pannekoek, A., Anthropogenesis: a study of the origin of man, 1953. In L'Anthropologie 60:527-529. [Homo faber, Homo sapiens, Homo loquens all closely linked in their emergence; use of tools is also the origin of first sounds associated with them, as sort of name]. 1958 Resumé of the Colloquium, Les processus de l'hominisation, Paris, 19-23 May, 1958, Centre National de Recherche

742 Scientifique. L'Anthropologie 62:150-154. [origin of articulate language is closely linked to tool-using and the hand]. 1961 The evidence of skeletons. In Washburn, Sherwood L., ed., Social life of early man. Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, 31, 217-221. [no anatomical feature, whether of jaw shape, mandibular tubercles, or endocranial cast data acceptable as valid criterion for existence of speech in fossil human forms. 1962 Langage articulé et squelette. Homo 13(1-2): 114-121. Van Allen, M. W. 1966 See Spreen, Otfried, et al. Van Buren, J. M. 1969 Alterations in speech and the pulvinar - a serial section study of cerebrothalamic relationships in cases of acquired speech disorders. Brain 92:255Vance, Billie J. 1970 See Siegel, Alexander and B. J. V. Vandel, A. 1943 Le langage animal. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique, 1943:129-153. 1958 Du signal à la parole. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 61:151-171. [on the paths followed in various manifestations of animal language]. Vandenberg, S. G. 1960 The interpretation of facial expressions by schizophrenics, other mental patients, normal adults and children. Bonn, Proceedings of the International Congress of Psychology. 1967 Hereditary factors in normal personality traits (as measured by inventories). Wortis, J., ed., Recent advances m biological psychiatry, New York, Plenum Press, 9:65-104. 1968 The nature and nurture of intelligence. In Glass, David C., ed., Genetics. New York, Rockefeller University and Russell Sage Foundation, [found significant genetic effects in twin studies of verbal ability, word fluency, and spatial ability, but not in memory, number, or reasoning]. Van der Berg, J. W. 1961 Physiological basis of language. Logos 4:56-66. van der Woude, Kenneth W. 1970 Problem solving and language. Archives of General Psychiatry 23(4):337-342. [found no consistent relation

743 between problem solving and final answers between matched deaf and hearing children]. Van Dusen, Clarence R. 1937 A study of the relation of the relative size of the two hands to speech. Speech Monographs 4:127-134. van Lawick-Goodall, Jane: See Goodall, Jane van Lawick 1963-1971 Van Pelt, D. 1960 See Wepman, J. M., et al. Van Reenen, J. F. 1966 Dental features of a low-caries primitive population. Journal of Dental Research 47:703-713. [remarks on the use of the anterior teeth in gripping, etc.]. Van Riper, C. and J . Irwin 1958 Voice and articulation. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall. — and C. Brown 1966 Speech and man. New Jersey, Prentice-Hall. 147 pp. Van Rosendal, G. 1970 See Dellow, P. G., et al. Van Son, Levinus George 1968 Deaf adolescents' ability to identify nonverbal and linguistic emotional expressions. Boston University, dissertation. Van Thai, Joan H. 1968 Elements of Logopedics: a handbook for students of speech therapy. London, Kaye and Ward. 143 pp. [includes review of the meaning, origin, and development of communication in man]. Van Valen, Leigh 1955 Talking drums and similar African tonal communication. Southern Folklore Quarterly 19(4):252-256. Vanyushkina, L. N. 1969 Vrazitel'nye komponenty naglyadno-deistvennogo myshleniya u detei rannego vozrasta. Psikhologicheskie Issledovaniya 1:139-142. [expressive components of visually active thinking in young children 15 to 29 months old; right-handed tasks were accompanied by imitative and anticipatory movements of fingers of the left hand]

744 Vardul', I. F., ed. 1969 Yazykovye universalii i lingvisticheskaya tipologiya. Moskva, Nauka. 342 pp. [very wide coverage by various contributors on topic of language universals]. Varela, Francisco G. 1971 Self-consciousness: adaptation or epiphenomenon? Studium Generale 24:426-439. [discussion of behavior of nonhuman primates, language]. Varon, E. J. 1933 See Bentley, M. and E. J. V. Varrò, Marcus Terentius (116-27 B. C.) 1938 De linguä latina. On the Latin language. English translation and ed., Roland G. Kent. London, William Heinemann; Cambridge, Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. 2 vols, [notes the use of finger-gesture for silence in statues of Isis and Harpocrates], Vaschide, N. 1909 Essais sur la psychologie de la main. Paris, Rivière. Vasic, Smiljka 1969 Jedna kvalitativna analiza decjeg recnika sa stanovista psiholingvistike. Psihologija 2(2):400-420. [comparative study of essays by Serbian and U.S. children showing that of first 100 nouns, the same eight out of nine were highest in frequency: home, man, sun, mother, water, meat, bird, river, hand]. Vassela, F. 1967 See Luchsinger, R., et al. Vater, Johann Severin 1799 Pasigraphie und Antipasigraphie; oder über die neuste Erfindung einer allgemeinen Schriftsprache für aller Völker und von Wolkens, Leibnitzens, Wilkins's und Kalmars pasigraphischen Ideen. Ein Versuch. Weissenfeis & Leipzig. [on the notion of a universal language or character]. de Vaux, C. 1917 Sur l'origine des chiffres. Scientia 21:273-282. Vega, Arthur 1969 See Parsons, O. A., et al. 1971 See Parsons, Oscar A., et al. Veil, C. 1968 See Storper-Perez, D. and C. V.

745 Veiss, A. 1926 See Renshaw, S. and A. V. Velics, Anton von 1900 Uber die Urquelle aller Sprachen. Eine Studie. Leipzig, Otto Harrassowitz. 184 pp. 1909 Onomatopöie und Algebra. Eine etymologische und sprachphilosophische Studie. Budapest. 68 pp. Velletri, A. S. 1971 See Gazzaniga, M. S., et al. Vendryès, J 1921 Le langage. Paris, [regarded language origin theories as full of errors]. 1925 Language: a linguistic introduction to history. Translated by Paul Radin. New York, Alfred Knopf, xviii + 359 pp. [pp. 15-16, on topic of language origin theories]. 1948 Review of Révész, Géza, Origine et préhistoire du langage, 1946. In Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique 44(2):5-7. 1949 Sur quelques mots de la langue des chausseurs. Archivum Linguisticum l(l):23-29. [on the multiplicity of IndoEuropean forms expressing the notion "to hunt"; does not deal with the topic of the possible influence of hunting on formation of earliest languages]. 1950 Langage oral et langage par geste. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 43(50):7-33. 1954 Review of van Rijnberk, G., Le langage par signes chez les moines, 1954. In Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique 50(2): 1-4. 1955 La Société de Linguistique de Paris (1865-1955). Orbis 4(1):7-21. [refers to the rule, adopted in 1866, against reports dealing with the origin of language]. da Venezia, Gabriele (c. 1700-1764) 1758 Osservazioni storico-morali sull' antico sagro testamento. Venezia, [vol. 1, 38-44, on primordial language, which was lost at the time of Babel], Venkatachalam, G. 194- Dance in India. Nalanda Publications, Bombay, [includes material on dance-gestures: mudrä], Venneman, Theo 1971 Language acquisition and phonological theory. Linguistics 70:71-89.

746 Venturi, Franco 1939 La jeunnesse de Diderot (1713-1753). Paris, [material on Condillac's theory of language origins and its influence on Diderot]. Verbeck, A. J. A. 1967 See Tervoort, Bernard Th. and A. J. A. V. Verbeken, A. 1924 Le tambour-téléphone chez les indigènes de l'Afrique centrale. Congo 5(l):721-728. [relation of speech to drumcode communication]. Verbrugge, A. R. 1958 Le symbole de la main dans la préhistoire. Courance, par Milly-la-Forêt, chez l'auteur, xiv + 223 pp. (new ed., 1969. 334 pp.) [discusses theories of Zervos, that the hands were symbols of the mother-goddess, and Patte, M. E., who claimed they represented a manual gesture language like that of the deaf], 1970 La controverse des mains préhistoriques. Anthropos 65: 257-264. [argument over whether the mutilated representations of hands in prehistoric art were really mutilated, or some form of hand-gesture communication]. Verbürg, Pieter Adrianus 1951 Taal en functionaliteit, een historisch-critische studie over de opvattingen aangaande de functies der taal vanaf de prae-humanistische philologie van Orléans tot de rationalistische linguistiek van Bopp. Amsterdam, Ph.D. dissertation. Wageningen. 1963 Review of Borst, Arno, Der Turmbau von Babel 19571963. 6 vols. In Lingua 12(3):309-319. [on language origin, states that the problem remains unsolved, whether language developed froma single germ, containing the rudiments of all future elaborations, or from successive juxtapositions of new elements]. Verjaal, A. 1950 Agnosie, aphasie, apraxie: inleiding tot het begrip en handleiding voor het onderzoek. Haarlem, Bohn. 57 pp. Verneau, R. 1894 Le langage sifflé dans l'Afrique centrale. L'Anthropologie 5:126. [based on a report by C. Maistre, A travers l'Afrique Centrale, Paris, in L a Nature].

747 1900

Langage sans paroles d'Algerie et du Transvaal. L'Anthropologie 11:782. [in Algeria, stones thrown on trail, piled in pyramids, as trail signs; in Transvaal, use of interlaced plants; in France, similar trail-markers used by hunters]. 1923 Le langage sans paroles. L'Anthropologie 33:161-168. Vernon, Jack 1970 See Mitchell, Curt, et al. Vernon, M. 1967 The relationship of language to the thinking process. Archives of General Psychiatry 16 (March) 325-33. 1971 Language development's relationship to cognition, affectivity and intelligence. Paper read at Meeting of the Canadian Psychological Institute, St. John's, Newfoundland. Vernon, McCay 1971 See Mindel, Eugene and McC. V. Vernon, P. E. 1933 See Allport, Gordon W. and P. E. V. Verra, V. 1957 Herder e il linguaggio come organo della ragione. Filosofia 8(4):663-702. Verri, Antonio 1970 Origine delle lingue e civiltà in Rousseau. In appendice: Essai sur l'origine des langues. Ravenna, A. Longo. 274 pp. Verrier, P. 1923 Le progrès du langage. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique, pp. 451-458. Vertes, Lazlo 1965 "Lunar calendar" from the Hungarian Upper Paleolithic. Science 147:855-856. Vertès, O. A. 1960 Egy XVII szazadi Magyar lelektani dolgozat. Magyar Pszichologiai Szemle, Budapest, 17:50-59. [new data on the "wild boy" of Kronstadt, ca. 1780, now believed to be the best documented case of a feral child]. de Vertus, Armand 1868 La langue primitive basée sur l'idéographie lunaire. Vetrov, A. A. 1967 [Linguistics, logic, semiotics] [in Russian] Voprosy Filosofii 12:71-81. [argues that linguistics and logic form no part of semiotics].

748 Vetter, Harold J. 1969 Language behavior and communication: an introduction. Itasca, Illinois, F. E. Peacock, ix + 265 pp. — and J. A. Tennant 1967 Oral-gesture cues in sound-symbolism. Perceptual and Motor Skills 24(1):54-. Viaud, Gaston 1960 Intelligence: its evolution and forms. London, [the real dividing line is between man and animals, in possession of conceptual thought and speech: "chimpanzees are more or less trapped in the present", p. 80], Vico, Giambattista (1668-1744) 1725 Principi di una scienza nuova. (various editions; 1953, Opere, Nicolini, Fausto, ed. Milano-Napoli. [on divine and human languages; the first human language was mute, hieroglyphic-like sign-language, then a divinely based language; the "natural language" employed by Adam was learned by him from God; role of interjections in formation of primordial language]. Vicq d'Azyr, F. 1779 Mémoire sur la voix. De la structure des organes qui servent à la formation de la voix, considérés dans l'homme et dans les différentes classes d'animaux et comparés entre eux. Actes de Soc. Roy., Paris, Hist., Mém. Victoroff, D. 1955, L'applaudissement: une conduite sociale. L'Année Socio1956 logique 1955-1956 (3e sér.):131-171. [considers applause as a specific gesture of Western Civilization]. Vierkandt, A. 1909 Das Problem der Felszeichnungen und der Ursprung des Zeichens. Archiv für Anthropologie n.F. 7:110-118. Viertel, John 1966 Concepts of language underlying the 18th century controversy about the origin of language. Georgetown University, Monograph Series on Languages and Linguistics 19:109132. [Discussion, pp. 150-154]. Viesti, C. R., H. T. Dizney, and H. J. Prehm 1968 Communication as a function of learner characteristics in simple instructional tasks. A literature review. University of Oregon, Research and Training Center. Working Paper 18.

749 Vig, Peter S. 1968 Variations in orofacial morphology and function with special reference to speech. University of London, Institute of Dental Surgery, Ph. D. dissertation. 1972 Possible mechanism for the genetic component of language. Nature 237 (5353):290-291. [argues for the probability that population differences in genotype are manifest in intermaxillary space dimensions which determine sounds and their sequential organization in language]. Vigna, Cesare 1880 Interno alle diverse influenze della musica sul fisico e sul morale . . . Studio . . . estratto dalla Gazetta Musicale di Milano dell' anno 1878. iv + 99 pp. [mentions a "law of the transformation of expressive movement"; based on studies of inmates in a mental hospital]. Vignoli, Tito 1888 Dell' origine del linguaggio articolato. Vignolo, L. A. 1962 See De Renzi, E. and L. V. 1966a See Spinnler, H. and L. A. V. 1966b, See De Renzi, E., et al. 1968 Vigorito, James 1971 See Eimas Peter D., et al. Villicus, Franz 1897 Die Geschichte der Rechenkunst vom Alterthume bis zum XVIII. Jahrhundert. 3rd ed. Wien. vii + 114 pp. [on finger computation]. Villiers, Melius de 1923 The numeral words: their origin, meaning, history and lesson. London, H. F. and G. Witherby; Cape Town, Juta and Co. 124 pp. [Chap. 4, gesture language and relation of hands and fingers to numeral words]. Vinacke, W. E. 1949 The judgment of facial expression by three national racial groups in Hawaii. Journal of Personality 17:407-429. — and R. Wat Fong 1955 The judgment of facial expressions by three national-racial groups in Hawaii: Oriental faces. Journal of Social Psychology 41(2):185-195.

750 Vinay, G. 1959 Ricerche sul De vulgari eloquentia. Giornale Storico della Lett. Ital. 136:236-274,367-388. Vincent, M. (Borelli-) 1951 La naissance des opérations logiques chez les sourds-muets. Enfance (4):222-238. 1957 Sur le rôle du langage à un niveau élémentaire de pensée abstraite. Enfance (4):443-464. Vine, I. 1970 Communication by facial-visual signals. In Crook, J., ed., Social Behaviour in Birds and Mammals. London, Academic Press. Vinken, P. J. and G. W. Bruyn, eds. 1969 Handbook of clinical neurology. Disorders of speech, perception, and symbolic behavior, vol. 4. Amsterdam, NorthHolland Publishing Company, x + 481 pp. [23 papers on aphasia, agnosia, apraxia, and effects of various cortical lesions]. Vinogradov, V. V. 1951 Ob osnovnom slovarnom fonde i ego slovoobrazhuyuscheï roli v istorii yazyka. Izvestiya Akad. Nauk SSSR, Otdelenie Literatury i yazyka. Moskva-Leningrad. (German translation, Uber den Grundwortschatz und seine wortbildende Rolle in der Geschichte der Sprache. Sowjetwissenschaft 1951:251-277). Vinson, Julien 1886- Article, "Linguistique". In La Grande Encyclopédie, Paris, 1906 Lamirault, vol. 22, pp. 286-296. 1916 L'origine du langage. Revue Anthropologique 26(2):45-64. Virieux-Reymond, Antoinette 1966 Quelques remarques à propos de la théorie du langage chez les stoïciens. Le Langage, Actes du XHIe Congrès des Sociétés de Philosophie de Langue Française, Genève, 2-6 August, Neuchâtel, vol. 1, 113-115. Vitringa, Campegius (1659-1722) 1727 Observationum sacrarum libri septem. Amsterdam, [vol. 1, 4, 25, Hebrew the primordial language]. Vitruvius, Marcus Pollio (1st cent. B. C.) 1931- De architectura. (English translation, On Architecture, 1934 Granger, Frank, ed. London, William Heinemann; New

751 York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, Loeb Classical Library) [11(33), l,i: fear brought early human beings together; they agree to form society and language - i.e. the conventionalist theory of language origins], Vives, Juan Luis (1492-1540) 1782- Opera omnia. Mayans y Siscar, Gregorio, ed. Valencia, 8 1790 vols. [vol. 8, Hebrew is the oldest language, and initially resembled child's language; Nature gave man the power of speech], Vladisavljevic, S. 1970 See Kostic, Djordje, et al. Voegelin, Charles F. 1937 Anthropological limits of language. Publications of the Indiana Academy of Science 46:57-64. 1958 Sign language analysis: on one level or two? International Journal of American Linguistics 24:71-77. [on question of duality of patterning in sign language; suggests that it may be solely susceptible to morphemic analysis]. 1964 (chairman) Discussion section on cultural anthropology. In Sebeok, Thomas A., ed. Approaches to semiotics. Transactions of the Indiana University Conference on Paralinguistics and Kinesics. — Janua Linguarum, Series Major, 15. The Hague, Mouton and Company, 221-237. Vogel, C. 1961 Uber den phylogenetischen Wert von Mandibelmerkmalen bei höheren Primaten. Zeitschrift für Morphologie und Anthropologie 51(3)275-288. 1972 Acoustical communication among free-ranging Indian langurs (Presbytis entellus) in two different habitats of North India. Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, Oregon, [sonogram analyses of calls; one call was apparently for territorial marking; also several predator alarms, panic flight call, etc.]. Vogell, W. 1960 See Berendes, J. and W. V. Vogt, Carl 1863 Vorlesungen über den Menschen: seine Stellung in der Schöpfung und in der Geschichte der Erde. Giessen. 2 vols, [includes studies of cretinous Alpine microcephalics who could not speak, thus representing an atavistic apelike condition;

752 also notes effects of upright posture on the emergence of speech, vol. 1, 172]. Voigtmann, Christoph Gottlieb 1854 Das Gesetz der Polarität in der Sprache. Göttingen (Coburg). 1859 Das Gravitationsgesetz als das allgemeine einheitliche Grundgesetz der Sprach . . . Erlangen. 1865 Dr. M. Müllers Bau-wau Theorie und der Ursprung der Sprache. Ein Wort zur Verständigung an der Herausgeber der "Vorlesungen über die Wissenschaft der Sprache". Leipzig, [on F. Max Müller's bow-wow (onomatopoeic) theory]. Voinescu, I. 1971 Syntactic complexity in aphasies. Revue Roum. Neurol. 8: 69-80. Voino, M. S. 1964 Rech' kak odna iz vazhneïshikh spetsificheskikh chelovecheskikh osobennosteï. pp. 244-280. In Yakimov, V. P., ed., U Istokov Chelovechestva. Moskva, Izdatel'stvo Moskov. Universiteta. 317 pp., 244-280. [speech as one of the most important specific features of manldnd[. Voïtonis, N. Yu. 1949 Predistoriya intellekta (k probleme antropogeneza). MoskvaLeningrad. Izdatel'stvo Akad. Nauk SSSR. ( l a t e r e d., 1954) [prehistory of the intellect in the study of anthropogenesis; notes that studies in the 1930's showed that in monkeys, novel visual and tactile stimuli can be reinforcing, whereas novel auditory stimuli are not]. Volkmann, Ludwig 1923 Bilderschriften der Renaissance. Hieroglyphik und Emblematik in ihren Beziehungen und Fortwirkungen. Leipzig, [picture-writing symbolism]. Volquin, Hector 1853 Surdi-mutité. Exposé de quelques faits relatifs à la question pendante devant l'Académie Impériale de Medicine. Paris, J.-B. Chalvet. 31 pp. [relative advantages of oral and signlanguage methods of educating the deaf]. Voltaire, François-Marie Arouet (1694-1778) 1829- Oeuvres. Beuchat, Adrien, ed. Paris. 72 vols. [vol. 15, 33, 1840 35, discussion of Chinese as the possible primordial language; vol. 26, 22, s.v. ABC, in Dictionnaire Philosophique:

753 no primordial language; language is not inborn in man; although man has innate cries and gestures; earliest languages were imperfect, barbarous, gradually refined; the oldest languages were monosyllabic, like Chinese]. Von Wright, J. M. 1970 Cross-modal transfer and sensory equivalence: a review. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology ll(l):21-30. [reviews both animal and human studies]. Voronin, L. G. 1960 Sravitel'no-fiziologicheskie dannye k probleme vozniknoveniya vysshei nervnoi deyatel'nosti cheloveka. Voprosy Antropologii 4. Vorstius, Johs. 1657 De lingua omnium prima, deque hujus, ut scriptura vocat, confusione, exercitatio in schola. Flensburg. Vorwahl, Heinrich 1931 Sexuelle Gebärdensprache. Zeitschrift für Sexualwissenschaft 18:400-403. 1932 Die Gebärdensprache im alten Testament.. Universität Berlin, Dissertation. Vos, A. W. de 1967 Overzicht en perspectie. Het Gehoorgestoorde Kind 8(7): 169-176. [a plea for more visual and tactile aides to augment speechreading training of deaf children], Vosseier, J. 1911 "Don", der sprechende Hund. Hamburg, [a remarkable "talking" dog], Vossius, Isaac 1673 De poematum cantu et viribus rythmi; de arte grammaticä. Oxford, [gesticulation, sign, pantomime]. Vossler, Karl (1872-1949) 1905 Sprache als Schöpfung und Entwicklung. Eine theoretische Untersuchung mit praktischen Beispielen. Heidelberg, vii + 154 pp. 1923 Die Grenzen der Sprachsoziologie. In Gesammelte Aufsätze zu Sprachphilosophie. München, Hochschulbuchhandlung, M. Hüber. viii + 272 pp. [p. 214 ff., language origins; oldest language is older than stone-working, in the prelithic era of wooden and bone tools], 1925 Geist und Kultur in der Sprache. Heidelberg, [p. 104, primordial language].

754

1930

Sprachphilosophie der Gegenwart. Berlin, [p. 10 ff., on the anti-nativist theory of language origins; speech is an artificial expression, not inborn], 1942 Benedetto Croces Sprachphilosophie. In Vossler, Karl, Aus der romanischen Welt. Leipzig, vol. 4, 138-167. Vuagnat, J. 1971 See Kohler, C. and J. V. Vuillemey, P. 1940 La pensée et les signes autres que ceux de la langue. Paris, [deals with deaf-mute communication], 1959 Contribution à la psycho-physiologie du langage et du mimage chez les sourds. Annales Scientifiques de l'Université de Besançon, [language and miming by deaf-mutes]. Vukotic, Dragoljub 1966 Recent progress in the unification of the language of signs. La Voix du Silence, Roma, l(4):556-560. [argues for more unification of sign-language forms; 300 signs were published in Rome in 1959 and distributed to the World Congress of the Deaf]. 1959 See Magarotto, Cesare and C. M. Vuyk, R. 1940 Wijzen en spreken in de ontwikkeling van het kleine kind. Nederlands Tijdschrift voor Wijsbeg. en Psychologie, [gestures in infant after at least a few words and speech understanding], Vulpian 1865 De la localisation des facultés cérébrales de l'aphasie. Revue Scientifique, 479-482. Vyari, Ë. 1962 Vozniknovenie i razvitie yazyka. Obshchestvo po rasprostraneniyu polit, i nauchn. znanii Ëston. SSR, No. 16. 36 pp. [rise and development of language]. Vygotskiï, Lev Semënovich 1934 Myshlenie i rech'. Moskva-Leningrad, [thinking and speech] (English translation by Hanfmann, E. and G. Vakar, Thought and Language, with introduction by Jerome Bruner. New York, Wiley, 1962). 1956 Izbrannye psikhologicheskie issledovaniya. Moskva, [selected psychological studies], 1960 Istoriya razvitiya vysshikh psikhicheskikh funktsii. 48 pp.

w

755

Wachmann, Abraham 1958 See Eshkol, Noa and A. W. Wachtel, P. 1967 An approach to the study of body language in psychotherapy. Psychotherapy 4:97-101. Wächter, Johann Georg 1737 Glossarium Germanicum. Leipzig. [Prolegomena sets forth some general principles, especially that consonants distinguish languages from one another, whereas vowels merely distinguish dialects]. 1752 Naturae et scripturae concordia, commentario de literis ac numeris primaevis. K0benhavn, Leipzig, [language not of divine origin; believed origins of the alphabet lay in representations of the shapes of the speech organs], Wackernagel, Wilhelm (1806-1869) 1869 Voces variae animantium. Ein Beitrag zur Naturkunde und zur Geschichte der Sprache. 2nd ed. Basel, Bahnmaier's Verlag, C. Detloff. 179 pp. 1872 Über den Ursprung und die Entwickelung der Sprache. Rektoratsrede, 1866. Basel, (reprinted, 1874, in Abhandlungen zur Sprachkunde, Kleinere Schriften, Leipzig, 1-58). Wadler, Arnold 1935 Der Turm von Babel, Urgemeinschaft der Sprachen, Basel. Wagner, Adolf 19 Sprache und organische Entwicklung. Festschrift zur 50. Versammlung deutscher Philologen, Innsbruck. Wagner, Geoffrey 1968 The many tongues of gesture. Cimarron Review 3:4-17. Wagner, K. 1934 The effect of muscular action on the forms of the bones. Congrès International des Sciences d'Anthropologie et Ethnologie, London, p. 121-, Wagner, R. L. 1949 Le langage et l'homme. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique 42(3):345-352. 1956 Review of Guberina, Petar, Zvuk i pokret u jeziku. Matica Hrvatska, Zagreb, 1952. In Journal Psychol. Fr. 53(2):208210.

756 Wagner, Wolfhart 1920 Über den "Lingua Adamica" und die "Signaturae rerum". Kritik der Sprache und Grundlegungen der Sprachwissenschaft. Halberstadt, Wolfhart Wagner, vol. 2, 20 pp. Wagoner, L. C. and E. M. Armstrong 1928 The motor control of children as involved in the dressing process. Journal of Genetic Psychology 35:84-97. Wahl, Victor 1961 Sprechende Hände. Darmstadt, Hoppenstedt. 120 pp. [on hand gestures in art]. Waite, E. R. 1903 Sympathetic song in birds. Nature 68:322-323. Wald, Lucia 1962 Aspecte dialectice in teoria limbii a lui Wilhelm von Humboldt. Prob. Ling. Gen., Roum., 4:193-202. (French and Russian summaries) [Humboldt's treatment of the question of the divine versus human origin of language]. 1964 Review of Leont'ev, Aleksei Alekseevich, Vozniknovenie i pervonachal'noe razvitie yazyka, 1963. In Limba Romina, Bucuregti 13:291-294. 1965 See Graur, Alexandra and L. W. Wales, R. J. and J. C. Marshall 1966 The organization of linguistic performance. With prepared comments by A. L. Blumenthal and A. R. Jonckheere. In Lyons, J. and R. J. Wales, eds., Psycholinguistics Papers, Edinburgh University Press, 29-95. — and R. Grieve 1969 What is so difficult about negation? Perception and Psychophysics 6:327-332. Walk, Richard D. and Elizabeth K. Bond 1971 The development of visually guided reaching in monkeys reared without sight of hands. Psychonomic Science 23(1 B):115-116. [visual deprivation of sight of hands does not hinder guided reaching as much as previous studies had indicated]. Walker, Jerell R. 1953 The sign language of the Plains Indians of North America. The Chronicles of Oklahoma 31:168-177. Walker, J. V., Jr. 1969 See Hoffman, J. P., et al.

757 Walker, Kathrine Sorley 1969 Eyes on mime: language without speech. New York, John Day Company. 190 pp. [pp. 159-160, on the use of gestures by explorers; pp. 169-170, on the language of the fan; Part 4, mime in daily life]. Walkhoff, O. 1902 Der Unterkiefer der Anthropomorphen und des Menschen. In Selenka, Emil, ed., Menschenaffen (Anthropomorpha), Studien über Entwickelung und Schädelbau. Wiesbaden, C. W. Kreidel, 4:209-327. 1903 Die diluvialen menschlichen Kiefer Belgiens und ihre pithekoiden Eigenschaften. Menschenaffen, ibid., 6:373-415. [on genioglossal tubercles; Neanderthal man tongue had less flexibility than modern man; could speak, but in an undeveloped way]. 1911 Neue Untersuchungen über die menschliche Kinnbildung. Deutsche Zahnheilkunde in Vorträgen 22:1-71. Wallace, Alfred Rüssel (1823-1913) 1881 Review of Tylor, Edward Burnett, Anthropology, 1881. In Nature 24:242-245. [review in which Wallace first stated the idea of mouth-gesture origin of speech]. 1895 Expressiveness of speech; or, mouth gesture as a factor in the origin of language. Fortnightly Review 64, n.s. 58-528543. (reprinted in Living Age 207 (Nov. 9) 369-380). [cf. reply by Johnston, Fortnightly Review 66, n.s. 6:494-505, 1896]. 1900 Studies, Scientific and Social. London, Macmillan. [further explanation of the mouth-gesture theory]. Wallace, Anthony F. C. 1950 A possible technique for recognizing psychological characteristics of the Ancient Maya from their art. American Imago 7:239-253. Wallace, Graeme 1971 See Bradshaw, John L. and G. W. de Walle, F. J. M. 1926 La répresentation de la vente de l'huile à Athènes. Revue Archéologique 5 sér. (23):282-295. illus. [on the use of finger-gestures on Greek vase paintings, in scenes of bargaining for oil, wine, etc.]. Waller, M. B. 1962 See Salzinger, K. and M. B. W.

758 Wallis, John (1616-1703) 1653 Grammatica Linguae Anglicanae et tractatu de loquela. Oxford. (6th ed., London, A. Millar, 1765) [discussed onomatopoeic words in English], 1670 Letter to the Honourable Robert Boyle. March, 1662. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society for July, 1670. 1690 Account of an attempt to teach a person dumb and deaf to speak and to understand a language, with the success thereof. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, 1692. [on the instruction of Daniel Whaley and Alexander Popham], 1678 A defence of the Royal Society and the Philosophical Transactions, particularly for July, 1670, in answer to the cavils of Dr. W. Holder, by way of a letter to William Lord Viscount Brouncker. London, [on the question of importance of teaching lip-reading to the deaf]. 1698 Letter to Thomas Beverly on the education of deaf-mutes. London, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, October, (reprinted in Bébian, Roch Ambroise Auguste, 1817,137-149, q.v.). 1700 Letter to J. C. Amman, (published in Amman, Johann Coenrad, Dissertatio de Loquela, Amsterdam, 1700). Wallis, Mieczyslaw 1970 The history of art as the history of semantic structures. In Greimas, A. J., et al., eds., Sign - Language - Culture. The Hague, Paris, Mouton, 524-35. [on iconic signs; natural languages as vast systems of conventional signs; Paleolithic art as durable iconic signs]. Wallon, Henri 1942 De l'acte à la pensée. Paris, Flammarion. (Russian translation, Ot deïstviya k mysli. Moskva, 1956) [ritual use of action as a transition to language; p. 78, on instrumental activity among apes], 1945 Les origines de la pensée chez l'enfant. Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. 2 vols., 1. Les moyens intellectuels, 2. Les tâches intellectuels. — and G. Ascoli 1950 Comment l'enfant sait classer les objets. Enfance 5:411-.

759 Walshe, M. O'C. 1953 Review of Zollinger, G., Tau oder TAU-t-an und das Rätsel der sprachlichen und menschlichen Einheit, Bern, 1952. In Erasmus 6:353-355. Walter, A. A. 1932 See Carmichael, L., et al. Walton, J., E. Ellis, and S. D. M. Court 1962 Clumsy children: a study of developmental apraxia and agnosia. Brain 85:603-612. 1965 See Gubbay, S. S., et al. Waltz, Arthur G. 1962 Dyspraxias of gaze. Archives of Neurology 5:638. [one patient was unable to direct his gaze to a particular object]. Wandruszka, Mario 1954 Haltung und Gebärde der Romanen. Tübingen, Niemeyer. Zeitschrift für Romanische Philologie, Beiheft 96, 100 pp. 1971 Pour une linguistique à visage humain. Le Français Moderne 38(1):3-17. [mathematical and technological approaches to language cannot express the specific qualities of natural language. We must go to sociolinguistics and psycholinguistics to form a new comparative linguistics]. Wang Li 1962 Hsün-ku-hsüeh shang ti i-hsieh wen-t'i. Chung-ku Yü-wen 7-14. [on the value of ancient Chinese philological commentaries], Wang, S. C. 1962 See Kanai, T. and S. C. W. Wang, W. S.-Y. and John Crawford 1960 Frequency studies of English consonants. Language and Speech 3:131-139. — and Charles J. Fillmore 1961 Intrinsic cues and consonant perception. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 4(2):180-186. 1968 The basis for speech. Project on Linguistic Analysis, Reports, Second Series, 4. Berkeley, University of California, Department of Linguistics, Phonology Laboratory. 79 pp. (with extensive bibliography). Wapner, Seymour 1965 See Barton, M. I. and S. W. — and Leonard Cirillo

760 1968

Imitation of a model's hand movements: age changes in transposition of left-right relations. Child Development 39 (3):887-894. [with increased age, 8 to 18 years, correct reversals increased; left-right transpositions require internalization of the left-right distinction occurring in action]. Waratah, New South Wales, Deaf and Dumb Institute 1943 How to converse with the deaf in sign language as used in the Australian Catholic schools for the deaf. Compiled by the teachers of the schools at Waratah and Castle Hill, New South Wales. Newcastle, Davies and Cannington Pty., Printers. 132 pp. illus. Warburton, Irene P. 1969 Plato's linguistic theory. Bloomington, Indiana University, Language Sciences 6:1-4. [mainly on the Cratylus dialogue]. Warburton, William (1698-1779) 1788 Divine legation of Moses, 1737-1744. Works, London. (Book 4 of Warburton's work was translated, 1744, Essai sur les hieroglyphes des Egyptiens, Paris) [advanced the theory of the gestural origin of language; cited by Condillac]. Ward, J. S. M. 1928 The sign language of the Mysteries. London. 2 vols. (1969 ed., New York, Land's End Press. 245 pp. illus.) [mantric signs used in ritual; p. 1, suggests that the primordial language was gestural; primitive man was compelled to eke out his scanty vocabulary by signs and graphic gestures; chapter 14, hands and shoulder gestures]. Ward, Jeannette P., Arthur L. Yehle and Stephen Dorflein 1970 Cross-modal transfer of a specific discrimination in the bushbaby (Galago senegalensis). Journal of Comparative Physiological Psychology 73(l):74-77. [used light and auditory clicks as stimuli]. Ward, Lester 1883 Dynamical sociology. 2 vols, [argued that because modern anthropoid apes are "unsocial and comparatively silent", the simian ancestors of man had also been so]. Ward, M. M. 1964 See Jann, G. R., et al. Warden, Carl J. 1932 The evolution of human behavior. New York, The Mac-

761 millan Company, [in the development of language, gesture and sound had equal antiquity; speech beginnings extend to the prehuman level], — and L. H. Warner 1928 The sensory capacities and intelligence of dogs with a report on the ability of the noted dog, "Fellow", to respond to word stimuli. Quarterly Review of Biology 3:1-28. Wardhaugh, Ronald 1971 Theories of language acquisition in relation to beginning reading instruction. Language Learning 21(1): 1-26. (extensive bibliography) [review of current theory: learning-theory oriented; linguistic; behavioristic; nativistic; cognitive]. Warfel, H. R. 1962 Language: a science of human behavior. Cleveland, Howard Allen. 188 pp. [includes discussion of origin of language problem]. Waring, George H. 1970 Sound communications of black-tailed, white-tailed and Gunnison's prairie dogs. American Midland Naturalist 83 (1): 167-185. [medium-sized rodents have about nine calls relating to alertness, apprehension, contact, threat, and distress], Warnach, Viktor 1937, Erkennen und Sprechen bei Thomas von Aquin, ein Deu1938 tungsversuch seiner Lehre auf ihrem geistesgeschichtlichen Hintergrund. In Divus Thomas 15(1937):189-218,263-290; 16(1938): 161 -196. [language theories of Thomas Aquinas (1225-1274)]. Warner, Francis 1886 Physical expression: its modes and principles. New York, Appleton. International Scientific Series, 51. xx + 372 pp. illus. [on posture, facial expression, etc.]. Warner, L. H. 1928 See Warden, C. J. and L. H. W. Warnotte, D. 1913 Excogitations grammaticales dans l'évolution générale du langage. Bulletin Mensuel de l'Institut de Sociologie Solvay, Bruxelles, 317-334. Warren, David H. 1970 Intermodality interactions in spatial localization. Cognitive

762 Psychology 1:114-133. [adults locate unseen auditory targets better with eyes open - suggesting visual mapping of auditory stimuli; not true for children through grade 6]. Warren, J. M. 1953 Handedness in the rhesus monkey. Science 118:622-623. 1958 The development of paw preferences in cats and monkeys. Journal of Genetic Psychology 93:229-236. 1965 Primate learning in comparative perspective. In Schrier, A. M., Harry F. Harlow, and F. Stollnitz, eds., Behavior of non-human primates. New York, Academic Press, vol. 1. — and K. Akert, eds. 1964 The frontal granular cortex and behavior. New York, McGraw-Hill, [on much research linking increase in delayed reponse in primates to development of frontal brain lobes]. 1962 See Brookshire, K. H. and J. M. W. Warren, R. M., C. J. Obusek, R. M. Farmer and R. P. Warren 1969 Auditory sequence: confusion of pattern other than speech or music. Science 164:586-587. [temporal patterns of 4 sounds in succession such as hisses, buzzes, and tones, could not be recognized when as short as (or even when longer than) speech phonemes]. — and R. P. Warren 1970 Auditory illusions and confusions. Scientific American 223 (6): 30-36. [suggests that there may be a qualitative difference between perception of speech and non-speech sounds; it requires 300 msec, to perceive the temporal order of nonspeech sounds, but four vowels require only 125 to 200 msec.]. Warrington, Elizabeth K., Valentine Logue and R. T. C. Pratt 1971 The anatomical localisation of selective impairment ot auditory verbal short-term memory. Neuropsychologia 9(4): 377-388. 1962, See Kinsborne, M. and E. K. W. 1963 Warthin, T. A. 1968 See Trujillo, N. P. and T. A. W. Wartofsky, Marx W. 1967 See Cohen, Robert S. and M. W. W.

763 Washburn, Margaret F. 1916 Movement and mental imagery. Boston, Houghton-Mifflin. Washburn, Sherwood L. 1959a Review of DuBrul, E. Lloyd, Evolution of the speech apparatus, 1958. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas. In American Anthropologist 61(5):918. 1959b Speculation on the interrelationship of the history of tools and biological evolution. Human Biology 31(1). 1959c Speculations on the interrelations of the history of tools and biological evolution. In Spuhler, J. N., ed., The evolution of man's capacity for culture. Detroit, Wayne State University Press, 21-31. 1960 Tools in human evolution. Scientific American 203(Sept.): 63-75. (reprinted in: Montagu, Ashley, ed., Culture and the evolution of man, Oxford University Press, 1962, 13-19). 1963a Comment, on Hall, K. R. L., Tool-using performances as indicators of behavioral adaptability. In Current Anthropology 4:492. [throwing objects in aggressive displays as a possible first step in the evolution of weapons], 1963b Behavior and human evolution. In Washburn, Sherwood L., ed., Classification and human evolution. Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, 37. 1968a Behavior and the origin of man. Huxley Memorial Lecture, Royal Anthropological Institute, Nov. 9, 1967, London. In Proceedings, Royal Anthropological Institute for 1967, 21-27. 1968b On Holloway's "Tools and teeth". Letter, with reply by R. L. Holloway, Jr. American Anthropologist 70(1):97-106. 1968c Speculations on the problems of man coming to the ground. 20 pp. unpublished. 1968d The study of human evolution. University of Oregon Press, [argues that the capacity for human language is based on a specific human ability to name things, absent in other primates], 1968e The evolution of human behavior. In Roslansky, John D., ed., The uniqueness of man. Amsterdam, North Holland Publishing Company, 167-189. 1971 The study of human evolution. In Dolhinow, Phyllis Jay and V. M. Sarich, eds., Background for man. Boston, Little, Brown and Company.

764 — and Virginia Avis 1958 Evolution of human behavior. In Roe, Anne and George Gaylord Simpson, eds., Behavior and evolution. New Haven, Yale University Press. — and Irven DeVore 1961 Social behavior of baboons and early man. In Washburn, Sherwood L., ed., Social life of early man. Viking Fund Publications 31, 91-105. [pp. 101-103, baboon communication mostly gestural, although some vocal calls]. — and David A. Hamburg 1965 The implications of primate research. In DeVore, Irven, ed., Primate behavior: field studies of monkeys and apes. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, xiv + 654 pp., 607-22. — and R. S. Harding 1970 Evolution of primate behavior. In Schmitt, F. O., ed., The neurosciences: second study program. New York, The Rockefeller University Press, 39-47. [p. 45, discusses evolution of language]. — and Phyllis C. Jay 1967 More on tool use among primates. Current Anthropology 8:253-254. — and Phyllis C. Jay, eds. 1968a Perspectives in human evolution. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston. — and C. S. Lancaster 1968b The evolution of hunting. In Lee, Richard B., and Irven DeVore, eds., Man the hunter. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company, xvi + 415 pp., 293-303. — and Jane B. Lancaster 1971 On evolution and the origin of language. Current Anthropology 12(3):384-386. [a reply to Carini, L., Current Anthropology 11:165 (1970)]. 1963 See DeVore, Irven and S. L. W. Wason, P. C. 1965 The contexts of plausible denial. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 4:7-11. Wat Fong, R. 1955 See Vinacke, W. E. and R. W. F.

765 Watanabe, Satoshi 1971 Ungrammatical grammar in pattern recognition. Pattern Recognition 3:385-408. [broad theoretical discussion and critique of the grammatical approach to pattern decoding; also uses Japanese crests as examples of distinctive visual patterns], Watanabe, Satoshi, ed. 1969 Methodologies of pattern recognition. New York, Academic Press, [p. 521, pattern recognition as an inductive process]. Waterman, John T. 1963 Perspectives in linguistics. University of Chicago Press, ix + 105 pp. (reprinted, 1967, Phoenix Books, paperbound, PI 06). Waterson, Natalie 1971 Child phonology: a prosodic view. Journal of Linguistics 7:179-211. [probable that the child perceives spoken language differently from adult]. Wathen-Dunn, Weiant, ed. 1967 Models for the perception of speech and visual form. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T.Press. Watson, Barbara 1960 See Rowe, Frederick B., et al. Watson, David O. 1964 Talk with your hands. Winneconne, Wisconsin, x + 246 pp. illus. [on sign language]. Watson, Emily H. 1878 Universe of language. Boston, [on child language; notes cases of German twins with a private language]. Watson, John B. 1920 Is thinking merely the action of language mechanics? Psychological Bulletin 46:337-. 1924a Behaviorism. New York. [chap. 10, talking and thinking; subvocal speech theory of thinking], 1924b The place of kinaesthetic, visceral and laryngeal organization in thinking. Psychological Review 31:339-348. [thinking is largely subvocal talking], Watson, Joseph (1765-1829) 1810 Instruction of the deaf and dumb; or a theoretical and practical view of the means by which they are taught to speak and understand a language. London.

766 1826

A first reading book for deaf and dumb children learning the English language. London, [a book based on the Braidwood method of teaching lipreading to the deaf], Watson, O. Michael 1972a Symbolic and expressive uses of space: an introduction to proxemic behavior. Reading, Massachusetts, Addison-Wesley. McCaleb Module in Anthropology 20:1-18. 1972b Proxemics. In Sebeok, Thomas A., ed. Current trends in linguistics. The Hague, Mouton. — and Theodore D. Graves 1966 Quantitative research in proxemic behavior. American Anthropologist 68(4):971-985. Watson, Richard A. 1971 Reply to Holloway, Ralph L., Jr., More on culture as a human domain. Current Anthropology 12(3):400-401. — and Patty Jo Watson 1969 Man and nature: an anthropological essay. New York, Harcourt, Brace, and World, xii + 172. [sketches successive stages of human evolution, beginning with Protohuman "elemental man"]. Watts, A. F. 1944 The language and mental development of children. London, Harrap. [warns that slum children may use gesture rather than proper verbs, etc.; gesture should be repressed in order to improve speech], Watzlawick, P., J. Helmick and D. D. Jackson 1967 Pragmatics of human communication. New York, W. W. Norton Company, [discussion of non-verbal communication]. Waugh, L. M. 1937 Influence of diet on the jaws and face of the American Eskimo. Journal of the American Dental Association 24: 1640-1647. [role of the teeth in gripping, etc.]. Weakland, John H. 1969 Anthropology, psychiatry and communication. American Anthropologist 71(5):880-888. Weaver, John (1673-1760) 1728 History of the mimes and pantomimes. London, J. Roberts, [surveys mime-theatre from Roman times to 18th century dumb-show performances].

767 Weaver, Warren 1955 Translation. In Locke, William Nash and Andrew Donald Booth, Machine Translation of Languages, 14 Essays. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, xii + 243 pp., 1523. [argues for the universality of underlying logic of language], 1949 See Shannon, C. E. and W. W. Webb, John (1611-1672) 1669 A historical essay, endeavoring a probability that the language of the Empire of China is the primitive language. London, Printed for N. Brook. 212 pp. [advances theory that Noah's ark landed in China], Webb, W. W„ et al. 1963 Eye movements as a paradigm of approach and avoidance behavior. Perceptual and Motor Skills 16:341-347. Webbe, Joseph cl630 Letters exchanged with W. Brookes. British Museum, Sloane Ms. 1466. [on animal understanding and judgment; child language acquisition - on child who reiterates the same actions of showing the pot, when learning to cry drink], Weber, B. A. 1961 Effect of high level masking and anesthetization of oral structure upon articulatory proficiency and voice characteristics of normal speakers. Pennsylvania State University, M.A. thesis. Weber, Carl Julius 1868 Demokritos, oder hinterlassene Papiere eines lachenden Philosophen. Stuttgart, vol. 11. [refers to Rudbeck's theory that Swedish was the language of Paradise, p. 95]. Weber, E. 1904 Das Schreiben als Ursache der einseitigen Lage des Sprachzentrums. Zentralblatt fur Physiologie 18:341-347. [asserts that writing is the cause for the lateralization of the speech center]. 1905 Ursachen und Folgen der Rechthändigkeit. Halle, C. Marhold. 116 pp. Weber, I. 1972 Tactile communication among free-ranging langurs (Presbytis entellus). Abstracts, 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, Oregon, [visual, acoustic, and tactile communication analyzed].

768 Weber, Marylou A. 1967 The motor behavior characteristics of children with operant language disorder. Ph. D. dissertation, University of Arizona. Dissertation Abstracts 27(8-A):2381. 119 pp. Webster, John 1654 Academiarum examen. [p. 29, argued that there must be a language of nature, and that this was spoken by Adam, "I cannot but conceive that Adam did understand both their internal and external signatures, and that the imposition of their names was adequately agreeing with their natures"]. Webster, Noah (1758-1843) 1789 Dissertation on the English language with notes historical and critical. Boston, Isaiah Thomas and Company, (facsimile reprint, 1951, Scholar's Facsimiles and Reprints, Gainesville, Florida, with an introduction by Harry R. Warfel. xv + 410 pp.). Webster, R. L. 1969 Selective suppression of infants' vocal responses by classes of phonemic stimulation. Developmental Psychology 1:410414. [6-month old infants stimulated with vowel-consonant stimuli; auditory satiation factor]. Wechkin, Stanley 1970 Social relationships and social facilitation of object manipulation in Macaca mulatta. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 73(2):456-460. [accords with theory of imitation emphasizing prior inter-animal relationships, and especially Scott's theory of allelomimetic behavior]. Wechssler, E. 1900 Gibt es Lautgesetze? Halle. Weddell, G., J. A. Harpman, D. G. Lambley, and L. Young 1940 The innervation of the musculature of the tongue. Journal of Anatomy 74:255-276. Wedgewood, Hensleigh 1866 On the origin of language. London, Bungay, [supports imitative or "bow-wow" theory]. 1872 On the origin of language. Etymological Dictionary. 2nd ed. Wegner, Richard N. 1928 Die Qurunqu'a, ein neuentdeckter Stamm primitivster Kultur ohne artikulierte und grammatikalische Sprache in Ost-

769 bolivien. Phoenix, Zeitschrift der deutsche Geistesarbeit in Südamerika 14(4-5):369-384. Weidenreich, Franz 1931 Der primäre Griefcharakter der menschlichen Hände und Füsse und seine Bedeutung für das Abstammungsproblem. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft für Physische Anthropologie, p. 97 ff. Weidman, U. 1969 Imitation among animals. New Society 13(372):767-769. illus. Weigl, Egon 1961 The phenomenon of temporary deblocking in Aphasia. Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 14:337. 1963 Deblockierung bildagnostischer Störungen bei einem Aphatiker. Neuropsychologia 1:91-107. [includes illustrations of pictures used with picture-agnosic patient]. 1964 Die Bedeutung der afferenten verbo-kinästhetischen Erregungen des Sprachapparates für die expressiven und rezeptiven Sprachvorgänge bei normalen und Sprachgestörten. Cortex 1:77-90. 1969 Beiträge zur neuropsychologischen Grundlagenforschung. Probleme Erg. Psychologie (28-29): 87-102. 1970 Neuropsychological studies of structure and dynamics of semantic fields with the deblocking method. In Greimas, A. J., et al., eds., Sign - Language - Culture. The Hague, Mouton, 287-290. [deblocking method involves use of pictures to elicit from aphasic patients]. — and Manfred Bierwisch 1970 Neuropsychology and linguistics: topics of common research. Foundations of Language 6(1): 1-18. [suggests that research might yield evidence for the psychological reality of language competence]. — and E. Metze 1968 Experimentelle Untersuchungen zum Problem des nicht sprachgebundenen begrifflichen Denkens. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Psychologie und ihre Anwendungen 27:1-17. Weiler, Gershon 1958 On Fritz Mauthner's Critique of language (1921). Mind 67(265):80-87.

770 Weinberg, Bernd, et al. 1969 Severe hypoplasia of the tongue. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 34:157-168. [congenital hypoplasia in a 7-year old girl; produced no single words until age 3, and no phrases or sentences until 6 years; tongue was 1.5x2.5 cm.]. — M. J. Lyons, and Gail M. Liss 1970 Studies of oral, manual and visual form identification skills in children and adults. In Bosma, J. F., ed., Second Symposium on Oral Sensation and Perception. Springfield, Illinois, C. C. Thomas. —, et al. 1971 Speaker sex recognition of 5- and 6-year-old children's voices. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 50: 1210-1213. Weiner, Frederick F. and Mervyn L. Falk 1972 Speech-sound discrimination skills as measured by reaction time for normal and articulatory defective speaking children. Perceptual and Motor Skills 34:595-600. Weiner, J. S. 1971 Man's natural history. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson. xii + 255 pp. [manipulative ability in higher primates, pp. 54-60; perceptual abilities, pp. 60-66; communication: facial expression for conveying information about future behavior in primates; relationship of enlarged brain to speech, pp. 66-78], Weiner, P. S. 1969 The cognitive functioning of language deficient children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 12:53-64. Weinert, H. 1940 Der geistige Aufstieg der Menschheit vom Ursprung bis zur Gegenwart. Stuttgart, F. Enke. (2nd ed., 1951. 303 pp.) [contains a very simple model of glottogenesis], Weingartner, Rudolph H. 1970 Making sense of the Cratylus. Phronesis, a Journal for Ancient Philosophy 15(l):5-25. Weinland, David F. 1857 On the names of animals and plants, with reference to the origin of languages and to the countries where nations passed their childhood. Cambridge, Massachusetts, American

771 Association for the Advancement of Science, vol. 10(Part 2):193-197. [p. 197, discusses priority of animal names over verbal roots which some have considered antecedent]. Weinreich, Uriel 1958 On the compatibility of genetic relationship and convergent development. Word 14:374-379. 1963 On the semantic structure of language. In Greenberg, Joseph H., ed., Universals of language. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press. Weinrich, Harald 1966 Linguistik der Lüge. Heidelberg, Lambert Schneider. 80 pp. [on lying as a major feature of human language. Augustine argued that language was for communication, not deception]. Weinstein, Benjamin 1945 The evolution of intelligent behavior in rhesus monkeys. Genetic Psychology Monographs 31:3-48. Weinstein, S. and E. A. Sersen 1961 Tactual sensitivity as a function of handedness and laterality. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 54:665-669. 1955 See Semmes, Josephine S., et al. Weir, R. H. 1962 Language in the crib. The Hague, Mouton. [tape-recorded records of two-and-1/2-year old boys talking alone in a room; found that they used language as an instrument of exploration, syntactic play, etc.]. Weise, Georg and Gertrud Otto 1958 Die religiösen Ausdrucksgebärden des Barock. Stuttgart. Weisenberg, T. and K. E. McBride 1935 Aphasia: a clinical and psychological study. New York, The Commonwealth Fund. Weisgerber, Johann Leo 1958 Verschiebungen in der sprachlichen Einschätzung von Menschen und Sachen. Köln und Opladen, Westdeutsche Verlag. 174 pp. Wissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Forschung des Landes NordrheinWestfalen, 2 [human and animal language behavior]. 1959 Article "Sprache". In Handwörterbuch der Soziologie. Stuttgart, Enke.

772 1963

Grundformen sprachliche Weltgestaltung. Köln und Opladen, Westdeutsche Verlag. 56 pp. 1964 Das Menschheitsgesetz der Sprache als Grundlage der Sprachwissenschaft. 2nd ed., Heidelberg, Quelle und Meyer. 202 pp. 1971 Spracheinsicht über Fernstudium und Medienverbund. Muttersprache (2):65-75. Weiskrantz, L. and M. Mishkin 1958 Effects of temporal and frontal cortical lesions on auditory discrimination in monkeys. Brain 81:406-414. Weisman, August (1834-1914) 1889 Gedanken über Musik bei Thieren und beim Menschen. Deutsche Rundschau 61:50-79. [music as the accidental byproduct of the development of the voice and ear which were evolved for crass utilitarian ends]. Weiss, C. E. 1969 The effects of disrupted lingual-palatal taction on physiologic parameters of articulation. Journal of Communication Disorders 2:312-321. Weiss, D. A. and H. H. Beebe 1950 The chewing approach in speech and voice therapy. Basel, S. Karger. Weiss, J. H. 1963a Further study of the relation between the sound of a word and its meaning. American Journal of Psychology 76:624630. 1963b Role of "meaningfulness" versus meaning dimensions in guessing the meanings of foreign words. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 66:541-546. 1964a Phonetic symbolism reexamined. Psychological Bulletin 61:454-458. 1964b The role of stimulus meaningfulness in the phonetic symbolism response. Journal of General Psychology 70:255-263. 1966 A study of the ability of English speakers to guess the meanings of non-antonym foreign words. Journal of General Psychology 74:97-106. Weiss, O. 1931 Stimmapparat des Menschen. In Bethe, A., et al., eds., Handbuch der normalen und pathologischen Physiologie. Berlin, Springer Verlag, vol. 15(2), 1255-1349.

773 Weiss, P. 1943 The social character of gestures. Philosophical Review 52: 182-186. Weizsäcker, Carl Friedrich von 1959 Sprache als Information. Darmstadt, Bayerische Akademie der schönen Künste, pp. 33-53. Weksel, W. 1965 See Bever, T. G., et al. Welby, Victoria (Wortley, Welby-Gregory, Alexandrina Maria Louisa Stuart) 1911 Signifies and language: the articulate form of our expressive and interpretative resources. London, Macmillan. x + 105 pp. Wellek, Albert 1959 Das Laut-Sinn-Problem und die Entwicklungspsychologie der Sprache. Phonetica 4 (Supplement) :59-73. (English and French abstracts) [sound-meaning problem and evolutionary psychology of language]. 1952 See Mühle, Günther and A. W. Wellman, B., I. Case, I. Mengert, and D. Bradbury 1931 Speech sounds of young children. University of Iowa Studies in Child Welfare 5:1-82. Wells, Cord Orvey 1942 The development of abstract language concepts in normal and in deaf children. Chicago, Ph. D. dissertation. 117 pp. Wells, Herbert George 1920 The Outline of History. London. 2 vols. [vol. 1, Chap. 11, beginnings of language; Early man had no speech, only gesture]. Wells, O. D. 1967 Man-language relationships. Annals of the New York Academy of Science 138(2):899-901. [time as a necessary artifact in our structure of language]. Wells, P. H. 1967 See Wenner, A. M. and D. L. J. Wells, R. 1967 Distinctively human semiotic. Social Science Information 6(6):103-124. Welsh, C. 1968 See Slobin, Daniel I. and C. W.

774 Welsh, Richard E. 1972 A bibliography on human ethology. Department of Anthropology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York [contains about 900 entries]. Wenar, C. 1961 See Moorhead, P. S., et al. Wendland, D. 1954 Gesicht und Antlitz im Ausdrucksvorgang personaler Geschlechtsliebe. Jahrbuch, Psychologie und Psychotherapie 2:371-394. Wendt, Paul 1959 The language of pictures, in Hayakawa, Samuel I., ed., Our language and our world. New York, Harper, 247-255. Weimer, A. M. and D. L. Johnson 1967 Honeybees: do they use direction and distance information provided by their dances? Science 158(3804): 1076-1077. —, D. L. Johnson, P. H. Wells, and H. Esch 1967 Letters. Scientific American 217(2):6-7. [unfavorable comments on H. Esch's article, and rebuttal by Esch, on the validity of "bee language"]. Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research 1966 Human movement as an expression of culture. February 25-27, Chicago, (noted in Current Anthropology, Feb.April, 1966, 130). Wenzel, Gottfried Immanuel 1911 Neue Entdeckungen über die Sprache der Tiere. Mit einem Wörterbuch der Tiersprache und Ubersetzungen der Tiersprache. Leipzig, R. Ehlert. 112 pp. Wepman, Joseph M., L. V. Jones, R. D. Bock, and D. Van Pelt 1960 Studies in aphasia: background and theoretical formulations. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 25:323-332. 1965 See Jones, L. V. and J. M. W. 1968 See Archibald, Y. M. and J. M. W. 1969 See Hass, Wilbur A. and J. M. W. Werner, Heinz 1919 Die Ursprünge der Metapher. Arbeiten zur Entwicklungspsychologie. Krueger, F., ed. Leipzig, viii + 238 pp., vol. 3. 1923 Grundfragen der Sprachphysiognomik. Leipzig, J. A. Barth. 226 pp. 1945 Motion and motion perception: a study on vicarious functioning. Journal of Psychology 19(20):317-327.

775 1948

Comparative psychology of mental development. Chicago, Follett. [refers to sound symbolism as part of "physiognomic language" - universal, unlearned, intersensory; primitive terms for basic spatial relations suggest that personal dimensions of the body are the source of psychophysical spatial coordinates]. 1959 Einführung in die Entwicklungspsychologie. 4th ed. München, Barth, [development of language from sound-symbolism, etc., was complex, and not specific]. Werner, Heinz, ed. 1955 On expressive language; papers presented at the Clark University Conference on Expressive Language Behaviors. Contributors: Joe K. Adams, et al. Worcester, Massachusetts, Clark University Press. Clark University Monographs in Psychology and Related Disciplines, 1. 81 pp. — and Bernard Kaplan 1956 The developmental approach to cognition: its relevance to the psychological interpretation of anthropological and ethnolinguistic data. American Anthropologist 58:866-880. 1957a A reply (to responses to their 1956 paper). American Anthropologist 59:538-539. 1957b Symbolic mediation and organization of thought: an experimental approach by means of the line schematization technique. Journal of Psychology 43:3-25. [p. 6, gesture is sometimes regarded as "natural" or "spontaneous" in contrast to speech]. 1963 Symbol formation: an organismic-developmental approach to language and the expression of thought. New York, Wiley, [attempt to establish "physiognomic" similarities between words and referents in child's early language learning]. Werner, Oswald and Donald T. Campbell 1970 Translating, working through interpreters, and the problem of decentering. (see chapter 22:398-420). Wernicke, Carl (1848-1904) 1874 Der aphasische Symptomencomplex. Breslau, Franck und Weigert. 172 pp. (English translation, Cohen, R. S. and Marx W. Wartofsky, Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science. Reidel, Dordrecht, vol. 4:34-97, with a comment by Norman Geschwind, 1-33).

776 Wertheimer, Michael 1958 The relation between the sound of a word and its meaning. American Journal of Psychology 71:412-415. 1964 See Holland, M. K. and M. W. Werzberger, Jonas B. 1971 See Daves, Walter F. and J. B. W. Wescott, Roger W. 1967 The evolution of language: re-opening a closed subject. Studies in Linguistics 19(Spring):67-82. 1969a The divine animal: an exploration of human potentiality. New York, Funk and Wagnalls. xii + 340 pp. [Chap. 6, 158-195, The evolution of language]. 1969b Distinctive traits of language. Drew University. 1 p. mimeographed. 1969c Primate dominance and human uniqueness. Man n.s. 4(3): 456-457. 1970a Man without speech: speculations on hotninid proto-culture. Anthropological Journal of Canada, May. 1970b Iconism in speech, writing, and sign-language. Paper, Annual Meeting of the American Anthropological Association, New Orleans, Nov. '69. 11 pp. mimeographed. 1971a Linguistic iconism. Language 47:416-428. 1971b Proto-Indo-Hittite color terms. 3 pp. mimeographed, [color terms and their derivation from non-chromatic referents]. 1973a Audio-visual signaling and the sources of language: a commentary on Gordon Hewes' "Primate communication and the gestural origin of language", Current Anthropology. 14 (1/2):18-19. 1973b Australopithecine song: a critique of F. B. Livingstone's "Did the Australopithecines sing?" Current Anthropology. (14(l/2):27-28. 1973c Cerebral, linguistic and libidinal development: a response to A. E. Mourant's evolutionary hypothesis. Current Anthropology. 14(1 /2):31-32. 1972 Types of apophony in protolanguage. Paper, Annual Meeting of the American Anthropological Association, Toronto. Symposium on Language Origins, ms. Wesley, C. Z. 1968 See Rohrbaugh, M., et al. Wesley, W. 1965 See Fauth, B., et al.

777 Wespi, Hans-Ulrich 1949 Die Geste als Ausdrucksform und ihre Beziehungen zur Rede, Darstellung anhand von Beispielen aus der französichen Literatur zwischen 1900 und 1945. Romanica Helvetica, 33. Zürich, Francke Verlag, [analysis of period gesture in novels, plays, and poems]. Wesselman, Henry B. 1971 Pliocene faunal diversity and hominid evolution. University of California, Berkeley, Seminar paper. 25 pp. ms. [a reconstruction of very early Hominid ecology]. West, Fred 1961 Breaking the language barrier. The challenge of world communications. New York, Coward-McCann. 121 pp. [p. 1923, says that the gestural theory of language origin is the one upheld by "students of language"; pp. 17-19, gestures used in modern Greece]. West, LaMont, Jr. 1960 The sign language, an analysis. Indiana University, Ph. D. dissertation, [mainly on Plains Indian sign-language system]. Westermann, Diedrich 1907 Zeichensprache des Ewe-volkes in Deutsch-Togo. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen (Berlin) 10(3): 1-4. Westlake, H. 1952 Speech training for cerebral plasied children. Physical Therapy Review 32:59-65. [contains a check-list of articulatory skills]. Westlake, Philip R. 1970 The possibilities of neural holographic processes within the brain. Kybernetik 7(4):129-153. [holography offers the only known truly distributive coding analogue for cerebral visual input]. Westropp, Hodder Michael 1872 Pre-historic phrases; or, introductory essays on prehistoric archaeology. London, [contains some ideas on language origin], Whatmough, Joshua 1941 Neural basis of language and the problem of the root. Harvard Studies in Classical Philology 52:125-137. 1953 New ideas on how language began. American Mercury 76(June): 120-124.

778 1954

Review of Johannesson, Alexander, Gestural origin of language, 1952. In Classical Philology 49:63-64. 1956 Language, a modern synthesis. New York, New American Library, Mentor Book MD209. xi + 240 pp. [pp. 151-153 on the human adaptations for language]. 1958 Review of Revesz, Geza, The origins and prehistory of language, 1956. In American Journal of Philology 74(313): 98-100. Wheatley, Jon 1961 The necessary presuppositions of language. Philosophical Quarterly 11:256-259. Wheeler, Post 1946 Russian wonder tales; new and enlarged. New York, Beechhurst Press, [language of the birds]. Whewell, William (1794-1866) 1845 Indications of the Creator, [section "origin of languages": answers the evolutionary-naturalistic theory advanced by Robert Chambers in Vestiges of the Natural History of Creation, 1844]. Whitacre, Janet D. 1970 See Pollio, Howard R. and J. D. W. Whitaker, Harry Allen 1969 On the representation of language in the human brain: problems in the neurology of language and the linguistic analysis of aphasia. UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 12(Sept.). ASUCLA Student's Store Book Department, Los Angeles, vii + 169 pp. (bibliography contains 219 references). 1970a On the representation of language in the human brain: problems in the neurology of language and the linguistic analysis of aphasia. University of California, Los Angeles, Ph. D. dissertation. Dissertation Abstracts International A, 30(11):4972. 1970b Linguistic competence: evidence from aphasia. Glossa 4(1): 46-53. 1972 Unsolicited nominalizations by aphasics: the plausibility of the lexicalist model. Linguistics 78:62-71. 1971 See McAdam, D. W. and H. A. W. Whitaker, Sandra L. 1971 A cross-cultural study of the perception of emotion on the

779 basis of pitch and other linguistic variables. Michigan State University, Ph. D. dissertation in Psychology. White, B. L., P. Castle, and R. Held 1964 Observation on the development of visually-directed reaching. Child Development 35:349-364. White, Grant Richard 1871 Words and their uses, past and present. A study of the English Language. New York, Boston, [consonants make the chief difference between the lower animals and man; earliest sounds of language were infantile, formless; the first consonant was m in the syllable ma\. White, Harvey Irving 1962 An investigation of certain aspects of visual perceptual ability of aphasic children. New York University, Ph. D. dissertation. White, Leslie A. 1940 The symbol: the origin and basis of human behavior. Philosophy of Science 7:451-463. (reprinted in White, Leslie A., The science of culture. New York, Farrar, Strauss and Cudahy, 1949, and paperbound, in Grove, Evergreen Books, E105). 1942 On the use of tools by primates. Journal of Comparative Psychology 34:369-374. 1946 Origin and nature of speech. In Knickerbocker, W. S., ed., Twentieth Century English. New York, Philosophical Library, 93-103. 1959a The concept of culture. American Anthropologist 61:227251. (reprinted. In Montagu, Ashley, ed., Culture and the evolution of man. New York, Oxford University Press, 1962, 38-64). 1959b Summary review. In Spuhler, J. M., ed., The evolution of man's capacity for culture. Detroit, Wayne State University Press, 74-79. [asserts that only human communication systems are semantic]. 1960 Four stages in the evolution of minding. In Tax, Sol, ed., Evolution after Darwin. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, vol. 2. 1969 The science of culture. Grove, Evergreen Press. (1st ed., 1949).

780 White, Murray J. 1969 Literality differences in perception: a review. Psychological Bulletin 72:387-405. 1971 Brain function and the enumeration of visual stimuli. Australian Journal of Psychology 23(l):73-76. [English and Greek letters and geometric forms exposed to left and right visual hemispheres; English (Latin) letters were better perceived when exposed through right-hemisphere optical path]. Whitehurst, Grover J. 1971 See Peterson, Robert F. and G. J. W. Whitehurst, M. W. 1961 Integration of lipreading, auditory training, and hearing aids. Hearing News 29:306. [visual cues provide information not perceived through audition, and vice versa]. 1969 See Kennedy, M. and M. W. W. Whiter, Walter 1822- Etymologicon Universale, or Universal Etymological Dic1825 tionary. Cambridge University Press. 3 vols, [advances the theory that certain elementary consonants convey same ideas in all languages; also provides many very improbable etymologies]. Whitfield, I. C. 1967 The auditory pathway. Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins Company. 1969 Response of the auditory system to simple time-dependent acoustic stimuli. Annals of the New York Academy of Science 156:671-677. Whitley, S. 1964 See Gottlieb, G. and S. W. Whitman, R. 1961 See Reece, M. and R. W. Whitmire, Laura G. 1927 A course in pantomime. Quarterly Journal of Speech 13: 110-118. Whitney, William Dwight (1827-1894) 1867 Language and the study of language. New York, Charles Scribner. [p. 426 ff., on the origin of language; 1868 ed., language origins pp. 399-400]. 1870 On the present state of the question as to the origin of

781 language. Transactions of the American Philological Association. (reprinted in 1873, Oriental and Linguistic Studies, New York, Scribner's). 1872a Language and the study of language. Twelve lectures on the principles of linguistic science. 5th ed. New York, Charles Scribner. [pp. 397-398,399-403,405-440, origin of language; Chap. 12, why men alone can speak], 1872b Review of Steinthal, Heymann, Abriss der Sprachwissenschaft. Erster Teil, 1871. In The North American Review 114:272-308. (reprinted, 1971. In Whitney, W. D., Whitney on Language. Silverstein, Michael, ed. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T.Press, 133-169). 1873 Oriental and linguistic studies. New York, London, Cambridge (Massachusetts). 2nd series, [p. 354, remarks on the slow and unconscious evolution of language rather than invention]. 1874- Ouasi or 9easi - Natural or conventional? Transactions 1875 of the American Philological Association for 1874. (reprinted, 1971. In Whitney, W. D., Whitney on Language. Silverstein, Michael, ed., Cambridge, Massachusetts, 11-132). 1874 Darwinism and language. North American Review 119 (July):61-88. [a review of Schleicher, August Wilhelm, "Uber die Bedeutung der Sprache für die Naturgeschichte des Menschen" and F. Max Müller, "Mr. Darwin's Philosophy of Language"]. 1875 a The life and growth of language. The International Scientific Series, 16. vii + 326 pp. [1882 ed., p. 283 ff, on language origins; Chap. "Nature and origin of language"]. 1875b Are languages institutions? The Contemporary Review 25: 713-732. (also in Popular Science Monthly 7:142,1875). 1885 s.v. "Philology". Encyclopaedia Britannica, 18, 765-790 9th ed. [discusses advantages of vocal language over gesture or visual language]. 1971 Whitney on Language: selected writings of William Dwight Whitney. Michael Silverstein, ed. Introduction by Roman Jakobson, xxv-xlv. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, xlv + 360 pp. Whittingham, Maurice R. and Martha Wilson 1968 Response to visual and tactual cues by monkeys. Perceptual and Motor Skills 27:647-650. [tactual performance

782 was generally poor, visual performance a function of kinds and numbers of relevant cues], Whorf, Benjamin Lee 1956 Language, thought and reality. Carroll, John B., ed. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, [contains paper, "Segmentation of nature as an aspect of grammar"]. Wickler, Wolfgang 1965a Die aüsseren Genitalien als soziale Signale bei einigen Primaten. Naturwissenschaft 52:269-270. 1965b Mimicry and the evolution of animal communication. Nature 208:519-521. 1966 Ursprung und biologische Deutung des Genitalpräsentierens männlicher Primaten. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie 23: 422-437. 1967 Socio-sexual signals and their intra-specific imitation among primates. In Morris, Desmond, ed., Primate Ethology. Chicago, Aldine Publishing Company, 69-147. 1968 Mutter-Kind-Signale - Ursprung und Bedeutungswandel. Umschau 23:718-719. 1962, See Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. and W. W. 1968b Wieger, L. 1915 Chinese characters: their origin, etymology, history, clas(1927) sification and signification. Translated by L. Davrout. 820 pp. (later editions, 1927, transí.; 1965, New York, Paragon Book Reprints Corporation, Dover Publishers) [material on extensive use of signs for human hands and arms in ancient Chinese writing, as components of more complex characters], Wieland, Christoph Martin (1733-1813) 1879- Werke. Berlin, 40 vols. [vol. 3, 120, on the beginnings of 1880 language; early language of the eyes; the nightingale taught man singing . . .]. Wiener, Harry 1966 External chemical messengers, I: Emission and reception in man. New York State Journal of Medicine 66:3153-3170. Wiener, Morton 1968 Gesture in communication. U.S. Public Health Service, National Institute of Mental Health, Research Grant IR 03 16231-01. Washington, D. C.

783 — and Albert Mehrabian 1968 Language within language, - immediacy, a channel in verbal communication. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. —, Devoe Shannon, Stuart Rubinow and Jesse Geller 1972 Non-verbal behavior and non-verbal communication. Psychological Review 79(3): 185-214. Wiener, Norbert 1961 Cybernetics. Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, [p. 157, describes how communication might be established with "an intelligent savage", where neither party knows the other's language. A pre-language means of communication existed long before development of a common code of signals], Wiercinski, A. 1956 Evolutionary rate of craniometric traits in Hominidae. Acta Palaeontologica Polonica 1 (3). Wiesmann, V. 1967 See Luchsinger, R., et al. Wiggin, Kate Douglas and N. A. Smith 1911 The Talking Beasts; a book of fable wisdom. Doubleday. Wiig, Elisabeth H. and Lynn S. Bliss 1970 Selection of visual dimensions by aphasies and non-aphasics. Perceptual and Motor Skills 31:435-440. [no significant differences in selection preference for color, size, or orientation], — and D. Globus 1971 Aphasie word identification as a function of logical relationship and association strength. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 14:195-204. Wilcoxon, G., W. Meier, R. Orlando, and D. G. Paulson 1969 Visual self-stimulation in socially-living rhesus monkeys. Proceedings of the Second International Congress of Primatology, Atlanta, vol. 1, 261-266. Basel, S. Karger. [use of slide transparency projectors by monkeys]. Wild, Henri 1959 Une danse nubienne d'époque pharaonique. Kush (Khartoum) 7:76-90. [dance scene on rock-tomb 20 miles north of Wadi Haifa, Sudan; 3 such representations of Nubian dances, spanning 1,000 years, repeat exatly the same movements and gestures].

784 Wilder, Burt G. 1910 A brain of about one-half the average weight from an intelligent white man. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 49:188-190. [subject had been able to read and write; brain weight at autopsy 680 grams, fitted cranium; cerebrum "very peculiar, not apelike"; "speech center of human type"]. Wilder, H. H. 1892 Studies in the phylogenesis of the larynx. Anatomische Anzeiger 7:570-580. Wilder, Larry 1971a Spoken rehearsal and verbal discrimination learning. Speech Monographs 38(2):113-120. [subvocal speech theory; cf. John B. Watson], — and Donald J. Harvey 1971b Overt and covert verbalization in problem solving. Speech Monographs 38(3):171-176. [on relation between thinking and verbal process; covert verbalization may be the actual mechanism facilitating learning]. Wiles, Gladys 1934 See Chisman, Isabel and G. W. Wiley, R. 1967 See Cherry, C. and R. W. Wiley, R. Haven 1971 Song groups in a singing assembly of little hermits. Condor 73(l):28-35. [elaborate songs of a hummingbird species, perhaps because they display in dark sites, unsuited for visual recognition, and to allow for dialect differentiation]. Wilisch, Christian Friedrich 1739 Biblia parallelo-harmonico-exegetica. Freiberg, [vol. 1, 47, Hebrew the primordial language]. Wilkins, John (1614-1672) 1668 An essay towards a real character, and a philosophical language. London, (reprinted in facsimile, 1968, Menston, Yorkshire, The Scolar Press. 447 pp. tables, dictionary) [p. 2, "and 'tis evident enough that the first language was concreated with our first Parents, they immediately understood the voice of God speaking to them in the Garden"]. (1694) Mercury, or the secret and swift messenger. In Collected 1802 Mathematical and Philosophical Works, vol. 2. [suggests a manual language based on spelling with hands and fingers].

785 Wilkinson, Gerald T. 1935 See Scott, Harry Fletcher, et al. Wilkinson, John W. 1897 The common origin of language. Education 18(Dec.):205214. Wilkosz, W. 1947 Liczf i m y % (jak pavstaia liczba). Jfzyk Polski, Organ Towarzystwa Mllosników J§zyka Polskiego, Kraków, 27(6): 178-180. William of Hirsau [Wilhelmus, Abbas Hirsaugiensis] 1854 Constitutiones. In J. P. Migne, ed., Patrologiae Cursus Completus. 2 ser. Lat., vol. 150. [p. 890 ff., on medieval monastic gesture-language]. William of Shyreswood (d. 1267) 1937 Die Introductiones in logicam des Wilhelm von Shyreswood. München, Sitzungsberichte der Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philos.-Hist. Klasse, 10. [natural sounds are present in man, but only as inarticulate cries, sighs, etc., like the barking of dogs]. Williams, F. and B. Sundene 1965 Dimensions of recognition: visual versus vocal expression of emotion. Audio Visual Communications Review 13:44-52. — and J. Tolch 1965 Communication by facial expression. Journal of Communication 15:17-27. Williams, H. W., W. Sorenson, and P. Thompson 1969 Antiphonal calling of tree shrew Tupaia palawanensis. Folia Primatologica 11 (3): 200-205. [calls follow visual disturbance, or are emitted at dusk prior to retiring], Williams, John Edward 1950 The reader's key to Picto, the new world language (90% international). Leamington Spa, Picto Propagation Society. 27 pp., tables, mimeographed, [a pictographic sign language]. Williams, Judy 1968 Bilingual experiences of a deaf child. Paper for Linguistics 701, Gallaudet College, Washington, D. C. 6 pp. mimeographed. Williams, Leonard 1967a A study of the origins of primitive music. London, André Deutsch.

786 1967b Man and monkey. London, André Deutsch; Philadelphia, New York, J. B. Lippincott. 203 pp. illus. [a study of a colony of woolly monkeys, Lagothrix; p. 118 ff., material on facial expression; "woolly monkey language", Chapter 8, 64-74, on calls, etc.], 1971 Challenge to survival: a philosophy of evolution. London, André Deutch. 316 pp. [p. 27, monkey calls, gestures, displays; p. 28-29, innate trilling; p .75, percept, concept, tools and concepts; p. 87, very brief reference to chimpanzee language studies; p. 119-120, abstract words]. Williams, Moyra and K. Jambor 1964 Disorders of topographical and right-left orientation in adults compared with its acquisition in children. Neuropsychologia 2:55-69. [in 4 to 11-year old children, ability to perform a task preceded the ability to express it verbally by some 2 to 5 years]. Williams, M. 1969 See Mehrabian, Albert and M. W. 1970 See Argyle, M., et al. Williams, Sharlotte Neely 1971 The limitations of the male/female activity distinction among primates: an extension of Judith K. Brown's "A note on the division of labor by sex". American Anthropologist 73:805-806. Williams, T. R. 1966 Cultural structuring of tactile experience in a Borneo society. American Anthropologist 68(l):27-39. [on the Dusun of N. Borneo]. Williams, W. N. and L. L. LaPointe 1971a Intra-oral recognition of geometric forms by normal subjects. Perceptual and Motor Skills 32(3):419-426. — and Leonard L. LaPointe 1971b Correlations between oral form recognition and lingual touch sensitivity. Perceptual and Motor Skills 32:840-842. [no significant correlation found, p > .05]. Willis, F. 1966 Initial speaking distance as a function of the speaker's relationship. Psychonomic Science 5:221-222. Willis, F. N., Jr. 1968 See Michael, G. and F. N. W., Jr.

787 Willis, George 1919 The philosophy of speech. London, George Allen and Unwin. 256 pp. [p. 17, opposes Adam Smith's theories on language origin]. Willis, Thomas 1683 Two discourses concerning the soul of brutes. London, Thomas Dring. Translated from Latin by S. Pordage. x + 234 pp. (facsimile ed., Gainesville, Florida, Scholar's Facsimiles and Reprints) [material on the comparative anatomy of the brain; pp. 36-37, brutes are taught by experience i.e. can learn; p. 37, instinct; p. 38, "the syllogisms of beasts"; p. 39, human mind is imbued with a natural logic; Chap. 14, on the sense of hearing]. Willis, Virginia L. and Mortimer Garrison 1970 Spoken language abilities of educable mentally retarded (EMR) and normal adolescents. Psychological Reports 26(3):696-698. [normals used longer sentences and a greater variety of words]. Wilson, Edward O. 1972 Review of Hinde, R. A., ed., Nonverbal communication, 1972. In Science 176(4035):625-627. Wilson, G. 1910 Some points in the comparative anatomy of the larynx in the Anthropoidea. Annals of Oto. Rhinol. Laryngology 19: 951-967. Wilson, K. 1908 A contribution to the study of apraxia. Brain 31:164-216. Wilson, L. F. 1965 Assessment of congenital aphasia. In Rappaport, S. R., ed., Childhood aphasia and brain damage - differential diagnosis, vol. 2. Narbeth, Pennsylvania, Livingston Publishing Company. Wilson, Martha 1968 Inferotemporal cortex and the processing of visual information in monkeys. Neuropsychologia 6:135-140. 1971 Shifts in categorization and identifiability of visual stimuli by rhesus monkeys. Perception and Psychophysics 10(4-B): 271-272. 1972 Assimilation and contrast effects in visual discrimination by rhesus monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psychology 93(2):

788 279-282. [in the first part of paper, discusses the theory of a unique encoder-decoder for speech sounds; experiment points to categorical perception in a non-speech mode]. 1968 See Whittington, Maurice and M. W. Wilson, R. A. 1937 The birth of language. Its place in world evolution and its structure in relation to space and time. London, Dent. 202 pp. 1941 The miraculous birth of language. New York, London, British Publishers Guild. Wilson, Samuel Alexander Kinnier (1878-1937) 1926 Aphasia. London, Paul, Trench, Triibner. 108 pp. Psyche Miniatures, Med. Ser. 2. 1929 Modern problems in neurology. New York, William Wood. [Chap. 12, pathological laughter and crying; pp. 260-296, suggests separate neural controls for voluntary and emotional uses of the face and voice. Lesions in the neocortex impair voluntary expressions, while lesions in the upper brainstem cause hypomimesis symptoms]. Wilson, W. A. and O. C. Shaffer 1963 Intermodality transfer of specific discriminations in the monkey. Nature 197:107-. Wilson, W. D. 1891 The right hand: lefthandedness. London. 215 pp. Wilson, William H. 1969 See Lieberman, Philip, et al. Wind, J. 1970 On the phylogeny and the ontogeny of the human larynx: a morphological and functional study. Groningen, WoltersNoordhoff. xii + 158 pp. [a major comparative study of the larynx and its functions; incorporates a theory of language origin, and, on p. 116, a very complex diagram of the evolution of human speech, showing 21 different factors interrelated by 76 lines]. Wing, George W. 1887 The theory and practice of grammatical methods. American Annals of the Deaf 32:84-89. Wing, L. 1968 The handicaps of autistic children: results of a pilot study. In Richards, B. W., ed., Proceedings of the First Congress

789 of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Mental Deficiency. Surrey, Michael Jackson, 502-12. [autistic children were more handicapped in understanding and gesturing than aphasic, normal, or mongoloid (Down's syndrome) children], Winge, Paul 1918 Psykiatriske bemaerkninger om sprogets oprindelse. Videnskapsselskapets Skrifter, II, Kristiana, Dybvad. 50 pp. [psychiatric remarks on the origin of language; discussion includes material on glossolalia, gesture language from erect posture; pre-logical mentality]. Wingfield, Arthur 1966 The identification and naming of objects. Oxford University. Ph. D. dissertation. 1969 Methodology in psycho-linguistic research. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 4(2): 117-126. [first language learning in childhood: review of problems and methods]. 1965 See Newcombe, F., et al. Winick, Charles 1958 Dictionary of anthropology. Ames, Iowa, Littlefield, Adams, vii + 579 pp. [language origin theories briefly under: Bowwow (Herder) p. 80; ding-dong (Max Miiller), p. 169; interjectional, p. 289; gestural (Paget) p. 535; nativistic (Max Miiller), p. 535; singsong (Jespersen), p. 535; yo he ho (Noire), p. 577; mechanistic, p. 535], — and H. Holt 1961 Seating position as nonverbal communication in group analysis. Psychiatry 24:171-182. 1962 Eye and face movements as nonverbal communication in group psychotherapy. Journal of Hillside Hospital 9:67-69. Winitz, Harris 1969 Articulatory acquisition and behavior. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. xii + 343 pp. — and O. C. Irwin 1958 Syllabic and phonetic structure of infants' early words. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 1:250-256. — and M. Lawrence 1961 Children's articulation and sound learning ability. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 4(3):259-268. [girls were

790 found to be superior to boys in performance, but no evidence on relation of this to articulation], Winkelsträter, K. H. 1960 Das Betteln der Zoo-Tiere. Beiheft, Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Psychologie (Suppl.) 39. [on begging behavior in zoo animals], Winkler, H. 1884 Uralaltaische Völker und Sprachen. Berlin, [pp. 86-87, noted prevalence in many parts of the world on m sound for subjective relative, and n and k as primary demonstratives]. Winteler, J. 1892 Naturlaute und Sprache. Aarau. 37 pp. Winter, P. 1968 Social communication in the squirrel monkey. In Rosenblum, L. A. and R. W. Cooper, eds., The Squirrel Monkey. New York, Academic Press., 235-255. 1969a Dialects in squirrel monkeys (Saimiri sciureus): a comparison of the Gothic and Roman Arch types. Proceedings of the Second International Congress of Primatology, vol. 1, 114118. Basel, S. Karger. 1969b The variability of peep and twit calls in captive squirrel monkeys (Saimiri sciureus). Folia Primatologica 10(3):204215. 1972 The development of vocal repertoire in squirrel monkeys. Paper prepared for 4th International Congress of Primatology, Portland, Oregon, [by 9 months of age, squirrel monkeys reach a stable, nearly adult level of vocalization skills], —, Detlev Ploog, and J. Latta 1966 Vocal repertoire of the squirrel monkey (Saimiri sciureus), its analysis and significance. Experimental Brain Research 1:359-384. 1967 See Jürgens, Uwe, et al. Winters, Elaine P. 1968 See Baxter, J. C., et al. Winters, L. C. 1965 See Exline, R. V. and L. C. W. Wirth, K.-A. 1959 See Heckscher, W. S. and K.-A. W.

791 Wisan, Richard Norman 1956 The world in words; on the relation between the meaning of terms and the nature of things, with special reference to an evaluation of English ordinary language philosophy. Ann Arbor, University Microfilms, Publ. 15,753. Microfilm AC-1. Wise, Claude Merton 1959 See Gray, Giles Wilkeson and C. M. W. Wise, James H. 1968 Performance of neurologically impaired children copying geometric designs with sticks. Perceptual and Motor Skills 26:763-772. Wise, R. 1967 See Fennell, E., et al. Wisher, Peter R. 1960a The silent language; underwater language for navymen. All Hands; the Bureau of Naval Personnel Information Bulletin 527:31-36. [on the underwater sign-language derived from the sign language for the deaf]. 1960b Use of the sign language in underwater communication, compiled by Dr. Peter R. Wisher. Washington, D. C., Gallaudet Press. 28 pp. illus. Wissemann, Heinz 1954 Untersuchungen zur Onomatopoiie. 1. Die Sprachpsychologischen Versuche. Bibliothek der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft, 2. Reihe. Heidelberg, Carl Winter, Universitätsverlag. 241 pp. 1961 Review of Diamond, A.S., The history and origin of language, 1959. In Indogermanische Forschungen 66(3):274279. Witkop, C. J . and F. V. Henry 1963 Sjögren-Larsson syndrome and histidinemia: hereditary biochemical diseases with defects of speech and oral functions. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders 28:109-123. de Witte, J. J . 1948 De betekeniswereld van het lichaam. Nijmegen. [on body semantics, including anthropomorphic metaphors]. Witte, O. 1930 Untersuchen über die Gebärdensprache. Beiträge zur Psychologie der Sprache. Zeitschrift für Psychologie 116:225308. [potentialities of natural gesture language].

792 Witte, P. A. 1910 Zur Trommelsprache bei den Ewe-Leuten. Anthropos 5(1): 50-53. [drum language in West Africa; speech in relation to drum codes], Wittgenstein, Ludwig (1889-1951) 1958 Philosophische Untersuchungen. English translation, G. E. M. Anscombe. The Macmillan Company. (1969 printing) [pars. 11, 421, tools, utensils and words; analogy of language and tool-using], Wize, Kasimir 1907 Der Zusammenhang von Spiel, Kunst und Sprache. Zeitschrift für Aesthetik, Stuttgart, 2:174-181. Wlodarski, Ziemowit 1964 Powiazania miedzy analizatorem kinestycznym i wzrokowym oraz rola slowa w procesach rozpoznawania u dzieci. Psychologia Wychowawcza 7:25-34. [kinesynthetic and visual analyzers in children 4 to 14 years old]. 1968 Rola werbalizacji w procesach pamigci u dzieci. Wroclaw, [verbalization in children's memory-processing]. 1970 The role of verbalization in memory processes of children. Polish Psychological Bulletin 1(1):7-16. [effects of verbal labels on pictured stimulus objects]. Wohlwill, J. F. 1971 Effect of correlated visual and tactual feedback on auditory pattern learning at different age levels. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 11:213-228. [learning an 8-note auditory pattern is fairly difficult for children; visual-tactile tasks of comparable complexity are easier]. 1966 See Kates, R. W. and J. F. W. Wojcik, Tadeusz 1970 The praxiological model of language. In Greimas, A. J., et al., eds., Sign - Language - Culture. The Hague, Paris, Mouton, 261-284. [on a model of the optimum language as a maximum operative tool of communication; ideas on "optimum language" may be useful in considering early natural language]. Wolberg, Donald L. 1970 The hypothesized osteodontokeratic culture of the Australopithecinae: a look at the evidence and the opinions. Current Anthropology ll(l):23-38. [extensive bibliography and comment].

793 1971

Reply to Raymond A. Dart, On the osteodontokeratic culture of the Australopithecinae. Current Anthropology 12(2): 233-236. Wolf, Enid G. and Bertram A. Ruttenberg 1968 Sound acceptance in the autistic child. Journal of Special Education 2:353-359. [austistic children have unusual characteristics in relation to auditory stimuli, reliquishing auditory contact with the environment]. Wolf, F. A. 1936 See Kennedy, Foster and F. A. W. Wolf, Friedrich August (1759-1824) 1831 Vorlesungen über die Alterthumswissenschaft. Gürtler, Johann Daniel, ed. Leipzig, [an original language existed, but it was quickly superseded as the languages separated owing to climatic factors, etc.]. Wolf, K. M. 1946 See Spitz, René and K. M. W. Wolf, M. 1967 See Risley, T. and M. W. Wolfe, J. B. 1936 Effectiveness of token rewards for chimpanzees. Comparative Psychology Monographs 12:1-72. Wolfe, P. C. 1967 See Burnstein, D. C. and P. C. W. Wolff, A. G. 1959 See Chapman, L. F. and A. G. W. Wolff, Charlotte 1948 A psychology of gesture. Translated from French by Anne Tennant. 2nd ed. London, Methuen. xvii + 255 pp. 1952 The hand in psychological diagnosis. New York, Philosophical Library; London, Methuen. Wolff, Christian (1679-1754) 1754 Vernünftige Gedancken von den Kräfften des menschlichen Verstandes und ihrem richtigen Gebrauche in Erkäntniss der Wahrheit. 5th ed. Halle, [language not a gift of Nature; it comes from society, and consists of signs of our thoughts]. Wolff, Ludwig 1812 Dissertatio anatomica de organo vocis mammalium. Berlin, Realschulbuchhandlung.

794 Wolff, P. H. 1963 Observations on the early development of smiling. In Foss, B. M., ed., Determinants of infant behaviour, II. Proceedings of the Second Tavistock Seminar on mother infant interaction. CIBA Foundation, Royal Society of Medicine. London, Methuen; New York, Wiley, 113-138. 1969 The natural history of crying and other vocalizations in early infancy. In Foss, B. M., ed., Determinants of Infant Behaviour, IV. London, Methuen, 81-110. 1968 See Lieberman, P., et al. 1972 See Lieberman, P., et al. Wolfwitz, Jacob 1961 Coding theorems of information theory. Berlin, SpringerVerlag. Wolin, L. R. 1967 See Massopust, L. C., Jr., et al. 1969 See Hoffman, J. P., et al. Wollberg, Zvi and John D. Newman 1972 Auditory cortex of squirrel monkey: response patterns of single cells to species-specific vocalizations. Science 175: 212-214. [experiment suggests that auditory cortex is concerned with analysis of complex auditory signals, and that in squirrel monkey at least, this structure plays important role in interpreting species-specific sounds]. Wolpoff, Milford H. 1971 See Brose, David S. and M. H. W. Wood, Charles C., William R. Goff, and Ruth S. Day 1971 Auditory evoked potentials during speech perception. Science 173:1248-1251. [different neural events occur in the left hemisphere during analysis of linguistic as against non-linguistic tasks]. Wood, Larry Eugene 1971 Visual and auditory coding in short-term memory. University of Iowa, Ph. D. dissertation in Psychology. Woodford, D. 1964 Oral stereognosis. University of Illinois, Medical Center, Chicago, M. A. thesis, unpubl. 1970 Some thoughts on finger-spelling, signing, and the classroom. Teacher of the Deaf 68:440-447.

795 Woodward, James C., Jr. 1971a Implications for sociolinguistic research among the deaf. Sign Language Studies, ms. 1971b Pidgin sign English. Gallaudet College, Linguistics Research Laboratory, unpubl. ms. 1972 A transformational approach to the syntax of American i.p. Sign-Language. In Stokoe, William C., Jr., Semiotics and human sign languages. The Hague, Mouton. Woodward, Mary F. 1957 Linguistic methodology in lip reading research. Los Angeles, California, John Tracy Clinic Papers, 4. [found that several sets of English initial consonants were visually indistinguishable, and decodable only by means of lexical, grammatical, or phonetic redundancy cues]. — and C. G. Barber 1960a Education of the aurally handicapped: a psycholinguistic analysis of visual communication. School Education, Cooperative Project 502, University of Southern California and John Tracy Clinic, Los Angeles. [Found the following consonants visually contrastive: f, k, p, r, J, t, 0]. 1960b Phoneme perception in lipreading. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 3:212-222. [for normal hearing subjects, only 4 visually contrastive consonants are consistently available to the lipreader]. Woodworth, R. S. 1938 Experimental psychology. New York, Henry Holt. [chap. 11, reviews several earlier experiments on judgments of facial expression]. Woolfson, A. Peter 1970 An examination of Sapir's concept of language in the light of ethological theory and Piagetian developmental psychology. Language Sciences 11 (August):8-10. Woolpy, J. H. 1968 The social organization of wolves. Natural History 77(5): 46-55. [data on vocal communication included]. Wooster, Arthur D. 1968 Testing the ability to respond to verbal instructions. British Journal of Disorders of Communication 3(2): 156-. 1969 Assessment of the ability to respond to verbally labelled concepts. British Journal of Disorders of Communication

796 4(2): 127-133. [young child's ability to respond to verbal instructions which do not require a verbal response from the child; pictures used as stimuli, with 6 to 6% year old subjects], 1970 Social and ethnic differences in understanding the spoken word. The British Journal of Disorders of Communication 5(2): 118-125. Worden, F. G. 1971a Hearing and the neural detection of acoustic patterns. Behavioral Science 16:20-30. [pp. 25-26, comparison of the visual and auditory pathways], 1971b See Galambos, R. and F. G. W. World Federation of the Deaf 1960 Première contribution pour le dictionnaire international du langage des signes; terminologie de conférence. Rome, L'École professionelle de l'E.N.S. illus. Wormer, J. Van 1964 The world of the coyote. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott. [includes data on coyote facial expressions and displays]. Worster-Drought, C. 1943 Congenital auditory imperception (congenital word deafness) and its relationship to idioglossia and allied speech defects. Medical Press and Circular 210:411-417. Wortham, C. W. 1968 John Locke's philosophy of language and its relation to his theory of knowledge. Dissertation Abstracts 28:737-A. Wotton, William (1666-1727) 1713 Dissertatio de confusione linguarum extructoribus turns babylonicae a Deo inflicta. (in appendix to Chamberlayne, John, Oratio dominica in diversas omnium fere gentium linguas versa, Amsterdam) (also, in English, London, 1732, A discourse concerning the confusion of languages at Babel) [the primordial language was probably Arabic, Hebrew, Chaldean, or Syrian, or in any case Semitic], 1733 See Bowyer, William and W. W. WPA (U.S. Works Progress Administration) 1939 WPA Lip Reading Project of the Board of Education, New York City. New aids and materials for teaching lip-reading, [manual which attributes visibility values to vowels and consonants in lipreading].

797 Wright, Chauncey (1830-1875) 1870 Review of Wallace, Alfred Russel, Contributions to the theory of Natural Selection, 1870. In North American Review 111 (Oct.):282-311. [claims that Wallace overlooks the importance of language in human evolution]. 1873 Evolution of self-consciousness. North American Review 116:245-310. [mention of language, pp. 261-262, in relation to emergence of human selfconsciousness; cited by Darwin, Charles, in The Descent of Man, 1901 ed., New York, p. 785], Wright, Gordon H. 1956 The names of the parts of the body. Brain 79:188-210. [shows in a semantic analysis that the English language has a composite "linguistic body image"]. 1961a Tongue and brain. Discovery 22:94-98. 1961b See Hainan, C. R. E. and G. H. W. Wright, Teris S. 1969 See Stark, Joel, et al. Wüllner, Franz (1798-1842) 1831 Über Ursprung und Urbedeutung der sprachlichen Formen. Münster, [language as the outcome of the "enspiritualizing" of natural sound]. 1838 Über die Verwandtschaft des Indogermanischen, Semitischen und Tibetanischen, nebst einer Einleitung über den Ursprung der Sprache. Münster. Wunderlich, Dieter 1969 Karl Bühlers Grundprinzipien der Sprachtheorie. Muttersprache 79(2):52-62. [review of Karl Bühler's (1879-1963) notion of language as Organonmodell; ideas on sign and symbol], Wundt, Wilhelm (1832-1920) 1897 Outlines of Psychology. Translated by Charles Hubbard Judd. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann. 342 pp. 1900 Die Sprache. Leipzig, Engelmann. 1907 Schallnachahmungen und Lautmetaphern in der Sprache. München, Bayerische Druck und Verlag, [on sound-symbolism], 1911 Physiologische Psychologie. 6th ed. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann. 3 vols, [language, vol. 1, 43 ff.]. 1912 Völkerpsychologie. Eine Untersuchung der Entwicklungs-

798 gesetze von Sprache, Mythos und Sitte. Part 1, Die Sprache. 3 rd ed. Leipzig. 2 vols, [considerable material on language origin theories, including the gesture-theory]. 1916 Elements of folk psychology: outlines of a psychological history of the development of mankind. Translated by Edward Leroy Schaub. London, George Allen and Unwin; New York, The Macmillan Company, xxiii + 532 pp. [pp. 53-67, the beginnings of language, gesture language theory, origins of vocal language, etc.], 1922 Völkerpsychologie. Leipzig, [vol. 2, 631, language origin theory]. Wurth, C. W. 1964 See Palmer, M. F., et al. Wussler, Marilyn and A. Barclay 1970 Cerebral dominance, psycholinguistic skills and reading disability. Perceptual and Motor Skills 31:419-425. [children with reading disability had significantly different performances on auditory vocal, visual motor, and vocal encoding and vocal decoding tasks, compared to normals]. Wüst, Walther 1957 Steinzeitforschung und holothetische Sprachtheorie. T f j u a 3:99-116. Wyatt, Gertrud L. 1969 Language learning and communication disorders in children. New York, Free Press; London, Collier-Macmillan. 372 pp. Wyczoikowska, Anna 1913 Theoretical and experimental studies in the mechanism of speech. Psychological Review 20:448-458. [discussed connection between tongue movements and movements of the right thumb; in same paper, an experiment on tongue movements during problem-solving]. Wyke, Maria 1965 Comparative analysis of proprioception in left and right arms. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 17(2): 149-157. [right arm is more accurate than left in pointing to either right or left side targets]. 1968 The effect of brain lesions in the performance of an eyehand precision task. Neuropsychologia 6:125-134. 1969 Influence of direction on the rapidity of bilateral arm movements. Neuropsychologia 7:189-194. [repetitive movements

799 of the right arm are faster than those of the left in normal right-handers. Bilateral movements are slower than unilateral ones]. 1971a The effects of brain lesions on the learning of a bimanual co-ordination task. Cortex 1:59-72 [subjects with right hemisphere lesions showed only minor learning deficiencies]. 1971b The effects of brain lesions on the performance of bilateral arm movements. Neuropsychologia 9:33-42. [bilateral performance of precise movements is significantly slower than the same performance by a single arm both in normal and brain-damaged patients]. Wyman, Dorothy Lassiter 1966 Nonverbal communicative skills used with peers by deaf and hearing five-year-old children. University of North Carolina, M.S. thesis, iii + 53 pp. Wyman, J. 1843- See Savage, T. S. and J. W. 1844 Wyss, Hugo 1966 Sprache als Grundlage auch für die Bildung von morgen. Schweizer Rundschau, Monatschrift für Geistesleben und Kultur 65:655-663.

Xenophon (430-355 B. C.) 1947 The Retreat of the Ten Thousand Greeks (Anabasis), (many editions and translations; 1947, Rouse, W. H. D., ed., The march up country. 1964 paperbound reprint, Ann Arbor Paperbacks, xiii + 205 pp.) [p. 100, Greeks use sign-language to communicate with Armenians: "some days after crossing the Euphrates, the Greeks had to speak by signs, like deaf men, to the inhabitants of some villages which they were passing through, and whose language they did not know"].

800

Y

Yaeger, Judy 1968 See Kohlberg, Lawrence, et al. Yakimov, V. P. 1951 Rannie stadii antropogeneza. In Proiskhozhdenie cheloveka i drevnee rasselenie chelovechestva. Trudy Instituta Ëtnografii Akad. Nauk SSSR. Moskva-Leningrad, vol. 16. [early stages of anthropogenesis], 1965 Simpozium "Problema granì mezhdu chelovekom i zhivotnym", VII Mezhdunarodnii Kongress Antropolicheskikh i Ëtnograficheskikh Nauk. Voprosy Antropologii 19:8-26. [on the boundary between man and animal]. 1966 [The australopithecines] [in Russian], In Iskopaemye gominidyi i proiskhozhdenie cheloveka. Trudy Instituta Etnografii Akad. Nauk SSSR, 92, 74-76. Yakolev, N. F. 1950 See Nikol'skii, V. K. and N. F. Y. Yakovleva, S. V. 1958 [Conditions of formation of the simplest types of voluntary movement in children of pre-school age] [in Russian]. In Luria, A. R., ed., Problemy vyssheï nervnoï deyatel'nosti rebënka. Moskva. 2 vols. Yamaga, K. 1972 See Doty, R. W. and K. Y. Yamaguchi, Shunichi and R. E. Myers 1972 Failure of discriminative vocal conditioning in rhesus monkey. Brain Research 37(1): 109-114. Yarborough, Minnie Clare 1926 John Horne Tooke. New York, [a biography of Home Tooke, 1736-1812, q.v.]. Yatabe, T. 1956 [Verbal behaviors of man] [in Japanese] Gengo-Seikatsu 55. d'Ydewalle, Charles 1962 Le don des langues. Études, Revue Catholique d'intérêt général, Paris, 313:196-203. Yeager, H. C. 1958 See Bixler, R. H. and H. C. Y. Yeh, Fanny 1972 What it is like to be deaf in Taiwan. The Deaf American

801 24(8):3-6. [material on modern Chinese sign-language for deaf, many signs of which are directly based on the written characters, as represented by finger and hand positions, or, in a manner widely used among hearing persons literate in Chinese, written in the air or on the palm of the hand with the index finger], Yehle, Arthur L. 1970 See Ward, Jeannette P., et al. Yeni-Komshian, G. 1968 See Preston, M. S., et al. Yerkes, Robert Mearns 1916 The mental life of monkeys and apes; a study in ideational behavior. Behaviour Monographs 3. 1925 Almost human. New York, London, Century Company, xxi + 278 pp. [on chimpanzees, chiefly; suggests that sign language be used to teach apes to communicate]. 1927 The mind of a gorilla. Genetic Psychology Monographs 2: 1-194,375-551. 1943 Chimpanzees, a laboratory colony. New Haven, Yale University Press, [includes experiments on symbolic processes]. — and B. W. Learned 1925 Chimpanzee intelligence and its vocal expression. Baltimore, William and Wilkins. [notes 32 "words" or speech elements; pp. 53-56, "their imitative tendency seems to be controlled chiefly by visual stimuli"]. — and H. W. Nissen 1939 Prelinguistic sign behavior in the chimpanzee. Science (2321) 89:585-587. — and A. W. Yerkes 1929 The great apes: a study of anthropoid life. New Haven, Yale University Press. Yilmaz, H. 1968 A theory of speech perception. I-II. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics 29-30. Yin, Robert K. 1970 Face recognition by brain-injured patients: a dissociable ability. Neuropsychologia 8:395-402. [individuals with right posterior cerebral lesions did more poorly on face-recognition tests; there exists a "material-specific" deficit in recognizing faces].

802 Yngve, Victor H. 1960 A model and an hypothesis for language structure. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 104:444-466. (reprint, Bobbs-Merrill Co., L 101) [a major reason for the maximum depth of embedded clauses in sentences is that we cannot cope with more than seven "commitments"]. 1962 Computer programs for translation. Scientific American 206(6):68-76. 1965 Implications of mechanical translation research. Beiträge zur Linguistik und Informationsverarbeitung 6:7-21. Yonell 1829 On the organs of voice in birds. Transactions of the Linnean Society, London. Youatt, William 1835 Account of the habits and illness of the late chimpanzee. Lancet I: 202-6. [speculated about the reason why chimpanzee could scream loudly but was unable to make words]. Young(Yung) Chung-chien 1933 See Black, Davidson, et al. Young, H. B. 1916 Are the profoundly and incurably deaf to be left to work out their own salvation, material and otherwise? New York, The Fanwood Press. 16 pp. [oral and sign-language communication problems of the deaf]. Young, J. Z. 1950 Doubt and certainty in science. London, [comments on significance of articulate speech]. Young, Kimball 1935 Social Psychology. New York, F. S. Crofts, [p. 203, origin and development of language]. Young, L. 1940 See Weddell, G., et al. Young, M. A. 1968 Testing the significance of the agreement among observers. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 11(1):5-16. [reference to psychogenic mutism]. Young, Robert M. 1970 Mind, brain and adaptation in the nineteenth century. Oxford, Clarendon Press, xiv + 278 pp. [chap. 4, Pierre

803 Paul Broca and the seat of the faculty of articulate language]. Youniss, James and Hans G. Furth 1966 Spatial and temporal factors in learning with deaf children: an experimental investigation of thinking. Washington, D. C., Catholic University of America. Vocational Rehabilitation Administrative Report RD-1305-S. — and Hans G. Furth 1967 The rôle of language and experience on the use of logical symbols. British Journal of Psychology 58(3-4):435-443. [deaf, hearing, American Indian and middle-class American whites were trained on non-verbal pictures showing various logical concepts; white middle class subjects performed best; deaf and American Indians did about the same]. — Hans G. Furth and Bruce M. Ross 1971 Logical symbol use in deaf and hearing children and adolescents. Developmental Psychology 5(3):511-517. [deaf adolescents are capable of propositional thought despite language deficiencies; used logical symbols in experiments], — and A. Robertson 1970 Projective visual imagery as a function of age and deafness. Child Development 41:215-234. 1965 See 1969 See 1969 See 1970 See 1971 See Yudovich, F. 1958, See 1959, 1970

Furth, H. G. and J. Y. Robertson, A. and J. Y. Furth, Hans G. and J. Y. Furth, Hans G., et al. Furth, Hans G. and J. Y. Ya. Luria, A. R. and F. Ya. Y.

z

Zaborowski, S. 1878 L'origine du langage. Paris, Baillière, "Bibliothèque Utile", (also, 1885)

804 1881

Der Ursprung der Sprache. Translated by S. Schnurpfeil. Leipzig, Volksbibliothek, Wissenschaftliche 94-96. iii + 206 pp. 1898 L'Homme préhistorique. 5th ed. Paris, Baillière. [discusses role of the genial tubercles in Neanderthal man, "who had only the rudiments of articulate speech"]. Zaidel, S. F. and Albert Mehrabian 1969 The ability to communicate and infer positive and negative attitudes facially and vocally. Journal of Experimental Research in Personality 3:233-241. Zajonc, Robert B. 1971 Attraction, affiliation, and attachment. In Eisenberg, J. F. and W. S. Dillon, eds., Man and beast, Washington, D.C., Smithsonian Institution, 143-79. [includes data on soundsymbolism and similar preferences]. Zakher, Yu. Ya. 1967 [The formation of a "primary reflex" to a relative property of a stimulus in simians] [in Russian] Zhurnal vyssh. nerv. deyatel'nosti, 17(3):393-399. [the criterion was "largest size" in the stimulus set]. Zale, E. M., ed. 1968 Proceedings of the conference on language and language behavior. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts. 342 pp. Zalkind, N. F. 1964 Kratkiï ocherk razvitiya sovetskoï antropologii. Voprosy Antropologii 18:3-19. [short outline of the development of Soviet anthropology, with indications of interest in anthropogenesis problems]. Zanardelli, T. 1889 L'origine du langage expliquée par une nouvelle théorie de l'interjection. Bulletin de la Société d'Anthropologie de Bruxelles 7. 19 pp. Zanchetti, A. 1967 Subcortical and cortical mechanisms in arousal and emotional behavior. In Quarton, Melnechuk, and Schmitt, eds., The neurosciences, a study program. New York, Rockefeller University Press. van der Zanden, H. M. 1939 De beteekenis van rhythme en motoriek voor de ontwikkeling van de spraak. Nederl. Tijdschrift voor Psychologie 7:175-181.

805 Zangwill, Oliver L. 1960a Cerebral dominance and its relation to psychological function. Springfield, Illinois; Edinburgh, Oliver and Boyd. 1960b L'apraxie ideatoire. Revue neurol. 102:595-603. 1960c Speech. In Field, J., ed., Handbook of physiology, neurophysiology. Washington, D.C., American Physiological Society, vol. 3, 1709-22. 1964 Intelligence in aphasia. In de Reuck, A.V.S. and Maeve O'Connor, eds., Disorders of language. London, J. and A. Churchill, 261-74. 1971 The neurology of language. In Minnis, Noel, ed., Linguistics at large. New York, The Viking Press, 211-226. [p. 211-212, on Washoe experiment; pp. 215-220, language and the right hemisphere; pp. 221-225, cerebral speech localization]. 1950 See McFie, J., et al. 1960 See McFie, J. and O. Z. Zaporozhets, A. V. 1958 Proiskhozhdenie i razvitie soznatel'nogo upravleniya dvizheniami u cheloveka. Voprosy Psikhologii 4(l):24-36. [origin and development of conscious control over movements in man], Zappert, G. 1854 Über den Ausdruck des geistigen Schmerzes im Mittelalter. Denkschriften der philos.-historische Klasse der Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Wien 5:73-. [on expression of sorrow]. Zawerth, W. 1883 La voce nell'uomo e negli animali. Archivo ital. laringologia 3(1). Zawolkow, David A. 1969 Seeing essential English; history, ten tenets. Rossmoor, California. 6 pp. [on sign language]. Zaynor, W. C. 1964 See Grosslight, Joseph H., et al. 1967 See Grosslight, Joseph H. and W. C. Z. Zeichen und System der Sprache 1961- Veröffentlichung des 1. Internationalen Symposions "Zei1962 chen und System der Sprache", Erfurt, 1959. Berlin, Akademie Verlag. 2 vols.

806 Zeligs, M. 1957 Acting in: a contribution to the meaning of some postural attitudes observed during analysis. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association 5:685-706. Zellmer, Ernst 1968 Von de Saussure bis Chomsky: ein Überblick über Entwicklungstendenzen der modernen Linguistik. Neusprachliche Mitteilungen aus Wissenschaft und Praxis, Berlin, 4: 231-245. [evolutionary tendencies in recent linguistics]. Zemp, Hugo and Christian Kaufmann 1969 Pour une transcription automatique des "langages tambourinés" mélanésiens (un exemple Kwoma, NouvelleGuinée). Homme 9(2):38-88. 46 figs. Zenker, W. and H. Anzenbacher 1962 Über den M. thyreo-arytaenoideus des Rhesus-affen. Acta Anatomica 51:29-49. [doubts that ape or monkey larynx could produce speech even if directed by a human brain]. Zgusta, Ladislav 1961 Review of Diamond, A.S., The history and origin of language, 1959. In Archiv Orientâlni, Praha, 29(1):121-124. 1962a Review of Brosnahan, L.F., Genes and morphemes, Ibadan, 1957. In Archiv Orientalin 30(3):518-519. 1962b Review of Rosenkranz, B., Der Ursprung der Sprache, 1961. In Archiv Orientâlni 30(3):517-518. 1966 Review of Jöhannesson, Alexander, The third stage in the creation of human language, 1963. In Archiv Orientâlni 34:224-225. 1967 Zum Einfluss der Sprache auf das Denken; eine negative Beobachtung zu diesem Problem. Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 20(4):369-370. Zhinkin, N. I. 1956 Novye dannye o rabote rechedvigatel'nogo analizatora v ego svyazi so slukhovym. Izvestiya Akademii Pedagogich. Nauk 81. [new data on the motor-speech analyzer and acoustics], 1958 Mekhanizmy rechi. Izadetel'stvo Akad. ped. nauk. RSFSR, Moskva, [speech mechanisms]. 1959 Na putyakh k izucheniyu mekhanizma rechi. Psikhologicheskaya Nauka v SSSR. Moskva, vol. 1. 1960a Issledovaniya vnutrennel rechi po metodike tsentral'nykh

807 rechevykh pomekh. Izvestiya Akademii Pedagogischeskikh Nauk RSFSR 113. [on interior speech]. 1960b Zvukovaya kommunikativnaya sistema obez'yan. Sbornik, Instituta Etnografii Akad. Nauk SSSR. Moskva, vol. 16, [sound communication in monkeys]. 1962a Four communicative systems and four languages. Word 18(1-2). 1962b Rech'. Psikhologiya, 9. Moskva. 1963 An application of the theory of algorithms to the study of animal speech. In Busnel, R.-G., ed., Acoustic Behaviour of Animals, Amsterdam, Elsevier, 132-180. [baboons are markedly deficient compared to 1 1/2 to 4-year old humans with highly structured language]. 1964 O kodovykh perekhodakh vo vnutrennei rechi. Voprosy Yazykoznaniya 6:26-38. [code transfers in inner speech]. 1967a Vnutrenniye kody yazyka i vneshniye kody rechi. In To Honor Roman Jakobson. The Hague, Mouton. 1967b Zur Erforschung des mechanismus der Sprache. Ergebnisse der Sowjetischen Psychologie. Berlin, Akademie Verlag, 406-429. 1968 Mechanisms of speech. English translation by Antonia Filonov Gove. = Janua Linguarum, Series Major 13. The Hague, Mouton. 461 pp. 1972 Linguistics at the crossroads. Linguistics 80:68-84. [mainly reviews Zvegintsev, V.A., Teoreticheskaya i prikladnaya lingvistika, 1968, Moskva]. Zhukova, M. 1968 See Chistovich, L., et al. Ziegra, Georg David (b. 1635) 1701 Dissertatio de confusione linguarum Babylonica ad Gen. xi. In Thesaurus theologico-philologicus sive sylloge dissertationum. Amsterdam, vol. 1, 169-172 [Hebrew the primordial language]. Ziehen, Th. 1898 Leitfaden der physiologischen Psychologie. Jena, G. Fischer, [p. 238, on gestural origin of language], Ziehler, Clara M. 19-. An outline history of speech-reading. Part of the Normal Course given at the New England School of Speech Reading. ms. unpubl.

808 Zigler, E., et al. 1971 Luria's verbal deficiency theory of mental retardation and performance on sameness, symmetry, and opposition tasks: a critique. American Journal of Mental Deficiency 75:400413. 1971 See Balla, D. and E. Z. Zimmerman, J. 1969 See Riklan, M., et al. Zimmerman, Robert R. and C. C. Torrey 1965 Ontogeny of learning. In Schreier, A. M., Harry F. Harlow and Fred Stollnitz, eds., Behavior of non-human primates. New York, Academic Press, 405-45. Zimmerman, Robert R. and Julian Hochberg 1970 Responses of infant monkeys to pictorial representations of a learned visual discrimination. Psychonomic Science 18(5):307-308. 1971 The facilitation of picture discrimination after object discrimination learning in the neonatal monkey and probably vice versa. Psychonomic Science 24(5):239-241. 1971 See Strobel, David and R. R. Z. Zimmermann, Agoston 1929 Az orangutan gegeje. Termeszetludomanyi Kozlony, Suppl. 132. [on the orang-utan larynx], Zingeser, Maurice R. 1969 Sexual dimorphism in monkey canine teeth. Proceedings, VHIth International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, Tokyo, Kyoto, vol. 1, 305-308. [tooth gnashing, tooth honing, in relation to tension release, fear, and aggression]. Zingg, Robert M. 1940a Feral man and exreme cases of isolation. American Journal of Psychology 53(4):487-517. 1940b More about the "baboon boy" of South Africa. American Journal of Psychology 53(3):455-462. 1966 See Singh, J. A. L. and R. M. Z. Zink, Sidney 1963 The meaning of proper names. Mind 72(288):481-499. [finger-pointing gesture discussed, p. 483; Zink argues that the meaning of a proper name is neither (a) the thing named, nor (b) pointing to the thing named].

809 Zinoviev, A. A. and I. I. Revzine 1958 Review of Gorsky, D.P., ed., Myshlenie i yazyk. Moskva, 1957. In Voprosy Yazykonanii 7(2):141-145. [an adverse critique]. Ziolkiewicz, T. and J. Ostrowski 1968 [The phylo- and ontogenesis of the chin] [in Polish; English and French abstracts] Przeglad Antropologizcne 34 (l):71-77. illus. Zipf, G. K. 1935 The psycho-biology of language. Boston, Houghton-Mifflin. [word length is inversely correlated with word-frequency in English, Latin, Chinese, and various American Indian languages]. 21ab, Z. 1963 See MatSjöek, Z. and Z. 2 . Zobel, Arthur 1928 Darstellung und Kritische Würdigung der Sprachphilosophie John Lockes. Anglia 52:289-324. [John Locke, 16321704, q.v.]. Zobel, Rudolf Wilhelm (1734-1775) 1773 Gedanken über die verschiedenen Meinungen der Gelehrten vom Ursprünge der Sprachen. Magdeburg, von Schütz. Zoete, Beryl de, and W. Spies 1939 Dance and drama in Bali. New York, London. Zollinger, Gustav 1952 TAU oder TAU-t-an und das Rätsel der sprachlichen und menschlichen Einheit. Bern, Francke. 98 pp. van Zon, J. C. J. 1969 See Kortlandt, Adriaan and J. C. v. Z. Zons, Franz Bernhard 1934 Von der Auffassung der Gebärde in der mittelhochdeutsch. Epik. Münster, Universität, dissertation. Zoppi, G. P. 1895 La parola e il pensiero. II Nuovo Risorgimento (Jan.-Feb.). Zorn, E. R. 1928 Zeichensprache und Signalwesen bei den Prärie-Indianer Völkern. Erdball 2:52-56. [North American Indian sign language]. Zorn, Friedrich Albert 1905 Grammar of the art of dancing, theoretical and practical;

810 lessons in the art of dancing and dance writing. (1st ed., Leipzig, 1887) English translation by B. P. Coates. Ed. by Alfonso Josephs Sheafe. Boston, The Heintzemann Press, xvi + 302 pp. illus. [includes dance movement notation], Zschietzmann, Willy 1924 Untersuchungen zur Gebärdensprache in der älteren griechischen Kunst. Universität Jena, dissertation, [ancient Greek gesture represented in art]. Zuckerman, Solly 1932 The social life of monkeys and apes. London, Kegan Paul. 357 pp. [p. 18, on the animal origins of hun. in speech], Zuehlke, Steven 1970 See Klaus, Marshall H., et al. Zukowsky, Ludwig 1927 Können Tiere sprechen? Monatsblätter für Presse, Buchhandel und Mitarbeiter d. D.P.H. (Februar). Zumpe, D. 1970 See Michael, Richard and D. Z. Zung, Cecilia Sieu-Ling 1964 Secrets of the Chinese drama; a complete explanatory guide to actions and symbols seen in the performance of Chinese dramas. New York, B. Blom. 299 pp. illus. (first published 1937) [includes material on Chinese theatrical gesture and pantomime]. Zurif, E. B. and M. P. Bryden 1969 Familial handedness and left-right differences in auditory and visual perception. Neuropsychologia 7:179-187. — and P. E. Sait 1970 The role of syntax in dichotic listening. Neuropsychologia 8(2):239-244. [right-ear superiority noted, but laterality effect only noted in grammatically structured material]. Zvegintsev, Vladimir Andreevich 1956 Problema znakovosti yazyka. Moskva, [symbolic nature of language]. 1960 Istoriya yazykoznaniya xix-xx vekov v ocherkakh i izvlecheniyakh. Izdatel'stvo Prosveshchenie, Moskva. (3rd ed., revised, 1965) [a general history of 19th and 20th c. linguistics, with outlines and extracts, including many Russian contributions].

811 Zvorykin, V. P. 1969 Reduction of subcortical auditory system and narrowing of range of sound perception in man versus monkey. Arkhiv Anatomii, Gistologii i Embriologii, 57(8):37-46. (English translation, Neuroscience Translations, [U.S.] National Institute of Mental Health, 12(1970):63-72). Zwicky, Arnold M. 1971 In a manner of speaking. Linguistic Inquiry 2(2):223-233. [syntactic restrictions on class words: shout, scream, yell, holler, bellow, whisper, shriek, etc]. Zwirner, E. 1951 Das Gespräch. Studium Generale 4:213-227. [on conversation]. Zykov, S. A. 1966 Le rôle de la dactilogie dans l'instruction des écoliers sourds. La Voix du Silence 1(4):390-391. [on the beneficial results of the Soviet method of finger-spelling for the deaf].

INDEX

AGNOSIA Bender, M. & M. Feldman 1972; Bodamer, J. 1947; Bornstein, B. 1963; & D. P. Kidron 1959; & H. Sroka, & H. Munitz 1969; Brain W. R. 1965; Critchley, M. 1953,1957, 1964, 1966a, 1966b; Efron R. 1969; Faglioni, P. & G. Scotti & H. Spinnler 1971; Gerstmann, J. 1957; Gloning, I. & K. Gloning, & H. Tschabitscher 1966; & K. Gloning, & K. Jellinger, & R. Quatember 1970; Gordon, A. 1911; Gubbay, S. S., & E. Ellis, & J. N. Walton, & S. D. M. Court 1965; Hecaen, H. & R. Angelergues 1962b; Hoff, H. & O. Pötzl 1937; Jerome 1516; Jones, Ernest 1907; de Jorio, A. 1832; Josephus, F. 1888; Jucker, I. 1956; Karlin, I. W. 1951; Kinsbourne, M. 1968; & E. K. Warrington 1962a, 1963; Macrae, D. & E. Trolle 1956; Nielsen, J. M. 1937, 1942a, 1942b; Palmer, M. F. & C. W. Wurth & J. W. Kinchloe 1964; Semmes, J. S. 1965, 1966; & S. Weinstein, & L. Ghent, & H.-L. Teuber 1955; Teuber, H.-L. 1963, 1965; Tzavaras, A. & H. Hecaen, & H. LeBras 1971; Verjaal, A. 1950; Vinken, P. J. & G. W. Bruyn 1969; Yin, R. K. 1970. ANCIENT LANGUAGE THEORY (CLASSICAL GREEK, ROMAN) Aelianus, C. 1864; Aeschylus 1952; Agricola, R. 1539; Allen, W. S. 1948; Anon. 1888; Aquinus, T.; Arens, H. 1955, 1969; Aristotle, 1937, 1938; 'Arthriotes, N. P. 1947; Athenaeus 1854; Augustine, St. 1876, 1952, 1961; Barwick, K. 1957; Basil, St. 1857; Bechtel, E. 1909; Bede, Ven. 1532, 1843; Bellin, A.-G. 1842; Benfey, T. 1866; Berger, H. 1971; Blackie, J. S. 1874; Bolelli, T. 1965; Borst, A. 195-; Brandt, E. 1965; Brendan, St. 1871; Broadbent, R. J. 1901; Büchner, K. 1936; Calvert, B. 1970; Capgrave, J. 1450; Chilton, C. W. 1962; Chrysippus 1885; Chu-Hsi 1882; Cicero, M. 1942; Classen, C. J. 1959; Colish, M. L. 1968; Colson, F. H. 1919; Coseriu, E. 1967, 1969; Dahlmann, J. H. 1928, 1932; Danielou, J. 1956a, 1956b; DeLacy, P. H. 1939; Derbolau, J. 1953; Diodorus 1933; Diogenes 1850; Diogenes, O. 1907; Dionysius 1808; Drexel, A. 1952; Euripides 1952; Fano, G. 1962; Fay, E. A. 1912a, 1912b; Ferreri, G. 1906, 1907; Ficino, M. 1641; Friedlein, G. 1866; Fiick, J. W. 1959; Galligan, E. M. 1965; Gellius, A. 1896; Giussani, C. 1896; Gottsched, J. C. 1739; Grajew, F. 1934; Gregorius 1890, 1921; Güntert, H. 1921; Guzzo, A. 1956; Haag, E. 1933; Haigh, A. E. 1907; Heath, T. 1921; Heinimann, F. 1945; Herodotus 1952; Horace 1883; Huber, A. G. 1963; Isidore 1911; Ivic, M. 1965; Koerner, E. F. K. 1972; Koller, H. 1954; Krampf, A. 1889; Krause, W. 1962; Kretzmann, N. 1971; Kukenheim, L. 1951; Kuypers, K. 1934; Langendoen, D. T. 1966; Larkin, M. T. 1965; Leblan, C. 1750; Lecerf, J. 1957, 1960; Lejeune, M. 1948; Lekov, I. 1946; Lenorman, C. 1861; Leroy, M. 1968; Lersch, J.-H. 1841; Levinson, R. 1957; Liebich, B. 1923; Lorenz, K. & J. Mittelstrass 1967; Luce, J. V. 1969; Lucretius, T. C. 1951, 1958; Malten, L. 1961; Marco, V. 1957; Mastelloni, F. 1921; McKeon, R. 1947; Meridier, L., ed. 1961; Mette, H. J. 1952; Midrash 1881; Mounin, G. 1967a; Muratori, C. A. 1709; Nehring, A. 1945; Neumann, G.

813 1965; Onasander 1923; Origen 1897, 1960; Ovid 1889, 1962; Pagliaro, A. 1956a; Panconcelli, C. G. 1938, 1940, 1941, 1942; Percival, W. K. 1970; Philo 1963; Plato 1921; Pöschl, V. 1964; Proclus 1618; Quintilian 1920, 1922; Qur-än; Regnaud, P. 1884; Richardson, L. J. 1916; Robins, R. H. 1951, 1967; Robinson, R. 1955, 1956; Romeo, L. & G. Tiberio 1971; Rotta, P. 1909; Salus, P. H. 1969; Sarton, G. 1948; Saumaise, C. 1643; Scheiber, A. 1937a; Schneider, M. 1946; Sextus, E. 1933, 1949; Sittl, C. 1890; Sophocles 1952; Steinthal, H. 1863; Struhl, K. J. 1970; Taylor, D. J. 1970; Theiler, W. 1954; Theodore, Mopsuestia 1857-1866; Varro, M. T. 1938; Virieux-Reymond, A. 1966; Vitruvius, M. P. 1931, 1934; de Walle, F. J. M. 1926; Wandruszka, M. 1954; Warburton, I. P. 1969; Weaver, J. 1728; Weingartner, R. H. 1970; Weinrich, H. 1966; Xenophon 1947; Zschietzmann, W. 1924. ANIMAL BEHAVIOR IN RELATION TO COMMUNICATION Albertus Magnus; Aldrich-Blake, F. P. G., T. K. Bunn, R. I. M. Dunbar, & P. M. Headley 1971; Altman, I. 1968; Altmann, S. A. 1962, 1965a, 1965b, 1967, 1968a, 1968b; Andrew, R. J. 1963a, 1963b, 1972; Anonymous 1889; Armstrong, E. A. 1947, 1963, 1969; Bastian, A. 1868; Bateson, G. 1966, 1968; Bayle, F. P. 1669; Beck, B. B. 1972; Benedek, E. 1952; Bennett, J. 1964a, 1964b; Benveniste, E. 1952; Bergmann, C. & R. Leuckart 1851; Beritashvili, I. S., A. N. Bakuradze, & A. I. Kats 1969; Berrill, N. J. 1966; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1929, 1933, 1934; Birch, H. G. 1952; Bishop, A. 1962; Blakeslee, P. & R. Gunter 1966; Blumenthal, A. L. 1966; Blurton, J. N. G. 1968; Bolwig, N. 1964; Bourdier, F. 1949; Bowen, F. 1880; Braines, S. N., & S. L. Novoselova 1959; Brandt, E. M., & C. W. Stevens, & G. Mitchell 1971; Branscomb, S. 1971; Bronowski, J. S. 1967; Brookshire, K. H. & J. M. Warren 1962; Bryant, M„ & J. Aiken 1940; de Buffon, G. L. 1949-68; Burke, E. 1852; Burkhardt, D., W. Schleidt, & H. Altner 1967; Burton, D., & G. Ettlinger, 1960; Butler, R. A. 1965; Butler, S. 1890, 1908; Cardu, B. 1969; Carpenter, A. 1887; Carpenter, C. R. 1958, 1964, 1968; Cassirer, E. 1923, 1944, 1945; Castell, R. 1969; & H. Krohn, & D. Ploog 1969; Chamberlain, H. S. 1932; Chance, M. R. A. 1962a, 1962b, 1963, 1967a, 1967b; & W. M. S. Russell 1959; & C. J. Jolly 1970; Chauvin, R. 1958, 1960; Cherry, C. 1957; Chevalier-Skolnikoff, S. 1972; Chomsky, N. 1966b; Cibot, P.-M. 1782; Cohen, M. 1971; Cole, J. 1957; Coles, J. 1963; Comte, A. 1841; Condon, W. S., & W. D. Ogston 1967a; Corballis, M. C., & I. L. Beale 1970; Count, E. W. 1959a, 1959b, 1962, 1965, 1968, 1969a, 1972; Creider, C. 1969; Critchley, M. 1961; Crook, J. H. 1967, 1970; & J. S. Gartlan 1966; Cullen, J. M. 1968; Curtis, R. F. 1971; Daanje, A. 1950; D'Aquili, E. G. 1972; Darby, C. L., & A. J. Riopelle 1959; Dart, R. A. 1963; Darwin, C. 1872; Dawson, B. V. 1961; Deutsche Gesell, f. Tier- und Ursprachene-forschung 1939—41; DeVore, I. 1964, 1971; & S. L. Washburn 1963; Dewey, J. 1925, 1939; Diebold, A. R. 1968; Dingier, H. 1941; Dobrogayev, S. M. 1946a; Doty, R. W. & K. Yamaga 1972; Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. 1956,1957, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967a, 1967b, 1968b, 1970; Eisenberg, J. F. 1972; & W. S. Dillon 1971; & N. A. Muckenhirn, & R. Rudran 1972; Ellis, A. 1873; Ellis, P. E. 1965; Engler, R. 1969; Erhard, H. 1916; Esch, H. 1967; Etkin, W. 1963a, 1964; Ewer, R. F. 1968; Fabri, K. E. 1958, 1963; Fabricius, J. 1625; Fedigan, L. M. 1972; Fisher, J., & R. A. Hinde 1949; Fisler, G. F. 1969, 1970; Foley, J. P. 1935; de la Fontaine, J. 1883-92; Foreman, D. & W. Allee 1959; Fox, R. 1971a, 1971b; Frajzyngier, Z. 1971; Francke, C. 188-; Franke, H. 1966; Franz, S. I. F. 1913; Frazer, J. G. 1931; Freedman, D. G. 1967; Freilich, M. 1972; French, G. M. 1965; Frisch, K. 1954a, 1954b; Fulton, J. F. & C. F. Jacobsen & M. A. Kennard 1932; von der Gabelentz, G. 1901; Gabow, S. 1971; Gaudiche, P. 1952; Gautrin, D. & G. Ettlinger 1970; Geschwind, N. 1965a, 1965b; Geyl, E.-G. 1968; Gilliard, E. T. 1963; Gleason, K. & J. H. Reynierse 1969; Glickman, S. E. & R. W. Sroges 1966; Goodall, J. (van Lawick) 1963b, 1967a, 1968a, 1968b, 1971, 1972; Goosen, C. 1972; Groos, K. 1935;

814 Grosslight, J. H. & W. C. Zaynor 1967; Guthrie, R. D. 1970,1971; Haas, A. 1957; Häckel, E. 1892; Haidane, J. B. S. 1953, 1954a, 1954b, 1955, 1956; Hall, K. R. L. 1962, 1963a, 1963b; & R. C. Boelkins & M. G. Goswell 1965; & B. Meyer 1966; Hamburg, D. A. 1968; Harding, R. S. O. 1972; Harlow, H. F. 1958; & M. Harlow 1965; & M. Harlow, & D. R. Meyer 1950; Hebb, D. O. & W. R. Thompson 1968; Heberer, G. 1958; Hediger, H. 1961, 1967; Held, R. & J. A. Bauer 1967; Hewes, G. W. 1964; Hinde, R. A., ed. 1972; Hines, M. 1942; Hockett, C. F. 1959; & S. A. Altmann 1968; Houzeau, J. C. 1872; Huxley, J. S. 1938; Huxley, T. H. 1871; Irwin, R. J. 1964; Itani, J. 1958, 1963,1967, 1968; Itö, Y. 1963; Jacoby, G. 1961; Jarrard, L. E., ed. 1971; Jensen, G. D. 1961; & B. N. Gordon 1970; Johnston, J. W., & D. G. Moulton, & A. Turk, eds. 1970; Johst, V. 1970; Jolly, A. 1972; Jolly, C. J. 1970; Joslin, J. H„ & H. Fletcher, & J. Emlen 1964; Kainz, F. 1961, 1962; Kalmus, H. 1966, 1969; Kapune,T. 1966; Kavanagh, M. 1972; Kawai, M. 1963, 1965; Kelemen, G. 1963a, 1964; Khrisanfova, E. N. 1956; Kihner, W. L„ W. S. McCulloch, & J. Blum 1969; Kleiman, D. 1967; Klopfer, P. H. 1968; Knapp, H. D., E. Taub, & A. J. Berman 1963; Koestler, A. 1964, 1967; Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. 1926; Köhler, 0.1950a, 1950b, 1951,1952b, 1953,1954a, 1955a, 1955b, 1956; König, 0.1961; Kortlandt, A. 1955; Kortmulder, K. 1968b; Kounin, J. S. 1938; Krishnamurthy, K. H. 1966; Kroeber, A. L. 1928, 1955; Kudryavtseva, H. A. 1968; Kummer, H. 1968,1970,1971; Kurth, G. 1967; Kuznetsov, P. S. 1966; de Lamarck, J. B. 1809; Lancaster, J. B. 1966, 1967,1968a, 1968b, 1968c; Langer, S. K. 1962, 1971; Lecomte, A. J. 1881; Lenneberg, E. H. 1960a, 1967a, 1968, 1969c, 1970c, 1971a; Leroi-Gourhan, A. 1958d; Levine, M. 1965; Lewis, J. & B. Towers 1969; Lewis, O. J. 1971; Leyhausen, P. 1954; Lindauer, M. 1951, 1953, 1955, 1956, 1961,1962; Livingstone, F. B. 1969; Lögler, P. 1959; Lorenz, K. 1934, 1952, 1954a, 1954b, 1956,1965, 1966; Lötz, J. 1951b; Lowenstein, O. E. 1962; Ludwig, W. 1932; Mackworth, N. H. & M. H. Bagshaw 1970; MacLean, P. D. 1964; MacRoberts, M. H. 1970; Mann, T. 1961; Manocha, S. N. 1967; Marais, E. 1969; Markova, A. 1963,1967; Marler, P. 1959, 1969a, 1969b, 1970a, 1970b; & M. Tamura 1964; & W. J. Hamilton, III 1966; Marshall, A. J. 1954; Marshall, J. C. 1970c; Mason, W. A. 1965; & R. K. Davenport, & E. W. Menzel 1968; Mautz, D. 1971; Mayr, E. 1960; McBride, G. 1971a, 1971b; McCulloch, T. L. 1939; Meader, C. L. & J. H. Muyskens 1950; Menzel, E. W. 1966,1969a, 1969b, 1969c, 1971a, 1971c, 1972a; Meyer, R. M. 1901; Michael, R. P. & D. Zumpe 1970; Miles, W. R. 1963; Miller, R. E. 1967, & J. H. Banks, & N. Ogawa 1962; & J. H. Banks, & H. Kuwahara 1966; & J. V. Murphy, & I. A. Mirsky 1959; Milner, A. D. 1969, 1970, 1972; & G. Ettlinger 1970; Minnis, N., ed. 1971; Moffett, A. M. & G. Ettlinger 1970; Moles, A. A. 1963, 1969; & B. Vallancien, eds. 1963; Morgan, C. L. 1889; Morris, D. 1956,1957, 1958,1962,1967a, 1967b; Morse, D. H. 1968; Mounin, G. 1960b; Moynihan, M. 1955, 1966,1970; Mukhina, V. S. 1964, 1965; Myers, R. E. 1969, 1970; Name, A. B. 1970; Napier, J. R. 1958, 1960, 1961, 1971; & P. R. Davis 1959; Neff, W. D. 1964; Nehring, A. 1964; Nicols, A. 1887; Niemann, L. 1971; Oppenheimer, A. M. 1968; Patten, W., ed. 1912; Pellizzi, C. 1969; Peters, C. R. 1972a; Petit-Maire, H. N. 1958; Pisani, V. 1962; Ploog, D. W. 1968, 1970a, 1970b, 1971b; & T. Melnechuk 1969; Plotnik, R. & J. M. R. Delgado 1970; Pontius, A. A. 1967; Porshnev, B. F. 1966, 1969,1971; Portmann, A. 1962a; Pos, H. J. 1951; Pouchet, F. A. 1887; Radford, C. 1970; Rahaman, H. & M. D. Parthasarathy 1968,1971; Ramsay, A. 1966, 1969a; Raven, H. C. 1932,1933; Rensch, B. 1957a, 1957b, 1958, 1962; Revesz, G. 1938,1940d, 1941a, 1941b, 1953, 1954; Reynolds, P. C. 1970a, 1970b; Ribbands, R. 1956; Rogers, C. M. & R. K. Davenport 1971; Roginskii, G. 1939,1948; Rohles, F. H. 1967; & J. V. Devine 1966; Romanes, G. J. 1883, 1888,1890; Rosenblum, L. A. & I. C. Kaufman 1964; Rosenfield, L. C. 1936, 1941; Rothe, H. 1972; Rousseau, J. J. 1761; Royer, C. A. 1870; Ruch, T. C. 1941; Rule, C. 1967; Russell, C. 1971; & W. M. S. Russell 1961, 1971;

815 Russell, W. M. S. 1962; Salmon, P. 1968; Salzinger, K. 1959; Sarles, H. B. 1966a, 1969, 1972a; et al. 1970; Sarris, E. G. 1931; Savage, T. S. & J. Wyman 1843^14; Sayce, A. H. 1875; Schaller, G. B. & G. R. Lowther 1969; Schastnyî, A. I. 1961, 1962, 1968; Schenkel, R. 1964, 1967; Schiller, P. 1952, 1957; Schleidt, W. M. 1962; Schloeth, R. 1956; Schmid, B. 1923, 1925; Schneirla, T. C. 1956; Schrier, A. & F. Stollnitz 1971; Schultz, A. H. 1957, 1961; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 192-, 1922, 1932a, 1932b, 1934, 1936a, 1936b, 1938c; Scott, J. P. 1958; Sebeok, T. A. 1962, 1963a, 1963b, 1964, 1969a, 1969b, 1970a, 1970b; & A. Hayes, & G. Bateson 1964; Seiler, R. 1972; Shirek-Ellefson, J. 1967; Siegmund, G. 1966; Sigmon, B. A. 1969, 1971; Simons, E. L. 1972; Simpson, G. G. 1966, 1970; Slama-Cazacu, T. 1963c; Smith, L. 1970; Smith, W. J. 1965, 1968, 1969; Snyder, R. 1967; Sonnenfeld, J. 1968; Sowa, C. A. 1972; Spence, K.W. 1937, 1938; Spivak, Hilde 1971; Sprankel, H. & R. Lorenz 1972; Spurway, H. & J. B. S. Haidane 1954a; Stea, D. & J. M. Blaut 1971a; Steiner, G. 1969; Stemmer, N. 1971; Stephan, H. & C. J. Andy 1969; Stephen, L. 1873; Stephenson, G. R. 1968; Stern, C. & W. 1924; Stoecker, J. A. 1972; Stopa, R. 1968; Straus, W. L. 1940, 1941, 1942; Strobel, D. A. & R. R. Zimmerman 1971; Struhsaker, T. T. 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1967d, 1969; Sugiyama, Y. 1967, 1968, 1969; Terry, R. L. 1970; Thomas, E. & F . Schaller 1954; Thomsen, C. 1972; Thorpe, W. H. 1966a, 1968, 1972a; Tiger, L. & R. Rox 1966; Tinbergen, N. 1953, 1957, 1959, 1961, 1962, 1964; Tobias, P. V. 1966,1971; Tolman, E. C. 1948, 1949; Truby, H. M. 1969; Tsumori, A. 1967; Tubbs, W. E. 1969; van Uden, A. 1968; Uexküll, J. von 1932; Vandel, A. 1943, 1958; Varela, F. G. 1971; Vine, I. 1970; Vogel, C. 1961; Voïtonis, N. Y. 1949; Von Wright, J. M. 1970; Voronin, L. G. 1960; Walk, R. D. & E. K. Bond 1971; Ward, J. P., A. Yehle, & S. Dorflein 1970; Warden, C. J. 1932; Warren, J. M. 1953, 1958, 1965; Washburn, S. L. 1963b, 1968a, 1968b, 1968c; & I. DeVore 1961; & D. A. Hamburg 1965; & R. S. Harding 1970; & P. Jay 1967; Webbe, J. 1630; Weber, I. 1972; Wechkin, S. 1970; Weidenreich, F. 1931; Weidmann, U. 1969; Weisgerber, J. L. 1958; Weiskrantz, L. & M. Mishkin 1958; Weismann, A. 1889; Wenner, A. M. & D. L. Johnson 1967a, 1967b; Wenzel, G. I. 1911; Wescott, R. W. 1967, 1969a, 1969b, 1969c; White, G. R. 1871; White, L. A. 1942; Whittingham, M. R. & M. Wilson 1968; Wickler, W. 1965a, 1965b, 1966, 1967, 1968; Wilcoxon, G. W., W. Meier, R. Orlando, & D. G. Paulson 1969; Williams, S. N. 1971; Willis, T. 1683; Wilson, M. 1968,1971, 1972; Wilson, W. A. & O. C. Shaffer 1963; Winkelsträter, K. H. 1960; Wolfe, J. B. 1936; Woolpy, J. H. 1968; Wormer, J. V. 1964; Yakimov, V. P. 1965; Yerkes, R. M. 1925; & H. W. Nissen 1939; Zhinkin, N. I. 1963; Zimmerman, R. & C. C. Torrey 1965; & J. Hochberg 1970, 1971; Zingeser, M. R. 1969; Zuckerman, S. 1932. ANIMAL CALLS, CRIES, SOUNDS Abe, I. 1965; Aelianus, C. 1864; Andrew, R. J. 1961, 1962a, 1962b, 1963, 1968; Anonymous 1827, 1874, 1964; Anthoney, T. 1968,1969; Antonius, O. 1939, 1943; Aristotle 1937, 1938; Armstrong, E. A. 1947, 1963; Asai, K. 1932; Augier, M. 1950; Ausobsky, A. 1964; Autrum, H. 1955; Ballantus, J. & C. Uttinus 1783; Barrington, D. 1773; Bartholomew, G. A. & N. E. Collias 1962; Bastian, J. R. 1964, 1965, 1968a, 1968b; Bates, B. C. 1970; Beer, C. G. 1970; Bellucci, L. 1924, 1928; Benciolini, F. & A. Dei Rossi 1931; Benedict, B. 1969; Benson, C. W. 1948; Bernstein, H. 1923; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1927, 1929, 1940; Blair, F. W. 1956, 1968; Böker, H. 1932; Bolwig, N. 1964; Borror, D. J. 1958; Bossnet, J. B. 1846; Bougeant, G. H. 1739; Bougeant, l'Abbé, G. H. 1954; Boutan, L. 1913; Brandes, G. 1927, 1929, 1932, 1938; Brandt, J. 1816; Braun, F. 1915, 1919; Brinkman, J. & H. G. J. M. Kuypers 1972; Broeckaert, J. 1904; Burnstein, D. C. & P. C. Wolfe 1967; Burrows, R. 1968; Burt, W. 1943; Busnel, M. C. 1967; Busnel, R. G. 1963, 1967, 1968; & M. C. Busnel 1963; Capranica, R. R. 1965, 1966; Chalmers, N. R.

816 1968; Chamberlain, D. R. 1971; Christoleit, F. 1924, 1927; Cohen-Rosenfield, L. 1956; Collias, N. E. 1958, 1960; Coupin, H. 1901; Coutlee, E. L. 1971; Crisler, L. 1956; Critchley, M. 1958b; Crook, J. H. 1966; Cullen, J. M. 1972; Darwin, C. 1871; Delamin, J. 1930; Denham, W. W. 1970; Denker, A. 1907; DeVore, I. 1965; Douglas, M. 1971; Dreher, J. J. 1961; Dubois-Reymond, R. 1914; Dumas, G. 1937; Elliott, D. N. & L. A. Frazier & R. C. Hayden 1971; Emlen, S. T. 1971; Epple, G. 1968; Erwin, J. & G. Mitchell 1972; Evans, W. E. & J. Bastian 1969; Faber, A. 1953; Faidherbe, L. 1875; Fannin, H. A. & W. G. Braud 1971; Fick, R. 1928, 1929; Firsov, L. A. 1954, 1960a, 1960b, 1960c, 1963, 1964,1965, 1969; Fleischman, M. L. 1968; Foisset, T. 1842; Forster, A. 1925; Forster, M. 1936; Foss, B. M. 1964; Fox, M. W. 1969, 1970; Frings, H. 1967; & M. Frings 1959a, 1959b, 1964; Frisch, O. von 1958; Fromm, G. 1933; Garner, R. L. 1892, 1896, 1899, 1900a, 1900b; Gembloux, P. 1844; Geschwind, N. 1970; Giacomini, C. 1897; Gilbert, B. 1966, 1969; Ginsburg, N. 1960; Goekel, J. G. 1686; Gottlieb, G. 1970; Grämet, P. 1959; Greenewalt, C. H. 1969; Gregory, B. 1890; Grimm, R. J. 1967; Gröbbels, F. 1925; Grosslight, J. H. & B. L. Lively 1963; & W. C. Zaynor & B. L. Lively 1964; Grützner, P. 1879; Gryuner, M. & L. B. Kozarovitskii 1961; Gustafson, D. 1971; Häckel, E. 1901; Hacker, V. 1900; Haidane, J. B. S. 1954a, 1954b; & L. Koch 1938; & H. Spurway 1954; Hall-Craggs, J. 1969; Hassko, A. 1929; Hast, M. H. 1969; Hediger, H. P. 1950, 1955, 1968; Heffner, H. E„ R. J. Ravizza, & B. Masterton 1969; Heinroth, O. 1927; Hellman, C. S. 1967; Henle, J. 1839; Hermann, E. 1938; Herrnstein, R. 1965; Heusser, H. 1970; Hewes, G. W. 1972b, 1973b; Hill, J. H. 1972a, 1972b; Hinde, R. A. 1958, 1959, 1964, 1966, 1969; & I. E. Rowell 1962; Hockett, C. F. 1960, 1961; Hoffmann, B. 1908, 1928; Hudson, W. H. 1923; Hunt, R. 1923; Huxley, J. S. 1938; Impekoven, M. 1971; Isaac, D. & P. Marler 1963; Itani, J. 1955, 1963; Jakobson, R. 1969b; Jordan, J. 1960a, 1960b; Jürgens, U. 1969; & M. Maurus, D. W. Ploog, & P. Winter 1967; & D. Ploog 1970; Jüssen, W. 1940; Kaiser, L. 1936; Kalischer, O. 1905; Kalmus, H. 1964, 1965b; Kanai, T. & S. C. Wang 1962; Kawamura, S. 1959; Kelemen, G. 1948, 1949, 1962, 1969; Kellogg, W. N. 1961, 1963; & R. Kohler, & H. N. Morris 1953; Kennedy, T., N. Kiang, & S. Sutton 1956; Kipp, F. A. 1955; Kircher, A. 1650; Kleinschmidt, A. 1937, 1938, 1950; Kneutgen, J. 1960, 1970; Knight, R. 1972; Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. 1895; Köhler, O. 1937, 1950b, 1966; Konishi, M. 1964, 1965; & F. Nottebohm 1969; Körner, O. 1884; Kortlandt, A. 1953; Krogmann, W. 1962; Kühme, W. 1965,1967; LaBarre, W. 1954; Lai, H. 1967; La Mettrie, J. O. 1747; Lampert, H. 1926; Landois, H. 1874; Lane, H. L. 1960, 1961; Lanyon, W. E. & W. N. Tavolga 1960; Leblanc, E. 1914; Lemon, R. E. 1965, 1966, 1968, 1971; & A. Herzog 1969; & C. Chatfield 1971; Levin, V. N. 1967; Lieberman, P. H. 1968a; & E. S. Crelin 1971; & E. S. Crelin & D. H. Klatt 1970; & E. S. Crelin & D. H. Klatt 1970; & K. S. Harris, P. Wolff, & L. H. Russell 1968; & D. H. Klatt, & W. H. Wilson 1969; Lilly, J. C. 1963a, 1963b, 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1967a, 1967b; & A. M. Miller 1962; Lorenz, K. 1949, 1953; Lucanus, F. 1907, 1923; Lukina, E. V. 1957; Mackensen, L. 1964; Mal'tsev, V. P. 1971; Marcus, H. 1925; Marler, P. R. 1952, 1956, 1957, 1959, 1961a, 1961b, 1963, 1965, 1967, 1968a, 1968b, 1969, 1970a, 1970b, 1972; Marshall, W. 1905; Mason, W. A. & G. Berkson 1962; Massopust, L. C. & H. W. Barnes & J. Bidura 1965; & L. R. Wolin, & R. Meder & V. Frost 1967; Mastelloni, F. D. 1921; Mathews, F. S. 1905; Matunäk, M. 1911; Maurus, M. & D. Ploog 1969, 1971; Mayer, C. 1852; Maynard, C. J. 1928; Meister, R 1962; Mejia, R. 1673; Merti, C. A. 1957; Meyer, 1826; Miller, L. 1952; Milligan, M. M. 1971; Mitchell, C. & R. Gillette, & J. Vernon & P. Herman 1970; Miyadi, D. 1964a, 1964b; Moelk, M. 1944; Moeller, J. 1901; Molliver, M. E. 1963; M0ller, G. W., H. F. Harlow, & G. D. Mitchell 1968; Mott, F. 1925; Mundinger, P. C. 1970; Myers, S. A. 1965; & J. A. Horel, & H. D. Pennypacker 1965; Negus, V. E. 1928, 1933, 1938, 1949; Nemai, J. 1913, 1920, 1926, 1929, 1933; & G. Kelemen

817 1929a, 1929b, 1933; Neuhaus, W. 1968; Nichols, D. G. 1951; Nicholson, E. M. & L. Koch 1936; Nishida, T. 1967a, 1967b, 1970; Niskyama, N. 1905; Nottebohm, F. 1970; Oshima, M. 1956; Paolucci, L. 1883; Paulsen, K. 1967; Paulyn, W. 1941; Payne, R. S. & S. McVay 1971; Perdeck, A. C. 1958; Pernau, E. A. 1702; Petterson, M. 1956; Ploog, D. W. 1967; Poirier, F. E. 1970; Pommer, H. F. & W. M. Sale 1947; Potash, L. M. 1970; Prazdnikova, N. V. & L. A. Firsov 1953; Promptov, A. V. 1949; Raitsits, E. 1928; Randolph, M. C. & W. A. Mason 1969; Raven, H. C. 1932; Reicher, M. 1969; Reinert, J. 1957; Reynolds, P. C. 1968, 1969, 1970a, 1970b, 1971; Riley, D. A. 1958; Robinson, B. W. 1967a, 1967b; Rohrbaugh, M. & C. Z. Wesley, & J. H. Grosslight 1968; Romanes, G. J. 1889; Rowell, T. E. 1962; Rutter, R. J. & D. H. Pimlott 1968; Sackett, G. P. 1966; Sade, D. S. 1967, 1972; Salzinger, K. & M. B. Waller 1962; Saunders, A. A. 1924, 1929; Savart, F. 1826; Schaller, G. B. 1963, 1965; Scharrer, E. 1931; Scheller, P. 1911; Scheminzky, F. 1935; Schenkel, R. 1947; Schiefferdecker, P. 1919; Schiller, F. 1904; Schmid, B. 1928a, 1928b, 1930; Schmidt, R. S. 1971; Schmitt, C. & H. Stadler 1919; Schneider, R. 1964; Schön, M. A. 1970; Schulz, G. 1927-28; Schusterman, R. J. 1972; & R. F. Balliet 1970; & R. Gentry, & J. Schmook 1966; & S. H. Feinstein 1965; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1932a, 1932b, 1946b, 1948; Sclavunos, G. 1904; Scott, J. P. 1967; Scott, W. E. D. 1901, 1902; Sebeok, T. A. 1963a, 1963b, 1965a, 1965b, 1966, 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1967d, 1967e, 1968a, 1968b, 1969a, 1969b, 1970a, 1970b, 1970c; & A. Ramsey 1969; Sextus Empiricus 1933-49; Shapiro, H. L. 1960; Sharma, I. K. 1969; Shustin, N. A. 1949; Simons, R. C. & C. F. Bielert 1972; & R. A. Bobbitt, & G. D. Jensen 1968; Smith, H. M. 1944; Smith, W. J. 1971; Smythe, R. H. 1959; Snapp, B. D. 1969; Sokolowsky, R. 1919; Sonntag, C. F. 1921; Sprague, J. M. 1944; Stadler, H. 1930; Starck, D. & R. Schneider 1960; Stebbins, W. C. 1972; Stepien, L., J. Pierre Cordeau, & T. Rasmussen 1960; Stopa, R. 1935, 1970; Stork, H.-J. 1971; Strassen, 0.1952; Struhsaker, T. T. 1970; Tait, J. 1934; Tembrock, G. 1962, 1963, 1966a, 1966b, 1967a, 1967b, 1970; Theberge, J. B. & J. B. Falls 1967; Thielcke, G. 1961, 1965, 1969, 1970; Thompson, W. 1968, 1969; Thorpe, W. H. 1958, 1966b, 1967, 1969,1972a, 1972b; Todt, D. 1971a, 1971b; Traill, T. S. 1821; Trivers, R. L. 1971; Tuttle, H. 1895; Ullrich, H. 1952; Vicq d' Azyr, F. 1779; Vogel, C. 1972; Waite, E. R. 1903; Waring, G. H. 1970; Washburn, S. L. 1959a; &I. DeVore, 1961; & R. S. Harding 1970; & J. B. Lancaster 1971; Weinstein, B. 1945; Wilder, H. H. 1892; Wiley, R. H. 1971; Williams, H. W„ W. Sorenson, & P. Thompson 1969; Williams, L. 1967b, 1971; Wilson, G. 1910; Wind, J. 1970; Winter, P. 1968, 1969a, 1969b, 1972; & D. Ploog, & J. Latta 1966; Wolff, L. 1812; Wollberg, Z. & J. D. Newman 1972; Yamaguchi, S. & R. E. Myers 1972; Yerkes, R. M. 1916, 1927, 1943; & B. W. Learned 1925; & A. W. Yerkes 1929; Yonell 1829; Youatt, W. 1835; Zawerth, W. 1883; Zenker W., & H. Anzenbacher 1962; Zhinkin, N. I. 1960b; Zimmermann, Ä. 1929; Zukowsky, L. 1927; Zvorykin, V. P. 1969. ANIMALS, HUMAN COMMUNICATION WITH Anonymous 1676, 1970a; Bolton, H. C. 1897; Borgese, E. M. 1965; Brehm, A. 1876; Bronowski, J. & U. Bellugi 1970a, 1970b; Butter, C. M. 1972; Chandola, A. C. 1963; Cole, J. 1963; Denes, P. B. 1966; Edinger, L. 1911; Ford, B. 1970; Fouts, R. S. 1972a, 1972b; Furness, W. H. 1916; Gardner, B. T. & R. A. Gardner 1969, 1971; Gardner, R. A. 1972; & B. T. Gardner 1967, 1969; Gates, A. I., & C. Pearden 1940; Goustard, M. 1970; Grimm, J. L. C. & W. C. Grimm 1910; Grzimek, B. 1940, 1951, 1959; Hachet, S. 1903; Hahn, E. 1971a, 1971b; Haslip, J. 1944; Hayes, C. 1951; Hayes, K. J. 1950, 1952; & C. Hayes 1950, 1951, 1952a, 1952b, 1955; & C. H. Nissen 1971; Hewes, G. W. 1969b, 1971a, 1973c; Jacobs, J. 1915; Kainz, F. 1962; Kalbhenn, H. 1951; Kalmus, H. 1965b; Kellogg, W. N. 1931, 1968a, 1968b, 1969; & L. A. Kellogg 1933; Kipling, R. 1894; Klima, E. S.

818 & U . Bellugi 1970; Laboulaye, E. R. L. 18—, 1904; Lang, A. 1903,1911; Leen, N. 1972; Linton, M. 1970; Lubbock, J. 1884; Magnus, L. A. 1916; Mehler, J. 1968; Meunier, V. 1895; Morgenstern, C. 1956; O'Grady, A. & F.Throop 1912; Patten, W. 1912; Pepys, S. 1660-69; Pfister, R. 1952; Pfungst, O. 1911; Premack, D. 1970a, 1970b, 1970c, 1971a, 1971b, 1971c, 1972a, 1972b, 1972c; & A. Schwartz 1966; Sarles, H. B. 1969; Schulthess, F. 1912; Scott, J. G. 1918; Steklis, H. D. & M. J. Raleigh 1972; Swain, R. L. 1970; Tegano, U. 1939; Vosseier, J. 1911; Warden, C. J. & L. H. Warner 1928; Wheeler, P. 1946; Wiggin, K. D. & N. A. Smith 1911. ANTHROPOID APES, see APES APES, ANTHROPOID Albertus Magnus; Altmann, S. A. 1965; Anonymous 1676, 1942, 1970a; Avril, C. 1963; Bastian, A. 1868; Beatty, E. H. 1951; Berrill,N. J. 1966; Bourdier, F. 1963; Bourne, G. H. 1971; BraTnes, S. N. & S. L. Novoselova 1959; Broca, P. P. 1878; Bronowski, J. & U. Bellugi 1970a, 1970b; Brown, R. W. 1970a, 1970b; Buffon 1749-68; Bukin, V. P. 1961; Bunak, V. V. 1951b; Butter, C. M. 1972; Camper, P. 1779, 1782; Carpenter, C. R. 1958, 1963, 1964, 1968, 1972; Chance, M. R. A. & C. Jolly 1970; Clark, G. 1970; Condon, W. S. & W. D. Ogston 1967a; Cowles, J. T. 1937; Crawford, M. P. 1941; Cullen, J. M. 1968; Davenport, R. K. & E. W. Menzel 1964; & C. M. Rogers 1968, 1970, 1971; & C. M. Rogers & E. W. Menzel 1969; Dembowski, J. 1956,1963; Devine, J. & J. R. Ivens, Jr. 1969; Döhl, J. 1966, 1971; Doolittle, R. F. & G. A. Mross 1970; Drelincourt, C. D. 1672, 1684; Edinger, L. 1911; Elder, J. H. 1934, 1935; Emlen, J. T. 1962; Faris, J. 1968; Farrer, D. N. 1967; Ferster, C. B. 1964; Finch, G. 1941; Firsov, L. A. 1960a, 1960b, 1963,1965, 1969; Fleischman, M. L. 1968; Foley, J. P. 1935; Ford, B. 1970; Fouts, R. S. 1972a, 1972b; Furness, W. H. 1916; Gallup, G. G. 1970; et al. 1971; Gardner, B. T. & R. A. Gardner 1968, 1969, 1971; Gardner, R. A. 1972; & B. T. Gardner 1966, 1967,1969; Garner, R. L. 1896, 1899, 1900a, 1900b; Geschwind, N. 1970b; Giacomini, C. 1897; Goja, H. 1959; Goodall, J. (van Lawick-Goodall) 1963a, 1963b, 1964,1965, 1967a, 1967b, 1968a, 1968b, 1971, 1972; Goustard, M. 1970; Gregson, E. D. & R. A. M. Gregson 1970; Gruber, A. 1969; Grünbaum, A. S. F. & C. S. Sherrington 1901-02; Gryuner, M. & L. B. Kozarovitskii 1961; Grzimek, B. 1951; Hackenberg, G. 1924; Hahn, E. 1971a, 1971b; Hamburg, D. A. 1971; Hartmann, R. 1886; Hassko, A. 1929; Hast, M. H. 1969; Hayes, C. 1951; Hayes, K. J. 1950, 1952; & C. Hayes 1950, 1951, 1952a, 1952b, 1955; & C. H. Nissen 1971; Hewes, G. W. 1969b, 1971a, 1973c; Hill, S. D., R. A. Bundy, G. G. Gallup, & M. K. McClure 1970; Hirschler, P. 1942; Holloway, R. L. & E. Szinyei-Merse 1972; Van Hooff, J. A. R. A. M. 1962, 1967, 1972; Hooton, E. A. 1947; Itani, J. 1968; Izawa, K. 1970; & J. Itani 1966; Jones, C. & S. Pi 1969; Kawabe, M. 1966; Kelemen, G. 1948, 1969; Kellogg, W. N. 1931, 1968a, 1968b, 1969; & L. A. Kellogg 1933; Khrustov, G. F. 1960, 1968; Kleinschmidt, A. 1937, 1938, 1950; Klima, E. S. & U. Bellugi 1970; Köhler, O. 1952a; Köhler, W. 1918, 1921, 1925; Kohts, N. N. 1923, 1935, 1955, 1959, 1964; Kortlandt, A. 1959, 1962, 1964, 1965a, 1966, 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1967d, 1968; & M. Kooij 1963; & J. C. J. van Zon 1969; Kortmulder, K. 1968b; Kroeber, A. L. 1928; Krogmann, W. 1966; Lancaster, J. B. 1967; Leen, N. 1972; Lenneberg, E. H. 1970c, 1971a; Lieberman, P. 1968, 1970, 1972; & D. H. Klatt, & W. H. Wilson 1969; Linton, M. 1970; Loizos, C. M. 1967, 1969; Marchand, F. 1893; Marler, P. 1965, 1969a; & W. J. Hamilton, III 1966; Mason, W. A. 1965; & G. Berkson 1962; & R. K. Davenport, & E. W. Menzel 1968; Mayorov, F. P. & L. A. Firsov 1956; McCulloch, T. L. 1939; Mehler, J. 1968; Menzel, E. 1962, 1963, 1964, 1965, 1969a, 1969b, 1969c, 1969d, 1970, 1971a, 1971b, 1971c, 1971d, 1972a, 1972b; & R. K. Davenport, & C. M.

819 Rogers 1970; & W. A. Draper 1965; Miles, W. R. 1963; Monboddo, J. B. 1773, 1784-85; Morris, D. 1958, 1962; Mott, F. 1925; Mukhina, V. S. 1964, 1965; Napier, J. R. 1971; Nemai, J. 1926, 1929; & G. Kelemen 1929a, 1929b, 1933; Nesturkh, M. F. 1960,1968; Neuhaus, W. 1968; Nishida, T. 1967a, 1967b, 1970; Niskyama, N. 1905; Nissen, H. W. 1956, 1958; Nissle, C. 1872; Novoselova, S. L. 1960; Oppenheimer, W. 1932; Parker, C. E. 1969; Pepys, S. 1660-69; Ploog, D. W. 1968; Porshnev, B. F. 1969, 1971; Premack, D. 1970a, 1970b, 1970c, 1971a, 1971b, 1971c, 1972a, 1972b; & A. Schwartz 1966; Prestrude, A. M. 1970; Raitsits, E. 1928; Randolph, M. C. & W. A. Mason 1969; Raven, H. C. 1932, 1933; Rensch, B. 1957, 1961,1967, 1972; Reynolds, H. H. & D. N. Farrer 1969; Reynolds, P. C. 1970a, 1970b; Reynolds, V. 1964,1965, 1968; & G. Luscombe 1969; Riesen, A. H. 1947; & E. F. Kinder 1952; Robinson, J. S. 1955; Rogers, C. M. & R. K. Davenport 1971; Roginskii, G. Z. 1948; Rohles, F. H. 1967; & J. V. Devine 1966; Romanes, G. J. 1889, 1890; Rumbaugh, D. M. 1970, 1971, 1972; & C. McCormack 1967; Savage, T. S. & J. Wyman 1843-44; Schaller, G. B. 1963, 1965; Schastnyi, A. I. 1961, 1962,1968; Schiller, P. H. 1951; Schreiber, H. 1936; Schwidetzky, G. 1932a, 1932b, 1936a, 1936b, 1948; Sclavunos, G. 1904; Sigmon, B. A. 1969; de Silva, G. S. 1971; Sinelnikov, J. R. 1967; Spence, K. W. 1937, 1938; Sprankel, H. & R. Lorenz 1972; Steklis, H. D. & M. J. Raleigh 1972; Struhsaker, T. T. & P. Hunkeler 1971; Sugiyama, Y. 1967, 1968, 1969; Sullivan, W. E. & C. W. Osgood 1927; Suzuki, A. 1966,1969; Swain, R. L. 1970; Tikh, N. A. 1950; Traill, T. S. 1821; Tuttle, R. H. 1967,1969; Tyson, E. 1699; Viaud, G. 1960; Walkhoff, O. 1902; Wallon, H. 1942; Ward, 1.1883; Washburn, S. L. 1963a; Wilson, G. 1910; Wolfe, J. B. 1936; Yerkes, R. M. 1916, 1925, 1927, 1943; & B. W. Learned 1925; & A. W. Yerkes 1929; & H. W. Nissen 1939; Youatt, W. 1835; Zimmermann, A. 1929. APHASIA: see also BRAIN Adler, Seymour 1952; Adler, Sol 1964; Akinshchikova, G. I. 1964; Alajouanine, T. & P. Mozziconacci 1948; & F. Lhermitte 1964; Baldwin, J. M. 1901; Ballet, G. 1886; Barton, M. I. 1971; & M. Maruszewski, & D. Urrea 1969; Bassi, A. 1962; Bastian, H. C. 1894, 1898; Bateman, F. 1870, 1890, 1897; Bay, E. 1962a, 1962b, 1964; Benson, D. F. 1967; & N. Geschwind 1970; & D. H. Patten 1967; Benton, A. L. 1959, 1962a, 1962b, 1965, 1969, 1972; & R. J. Joynt 1960; & K. C. Smith & M. Lang 1972; Berry, M. F. & J. Eisenson 1956; Bing, R. 1910; Blake, J. N. 1969; Bluhme, H. 1970; Boies, K. 1971; Bonkowski, R. I. 1966; Boone, D. R. 1965a, 1965b, 1966a, 1966b; & W. F. Latas 1966, 1968; & T. E. Prescott 1968; Botez, M. I. 1970; Bouman, L. & A. A. Griinbaum 1925; Bowler, N. W. 1965; Brain, W. R. 1941, 1956, 1961, 1964,1965; Burr, C. W. 1905; Calabro, V. C. 1969; Caplan, D., L. Kellar & S. Locke 1972; Castle, W. E. 1966; Chappell, G. E. 1970; Charlton, M. H. 1970; Clarus, A. 1874; Cohen, D., J. Dubois, M. Gauthier, H. Hecaen, & R. Angelergues 1963; Collins, J. 1898; Critchley, M. 1938, 1942, 195-, 1966a, 1966b, 1970a, 1970b; Crocker, J. R. 1970; Dax, J. M. 1836; Deelman, B. G. 1970; Dejerine, J. J. 1880; & A. Dejerine-Klumpke 1895, 1901; DeReuck, A. V. S. & M. O'Connor 1964; Diamond, S. P., J. Epstein, & M. B. Bender 1969; DiCarlo, L. M. 1959; Doehring, D. G. & R. M. Reitan 1961, 1962; Douglass, E. & J. C. Richardson 1959; Drew, A. L. 1956; Dubois, J., L. Irigaray, P. Marcie, & H. Hecaen 1967; Eisenson, J. 1954, 1962, 1968, 1970, 1971; Elder, W. 1897; Elliott, D. N. & C. Trahiotis 1972; Eustis, R. S. 1947; Ewing, A. W. G. 1930; Ferrand, A. E. 1869, 1894; Filby, Y. & A. E. Edwards 1963; Fischer, S. 1922; Foy, R. 1905; Freud, S. 1952; Froeschels, E. 1918,1932,1949, 1970; Fry, F. R. 1907; Gloning, K., G. Haub, & R. Quatember 1968; Goldberg, H. 1968; Goldstein, K. 1906,1933, 1937,1946, 1948; Gomez, M. 1970; Goodglass, H. 1962,1968; & M. I. Barton, & E. F. Kaplan 1968; & M. R. Hyde, & S.

820 Blumstein 1969; & E. Kaplan 1963; & B. Klein, P. Carey, & K. Jones 1966; & J. Mayer 1954; & F. A. Quadfasel 1954; & F. A. Quadfasel, & W. H. Timberlake 1964; Grasset, J. 1896; Green, E. 1969a, 1969b, 1970; Hallgren, B. 1950; Hardy, J. C., R. Netsell, J. W. Schweiger, & H. L. Morris 1969; Head, H. 1920,1926; Hecaen, H. & R. Angelergues 1964,1965; & G. Assal 1970; & J. Sauguet 1971; Heiman, B. Z. 1968, 1971; Heller, T. 1896-97; Hermann, K. & E. Norrie 1958; Holland, A. 1970; Homskaya, E. D. 1958; Howes, D. H. 1964; & N. Geschwind 1964; Ivanov, V. 195-; Jackson, J. H. 1873, 1878, 1893, 1931; Jackson, L. 1950; Jacobi, M. B. 1887; Jacoby, N. M. 1958; Jakobson, R. 1941,1955, 1956, 1964a, 1968a; Johnson, M. L. & N. M. Tavella 1945; Jones, L. V. & J. M. Wepman 1965; Kainz, F. 1959; Kennedy, F. & F. A. Wolf 1936; Kertesz, A. & D. F. Benson 1970; Kinsbourne, M. & E. K. Warrington 1962a, 1962b, 1963; Kleist, K. 1962; Kosciuk-Hoiowka Teresa 1969; Kronvall, E. L. & C. F. Diehl 1954; Kubota, M. 1970; Kussmaul, A. 1874; Landau, W. M., R. Goldstein, & F. K. Kleffner 1960; Lecours, A. R. & F. Lhermitte 1969; Leischner, A. 1943,1956; Lenneberg, E. H. 1960b, 1962b, 1964b, 1971b; Lhermitte, F. 1970; Liepmann, H. 1898; Loewenberg, R. D. 1951; Lowe, A. & R. A. Campbell 1965; Lubin, K. K. 1962; Luchsinger, R. 1961; & G. E. Arnold 1965; & C. Dubois, F. Vassela, E. Joss, R. Gloor.V.Wiesmann 1967; Luria, A. R. 1947,1958a, 1958b, 1959b, 1961,1964,1967a, 1967b, 1970a; & T. A. Karasseva 1968; & L. S. Tsetkova 1969; MacNeilage, P. F., T. P. Rootes, & R. A. Chase 1967; Marie, P. 1897, 1926; Maruszewski, M. 1966; Marx, O. M. 1966,1967; Masland, M. W., & L. W. Case 1968; Matejcek, Z. & Z. Zlab 1963; Mazurkiewitsch, J. 1900; McFie, J., M. F. Piercy, & O. L. Zangwill 1950; & Zangwill, 0.1960; McGinnis, M. A. 1963; Meyers, R. 1948; Minear, D. J. 1969; Monsees, E. 1961; Moutier, F. 1908; Myklebust, H. R. 1956, 1957a; Nelson, R. O. 1968; Newcombe, F., R. C. Oldfield, & A. Wingfield 1965; Nice, M. M. 1925a, 1925b; Oldfield, R. C. 1970; Ombredane, A. 1951; Osgood, C. E. & M. S. Miron 1959,1963a; Parisi, D. & L. Pizzamiglio 1970; Pizzamiglio, L. & A. Appicciafuoco 1967, 1971; Poeck, K. & B. Orgass 1966; Potter, G. O. 1968; Pötzl, O. 1919; Rappoport, S. R. 1965; Reed, J. L. 1971; Reitan, R. M. 1960; Renfrew, C. & K. Murphy 1964; DeRenzi, E., A. Pieczuro, & L. A. Vignolo 1966, 1968; & L. Vignolo 1962; de Reuck, A. V. S. & M. O'Connor 1964; Riese, W. 1947, 1965; Rosenberg, B. 1965; Rosenberger, P. B. & J. P. Mohr & L. T. Stoddard 1968; Rudel, R. G. & H.-L. Teuber 1971; Rüge, H. 1970; Russell, W. & M. L. E. Espir 1961; Ryabova, T. V. 1969; Sarno, J. E., P. L. Swisher, & T. M. Sarno 1969; Sasanuma, S. & O. Fujimura 1971; Satz, P. 1966; Schuell, H. & J. J. Jenkins 1959; & J. J. Jenkins & E. Jimenez-Pabon 1964; & K. Nagae 1969a; & R. Shaw, & W. Brewer 1969b; Seeman, M. 1970; Seliga, J. T. 1966; Shankweiler, D. & K. S. Harris 1966; Singh, S. D. & al. 1970; Sizaret, P., E. Degiovanni, & P. Glories 1969; Sollberg, G. 1963, 1966, 1970; Solms, H. 1947; Sonninen, A., P. Siltala, & M. Siirala 1970; Spinnler, H. & L. A. Vignolo 1966; Spreen, O. 1968; & A. L. Benton, & M. W. Van Allen 1966; & A. Benton, & R. Fincham 1965; Stark, J., S. Cohen, & J. Eisenson 1968; & Joan Meisel & T. S. Wright 1969; Stein, L. & K. W. Curry 1968; Steinbrecher, W. 1969; Stengel, E. A. 1954, 1964; Strauss, A. A. 1954; & E. N. Carus 1958; Subirana, A. 1964a; Tenenbaum, D. L. 1966a, 1966b; Tervoort, B. T. 1970; Thomas, M. E. 1969; Time Magazine 1972; Trager, E. C. 1961; Trousseau, A. 1864; Tureen, L. L., E. A. Smolik, & J. H. Tritt 1951; Vinken, P. J. & G. W. Bruyn 1969; Voinescu, I. 1971; Vulpian, 1865; Weigl, E. 1961, 1963, 1964, 1970; & M. Bierwisch 1970; & E. Metze 1968; Weinberg, B. 1969; Weisenburg, T. & K. E. McBride 1935; Wepman, J. M„ L. V. Jones, R. D. Bock, & D. van Pelt 1960; Wernicke, C. 1874; Whitaker, H. A. 1969, 1970a, 1970b, 1972; White, H. I. 1962; Wiig, E. H. & L. S. Bliss 1970; & D. Globus 1971; Wilson, L. F. 1965; Wilson, S. A. 1926; Wing, L. 1968; Worster-Drought, C. 1943; Young, M. A. 1968; Zangwill, O. L. 1964.

821 APRAXIA Ajuriaguerra, J., H. Hécaen, & R. Angelergues 1960; & M. Muller, & R. Tissot 1960; Barraquer-Bordas, L. 1969; Benson, D. F. & M. I. Barton 1970; Bornstein, M. 1911; Brun, R. 1921; Denny-Brown, D. 1958; Ettlinger, G. 1969; Fitts, P. M. 1964; Foix, C. 1916; Gazzaniga, M. S., J. E. Bogen, & R. W. Sperry 1967; Gordon, A. 1911; Gubbay, S. S., E. Ellis, J. N. Walton, & S. D. M. Court 1965; Guillain, G., T. Alajouanine, & R. Garcin 1925; Hécaen, H. 1944; & J. Ajuriaguerra 1945; Liepmann, H. 1900,1908; Luria, A. R. 1964b; Morlaas, J. 1928; Nielsen, J. M. 1937,1942b; Noïca, D. J. 1932; Palmer, M. F., C. W. Wurth, & J. W. Kinchloe 1964; Pick, A. D. 1905; Piercy, M. F., H. Hécaen, & J. Ajuriaguerra 1960; Poeck, K. & M. Kerschensteiner 1971; de Renzi, E. & P. Faglioni 1967; & A. Pieczuro, & L. A. Vignolo 1968; Silver, A. & R. Hagin 1960; Silverman, F. & E.-M. Silverman 1971; Sittig, O. 1931; Sladen, B. K. 1970; Starr, M. A. 1888; Verjaal, A. 1950; Walton, J., E. Ellis, & S. D. M. Court 1962; Waltz, A. G. 1962; Wilson, K. 1908; Zangwill, O. L. 1960b. AUSTRALOPITHECINES Alekseeva, V. P. 1971; Anonymous 1971; Ardrey, R. 1966; Bartholomew, G. A. & J. B. Birdsell 1953; Bronowski, J. & W. M. Long 1953; Broom, R. & G. W. H. Schepers 1946; Craig, D. & R. A. Dart 1960; Dart, R. A. 1949a, 1949b, 1954,1956a, 1956b, 1958,1959a, 1959b, 1959c, 1959d, 1960,1961, 1962a, 1962b, 1964,1965a, 1965b, 1965c, 1968,1971; Etkin, W. 1963b; Geertz, C. 1964; Heberer, G. 1965a; Holloway, R. L. 1967a, 1967b, 1970a, 1970b; Howell, F. C. 1967; & Editors of Life 1965; Hulbert, K. W. 1972; Koztowski, J. K. 1970; Leakey, L. B. 1967,1968; & P. V. Tobias, & J. R. Napier 1964; Leakey, R. E. F. 1970, 1971; Livingstone, F. B. 1971; Mann, A. E. 1972; Napier, J. R. 1962a; Oakley, K. P. 1957,1959; 1968, 1970; Olivier, G. 1965; Oppenheimer, A. M. 1964, 1968; Palmer, L. S. 1959; Peters, C. R. 1972a, 1972b; Pilbeam, D. R. & E. L. Simons 1965; Rightmire, G. P. 1972; Robinson, J. T. 1962a, 1962b, 1963; Schepers, G. W. H. 1950; Tappen, N. C. & H. Hemmer 1970; Tobias, P. V. 1963, 1965a, 1965b, 1966; Watson, R. A. & P. J. Watson 1969; Wescott, R. W. 1973c; Wesselman, H. B. 1971; Wolberg, D. L. 1970, 1971; Yakimov, V. P. 1951, 1965, 1966. BABBLELUCK THEORY, ASSOCIATION OF INFANT BABBLING WITH MEANINGS Carini, L. 1970b; Myklebust, H. R. 1957b; Thorndike, E. L. 1943a, 1943b, 1945. BABOON STUDIES AND COMMUNICATION Aldrich-Blake, F. P. G., T. K. Bunn, R. I. M. Dunbar, & P. M. Headley 1971; Anthoney, T. 1968, 1969; Beritashvili, I. S., A. N. Bakuradze, & A. I. Kats 1969; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1929; Bolwig, N. 1964; Dart, R. A. 1963; DeVore, I. & S. L. Washburn 1963; Fedigan, L. M. 1972; Harding, R. S. O. 1972; Jolly, C. J. 1970; Kummer, H. 1968; Marais, E. 1969; Rowell, T. E. 1969; Sowa, C. A. 1972; Spivak, H. 1971; Washburn, S. L. & I. DeVore 1961; Zhinkin, N. I. 1963. BEE COMMUNICATION, BEE "LANGUAGE" Armbruster, L. 1922; Benveniste, E. 1952; Esch, H. 1967; Frisch, K. 1923,1946, 1950, 1953a, 1953b, 1954a, 1954b, 1961, 1967a, 1967b, 1969; Gould, J. L., M. Henerey, & M. C. MacLeod 1970; Haldane, J. B. S. & H. Spurway 1954; Hockett, C. F. 1960; Krogmann, W. 1962; Lindauer, M. 1951, 1953, 1955, 1956, 1961; Lötz, J. 1951b; Mautz, D. 1971; Ribbands, R. 1956; Sebeok,T. A. 1963b, 1967b; Wenner, A. M. & D. L. Johnson 1967; & D. L. Johnson, P. H. Wells, & H. Esch 1967.

822 BIBLICAL THEORY, see DIVINE THEORY OF LANGUAGE ORIGIN BIRDS, COMMUNICATION IN Abe, I. 1965; Andrew, R. J. 1961; Anonymous 1914; Armstrong, E. A. 1947,1963, 1969; Asai, K. 1932; Barrington, D. 1773; Beer, C. G. 1970; Benson, C. W. 1948; Blumenthal, V. X. K. 1903; Blurton, J. N. G. 1968; Braun, F. 1915, 1919; Brehm, A. 1876; Chamberlain, D. R. 1971; Christoleit, F. 1924, 1927; Coupin, H. 1901; Coutlee, E. L. 1971; Daanje, A. 1950; Delamin, J. 1930; Denker, A. 1907; Deny, J. 1946-47; Emlen, S. T. 1971; Fisher, J. & R. A. Hinde 1949; Foreman, D. & W. Allee 1959; Foss, B. M. 1964; Frings, H. 1967; & M. Frings 1959a, 1959b, 1964; Frisch, O. von 1958; Fromm, G. 1933; Gilliard, E. T. 1963; Ginsburg, N. 1960; Gottlieb, G. 1970; Gramet, P. 1959; Greenewalt, C. H. 1969; Gröbbels, F. 1925; Grosslight, J. H. & B. L. Lively 1963; & W. C. Zaynor, & B. L. Lively 1964; & W. C. Zaynor 1967; Haas, A. 1957; Hachet, S. 1903; Hacker, V. 1900; Hall-Craggs, J. 1969; Heinroth, O. 1927; Herrnstein, R. 1965; Hinde, R. A. 1958, 1969; Hoffmann, B. 1908, 1928; Houzeau, J. C. 1872; Hudson, W. H. 1923; Hunt, R. 1923; Huxley, T. H. 1871; Impekoven, M. 1971; Isaac, D. & P. Marler 1963; Kalischer, O. 1905; Kircher, A. 1650; Kneutgen, J. 1960, 1970; Köhler, O. 1937, 1951, 1955, 1966; Konishi, M. 1964, 1965; & F. Nottebohm 1969; Krogmann, W. 1962; Lane, H. L. 1960, 1961; Lemon, R. E. 1965, 1966, 1968; & C. Chatfield 1971; & A. Herzog 1969; Longfellow, H. W. 1909; Lorenz, K. 1949; Lucanus, F. von 1907, 1923; Lukina, E. V. 1957; Marler, P. R. 1952, 1956, 1957, 1970a, 1970b; & M. Tamura 1964; Marshall, A. J. 1954; Mathews, F. S. 1905; Matunäk, M. 1911; Mayer, C. 1852; Maynard, C. J. 1928; Miller, L. 1952; Milligan, M. M. 1971; Morgenstern, C. 1956; Morris, D. 1956; Morse, D. H. 1968; Moynihan, M. 1955, 1970; Mundinger, P. C. 1970; Nichols, D. G. 1951; Nicholson, E. M. & L. Koch 1936; Nottebohm, F. 1970; Paolucci, L. 1883; Pernau, E. A. von 1702; Petterson, M. 1956; Potash, L. M. 1970; Promptov, A. V. 1949; Roheim, G. 1953; Rohrbaugh, M. & C. Z. Wesley, & J. H. Grosslight 1968; Saunders, A. A. 1924, 1929; Savart, F. 1823, 1826; Schmitt, C. & H. Stadler 1919; Schulz, G. 1927-28; Scott, W. E. D. 1901, 1902; Seboek, T. 1967b, 1967d, 1969a, 1970c; Sextus Empiricus 1933-49; Sharma, I. K. 1969; Smith, W. J. 1971; Snapp, B. D. 1969; Stadler, H. 1930; Stork, H.-I. 1971; Strassen, O. zur 1952; Tembrock, G. 1970; Thielcke, G. 1961, 1965,1969, 1970; Thompson, W. L. 1968,1969; Thorpe, W. H. 1958, 1966b, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1972a, 1972b; Tinbergen, N. 1961; Todt, D. 1971a, 1971b; Trivers, R. L. 1971; Waite, E. R. 1903; Wieland, C. M. 1879-80; Wiley, R. H. 1971; Yonell 1829. BODY IMAGE Barton, M. I. & S. Wapner 1965; Berdach, E. & P. Bakan 1967; Boraks, F. S. 1962; Kubie, L. S. 1934,1950; Lhermitte, I. 1939; Money, 1.1965; Oksaar, E. 1955; Wright, G. H. 1956. BORST, ARNO d'Alverny, M. T. 1960; Collinson, W. E. 1961; Hartmann, P. 1961a; LeClerc, J. 1959; Pätsch, G. 1959; Polome, E. 1961, 1966; Schneemelcher, W. 1961; Schoeps, H. J. 1961; Soden, W. von 1961; Verbürg, P. A. 1963. BRAIN, GENERAL, EVOLUTION OF, FUNCTIONS OF, IN RELATION TO LANGUAGE Absolon, K. 1957; Alajouanine, T. & P. Mozziconacci 1948; Anonymous 1889; Anthony, M. J. 1958; Arnold, G. E. 1961b; Babkin, P. S. 1964; Bateman, F. 1877; Beery, K. E. 1967, 1968; Beevor, C. & V. Horsley 1888; Bielicki, T. 1965, 1969; Bignall, K. E. & P. Singer 1967; Bitterman, M. E. 1965; Bock, W. J. 1959; von

823 Bonin, G. 1963; Boule, M. & R. Anthony 1911; Bourdier, F. 1949; Brain, W. R. 1965; Brinkman, J. & H. G. H. M. Kuypers 1972; Bruner, J. S. 1962; Cailleux, A. 1952; Ceci, L. 1971; Charencey, 1894; Chevchenko, Yu. G. 1972; Critchley, M. 1957; Dart, R. A. 1956b; Delgado, J. M. R. 1965, 1971; Deuel, T. 1970; Diamond, I. T. 1971; Dimond, S. J. & J. G. Beaumont 1971; Dobzhansky, T. & A. Montagu 1962; Domba, M. 1935; Drewe, E. A., G. Ettlinger, A. D. Milner, & R. E. Passingham 1970; DuBrul, E. L. 1958, 1960; Ettlinger, G. 1971a, 1971b; Follin, S. 1954; Franke, C. 1928; Frolov, B. 1969; Frolov, Yu. U. P. 1965; Fulton, J. F., C. F. Jacobsen, & M. A. Kennard 1932; Geertz, C. 1962; Geschwind, N. 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1972a, 1972b; Gottschick, J. 1956; Gray, A. A. 1912; Hauger, O. 1921; Hayashi, T. 1968; Heberer, G. 1956, 1965b; Heim, J.-L. 1970; Henderson, N. D. 1970; Herrick, C. J. 1956; Herrnstein, R. 1965; Hofer, H. 196-; Hoffman, J. M. 1972; Holloway, R. L. 1964, 1966a, 1966b, 1966c, 1967b, 1968a, 1968b, 1968c, 1969a, 1969b, 1970a, 1970b, 1971; Huxley, J. S. 1953, 1955; Jara, A. G. 1970; Jerison, H. J. 1963, 1969; Jürgens, U. & D. Ploog 1970; Kalischer, O. 1905; Kanai, T. & S. C. Wang 1962; Keith, A. 1948; Kennedy, T., N. Kiang, & S. Sutton 1956; Kihner, W. L., W. S. McCulloch, & J. Blum 1969; Kochetkov, F. K. & V. Kochetkova 1970; Kochetkova, V. 1960a, 1960b, 1961a, 1961b, 1962, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1970a, 1970b, 1970c, 1972a; Koenigswald, G. H. R. von 1956; Kohts, N. N. 1958; König, M. 1971; Krantz, G. S. 1968, 1970, 1971; Levy, J. 1969; & R. D. Nebes, & R. W. Sperry 1971; Lilly, J. C. 1963b, 1967b; & A. M. Miller 1962; Luchin, P. A. 1970; Luchsinger, R. & G. E. Arnold 1965; Luria, A. R. 1956, 1966a, 1966b; von Luschan, F. 1927; MacNamara, N. C. 1908; Makhin'ko, V. I. 1954; Merritt, J. 1966, 1967; Meyer, F. 1947; Mivart, G. J. 1889; Montagu, M. F. A. 1953, 1954, 1963; ed. 1962; Mourant, A. E. 1973; Munn, N. L. 1955; Münsterberg, H. 1899; Mydlarski, J. & W. Stçélicka 1952; Myers, R. E. 1970; de Nadaillac, M. 1892; Naunyn, B. 1921,1925; Niessl-Mayendorff, E. 1910; Noback, C. E. & W. Montagna 1970; Oakley, K. 1969; Orowan, E. 1955; Orr, W. F. & S. C. Cappanari 1964; Overhage, P. 1959; Petit-Maire, N. 1971; Plotnik, R. & J. M. R. Delgado 1970; Potash, LM. 1970; Prahl-Andersen, B. 1968; Pribram, K. H. 1958, 1970, 1971; & W. E. Tubbs 1967; Reimann, W. 1953; Rensch, B. 1956, 1959a, 1959b, 1962, 1967; Roger, H. 1943; Roginskiï, Y. Y. 1965; Rosinski, F. 1970; Rossi, I. 1970; Scammon, R. E. & H. L. Dunn 1922; Schlesinger, 1902; Seckel, H. P. G. 1960; Semënov, S. A. 1968; Semmes, J. 1966; Shariff, G. A. 1953; Shevchenko, Y. G. 1959, 1960, 1967; Shorokhova, E. V. 1955; Silver, A. 1970; Smith, G. E. 1926, 1927; Sollas, W. J. 1908; Spirkin, A. G. ed. 1950; Spuhler, J. N. 1959, 1965; Stahoviak, V. 1956, 1965a, 1965b; Stankievich, I. A. 1968; Stark, D. 1965; Stephan, H. & C. J. Andy 1969; Stepien, L., J. Pierre Cordeau, & T. Rasmussen 1960; Tappen, N. C. 1953, 1965; Tattersall, 1.1970; Thompson, R. F., K. S. Mayers, R. T. Robertson, & C. J. Pattersen 1970; Tilney, F. 1928, 1933; Tobias, P. V. 1971; Toulmin, S. 1971, 1972b; Tubbs, W. E. 1969; Vinken, P. J. & G. W. Bruyn 1969; Vogt, C. 1863; Voronin, L. G. 1960; Warren, J. M. & K. Akert 1964;Weiner, J. S. 1971; Weiskrantz, L. & M. Mishkin 1958; Wescott, R. W. 1973c; Wiercinski, A. 1956; Wilder, B. G. 1910; Wilson, M. 1968,1972; Wollberg, Z. & J. D. Newman 1972; Wright, C. 1870; Zakher, Y. Y. 1967; Zaporozhets, A. V. 1958. BRAIN, LOCALIZATION OF FUNCTIONS Abbs, J. H. & H. M. Sussman 1971; Abrams, K., T. Bever, & M. Garrett 1970; Adey, W. R. & T. Tokizane 1967; Ajuriaguerra, J. 1957; & H. Hécaen, & R. Angelergues 1960; Anonymous 1922b; Anthony, R. 1913; Archibald, Y. M. & J. M. Wepman 1968; von Arnold, G. 1959; Auburtin, E. 1863; Barbizet, J. 1967, 1968, 1970; Bassi, A. 1962; Bastian, H. C. 1894; Bateman, F. 1870, 1890; Bell, C. 1811, 1830; Bell, D. S. 1968; Benson, D. F. 1967; & D. H. Patten 1967; Benton, A. L. 1962, 1965,1972; Berlucchi, G., W. Heron, R. Hyman, G. Rizzolatti & C.

824 Umiltà 1971; Bernstein, N. 1967; Blinkov, S. M. & 1.1. Glezer 1968; Bogen, J. E. & G. M. Bogen 1969; Bonin, G. & P. Bailey 1961; Bonkowski, R. I. 1966; Boone, D. R. 1965; & B. A. Landes 1968; Bouillaud, J. B. 1825, 1830, 1848; Brain, W. R. 1941, 1945, 1961; Brazier, M. 1967; Brewer, W. F. 1969; Broca, P. P. 1861, 1869; Buffery, A. W. H. 1971; Buhler, W. R. 1961; Butters, N. & M. Barton 1970; & B. A. Brody 1970; Carmon, A. & G. M. Gombos 1970; Carrier, A. 1867; Carterette, E. C. 1966; Chapman, L. F. & A. G. Wolff 1959; Chase, R. A. 1967; Chistovich, L. et al. 1970; Chuprikova, N. I. 1967; Clynes, M. 1970; Cohen, B. D., C. D. Noblin, & A. J. Silverman 1968; Cohn, R. 1971; Colella, R. 1899; Copeland, P. M. 1972; Critchley, M. 1953, 1966a; Crocker, J. R. 1970; Culton, G. L. 1971; Cunningham, D. J. 1892; Darley, F. L. 1967; Darwin, C. J. 1969a, 1969b; Dax, J. M. 1836; Déjerine, J. J. 1880, 1892; & Auguste Dejérine-Klumpke 1895; Deuel, R. K. 1969; Dewson, J. H„ K. H. Pribram, & J. C. Lynch 1969; Dimond, S. J. 1970a, 1970b; & J. Graham Beaumont 1972a, 1972b; Dobrogaev, S. M. 1947; Doehring, D. G. & R. M. Reitan 1962; Doty, R. W. 1964; Durnford, M. & D. Kimura 1971; Eisenson, J. 1962, 1971; Elder, W. 1897; Elliott, D. N. & C. Trahiotis 1972; Ettlinger, G. 1967; Evans, J. R. 1969; Exner, S. 1881; Ferrannini, A. 1896; Ferner, D. 1874, 1876; Filin, F. P. 1967; Foix, C. 1916; de Font-Réaulx, J. 1866-67; Freud, S. 1952; Froeschels, E. 1915; Gainotti, G. 1970; Gall, F. J. & J. Caspar 1810-19; Gazzaniga, M. S. 1969, 1970, 1972; & J. E. Bogen & R. W. Sperry 1965; & R.W. Sperry 1967; & A. S. Velletri, & D. Premack 1971; Gershuni, G. V. 1964; Geschwind, N. 1962, 1964, 1966, 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 197-, 1970a, 1971,1972a, 1972b; & E. Kaplan 1962; & W. Levitsky 1968; & F. A. Quadfasel & J. M. Segarra 1968; Goldring, S. & R. Ratcheson 1972; Goldstein, K. 1906; Goodglass, H. & F. A. Quadfasel 1954; Gordon, H. W. 1970; Grünbaum, A. S. F. & C. S. Sherrington 1902; Guillain, G., T. Alajouanine, & R. Garcin 1925; Hall, G. S. & E. M. Hartwell 1884; Harris, A. J. 1957; Hécaen, H. 1971; & J. de Ajuriaguerra 1963; & G. Assai 1970; & J. Sauguet 1971; Heiman, B. Z. 1971; Hermelin, B. & N. O'Connor 1971; Hilborn, E. H. & J. Conklin 1964; Hill, J. H. 1970; Hill, S. D., A. H. McCullum, & A. G. Sceau 1967; Hines, D. & P. Satz 1971; Hirsh, I. J. 1967; Hoffman, J. P., J. V. Walker, L. R. Wolin, S. Kadoya, & L. C. Massopust 1969; Hovelacque, A. A. 1875; Hunt, J. 1869; Husson, R. 1951,1960b, 1965; & J. Barbizet, J. Cauhépé, P. Debray, P. Läget, A. Sauvageot 1968; Jackson, J. H. 1873; Jeeves, M. A. & N. F. Dixon 1970; Jeffress, L. A. 1971; Jerison, H. J. & W. D. Neff 1953; Johnson, J. D. & M. S. Gazzaniga 1969; Jousse, M. P. 1940; Karp, E. & H. G. Birch 1969; Kelemen, G. 1960; Kelly, A. H., L. E. Beaton, H. W. Magoun 1946; Kimura, D. 1961a, 1961b, 1964, 1967; Kinsbourne, M. 1970, 1972; & J. Cook 1971; & E. K. Warrington 1962b; Kleist, K. 1962; Knox, A. W. & D. R. Boone 1970; Knox, Carol & D. Kimura 1970; Konorski, J. 1967; Koväc, D. & G. Horkovic 1966; Kussmaul, A. 1874; Kuttner, H. 1930; Landseil, H. 1962; Lashley, K. S. 1951; Lawicka, W., M. Mishkin & H. E. Rosvold 1966; Lenneberg, E. H. 1960b, 1966b, 1970b, 1971b; Levitsky, W. & N. Geschwind 1968; Levy, J. 1969; & R. D. Nebes & R. W. Sperry 1971; Lhermitte, J. 1938, 1968; Liepmann, H. 1905; Lombroso, C. 1903; Lotmar, F. 1949; Loveless, N. E., J. Brebner, & P. Hamilton 1970; Lubin, K. K. 1962; Luchsinger, R. 1970; & G. E. Arnold 1959, 1965; Luria, A. R. 1932, 1955, 1956, 1958a, 1958b, 1959a, 1959b, 1964b, 1967a, 1970b; & E. D. Homskaya 1970; & T. A. Karasseva 1968; MacKay, D. M. 1966; Marchand, F. 1893; Marcie, P., H. Hécaen, J. Dubois, & R. Angelergues 1965; Marique, J. 1886-87; Maruyama, K. 1961; Marx, O. M. 1967; Masland, R. L. 1968; Matéjcek, Z. & Z. Zlab 1963; Matsumiya, Y., V. Tagliasco, C. T. Lombroso, & H. Goodglass 1972; McAdam, D. W. & H. A. Whitaker 1971a, 1971b; McFie, J., M. F. Piercy, & O. L. Zangwill 1950; & O. Zangwill 1960; McKeever, W. F. & M. D. Huling 1970, 1971a, 1971b; Millikan, C. H. & F. L. Darley 1967; Milner, B. 1962; & C. Branch & T. Rasmussen 1964; & L. Taylor 1972; Morrell, L. K. &

825 D. Huntington 1971; Moscovitch, M. & J. Catlin 1970; Mott, F. W. 1909; Mountcastle, V. 1962; Myers, R. E. 1967; Naunyn, B. 1925; Nebes, R. D. 1971; & R. W. Sperry 1971; Nehemkis, A. 1971; Nielsen, J. M. 1937, 1942b; O'Connor, N. & B. Hermelin 1963; Ojemann, G. A. & A. A. Ward 1971; Onimus, E. 1873; Orbach, J. 1967; Orton, S. T. & L. E. Travis 1929; Ozhigova, A. P. 1968; Paillard, J. 1960; Pap?un, G., S. Krashen, & D. Terbeek 1971; Parsons, O. A., A. Vega, & J. Burn 1969; & B. Jones & A. Vega 1971; Penfield, W. G. 1953, 1954, 1965; & L. Roberts 1959; Piercy, M., H. Hécaen, & J. Aguriaguerra 1960; & V. O. G. Smyth 1962; Pilbeam, D. R. 1972; Ploog, D. 1971b; Poeck, K. & M. Kerschensteiner 1971; Pötzl, O. 1919; Pribram, K. H. 1960, 1961, 1969, 1970, 1971; & B. S. Rosner & W. A. Rosenblith 1954; & W. E. Tubbs 1967; Reitan, R. M. 1972; Rennick, P. M. & W. Halstead 1968; de Renzi, E. M. Savoiardo & L. A. Vignolo 1966; & A. Pieczuro & L. A. Vignolo 1968; & P. Faglioni, & H. Spinnler 1968; Reznikov, K. Y. 1964; Riklan, M., E. Levita, J. Zimmerman & I. S. Cooper 1969; Rizzolatti, G., C. Umiltà, & G. Berlucchi 1971a; Robinson, R. J. 1969; Rubino, A. 1970; & al. 1967; Rudel, R. G. & H.-L. Teuber 1964; Rüdinger, N. 1882; Rush, L. I. 1968; Russell, W. & M. L. E. Espir 1961; Sachs, H. 1905; Sano, F. 1897; Satz, P. 1966, 1968; & E. Fennell & M. B. Jones 1969; Schilder, P. 1931; Schneiderman, D. Z. 1971; Scott, C. M. & R. L. Ringel 1971a, 1971b; Scovel, T. 1969; Sechenov, I. M. 1942; Seckel, H. P. G. 1960; Sedge, R. K. 1971; Segal, S. J. & V. Fusella 1969; Seliga, J. Tv 1966; Seménov, S. A. 1960; Semmes, J. 1966,1968; Shankweiler, D. P. 1970,1971; & M. Studdert-Kennedy 1967,1970; Shellshear, J. L. 1934; & E. Smith 1934; Silver, A. & R. Hagin 1960; Sinha, A. K. & S. N. Sinha 1960; Sizaret, P. E. Degiovanni, & P. Glories 1969; Smith, A. A., R. B. Malmo, & C. Shagass 1954; Smith, E. 1925; Smith, G. E. 1926, 1927; Sokolov, A. N. 1956, 1960, 1961, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1971; Sollberg, G. 1963, 1970; Soväk, M. 1962; Sparkes, J. J. 1969; Sperry, R. W. 1967, 1970; & M. S. Gazzaniga 1967; Steinbach, M. J. 1970; Stevens, K. N. 1960; Stier, E. 1911; Stoughton, G. 1955; Studdert-Kennedy, & D. Shankweiler 1971; Subirana, A. 1952, 1961,1964a, 1964b; Sussman, H. M. 1970, 1972; & K. U. Smith 1971; Swets, J. A. 1963; Tervoort, B. 1970; Teuber, H.-L. 1963, 1967; Toulmin, S. 1971, 1972b; Trager, E. C. 1961; Tsunoda, T. 1969a, 1969b; Turkewitz, G., T. Morreau, L. Davis, & H. G. Birch 1969; Uhr, L. 1971; Vallois, H. V. 1961; Van Buren, J. M. 1969; Vinken, P. J. & G. W. Bruyn, eds. 1969; Vulpian 1865; Warren, J. M. & K. Akert, eds. 1964; Warrington, E. K., V. Logne, & R. T. C. Pratt 1971; Weber, E. 1904; Weigl, E. 1964, 1969; Westlake, P. R. 1970; Whatmough, J. 1941; Whitaker, H. A. 1969, 1970a, 1970b; White, M. J. 1969, 1971; Whitfield, I. C. 1967, 1969; Wilder, B. G. 1910; Wilson, S. 1929; Wilson, W. D. 1891; Wood, C. C„ W. R. Goff & R. S. Day 1971; Wood, L. E. 1971; Worden, G. 1971a; Wright, G. H. 1961a; Wyczoikowska, A. 1913; Wyke, M. 1965, 1968, 1969, 1971a, 1971b; Yilmaz, H. 1968; Yin, R. K. 1970; Young, R. M. 1970; Zanchetti, A. 1967; Zangwill, O. L. 1960a, 1971; Zhinkin, N. I. 1956, 1958, 1959, 1962b, 1964, 1967a, 1967b, 1968; Zurif, E. B. & M. P. Bryden 1969; & P. E. Sait 1970. CHILD LANGUAGE, ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT Adler, Sol 1964; Alt, J. 1968; Ambrose, J. A. 1963; Ames, L. B. 1944, 1946; Antonov, N. P. 1953; Armstrong, H. C. 1953; Arnold, G. E. 1961a, 1961b; Aronson, E. & S. Rosenbloom 1971; Ausubel, D. P. 1965a, 1968; Babska, Z. 1961; Baer, D. M., R. F. Peterson, & J. A. Sherman 1967; Baharl, H. 194—; Bain, R. 1936; Baker, H. & R. Kellogg 1967; Bakker, D. J. 1967; Bangs, T. E. 1968; Bar-Adon, A. & W. F. Leopold 1971; Baudouin de Courtenay, J. I. 1870; Becker, H. 1969; Bekhterev, V. 1911; Bellugi, U. 1965, 1968, 1970a, 1970b, 1970c; & R. Brown 1964; Benavent Oltra, J. A. 1970; Bennett, B. E. 1971; Berko, J. 1958; & R. Brown 1960; Bever, T. G. 1961, 1968, 1970a, 1970b; & J. A. Fodor, W. Weksel

826 1965b; & J. Mehler & V. Valían 1970; & J. Mehler, V. Valian, J. Epstein, & H. Morrissey 1969; Bews, J. W. 1937; Bixler, R. H. & H. C. Yeager 1958; Blair, F. X. 1957; Bloom, L. 1968; Blount, B. G. 1969; Blurton-Jones, N. G. 1972; & G. M. Leach 1972; Bogatyreva, A. 1968; Bond, E. K. 1972; Borel-Maisonny, S. 1963; Bowler, N. W. 1965; Boysson-Bardies, B. & J. Mehler 1969; Braine, M. 1963a, 1963b, 1965, 1970; Brannon, J. B. 1968; Briffault, R. 1927; Brodbeck, A. J. & O. C. Irwin 1946; Bronckart, J. P. 1970; Bronshtein, A. I. & E. P. Petrova 1967; Brown, R. W. 1960, 1968,1970a, 1970b; & U. Bellugi 1964; & C. Fraser 1963; & C. Cazden, & U. Bellugi 1968; & C. Hanion 1970a, 1970b; Bruner, J. S. 1964,1967, 1968, 1969; & R. R. Oliver, & P. M. Greenfield 1966; Brunet, O. & I. Lézine 1951; Biihler, C. 1930; Bullowa, M., L. G. Jones, & T. G. Bever 1964; & L. G. Jones, & A. Duckert 1964; Burling, R. 1966; Cameron, J., N. Livson & N. Bayley 1967; Cazden, C. B. 196-, 1965; Cederschiöld, V. 1944; Cervenka, E. J. 1970; Chamberlain, A. F. 1900; Chase, S. 1938; Chertova, S. 1926; Chmura, M. 1969; Chomsky, C. 1969; Chomsky, N. 1967d, 1969a; Chrelashvili, N. V. 1965; Chrisman, O. 1898; Chukovskii, K. 1.1958; Cicourel, A. V. 1970, 1972; & R. J. Boese 1972b; Clark, E. V. 1971; Coates, B. & W. Hartup 1969; Cohen, M. 1956c; Cook, V. 1971; Cooley, C. H. 1908; Cooper, R. L. 1966; Corsini, D. A. A. D. Pick, & J. H. Flavell 1968; Cozzolino, V. 1911; Craig, S. B. 1925; Critchley, E. 1967a, 1967b; Crittenden, A. 1970; Crocker, J. R. 1969; Cromer, R. F. 1968, 1970; Curti, M. 1931; Daehler, M. 1971; Dale, E. & D. Reichert 1957; Decroly, O. 1934; Deese, J. 1961; Delacroix, H. 1934; Dennis, W. 1935; Denzin, N. K. 1971,1972; Dewey, J. 1894; van Dijk, J. J. 1946; Diller, K. C. 1971; Domarus, E. 1924; Donaldson, M. & G. Balfour 1970; Eimas, P. D., E. R. Sigueland, P. Jusczyk, & J. Vigorito 1971; Elkind, D. R. 1961, 1962; & J. Flavell 1969; & A. Sameroff 1970; Encyclopédie 1761-65; Erikson, E. H. 1966; Ervin, S. M. 1964a, 1968,1969, 1970; & W. Miller 1963; Fauvel, E. & J. Penloup 1908; Ferreiro, E. 1972; & H. Sinclair 1971; Fischer, H. & M. Kohenhof 1965; Flavell, J. H. 1963; et al. 1968; Fleener, D. E. & R. Cairns 1970; Forchhammer, E. 1939; Frank, L. K. 1960; Franke, C. 1899; Fraser, C., U. Bellugi, & R. Brown 1963; Frederick, H. E. 1965; Freedman, D. G. 1965a; Freibrun, R. 1969; Froeschels, E. 1920, 1939; Frontali, G. 1944; Fry, D. B. 1966; Furth, H. G. 1961, 1966a, 1967, 1968, 1970a; & P. B. Pufall 1966; & J. Youniss 1965; & James Youniss & B. M. Ross 1970; Garbini, A. 1892; Geppert, L. 1964; Gerbova, V. 1969; Geschwind, N. 1971; Gesell, A. & H. M. Halverson 1942; & H. Thompson 1934; et al. 1940; Gibson, E. J. 1969; van Ginneken, J. 1927; Glucksberg, S. & R. M. Krauss 1967; Go, M. 1959; Goda, S. 1970; & K. Smith 1959; Goldstein, J., J. Locke, & F. Fehr 1972; Goldstone, S. & J. L. Goldfarb 1966; Goluzina, A. G., G. S. Lyakh, & A. E. Kudryavtseva 1971; Goss, R. N. 1970; Gottlieb, G. & S. Whitley 1964; Gouin-Décarie, T. 1962; Gray, P. H. 1958; Greenspoon, J. 1955; Grégoire, A. 1947; Grewel, F. 1959, 1963a, 1963b; von Greyerz, O. 1940; Griffiths, R. 1954; Gruber, J. S. 1966, 1967; Guess, D. 1969; Guillaume, P. 1927a, 1927b, 1971; Gutiérrez, G. D. 1969; Gvozdev, A. 1961; Haldemann, S. S. 1880; Haie, H. 1868; Halverson, H. M. 1931, 1937; Hardy, W. G. 1965; Härtung, J. R. 1970; Hayhurst, H. 1967; Herren, H. 1971; Herriot, P. 1968, 1969; Herzka, H. S. 1969; Hill, S. D., A. H. McCullum, & A. G. Sceau 1967; Hirt, H. 1883; Hoffman, M. 1968; Holden, E. S. 1877; Holzman, M. S. 1971; Hörmann, H. 1968; Hornby, P. A., W. A. Hass, & C. F. Feldman 1970; Horowitz, F. R., F. D. Horowitz, & S. Silverman 1970; Hulme, I. & E. A. Lunzer 1966; Hun, E. R. 1886; Hütt, C. & C. Ounstead 1966; Hymes, D. 1970; Idelberger, H. A. 1904; Ingram, D. 1971; Inhelder, B., M. Bovet, H. Sinclair & C. D. Smock 1966; & J. Piaget 1958, 1964; Irwin, O. C. 1948, 1957; & T. Curry 1941; Isserlin, M. 1940; Jakobson, R. 1949, 1960, 1968a, 1969a; Janet, P. 1936a, 1936c; Jansky, J. 1960; Jenkins, J. J. 1969; Johnston, N. 1971; Jones, D. & O. Spreen 1967; Jones, E. 1907b; Kagan, J. 1967, 1970; Kahane, H., R. Kahane,

827 & S. Saporta 1958; Kainz, F. 1964; Kalmus, H. 1966; Kaplan, E. L. & G. A. Kaplan 1971; Karelitz, S., V. Fisichelli, & L. Rosenfeld 1961; Katan, A. 1961; Kelly, K. L. 1967; Kernan, K. T. 1969; Kershner, J. R. 1970, 1971; Kezheradze, E. D. 1960; Kirkpatrick, E. A. 1891; Klaus, M. H., J. H. Kenneil, N. Plumb, & S. Zuehlke 1970; Klima, E. S. 1968; & U. Bellugi 1969; Knox, C. & D. Kimura 1970; Kohlberg, L. 1969; & J. Yaeger, & E. Hjertholm 1968; Kol'tsova, M. M. 1949, 1958, 1966; Konikova, 1946; Kordyl, L. 1971; Kospartova, M. 1969; Kostic, D., R. S. Das, & S. Vladisavljevic & D. Blagojevic 1970; Kotetishvili, I. V. 1963; Kovalev, V. V. 1970; Krasner, L. 1958; Krauss, R. M. & S. Glucksberg 1969; Krug, R. F. 1965; Krüger, A. 1956; Kuo, Z. Y. 1967; Kuusinen, J. & E. Salin 1971; Lackner, J. R. 1968; Langer, S. K. 1958; Larson, T. 1971; Latif, I. 1934; Laurendeau, M. & A. Pinard 1970; Lawrence, W. 1966; Leach, E. 1972; Lee, L. C. 1965; Lemaitre, A. 1902, 1905; Lenneberg, E. H. 1964a, 1964b, 1967; & I. A. Nichols & E. F. Rosenberger 1964; & F. G. Rebelsky & I. A. Nichols 1965; Leopold, W. F. 1947, 1952, 1953, 1956; Lewis, J. A. & R. F. Counihan 1965; Lewis, M. M. 1936, 1959, 1971; Lewis, R. 1971; Lieberman, P., K. S. Harris, P. Wolff, & L. H. Russell 1968; Liljegren, S. B. 1938, 1953; Lindsay, R. 1604; Locke, J. L. & F. S. Fehr 1970a; Lombroso, P. 1895; Lovaas, I. 1968; & J. Berberick, B. Perloff, & B. Schaeffer 1966; Lovell, K. 1962; & E. M. Dixon 1967; & H. W. Hoyle & M. Q. Siddall 1968; Lublinskaya, A. A. 1954, 1966; Luchsinger, R. 1970; Luquet, G. H. 1927; Luria, A. R. 1959a, 1959b; & F. Y. Yudovich 1958, 1959, 1970; Lyamina, G. M. 1958; Lyle, J. 1960; Macnamara, J. 1972; Marler, P. 1970a, 1970b; McCarthy, D. A. 1930, 1954; McGrew, W. C. 1969; McNeill, D. 1966a, 1966b, 1966c, 1968a, 1968b, 1969, 1970a, 1970b; & N. B. McNeill 1968; Menn, L. 1971; Menyuk, P. 1969; Michael, J. 1964; Milgram, N. A. & H. G. Furth 1971; Miller, S. A., J. Shelton & J. H. Flavell 1970; Miller, W. R. 1964; & S. Ervin 1964; Milton, P. M. 1968; Minnis, N. ed. 1971; Mittler, P. 1970; Moffit, A. R. 1971; Morley, M. 1957; Moskowitz, A. I. 1972 Munroe, R. L. & R. H. Munroe 1967, 1971a; Murata, K. 1961; Myklebust, H. R. 1957a, 1957b; Neas, B. J. 1953; Noica, D. J. 1922, 1923; Nykl, A. R. 1957; Ohnesorg, K. 1948; Oleron, P. 1952a, 1952b, 1953, 1962; & H. Herren 1961; Osser, H. 1969; Oswalt, R. 1970; Paget, R. A. S. 1950; Palermo, D. S. 1972; Paramonova, N. P. 1956; Parisi, D. et al. 1970; Parton, D. 1967; Perion, J. 1554; Petrus, H. 1947; Piaget, J. 1926, 1945, 1948, 1951, 1952, 1954a, 1954b, 1955, 1963, 1968b, 1970; & B. Inhelder 1956, 1962, 1966a, 1966b; Plumer, D. 1970; Pollack, D. 1971; Pollock, F. 1878; Poole, I. 1934; Portmann, A. 1945; Preston, M. S., R. E. Stark & G. Yeni-Komshian 1968; Preyer, W. T. 1889,1905; Przetacznikowa, M. 1959; Pyles, M. 1932; Radzikhovskaya, V. 1969; Rheingold, H. L. 1969; & J. J. Gerwitz, & H. W. Ross 1959; Rieder, R.-T. 1868; Riegel, K. F. ed. 1965, 1970; Riello, A. 1958; Rimoldi, H. J. A., M. B. Aghi, & G. B. Burger 1968; Risley, T. & M. Wolf 1967; Robinson, L. T. 1970; Robinson, R. J. ed. 1969; Robson, L. S. 1967; & F. Pederson, & H. A. Moss 1969; Rodrigue, E. 1956; Rogier, H. 1923; Rosenbaum, M. E. 1962; Rosengart-Pupko, G. L. 1948, 1963, 1966; Rosenstein, J. 1961, 1964; Rosner, S. R. 1971; Rouma, G. 1913; Routh, D. K. 1969; Rudel, R. G. & H.-L. Teuber 1971a, 1971b; Ryan, S. M., A. G. Hegion & J. H. Flavell 1970; Rybnikov, N. A. 1926, 1927; Sameroff, A. J. 1970a; Sander, E. K. 1969, 1972; Schäfer, P. 1921; Scheflen, A. E. 1961; Schlesinger, I. M. 1967, 1971; Schliesser, H. F. 1965; Schmidt, W. & T. Hore 1970; Schneiderman, D. Z. 1971; Schultze, F. 1880; Scott, F. N. 1908; Scovel, T. 1969; Seth, G. & D. Guthrie 1934, 1935; Sharoff, R. L. 1959; Sheridan, M. 1961; Shipley, E. F. 1970; & C. S. Smith & L. R. Gleitman 1969; Siegenthaler, B. M. & P. A. Bianchi 1968; Sinclair de Zwart, H. 1967, 1969; Skorupka, 1945-47; Slama-Cazacu, T. 1957, 1961, 1969; Slobin, D. I. 1965b, 1966a, 1966b, 1968a, 1968b, 1969b, 1972; & C. Walsh 1968; Smith, C. 1970; Smith, E. E. & D. E. Larson 1970; Smith, F. & G. A. Miller, eds. 1966; Smith, M.

828 1926; Snyder, L. S. 1971; Sokhin, F. A. 1955; Sorenson, E. R. & D. C. Gajdusek 1966; Southern, M. L. 1970; Soväk, M. 1962a; Spielrein, S. 1920, 1922; Spitz, R. A. & K. M. Wolf 1946; Staats, A. W. 1971; Staffieri, J. R. & A. Razavieh 1969; Stankiewicz, E. 1964; Stein, L. 1949; Stern, C. & W. Stern 1907; Stopa, R. 1950, 1966a, 1966b; Stout, G. F. & i. M. Baldwin 1901; Stuckless, E. R. 1966; & J. W. Birch 1966; Stumpf, C. 1901; Sturm, M. 1940, 1941; Suci, G. J. 1969; Sully, J. 1903; Taine, H. A. 1876; Tappolet, E. 1907; Templin, M. 1957; Ter-Minasova, S. G. 1969; Tervoort, B. 1953, 1961-68, 1961, 1962-63, 1964a, 1964b, 1967, 1969a, 1969b; & A. J. A. Verbeck 1967; Thatcher, L. 1967; Thorndike, E. L. 1943a, 1943b, 1945; Tikhomirov, O. K. 1958; Tischler, H. 1957; Tomb, J. W. 1925; Tracy, F. 1895; Trettien, A. W. 1904; Trevarthen, C. B. & M. Richards 196-; Trim, J. L. M. 1960; Truby, H. M., J. F. Bosma, & J. Lind 1965; Tsujimoto, R. N. & R. M. Liebert 1971; Turkewitz, G., T. Morreau, L. Davis, & H. G. Birch 1969; Turnure, C. 1971; Twitchell, T. E. 1965; Ushakova, T. N. 1969; Vachek, J. 1962; Vallancien, B. 1968; Vanyushkina, L. N. 1969; Vasic, S. 1969; Venneman, T. 1971; Vuyk, R. 1940; Wagoner, L. C. & E. M. Armstrong 1928; Wallon, H. 1945; & G. Ascoli 1950; Wardhaugh, R. 1971; Waterson, N. 1971; Watson, E. H. 1878; Watts, A. F. 1944; Webbe, J. cl630; Webster, R. L. 1969; Weinberg, B. et al. 1971; & M. J. Lyons, & G. M. Liss 1970; Weiner, F. F. & M. L. Falk 1972; Weiner, P. S. 1969; Weir, R. H. 1962; Wellman, B., I. Case, I. Mengert, & D. Bradbury 1931; Wells, C. O. 1942; Werner, H. & B. Kaplan 1963; Williams, J. 1968; Williams, M. & K. Jambor 1964; Wingfield, A. 1969; Winitz, H. 1969; & 0 . C. Irwin 1958; & M. Lawrence 1961; Wiodarski, Z. 1964, 1968,1970; Wohlwill, J. F. 1971; Wolf, E. G. & B. A. Ruttenberg 1968; Wolff, P. H. 1963,1969; Wooster, A. D. 1968, 1969,1970; Wussler, M. & A. Barclay 1970; Wyatt, G. L. 1969; Yakovleva, S. V. 1958; van der Zanden, H. M. 1939. CHIMPANZEES, COMMUNICATION AND RELATED BEHAVIOR IN Albertus Magnus; Altmann, S. A. 1965b; Anonymous 1942, 1970a; Avril, C. 1963; Bastian, A. 1868; Beatty, E. H. 1951; Berrill, N. J. 1966; Bourne, G. H. 1971; Braines, S. N. & S. L. Novoselova 1959; Bronowski, J. & U. Bellugi 1970a, 1970b; Brown, R. W. 1970a, 1970b; Bukin, V. P. 1961; Butter, C. M. 1972; Carpenter, C. R. 1963; Condon, W. S. & W. D. Ogston 1967a; Cowles, J. T. 1937; Crawford, M. P. 1941; Davenport, R. K. & E. W. Menzel 1964; & C. M. Rogers 1968,1971; & C. M. Rogers & E. W. Menzel 1969; Denes, P. B. 1966; Devine, 1. V. & J. R. Ivens 1969; Döhl, J. 1966, 1971; Doolittle, R. F. & G. A. Mross 1970; Drelincourt, C. D. 1672; Edinger, L. 1911; Elder, J. H. 1934, 1935; Faris, J. 1968; Farrer, D. N. 1967; Ferster, C. B. 1964; Finch, G. 1941; Firsov, L. A. 1960a, 1960b, 1963, 1965; Fleischman, M. L. 1968; Foley, J. P. 1935; Ford, B. 1970; Fouts, R. S. 1972a, 1972b; Furness, W. H. 1916; Gallup, G. G. 1970; & M. McClure, S. Hill, & R. A. Bundy 1971; Gardner, B. T. & R. A. Gardner 1969, 1971; Gardner, R. A. 1972; & B. T. Gardner 1966,1967,1969; Garner, R. L. 1896, 1899, 1900a, 1900b; Gazzaniga, M. S. 1972; & A. S. Velletri, & D. Premack 1971; Goodall, J. 1963a, 1963b, 1964, 1965, 1967a, 1967b, 1968a, 1968b, 1971, 1972; Goustard, M. 1970; Grünbaum, A. S. F. & C. S. Sherrington 1901-02; Grzimek, B. 1940; Hahn, E. 1971a, 1971b; Hamburg, D. A. 1971; Hayes, C. 1951; Hayes, K. J. 1950, 1952; & C. Hayes 1950, 1951, 1952a, 1952b, 1955; & C. H. Nissen 1971; Hewes, G. W. 1969b, 1971a, 1973c; Hill, S. D., R. A. Bundy, G. G. Gallup, & M. K. McClure 1970; Holloway, R. L. & E. Szinyei-Merse 1972; Itani, J. 1968; Izawa, K. 1970; & J. Itani 1966; lones, C. & J. Sabater Pi 1969; Kawabe, M. 1966; Kelemen, G. 1948, 1969; Kellogg, W. N. 1931, 1968a, 1968b, 1969; & L. A. Kellogg 1933; Khrustov, G. F. 1960, 1968; Klima, E. S. & U. Bellugi 1970; Köhler, O. 1952; Köhler, W. 1918, 1921, 1925; Kohts, N. N. 1923, 1935, 1959, 1964; Kortlandt, A. 1959, 1962, 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1966, 1967a, 1967b, 1967c,

829 1967d, 1968; & M. Kooij 1963; & J. C. J. von Zon 1969; Leen, N. 1972; Lenneberg, E. H. 1970c, 1971a; Lieberman, P. 1968a; & E. Crelin, & D. H. Klatt 1970; & E. S. Crelin 1971, 1972; & D. H. Klatt, & W. H. Wilson 1969; Linton, M. 1970; Loizos, C. M. 1969; Marler, P. 1969a; & W. J. Hamilton 1966; Mason, W. A. 1965; & G. Berkson 1962; & R. K. Davenport & E. W. Menzel 1968; Mayorov, F. P. & L. A. Firsov 1956; McCulloch, T. L. 1939; Mehler, J. 1968; Menzel, E. 1962, 1963, 1964, 1965, 1969a, 1969b, 1969c, 1969d, 1970, 1971a, 1971b, 1971c, 1971d, 1972a, 1972b; & R. K. Davenport & C. M. Rogers 1970; & W. A. Draper 1965; Miles, W. R. 1963; Morris, D. 1958, 1962; Mukhina, V. S. 1965; Napier, J. R. 1971; Neuhaus, W. 1968; Nishida, T. 1967a, 1967b, 1970; Nissen, H. W. 1956, 1958; Novoselava, S. L. 1960; Parker, C. E. 1969; Porshnev, B. F. 1969, 1971; Premack, D. 1970a, 1970b, 1970c, 1971a, 1971b, 1971c, 1972a, 1972b, 1972c; & A. Schwartz 1966; Prestrude, A. M. 1970; Randolph, M. C. & W. A. Mason 1969; Raven, H. C. 1932, 1933; Rensch, B. 1961; Reynolds, H. H. & D. N. Farrer 1969; Reynolds, P. C. 1970b; Reynolds, V. 1965; & G. Luscombe 1969; Riesen, A. H. 1947; & E. F. Kinder 1952; Robinson, J. S. 1955; Rogers, C. M. & R. K. Davenport 1971; Roginskil, G. Z. 1948; Rohles, F. H. 1967; & J. V. Devine 1966; Romanes, G. J. 1889, 1890; Savage, R. S. & J. Wyman 1843-44; Schastnyi, A. I. 1961, 1962, 1968; Schiller, P. H. 1951; Schreiber, H. 1936; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1932a, 1932b; Spence, K. W. 1937, 1938; Sprankel, H. & R. Lorenz 1972; Steklis, H. D. & M. H. Raleigh 1972; Struhsaker, T. T. & P. Hunkeler 1971; Sugiyama, Y. 1967, 1968, 1969; Suzuki, A. 1966, 1969; Swain, R. L. 1970; Tyson, E. 1699; Viaud, G. 1960; Washburn, S. L. 1963a; Wolfe, J. B. 1936; Yerkes, R. M. 1943; & B. W. Learned 1925; & H. W. Nissen 1939; Youatt, W. 1835. CHOMSKY, NOAM, IDEAS OF, RELATED TO PROBLEM OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS Aarsleff, H. 1970, 1971; Acuna, A. 1969; Bach, E. 1965; Barbizet, J. 1967; Bracken, H. M. 1970a, 1970b; Brookes, W. 1630; Cairns, H. & C. E. Cairns 1971; Chomsky, N. 1957, 1959, 1961, 1963, 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1966a, 1966b, 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1968, 1969a, 1969b, 1970; & M. Halle 1965; & S. Hampshire 1968; Cook, E. A. 1970; Cowan, J. L. ed. 1970; Diller, K. C. 1971; Dixon, R. M. W. 1970; Francis, H. 1970; Geyl, E.-G. 1972; Godfrey, R. G. 1965; Goodman, P. 1971; Hall, R. A. 1968; Hörmann, H. 1967; Hymes, D. 1972; Jakubowicz, C. 1970; MacCorquodale, K. 1970; Maclntyre, A. 1968; Miller, G. A. & N. Chomsky 1963; Oleron, P. 1971a; Paivio, A. 1971; Pap, M. 1970; Percival, W. K. 1969; Piaget, J. 1970a; Putnam, H. 1967a, 1967b; Quine, W. V. O. 1968; Raffler, E. 1969; Reich, P. A. 1969; Salmon, V. 1969; Sampson, G. 1971; Searle, J. R. 1972; Skinner, B. F. 1969; Thomas, O. 1967; Zellmer, E. 1968. COGNITION STUDIES RELATING TO LANGUAGE ORIGINS Aebli, H. 1970; Alimen, M. H. & M. Goustard 1962; Ammann, H. 1938; Antonov, N. P. 1953; Asher, J. J. 1964; Ausubel, D. P. 1965b; Balla, D. & E. Zigler 1971; Bandura, A., J. Grusec & F. Menlove 1966; Barsch, R. H. 1965; Baxter, J. C., E. P. Winters & R. E. Hammer 1968; Berlin, B. & P. Kay 1969; Bever, T. G. 1970a, 1970b; & R. Kirk, & J. Lackner 1969; & J. Lackner & R. Kirk 1969; & J. Mehler, & V. Valian 1970; Birch, H. G. & A. Lefford 1963; Blount, W. R. 1968; Bourne, L. E. & S. Miller 1971; Braines, S. N. & S. L. Novoselova 1959; Branscomb, S. 1971; Brown, R. W. 1957, 1958a, 1958b; & E. H. Lenneberg 1954; Bruner, J. S. 1957, 1964, 1968; & J. J. Goodnow, & G. A. Austin 1957; & R. R. Oliver & P. M. Greenfield 1966; & R. Tagiuri 1954; Bunting, W. 1970; Butter, C. M. 1972; Carini, L. 1967,1969; Carmichael, L., H. P. Hogan & A. A. Walter 1932; Carroll, J. B. & J. B. Casagrande 1958; Cassirer, E. 1932; Champagne, A. A, 1971; Chavkin, N. D. 1966; Church, J. 1961; Ciborowski, T. 1971; & M. Cole

830 1971; Cicourel, A. V. 1970, 1972; Clark, E. V. 1971; Clark, H. H. 1969; Cofer, C. N. 1957; Cohen, M. 1956c; Colegate, R. L. & C. W. Erickson 1970; Condillac, E. B. 1803; Cromer, R. F. 1968; Darbyshire, J. O. & V. R. Reeves 1969; Debold, R. C. 1967; DeLong, A. J. 1970; Denes, P. B. 1965; DeSoto, C. B., M. London & S. Handel 1965; Doby, J. T. 1970; Doehring, D. G. 19—; & R. M. Reitan 1962; Donaldson, M. & G. Balfour 1970; Douglas, M. 1968; Durand, M. 1955; Elkind, D. R. 1961, 1962; & I. Flavell eds. 1969; Fearing, F. 1954; Fennell, E., P. Satz, & R. Wise 1967; Findlay, J. N. 1952; Fine, P. A. 1970; Flavell, J. H. 1963; French, D. 1963; Fry, D. B. 1963; Furth, H. G. 1961, 1964, 1966a, 1966b, 1967,1968,1970b; & J. Youniss 1965; & J. Youniss & B. M. Ross 1970; et al. 1965; Gagné, R. M. & E. C. Smith 1962; Gallup, G. G. 1970; & M. K. McClure et al. 1971; Geppert, L. 1964; Gerbova, V. 1969; Gerst, M. S. 1971; Gibson, J. J. 1966a; Goyvaerts, D. L. 1972; Greenfield, P. M. & J. D. Bruner 1969; Handel, S., C. B. DeSoto & M. London 1958; Hayes, J. R. ed. 1970; Hayes, K. J. 1952; & C. Hayes 1951, 1952a, 1952b; & C. H. Nissen 1971; Hebel, F. 1965; Herriot, P. 1968, 1969; Holloway, J. 1951; Hornby, P. A., W. A. Hass, & C. F. Feldman 1970; Horowitz, M. J. 1970; Inhelder, B., M. Bovet, H. Sinclair & C. D. Smock 1966; & J. Piaget 1958, 1964; Janet, P. 1936a, 1936b; Jensen, A. R. 1971; Johnston, N. M. 1971; Julesz, B. 1968; Kahane, H. & R. Kahane & S.Saporta 1958; Kalmus, H. 1967; Kaltsounis, B. 1970; Kendler, H. H. & T. S. Kendler 1962, 1968; Khrustov, G. F. 1966; Kintsch, W. 1970; Kohlberg, L. 1969; Köhler, W. 1921, 1925; Kohts, N. N. 1923; Kotetishvili, I.V. 1963; de Laguna, G. A. 1927,1929; Langer, J. & B. G. Rosenberg 1964; Laniz, D. & V. Stefflre 1964; Laurendeau, M. & A. Pinard 1970; Lee, L. C. 1965; Lenneberg, E. H. 1953, 1962a, 1962b; Levine, M. 1965; Liberman, A. M., K. Harris, H. S. Hoffman & B. C. Griffith 1957; Lovell, L. 1962; Lublinskaya, A. A. 1954, 1966; Luria, A. R. 1955,1958a, 1959c; & F. Y. Yudovich 1958, 1959, 1970; Maclay, H. 1958; Macnamara, H. 1972; Makaev, E. A. 1961; Mattingly, I. G., A. M. Liberman, A. K. Kyrdal & T. Halwes 1971; Maturana, H. R. 197-, 1970; McFie, J. & Zangwill, O. 1960; McGuire, M. T. 1971; McNeill, D. 1969; & N. B. McNeill 1968; Michael, J. 1964; Milgram, N. A. 1971, 1972; & H. G. Furth 1963, 1967, 1971; Miller, G. A. 1956a, 1956b, 1963; Miller, S. A., J. Shelton & J. H. Flavell 1970; Mulder, H. 1936; Neisser, U. 1967, 1972; Nida, E. A. 1964; Norman, D. A. 1969a, 1969b; Odom, P., R. L. Blanton, C. K. Mclntyre 1970; Oldfield, R. C. 1966; & J. C. Marshall, eds. 1968; Oléron, P. 1952a, 1953, 1957, 1962; & S. Gumusyan & M. Moulinou 1966; & H. Herren 1961; Olson, D. R. 1970; Osgood, C. E. 1958; Pettifor, J. L. 1964; Piaget, J. 1926, 1945, 1948, 1952, 1954b, 1968a, 1968b, 1970b; & B. Inhelder 1956, 1962, 1966a, 1966b; Pitts, W. & W. S. McCulloch 1947; Premack, D. 1970a; Prentice, J. I. 1971; Provins, K. A. 1968; Prytulak, L. S. 1971; Przetacznikowa, M. 1959, 1971; Puccetti, R. 1966; Randhawa, B. S. 1971; Regnaud, P. 1897; Reznikov, L. O. 1961; Rimoldi, H. J. A., M. B. Aghi & G. B. Burger, 1968; Robinson, J. S. 1955; Rohles, F. H. & J. V. DeVine 1966, 1967; Rosengart-Pupko, G. L. 1948; Rosenstein, J. 1961, 1964; Ross, B. M. 1966; Rossi, E. 1968; Rubin, R. T., R. H. Rahe, E. K. Gunderson & B. R. Clark 1970; Rumbaugh, D. M. 1970, 1971, 1972; & C. McCormack 1967; Sabatino, D. A. 1969; Sadoff, R. L. 1966; Scagnelli, P. 1969; Schaff, A. 1965, 1970; Schievella, P. S. 1969; Schwyzer, H. R. G. 1962; Sechehaye, A. 1933; Semmes, J. S. 1965; von Senden, M. 1960; Sharoff, R. L. 1959; Sinclair de Zwart, H. 1967; Slama-Cazacu, T. 1957; Smith, C. 1970; Smith, I. M. 1964; Smith, O. W., M. Doherty & C. Cranny 1967; Southern, M. L. 1970; Spence, K. W. 1938; Spirkin, A. G. 1957; Spitz, R. 1957, 1959; Staffieri, J. R. & A. Razavieh 1969; Stea, D. 196-, 1969; & R. M. Downs 1970; Stevens, K. N. & H. Morris 1967; Störring, G. 1916; Studdert-Kennedy, M., A. M. Liberman, K. S. Harris, & F. S. Cooper 1970; Tervoort, B. T. 1970; Thollon, B. 1893; Uhr, L. 1971; Vallancien, B. 1968; Vandenburg, S. G. 1967, 1968; Vernon, M. 1967,1971; Viaud, G. 1960; Vincent,

831 M. 1957; Vygotskii, L. S. 1934; Wallon, H. 1945; & G. Ascoli 1950; Wardhaugh, R. 1971; Warren, D. H. 1970; Wathen-Dunn, W. ed. 1967; Weiner, P. S. 1969; Weir, R. H. 1962; Wells, C. O. 1942; Werner, H. & B. Kaplan 1956, 1957a, 1957b, 1963; Whorf, B. L. 1956; Wlodarski, Z. 1968, 1970; Wooster, A. D. 1968, 1969; Wyss, H. 1966; Yerkes, R. M. 1916; Youniss, J. & H. G. Furth 1966, 1967. COGNITION, EVOLUTION OF Andrew, R. J. 1962a; Anonymous 1889; Bennett, J. 1964b; Berlin, B. 1970; Bever, T. G. & D. T. Langendoen n.d.; Bitterman, M. E. 1965; Blumenthal, A. L. 1966; Bowen, F. 1880; de Buffon, G. L. 1749-68; Bunak, V. V. 1966; Buyssens, E. 1953; Cardu, B. 1969; Chuprikova, N. I. 1967; Cohen, M. 1971; Ellis, A. 1873; Ewer, R. F. 1960; Filin, F. P., ed. 1967; Fitts, P. M. 1964; Fortes, M. 1965; Fouts, G. T. & D. A. Parton 1969; Fox, R. 1967; French, G. M. 1965; Frolov, B. 1965; Gerber, G. 1884; Hallowell, A. I. 1949, 1956, 1959, 1960, 1961, 1962, 1965; Hardy, A. 1965; Harlow, H. F. 1958; Hayes, K. J. & C. Hayes 1955; Hester, G. A. 1970; Hobhouse, L. T. 1901; Jarrard, L. E., ed. 1971; Kapune, T. 1966; Kohts, N. N. 1958; König, 0.1961; Kurth, G. 1967; Leach, E. 1967; Lenneberg, E. H. 1971a; Leont'ev, A. A. 1959, 1965; Lorenz, K. 1934, 1954a, 1956; Luchsinger, R. & G. E. Arnold 1965; MacDougall, R. 1905; Markova, A. Y. 1963; Mead, G. H. 1934a, 1934b; Mivart, St. G. J. 1889; Morrison, P. 1972; Osborne, R. T. & A. J. Gregor 1966; Pribram, K. H. 1958, 1970; Rensch, B. 1957a, 1958, 1962; Robinson, L. 1914; Roe, A. & G. G. Simpson, eds. 1958; Rogge, C. 1933; Romanes, G. J. 1883, 1888; Scholich, B. 1972; Semenov, S. A. 1968; Serebrennikov, B. A. 1970; Spirkin, A. G., ed. 1959; Spuhler, J. N. 1965; Stemmer, N. 1971; Tappen, N. C. 1953, 1965, 1968; Tolman, E. C. 1948, 1949; Voltonis, N. Y. 1949; Washburn, S. L. 1963b, 1968a, 1968d, 1968e; & V. Avis 1958; & R. S. Harding 1970; Wright, C. 1870, 1873. COMMUNICATION THEORY Arnold, G. E. 1961a; Bastian, J. R. 1968a, 1968b; Bateson, G. 1968; Behnke, R. 1971; Berlo, D. K. 1960; Birch, H. G. 1952; Birdwhistell, R. L. 1958; 1960a, 1960b, 1962, 1965a, 1965b; Black, J. W. & W. E. Moore 1955; Brazier, M. A. B. 1967; Broadbent, D. E. 1958; Buyssens, E. 1967; Callieri, B.&L. Frighi 1957; Carpenter, E. & M. McLuhan, eds. 1960; Ceccato, S. 1968; Cherry, C. 1957,1971; & R. Wiley 1967; Condon, J. C. 1960; Condon, W. S. 1964; Critchley, M. 1958; Cullen, J. M. 1972; Dance, F. E. X., ed. 1967; Darnell, D. K. 1971; Dembowski, J. 1962; Denner, A. 1967; Diebold, A. R. 1968; Eisenson, J., J. J. Auer, J. V. Irwin 1963; Etkin, W. 1963a, 1964; Fearing, F. 1953, 1962; Frank, L. K. 1957, 1960; Frings, H. 1967; Goldstein, R. 1970; Gordon, G. N. 1969; Gumperz, J. J. 1967, 1972; & D. Hymes 1964; Hawkins, D. 1967; Hinde, R. A. 1964; Hockett, C. F. 1960, 1961; Isard, S. & C. Longuet-Higgins 1970; Johnston, J. W., D. G. Moulton & A. Turk, eds. 1970; Köhler, O. 1966; Langer, S. K. 1960, 1962; Lanyon, W. E. & W. N. Tavolga 1960; Lenneberg, E. H. 1969c; Lewis, B. N. & J. A. Cook 1969; Lowenstein, O. E. 1962; MacKay, D. M. 1972; Marko, H. 1966; Marler, P. 1959, 1961a; McGuire, M. T. & S. Lorch 1968; & R. Coleman 1968; & J. Stanley 1971; Mead, M. 1964; Miller, G. A. 1951a, 1964d, 1967a, 1967b; Moles, A. A. 1963, 1969; Montagu, A. 1967; Ortony, A. 1970; Osolsobe, I. 1967; Pierce, J. R. 1961a, 1961b; Ramsay, A. 1966; Reed, C. A. 1968; Rosenblith, W. A. 1961; Roslansky, J. D., ed. 1970; Ruesch, J. & G. Bateson 1951; Sarles, H. B. 1966a; Scheflen, A. E. 1965a, 1968; Schievella, P. S. 1969; Sebeok, T. A. 1963c; Shannon, C. E. & W. Weaver 1949; Shmal'gauzen, I. 1965; Simpson, G. G. 1970; Slama-Cazacu, T. 1969a; Smith, A. G., ed. 1966; Smith, H. L. 1969; Smith, J. W. 1968; Smith, R. G. 1970; Spirkin, A. G. 1953; Suri, S. 1952; Thayer, L. 1967; Thibaut, J. W. & J. T. Cowles 1952; Tinbergen, N. 1962; Vetter, H. J. 1969; Watson, J. B. 1920; Weakland, J. H. 1969; Weinrich,

832 H. 1966; Weizsäcker, C. F. 1959; Wiener, N. 1961; Wójick, T. 1970; Wolfowitz, 1961; Zwirner, E. 1951. CONDILLAC, E. B. DE, IDEAS OF, RELATING TO LANGUAGE ORIGINS Aarsleff, H. 1970, 1972; Bizzari, R. 1945; Condillac, E. B. de 1777, 1803; Degérando, J. M. 1800; Didier, J. 1911; Forner, J. P. 1846-1960; Lefévre, R. 1967; Lenoir, R. 1924; LeRoy, G. 1937; Manzoni, A. 1891-98; Maynial, E. 1903; Salvucci, P. 1958; Schaupp, Z. 1926; Schottlaender, R. 1969a; Signal, N. A. 1962; Venturi, F. 1939. CONVENTIONALIST THEORIES OF LANGUAGE ORIGIN, AND OPPOSITION THERETO Aristotle 1938; Diodorus Siculus 1933; Franck, A., ed. 1844-52; Galiani, F. 1907; Larkin, M. T. 1965; Lucretius, T. C. 1951; de Maupertuis, M. de P. L. 1756; Mendelssohn, M. 1756; Mihäescu, H. 1942; Plato 1921; Proclus 1618; Reid, T. 1764; Schlegel, A. W. 1801; Skinner, Q. 1970; Vitruvius, M. P. 1931-34; Whitney, W. D. 1874. COUNTING AND NUMERATION IN RELATION TO LANGUAGE Albinus 1925; Artabasda, R. N. 1341; Ascher, M. & R. Ascher 1969; Augustine, St. 1871-76; Barbieri, M. 1778; Bechtel, E. A. 1909; Bede, Ven. 1532; Beeson, C. H. 1925; Benloew, L. 1861; Bombelli, R. 1579; Bronchorst, J. 1544; Cantor, M. 1894-1908; Caussinus, N. 1630; Chaslin, P. 1926; Dantzig.T. 1939; Dawson, B. V. 1961; Dimond, S. J. & J. G. Beaumont 1972b; Eastlake, F. W. 1927; Ehrewald, H. 1931; Ellis, R. 1873; Ferster, C. B. 1964; Fibonacci, L. P. 1202; Friedlein, G. 1866; Gerstmann, I. 1957; Goldziher, I. c.1880; Grimm, W. 1883; Heath, T. 1921; Holt, E. B. n.d.; Hopf, L. 1909; Jerome 1516; Kalmus, H. 1964; Koelle, S. W. 1884; Köhler, 0.1937, 1950a, 1955; Kükelhaus, H. 1963; Lemoine, J.-G. 1932; Lewis, G. N. 1926; Lögler, P. 1959; Lovell, K. 1962; McGee, W. J. 1911; Migne, J. P. 1850; Miller, C. 1967; Mossen, J. A. 1515; Natorp, P. 1910; Paccioli, L. 1914; Palmer, E. H. 1869; Pérez, de Moya, J. 1562; Plinius Secundus, C. 1851-58; Pollio, H. R. & J. D. Whitacre 1970; Pott, A. F. 1847; Preyer, W. T. 1891; Raum, O. M. 1935; Recorde, R. 1543; Richardson, L. J. 1916; Rödiger, E. 1845; Romanes, G. J. 1889; Sanford, E. M. 1928; Smith, D. E. 1923-25; Swadesh, M. 1964a; Thomas, N. W. 1928; Thompson, R. F . & K . S. Mayers, R.T. Robertson, & C. J. Pattersen 1970; Thurmair, A. J. 1522; Valerianus, J. P. 1556; de Vaux, C. 1917; Villicus, F. 1897; Villiers, M. de 1923; Wächter, J. G. 1752; Walle, F. J. M. de 1926; Wilkosz, W. 1947. CROCE, BENEDETTO, IDEAS OF, RELATING TO LANGUAGE ORIGINS Croce, B. 1902, 1948; Hall, R. A. 1969; Hymes, D. 1969; Vossler, K. 1942. CROSS MODAL TRANSFER Anstis, S. M. & C. M. Loizos 1967; Asher, J. J. 1964; Barsch, R. H. 1965; Beery, K. E. 1967,1968; Birch, H. G. & A. Lefford 1963; Björkman, M., J. Garvill & B. Molander 1965; Blakemore, C. B. & G. Ettlinger 1968a; Blakeslee, P. & R. Gunter 1966; Blank, M., L. D. Altman, & W. H. Bridger 1968; & W. H. Bridger 1964; & S. Klig 1970; Bozzo, M. T. & G. M. Zecca 1967; Brown, A. E. & H. K. Hopkins 1967; Burton, D. & G. Ettlinger 1960; Butter, E. J. & B. J. Zung 1970; Butters, N., M. Barton, & B. A. Brody 1970; Canon, L. K. 1970; Cashdan, S. 1968; Cole, M., S. L. Chorover, & G. Ettlinger 1961; Davenport, R. K. & C. M. Rogers 1970; Davidon, R. S. & J. H. Mather 1966; DeLeon, J. L., L. M. Raskin, & G. E. Gruen 1970; Dougherty, W. G., G. B. Jones, & G. R. Engel 1971; Ettlinger, G. 1960, 1961b, 1967, 1972; & C. B. Blakemore & A. D. Milner 1968; & C. B. Blakemore

833 1969; & A. D. Milner 1970; Ewertsen, H. W., H. B. Nielsen, & S. S. Nielsen 1969; et al. 1971; Fidell, S. 1970; Frost, N. 1971; Futterman, L. 1971; Garvill, J. & B. Molander 1968, 1971; Gault, R. H. 1924,1925,1926a, 1926b; Gaydas, H. F. 1956; Geschwind, N. 1970b; Katz, D. 1925; Kephart, N. C. 1960; Krauthamer, G. 1959, 1968; Krug, R. F. 1960, 1961; Lamson, F. W. 1966; Leeuwenberg, E. J. J. 1971; Lobb, H. 1965; Loveless, N. E., J. Brehner, & P. Hamilton 1970; McCroskey, R. L. 1958; & N. W. Corley & G. Jackson 1959; Merton, P. A. 1961; Milne, A. M. 1968; Milner, A. D. 1970,1972; & P.E.Bryant 1970; & G.Ettlinger 1970; Moffett, A. & G. Ettlinger 1966, 1970; Nazzaro, J. R. 1970; O'Connor, N. & B. Hermelin 1965; Pecjak, V. 1970; Pick, A. D. & H. L. Pick 1966; & H. L. Pick & M. L. Thomas 1966; Pilbeam, D. R. 1972; Pimsleur, P. & R. J. Bonkowski 1961; Price, R. H. & A. B. Slive 1970; Randhawa, B. S. 1971; Révész, G. 1934; Rosenberg, B. 1965; Rosenberger, P. B., J. P. Möhr & L. T. Stoddard 1968; Rudel, R. G. & H.-L. Teuber 1964, 1971a; Sanders, D. A. & S. J. Goodrich 1971; Scagnelli, P. 1969; Schàr, A. 1922; Schneiderman, D. Z. 1971; Schusterman, R. J. & R. F. Balliet 1970; Seashore, C. E. & E. A. Jenner 1910; Segal, S. J. & V. Fusella 1969; Sherman, M. F. & M. T. Turvey 1969; Siegenthaler, B. M. & V. Gruber 1969; Sinha, A. K. P. & S. N. Sinha 1960; Teuber, H.-L. 1965, 1967; Von Wright, J. M. 1970; Ward, J. P., A. L. Yehle & S. Darflein 1970; Warren, D. H. 1970; Whitehurst, M. W. 1961; Whittingham, M. R. & M. Wilson 1968; Wilson, W. A. & O. C. Shaffer 1963. DARWIN, CHARLES, IDEAS OF, RELATING TO LANGUAGE AND LANGUAGE ORIGINS Anonymous 1874a; Craig, W. 1922; Darwin, C. 1859, 1871, 1872, 1888, 1952; Dobrogayev, S. M. 1945; Erdödi, J. 1948; Farrar, F. W. 1870; Larrey, F. H. 1879; Lecomte, A. J. 1881; Marier, P. 1959; Marshall, J. C. 1970b; Müller, F. M. 1873, 1875; Schell, H. 1908; Schleicher, A. 1863; Whitney, W. D. 1874. DEAF, STUDY OF THE Agricola, R. 1539; Alterman, A. 1.1970; Altshuler, K. Z. 1971; Amman, J. C. 1692,1694, 1700; Anonymous 1821,1834,1900; Arakawa, I. & K. Furumaya 1956; von Arnold, G. 1959; Arnold, T. 1881, 1888, 1894, 1896; Arnoldi, J. L. 1777; Augustine, St.; Baker, C. 1851a, 1851b; Balkânyi, C. 1964; Ballesteros, J. M. 1851; Bartolus, 1350; Baurand, G., C. Ghione, M. L. Hammann, L. Striglioni, & A. Appaix 1970; Bélanger, A. 1893; Bell, A. G. 1884; Bennett, B. E. 1971; Berthier, F. 1852,1873; Birch, J.W. 1962; Blackburn, E. K. 1957; Blanchet, A.L.P. 1850-52; Blank, M. 1965; Blanton, R. L. 1968; Boatner, E. B. 1949; Boese, R. J. 1968; Borel-Maisonny, S. 1967; Boskis, R. M., V. N. Sinyak 1955; Brannon, J. B. 1968; Brauckmann, K. 1925; Brill, R. G. 1970; Burr, C. W. 1905; Camerarius, P. 1625; Cardano, G. de 1663; DiCarlo, L. M. 1964; Carton, C. L. 1847; Casarin, M. 1959; Casaubon, M. 1665; DiCastro 1650; Chovan, W. L. 1970; Cicourel, A. V. & R. J. Boese 1969, 1970; Conrad, R. 1971; Cooper, R. L. 1966; Cornett, R. 0.1967a, 1967b; Crammatte, E. F. 1959; Critchley, E. 1967b; Critchley, M. 1938; Davis, A. 1966; Defoe, D. 1720; de Haerne, D. 1881; DeLand, F. 1917, 1920a, 1920b, 1920c, 1968; Deusingius, A. 1660; Dickens, C. 1969; Doctor, P. V. 1970; Doehring, D. G. 1968; Donaldson, G. 1971; Douglass, E. & J. C. Richardson 1959; Downs, M. P. 1970; Drouot, E. 1906; Dubief, E. 1891; Dupont, M. 1898; Dutens, L. 1809; Eder, J. 1928; Ente Nazionale per la protezione e l'assistenza dei sordomuti 19—; L'Epée, C. M. de 1774-76, 1784; Ewing, A. & E. C. Ewing 1964; Farrar, A. 1890; Fay, E. A. 1912a, 1912b; Ferreri, G. 1906,1907; Fitzgerald, E. M. 1929; Forestier, C. 1883; Frederick, H. E. 1965; Fry, D. B. 1966; Furth, H. G. 1961, 1964, 1966a, 1966b, 1966c, 1970b, 1971; & P. B. Pufall 1966; & J. Youniss 1969,1971; Gallaudet College 1970; Gallaudet, E. M. 1888; Garnett, C. B. 1968; Geil'man 1957; Geppert,

834 L. 1964,1968; Gilmour, A. J. R. 1971; Glancy, C. C. 1959; Gleason, J. B. 1967; Glynn, E. 1859; Goda, S. 1964; Godin, L. 1967; Gordon, J. C. 1886,1898; Gorman, P. P. 1960; Goss, R. N. 1970; Gottlieb, G. & S. Whitley 1964; Gozova, A. P. 1966; Graf, R. 1967; Green, F. 1783, 1897; Green, S. A. 185-; Grewel, F. 1963a, 1963b; Griffith, J., ed. 1969; Gunderson, A. N. 1965; Gutiérrez G., D. 1969; Haerne, D. P. 1865; Hammoud, R. 1969; Hartenstein, J. 1955; Heider, F. & G. Heider 1940; Heinicke, S. H. 1778, 1968; van Helmont, F. M. 1960; Herren, H. 1965; Hirsch, A. P. 1923, 1954; Hirsch, I. J. 1966; Hofmarksrichter, K. 1931; Holder, W. 1668, 1669; Hubbard, G. G. 1867; Humphrey, H. 1859; International Congress on the Education of the Deaf, 2nd., Milan 1880; Isserlin, M. 1931; Jackson, J. H. 1878; James, W. 1892; Jerusalem, W. 1890; Johnson, G. F. 1963; Kaczmarek, L. 1969; Kaltsounis, B. 1970; Karlin, I. W. 1951; Kearney, J. E. 1970; Keller, H. 1954; Kent, M. S. 1971; Kidd, D. J. n.d.; Klopping, H. W. E. 1972; Kohl, H. 1966; Kohler, C. & J. Vuagnat 1971; Konrad von Megenburg 1861; Krug, R. F. 1965; Kruse, O. F. 1832; Lantz, D. & E. H. Lenneberg 1966; Leduc, F. V. 1970; Leischner, A. 1943; Lenneberg, E. H. F. G. Rebelsky & I. A. Nichols 1965; Lindner, R. 1936; Lowell, E. L. 1959; Lüdeck, C. 1954; MacDougall, J. C. & M. S. Rabinovich 1971; Marage, M. 1919; Markides, A. 1970; Marroquin Cabiedas, J. L. 1957; Max, L. W. 1937; Meadow, K. R. 1968, 1971; Michels, P. 1931; Mierlo, H. van 1968; Mindel, E. & M. Vernon 1971; Mol, H. 1954; Montgomery, G. W. G. 1966; Moores, D. F. 1970a, 1970b; Morgan, D. 1968; Morkovin, B. V. 1960; Mousseau, J. 1969; Mücke, J. 1834; Murray, M. L. 1933; Myklebust, H. R. 1956, 1960; Neas, B. J. 1953; Nemser, W. 1971; Numbers, M. & C. Hudgins 1948; Odom, P., R. L. Blanton, C. K. Mclntyre 1970; Oléron, P. 1950,1951, 1952a, 1952b, 1957; & H. Herren 1961; Olson, J. R. 1972; Paget, R. A. S. 1953; Pashentseva, L. V. 1966; Payne, A. H. 1903, 1910; Peet, E. 1852; Peet, H. P. 1851a, 1851b, 1855, 1867-68; Pesonen, J. 1968; Pettengill, B. D. 1878; Pettifor, J. L. 1964; Piaget, J. 1966; Porter, S. 1846, 1880; Prickett, H. T. 1971; Przetacznikowa, M. 1971; Puybonnieux, J. B. 1846; Quigley, S. P. 1966; Rae, L. 1848a, 1848b, 1852; Ramirez de Carrión, M. 1629; Reed, J. L. 1971; Rees, E. 1954; Reuschert, E. 1909; Ries, D. C. 1806; Roache, T. S. 1970; Robertson, A. & J. Youniss 1969; Robinson, L. D. 1965; Romanes, G. J. 1878, 1887; Rosenstein, J. 1961; Ross, B. M. 1966, 1969; Rozanova, T.V. 1966; Sarno, J. E., P. L. Swisher, & T. M. Sarno 1969; Schmitt, A. 1954; Schneider, M. 1908-11; Schumann, P. 1925; Schurz, H. 1965; Sharoff, R. L. 1959; Sibscota, G. 1670; de Sicard, A. A. 1808, 1823; Siger, L. 1968; Silverman, F. & E. M. Silverman 1971; Springer, C. J. 1961; Stewart, D. 1812; Stewart, W. A. 1971; Stokoe, W. C. 1963, 1969; Stopa, R. 1969; Stuckless, E. R. 1966; & J.W. Birch 1966; Sutcliffe,T. H. 1969; Tazbirówna, W. 1950; Tervoort, B. T. M. 1953,1961-68,1961, 1962-63, 1964a, 1964b, 1967, 1968, 1969a, 1969b; & A. J. A. Verbeck 1967; Thollon, B. 1893; Thornton, W. 1793; Tüllmann, A. 1957; Tureen, L. L., E. A. Smolik, & J. H. Tritt 1951; van Uden, A. 1968; Valsse, L. 1844-54, 1878; Valade-Gabel, J. J. 1862a, 1862b, 1863, 1894; Valade-Gabel, P. A. 1879; Valade, Yves-L. R. 1854a, 1854b; Vanderwoude, K. W. 1970; Vincent, M. 1951; Volquin, H. 1853; Vuillemey, P. 1940, 1959; Wallis, J. 1670, 1678, 1698; Watson, J. 1810, 1826; Wells, C. O. 1942; Williams, J. 1968; Wing, G. W. 1887; Woodward, J. C. 1971a, 1971b, 1972; Wyman, D. L. 1966; Young, H. B. 1916; Youniss, J. & H. G. Furth 1966, 1967; & H. G. Furth, & B. M. Ross 1971; Youniss, J. & A. Robertson 1970; Zykov, S. A. 1966. DEEP STRUCTURE THEORY IN RELATION TO LANGUAGE ORIGINS (Cf. also CHOMSKY, N.) Aristotle 1938; Bibliander, T. 1548; Canaye, Sieur de Fresnes 1589; Chomsky, N. 1969b; Cook, E. A. 1970; Cromer, R. F. 1970; Entwhistle, W. J. 1949; Hall, R. A. 1968; Harman, G. 1970; Hass,W. A. & J. M. Wepman 1969; Herbert of Cherbury,

835 E. 1624; Hymes, D. 1970, 1972; Lakoff, G. 1968; & J. R. Ross 1967; Langendoen, D. T. 1968a; Leont'ev, A. A. 1967; Levelt, W. J. M. & M. Bonarius 1968; Marshall, J. C. 1970c; McGuire, M. T. 1971; McNeill, D. 1966b, 1966c; Postal, P. H. 1968; Tomb, J. W. 1925; Whitaker, H. A. 1969, 1970a. DESIGN F E A T U R E S O F L A N G U A G E , see UNIVERSALS O F L A N G U A G E D I A M O N D , A. S„ REVIEWS O F Benes, B. 1960; Benveniste, E. 1960; Bouteiller, M. 1960; Collinson, W. E. 1960; Fisher, J. H. 1960; Guru Dutt, K. 1960; Hartmann, P. 1961b; Moore, W. E. 1961; Neubert, A. 1960; Rüke-Dravina, V. 1959; Wissemann, H. 1961; Zgusta, L. 1961. D I C H O T I C LISTENING RESEARCH Bakker, D. J. 1970; Broadbent, D. E. & M. Gregory 1964; Curry, K. W. 1967; Darwin, C. J. 1971; Haggard, M. 1971; & A. M. Parkinson 1971; Kirstein, E. & D. P. Shankweiler 1969; MacKeith, N. W. & R. R. Coles 1971; Massaro, D. 1972; Mosko, J. D. & A. S. House 1971; Thomas, W. G. 1969. DINGDONG THEORY Bunsen 1854; Gray, L. H. 1939; Müller, G. 1939; Müller, F. M. 1861, 1864, 1877. D I V I N E ORIGIN O F L A N G U A G E , A D A M I C T H E O R Y , A N D O T H E R S U P E R N A T U R A L THEORIES Abelard, P. 1933; Abou-Zéid Ahmed ben Sahl el Balkhi 1899-1916; Abu'l Feda 1831; Agrell, J. 1955; Albertus Magnus 1890-98; Aldrete, B. 1597; Alexander, H. B. 1916; Alsted, J. H. 1631; d'Alverny, M. T. 1960; Amadio, G. 1934; Andrew of St. Victor 1948; Anton, K. G. 1799; Antonius of Florence 1512; Antonius of Padua 1739; Arrebo, A. 1661; Auber, C. A. 1884; Augustine 1952,1961; Aventinus, J. T. 1517; Avianus, C. 1620; Ayroli, G. M. 1705; Azais, J. 1853-57; Bacher, W. 1894; Backer, de L. 1869; Bang, P. 1675; Bang, T. 1691; Barrois, J. B. 1850; Basil, St. 1857; Bastian, A. 1881; Bayle, F. P. 1720; Beattie, J. 1770; Beckh, H. 1954; Belli, J. 1788; Bembo, P. 1538; Bengel, J. A. 1741; Bensly,E. 1936; Benz,E. 1955; Bergier, N.-S. 1764; Berington, S. 1750; Berndt, A. 1700; Besnier, le P. 1674; Besold, C. 1632; Bible, Old Testament; Blair, H. 1783; Böhme, J. 1675,1958; Boeckler, J. H. 1680; Bonald, de L. G. A. 1859; Borch, 0 . 1 7 0 4 ; Borst, A. 1957-63; Bouchart, S. 1646, 1651; Bowman, R. A. 1944; Bowyer, W. 1733; Boyle, R. 1772, 1744; Budde, J. F. 1744; Calixt, G. 1665; Calmet, A. 1706-16; Cantú, C. 1840; Capgrave, J. 1450; Castro, Pedro de 1800; Chambers, E., ed. 1752; Chateaubriand, F. R. 1859-61; Collinson, W. E. 1961; Comenius, J. A. 1910b; Cordemoy, G. de 1666; Cordier, P. 1917; Coroze, P. 1958; Correas, G. 1954; Crinesius, C. 1699; Dacqué, E. 1952; Dante Alighieri 1305, 1890, 1952; DeLand, F. 1914; DeVit, V. 1888; Díaz-Plaza, G. 1940; Donoso Cortés, J. 1946; Dovius, G. 1617; Driessen, A. 1739; D u Bartas, G. S. 1935-40; Egenolff, J. A. 1705; Eichhorn, J. G. 1788; von Einem, J. J. 1735; Enock, C. R. 1927; Ephraim, the Syrian 1903-60; Erich, J. P. 1697; van Erpe, T. 1621; Erro y Aspirez, J. B. 1815; Feijóo y Montenegro, B. J. 1726; Fleisch, H. 1957; Franck, S. 1531; Frassen, C. 1682; Fridlib, P. 1660; Gagne, P. 1843; Gale, T. 1669-77; de Gandillac, M. 1953; Ganz, D. 1644; Gassendi, P. 1658; Gatterer, J. C. 1765; Gautier, L. 1858; Gerhard, J. 1637; Ghali, E. 1970; von Glosowicz, M. J. K. 1753; Gómez-Moreno, M. 1958; Goropius, J. B. 1569; Gregorios Barhebraeus 1931, 1932; Gregory of Nyssa 1776; Grotius, H. 1644; Grünbaum, M. 1893; Guichard, E. 1606; Güntert, H. 1921; Guthrie, M. 1954; Habrecht, I. 1630; von Hägen, J. 1439-53; Hare, J. C. 1847-48; Harnack, A. 1900; Hartmann, P. 1961a; Hegel, G. W. F. 1927-39; van Helmont, F. M. 1667a, 1667b; Hennequin, A. 1838; Henry of Crissey 1868; Hervás y Panduro, L. 1785, 1800-05; Heuschen, J. 1952; Hildegard of Bingen 1761; Holberg, L. 1 9 1 3 ^ 2 ; van den

836 Honert, T. H. 1738; Honnorat, M. 1936; Hoonacker, A.-A. 1923; Huet, P. D. 1694; Hug, J. L. 1793; Hutchinson, J. 1749; Huygens, C. 1622; Jackson, A. 1643; Jacobs, N. J. 1958; Jansen, C. 1660; Jansen, E. 1276; Jerusalem, K. W. 1776; Joannes Historiographus 1350; John of Salisbury 1160; du Jon, F. 1590; Josephus, F. 1888-95; Kaiser, G. P. C. 1840; Kanne, J. A. 1815; Kapp, C. 1829; Kaulen, F. 1861; Kempe, A. 1683; Kidder, R. 1694; Kircher, A. 1679; Krampf, A. 1889; Kraus, C. J. 1787; Krüger, M. 1967; Kruse, O. F. 1827; Lach, S. 1961,1962; Ladevi-Roche 1860; Lambeck, P. 1710; Lamy, J. 1883; Larramendi, M. de 1729; Lazaro C., F. 1949; LeClerc, J. 1959; Lecomte, F. 1958; Leopardi, G. 1930; Lichtenberg, G. C. 1949; Lightfoot, J. 1686; Löscher, V. E. 1706; Loucel, H. 1964; Lucretius, T. C. 1951, 1958; van Maerlant, J. 1271; de Maistre, J. 1821; Manthey, F. 1937; Manzoni, A. 1891-98; al Masudi 1897; Matter, J. 1862; Mauthner, F. 1923; Mede, J. 1677; Melanchthon, P. 1533; Melzer, F. 1952; Mendelssohn, M. 1756; Metealf, G. J. 1953; Michael of Syria 1195; Midrash 1881; Milanesio, D. 1917; Milton, J. 1952; Mises 1825; Moréri, L. 1694; Morin, É. 1694; Mortara, M. 1871; Muhlius, H. 1692; Müller, A. D. 1959-60; Mylius, A. 1612; Mynarek, H. 1967; Newman, J., ed. 1960; Nicholas of Cusa 1447; Nicolson, W. 1715; Onffroy de Thoron, E. 1886; Origen 1897-1960; Otto, W. F. 1955; Paracelsus von Hohenheim, T. 1529; Parker, S. 1719; Parsons, J. 1767; Pascal, B. 1904; Patrick, S. 1727; Pätsch, G. 1959; Pereyra, B. 1607; Perizonius, J. 1711; Person, G. 1390-1418; Pestalozzi, J. H. 1927-43; Petrus Hispanus 1947; de la Peyrère, I. 1655; Pezron, P. Y. 1703; Pfeiffer, A. 1704; Philo of Alexandria 1963; Pilarik, J. G. 1726; Plinval, G. 1970; Ploucquet, G. 1781; Polomé, E. 1961, 1966; Ponce de León, L. 1914; Pontano, G. 1538; Postel, G. 1538; Pott, A. F. 1863; Preuss, E., ed. 1861; Qur-än, The Holy Koran-, Rashi 1935; Reichenbach, R. E. W. 1842; Richard of St. Victor 1153-60; Richter, J. P. 1927-44; Ritter, K. B. 1937; Rivet, A. 1651; Rosmini-Serbati, A. 1830; Rudbeck, O. the Elder 1679-1702; Rudbeck, O. the Younger 1703; Rupert of Deutz 1844-64; Sale, G. 1744; Sarmiento, M. 1758; Sarton, G. 1948; Scaliger, J. J. C. 1540; Schecker, H. 1930; Scheffler, J. 1949; Scheiber, A. 1937a, 1937b; von Schelling, F. W. J. 1856-61; Schneemelcher, W. 1961; Schoeps, H. J. 1961; Schöfer, W. 1968; Schultens, A. 1729; Schwering, J. 1925; Sennert, A. 1681; Shaftesbury, A. 1710; Sharpe, G. 1751; Shaw,W. 1778; Shuckford, S. 1731; Sicard, A. 1799; Simon, R. 1680; Sl0k, J. 1962; Soccino, F. 1656; Soden, W. 1961; van den Steen, C. 1854-60; Stifter, A. 1927; zu Stolberg, F. L. 1806; Straubinger, J. 1958; Strindberg, A. 1907; Suhm, P. F. 1769; Süssmilch, J. P. 1766; Swedenborg, E. 1749-56; Talmud of Jerusalem 1879-1902; Theodore of Mopsuestia 1857-66; Thomassin, P. L. 1690; Tiele, J. T. V. 1836; Tovar, A. 1961; Trench, R. C. 1840; de Unamuno, M. 1950-58; Ungar, J. 1716; Valera y Alcalá Galiano, J. 1949-58; da Venezia, G. 1758; Verbürg, P. A. 1963; Vico, G. 1725; Vitringa, C. 1727; Vives, J. L. 1782-90; Wadler, A. 1935; Wagner, W. 1920; Wald, L. 1962; Warburton, W. 1788; Webb, J. 1669; Weber, C. J. 1868; Webster, J. 1654; Webster, N. 1789; Whewell, W. 1845; Wilisch, C. F. 1739; Wilkins, J. 1668; Wotton, W. 1713; d'Ydewalle, C. 1962; Ziegra, G. D. 1701. DOGS, COMMUNICATION AND RELATED BEHAVIOR IN Bolton, H. Carrington 1897; Borgese, E. M. 1965; Burrows, R. 1968; Crisler,L. 1956; Douglas, M. 1971; Dubois-Reymond, R. 1914; Fox, M. W. 1969; 1970; Houzeau, J. C. 1872; Kainz, F. 1961; Kalbhenn, H. 1951; Kleiman, D. 1967; Knight, R. 1972; Köhler, O. 1950b; Kühme, W. 1965, 1967; Lorenz, K. 1954b; Lubbock, J. 1884; Mann, T. 1961; Radford, C. 1970; Rutter, R. J. & D. H. Pimlott 1968; Salzinger, K. & M. B. Waller 1962; Sarris, E. G. 1931; Schaller, G. B. & G. R. Lowther 1969; Scheller, P. 1911; Schenkel, R. 1947, 1967; Stephen, L. 1873; Tegano, U. 1939; Tembrock, G. 1962, 1970; Theberge, J. B. & J. B. Falls 1967;

837 Uexküll, I. 1932; Vosseier, J. 1911; Warden C. J. & L. H. Warner 1928; Woolpy, J. H. 1968; Wormer, J. 1964. DOLPHINS, PORPOISES, SEA-LIONS, COMMUNICATION IN Bartholomew, G. A. & N. E. Collias 1962; Bateson, G. 1966; Dreher, J. J. 1961; Evans, W. E. & J. Bastian 1969; Kellogg, W. N. 1961, 1963; & R. Kohler & H. N. Morris 1953; Leblanc, E. 1914; Lilly, J. C. 1963a, 1963b, 1964,1965a, 1965b, 1967a, 1967b; & A. M. Miller 1962; Neuhaus, W. 1968; Payne, R. S. & S. McVay 1971; Schusterman, R. J. 1972; & R. F. Balliet 1970; & S. H. Feinstein 1965; & R. Gentry & J. S. Schmook 1966; Sebeok, T. A. 1963a, 1963b, 1967b; Truby, H. M. 1969. DREAMS AND LANGUAGE Mayer, F. 1935; Stoyva, J. M. 1965. DRUM LANGUAGES Alexandre, P. 1969a, 1969b; Armstrong, R. G. 1953; Betz, R. 1898; Burssens, A. 1939; Carrington, J. F. 1944, 1949, 1971; Chandola, A. C. 1969; Clarke, R.T. 1934; Dugast, I. 1960; Eboué, F. 1938; Haudricourt, A. G. 1968; Herzog, G. 1945; Jones, A. M. 1959; Knappert, J. 1961; Labouret, H. 1923; Lush, A. J. 1935a, 1935b; Nekes, H. 1912; Rattray, R. S. 1916; Simmons, D. C. 1955, 1960; Stern, T. 1957; Thilenius, G. & C. Meinhof &W. Heinitz 1916; Van Valen, Leigh 1955; Verbeken, A. 1924; Witte, P. A. 1910; Zemp, H. & C. Kaufmann 1969. ETHOLOGY Altshuler, K. Z. 1971; Anthoney, T. 1968,1969; Ardrey, R. 1966; Bates, B. C. 1970; Beery, J. W. 1967; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1929a, 1929b, 1940; Blair, F. W. 1956; Blurton-Jones N. G. 1967, 1968, 1972; & G. M. Leach 1972; Boyle, P. & T. Aksnes 1971 ; Brein, M. 1970; Castell, R., H. Krohn & D. Ploog 1969; Chance, M. R. A. 1963, 1967a, 1967b; &W. M. S. Russell 1959; Christoleit, F. 1924; Coss, R. G. 1968; von Cranach, M. 197-, 1971; DeVore, I. 1964, 1971; Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. 1957, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967a, 1967b, 1968a, 1968b, 1969, 1970, 1971, 1972; & H. Hass 1966,1967a, 1967b; & W. Wickler 1962, 1968; Eisenberg, J. F. & W. S. Dillon, eds. 1971; Emlen, S. T. 1971; Ervin, C. 1970; Esser, A. H„ ed. 1971; Ewer, R. F. 1968; Felipe, N. & R. Sommer 1966; Fleener, D. E. & R. B. Cairns 1970; Forston, R. F. & C. V. Larson 1968; Fox, J. R. 1968; Freedman, D. G. 1964,1965a, 1965b, 1967; Freedman, L. A. & A. Roe 1958; Garfinkel, H. 1964, 1967; (van Lawick) Goodall, J. 1967a, 1967c, 1968a, 1968b; Gray, P. H. 1958; Guthrie, R. D. 1970, 1971; Haldane, J. B. S. 1953, 1956; Hediger, H. P. 1968; Hinde, R. A. 1959, 1966; Holloway, R. L. 1968d; Huxley, J. S. 1955; lohst, V. 1970; Klaus, M. H., J. H. Kennell, N. Plumb, & S. Zuehlke 1970; Klopfer, P. H. 1968; Kortmulder, K. 1968a, 1968b; Kummer, H. 1970; Leakey, L. S. B. 1967; Lindauer, M. 1962; Lorenz, K. Z. 1962, 1966; Mason, W. A. 1965; Mattingly, I. 1972; McBride, G, 1971; McGrew, W. C. 1969; Morris, D. 1957, 1967; Pfeiffer, A. 1971; Ploog, D. W. 1970a, 1970b; Pontius, A. A. 1967; Pulgram, E. 1970; Randolph, M. C. & W. A. Mason 1969; Rensch, B. 1963; Reynolds, V. & G. Luscombe 1969; Robson, L. S. 1967; & F. Pederson & H. A. Moss 1969; Rosenblum, L. A. & I. C. Kaufman 1964; Sadoff, R. L. 1966; Sarles, J. B. 1972b; Schleidt, W. M. 1962; Schmid, B. 1923, 1925; Schmidt, W. H. O. & T. Hore 1970; Scott, J. P. 1967; Sebeok, T. A. 1969a, 1969b, 1970c; Smith, W. J. 1965; Spivak, H. 1971; Tembrock, G. 1967b; Thorpe, W. H. 1966a, 1966b, 1966c; Tinbergen, N. 1953,1957,1962,1964; Turnure, C. 1971; Welsh, R. E. 1972; Wickler, W. 1965a, 1965b, 1966, 1967,1968; Wolff, P. H. 1969.

838 EVOLUTION OF LANGUAGE, see LANGUAGE, EVOLUTION OF FACIAL EXPRESSION, HUMAN AND ANIMAL Abelson, R. P. & V. Sermat 1962; Abercrombie, M. L. J. 1971; Ahrens, R. 1953-54; Ambrose, J. A. 1960,1961a, 1961b; Andrew, R. J. 1963a, 1965, 1968; Argyle, M. 1972; & F. Alkema & R. Gilmore 1971; & J. Dean 1965; & A. Kendon 1967; & M. Laljee & M. Cook 1968; & V. Salter, H. Nicholson, M. Williams & P. Burgess 1970; Arnheim, R. 1949; Ballard, C. F. 1961, 1963; & E. K. Bond 1960; Balter, L. 1969; Bell, C. 1806; Benavent Oltra, J. A. 1970; Berger, K., M. Garner & J. Sudman 1971; Blurton-Jones, N. G. & J. Trollope 1968; Bodamer, J. 1947; Bolwig, N. 1964b; Bond, E. K. 1972; Bornstein, B. 1963; & D. P. Kidron 1959; & H. Sroka & H. Munitz 1969; Boucher, J. D. 1969; Bourdon, B. 1892; Bradshaw, J. L. & G. Wallace 1971; Bruner, J. S. & R. Tagiuri 1954; Bugental, D. E., L. R. Love, & R. M. Gianetto 1971; Bühler, C. 1933; Burkhardt, H. 1963; Buzby, D. E. 1924; Calabro, V. C. 1969; Camper, P. 1792; Carus, C. 1853; Cline, M. G. 1956; Cobin, M. 1962; Coleman, J. C. 1949; Craig, W. 1922; Cranach, M. 197-; Darwin, C. 1872; Dashiell, J. F. 1927; Davis, R. C. 1934; Davitz, J. 1964; Deelman, B. G. 1970; Dickey, E. & F. H. Knower 1941; Dittman, A. T., M. B. Parloff & D. S. Boomer 1965; Drag, R. M. & M. E. Shaw 1967; Duchenne, G. B. 1862a, 1862b; Dumas, G. & A. Ombredane 1937; Du; \ap, K. 1927a, 1927b; Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. 1956; Ekman, P. 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1968, 1970, 1972; & W. V. Friesen 1967a, 1967b, 1969, 1971; & W. V. Friesen & P. Ellsworth 1971; & W. V. Friesen & E. Heider & K. Heider 1971; & W. V. Friesen & R. Sorenson 1969; & W. V. Friesen & T. Taussig 1967; & W. V. Friesen & S. S. Tomkins 1971; & W. V. Friesen, R. S. Lazarus, E. T. Opton, J. R. Averill, & E. J. Malmstrom 1970; Ekroth, L. E. 1968; Ellsworth, P. & J. Carlsmith 1968; Engen, T. & N. Levy 1956; & N. Levy, & H. Schlosberg 1957; Exline, R. V. 1963; & D. Gray, & D. Schuette 1965; & L. C. Winters 1965; Flach, A. 1928; Foley, J. P. 1935; Frey, D. 1953; Frijda, N. H. 1953, 1958, 1961, 1969; & E. Philipszoon 1963; Frois-Wittmann, J. 1930; Fulcher, J. S. 1942; Galton, F. 1883; Gates, G. S. 1923; Gibson, E. J. 1969; Giedt, F. H. 1955; Girault, Z. 1958; Gloning, I., K. Gloning, K. Jellinger & R. Quatember 1970; & K. Gloning, & H. Tschabitscher 1966; Goffman, E. 19—; Goodall, J. 1971; Goodenough, F. L. 1932-33; Grant, E. C. 1969, 1971; Greenberg, H. J. & D. L. Bode 1968; Guilbert, Y. 1918; Guilford, J. P. 1929; Guilhot, J. 1962; Guinaudeau, 0 . 1958; Gustafson, D. 1971; Haggard, E. A. & K. S. Isaacs 1966; Hamburg, D. A. 1963, 1968; Hanawalt, N. G. 1942,1944; Hecaen, H. & R. Angelergues 1962b; Hediger, H. 1967; Hinde, R. A. & I. E. Rowell 1962; Hoff, H. & O. Pötzl 1937; Honkavarra, S. 1961; van Hoof, J. A. R. A. M. 1962, 1967, 1972; Huber, E. 1931; Huschke, E. 1824; Hütt, C. & C. Ounstead 1966; Izard, C. E. 1968,1970a, 1970b, 1971; Jensen, G. D. & B. N. Gordon 1970; Jolly, A. 1972; Kafka, G. 1937; Kagan, J. 1967, 1970; Kelly, A. H., L. E. Beaton, & H. W. Magoun 1946; Klages, L. 1926, 1936; de Kleen, T. 1924; Kleinke, C. L. & P. D. Pohlen 1971; Kline, L. W. & D. E. Johannsen 1935; Klineberg, O. 1940; Knapp, H. D. 1963; Köhler, O. 1954a, 1954b; Köhara, Y. 1968; Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. 1926; Kohts, N. N. 1935; Landis, C. 1924, 1929; Lavater, J. K. 1775, 1806, 1820, 1943; Leanderson, R. & B. E. F. Lindblom 1972; & S. Ohman & A. Perssen 1966; LeBrun, C. 1667; Lecomte, A. J. 1881; Lemoine, J. A. F. 1865; Lersch, P. 1928, 1932; Leventhal, H. & E. Sharp 1965; Levitt, E. A. 1964; Levy, N. & H. Schlosberg 1960; Lorenz, K. 1965; Lötz, J. 1951; Lowell, E. L. 1961; Lutz, F. 1927; Lynn, J. G. & D. R. Lynn 1943; Mackworth, N. H. & M. H. Bagshaw 1970; Magoun, H. W., D. Atlas, E. H. Ingersoll & S. W. Ransor 1937; Mallery, G. 1890; Malten, L. 1961; Mantegazza, P. 1889; McEvoy, J. E. 1953; Meisen, K. 1950-52; Miller, R. E., J. V. Murphy, 1. A. Mirsky 1959; Mistschenko, M. N. 1933; Modigliani, A. 1971; Monrad-Krohn, G. H. 1924; Mühle, G. & A. Wellek 1952; Nielsen, G. 1962; Nummenmaa, T.

839 1964; & K. Urpo 1958; Osgood, C. E. & A. H. Hastorf 1966; & A. W. Heyer 1950; Parsons, J. 1746; Piderit, T. 1858,1867; Ploog, D. W. 1969; Popowsky, J. 1897; Rahaman, H. & M. D. Parthasarathy 1968; Rich, S. 1953; Rosa, L. A. 1929; Rosenberg, S. & A. Gordon 1968; Rosenfeld, H. M. 1966a; Sante de Sanctis 1906; Schlosberg, H. A. 1941, 1952, 1954; Schuhl, P. M. 1948; Seaford, H. W. 1971; Seiler, R. 1972; Shirek-Ellefson, J. 1967; Spitz, R. A. & K. M. Wolf 1946; Stone, L. 1957; Sweeney, D. R., D. C. Tinling, & A. H. Schmale 1970; Taladoire, B. A. 1951; Thompson, D. F. & L. Meitzer 1964; Thompson, J. 1941; Thomsen, C. 1972; Tickell, S. C. 1933; Tinbergen, N. 1959; Titchener, E. B. 1909; Topinard, P. 1900; Trujillo, N. P. & T. A. Warthin 1968; Turhan, B. M. 1960; Tyrwhitt, J. 1960; Tzavaras, A., H. Hécaen & H. Le Bras 1970, 1971; Vandenberg, S. G. 1960; Vig, P. S. 1968; Vinacke, W. E. 1949; & R. W. Fong 1955; Vine, I. 1970; Waltz, A. G. 1962; Warner, F. 1886; Webb, W. W. 1963; Weiner, J. S. 1971; Wendland, D. 1954; Williams, F. & B. Sundene 1965; & J. Tolch 1965; Wilson, S. A. K. 1929; Winick, C. & H. Holt 1962; Wolff, P. H. 1963; Woodworth, R. S. 1938; Yin, R. K. 1970; Zaidel, S. F. & A. Mehrabian 1969. FERAL CHILDREN, see WILD CHILDREN FESTAL ORIGINS OF LANGUAGE, DRAMATIC ORIGINS THEORY Anonymous 1885-90; Burke, K. 1952-53, 1953; Delbrück, B. 1901; Donovan, J. 1893, 1899; Hymes, D. H. 1968b; Jespersen, 0.1894, 1924; Livingstone, F. B. 1971; Otto, W. F. 1956; Rosenstock-Huessy, E. 1963; Wescott, R. W. 1973b. FINGERS, FINGER AGNOSIA AND RELATED BEHAVIOR Augustine, St.; Babkin, P. S. 1964; Barbieri, M. 1778; Bechtel, E. A. 1909; Bede, Ven., 1532; Benton, A. L. 1959; Bombelli, R. 1579; Brinkman, J. & H. G. J. M. Kuypers 1972; Bronchorst, N. J. 1544; Burton, F. D. 1972; Cantor, M. 1894-1908; Caussinus, N. 1630; Chaslin, P. 1926; Eastlake, F. W. 1927; Etter, H.-U. F. 1972; Ettlinger, G. 1963; Fibonacci, L. P. cl202; Friedlein, G. 1866; Goldziher, I. cl880; Grimm, W. 1883; Gross, K. 1968; Gunderson, H. L. 1952; Hainan, C. R. E. & G. H. Wright 1961; Heath, T. 1921; Jerome, St. 1516; Jones, F. W. 1929; Kimura, D., et al. 1970; Kinsboume, M. & J. Cook 1971; & E. K. Warrington 1962a; Koelle, S. W. 1884; Künssberg, E. F. 1941; Landsmeer, J. M. F. 1955; Lemoine, J.-G. 1932; Lhote, H. 1954; Migne, J. P. 1850; Montagu, M. F. A. 1931; Mossen, J. A. 1515; Paccioli, L. 1914; Palmer, E. H. 1869; Paul, S. 1971; Pérez de Moya, J. 1562; Pliny 1851-58; Pott, A. F. 1847; Raum, O. F. 1935; Recorde, R. 1543; Richardson, L. J. 1916; Rödiger, E. 1845; Rubenbauer, J. 1910; Sanford, E. M. 1928; Singh, S. D. 1970; Smith, D. E. 1923-25; Swadesh, M. 1964a; Thomas, N. W. 1928; Thurmair, A. J. 1522; Vanyushkina, L. N. 1969; Villicus, F. 1897; Villiers, M. 1923; de Walle, F. J. M. 1926. FOSSIL REMAINS AND LANGUAGE ORIGINS, ENDOCRANIAL CASTS Absolon, K. 1957; Anonymous 1972; Anthony, M. J. 1958; Anthony, R. 1913; Bielicki, T. 1969; Binford, S. 1968; Black, D. 1934; & P. Teilhard de Chardin 1933; Blanc, A. C. 1961; Böklen, E. A. 1922; Boule, M. & R. Anthony 1911; Brace, C. L. & P. E. Mahler 1970; Bronowski, J. & W. M. Long 1953; Broom, R. & G. W. H. Schepers 1946; Childe, V. G. 1951; Collins, D. 1969; Craig, D. & R. A. Dart 1960; Dart, R. A. & D. Craig 1959a; DuBrul, E. L. & H. Sicher 1954; & C. A. Reed 1960; Duckworth, W. L. H. 1947; Edgar, G. W. F. 1952; Eiseley, L. C. 1955; Fortes, M. 1965; Gaudry, A. 1890; Gieseler, W. 1943; Gremyatsky, M. A. 1922; Häckel, E. 1868; Hallowell, A. I. 1965; Hauger, O. 1921; Hayes, K. J. & C. Hayes 1955; Heberer, G. 1956, 1965b; Heim, J. L. 1970; Henderson, N. D. 1970; Hewes, G. W. 1959a; Hirschler, P. 1942; Hofer, H. 196-; Holloway,

840 R. L. 1966a, 1966b, 1967b, 1968a, 1968b; Howells, W. W. ed. 1967; Jerison, H. J. 1963, 1969; Keith, A. 1948; Klaatsch, H. 1909; Kochetkova, V. I. 1960a, 1960b, 1961a, 1961b, 1961c, 1962, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1970a, 1970b, 1970c, 1972a, 1972b; & F. K. Kochetkova 1970; Koenigswald, G. H. R. von 1956; König, M. E. P. 1971; Kraft, G. 1948; Kraus, B. S. 1964; Krogmann, W. 1963a; Lafond 1927; Leakey, L. S. B. 1961; Leroi-Gourhan, A. 1958a, 1958b, 1958c; Lieberman, P. & E. S. Crelin 1971; Mann, A. 1971; Marshack, A. 1964, 1969a, 1969b, 1970b, 1970c, 1970d, 1971, 1972a, 1972b; Mehnert, E. 1901; de Mortillet, G. 1869, 1883; Negus, V. E. 1938; Newman, R. W. 1970; Nikityuk, B. A. 1966; Pfeiffer, J. E. 1969; Pilbeam, D. R. 1972; Posnansky, M. 1959; Quigley, C. 1971; Roger, H. 1943; Roginskii, Y. Y. 1947, 1957a, 1957b, 1969; Rosinski, F. 1970; Sahly, A. 1970; Sarich, V. M. 1968, 1971; Schepers, G. W. H. 1950; Schlesinger 1902; Schmidt, W. 1950; Scott, J. 1963; Semenov, S. A. 1960; Shellshear, J. L. 1934; & G. E. Smith 1934; Shevchenko, Y. G. 1967; Smith, G. E. 1926, 1927; Sollas, W. J. 1908; Spuhler, J. N. 1959; Stahoviak, V. 1956, 1965; Stankievich, I. A. 1968; Starck, D. 1965; Tappen, N. C. & H. Hemmer 1970; Tattersall, I. 1970; Täuber, C. 1911; Taylor, I. 1895; Tegethoff, W. 1969; Thompson, H. 1935; Thomson, A. 1915; Tilney, F. 1928, 1933; Tobias, P. V. 1963, 1966, 1971; Ullrich, W. 1970; Uryson, M. I. 1965; Vallois, H. V. 1961, 1962; Vertes, L. 1965; de Vertus, A. de 1868; Wagner, K. 1934; Walkhoff, O. 1902, 1903, 1911; Washburn, S. L. 1971; & P. C. Jay, eds. 1968a; Wescott, R. W. 1973b; Wiercinski, A. 1956; Wilder, B. G. 1910; Yakimov, V. P. 1951; Zaborowski, S. 1898; Ziolkiewicz, T. & J. Ostrowski 1968. GEIGER, LAZARUS, IDEAS OF, RELATING TO LANGUAGE ORIGINS Anonymous 1869; Geiger, L. 1868a, 1868b, 1869a, 1869b, 1880; Rosenthal, L. A. 1884. GENIAL TUBERCLES, GENIOGLOSSAL SPINES Edgar, G. W. F. 1952; Hooton, E. A. 1947; Klaatsch, H. 1909; Laloy, L. 1904; Vallois, H. V. 1953; Vogel, C. 1961. GENETICS, see LANGUAGE AND GENETICS GERSTMANN SYNDROME Benson, D. F. & N. Geschwind 1970; Critchley, M. 1966b; Gerstmann, J. 1957; Hermann, K. & E. Norrie 1958; Kinsbourne, M. 1968; & E. K. Warrington 1963; Poeck, K. & B. Orgass 1966. GESTURE, GENERAL Abercrombie, D. 1954; Adams, F. A. F. 1891; Adatto, C. P. 1970; Alajouanine, T. & F. Lhermitte 1964; Allport, G. W. & P. E. Vernon 1933; Amades, J. 1957; Amira, K. von 1909; Amman, J. C. 1692,1694; Anderson, J. D. 1920; Anonymous 1865; Anthoney, T. 1968; Argyle, M. 1972; & F. Alkema & R. Gilmore 1971; & M. Laljee & M. Cook 1968; & V. Salter, H. Nicholson, M. Williams & P. Burgess 1970; Arriens, O. 1934; Artaud, A. 1931; 'Arthriötes, N. P. 1947; Athenaeus 1854; Auboyer, J. 1951; Augustine, St.; Austin, G. 1806; Bacon, A. M. 1875, 1893; Bacon, F. 1877; Bailey, F. 1942; Baläzs, B. 1924; Banerji, P. 1942; Bannan, J. F. 1967; Barakat, R. A. 1969; Barat-Veil, C., A. Guerrand-Hermes, J. Thibault, & C. Veil 1970; Barber, J. 1831; Barbieri, M. 1778; Barraquer-Bordas, L. 1969; Barrois, J. 1850; Barsley, M. 1966; Bartlett, D. E. 1865; Bartolus 1350; Bateson, G. 1954-57, 1955; & M. Mead 1942; Battye, M. 1954; Baxter, J. C., E. P. Winters & R. E. Hammer 1968; Bechtel, E. A. 1909; Bede, Ven. 1532; Beery, J. W. 1967; Berger, K. W. & G. R. Popelka 1971; Bharata 1936; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1929b; Birdwhistell, R. L. 1960a, 1960b; Blackman, R., ed. 1897, 1908; Blackmur, R. P.

841 1957; Blake, J. N. 1969; Blake, W. H. 1933; Blasis, C. 1820; Blurton-Jones, N. G. 1972; & G. M. Leach 1972; & J. Trollope 1968; Bombelli, R. 1579; Bonifaccio, G. 1616; Boomer, D. S. 1963, 1964; Bouissac, P. 197-; Brandt, E. 1965; Brannigan, C. 1969; Brauk, G. 1963; Breitman, G. 1888; Bremond, C. 1968; Brengelmann, J. C. 1961; Brentjes, B. 1968; Brewer, W. D. 1951; Brezillon, M. 1972; Brilliant, R. 1963; Bronchorst, N. J. 1544; Brunvand, J. 1960; Bugelski, B. R. & S. Lattanzio 1972; Bulhart, V. 1936; Bull, N. 1946, 1951; Burgess, A. 1970; Buytendijk, F. J. J. 1957; Calisi, R. 1956; Callieri, B. & L. Frighi 1971; Caminha, V. B. 1957; Campbell, H., R. F. Brewer, H. Neville, C. Harrison, F. Corder, & S. Hawley 1912; Cantor, M. 1894-1908; Cardona, M. 1953-54; Carton, C. L. 1847; Casarin, M. 1959; Caussinus, N. 1630; Centron Corporation 1950 (film); Chance, M. R. A. 1962a; Charney, E. 1966; Chaslin, P. 1926; Chelhod, J. 1959; Christiansen, B. 1963; Chrysippus 1885; Cicero, M. T. 1942; Clarke, H. 1887; Cobb, K., R. Goodwin & E. Saelens 1966; Cocchiara, G. 1932; Cogniat, R. 1932; Collett, P. 1971; Comstock, A. 1844; Condon, W. S. & W. Ogston 1966; Conrad, J. 1964; Cook, J. 1959; Coomaraswamy, A. & G. K. Duggirala 1917; Corbin, E. I. 1962; Cossetta, A. 1946; Craig, S. B. 1925; Cratty, B. J. 1964; Crawford, M. P. 1941; Cresollius, L. 1620; Cresswell, K. 1968; Crisari, M. 1968, 1971; Critchley, M. 1939; Crossman, E. R. F. W. 1956; Cushing, F. H. 1892; Cyrano de Bergerac 1921; Daehler, M. 1971; Danzel, T. W. 1912; Darwin, C. 1872; Davidson, L. J. 1950; Devroly, O. 1909; Deelman, B. G. 1970; Defoe, D. 1719; Delling, H. 1925; Denzin, N. K. 1971; Deutsch, F. 1947, 1949, 1952; Devendra, D. T. 1956; Devereux, G. 1949a, 1951; Dittman, A. T. 1962, 1966, 1968a, 1968b; & M. B. Parloff & D. S. Boomer 1965; Döhmann, K. 1950; Dorsch, A. J. 1789; Downs, S. W. 1937; Dubois, M. M. 1955; Duijker, H. C. J. 1941; Dumas, G. 1937; & A. Ombredane 1937; van Eerde, J. C. 19—; Efron, D. 1941a, 1941b, 1971; & J. P. Foley 1937; Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. 1956, 1957, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967a, 1967b, 1968a, 1968b, 1969, 1970, 1971, 1972; & H. Hass 1966, 1967a, 1967b; & W. Wickler 1962, 1968; Eisenberg, Ph. 1937a, 1937b; & P. B. Reichline 1939; Eitrem, S. 1954; Ekman, P. A. 1955, 1964, 1965a, 1965b; & W. V. Friesen 1967a, 1969a; & W. V. Friesen & T. Taussig 1967; Ekvall, R. 1964; Emerson, C. W. 1915; Engel, J. J. 1785; Engel, S. W. 1957; Enke, W. 1930; Enneis, J. 1965; Epstein, A. 1934; Erber, N. P. 1969, 1971; Ermoldus, N. 1851; Fedigan, L. M. 1972; Feldman, S. S. 1941, 1959; Firth, R. 1970; Fischer, H. 1959,1965; Flach, A. 1928; Flachkampf, L. 1938; Fleming, G. 1967, 1968, 1971; & E. Spaleny & J. Peprnik 1967; Fourquet, J. 1955; Fouts, R. S. 1972a, 1972b; Freeman, G. 1939; Frenzen, W. 1938; Frobenius, L. 1909; Gall, F. J. 1810-19; Garma, A. 1930; Gauger, P. W. 1962; Gedda, L. & Neroni L. 1954; Geilman, I. F. 1957; George, S. S. 1915; Ghosh, M. ed. 1957; Giedion, S. 1948,1962; Giedt, F. H. 1955; Gilbreth, F. B. & L. M. Gilbreth 1920; Giraudet.A. 1895; Goldstein, K. 1931, 1937; Goodall, J. 1968b, 1971; Goodglass, H. & E. Kaplan 1963; Gordon, A. K. 1959; Gostynski, E. 1951; Gould, J. 1951; Graham, J. 1969; Grajew, F. 1934; Grant, E. C. 1971; Grant, J. of Corrimony 1785; Gray, G. W. 1924; Green, J. R. 1968; Gregory, of Nyssa 1776, 1921; Guardini, R. 1927; Guilhot, J. 1962; Guillaume, P. 1926, 1968; Gustafson, D. 1971; Habicht, W. 1959; Häckel, E. 1892; Haiding, K. 1955; Haigh, A. E. 1907; Hamalian, L. 1965; Hasluck, S. L. & A. Hasluck 1908; Haudricourt, A. G. 1948; Hawes, S. 1509; Hayes, F. C. 1940, 1951, 1957, 1959, 1967; Hayes, K. J. 1950; & C. Hayes 1952a; Hediger, H. 1967, 1968; Heese, G. 1957; Heiler, F. 1918, 1923; Hellwald, F. A. 1891; Heppenstall, R. 1936; Hermann, A. 1963; Heuser, M. L. 1954; Hewes, G. W. 1970a, 1970b; Hinde, R. A. & I. E. Rowell 1962; Hirsch, A. P. 1913, 1923, 1961, 1963; Holloway, J. 1951; Holt, K. & G. Bateson 1944; Hönigswald, R. 1937; Huber, A. G. 1963; Hughes, R. M. 1964; Ingram, D. 1971; Isidore, of Seville 1911; Itani, J. 1956; Jaada, L. 1970; Jacobsen, W. 1937; Janet, P. 1936a; lolly, A. 1972; de Jorio, A. 1832; Josephs, H. 1970; Jousse, M. P. 1936; Jucker, I. 1956; Kafka, G. 1937;

842 Kalvodovä-Sis Vanis 1957; de Kat Angelino, P. & T. de Kleen 1922; Kavanagh, M. 1972; Kawamura, S. 1959; Kennedy, K. A. R. 1965; Kern, H. 18—; Key, M. 1962, 1964, 1970; Khatchadourian, H. 1966, 1971; Kiener, F. 1962; King, W. S. 1949; Kingsley, M. H. 1897; Kjolseth, J. R. 1968; Klages, L. 1926, 1936; Kleen, T. 1924,1937; Kleinpaul, H. 1869, 1888; Kline, L. W. & D. F. Johannsen 1935; Klitgaard, C. 1934; Kluckhohn, C. 1954; Knowlson, J. R. 1965; Köhler, W. 1918, 1925; Krause, K. C. F. 1891, 1901; Kristeva, J. 1968; Krout, M. H. 1931a, 1931b, 1935,1936, 1951,1953,1954; Kükelhaus, H. 1963; Labarre, W. 1947, 1954, 1964, 1966, 1967; Laikin, P. 1963; Lamb, W. 1965,1968; & D. Turner 1969; Lambert, L. C. 1932; Lansdale, N. 19—; La Piere, R. T. & P. R. Farnsworth 1936; Larson, T. 1971; Lasch, R. 1908; Lavater, J. K. 1943; Lawson, J. 1957; Lazarus, M. 1856-57; Lehmann, A. 1951; Leidenroth, J. C. 1830; Leonhard, K. 1949; LeroiGourhan, A. 1965, 1967; Lesky, A. 1969; Levy, J., R. D. Nebes & R. W. S. Sperry 1971; Levy-Bruhl, L. 1910; Lhermitte, J. 1938; Loizos, C. M. 1969; Lombroso, P. 1895; Lommatzsch, E. 1910; Lötz, J. 1951a, 1956; Löwen, A. 1958; Lubienska de Lenval, H. 1957; Lucian of Samosata 1905; Lutz, F. 1927; Lutz, H. F. 1936; Lynn, J. G. & D. R. Lynn 1943; MacCleod, A. 1912; Machotka, P. 1965; Maesse, H. 1935; Maginnis, M. 1958; Mahl, G. F. 1966, 1968; & B. Danet & N. Norton 1959; Malecot, G. L. 1927; Mallery, G. 1881a, 1881b, 1884, 1891; Mantegazza, P. 1889; Maranon, G. 1938, 1950; Marti, S. 1971; Masson-Oursel, P. 1930; Masüger, J. B. 1959; Matarazzo, J. D., G. Daslow, A. N. Wiens, M. Weitman, & B. V. Allen 1964; Mathon, C. 1969; de Maupertuis, M. de, P. L. 1756; Maussen, L. H. M. 1962; McMurtrie, D. C. 1943; Melly, G. 1965; Melo, V. de 1958; Menarini, A. 1955; Meo-zilio, G. 1960, 1961, 1962; Metheny, E. 1968; Meyerson, I. 1962; Michael, G. & F. N. Willis 1968; Michael, R. P. & D. Zumpe 1970; Milburn, T. W., N. Bell & G. F. Koeske 1970; Miller, R. E., J. H. Banks, & N. Ogawa 1962; Mitchell, W. 1972; Mittler, P. 1969; Mitton, A. 1949; Mivart, St. G. J. 1876; Monod, P. A. R. 1970; Montaigne, M. E. 1580; Morrison, A. V. 1961; Moser, O. 1954; Mosher, J. A. 1916; Mott, F. W. 1909; Müller, G. 1939; Müller, H. 1937; Murphy, J. 1940; Name, A. B. 1970; Neckel, G. 1935; Needles, W. 1959; Negus, V. L. 1949; Neumann, G. 1965; Newman, C. J. 1853; Nice, M. M. 1925a; Niceforo, A. 1956; Nierenberg, G. I. 1971; & H. Calero 1971; Nietzsche, F. 1870; Nishida, T. 1970; Nissle, C. 1872; Noverre, J. G. 1760; Novick, S. 1967; Ohm, T. 1948; Ombredane, A. 1931; Onasander 1923; O'Neill, R. M. 1927; Ott, E. A. 1902; Ovid 1889; Pacichelli, B. 1673; Pandeya, G. A. 1943; Parton, D. A. 1967; Passow, A. 1924; Patte, E. 1960; Paul, H. 1891; Pfeiffer, A. 1971; Piderit, T. 1858, 1867; Pillsbury, W. B. & C. L. Meader 1920,1928; Pitre, G. 1870-1913; Pollenz, P. 1949; Porshnev, B. F. 1964; Premakumar 1948; Preyer, W. T. 1889; Proca-Ciortea, V. & A. Giurchescu 1968; Pronko, L. C. 1971; Proskouriakoff, T. 1950; Quintilian 1920, 1922; Rahaman, H. & M. D. Parthasarathy 1968, 1971; Rambosson, J. P. 1853a, 1853b, 1877, 1880; Raven, H. C. 1933; Regnault, F. 1898; Renou, L. 1957; Requefio y Vives, V. 1796-97; Rettenbeck, L. 1951; Riese, W. 1965; Robayo, M. A. 1957; Rochas d' Aiglun 1900; Röhrich, L. 1960, 1967; Rolland, E. 1886-87; Rosa, L. A. 1929; Rosenberg, B. G. & J. Langer 1965; Rosenfeld, H. M. 1966a; Roth, H. L. 1890; Rowe, F. B., S. Brooks & B. Watson 1960; Rubinow, S. 1970; Rugg, H. 1963; Russell, W. 1838; Saint-Pierre, B. 1820; Sante de Sanctis 1906; Saunders, E. D. 1958, 1960; Saunders, E. A. & C. J. Miller 1968; Sayce, A. H. 1880; Schaenzle, J. 1939; Scheflen, A. E. 1964; Schmidt, L. 1953; Schmidt-Clausing, F. 1958; Schmidt, W. H. O. & T. Höre 1970; Scott, F. N. 1908; Selenka, E. 1900; Sherzer, J. 1973; Shirek-Ellefson, J. 1967; Siger, L. 1968; Sittl, C. 1890; Skraup, K. 1908; Spitz, R. A. 1959; Spivak, H. 1971; Staude, W. 1956; Stebbins, G. 1887; Steindler, A. 1955; Steinhausen, G. 1893; Stevenson, S. 1963; Stoevesand, B. 1960; Stojan, P. E. 1929; Stout, G. F. 1901; Strehle, H. 1934, 1954, 1956,1960; Stuebe, R. 1906; Sugiyama, Y. 1969; Suri, S. 1952; Sweenney, D. R., D. C. Tinling &

843 A. H. S. Schmale 1970; Taladoire, B. A. 1951; Taylor, A. 1956; Tciang, T. M. 1938; Tedford, W. H. & C. P. Rose 1970; Tenenbaum, D. L. 1966; Tervoort, B. 1961-68, 1961b; Thirouin, M. 1955; Thomas, A. V. 1941; Tickeil, S. C. 1933; Tikkanen, J. J. 1923; Timmermans, A. 1900; Toki, H. 1899; Topinard, P. 1900; Town, C. H. 1912; Trigger, B. G. 1966; Valade, R. 1854a, 1854b; Varro, M. T. 1938; Vendryes, J. 1950; Venkatachalam, G. 194-; Victoroff, D. 1955, 1956; Vorwahl, H. 1931, 1932; Vossius, I. 1673; Vuyk, R. 1940; Wagner, G. 1968; Wallace, A. F. C. 1950; Wandruszka, M. 1954; Warden, C. J . 1932; Warner, F. 1886; Watts, A. F. 1944; Webbe, J. cl630; Weise, G. & G. Otto 1958; Weiss, P. 1943; Welsh, R. E. 1972; Werner, H. & B. Kaplan 1957b; Wespi, H.-U. 1949; West, F. 1961; West, L. 1960; Wickler, W. 1965b, 1966,1967, 1968; Wiener, M. 1968; Wild, H. 1959; Wing, L. 1968; Winge, P. 1918; Winkelsträter, K. H. 1960; Witte, O. 1930; Wolff, C. 1948; Xenophon 1947; Yerkes, R. M. 1925; & H. W. Nissen 1939; Zink, S. 1963; Zoete, B. & W. Spies 1939; Zons, F. B. 1934; Zschietzmann, W. 1924. GESTURE THEORY OF LANGUAGE ORIGIN Allport, F. H. 1924; Ammer, K. 1958; Bekhterev, V. M. 1913b; Bloomfield, L. 1933; Boas, F. 1938; Burgess, A. 1964; Clark, G. 1970; Clark, J. D. 1970; Cordemoy, G. de 1666; Critchley, M. 1960; D'Achille, F. 1962; Dewey, J . 1925; Diamond, A. S. 1960; Gardner, R. A. 1972; Geiger, L. 1868a, 1868b; van Ginneken, J. 1939; Goldberg, 1.1938; Grillparzer, F. 1909-44; Hewes, G. W. 1970a, 1970b, 1973a, 1973b; Höffding, H. 1912; Jäger, G. 1867-70; Jerusalem, W. 1907; Johannesson, A. 1944, 1946, 1948, 1949, 195-, 1950, 1952, 1960, 1963; Joly, N. 1887, 1897; Keane, A. H. 1895; Kelda, I. D. 1929; Kleinpaul, R. 1871; Krause, K. C. 1891-1901; Krout, M. H. 1953; Kükelhaus, H. 1963; Lomonosov, M. V. 1953; Madvig, J. N. 1842; Marone, S. 1967; Marr, N. Y. K. 1925, 1926, 1931, 1933, 1936; Marsh, P. 1862; Mitchell, W. 1972; Montagu, A. 1965; Morgan, L. H. 1877; Morlaas, J. 1935; Mounin, G. 1966; Murray, A. 1823; Oakley, K. P. 1951; Paget, R. A. S. 1925a, 1925b, 1927a, 1927b, 1927c, 1927d, 1928a, 1928b, 1929, 1930a, 1931, 1933a, 1933b, 1936a, 1937, 1938, 1944, 1946, 1951, 1956, 1963; Piaget, J. 1970b; Rambosson, J. 1879; Ries, D. C. 1806; Rousseau, J. J. 1755; Sabatier de Castres, A. 1794; Schlanger, J. E. 1971; Schmidt, W. 1926; Spencer, H. 1899; Stokoe, W. C. 1972c; Stopa, R. 1966a; Sturtevant, E. H. 1956; Tagliavini, C. 1950; Thomas, L. L. 1957a; Trän Due Thäo 1966, 1970; Tylor, E. B. 1868, 1870, 1871, 1881; Valade, Y.-L. R. 1866; Voltaire, F. M. A. 1829-40; Wells, H. G. 1920; Wescott, R. W. 1973a; Whatmough, J. 1954; Whitney, W. D. 1885; Wundt, W. 1897, 1911, 1912, 1916, 1922; Ziehen, T. 1898. GIBBONS, COMMUNICATION AND RELATED BEHAVIOR IN Boutan, L. 1913; Carpenter, C. R. 1972; Häckel, E. 1901; Mott, F. 1925; Nemai, J. 1926; & G. Kelemen 1933; Niskyama, N. 1905; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1934; Stern, C. & W. Stern 1924. GLOSSOLALIA Anonymous 1968; Bittlinger, A. 1966; Cenac, M. 1925a, 1925b; Fenichel, O. 1939; Koch, K. 1965; Samarin, W. J. 1968, 1969, 1971; Sherrill, J. L. 1967; Titterington, E. J. G. 1958. GORILLA, COMMUNICATION AND RELATED BEHAVIOR IN Broca, P. P. 1878; Emlen, J . T. 1962; Schaller, G. B. 1963, 1965; Schenkel, R. 1964; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1948; Yerkes, R. M. 1927.

844 GRAMMAR, THEORY OF Alsted, J. H. 1630; Aristotle; Amaud, A. & C. Lancelot 1660, 1830; Barron, N. 1971; Beauzee, N. 1767, 1777-79; Bellugi, U. 1965, 1970a, 1970b; Berko, J. 1958; Bever, T. G„ J. A. Fodor, & W. Weksel 1965b; Blake, F. R. 1934; Bloom, L. 1968; Boskis, R. M. & V. M. Sinyak 1955; Braine, M. D. S. 1963a, 1963b, 1965; Brannon, J. B. 1968; Brekle, H. E. 1967; Brown, R. W. 1957,1968,1970b; & U. Bellugi 1964; & C. Cazden & U. Bellugi 1968; & C. Fräser 1963; & C. Hanlon 1970; Bursill-Hall, G. L. 1963; Caplan, D., L. Kellar & S. Locke 1972; Caramuel y Lobkowitz, J. 1651-54; Cazden, C. B. 1965; Changeux, P. N. 1773; Chevalier, J.-C. 1967; Chomsky, N. 1957, 1961, 1963, 1965a, 1965b; Clark, E. V. 1971; Clark, H. H. 1965, 1968; Cliff, N. 1959; Condillac, E. B. 1798; Cooper, R. L. 1966; Court de Gebelin, A. 1774-82, 1776; Desmarais, R. 1706; Doherty, P. & A. Schwartz 1967; Dubois, J. 1970; Duclos, C. P. 1754; DuMarsais, C. C. 1730, 1769, 1800; Fillmore, C. J. 1968; Forchheimer, P. 1953; Foucault, M. 1967; Froeschels, E. 1955; Fiick, J. W. 1959; Gahringer, R. E. 1959; Garnett, R. 1859; Garrett, M., T. G. Bever & J. A. Fodor 1966; Gleason, H. A. 1964; Godfrey, R. G. 1968; Goodglass, H. 1962, 1968; & J. Mayer 1958; Guillaume, P. 1927b; Hacking, I. 1968; Hall, R. (& C. Lejewski) 1965; Hammer, M. 1966; Hammoud, R. 1969; Harris, J. 1751; Hayhurst, H. 1967; Hermann, E. 1942; Herriot, P. 1968, 1969; Hornby, R. A., W. A. Hass & C. F. Feldman 1970; Householder, F.W. 1953; Jacobs, R. A. & P. S. Rosenbaum 1968; Jones, B. 1659; Kelly, K. L. 1967; Klima, E. S. 1964, 1969; & U. Bellugi 1966; Krause, W. 1962; Lakoff, G. 1968; Lakoff, R. 1969; Lancelot, C. & A. Arnauld 1660; Lecerf, J. 1957; Lees, R. 1961; Lejewski, C. 1965; Levelt, W. J. M. & M. Bonarius 1968; Lovell, K. & E. M. Dixon 1967; Lyons, J. 1966; Marshall, J. C. & P. H. Matthews 1970; McCawley, J. D. 1968; McNeill, D. 1969; Mehler, J. 1963; & T. Bever & P. Carey 1967; & P. Carey 1967; Menyuk, P. 1969; Miller, G. A. 1962; & N. Chomsky 1963; & S. Isard 1963; & K. O. McKean 1964; Miller, W. R. 1964, 1970; & S. Ervin 1964; Milton, P. M. 1968; Mittler, P. 1970; More, A. 1928; Murata, K. 1961; Naesgaard, S. 1942; Osgood, C. E. 1963b; Partee, B. H. 1970; Port-Royal 1676; Postel, M., A. Espinas & J. Postel 1969; Rank, B. 1959; Reibel, D. A. & S. Schane 1969; Reich, P. A. 1969; Robins, R. H. A. 1951; Rosenbaum, P. 1967; Rosetti, A. 1947, 1969; Ross, J. R. 1967a; Sadock, J. M. 1970; Sahlin, G. 1928; Schlesinger, I. M. 1969, 1972; Slobin, D. I. 1956b, 1966, 1968a; Smith, C. 1961; Smith, M. E. 1926; Sokhin, F. A. 1955; Sommerfelt, A. 1938b, 1942; Staats, A. W. 1971; Suppes, P. 1970; Tauli, V. 1956; Thurot, F. 1795; Wales, R. J. & R. Grieve 1969; Warnotte, D. 1913; Wells, O. D. 1967; Whorf, B. L. 1956. GREEKS, CLASSICAL, LANGUAGE THEORIES OF, see ANCIENT LANGUAGE THEORY HAND, ANATOMY, FUNCTIONS, MUSCLES, ETC. Akinshchikova, G. I. 1964; Bell, C. 1833; Bernstein, N. 1967; Berr, H. 1921; Bishop, A. 1962; Boas, J. E. 1919; Bolwig, N. 1964a; Bruner, J. S. 1962; Coblentz, A. & G. Ignazi 1967; Danilova, E. I. 1965, 1966, 1968; Debrunner, H. 1957; Dennis, W. 1935; Döhl, J. 1966; Friedemann, A. 1928, 1929; Giese, F. 1928; Goldring, S. & R. Ratcheson 1972; Goodnow, J. J. 1969; Grossmann, G. 1931; Gruber, A. 1969; Hewes, G. W. 1959b; Jensen, G. D. 1961; Jones, F. W. 1920; Kephart, N. C. 1960; Kortlandt, A. 1967a, 1967b; Krantz, G. S. 1960; Kuo, Z. Y. 1967; Landsmeer, J. M. F. 1962; Leroi-Gourhan, A. 1958d, 1967; Levy, J., R. D. Nebes & R. W. Sperry 1971; Lewis, O. J. 1971; MacDougall, R. 1904, 1905; Mangin, H. 1952; Marzke, M. W. 1971; Matzdorff, 1.1968; Merton, P. A. 1961; Napier, J. R. 1956, 1960, 1961, 1962a, 1962b, 1971; & P. R. Davis 1959; Pengniez, P. 1927; Pirogov, N. I. 1843-45; Rensch, B. 1967; Revesz, G. 1938, 1942b, 1958;

845 Rightmire, G. P. 1972; Savich, G. A. 1961; Schreiber, H. 1936; Semmes, J. 1966, 1968; Sorell,W. 1968; Sowa, C. A. 1972; Sprankel, H . & R.Lorenz 1972; Steinbach, M. J. 1970; Straus, W. L. 1940, 1941, 1942; Tuttle, R. H. 1967, 1969; Vallois, H. V. 1958; Van Dusen, C. R. 1937; Vaschide, N. 1909; Verbrugge, A. R. 1958, 1970; Wahl, V. 1961; Walk, R. D. & E. K. Bond 1971; Weidenreich, R. 1931; Wolff, C. 1952; Wyke, M. 1965, 1968, 1969, 1971a. HANDEDNESS, see LATERAL D O M I N A N C E HEARING AND LANGUAGE Abbs, J. H. & H. M. Sussman 1971; Abrams, K., T. Bever & M. Garrett 1970; Allen, I. 1952; Altshuler, K. Z. 1971; Asher, J. J. 1964; Bakker, D. I. 1967, 1970; Bartley, S. H. 1969; Bekesy, G. von 1963; Bever, T. G. & D. T. Langendoen n.d.; Black, I. W. 1968; Broadbent, D. E. & M. Gregory 1964; Bronshtein, A. I. & E. P. Petrova 1967; Brown, A. E. & H. K. Hopkins 1967; Busnel, M. C. 1967; Busnel, R. G. 1963, 1967, 1968; & M. C. Busnel 1963; Butters, N., M. Barton & B. A. Brody 1970; Cancura, W. 1969; Canon, L. K. 1970; Cohn, R. 1971; Collias, N. E. 1958, 1960; Cooper, F. S., P. C. DeLattre, A. M. Liberman, I. M. Borst & 1.1. Gerstmann 1952; Copeland, P. M. 1972; Curry, K. W. 1967; Darwin, C. I. 1969, 1971; Denes, P. B. 1963; Dewson, I. H „ K. H. Pribram, & I. C. Lynch 1969; Dimond, S. I. 1970b Doehring, D. G. 1968; Dougherty, W. G„ G. B. lones & G. R. Engel 1971; Eisenberg, R. B. 1970; Elder, J. H. 1934, 1935; Elliott, D. N. & C. Trahiotis 1972; Erhard, H. 1916; Ewertsen, H.W., H. B. Nielsen & S. S. Nielsen 1969, 1971; Fairbanks, G. 1955; Fannin, H. S. & W. G. Braud 1971; Fant, C. G. M. 1960, 1962, 1967; Fidell, S. 1970; Fisher, C. G. 1968; Frajzyngier, A. 1971; Galambos, R. 1956; & F. G. Worden 1971; Gibson, I. J. 1966a; Glucksberg, S. & G. N. Cowen 1970; Goluzina, A. G., G. S. Lyakh & A. E. Kudryavtseva 1971; Grützner, P. 1879; Haggard, M. P. 1966, 1969, 1971; & A. M. Parkinson 1971; Häla, B. & M. Soväk 1941-43; Halle, M. & K. N. Stevens 1964; Heffner, H. E., R. J. Ravizza & B. Masterton 1969; Husson, R. 1951, 1960b; lakobson, R. 1968b; Jeffress, L. A. 1971; Jerison, H. I. & W. D. Neff 1953; Jones, D. & O. Spreen 1967; Karp, E. & H. G. Birch 1969; Kimura, D. 1961a, 1961b, 1964, 1967; Kirstein, E. & D. P. Shankweiler, 1969; Kleist, K. 1962; Knox, A. W. & D. R. Boone 1970; Knox, C. & D. Kimura 1970; Krejn, I. M. 1968; Kronvall, E. L. & C. F. Diehl 1954; Krug, R. F. 1960, 1961; Ladefoged, J. P. N. 1960; Lamson, F . W . 1966; Leeuwenberg, E. L. J. 1971; Levin, V. N. 1967; Liberman, A. M. 1957, 1971; & F. S. Cooper, D. P. Shankweiler & M. Studdert-Kennedy 1967; & K. Harris, H. S. H o f f m a n & B. C. Griffith 1957; Lieberman, P. H. 1972; Luria, A. R. & T. A. Karasseva 1968; MacKeith, N. W. & R. R. Coles 1971; Mal'tsev, V. P. 1971; Massaro, D. 1972; Mattingly, I. G., A. M. Liberman, A. K. Kyrdal & T. Halwes 1971; McCroskey, R. L. 1958; Mitchell, C., R. Gillette, J. Vernon & P. Herman 1970; Moffit, A. R. 1971; Mosko, J. D. & A. S. House 1971; Nazzaro, J. R. 1970; Neff, W. D. 1961, 1964; Peterson, G. E. & J. E. Shoup 1966; Petrinovich, L. 1972; Pribram, K. H., B. S. Rosner & W. A. Rosenblith 1954; Rand, T. C. 1971; Royer, F. L. & W. R. Garner 1966; Sabatino, D. A. 1969; Sanders, D. A. & S. J. Goodrich 1971; Schliesser, H. F. & R. O. Coleman 1968; Schusterman, R. J. 1972; Shankweiler, D. P. 1970; & M. Studdert-Kennedy 1967, 1970; Sharf, D. J. 1971; Sheridan, M. 1961; Sherman, M. F. & M. T. Turvey 1969; Siegenthaler, B. M. & V. Gruber 1969; Snyder, L. S. 1971; Stebbins, W. C. 1972; Stevens, K. N. 1960; & A. S. House 1961; Stoughton, G. 1955; Swets, J. A. 1963; Thomas, W. G. 1969; Tomatis, A. 1963; Tsunoda, T. 1969a, 1969b; Wang,W. S. Y. & C. J. Fillmore 1961; Warren, R. M., C. J. Obusek, R. M. Farmer, & R. P. Warren 1969; & R. P. Warren 1970; Warrington, E. K., V. L. Logue & R. T. C. Pratt 1971; Wathen, D. W., ed. 1967; Whitehurst, M. W. 1961; Whitfield, I. C.

846 1967, 1969; Wollberg, Z. & J. D. Newman 1972; Worden, F. G. 1971a; Yilmaz, H. 1967-68; Zhinkin, N. I. 1956; Zurif, E. B. & P. E. Sait 1970. HEGEL, IDEAS O F Bodammer, T. 1969; Cook, D. J. 1972; Hegel, G. W. F. 1967. H E R D E R , J. G„ IDEAS O F R E L A T I N G T O L A N G U A G E ORIGINS Clark, R. T. 1955; Funke, E. 1952; Hamann, J. G. 1949-57; Heintel, E. 1967; Herder, J. G. 1770, 1784-85, 1827, 1954, I960,1965a, 1965b, 1966, 1969a, 1969b; Konrad, G. 1967; Liebrucks, B. 1964-68; Moran, J. H. 1966; Pallus, H. 1963; Sapir, E. 1907; Schnebli-Schwegler, B. 1965; Steinthal, H. 1855; Sturm, W. 1917; Ulmer, K. 1951; Verri, V. 1957. H O M O SAPIENS, see MAN H Ö R N E TOOKE, JOHN, IDEAS OF, R E L A T E D T O PROBLEMS O F L A N G U A G E ORIGINS Aarsleff, H. 1967; Baldwyn, E. 1811; Donaldson, J. W. 1850; Funke, O. 1934; H o m e Tooke, J. 1786; Skinner, B. F. 1957; Yarborough, M. C. 1926. H U M B O L D T , W I L H E L M VON, IDEAS OF, R E L A T E D TO PROBLEMS O F L A N G U A G E ORIGINS Bollnow, O. F. 1938; Evans, C. B. 1967-68; Haas, W. 1963; von Humboldt, W. 1827,1836,1903-36,1968; Jost, L. 1960, 1963; Mueller, H. 1966; Scheinen, M. 1908; Vallancien, B. 1968; Wald, L. 1962. H U N T I N G A N D T H E ORIGINS O F L A N G U A G E Anonymous 1963; Bartholomew, G. A. & J. B. Birdsell 1953; Birdsell, J. B. 1968; Ceci, L. 1971; Coon, C. S. 1962; Crisler, L. 1956; Dart, R. A. 1949a, 1949b, 1954, 1956a, 1958, 1959a, 1959b, 1959c, 1959d, 1959e, 1960, 1961, 1962a, 1962b, 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1965c, 1968, 1971; Deuel, T. 1971; Etkin, W. 1954, 1963b; Harding, R. S. O. 1972; Hewes, G. W. 1961a, 1969a; H o f f m a n , J. M. 1972; Holloway, R. L. 1967a, 1967b, 1970a, 1970b; Howell, F. C. & Editors of Life 1965; Hulbert, K. W. 1972; Isaac, G. L. 1968; Kawabe, M. 1966; Kleiman, D. 1967; Kortlandt, A. 1965a, 1965b, 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1968; Kozlowski, J. K. 1970; Krantz, G. S. 1968, 1970; Kühme, W. 1965, 1967; Lathrap, D. 1968; Laughlin, W. S. 1968; Leakey, L. S. B. 1968; Leakey, R. E. F. 1970; Lee, R. B. & I. DeVore, eds. 1968; Mann, A. E. 1972; Matsumaru, M. 1966; Meldau, R. 1967; Montagu, A. 1963; Oakley, K. P. 1957, 1959, 1961b, 1968,1970; Olivier, G. 1965; Oppenheimer, A. M. 1964; Pilbeam, D. R. & E. L. Simons 1965; Reynolds, V. 1966; Robinson, J. T. 1962b; Rutter, R. J. & D. H. Pimlott 1968; Schaller, G. B. & G. R. Lowther 1969; Schenkel, R. 1947; Scott, J. P. 1958; Stern, J. T. 1972; Theberge, J. B. & J. B. Falls 1967; Tobias, P. V. 1965a; Vendryès, J. 1949; Washburn, S. L. & I. DeVore 1961; & C. S. Lancaster 1968b; Wesselman, H. B. 1971; Wolberg, D. L. 1970, 1971; Woolpy, J. H. 1968; Wormer, J. van 1964. ICONICITY Hungerland, I. C. 1953; Munn, N. 1971; Shapiro, M. 1968; Stahl, G. 1964; Valesio, P. 1967; Wallis, M. 1970; Westcott, R. W. 1970b, 1971a. IMITATIVE T H E O R Y O F L A N G U A G E ORIGIN; ONOMATOPOEIA André, J. 1966; Andrew, R. J. 1962a; Anonymous 1866a; Armstrong, E. A. 1969; Baer, D. M., R. F. Peterson & J. A. Sherman 1967; Bernard-Thierry, S. 1960; Blanchard, R. 1917; Bleek, W. H. I. 1868; Brandstetter, R. 1917; Brown, R. W.

847 1955; Bruni, F. 1947, 1948, 1951, 1953; Bühler, K. 1933; Bunsen, C. C. J. 1854; Chatman, S. 1965; Chénier, A. 1950; Cohen, M. 1956b; Cottard, L. 1907; Curti, C. T. 1890; Darwin, C. 1871; Deny, J. 1923, 1946-47; Dingler, H. 1941; Dugas, L. 1896; Eidelberg, L. 1928; Emeneau, M. B. 1969; Fick, A. F. C. 1847-76; Flanders, J. P. 1968; Fónagy, I. 1972; García de Diego, V. 1965, 1966; Gazov-Ginsburg, A. 1965; Gesner, C. 1555; Gonda, J . 1940; Grammont, M. 1901; Gray, L. H. 1939; Guberina, P. 1952, 1959; Haldemann, S. S. 1880; Härtung, J. R. 1970; Hilmer, H. 1914; Höfler, 0 . 1 9 5 6 ; Hudson, W. H. 1923; James, W. 1891; Jung, C. G. 1952; Kahlo, G. 1960; Kaltschmidt, J. H. 1840; Kapari, L. S. 1947; Khatena, J. 1969, 1970, 1972; Kopecny, F. 1965; Lefèvre, A. P. E. 1893; Leibniz, G. W. 1765; Lilly, J. C. 1965, 1967a; Longfellow, H. W. 1909; Lubbock, J. 1875; Marchand, H. 1949; Merlo, C. 1934; Morawski, S. 1970; Müller, F. M. 1877, 1878; Münzinger, K. F. 1918; Myklebust, H. R. 1957b; Nodier, C. R. 1828; Noïca, D. J. 1922; Oehl, W. 1917-22; Osser, H. 1969; Palmer, L. R. 1936; Pei, M. 1967; Prati, A. 1951; Promptov, A. V. 1949; Ravila, P. 1952; Rosetti, A. 1966; Sayce, A. H. 1880; Schaefer, C. E. 1970; Scheminzky, F. 1943; Schuchardt, H. 1919-21; Schumann, C. 1872; Steinthal, H. 1877; Stewart, G. R. 1946; Taine, H. A. 1870; Timmermans, A. 1903; Trombetti, A. 1923; Ullrich, H. 1952; Velics, A. 1909; Voigtmann, C. G. 1865; Wallis, J. 1653; Wedgewood, H. 1866, 1872; Wissemann, H. 1954; Wundt, W. 1907; Yerkes, R. M. & B. W. Learned 1925; Zanardelli, T. 1889. INSTINCTIVE THEORY OF LANGUAGE (cf. also LANGUAGE, BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF) Chomsky, N. 1967c, 1967d; Cohen, R. S. & M. W. Wartofsky, eds. 1967; Cook, E. A. 1970; Cowan, J. L., ed. 1970; Danto, A. 1969; Diller, K. C. 1971; Fletcher, R. 1948; Francis, H. 1970; Franckenberg, A. 1644; Freedman, D. G. 1965a; van Ginneken, J. 1927; Gray, P. H. 1958; Greenlee, D. 1972; Heyse, K. W. L. 1856; von Humboldt, A. 1847-59; Hymes, D. 197-; Joubert, L. 1578; Katz, J . J. 1966; Knittermeyer, H. 1959-60; Lorenz, K. 1956; Lotze, R. H. 1856-64; Marzolo, P. 1847, 1859-66; McNeill, D. 1968c; Meiners, C. 1785; Neuhaus, W. 1968; Penn, J. M. 1966-67; Piaget, J. 1970a; Putnam, H. 1967a, 1967b; Regnaud, P. 1888; Rodrigue, E. 1956; Romanes, G. J. 1883; de Rosny, L. L. 1869; Samuels, S. J . 1967; Schiller, P. H. 1957; Schneirla, T. C. 1956; Searle, J. R. 1972; Tomb, J. W. 1925; Vossler, B. K. 1930; Whitaker, H. A. 1970b. INTELLIGENCE, see COGNITION INTERJECTION THEORY OF LANGUAGE ORIGIN; ROLE OF EMOTIONAL CRIES Collignon, R. 1890; Encyclopédie 1761-65; Erich, J. P. 1697; Henry, J. 1936; Korinek, J. M. 1938; Kulovesi, Y. 1941; Mahl, G. F. 1963; Noiré, L. 1877; Richards, I. A. 1954; Rousseau, J. J. 1755; Rozwadowski, J. M. 1950; Sánchez, F. 1587; Sayce, A. H. 1875; Steinthal, H. 1871; Stevenson, C. L. 1944; Vico, G. 1725. KINESICS, see PARALANGUAGE LANGUAGE, GENERAL Ammer, K. 1961; Anonymous 196-, 1960a, 1960b, 1960c; Baker, S. J. 1950; Barber, C. L. 1964; Barclay, J. 1826; Bartoli, M. 1953; Baudouin de Courtenay, J. I. 1963; Beckman, P. 1971; Berg, R. F. 1961; Bever, T. G., J. A. Fodor & W. Weksel 1965a; Bibliografiya Bibliografiï 1963; Billia, L. M. A. 1890; Blumenthal, A. L. 1966; Bolinger, D. L. 1968; Bright, W. 1968; Bronowski, J. & U. Bellugi 1970c; Brunner, F. 1967; Bühler, K. 1935, 1965;Callet, 1929; Cara, C. 1887; Carcano, P., A. Pagliaro & G. Révész 1968; Cassirer, E. 1946, 1953; Catford,

848 J. C. 1968; Cesarotti, M. 1820; Chafe, W. L. 1971; Chao, Y. R. 1968; Cherry, C. 1957; Chomsky, N. 1964, 1965b, 1966a, 1967a, 1967b; & S. Hampshire 1968; Cicourel, A. V. 1972; Cohn, R. 1961; Dembowski, A. 1954; Dempe, H. 1930, 1935; Dixon, P. W. 1969; Dubai, G. 1966; Dufief, N. G. 1804; Eisenson, J. 1938; Endleman, R. 1966; Fauteck, H. 1939; Favez, B. J. 1967; Ferguson, C. A. 1964, 1971; Filin, F. P. ed. 1967; Firth, J. R. 1937; Fodor, J. A. & J. J. Katz, eds. 1964; Funke, O. 1924; Gadamer, H.-G. 1965; Gardiner, A. H. 1951; Garvin, P. L. 1963; Geissner, H. & W. L. Höffe, eds. 1968; Geyl, E.-G. 1972; Giesswein, S. 1892; Ginneken, J. J. 1946; Gipper, H., ed. 1959; Girsdansky, M. 1963; Glasersfeld, E. 1970; Gleason, H. A. 1961; Godde de Liancourt, C. A. & F. Pincott 1874; Gode, A. 1964; Goldstein, K. 1957; Goodenough, W. H. 1971; Gordon, D. & G. Lakoff 1971; Gray, G. W. 1936; Greenberg, J. H. 1968; Hall, R. A. 1968; Hall, V. E„ ed. 1970; Harris, M. 1964; Hartleb, K. 1969; Henry, A. 1970; Heyse, K. W. L. 1856; Hjelmslev, L. 1961; Hockett, C. F. 1956, 1958, 1960,1968; Hoijer, H. 1960; Hörmann, H. 1969; Hovelacque, A. A. 1875,1877, 1880, 1884a; Howes, D. H. 1967; Hughes, J. P. 1962; Hymes, D. 1967, 1968a, 1968b, 1970; & C. C. Cazden & V. John 1972; Ichikawa, S. et al., eds. 1955-56; Isacenko, A. V. 1948; Jakobson, R. 1965, 1969b, 1970, 1971; & M. Halle 1956; Kainz, F. 1964; Kalmus, H. 1962, 1969; Kao, M. 1957; Kaplan, H. M. 1970; Katz, J. J. & P. M. Postal 1964; Kelber, M. 1965; Kjolseth, R. 1971; Kleinpaul, R. 1890; Koehl, R. 1967; Koerner, E. F. K. 1971; Koppelman, H. B. S. 1926; Korniloff, A. A. 1894; Krause, K. C.T. 1891-1901; Krause, W. 1960; Küng, G. 1963; Landsberg, P. 1933; Langacker, R. W. 1968; Langendoen, D. T. 1968b; Langer, S. K. 1958; Lawther, J. D. 1968; Lejeune, M. 1948; Lenneberg, E. 1966a, 1969a, 1969b; & J. M. Roberts 1956; Leont'ev, A. A. 1969; Leroy, M. 1965; Liberman, A. M. 1970; Lopez Mortillas, J. 1958; Lötz, L. 1954; Lyons, J. 1968; Maclay, H. 1964; Mahn, C. A. F. 1881; Malmberg, B. 1964; Marie, P. 1907; Marschak, J. 1971; Marshall, J. C. 1964, 1970c; Martinet, A. 1949, 1957, 1962; Meetham, A. R. & R. A. Hudson, eds. 1969; Meillet, A. 1948; Melzer, F. 1965; Michaeler, C. J. 1788; Miller, G. A. 1951a, 1951b, 1970; Morton, J. 1964; Mounier-Kuhn, P. 1969; Mounin, G. 1960a, 1967a, 1967b; Nanda, R. A. 1957; Nikol'ski, V. & N. Yakovlev 1947; Palmer, F. R. 1968,1969; Palmieri, U. 1961; Pande, G. C. 1965; Panse, F. 1950; Pap, L. 1958a; Paulhan, F. 1929; Piaget, J. 1970b; Picard, M. 1963; Pierce, J. R„ E. E. David 1958; Pike, K. L. 1967; Pommer, H. F. & W. M. Sale 1947; Porshnev, B. F. 1955, 1958; Pottier, B. 1970; Premack, D. 1970a, 1970b; Prentice, J. I. 1971; Quillian, M. R. 1968; Reed, C. E., ed. 1970; Revesz, G. 1940b; Robins, R. H. A. 1964; Romeo, L. & G. E. Tiberio 1971; Rossi-Landi, F. 1968; Rubinshtein, S. L. 1957; Rutherford, P. R. 1968; Said, E. W. 1970; Salzinger, K. 1970; Sampson, G. 1972; Sarles, H. B. 1969,1972; Saussure, F. 1915; Schaff, A. 1965; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1927, 1936b; Smith, F. & G. A. Miller, eds. 1966; Smith, H. L. 1969; Sommerfelt, A. 1952,1954b, 1954c; Stalin, V. 1951; Starobinski, J. 1966; Stehle, H. 1956; Stoecker, J. A. 1972; Suslick, A. 1963; Swadesh, M. 1968; Thomas, O. ed. 1967; Toulmin, S. 1972; Trillat, E. 1960; Trojan, F. 1952; Tucker, T. G. 1908; Tung Chung-shih 1914; Turner, R. 1970; Van Riper, C. & C. Brown 1966; Verbürg, P. A. 1951; Verrier, P. 1923; Vinson, J. 1886-1906; Voegelin, C. F. 1937; Vossler, K. 1905, 1923; Wagner, R. L. 1949; Wallis, J. 1700; Warfel, H. R. 1962; Waterman, J. T. Waterman, J. T. 1963; Wechssler, E. 1900; Weinreich, U. 1958, 1963; Weisgerber, J. L. 1959, 1963,1964, 1971; Whitney, W. D. 1872a; Willis, G. 1919; Wilson, R. A. 1941; Winteler, J. 1892; Wojcik, T. 1970; Woolfson, A. P. 1970; Wunderlich, D. 1969; Wundt, W. 1900; Young, J. Z. 1950; Zhinkin, N. I. 1962b; Zukowsky, L. 1927; Zvegintsev, V. A. 1960. LANGUAGE, BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF Alexander, R. D. 1971; Alsberg, P. 1970; Andrew, R. J. 1963b; Anonymous 1922b, 1962b; Antonius, O. 1943; Artimovich, A. 1937; Baker, S. J. 1955; Barbizet, J.

849 1968; Bastian, J. R. 1964; Bern, D. J. & S. L. Bern 1968; Bence, G. 1970; Benedict, B. 1969; Benveniste, E. 1952; Bluhme, H. 1970; Bouillaud, J. B. 1825; Brain, W. R. 1961; Broca, P. P. 1861; Bronowski, J., ed. n.d.; Brosnahan, L. F. 1959, 1960,1961; Bruner, J. S. 1968; Bruni, F. 1952; Bryan, A. L. 1963; Chase, R. A. 1966, 1967; Cook, O. F. 1904; Count, E. W. 1962, 1968, 1969a, 1969b; Critchley, M. 1961; Crombie, E. L. 1964, 1966, 1971; Darley, F. L., ed. 1967; Faidherbe, L. 1875; Francke, C. 188-; Gabow, S. 1971; Gainotti, G. 1970; Geschwind, N. 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1970a, 1972a, 1972b; Ginneken, J. 1933; Goldstein, K. 1933; Heiman, B. Z. 1968; Henke, W. L. 1966; Hill, J. H. 1972a, 1972b; Hockett, C. F. 1959, 1963b, 1967, 1968; & S. A. Altmann 1968; &R. Ascher 1964; Höfler, O. 1958; Husson, R. 1965; & J. Barbizet, J. Cauhepe, P. Debray, P. Läget, A. Sauvageot 1968; Hymes, D. H. 1961a; Irwin, R. J. 1964; Jolly, A. 1972; Kainz, F. 1961; Kalmus, H. 1966; Katzenstein, J. 1909; Kelemen, G. 1960,1963a, 1963b; Kipp, F. A. 1955; Kohts, N. N. 1955; König, O. 1953; Lancaster, J. B. 1966; Langer, S. K. 1971; Lenneberg, E. H. 1964a, 1964b, 1967a, 1967b, 1970a, 1970b; Leont'ev, A. N. 1962; Lieberman, P. H. 1971a, 1971b; Lilly, J. C. 1963b; Löffler, E. 1967; Lullies, H. 1953; Marshall, J. C. 1970; Marx, O. M. 1967; Mattingly, I. G. & A. M. Liberman 1969; Mauthner, F. 1921; Meader, C. L. & J. H. Muyskens 1950; Meyer, J. 1949; Millikan, C. H. & F. L. Darley, eds. 1967; Moles, A. A. 1969; & B. Vallancien, eds. 1963; Morton, J., ed. 1971; Mounin, G. 1960b; Muyskens, J. H. 1937; Naunyn, B. 1925; Neuhaus, W. 1968; Nodier, C. E. 18—; Otto, E. 1942; Pap, L. 1969; Perello, J. 1970; Pillsbury, W. B. 1915; Ploog, D. 1971a; Pribram, K. H. 1970; Rensch, B. 1967; Reynolds, P. C. 1970a; Russell, C. 1971; & W. M. S. Russell 1961, 1971; Russell, W. M. S. 1962; Salzinger, K. 1959; Sarles, H. B. 1969,1970,1972b; Schaltenbrand, G. 1960; Schlosser, K. 1952; Schmid, B. 1923; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 192-, 1922, 1927,1936b, 1938a, 1938b, 1946a, 1946b; Störring, G. 1916; Tembrock, G. V. 1966a, 1966b, 1967a, 1970; Ter-Grigoryan, G. G. 1969; Tinbergen, N. 1964; Toulmin, S. 1971; Truby, H. M. 1969; Van der Berg, J. W. 1961; Washburn, S. L. 1959a; Weisgerber, J. L. 1958; Whatmough, J. 1956. LANGUAGE, DISORDERS OF (cf. also APHASIA, DEAF) Alajouanine, T. 1956; Anders, E. 1960; Archibald, Y. M. & J. M. Wepman 1968; Bay, E. 1962; Becker, K.-P. 1965; Beery, J. W. 1967; Benton, A. L. 1965; Boomer, D. S. 1963, 1964; Brain, W. R. 1961; Cenac, M. 1925a, 1925b; Denner, A. 1967; Ehrewald, H. 1931; Eisenson, J. 1954; Freiburn, R. 1969; Goldstein, K. 1948; Härtung, J. R. 1970; Head, H. 1926; Jackson, J. H. 1878; Jackson, L. 1950; Jacoby, N. M. 1958; Larson, M. H. 1955-56; Lenneberg, E. H. 1962b, 1964b; Lovaas, I. 1968; Lowe, A. D. & R. A. Campbell 1965; Luria, A. R. 1959a, 1959b, 1961,1967a, 1967b; & L. S. Tsvetkova 1969; Marcie, P. & H. Hecaen, J. Dubois & R. Angelergues 1965; Palmer, M. F., C. W. Wurth & J. W. Kinchloe 1964; Risley, T. & M. Wolf 1967; Sirotin, M. M. & S. S. Lyadidevski! 1960; Weber, M. A. 1967; Weigl, E. 1964, 1969. LANGUAGE, EVOLUTION OF Alexander, R. D. 1971; Alimen, M. H. & M. Goustard 1962; Alsberg, P. 1970; Alverson, H. S. 1967; Andrew, R. J. 1962b, 1963b; Anonymous 1958, 196-; Arnold, G. E. 1961a, 1961b; Avaniessov, R. I. 1953; Bastian, A. 1868; Baudouin de Courtenay, J. 1893; Baumann, G. 1913, 1969; Berndt, R. 1953; Bernhardi, A. F. 1801-03; Bever, T. G. & D. T. Langendoen n.d.; Bielicki, T. 1965, 1969; Bigelow, R. 1969; Blum, H. F. 1963; Budagov, R. A. 1965; Bunak, V. V. 1968; Cailleux, A. 1952; Carus, P. 1891; Castle, W. E. 1965; Chase, R. A. 1966; Chatterji, K. 1939; Cook, O. F. 1904; Count, E. W. 1962, 1968, 1969; Critchley, E. 1967; Crombie, D. L. 1964, 1966; Drost, H. A. 1967; DuBrul, E. L. 1960; Ellwood, C. A. 1924; Fisler, G. F. 1969; Fortes, M. 1965; Franke, C. 1928; Gabow, S. 1971; Geschwind,

850 N. 1964, 1965a; Giles, P. 1909; Glogau, G. 1913; de Gobineau, J. A. 1933; Görres, J. 1928-58; Gottschick, J. 1956; Gray, A. A. 1912; Greenberg, J. H. 1951, 1957, 1959; Guthrie, M. 1954; Häckel, E. 1868; Hallowell, A. I. 1965; Hayes, K. J. & C. Hayes 1955; Heberer, G. 1956; Heger, P. 1893; Hemmer, H. 1969; Henderson, N. D. 1970; Herdan, G. 1962; Hill, J. H. 1972a, 1972b; Hockett, C. F. 1959, 1967, 1968; & R . Ascher 1964; Höfler, O. 1958; Holloway, R. L. 1967b, 1968a, 1968b; & E. Szinyei-Merse 1972; Homeyer, H. 1947; Höpp, G. 1965, 1970; Hovelacque, A. 1885; Humbert, A. 1911a, 1911b; Humboldt, C. W. von 1968; Hymes, D. H. 1961a; Jacoby, G. 1961; Jakobson, R., ed. 1969b; Jastrow, J. 1886; Jerison, H. J. 1969; Johnson, M. L. 1896; Jolly, A. 1972; Kalmus, H. 1966; Kelemen, G. 1964; Kipp, F. A. 1955; Kochetkov, F. K. & V. I. Kochetkova 1970; Kochetkova, V. 1.1967, 1970b, 1972b; Köhler, 0.1954a, 1955, 1956; König, O. 1953, 1971; Koestler, A. 1964; Komärek, M. 1962; Korinek, J. M. 1942; Kraft, G. 1948; Kraus, B. S. 1964; Krishnamurthy, K. H. 1966; Kuttner, R. 1962; Leach, E. 1971; Lenneberg, E. H. 1960a, 1967a, 1968; Lenz, R. 1900; Letourneau, Ch. 1900; L'Hermitte, R. 1954; Lichtenberger, H. 1884; Lieberman, P. H. 1969a, 1971a; Lilly, J. C. 1963b; Mackensen, L., ed. 1964; Marler, P. 1969b; Maruyama, M. 1960, 1963; McBride, G. 1968; McLaurin, J. P. 191-; Mettler, F. 1956; Miller, W. R. 1970; Moles, A. A. & B. Vallancien, eds. 1963; de Mortillet, G. 1869, 1883; Müller, F. 1871; Muyskens, J. H. 1937; Napier, J. R. 1971; Naylor, H. D. 1922; Negus, V. E. 1938; Nehring, A. 1964; Nesturkh, M. F. 1958, 1967; Nikitine, B. 1938; Pellizzi, C. 1969; Peters, C. R. 1972a, 1972b; Pilbeam, D. R. 1972; Portmann, A. 1962a; Powell, J. W. 1881; Ramette, G. A. 1931; Ransom, A. 1870; Rensch, B. 1959b, 1967; Revesz, G. 1940a, 1941b, 1953, 1954; Reynolds, P. C. 1968, 1970a; Rieder, R.-T. 1968; Roark, R. 1960; Robinson, L. 1914; Roginskil, Y. Y. 1947; Rosinski, F. 1970; Schepers, G. W. H. 1950; von Schlegel, C. W. F. 1830; Schlesinger, 1902; Schmidt, W. 1950; Scholich, B. 1972; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1938a, 1938b, 1946a; Scott, J. 1963; Sebeok, T. A. 1962, 1969c; Seth, G. & D. Guthrie 1934; Silver, A. 1970; Simons, E. L. 1972; Simpson, G. G. 1966; Skalicka, V. 1960; Slama-Cazacu, T. 1963b; Smith, E., Grafton 1927; Smith, H. M. 1944; Snell, A. L. 1910; Spencer, H. 1862; Stahoviak, V. 1956, 1965; Stein, L. 1942; Stern, C. & W. Stern 1924; Stopa, R. 1950, 1958, 1966a, 1968; Swadesh, M. 1965, 1971; Tait, J. 1934; Tappen, N. C. & H. Hemmer 1970; Tattersall, I. 1970; Täuber, C. 1911; Tembrock, G. V. 1967a; Tesch, P. 1881; Tinbergen, N. 1962, 1964; Trojan, F. 1957, 1961a; Tuttle, H. 1895; Vallancien, B. 1968; Vallois, H. 1961; Wackernagel, W. 1872; Wagner, A. 19—; Ward, L. 1883; Washburn, S. L. 1959a, 1967; & V. Avis 1958; Werner, H. 1959; Wescott, R. W. 1967, 1968d; Whitney, W. D. 1873; Wickler, W. 1965b; Wiercinski, A. 1956; Wilson, R. A. 1937; Wright, C. 1870; Young, J. Z. 1950; Zhinkin, N. I. 1963; Zuckerman, S. 1932. LANGUAGE AND GENETICS Anonymous 1922b, 1962b; Baker, S. J. 1955; Barnils, P. 1919; Bastian, J. R. 1964; Bern, D. J. & S. L. Bern 1968; Bouteiller, M. 1962; Brewer, M. 1963; Brosnahan, L. F. 1957, 1959, 1960, 1961, 1962; Darlington, C. D. 1947, 1955; & K. Mather 1949; Garvey, A. M. & N. Gordon 1969; Gedda, N. L., G. Porto & G. Brenci 1970; Ginsburg, B. E. 1971; Harris, M. 1971; Hirschhorn, H. H. 1970; Luchsinger, R. 1959a, 1970; Marler, P. 1963; Masters, R. D. 1970; Moorhead, P. S„ W. J. Mellman & C. Wenar 1961; Orton, S. T. 1930; Pfaendler, U. 1960; Richter, H. 1962; Schreider, E. 1949; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1938a, 1938b; Thompson, R. W. 1954, 1958; Vandenburg, S. G. 1967, 1968; Vig, P. S. 1972; Witkop, C. J. & F. V. Henry 1963; Zgusta, L. 1962a. LANGUAGE, MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE THEORIES Abelard, P. 1933; Abou-Zeid, A. 19—; Abu'l Feda 1831; Agricola, R. 1539; Albertus Magnus 1890-98; Albinus 1925; Aldrete, B. 1597; Andrew of St. Victor

851 1948; Antonias of Florence 1512; Antonius of Padua 1739; Apel, K. O. 1963; Arens, H. 1955, 1969; Artabasda, N. 1341; Asín Palacios, M. 1939; Aventinus, J. T. 1517; Bacher, W. 1894; Bahner, L. W. 1956; Bartolus 1350; Beeson, C. H. 1925; Bembo, P. 1538; Benz, E. 1936, 1951; Bernhart, J. 1922; Bibliander, T. 1548; Bolelli, T. 1965; Bolton, J. 1958; Bombelli, R. 15—; Bouwsma, W. J. 1957; Bronchorst, J. 1544; Bursill-Hall, G. L. 1963; Canaye, Sieur de Fresnes 1589; Capgrave, J. 1450; Cardano, G. de 1663; Caron, W. J. H. 1947; Colish, M. L. 1965; Copinger, S. 1952; Coseriu, E. 1969; Dante Alighieri 1305, 1952; DeLand, F. 1920a, 1920b; Delling, H. 1925; Dinneen, F. 1961; DuBartas, G. S. 1935-40; Dubois, C.-G. 1971; Ermoldus, N. 1851; Ewert, A. 1940; Fibonacci, L. P. cl202; Fleisch, H. 1957; Franck, S. 1531; de Gandillac, M. 1953; Ghali, E. 1970; Godfrey, R. G. 1965, 1968; Goropius, J. B. 1569; Gregorias Barhebraeus 1931, 1932; Gukovskaya, Z. V. 1940; Güntert, H. 1921; Habicht, W. 1959; von Hägen, J. 1439-53; Haggaeus, P. 1582; Hall, R. A. 1936; Hamel, A. G. 1945; Hamilton, R. 1953; Henry of Crissey 1868; Hildegard of Bingen 1761-64; Hoenigswald, H. M. 1954; Huguet, E. 1933; Ibach, H. 1938; Jansen, C. 1660; Jansen, E. cl276; Joannes Historiographus cl350; John of Salisbury 1160; du Jon, F. 1590; Konrad von Megenburg 1861; Kukenheim, L. 1951; La Ramée, P. 1594; Lecerf, J. 1960; Lecomte, F. 1958; Livet, Ch.-L. 1859; Lommatzsch, E. 1910; Loucel, H. 1964; Mach'avariani, M. 1966; van Maerlant, J. 1271; al Masudi 1897; Meinhold, P. 1958; Melanchthon, P. 1533; Michael of Syria 1195; Midrash 1881; Montaigne, M. 1580; Mossen, J. A. 1515; Mounin, G. 1967a; Moustardières, Sieur des, M. A. 157-; Murner, T. 1516; Nicholas of Cusa 1447; Paccioli, L. 1914; Paracelsus von Hohenheim, T. 1529; Pérez de Moya, J. 1562; Perion, J. 1554; Person, G. 1390-1418; Petrus Hispanus 1947; Piborg, J. 1967; Ponce de León, L. 1914; Pontano, G. 1538; délia Porta, G. N. 1566; Postel, G. 1538; Preuss, E. 1861; Qur-ân; Rabelais, F. 1533-64; Rashi 1935; Recorde, R. 1543; Richard of St. Victor 1153-60; Robins, R. H. A. 1951, 1967; Rupert of Deutz 1844-64; Salmon, V. 1969; Sanford, E. M. 1928; Sarton, G. 1948; Scaliger, J. J. C. 1540; Schecker, H. 1930; Scheiber, A. 1937a, 1937b; Schwering, J. 1925; Scolar Press Publishers 1970; Soccino, F. 1656; Terracini, B. 1957; Tervarent, G. de 1958-64; Thrumair, J. 1522; Valerianus, J. P. 1556; Villicus, F. 1897; Vinay, G. 1959; Vives, J. L. 1782-90; Warnach, V. 1937-38; William of Shyreswood 1937; Zappert, G. 1854. LANGUAGE, 17th CENTURY THEORIES Aarsleff, H. 1964, 1970, 1971; Abraham a Sancta Clara 1943; Allen, D. C. 1949; Alsted, J. H. 1630, 1631; Anonymous 1698; Apel, K.-O. 1963; Arens, H. 1955, 1969; Arnaud, A. & C. Lancelot 1660. 1970; Arrebo, A. 1661; Avianus, C. 1620; Bacon, F. 1952; Bahner, L. W. 1956; Baker, C. 1851; Bang, P. 1675; Bang,T. 1691; Battaglia, S. 1963; Bayle, F. P. 1669, 1720; Besnier, le P. 1674; Besold, C. 1632; Blekastad, M. 1969; Boeckler, J. H. 1680; Böhme, J. 1958; Bolelli, T. 1965; Bolton, J. 1958; Bonet, J. M. P. 1620, 1890; Bonifaccio, G. 1616; Borch, O. 1704; Borst, A. 1957-63; Bouchart, S. 1646, 1651; Boyle, R. 1744; Bracken, H. M. 1970b; Brekle, H. E. 1967; Brookes, W. 1630; Calixt, G. 1665; Calmet, A. 1706-16; Camerarius, P. 1625; Caramuel y Lobkowitz 1654; Casaubon, M. 1665; di Castro, E. 1652; Chevalier, J.-C. 1967; Chomsky, N. 1966b; Comenius, J. A. 1659, 1910a, 1910b, 1953; Cordemoy, G. de 1668, 1968; Correas, G. 1954; Coseriu, E. 1969; Couturat, L. & L. Leau 1907; Cresollius, L. 1620; Crinesius, C. 1699; Cyrano de Bergerac 1921; Dalgarno, G. 1661, 1680, 1834; David, M.-V. 1965; DeLand, F. 1914; Descartes, R. 1637; Deusingius, A. cl660; Díaz-Plaza, G. cl940; Diels, H. 1899; Dovius, G. 1617; Duelos, C. P. 1754; Duret, C. 1613; Elliott, R. W. 1957; Erich, J. P. 1697; van Erpe, T. 1621; Fabricius, J. 1604-25; Farrar, A. 1890; de la Fontaine, J. 1883-92; Foucault, M. 1967; von Franckenberg, A. 1644; Fridlib, P. 1660; Gale, T. 1669-77; Ganz, D. 1644; Gassendi, P. 1659; Geissler,

852 H. 1959; Gerhard, J. 1637; Gniadek, St. 1955; Greenlee, D. 1972; Grotius, H. 1644; Guichard, E. 1606; Habrecht, I. 1630; Hankamer, P. 1927; Harnois, G. 1929; Hartmann, P. 1961a; Heintz, G. 1969; van Helmont, F. M. 1667a, 1667b, 1960; Herbert of Cherbury, E. 1624; Hobbes, T. 1668, 1952; Holder, W. 1668, 1669, 1678; Horálek, K. 1969: Huet, P. D. 1694; Huygens, C. 1622; Jackson, A. 1643; Johannes Austriacus 1603; Jones, B. 1659; Jones, I; Joubert, L. 1578; Kempe, A. 1683; Kidder, R. 1694; Kircher, A. 1679; Knowlson, J. R. 1965; Kraus, C. J. 1787; La Fin, 1692; Lakoff, R. 1969; Lambeck, P. 1710; Lancelot, C. & A. Arnauld 1660; La Primaudaye, P. 1617; Le Brun, C. 1667; LeClerc, J. 1959; von Leibniz, G. W. 1710, 1717, 1765, 1768; LeRoy, M. 1966; Lightfoot, J. 1686; Locke, J. 1690; Marek, R. 1970; Mede, J. 1677; Mejia, P. 1673; Metealf, G. J. 1953; Michalorius, B. 1646; Milton, J. 1952; Miskovska, V. T. 1962; Moréri, L. 1694; Morhof, D. G. 1682; Morin, É. 1694; Mounin, G. 1967a; Muhlius, H. 1692; Muratori, L. A. 1709; Mylius, A. 1612; Newton, I. 1950; Pacichelli, B. 1673; Panconcelli-Calzia, G. 1938, 1940, 1941; Pap, M. 1970; Pascal, B. 1904; Patrick, S. 1727; Pätsch, G. 1959; Peet, H. P. 1851b; Percival, W. K. 1969; Pereyra, B. 1607; de la Peyrère, I. 1655; Pfeiffer, A. 1704; Polomé, E. 1961, 1966; Port-Royal 1676; Ramirez de Carrión, M. 1629; Rivet, A. 1651; Robins, R. H. A. 1967; Rodis-Lewis, G. 1967, 1968; Rosenfield, L. C. 1936; Rosetti, A. 1969; Rudbeck, O. 1679-1702; Salmon, V. 1969; Sampson, G. 1971; Sánchez, F. 1587; Saumaise, CI. de 1643; Scheffler, J. 1949; Schleiermacher, F. 1835; Schleiff, A. 1938; Schneemelcher, W. 1961; Schoeps, H. J. 1961; Scolar Press 1970; Sennert, A. 1681; Sibscota, G. 1670; Skalicka, V. 1970; Soden, W. von 1961; van den Steen, C. 1854-60; Szczesniak, B. 1952; Teeter, K. V. 1966; Thomassin, P. L. 1690; Verbürg, P. A. 1963; Vorstius, J. 1657; Wallis, J. 1653, 1670, 1698, 1700; Webb, J. 1669; Webbe, J. cl630; Webster, J. 1654; Wilkins, J. 1668; Willis, T. 1683; Wortham, C. W. 1968; Ziegra, G. D. 1701; Zobel, A. 1928. L A N G U A G E , 18th C E N T U R Y THEORIES Aarsleff, H. 1967, 1970, 1972; Acton, H. B. 1959, 1961; Adelung, J. C. 1781, 1782, 1806; Allen, W. S. 1948; Amman, J. C. 1700; Andrés, J. 1793, 1794; Anonymous 1726, 1774, 1779, 1783; Anton, K. G. 1799; Apel, K. O. 1963; Arens, H. 1955, 1969; Arnoldi, J. L. 1777; Ayroli, G. M. 1705; Baldwyn, E. 1811; Ballantus, J. & C. Uttinus 1783; Barbieri, M. 1778; Barclay, J. 1826; Baudler, G. 1970; Beattie, J. 1770, 1783, 1788; Beauzée, N. 1767, 1777-79; Belli, J. 1788; Bengel, J. A. 1741; Bergier, N.-S. 1764; Berington, S. 1750; Berndt, A. 1700; Berthier, F. 1873; Bieum, J. 1759; Bizzari, R. 1945; Blackall, E. A. 1959; Blair, H. 1765, 1783; Boguslawski, W. 1965; Borst, A. 1957-63; Boswell, J. 1952; Bougéant, G. H. 1739, 1954; Bowyer, W. 1733; Budde, J. F. 1744; de Buffon, G. L. L. 1749-68; Burke, E. 1852; Calmet, A. 1706-16; Camper, P. 1779, 1782; Carreter, F. 1949; Caton, C. E. ed. 1963; Chambers, E. 1752; Changeux, P. N. 1773; Chénier, A. 1950; Cherpack, C. 1957; Christmann, H. H. 1966; Cibot, P.-M. 1782; Clark, R . T . 1955; Clarparède, E. 1935; Cohen-Rosenfield, L. 1956; Condillac, E. Bonnot de 1746, 1775, 1798, 1803; Copineau ,Th. 1774; Corsano, A. 1969; Coseriu, E. 1967; Court de Gebelin, A. 1774-82, 1776; Cousin, V. 1866; David, M.-V. 1965; DeBrosses, C. 1765; Defoe, D. 1719, 1720; Degérando, J. M. 1800, 1827; DeLand, F. 1917, 1920a, 1920b; Derrida, J. 1967b; Desmarais, R. 1706; Diderot, D. 1751, 1767; Didier, J. 1911; Donaldson, J. W. 1839; Dorsch, A. J. 1789, 1790, 1791; Driessen, A. 1739; Drost, H. A. 1967; DuBief, E. 1891; DuBos, J.-B. 1719; Dufief, N. G. 1804; DuMarsais, C. C. 1730, 1769, 1800; Dupont, M. 1898; Egenolff, J. A. 1705; Eichhorn, J. G. 1788; von Eilschov, F. C. 1748; von Einem, J. J. 1735; Elledge, S. 1967; Encyclopédie, ou Dictionnaire raisonné des sciences, des arts et des métiers 1761-65; Engel, J. J. 1785; l'Epeé, C. M. 1774-76, 1784; Fano, G. 1962; Fauteck, H. 1939; Feder, J. G. H. 1783; Feijóo y Montenegro, B. J. 1726; Fichte, J. G.

853 1795, 1846; Fiesel, E. 1927; Foisset, T. 1842; Forberg, F. K. 1795; Formey, J. H. S. 1763; Forner, J. P. 1846-1960; Foscolo, U. 1939; Franck, A. 1866; Frassen, C. 1682; Friedrich, H. 1935; Füchsel, G. C. 1773; Funke, E. 1952; Funke, O, 1934; Furet, F. 1968; Gajek, B. 1967; Galiani, F. 1907; Garnett, C. B. 1968; Gatterer, J. C. 1765, 1785; von Glosowicz, M. J. K. 1753; Gottsched, J. C. 1739; Green, F. 1783; Green, R. F. 1961; Grimsley, R. 1968; Guetti, B. J. 1969; Hamann, J. G. 1949-57; von Hardenberg, F. 1948; Harnack, A. 1900; Harnois, G. 1929; Harris, J. 1751; Hartley, D. 1749; Hartmann, P. 1958; Hegel, G. W. F. 1927-39; Heinicke, S. H. 1778, 1784, 1968; Heintel, E. 1967; Herder, J. G. 1770, 1784-85, 1827, 1960, 1965a, 1965b, 1966, 1969a, 1969b; Hervâs y Panduro, L. 1785, 1800-05;d'Holbach, P. H. D. 1770; Holberg, L. 1913^12; van den Honert, T. H. 1738; H o m e Tooke, J. 1786; Hübner, W. 1941; Hug, J. L. 1793; Hunt, H. J. 1938; Hutchinson, J. 1749; Ivic, M. 1965; Jerusalem, K. W. 1776; Jones, R. 1764, 1768, 1769, 1773a, 1773b; Josephs, H. 1963,1970; Juliard, P. 1970; Kames, Lord 1774,1778; Kant, 1.1900-55; Kaye, F. B. 1922, 1924; Knight, W. 1900; Knowlson, J. R. 1965; Koerner, E. F. K. 1972; Koyré, A. 1946; Kraus, C. J. 1787; Kuchner, P. 1941; Konrad, G. 1967; de Lamarck, J. B. 1809; La Mettrie, J. O. 1747; de Lanjuinais, J. D. 1808; Larramendi, M. 1729; Lavater, J. K. 1943; Lazaro Carreter, F. 1949; Leblan, C. S. 1750; Lefèvre, R. 1967; Legros, l'Abbé 1787; Leibnitz, G. W. 1717, 1765; Lenoir, R. 1924; LeRoy, G. 1937; Lessing, G. E. 1886-1924; Lévi-Strauss, C. 1962; Lichtenberg, G. C. 1949; Liebrucks, B. 1964-68; Loja, J. V. 1968; Lollesgaard, J. 1925; Löscher, V. E. 1706; Maine de Biran, M. F. 1841; Mallet, P. H. 1767; Mandeville, B. 1738; Manzoni, A. 1891-98; Martin, B. 1748; Matter, J. 1862; Maupertuis, P. L. 1752, 1756; Mayâns y Siscar, G. 1737; Maynial, E. 1903; McNeill, D. 1968c; Meiner, J. W. 1781; Meiners, C. 1785, 1811-15; Mendelssohn, M. 1756; Michaeler, C. J. 1788; Michaelis, J. D. 1769; Monboddo, B. J. 1773, 1784-85; de Montesquieu, C. L. S. 1949-51; Moran, J. H. 1966; Morel, C. 1909; Mounin, G. 1967a; Muratori, L. A. 1709; Nelme, L. D. 1773; Nicolson, W. 1715; Noverre, J. G. 1760; O'Flaherty, J. C. 1952; Ogden, C. K. 1932; Pagliaro, A. 1959, 1969; Pall us, H. 1963; Parker, S. 1719; Parsons, J. 1746, 1767; Penn, J. M. 1966-67; Pepys, S. 1660-69; Percival, W. K. 1970; Perizonius, J. 1711; Pernau, E. A. 1702; Pestalozzi, J. H. 1927-43; Pezron, P.-Y. 1703; Pilarik, J. G. 1726; Piur, P. 1903; Ploucquet, G. 1781; Pluche, A. A. 1751; Politzer, R. L. 1964; Porzig, W. 1957; Priestley, J. 1762, 1790; Rae, L. 1848a, 1848b; Reid, T. 1764; Requeno y Vivez, V. 1796-97; Richter, J. P. F. 1927-44; Ricken, U. 1963; Riese, W. 1965; Rigord 1704; Rivarol, A. 1836; Robins, R. H. A. 1967; Rousseau, J. J. 1755, 1761, 1762, 1772a, 1772b; Rudbeck, O. the younger 1703; Sahlin, G. 1928; Saint-Martin, L. C. 1781, 1800; Saint-Pierre, B. 1820; Sale, G. 1744; Salmon, P. 1968; Salvucci, P. 1958; Sapir, E. 1907; Sarmiento, M. 1758; Sautebin, H. 1899; Schaupp, Z. 1926; Schiller, F. 1904; Schlözer, A. L. 1785; Schmid, E. A. 1784; Schnebli-Schwegler, B. 1965; Schottlaender, R. 1969a; Schultens, A. 1729; Scolar Press 1970; Seigel, J. P. 1969; Seils, M. 1961; Sénancour, É. P. 1798; Shaftesbury, A. 1710; Sharpe, G. 1751; Shaw, W. 1778; Shuckford, S. 1731; Sicard, R. A. C. 1799, 1800, 1808; Signal, N. A. 1962; Simon, R. 1680; Skinner, B. F. 1957; Smith, A. 1804, 1811; S0renson, B. A. 1963; Stam, J. H. 1965; Starobinski, J. 1966; Steele, J. 1775, 1779; Steinthal, H. 1855, 1863; Sturm, W. 1917; Suhm, P. F. 1769; Süssmilch, J. P. 1766; Swedenborg, E. 1749-56; Swift, J. 1721-26; Tait, J. 1934; Tetens, J. N. 1772, 1777; Thomsen, V. 1927; Thorlacius, S. T. 1765; Thurot, F. 1795; Tiedemann, D. 1772, 1777; Turgot, A. R. J. 1751, 1756; Ulmer, K. 1951; Ungar, J. 1716; Unger, R. 1905; da Venezia, G. 1758; Venturi, F. 1939; Verbürg, P. A. 1951; Verra, V. 1957; Verri, A. 1970; Vertès, O. A. 1960; Vico, G. 1725; Viertel, J. 1966; Vitringa, C. 1727; Wächter, J. G. 1737, 1752; Warburton, W. 1788; Watson, J. 1810, 1826; Wieland, C. M. 1879-80; Wilisch, C. F. 1739; Wolf, F. A. 1831; Wolff, Chr. 1754; Wotton, W. 1713; Yarborough, M. C. 1926; Zobel, R. W. 1773.

854 LANGUAGE, UNIVERSALS OF, see UNIVERSALS OF LANGUAGE LARYNX, ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF Albrecht, H. 1896; Anonymous 1972; Augier, M. 1950; Avril, C. 1963; Bassin, F. V. & E. S. Bein 1957; Bell, C. 1832; Bellucci, L. 1924, 1928; Benciolini, F. & A. Dei Rossi 1931; Berendes, J. & W. Vogell 1960; Bergmann, C. G. & R. Leuckart 1851; Bernstein, H. 1923; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1933; Böker, H. 1932; Brandes, G. 1927, 1929, 1932, 1938; Brandt, J. 1816; Braus, H. 1954; Brodnitz, F. S. 1962; Broeckaert, J. 1904; Broek, A. J. P. 1934; Bunak, V. V. 1951b; Curry, R. 1940; Deegener, P. 1928; Denker, A. 1907; Dickson, D. R. & W. M. Mane 1970; Dubois-Reymond, R. 1914; DuBrul, E. L. 1958, 1971; Edfeldt, A. W. 1960; Faaborg-Andersen, K. & A. W. Edfeldt 1958; Fawcus, B. 1969; Fick, R. 1928, 1929; Fink, B. R. 1963; Fishman, L. Z. 1935; Forster, A. 1925; Förster, M. 1936; Fouche, M. P. 1936; Froeschels, E. 1957b; Fromkin, V. & J. Ohala 1968; Giacomini, C. 1892, 1897; Ginneken, J. 1933; Görttler, K. 1954; Gould, L. N. 1948, 1949; Hassko, A. 1929; Hast, M. H. 1969; Henke, W. L. 1966; Henle, J. 1839; Husson, R. 1960c; Jackson, C. 1946; Jordan, J. 1960a, 1960b; Kallius, E. 1897, 1898; Kaplan, H. M. 1960; Katzenstein, J. 1930; Kelemen, G. 1939, 1948, 1949, 1960, 1962, 1963a, 1969; Khrisanfova, E. N. 1956; Kirchner, J. A., ed. 1970; Kleinschmidt, A. 1937, 1938, 1950; Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. 1895; Körner, O. 1884; Kotby, M. N. & L. K. Haugen 1970; Lampert, H. 1926; Laskiewicz, A. 1956; Leblanc, E. 1914; Lieberman, P. 1968a, 1970b, 1971a; & E. S. Crelin & D.H.Klatt 1970; & D. H. Klatt & W. H. Wilson 1969; Luchsinger, R. & G. E. Arnold 1959; Lullies, H. 1953; Marcus, H. 1925; Marique, J. 1886-87; Marshall, J. C. 1970c; Mayer, C. 1852; Maynard, C. K. 1928; Mehnert, E. 1901; Meyer, 1816-26; Moelk, M. 1944; Moeller, J. 1901; Müller, J. 1840, 1848; Myerson, M. C. 1964; Naunyn, B. 1925; Negus, V. E. 1928, 1929, 1933, 1949; Nemai, J. 1913, 1920, 1933; & G. Kelemen 1929a, 1929b; Paulsen, K. 1967; Plagemann, K. 1969; Potapov, I. & S. I. Ibrahimova 1968; Reicher, M. 1969; Scharrer, E. 1931; Schiefferdecker, P. 1919; Schneider, R. 1964; Sclavunos, G. 1904; Shapiro, H. L. 1960; Sprague, J. M. 1944; Starck, D. & R. Schneider 1960; Tyson, E. 1699; Vicq d'Azyr, F. 1779; Washburn, S. L. 1959a; Watson, J. B. 1924b; Weiss, O. 1931; Wilder, H. H. 1892; Wilson, G. 1910; Wind, J. 1970; Wolff, L. 1812; Yonell 1829; Youatt, W. 1835; Zawerth, W. 1883.

LATERAL DOMINANCE IN RELATION TO LANGUAGE Ajuriaguerra, J. de 1957; & H. Hecaen & R. Angelergues 1960; Alsberg, M. 1894; Anan'ev, B. G. 1959, 1965; Annett, M. 1964, 1967, 1970; Archibald, Y. M. & J. M. Wepman 1968; Bakker, D. J. 1967; Bakwin, H. & R. M. Bakwin 1953; Baldwin, J. M. 1894; Barsley, M. 1966; Basser, L. S. 1962; Bassi, A. 1962; Beidelman, T. O. 1961; Belmont, L. & H. G. Birch 1963, 1965; Bennett, J. 1970; Benton, A. L. 1959, 1962a, 1965, 1972; Berlucchi, G., W. Heron, R. Hyman, G. Rizzolatti & C. Umiltä 1971; Blau, A. 1946; Bogen, J. E. & G. M. Bogen 1969; Bolk, L. 1901; Bonkowski, R. J. 1966; Boone, D. R. 1965; & B. A. Landes 1968; Brain, W. R. 1945; Broadbent, D. E. & M. Gregory 1964; Brookshire, K. H. & J. M. Warren 1962; Bruml, H. 1972; Bryden, M. P. 1965, 1970; Butters, N., M. Barton & B. A. Brody 1970; Carmon, A. & G. M. Gombos 1970; Cenac, M. & H. Hecaen 1943; Cernäcek, J. & F. Podivisky 1971; Chakrabarti, J. 1966; Chesher, C. 1936; Clark, M. M. 1957; Cohen, A. I. 1966; Cohen, B. D., C. D. Noblin & A. J. Silverman 1968; Cohn, R. 1971; Cole, J. 1957; Collins, R. L. 1965; Corballis, M. C. & I. L. Beale 1970, 1971; Critchley, M. 1966a; Culton, G. L. 1971; Culver, C. M. 1969; Cunningham, D. J. 1902; Curry, K. W. 1967; Darwin, C. J. 1969a, 1969b, 1971; Dax, J. M. & B. C.

855 Gustave 1836; Deelman, B. G. 1970; DeWolf, M. 1970; Dimond, S. J . 1970a, 1970b; & J . G. Beaumont 1971, 1972a, 1972b; Doty, R. W. & K. Yamaga 1972; Drobna, M., I. Drobny & I. Stür 1966; Dumford, M. & D. Kimura 1971; Eisenson, J. 1962, 1971; Ettlinger, G. 1961a; & A. Moffett 1964; & R. F . Dawson 1969; Evans, J. R. 1969; Féré, C. 1901; Ferenczi, S. 1919; Finch, G. 1941; Fischer, H. & M. Kohenhof 1965; Fisher, S. 1962; Franz, S. I. F. 1913; Fritsch, V. 1964, 1967, 1968; Froeschels, E. 1961, 1962a, 1962b, 1964; Gautrin, D. & G. Ettlinger 1970; Gazzaniga, M. S. 1969, 1972; Gerstmann, J . 1957; Geschwind, N. & W. Levitsky 1968; Gesell, A. & H. M. Halverson 1942; Giese, F. 1928; Goldring, S. & R. Ratcheson 1972; Gómez, M. 1970; Goodglass, H. & F. A. Quadfasel 1954; Gordon, A. 1911; Grapin, P. & C. Perpère 1968; Greenberg, G. 1960; Guillain, G., T. Alajouanine & R. Garcin 1925; Haggard, M. 1971; & A. M. Parkinson 1971; Hall, G. S. & E. M. Hartwell 1884; Hall, K . R. L. & B. Meyer 1966; Harris, A. J . 1957; Hécaen, H. 1971; & R. Angelergues 1962a; & J . de Ajuriaguerra 1963; & G. Assai 1970; & J. Sauguet 1971; Hermelin, B. & N. O'Connor 1971; Hertz, R. 1909, 1960; Hewes, G. W. 1949, 1973a, 1973b; Hilborn, E. H. & J . E. Conklin 1964; Hill, J. H. 1972a; Hill, S. D., A. H. McCullum, & A. G. Sceau 1967; Hines, D. & P. Satz 1971; Ioteyko 1916; Ireland, W. W. 1880; Jeeves, M. A. & N. F . Dixon 1970; Jeffress, L. A. 1971; Johnson, J . D. & M. S. Gazzaniga 1969; Jones, D. & O. Spreen 1967; Jousse, M. P. 1940; Karp, E. & H. G. Birch 1969; Kimura, D. 1961a, 1964, 1967; Kinsbourne, M. 1970, 1972; & E. K. Warrington 1962b; & J. Cook 1971; Kirstein, E. & D. P. Shankweiler 1969; Knox, A. W. & D. R. Boone 1970; Knox, C. & D. Kimura 1970; Korngold, S. 1934; Kortlandt, A. 1967a, 1967b; Kounin, J . S. 1938; Kourilsky, R. & P. Grapin 1968; Koväc, D. & G. Horkovic 1966; Kovarsky, V. 1938; Kretz, V. R. Suchenwerth & U. Ferner 1970; Kuttner, H. 1930; Lawicka, W., M. Mishkin & H. E. Rosvold 1966; Lerbet, G. 1965; Levitsky, W. & N. Geschwind 1968; Levy, J. 1969; & R. D. Nebes & R. W. Sperry 1971; Lhermitte, J. 1968; Liepmann, H. 1905; Lombroso, C. 1903; Luchsinger, R. & G. E. Arnold 1965; Ludwig, W. 1932; Lueddeckens, F . 1900; Luria, A. R. & T. A. Karasseva 1968; MacKeith, N. W. & R. R . Coles 1971; Markova, A. Y . 1967; Matéjcek, Z. & Z. 21ab 1963; McFrie, J. & O. Zangwill 1960; McKeever, W. F. & M. D. Huling 1970, 1971a, 1971b; van der Meer, H. C. 1958; von Meyer, F . 1873; Miller, E. 1971; Milner, A. D. 1969; Milner, B. 1962; & C. Branch & T. Rasmussen 1964; & L. Taylor 1972; Minkowski, E. 1930; Morrell, L. K. & D. A. Huntington 1971; Morrison, P. C. 1949; Moscovitch, M. & J. Catlin 1970; Mountcastle, V. 1962; Muehl, S. 1963; Nebes, R. D. 1971; & R. W. Sperry 1971; Nehemkis, A. 1971; Nielsen, J . M. 1937; Nottebohm, F . 1970; Nutzhorn, H. 1953; Orbach, J . 1967; Oxendine, J. B. 1968; Palmer, R. D. 1964; Palmer, R. E. 1963; Pap?un, G., S. Krashen & D. Terbeek 1971; Parsons, O. A., A. Vega & J . Burn 1969; & B. Jones & A. Vega 1971; Patrick, G. T . W. 1897; Penfield, W. G. & L. Roberts 1959; Pickersgill, M. J. & P. Pank 1970; Pieraccini, G. 1935; Piercy, M., H. Hécaen & J . Ajuriaguerra 1960; & V. O. G. Smyth 1962; Pleasonton, A. K. 1970; Poeck, K. & M. Kerschensteiner 1971; de Renzi, E. 1968; & M. Savoiardo & L. A. Vignolo 1966; & P. Faglioni & H. Spinnler 1968; Riklan, M., E. Levita, J . Zimmerman, & I. S. Cooper 1969; Rizzolatti, G., C. Umiltà & G. Berlucchi 1971a; Rothe, H. 1972; Rubino, C. A. 1967, 1970; Rush, L. I. 1968; Satz, P. 1968; & E. Fennell & M. B. Jones 1969; Scovel, T. 1969; Sedge, R. K. 1971; Seliga, J. T. 1966; Semenov, S. A. 1960; Semmes, J . 1968; Shankweiler ,D. P. 1970; & M. StuddertKennedy 1967, 1970; Sievers, E. 1924; Silver, A. & R. Hagin 1960; Sizaret, P., E. Degiovanni, & P. Glories 1969; Smith, E. 1925; Smith, L. 1970; Sollberg, G. 1963, 1970; Soväk, M. 1962a, 1962b; Sowa, C. A. 1972; Stier, E. 1911; StuddertKennedy, M. A. & D. Shankweiler 1971; Subirana, A. 1952, 1961, 1964a, 1964b; Tomatis, A. 1963; Tracy, F . 1897; Trembly, D. 1968; Tsunoda, T. 1969a, 1969b; Turkewitz, G., T. Morreau, L. Davis & H. G. Birch 1969; Tzavaras, A., H. Hécaen

856 & H. LeBras 1970, 1971; Wapner, S. & L. Cirillo 1968; Warren, J. M. 1953, 1958; Weber, E. 1904, 1905; Weinstein, S. & E. A. Sersen 1961; White, M. J. 1969, 1971; Williams, M. & K. Jambor 1964; Wilson, W. D. 1891; Wood, C. C., W. R. Goft, R. S. Day 1971; Wussler, M. & A. Barclay 1970; Wyke, M. 1965, 1969, 1971a, 1971b; Zangwill, O. L. 1960a, 1971; Zurif, E. B. & M. P. Bryden 1969; & P. E. Sait 1970. LEFT-RIGHT, see L A T E R A L D O M I N A N C E LEIBNIZ, G. W. von, IDEAS OF, R E L A T E D T O PROBLEMS O F L A N G U A G E ORIGINS Aarsleff, H. 1964; Leibniz, G. W. 1717, 1765, 1768. LIP-READING Alich, G. 1961; Andrés, J. 1793, 1794; Anonymous 1929; Arnold, T. 1881, 1888, 1894, 1896; Arpaia, R. 1963; Baker, C. 1851; Bell, A. G. 1900, 1917; Bell, A. M. 1890; Bel'tiukov, V. I. 1964; Berger, K. W. & G. R. Popelka 1971; & M. Garner & J. Sudman 1971; Bergh, M. 1927; Brauckmann, K. 1925; Bruhn, M. E. 1917, 1929; Bunger, A. M. 1944; Burnet, G. 1737; Cornett, R. O. 1967a, 1967b; Crammatte, E. F. 1959; Defoe, D. 1720; DeGérando, J. M. 1827; De Haerne, D. 1873; De Land, F. 1968; Digby, K. 1644; Donaldson, G. 1971; Donnelly, K. 1969; Erber, N. P. 1971; Ewing, A. & E. C. Ewing 1964; Farrimond, T. 1969; Forestier, C. 1883; Franks, J. R. 1964; & N. J. Oyer 1967; Glancy, C. C. 1959; Gleason, J. B. 1967; Gordon, J. C. 1886; Green, F. 1783, 1897; Green, S. A. 185-; Greenberg, H. J. & D. L. Bode 1968; Hanson, O. 1912; Haspiel, G. B. 1964; Heider, F. & G. Heider 1940; Herren, H. 1965; lohnson, G. F. 1963; Johnson, W. 1944; Kaiser, E. 1965; Kennedy, N. & M. W. Whitehurst 1969; Kinzie, C. & R. Kinzie 1931; Klopping, H. W. E. 1972; Kostencki, L. 1966; Larr, A. 1959; Leanderson, R., S. Ohman & A. Persson 1966; & B. E. F. Lindblom 1972; Lowell, E. L. 1957, 1959, 1961; Misra, S. K. & M. F. Palmer 1964; Morkovin, B. V. & L. M. Moore 1948-49; Morris, D. M. 1944; Nebraska Parent's Association to Promote the Education of the Deaf 1913; Neely, K. K. 1956; Neuberger, F. 1971; Nielsen, H. B. 1970; Nitchie, E. B. 1912, 1915; Numbers, M. & C. Hudgins 1948; O'Neill, J. J. 1951, 1954; & H. J. Oyer 1961; Pauls, M. D. 1960; Payne, A. H. 1903, 1910; Peet, H. P. 1851, 1855, 1867-68; Pesonen, J. 1968; Schumann, P. 1925; Smith, R. & D. W. Kitchen 1972; Stobschinski, R. 1928; Stone, L. 1957; Sutcliffe, T. H. 1969; Taaffe, G. & W. Wong 1957; Thornton, W. 1793; van Uden, A. 1964, 1968; Volquin, H. 1853; Vos, A. W. De 1967; Wallis, J. 1678; Watson, J. 1810, 1826; Whitehurst, M. W. 1961; Woodward, M. F. 1957; & C. G. Barber 1960a, 1960b; WPA (Works Progress Administration) 1939; Ziehler, C. M. 19—. MAN, L A N G U A G E , A N D T H E CRITERIA OF DEFINITION Bateman, F. 1872; Bennett, J. 1964a, 1964b; Bowen, F. 1880; Buffon, G. L. 1749-68; Butter, C. M. 1972; Cassirer, E. 1944, 1945; Chauvin, R. 1958; Comas, J. 1968; Count, E. W. 1972; Durbin, M. E. 1971; Eisenberg, J. F. & W. S. Dillon 1971; Eisenberg, L. 1972; Faucher, E. 1968; Ferguson, A. 1773; Fox, R. 1971b; Freilich, M„ ed. 1972; Frey, G. 1968; Holloway, R. L. 1969a, 1970a, 1971; Hovelacque, A. 1884a; Human Biology, A Symposium 1963; Huxley, J. 1941; Kaiser, L. 1948; Kieckers, E. 1931; Kneale, W. 1972; Kohler, C. & J. Vuagnat 1971; Kroeber, A. L. 1955; Kuznetsov, P. S. 1966; Leakey, L. S. B., P. V. Tobias & J. R. Napier 1964; Oakley, K. 1951, 1957; Petit-Maire, N. H. 1968; Portmann, A. 1944, 1962b; Pulgram, E. 1970; Romero, F. 1955; Siegmund, G. 1966; SlamaCazacu, T. 1963b; Soulairac, A. 1968; Steiner, G. 1969; Tobias, P. V. 1965b; Tolman, E. C. 1949; Voino, M. S. 1964; Watson, R. A. 1971; Wells, R. 1967;

857 Wescott, R. W. 1969; White, L. A. 1960; Yakimov, V. P. 1965. MARR, NIKOLAI YAKOVLEVICH, IDEAS OF, RELATED TO PROBLEMS O F L A N G U A G E ORIGINS Akademiya Nauk SSSR 1951; Aptekar, B. B. 193-; Bokarev, E. A. 1953; Dobrogayev, S. M. 1946a; Gombos, L. 1946; Jacobsson, G. 1950; Marr, N. Y. 1925, 1926, 1930, 1931, 1933, 1936; Serebrennikov, B. A. 1951; Smilaner, V. 1949-50. MARTY, ANTON, IDEAS OF, R E L A T E D TO PROBLEMS O F L A N G U A G E ORIGIN Funke, O. 19—, 1927; Marty, A. 1875, 1896, 1908, 1916. MENTAL RETARDATION al-Issa, I. 1971; Bakwin, H. 1968; Balla, D. & E. Zigler 1971; Bateman, F. 1897; Batza, E. M. 1957; Berlin, B. M. 1934; Blount, W. R. 1968; Buddenhagen, R. G. 1967; Carrell, J. E. & J. L. Bangs 1957; Domba, M. 1935; Freibrun, R. 1969; Furth, H. G. 1965; Gallagher, J. 1950, 1970; Goda, S. 1969; Graham, J. T. & L. W. Graham 1971; Grant, E. C. 1972; Haag, M. & G. P. Brabant 1963; Hail, S. M. 1970a; Heller, T. 1896-97; Hill, S. D., J. Campagna, D. Long, J. Munch & S. Naecker 1968; Hitlin, J. R. & H. Richardson 1969; Holloway, G. F. 1971; Hulme, I. & E. A. Lunzer 1966; Irigaray, L. 1967a; Jacobson, J. 1958; John, D. J. & H. R. Myklebust 1967; Lackner, J. R. 1968; Lenneberg, E. H., I. A. Nichols & E. F. Rosenberger 1964; Levett, L. M. 1969, 1971; Luria, A. R. 1963; von Luschan, F. 1927; Lyle, J. 1960; Makuen, H. 1907, 1909; Massengill, R. 1970; & D. D. Smith 1967; Milgram, N. A. 1968, 1971, 1972; & H. G. Furth 1963, 1967; & J. S. Noce 1968; Niebuhr, E. 1971; O'Connor, N. & B. Hermelin 1959, 1963, 1967; Postel, M., A. Espinas & J. Postel 1969; Riello, A. 1958; Saunders, E. A. & C. J. Miller 1968; Schiefelbusch, R., R. Copeland, & T. Smith 1967; Schliesser, H. F. 1965; Sollier, P. 1891; Spreen, O. 1965; Talkington, L. W. & S. M. Hall 1970; Vogt, C. 1863; Westlake, H. 1952; Willis, V. L. & M. Garrison 1970; Wise, J. H. 1969; Wolf, E. G. & B. A. Ruttenberg 1968; Zigler, E. 1971. METAPHOR, ROLE OF, IN L A N G U A G E D E V E L O P M E N T Barfield, O. 1926, 1928; Givler, R. C. 1921; Kaplan, B. 1962; Katz, D. 1925; Katzenel'son, D. 1947a; Pott, A. F. 1853; Röhrich, L. 1967; Shibles, W. A. 1971; Werner, H. 1919; de Witte, J. I. 1948. MIME, P A N T O M I M E Adams, F. A. F. 1891; Ahrens, R. 1954; Alajouanine, T. & F. Lhermitte 1964; Alberts, D. 1971; Aldrich, V. C. 1955; Anonymous 18—, 1932b; Armanguey y Tuset, J. 1884; Aubert, C. 1901, 1927; Bagley, L. 1924; Barlanghy, I. 1967; Battye, M. 1954; Berges, J. 1963; Bharata 1936; Blackman, R. 1897, 1908; Blasis, C. 1820, 1888; Bleackley, J. A. 1914; Bobon, J. 1958; Boguslawski, W. 1965; BorelMaisonny, S. 1967; Bridge, W. H. 1925; Broadbent, R. J. 1901; Brown, G. 1953; Bruford, R. 1958; Bullowa, A. M. 1924; Campbell, H., R. F. Brewer, H. Neville, C. Harrison, F. Corder & S. Hawley 1912; Cauliez, A. J. 1962; Cavefors, B. 1955; Chaitanya 1968; Chisman, I. & G. Wiles 1934; Christout, M. F. 1965; Coomaraswamy, A. & G. K. Duggirala 1917; Decroux, E. 1958, 1963; Devendra, D. T. 1956; Disher, M . W . 1925; Dorcy, J. 1955, 1961, 1962; Duchartre, P. L. 1924; van Eerde, J. C. 19—; Engel, J. J. 1785; Ferri, S. 1958; Frenzen, W. 1938; Frijda, N. H. 1965; Ghosh, M. 1957; Giraudet, A. 1895; Gould, J. 1951; Gratiolei, P. 1865; Haigh, A. E. 1907; Harison, J. E. 1927; Harwood, E. J. 1933; Hasluck, S. L. & A. Hasluck 1908; Hawes, S. 1509; Hewes, G. W. 1972a; Holt, K. & G. Bateson

858 1944; Huff, T. 1951; Hughes, R. M. 1964; Hugounet, P. 1889; Hunt, D. & K. Hunt 1964; Kalvodovä-Sis-Vanis 1957; de Kat Angelino, P. & Tyra de Kleen 1922; Katembaeva, B. 1965; Kern, H. 18—; de Kleen, T. 1924, 1937; Kleinpaul, R. 1888; Koller, H. 1954; Lansdale, N . 19—; Lawson, J. 1957; Lucian 1905; Lutz, F. 1927; MacCleod, A. 1912; Mackenzie, C. R. 1949; Marash, J. G. 1950; Marcus, F. 1967; Matlaw, M. 1958; Mawer, I. 1932; Mehl, D. A. J. 1965; Metheny, E. 1968; Miller, J. 1972; Mime Review 1935-39; Newman, M. P. 1934; Nicoli, A. 1964; Noverre, J. G. 1760; Pandeya, G. A. 1943; Pardoe, T. E. 1931; Perugini, M. E. 1924-25; Pickersgill, M. G. 1935; Piderit, T. 1858, 1867, 1886; Premakumar 1948; Proca-Ciortea, V. & A. Giurchescu 1968; Pronko, L. C. 1971; Radar, E. 1965; Rambosson, J. P. 1853a, 1853b; Renou, L. 1957; Requeno y Vives, V. 1796-97; Rolfe, B. 1969; Saint-Pierre, B. 1820; Sayre, G. 1959; Skraup, K. 1908; Stern, G. B. 1931; Storz, G. 1963; Walker, K. S. 1969; Weaver, J. 1728; Whitmire, L. G. 1927; Zung, C. S. L. 1964. MONKEYS Altmann, S. A. 1962, 1965, 1967, 1968a, 1968b; Andrew, R. J. 1963b, 1964; Anonymous 1964; Anthoney, T. R. 1969; Ardrey, R. 1966; Bates, B. C. 1970; Beevor, C. & V. Horsley 1888; Bergmann, C. G. & R. Leuckart 1851; Bernstein, H. 1923; Bernstein, I. S. 1968; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1927; Bignall, K. E. & P. Singer 1967; Bishop, A. 1962; Blakemore, C. B. & G. Ettlinger 1968a; Blakeslee, P. & R. Gunter 1966; Böker, H. 1932; Bolwig, N. 1964a, 1964b; Brandt, E. M., C. W. Stevens & G. Mitchell 1971; Brandt, J. 1816; Branscomb,S. 1971; Brinkman, J. & H. G. J. M. Kuypers 1972; Broeckaert, J. 1904; de Buffon, G. L. L. 1749-68; Bunak, V. V. 1951b; Burton, P. & G. Ettlinger 1960; Burton, F. D. 1972; Cardu, B. 1969; Carpenter, A. 1887; Carpenter, C. R. 1958, 1964, 1968; Castell, R. 1969; & H. Krohn & D. Ploog 1969; Chalmers, N. R. 1968; Chance, M. R. A. 1963, 1967a, 1967b; & W. M. S. Russell 1959; & C. J. Jolly 1970; Chevalier-Skolnikoff, S. 1972; Cole, J. 1963; Crook, J. H. 1966; Darby, C. L. & A. J. Riopelle 1959; Dembowski, J. 1956, 1963; Denham, W. W. 1970; Deuel, R. K. 1969; DeVore, I. 1964, 1965, 1971; Dewson, J. H., K. H. Pribram & J. C. Lynch 1969; Drewe, E. A., G. Ettlinger, A. D. Milner & R. E. Passingham 1970; Elliott, D. N., L. A. Frazier & R. C. Hayden 1971; Epple, G. 1968; Erwin, J. &. G. Mitchell 1972; Ettlinger, G. 1960, 1961a, 1961b, 1967, 1971a, 1971b, 1972; & J. E. Kalsbeck 1962; & C. B. Blakemore & A. D. Milner 1968; & C. B. Blakemore 1969; & A. D. Milner 1970; Fabri, K. 1958, 1963; Firsov, L. A. 1954, 1964, 1969; Forster, A. 1925; Frajzyngier, Z. 1971; Fulton, J. F., C. F. Jacobsen & M. A. Kennard 1932; Gallup, G. G. 1970; Garner, R. L. 1892; Gembloux, P. 1844; Goosen, C. 1972; Grimm, R. J. 1967; Hall, K. R. L. 1962, 1963a, 1963b; & R. C. Boelkins & M. G. Gaswell 1965; Harding, R. S. O. 1972; Harlow, H. F. & M. Harlow, H. F. & M. Harlow 1965; & D. R. Meyer 1950; Hast, M. H. 1969; Heintz, N. 1971; Held, R. & J. A. Bauer 1967; Hinde, R. A. & I. E. Rowell 1962; Hines, M. 1942; Hoffman, J. P., J. V. Walker, L. R. Wolin, S. Kadoya & L. C. Massopust 1969; Holloway, R. L. 1964, 1969b; Itani, J. 1955, 1958, 1963, 1967; Jensen, G. D. 1961; & B. N. Gordon 1970; Jerison, H. J. & W. D. Neff 1953; Johnston, J. W., D. G. Moulton & A. Turk 1970; Jordan, J. 1960a, 1960b; Joslin, J., H. Fletcher & J. Emlen 1964; Jürgens, U. 1969; & M. Maurus,D.W.Ploog & P.Winter 1967; & D. Ploog 1970; Kavanagh, M. 1972; Kawai, M. 1963, 1965; Kawamura, S. 1959; Kennedy, T., N. Kiang, & S. Sutton 1956; Knapp, H. D., E. Taub & A. J. Berman 1963; Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. 1895; Kummer, H. 1968, 1970; La Mettrie, J . 0 . 1 7 4 7 ; Lampert.H. 1926; Lancaster, J. B. 1967, 1968b, 1968c; Levin, V. N. 1967; Lieberman, P. 1968a; & D. H. Klatt & W. H. Wilson 1969; Loizos, C. M. 1967; MacLean, P. D. 1964; MacRoberts, M. H. 1970; Mal'tsev, V. P. 1971; Manocha, S. N. 1967; Markova, A. Y. 1963, 1967; Marler, P. 1965, 1968b, 1970b; Marshall, W. 1905; Massopust, L. C„ H. W.

859 Barnes & J. Bidura 1965; & L. R. Wolin, R. Meder & V. Frost 1967; Maurus, M. & D. Ploog 1969, 1971; Menzel, E. W. 1966; Merti, C. A. 1957; Michael, R. P. & D. Zumpe 1970; Miller, R. E. 1967; & J. V. Murphy, I. A. Mirsky 1959; & J. H. Banks & N. Ogawa 1962; & J. H. Banks & H. Kuwahara 1966; Milner A. D. 1970, 1972; & G. Ettlinger 1970; Mishkin, M. & K. H. Pribram 1954; Mitchell, C., R. Gillette, J. Vernon & P. Herman 1970; Miyadi, D. 1964a, 1964b; Moffett, A. M. & G. Ettlinger 1970; M0ller, G. W., H. F. Harlow & G. D. Mitchell 1968; Moynihan, M. 1966; Myers, R. E. 1970; Myers, S. A. 1965; & J. A. Horel & H. S. Pennypacker 1965; Nemai, J. 1920; Nesturkh, M. F. 1960, 1968; Oshima, M. 1956; Paulyn, W. 1941; Ploog, D. W. 1967, 1968; Plotnik, R. & J. M. R. Delgado 1970; Poirier, F. E. 1970; Prazdnikova, N. V. & L. A. Firsov 1953; Pribram, K. H., B. S. Rosner & W. A. Rosenblith 1954; & E. Tubbs 1967; Rahaman, H. & M. D. Parthasarathy 1968, 1971; Reicher, M. 1969; Rensch, B. 1957b, 1967, 1972; Reynolds, P. C. 1968, 1970a, 1971; Robinson, B. W. 1967a, 1967b; Robinson, R. J. 1969; Rosenblum, L. A. & I. C. Kaufman 1964; Rowell, T. E. 1962, 1969; & Hinde, R. A. 1962; Ruch, T. C. 1941; Sackett, G. P. 1966; Sade, D. S. 1967, 1972; Schön, M. A. 1970; Schultz, A. H. 1957, 1961; Sclavunos, G. 1904; Shevchenko, Y. G. 1959; Shirek-Ellefson, J. 1967; Simons, R. C. & C. F. Bielert 1972; & R. A. Bobbitt & G. D. Jensen 1968; Sonntag, C. F. 1921; Spivak, H. 1971; Sprague, J. M. 1944; Stebbins, W. C. 1972; Stephan, H. & C. S. Andy 1969; Stepien, L., J. P. Cordeau & T. Rasmussen 1960; Strobel, D. A. & R. R. Zimmerman 1971; Struhsaker, T. T. 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1967d, 1969, 1970; Terry, R. L. 1970; Tsumori, A. 1967; Varela, F. G. 1971; Vogel, C. 1972; Voitonis, N. Y. 1949; Walk, R. D. & E. K. Bond 1971; Warren, J. M. 1965; Weber, I. 1972; Wechkin, S. 1970; Weinstein, B. 1945; Weiskrantz, L. & M. Mishkin 1958; Wilcoxon, G., W. Meier, R. Orlando & D. G. Paulson 1969; Williams, L. 1967b, 1971; Wilson, G. 1910; Wilson, M. 1968, 1971, 1972; Wilson, W. A. & O. C. Shaffer 1963; Winter, P. 1968, 1969a, 1969b, 1972; & D. Ploog & J. Latta 1966; Wollberg, Z. & J. D. Newman 1972; Yamaguchi, S. & R. E. Myers 1972; Yerkes, R. M. 1916; Zakher, Y. Y. 1967; Zenker, W. & H. Anzenbacher 1962; Zhinkin, N. I. 1960; Zimmerman, R. & C. C. Torrey 1965; & J. Hochberg 1970, 1971; Zingeser, M. R. 1969. MONOGENISM-POLYGENISM THEORIES O F L A N G U A G E ORIGINS Ameghino, F. 1935; Anonymous 1872b; Assirelli, O. 1940,1954,1962; de Barenton, H. 1932-36; Bergmann, F. G. 1864; Blacklock, T. 1756; de la Calle, A. 1881; Carus, K. G. 1958; Chavee, H. J. 1862; Ciakciac, E. 1837; Claudius, M. 1954; Deboigcki, W. 1633; Dechevoy, N. 1938; Dubois, C.-G. 1971; Finck, F. N. 1909; Forster, C. 1851; Guerrier de Dürnast, A. P. F. 1875; Guriel, J. 1860; Hale, M. 1677; von Hardenberg, F. 1960; Jacobowitz, J. 1968; Johnes, A. J. 1843; Koch, W. 1965; Müller, F. J. 1815; Pictet, A. 1859-63; Pirie, A. 1811; Pius XII, Pope 1950; Pott, A. F. 1856; de Quatrefages, A. 1879; Reinisch, L. 1873, 1874; Riva, F. 1961; Rosenkranz, B. 1957; Schleiermacher, F. 1834-64; Schmidt, J. 1872; Schulier, M. 1946; Sergi, G. 1907; Smith, R. P. 1907; Swadesh, M. 1951; Tagliavini, C. 1953; Trombetti, A. 1903, 1905; Zollinger, G. 1952. MOTOR T H E O R Y O F SPEECH PERCEPTION Adams, J. A. 1969, 1971; Condon, W. S. & W. D. Ogston 1967a; Cross, D. V., H. L. Lane & W. C. Sheppard 1965; Evans, T. H. 1915; Fairbanks, G. 1954; Geniesse, H. 1935; Kronvall, E. L. & C. F. Diehl 1954; Lane, H. L. 1965; Liberman, A. M., F. S. Cooper, K. S. Harris & P. F. MacNeilage 1963; Lieberman, P. H. 1970a; MacNeilage, P. F. 1962, 1970; McDonald, E. T. 1964; McGuigan, F. J. 1967, 1970; Ohala, J. 1970; Perkell, J. S. 1969; Seeman, M. 1970; Siegenthaler, B. M. & P. A. Bianchi 1968; Stassi, E. J. 1968; Studdert-Kennedy, M., A. M. Liberman, K. S. Harris & F. S. Cooper 1970; Tedford, W. H. & C. P. Rose 1970; Zvorykin, V. P. 1969.

860 MOUTH, EVOLUTIONARY C H A N G E S IN Anonymous 1972; Bailit, H. L., S. J. DeWitt & R. A. Leigh 1968; Barnes, D. S. 1969; Borel-Maisonny, S. 1970; Brace, C. L. 1962, 1963, 1964; & S. Molnar 1967; Bronowski, J. & W. M. Long 1953; Brothwell, D. R. 1959, 1963; Brues, A. M. 1966; Campbell, T. D. 1925, 1939; Dahlberg, A. A. 1963; DuBrul, E. 1958,1971; DuBrul, E. L. & H. Sicher 1954; & C. A. Reed 1960; Every, R. G. 1965; Fink, B. R. 1963; Fishman, L. Z. 1935; Gaudry, A. 1890; Gessain, P. 1959; Gibson, J. J. 1966b; Görttler, K. 1954; Hollingsworth, H. L. 1939; Hooton, E. A. 1947; Jackson, C. 1946; Kinzey, W. 1970; Klaatsch, H. 1909; Lafond 1927; Laloy, L. 1904; Laskiewicz, A. 1956; Leigh, R. W. 1928, 1937; Lubit, E. C. 1967; Mehnert, E. 1901; Negus, V. E. 1933; Nemai, J. 1933; Nikityuk, B. A. 1966; Noble, H. E. 1926; Pedersen, P. O. 1938; Petit-Maire, N. 1958, 1966, 1967; Piveteau, J. 1958; Scheflen, A. E. 1961; Schiefferdecker, P. 1919; Shapiro, H. L. 1960; Sinelnikov, J. R. 1967; Sollas, W. J. 1908; Starck, D. & R. Schneider 1960; Taylor, R. M. S. 1963; Thomson, A. 1915; Trojan, F. 1955, 1957, 1959, 1961b; Vallois, H. 1953; Vig, P. S. 1972; Vogel, C. 1961; Walkhoff, O. 1902, 1911; Washburn, S. L. 1959a, 1959b; Waugh, L. M. 1937; Wilder, H. H. 1892; Wind, J. 1970; Ziolkiewicz, T. & J. Ostrowski 1968. MOUTH-GESTURE T H E O R Y O F L A N G U A G E ORIGIN Adatto, C. P. 1970; Allen, W. S. 1950; Ballard, C. F. & E. K. Bond 1950; Bayerl, L. 1961; Bekbulatov, G. T. 1970; Bosma, J. F., ed. 1967, 1970; Canetta, R. 1967; Cauhepe, J. 1970; Clarke, H. 1852, 1883; Cohen, M. 1931; Daniloff, R. & K. Moll 1968; Davis, T. K. 1938; Dellow, P. G., J. P. Lund, K. Babcock & G. van Rosendal 1970; Dickens, C. 1837; Frese, J. 1967; Froeschels, E. 1939, 1943, 1952, 1959, 1962a, 1962b; Fucci, D. J. 1968; Gaudiche, P. 1952; Geissler, P. R. 1971; Gellius, A. 1896; Georgiade, C. 1938; Goldstein, K. 1948; Grossman, R. C. 1964; & J. F. Bosma 1963; & B. F. Hattis, R. L. Ringel 1965; & B. Hattis 1967; Hollis, W. A. 1901; Houck, R. E. 1966; Jousse, M. P. 1936; Kawamura, Y. 1961; Kronasser, H. 1948; Ladefoged, P. 1967; & N. P. McKinney 1963; Langworthy, O. R. 1924a, 1924b; Larson, M. H. 1956; Lass, N. J., M. E. Tekieli & M. P. Eye 1971; Lewis, J. A. & R. F. Counihan 1965; Locke, J. L. 1968b; Matson, F. W. & A. Montague 1967; McCall, G. N. & N. M. Cunningham 1971; McDonald, E. T. & L. F. Aungst 1967; Meyer, K. H. 1915; Morley, M. E. 1969; Moser, H. M., J. R. La Gourgue, & L. Class 1967; Oehl, W. 1922, 1933b; Ohala, J., S. Hiki, S. Hubler & R. Harshman 1968; Ohman, S. E. G. 1967; Palmer, M. F., C. W. Wurth & J. W. Kinchloe 1964; Rae, J. 1862; Reams, M. H. 1950; Ringel, R. L. 1962, 1970a, 1970b; & M. D. Steer 1963; & S. J. Ewanowski 1965; & H. Fletcher 1967; & K. W. Burk & C. M. Scott 1968; & A. S. House, K. W. Burk, J. P. Dolinsky, & C. M. Scott 1970; Rossi, E. 1952, 1962; Rutherford, D. & G. McCall 1967; Sameroff, A. J. 1970a; Schreider, E. 1950; Semmes, J. S. 1965, 1966; Shelton, R. L. 1971; & W. B. Arndt & J. J. Hetherington 1967; & A. W. Knox, M. Elbert & T. S. Johnson 1970; Solomon, B. 1965; Sumby, W. H. & I. Pollack 1954; Sussman, H. M. & K. U. Smith 1971; Sweet, H. 1900; Thompson, R. C. 1969; Trojan, F. 1956; Turner, C. G. & J. D. Cadien 1969; Twiesselmann, F. 1971; Tylor, E. B. 1881; Van Reenen, J. F. 1966; Vetter, H. J. & J. A. Tennant 1967; Wallace, A. R. 1881, 1895, 1900; Weber, B. A. 1961; Weiss, C. E. 1969; Weiss, D. A. & H. H. Beebe 1950; Williams, W. N. & L. L. LaPointe 1971a, 1971b; Woodford, L. D. 1964; Zgusta, L. 1966. M O V E M E N T A N D G E S T U R E NOTATION Arndt, W. 1951; Babitz, S. 1939; Barnier, L. 1955; Benesh, R. & J. Benesh 1956; Boyd, H. B. & S. W. Banks 1965; Causley, M. 1967; Craighead, J. C. 1942; Dell, C. 196-; Ellis, N. & R. Pryer 1959; Eshkol, N. & A. Wachmann 1958; Feuillet, R.-A. 1700, 1715; Galton, F. 1885; Guilcher, J.-M. 1969; Haas, J. 1962; Hutchinson,

861 A. 1954; Jay, L. 1957; Kirstein, L. 1939; Klemm, B. 1894; Knust, A. 1944; & K. Peters 1965; Koechlin, B. 1968; Kurath, G. 1957, 1960; Laban, R. 1926, 1928,1950, 1956, 1960; & F . C. Lawrence 1947; Laban Art of Movement Guild 1953; Lancelot, F. 1971; Lomax, A., I. Bartenieff & F . Paulay 1969; & N. Berkowitz 1972; Loring 1955; Malpied, N. 1770; Mirambel, A. 1950; Pollenz, P. 1949; Preston-Dunlop, V . 1966, 1967, 1969a, 1969b; Rameau, P. 1725, 1728, 1748; Saint-Léon, A. 1852; Seymour, W. D. 1966, 1968; Stepanov, A. A. 1892; Szentpal, M. 1959; Tabouret, J. 1588; Zorn, F . A. 1905. M Ü L L E R , M A X , I D E A S OF, R E L A T E D TO L A N G U A G E O R I G I N S Anonymous 1874a; Ebbels, A. 1887; Müller, F . M. 1861, 1864, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1877, 1878, 1887a, 1887b, 1887c; Müller, G. M. 1902; Murphy, J. J. 1887; Noiré, L. 1879a, 1879b; Reade, T. M. 1887. M U S I C A N D ORIGINS O F L A N G U A G E Asai, K. 1932; Brown, L. & E . Behnke 1887; Fónagy, I. & K. Magdics 1963; Froeschels, E. 1935; Gordon, H. W. 1970; Hall-Craggs, J. 1969; Harweg, R. 1967, 1968; & U. Sürbaum & H. Becker 1967; Herzog, G. 1934, 1935; Hoffmann, B. 1908; Husson, R. 1958, 1959a, 1960c; Kaiser, L. 1953b; Kirby, P. R. 1954; Kircher, A. 1650; Köhler, O. 1951; Krueger, F. 1910; Lomax, A. 1967; Nietzsche, F. 1920-29; Sabine, W. C. 1908; Schneider, M. 1946; Spencer, H. 1879, 1894; Stumpf, C. 1924; Thooris van Borre, A. 1927; Väisänen, A. O. 1946; Vigna, C. 1880; Weismann, A. 1889; Wieland, C. M. 1879-80; Williams, L. 1967a. M Y T H S O F L A N G U A G E ORIGIN, S E E D I V I N E O R I G I N O F L A N G U A G E NAMING, T H E O R Y OF Abelard, P. 1933; Abou-Zéid Ahmed ben Sahl el Balkhi 1899-1916; Amadio, G. 1934; André, J. 1966; Antoninus of Florence 1512; Aquinus, T. 1225-74; Armstrong, E. A. 1969; Baindurashvili, A. 1967; Bartholomeus, B. 1969, 1971; & D. G. Doehring 1971; Barton, M. I. 1971; & M. Maruszewski & D. Urrea 1969; Basil, St. 1857; Benton, A. L. & K. C. Smith & M. Lang 1972; Boies, K. 1971; Bronowski, J . S. 1967; Brown, R. W. 1958a, 1958b; & E. H. Lenneberg 1954; Bruner, J . S., J. J . Goodnow & G. A. Austin 1957; Campbell, R. 1968; Capgrave, J . 1450; Chatman, S. 1965; Cohen, L. J . 1968; Davis, R. 1961; Deny, J . 1946-47; Diodorus Siculus 1933; Donnellan, K. S. 1970; DuBartas, G. S. 1935; Efron, R. 1969; Emeneau, M. B. 1948; Ephraim the Syrian 1903-60; Fischer, S. 1922; Fox, C. W. 1935; Frost, N. 1971; Fry, F. R. 1907; Gerlach, V. S. & D. P. Ely 1971; Geschwind, N. 1967b; Gesner, C. 1555; Goldstein, K. 1946; Goodglass, H., M. I. Barton, & E. F . Kaplan 1968; Green, E. 1970; Grimm, W. 1883; Guiraud, M. 1966a, 1966b; von Hagen, J . 1439-53; Harrington, J. P. 1948; Hayakawa, S. I. 1954; Hilmer, H. 1914; Hudson, W. H. 1923; Huxley, J. S. 1953; Irwin, F. W. & E. Newland 1940; Jacobi, M. B. 1887; Jacobs, N. J . 1958, 1969; Jensen, A. R. 1971; Joannes Historiographus 1350; John of Salisbury 1160; Johnson, A. B. 1836; Josephus, F. 1888-95; Kainz, F. 1962; Katz, R. 1964; Kosciuk-Hoiówka, T. 1969; Kretzmann, N. 1971; Landgrebe, L. 1934; Langer, J. & Rosenberg, B. G. 1966; Lenneberg, E. H. 1961; Leys, O. 1966; Longfellow, H. W. 1909; Luce, J . V. 1969; Luria, A. R. & L. S. Tsvetkova 1969; Maruszewski, M. 1966; Melanchthon, P. 1533; Michael, J. 1964; Milgram, N. A. & H. G. Furth 1971; Mowrer, O. H. 1960; Myers, C. S. 1966; Neisser, U. 1967; Newcombe, F., R. C. Oldfield & A.Wingfield 1965; Newman, J. 1960; Nodier, C. E. 1828; Ojemann, G. A. & A. A. Ward 1971; Person, G. 1390-1418; Pick, A. 1924; Pontano, G. 1538; Raven, P. H., B. Berlin, & D. E. Breedlove 1971; Rennick, P. M. & W. C. Halstead 1968; Robinson, R. 1955; Roelandts, K. 19—; Romanes, G. J . 1889; Rosetti, A. 1966; Russ, D. & H.

862 Loess 1969; Searle, J. R. 1969; Seibicke, W. 1965; Shemyakin, F. N. 1960; Soccino, F. 1656; Spreen, O., A. L. Benton & M. W. van Allen 1966; Struhl, K. J. 1970; Täuber, C. 1908b; Teggart, F. J. 1918; Theodore of Mopsuestia 1857-66; Usnadze, D. 1924; Washburn, S. L. 1968d; & J. B. Lancaster 1971; Weinland, D. F. 1857; Wescott, R. W. 1971a, 1971b; Whitaker, H. A. 1972; Wingfield, A. 1966; Wright, G. H. 1956; Wundt, W. 1907. NEANDERTHAL MAN AND LANGUAGE Anthony, R. 1913; Boule, M. & R. Anthony 1911; Gieseler, W. 1956; Heim, J.-L. 1970; Launay, R. 1966; Lieberman, P. H. & E. S. Crelin 1971; & E. S. Crelin & D. H. Klatt 1970; Negus, V. E. 1938; Patte, E. 1955; Ponce de Leon, L. 1914; Roger, H. 1943; Schevchenko, Y. G. 1967; Smith, G. E. 1926, 1927; Walkhoff, O. 1903; Zaborowski, S. 1898. NEUROLOGY, see BRAIN, LOCALIZATION OF FUNCTIONS NOIRfi, LUDWIG, IDEAS OF, RELATED TO LANGUAGE ORIGINS Berg, Anton 1918; Noire, L. 1877, 1879a, 1879b, 1880, 1885, 1891, 1917. NUMBERS, see COUNTING AND NUMERATION IN RELATION TO LANGUAGE ONOMATOPOEIA, see IMITATIVE THEORY OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS ORANG-UTAN, COMMUNICATION AND RELATED BEHAVIOR IN Brandes, G. 1927, 1929, 1932, 1938; Camper, P. 1779, 1782; Fick, R. 1928, 1929; Foisset, T. 1842; Giacomini, C. 1892, 1897; Hackenberg, G. 1924; Hassko, A. 1929; Kleinschmidt, A. 1938; Nemai, J. 1929; & G. Kelemen 1929a, 1929b; Oppenheimer, W. 1932; Raitsits, E. 1928; Reynolds, V. 1964; deSilva, G. S. 1971; Sullivan, W. E. & C. W. Osgood 1927; Traill, T. S. 1821; Zimmermann, Ä. 1929. ORIGIN OF LANGUAGE THEORIES Abduldaev, E. 1965; Abel, C. 1882; Adelung, J. C. 1781, 1782; Adler, M. J. 1952; Aeschylus 1952; Akademiya Nauk 1951; Albertus Magnus 1890-98; Allen, D. C. 1949; Allen, W. S. 1948, 1950; Allport, F. H. 1924; Alotte, L. 1888; Ameghino, F. 1935; Amman, J. C. 1700; Ammann, H. 1925, 1929; Ammer, K. 1958; Annanurov, A. 1958; Anonymous 1774, 1779, 1862-63, 1864, 1866a, 1866b, 1868, 1869a, 1869b, 1870,1872a, 1874a, 1874b, 1876, 1881, 1885-90, 1886-94, 1887, 1888, 1905, 1912a, 1912b, 1922a, 1927, 1960a, 196-, 1963, 1972; Anton, K.G. 1799; Antonius of Padua 1739; Appel, C. 1912; Aptekar, B. B. 193-; Archer, W. K. 1961; Ardentov, B. P. 1962; Arnold, G. E. 1961b; Asin Palacios, M. 1939; Assirelli, O. 1940, 1948, 1950, 1951,1954, 1955, 1962; Aubert, C. 1901; Augier, M. 1950; Augustine, St. 1871-76, 1952; Azais, J. 1853-57; von Baader, F. 1850-60; Bachofen, J. J. 1943-58; Backer, L. de 1869; Bacon, F. 1952; Bairamov, A. 1963; Baker, S. J. 1955; Bannan, J. F. 1967; de Barenton, H. 1932-36; Barrois, J. B. 1850; Bartholomew, G. A. & J. B. Birdsell 1953; Bastian, A. 1881; Bateman, F. 1872; Battaglia, S. 1963; Baudouinde Courtenay, J. I. 1909; Baumann, G. 1913; Bausani, A. 1963-64; Beckh, H. 1954; Bekhterev, V. 1913a; Belgion, M. 1931; Belie, A. 1941; BeII,W. 18—; Belli, J. 1788; Bellin, A.-G. 1842; Benedek, E. 1952; Benes, B. 1960; Bensly, E. 1936; Bentham, J. 1843; Benveniste, fi. 1960; Benz, E. 1955; Berg, A. 1918; Berg, C. C. 19—, 1951-55, 1958; Bergmann, F. G. 1875; Berington, S. 1750; Bernardi, J. 1862; Berndt, R. 1953; Bernhardt, J. 1970; Berny, A. 1913, 1914; Besold, C. 1632; Bews, J. W. 1937; Bibliander, T. 1548; Biedermann, G. 1957; Bielicki, T. 1969; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1929b; Bieurn, J. 1759; Billia, L. M. A. 1890; Blackall, E. A.

863 1959; Blair, H. 1825; Blake, F . R. 1937, 1948; Blanchard, R. 1917; Bleek, W. H. I. 1868, 1872; Bloomfield, L. 1933; Blumenbach, J . F. 1865; Boas, F . 1938; Bodmer, F . 1955; Bodmer, J. J . 1891; Boittier, F. 1882; Bokarev, E. A. 1953; Böklen, E. A. 1922; Bolelli, T . 1963; de Bonald, L. G. A. 1859; Borinski, K. 1911; Boswell, J . 1952; Bourdier, F . 1949a, 1949b; Bouteiller, M. 1960; Bowyer, W. 1733; Brain, W. R. 1965; de la Brasserie, R. 1895; Bréal, M. J . A. 1897; Breidenstein, J. G . 1817; Briffault, R. 1927; Broek, A. J. P. van den 1934; Bronowski, J . 1967; & U. Bellugi 1970c; Brozzi, D. 1909; Bruner, J . S. 1962; Bruni, F . 1949,1951,1952,1953, 1960; Bryan, A. L. 1971; Bryant, M. & J . Aiken 1940; Bubrikh, D. V. 1930, 1946; Büchner, L. 1894; Budagov, R . A. 1965; Bühler, K. 1928, 1933; Bunak, V . V . 1951a, 1958, 1959, 1966, 1968; Bunsen, C. C . J . von 1854; Burckhardt, J. 1929-33; Burgess, A. 1964; Burke, E. 1852; Burke, K. 1952-53, 1953, 1966; Bussenius, A. 1950-51; Butler, S. 1890; Buyssens, E. 1949, 1957; Cailleux, A. 1952, 1953; Campbell, B. G. 1966; Cantû, C. 1840; Cara, C. 1887; Carcano, P., A. Pagliaro & G. Révész 1968; Carini, L. 1970b, 1971a, 1971b; Carlson, I. L. 1963; Caro, E. M. 1868; Carrière, M. 1878; Carroll, J. B. 1953; Carstensen, B. 1962; Carus, K. G. 1958; Carus, P. 1891; Caspari, 0 . 1 8 7 7 ; Cassirer, E. 1923; Castle, W. E. 1965; Cesarotti, M. 1785; Chafe, W. L. 1967, 1969; Chambers, R. 1844; Changeux, P. N. 1773; Charles, N. 1861-62; Charma, A. 1846; Chase, R. A. 1966; Chase, S. 1938; Chavée, H. J . 1862; Cherpack, C. 1957; Childe, V. G. 1951; Chilton, C. W. 1962; Churchill, W. 1914; Cibot, P.-M. 1782; Clairefond, A. M. 1878; Clark, G. 1970; Clark, J . D. 1970; Clarparède, E. 1935; Classen, E. 1917; Claudius, M. 1954; Cohen, M. 1950, 1951a, 1951b, 1962; Collignon, R. 1890; Collinder, B. 1956, 1957, 1962,1965; Collinson, W. E. 1960; Colson, F . H. 1919; Comenius, J . A. 1910b; Comte, A. 1841; de Condillac, E. B. 1775, 1777, 1798, 1803; de Condorcet, A. 1794; Cook, F . C. 1884; Cook, O. F . 1904; Coon, C. S. 1962; Copineau, T. 1774; Cordemoy, G. 1666; Cordier, P. 1918-19; Cornelius, F. 1962; Corsano, A. 1969; Count, E. W. 1962, 1965, 1968, 1969a, 1969b; Court de Gebelin, A. 1774-82, 1776; Craig, D. & R. A. Dart 1960; Crane, A. 1889; Critchley.E. 1967a; Critchley, M. 1957, 1958a, 1960; Croce, B. 1902, 1948; Curti, C. T. 1885, 1890; D'Achille, F . 1962; Dahlmann, J. H. 1928, 1932; Dante Alighieri 1952; Danton, G. H. 1929; D'Aquili, E. G . 1972; Darlington, C. D. 1969; Dart, R. A. (& D. Craig) 1959a, 1959b; Darwin, C. 1871; Darwin, G . H. 1874; DeBrosses, C. 1765; DeHaerne, D. 1875; Delacroix, H. 1930; Delbrück, B. 1901; Delfino, V. 1938; Derne, L. 1966; Denina, C. 1804; Derrida, J. 1967b; Deuel, T. 1971; DeVit, V. 1884, 1888; Dewey, J. 1925, 1939; Diamond, A. S. 1960; Diaz-Plaza, G. 1940; Diebold, A. R., T. A. Sebeok & D. Slobin 1965; Dingier, H. 1941; Diodorus Siculus 1933; Diogenes of Oenoanda 1907; Diver, W. 1957; Dixon, P. W. 1969; Dobrogayev, S. M. 1945, 1946a, 1946b; Döhmann, K. 1950; Donoso Cortes, J. 1946; Donovan, J . 1893, 1899; Dowe, W. 1877; Drexel, A. 1951-52, 1952; van Drivai, E. 1881; Drost,H. A. 1967; Dubois, J . 1970; DuBos, J.-B. 1719; DuBrul, E. L. 1958, 1960,1971; & H. Sicher 1954; & C. A. Reed 1960; Duclos, C. P. 1754; Duret, C. 1613; Edkins, J . 1887; Edman, I. 1920; Eichhorn, J . G . 1788; von Eickstedt, E. F . 1963; von Eilschov, F . C. 1748; Eisenson, J . 1938; Eisler, R. 1910; Ekgolm, I. K. 1953, 1968; Ellis, A. J . 1873; Encyclopédie 1761-65; Engel, U. 1966; Enock, C. R . 1927; Entwhistle, W. J . 1953; Erdödi, J . 1948; Erich, J . P. 1697; Erro y Aspirez, J . B. 1815; Etkin,W. 1954,1962; Euripides 1952; Evans, C. B. 1968; Fano, G. 1962; Farrar, F . W. 1860, 1865, 1866, 1870; Faucher, J . 1868-82; Feder, J. G. H. 1783; Feldman, A. B. 1964; Ferguson, A. 1773; Fester, R. 1962; Fichte, J. G. 1795, 1846; Ficino, M. 1641; von Finecke, T . E. 1756; Fink, B. R. 1963; Firth, J . R. 1930; Fisher, J . H. 1960; Fiske, J . 1863, 1869; Forberg, F . K . 1795; Formey, J.-H.-S. 1763; Forner, J . P. 1846-1960; Forster, C. 1851-54; Fortes, M. 1965; Foscolo, U. 1939; France, A. 1914; Franck, A. 1866; Franke, C. 1899, 1928; Franke, H. W. 1966; Freud, S. 1952; Frisk, H. 1952; Froeschels, E. 1943; Füchsel, G. C. 1773; Fung, Y . 1953; Funke, 0 . 1 9 — , 1927; von der Gabelentz,

864 G. 1901; Galle,W. 1957; Garcia de Diego, V. 1965; Gardner, R. A. 1972; Gatterer, J . C. 1765,1785; Gaudiche, P. 1938, 1952; Gaugengigl, I. 1846; Gautier, L. 1858; Gazov-Ginsburg, A. M. 1965; Geertz, C. 1964; Gehlen, A. 1938, 1955; Geiger, L. 1868a, 1869a, 1880; Georgiade, C. 1938; Germain, H. 1842; Geschwind, N. 1964, 1965; Gesner, C. 1555; Giesswein, S. 1892; Giles, P. 1909; van Ginneken, J. 1929-32, 1932,1939, 1946; Glogau, G. 1913; de Gobineau, J . A. 1933; Godde de Liancourt, C. A. & F. Pincott 1874; Goeje, C. H. de 1936; Goldberg, I. 1938; Golovin, V. A. 1961; Gombos, L. 1946; Gömez-Moreno, M. 1958; Gordon, D. & G. Lakoff 1969; Gorsky, D. P. 1957; Görttler, K. 1954; Gottschick, J. 1956; Grant. J. 1785; Grassler, R. 1912; Gray, A. A. 1912; Gray, G. W. 1957; & C. W. Wise 1959; Gray, L. H. 1939; Greenough, J. B. & G. L. Kittredge 1967-68; Gregory of Nyssa 1776; Grillparzer, F . 1909-44; Grimm, J. 1852; Grimsley, R. 1968; Groos, K. 1935; Guberina, P. 1952; Guetti, B. J. 1969; Guru Dutt, K. 1960; Gutberiet, C. 1894; Guthrie, M. 1954; van Haecht, L. 1947; Häckel, E. H. P. A. 1892; Haldane, J. B. S. 1952, 1955; Hale, H. 1887, 1888; Hallowell, A. I. 1965; Hamann, J . G. 1949-57, 1963; Hankamer, P. 1927; von Hardenberg, F. 1948; Hare, J. C. & A. W Hare 1847-48; Harnack, A. 1900; Harnois, G. 1929; Harris, J. 1751; Harris, M. 1971; Hartmann, P. 1961a, 1961b; Hayes, K. J. & C. Hayes 1955; Heberer, G. 1956, 1965a; Heger, P. 1893; Heinicke, S. H. 1778, 1784, 1968; Heintz, G. 1969; Hennequin, A. 1838; Herder, J . G. 1770, 1784-85, 1827, 1954, 1960, 1965a, 1965b ; 1966, 1969a, 1969b; Herman, K. 1936; Herodotus 1952; Herväs y Panduro, L. 1785, 1800-05; Hewes, G. W. 1961a, 1969b, 1970a, 1970b, 1971a, 1971b, 1972b, 1973a, 1973b; Heyse, K. W. L. 1856; Hilaire de Barenton, C. F. 1932-36; Hill, J . H. 1972a, 1972b; Hirt, H. 1883; Hirt, K. 1956; Hobbes, T. 1668, 1952; Hockett, C. F . 1956, 1959, 1960, 1967; & R. Ascher 1964; & S. A. Altmann 1968; Hoernes, M. 1909; Höffding, H. 1912; Hotter, 0 . 1 9 5 8 ; Hoijer, H. 1967, 1969; Holberg, L. 1913-42; Holloway, J . 1951; Holloway, R. L. 1967b, 1968a, 1968b, 1968c, 1970a, 1970b; & E. Szinyei-Merse 1972; Homburger, L. 1950; Hönigswald, R. 1937; Honnorat, M. 1936; Hopf, L. 1909; Höpp, G. 1965, 1970; Horace 1883; Hörmann, H. 1967, 1968; Hourwitz, Z. 1808; Hovelacque, A. 1877, 1884a, 1885, 1886; et al. 1880; Howes, O. 1863; Huber, D. 1900-01; Hughes, J. P. 1968; Humbert, A. 1911a; von Humboldt, A. 1847-59; von Humboldt, C. W. 1836, (1827), 1903-36; Hymes, D. H. 1961a, 1968b; Igel, F. K. 1962; Ipsen, G. 1930; Itani, J. 1956; Itkonen, E. 1954; Jacobowitz, J . 1968; Jacobsson, G. 1950; Jacoby, G. 1961; Jäger, G . 1867; Jakobson, R. 1969b; Jakovlev, N. 1949; James, W. 1891; Janet, P. 1936a; Jastrow, J . 1886; Jerusalem, K. W. 1776; Jerusalem, W. 1907; Jespersen, O. 1894, 1924; Johannesson, A. 1944, 1946, 1948, 1949, 195-, 1950, 1952, 1960, 1963; Johnson, M. L. 1896; Johnston, C. 1899; Joly, N. 1887, 1897; Jones, R. 1764, 1768, 1769, 1773a, 1773b; Josephs, H. 1963, 1970; Josephus, F. 1888-95; Joubert, L. 1578; Jousse, M. P. 1936; Jung, C. G. 1952; Jünger, E. 1941; Junker, H. 1948; Kahlo, G. 1960; Kainz, F . 1937, 1961, 1962-65; Kaiser, G. P. C. 1840; Kaltschmidt, J. H. 1840; Kalynovyc, M. J . 1946; Kames (Henry Home) 1774, 1778; Kant, I. 1900-55; Kaplan, B. 1962; Karpf, F . 1925; Katzenel'son, D. 1947b; Kaye, F. B. 1924; Kayser, W. 1930; Keane, A. H. 1895; Keary, C. F. 1878; Kelda, I. D. 1929; Kelemen, G. 1964; Kelle, J . N. 1866; Kelso de Montigny, A. 1949; Key, T. H. 1874; Keyserling, H. 1947; King, H. G. & W. L. Leap 1970; Kipp, F. A. 1955; Kirwan, R. 1805; Kleinpaul, R. 1871, 1876, 1892, 1893; Knight, W. 1900; Kochetkov, F. K. & V. I. Kochetkova 1970; Koestler, A. 1964; Köhler, O. 1951, 1954a; Komärek, M. 1962; Kondrashov, N. A. & A. G. Spirkin 1952; König, O. 1961; Konrad, G. 1937; Kortlandt, A. 1965b; Kortmulder, K. 1968a; Kraus, B. S. 1964; Kraus, C. J. 1787; Krause, K. C. F . 1901; Kroeber, A. L. 1948; Krogmann, W. 1959, 1963a, 1963b; Krout, M. H. 1953; Krüger, M. 1967; Kruse, O. F. 1827; Kubie, L. S. 1934, 1950; Kuehner, P. 1941; Kukenheim, L. 1962; Kuo, Z. Y . 1967; Labuschagne, F . J . 1957; Lach, S. 1961, 1962; Ladevi-Roche 1860; de Laguna,

865 G. A. 1927; de Lamarck, J . B. 1809; de Lamennais, H. F . R. 1840-46; Lancaster, J. B. 1965, 1966, 1967, 1968b, 1968c; Lang, W. 1969; Langer, S. K. 1960, 1962, 1971; de Lanjuinais, J . D. 1808; Larrey, F. H. 1879; Latham, R. G. 1857; Lazarus, M. 1857; Leach, E. 1971; Lecomte, F. 1958; Lefèvre, A. P. E. 1872, 1893; Legge, F . 1902-03; Legros, C. F . 1787; LeHir, Y . 1953; Lehmann, A. 1951; von Leibniz, G. W. 1710; Leidenroth, J . C. 1830; Lekov, I. 1946; Lenneberg, E. H. 1960a, 1966a, 1967a, 1968, 1969a, 1969b; Lenz, R. 1900; Leont'ev, A. A. 1963, 1964a, 1964b; Leopardi, G. 1930-32; Lesley, J. P. 1868; Letourneau, C. 1900; Lévi-Strauss, C. 1962; Lewis, G. N. 1926; Lichtenberg, G. C. 1949; Lichtenberger, H. 1884; Lieberman, P. H. 1968a, 1968b, 1971a; Liepert, J . 1870; Liljegren, S. B. 1953; Lind, G. D. 1884; Littré, E. 1857; Livingstone, F . B. 1969, 1971, 1972; Lobsien, M. 1899; Locke, J. 1690; Loewenthal, I. 1852; Lohman, J . 1959; Lomonosov, M. V. 1953; London, J . 1906; Lotze, R. H. 1856-64; Lubbock, J. 1875; Lucretius 1951, 1958; Ludovici, L. J. 1965; Lüdtke, H. 1963; Ludwig, A. J . 1969; Lun, L. 1962; Lütgenau, F . 1901; Lyons, J. 1970, 1972; Mach, E. 1900; Machold, H. 1950; Maclver, A. M. 1962; Mackensen, L. 1964; MacNamara, N. C. 1908; Madvig, J. N. 1842; Mahn, C. A. F. 1881; Maine de Biran, M. F. P. 1841, 1859; de Maistre, J. 1821; Mallarmé, S. 1951; Mallet, P. H. 1767; Mandeville, B. 1728; Manzoni, A. 1891-98; Marcucci, G. B. 1850; Marr, N. Ya. 1925, 1926,1930, 1931,1933,1936; Marsh, G. P. 1862, 1874; Marshall, J. C. 1970a, 1970b; Martin, W. J. 1951; Marty, A. 1875, 1896, 1908, 1916; Marzolo, P. 1859-66; Marx, K . H . 1961; Matter, J . 1862; Mattingly, I. 1972; Maupertuis, P. L. 1752, 1756; Mauthner, F . 1921, 1923; Mazhutaitis, V. M. 1966; McBride, G. 1968, 1971a; McLaurin, J. P. 191-; McMurtrie, D. C. 1943; McQuown, N. A. 1957; Means, J . O. 1870; Meiner, J . W. 1781; Meiners, C. 1785, 1811-15; Meinhof, C. 192-; Meisenbach, J . A. 1958; Mejia, P. 1673; Melzer, F . 1952, 1965; Mendelssohn, M. 1756; Merlo, C. 1934; Meshchaninov, I. I. 1930; Messelken, H. 1968; Metheny, E. 1968; Mettler, F . 1956; Meyer-Rinteln, W. 1905; Meyerson,I. 1952; Michaeler, C. J. 1788; Milanesio, D. 1917; Miller, C. 1967; Miller, G. A. 1970; Miller, W. R. 1970; Milton, J. 1952; Mitchell, W. 1972; Mivart, G. J. 1889; Moles, A. A. & B. Vallancien 1963; Monboddo, J . B. 1773-92, 1784-85; Moncalm 1899, 1905; Montagu, A. 1963, 1965; Montaigne, M. E. 1580; Moore, W. E. 1961; Moran, J. H. 1966; Morel, C. 1909; Morgan, C. L. 1889; Morgan, E. 1972; Morgan, L. H. 1877; Morlaas, J . 1928, 1935; Mortara, M. 1871; de Mortillet, G. 1869, 1883; Motherwell, G. 1958; Mounin, G. 1966, 1967a; Mourant, A. 1973; Mowrer, O. H. 1954, 1960; Müller, F . Max 1873, 1877, 1887a, 1887b; Müller, P. 1815; Murray, A. 1823; Mynarek, H. 1967; Name, A. B. 1970; Nanda, R. A. 1957; Napier, J. R. 1971; Naunyn, B. 1921, 1925; Naylor, H. 1922; Nazaretskiì, V. V. 1963; Needles, W. 1959; Nelme, L. D. 1773; Nesturkh, M. F. 1958, 1967; Neubert, A. 1960; Newmark, L. D. 1957; Nida, E. A. 1947; Niessl-Mayendorf, E. 1914; Nietzsche, F . 1920-29; Nikitine, B. cl937, 1938; Nikol'skiì, V. K. & N. F. Yakovlev 1950; Noiré, L. 18—, 1874, 1877, 1880, 1885, 1891, 1917, 1925; Nordskog, J . E. 1960; Nover, 1889; Oakley, K. P. 1951; Oehl, W. 1917-22, 1925, 1932, 1933b; Öhmann, E. 1957; Onffroy de Thoron, E. 1886; Orr, J . 1951; Orr, W. F. & S. C. Cappanari 1964; Otto, W. F . 1955; Paget, R. A. S. 1925a, 1925b, 1927a, 1927b, 1927c, 1928a, 1928b, 1929, 1930a, 1930b, 1931,1933a, 1933b, 1935, 1937, 1938, 1944, 1946, 1950, 1951, 1956, 1963; Pagliaro, A. 1954a, 1969; Palmer, L. R. 1936; Palmer, L. S. 1959; Pannekoek, A. 1945; Pap, L. 1958b; Parrilla, M. J. 1948; Pasenkiewicz, K. 1969; Pätsch, G. 1955; Patte, E. 1960; Patzig, R. 1895; Paul, H. 1891, 1907, 1920; Pei, M. 1967; Pellizzi, C. 1969; Percival, W. K. 1970; Peters, C. R. 1972a, 1972b; Peters, J . A. 1951; Pfeiffer, .J E. 1969; Philastre, P. L. F . 1879; Piaget, J. 1970b; Pilbeam, D. R. 1972; Pillsbury, W. B. & C. L. Meader 1920, 1928; Pirie, A. 1811; Pisani, V. 1949; Plinval, G. 1970; Plouquet, G. 1781; Pluche, A. A. 1751; Pommer, H. F. & W. M. Sale 1947; Portmann, A. 1948, 1962a; Porzig, W. 1952, 1961; Pos,

866 H. J. 1947, 1950; Potselyevskií, A. L. 1944; Pott, A. F. 1856, 1863; Powell, J. W. 1881; Prati, A. 1951; Present, Y. 1928; Preuss, E. 1861; Preyer, W. T. 1891; Pudor, H. 1935; Pugach, G. 1961; Pumphrey, R . J . 1951, 1953; Quinet,E. 1879; Quiring, H. 1960; Rae, J. 1862; Rambosson, J. 1877, 1879, 1880, 1881; Ramette, G. A. 1931; Ramsay, A. 1969a; Ransom, A. 1870; Raun, A. 1959; Ravila, P. 1958; Read, C. 1920; Regnaud, P. 1888; Regnault, F. 1928; Reichenbach, R. E. W. 1842; Reid, T. 1764; Reinach, S. 1883; Reinisch, L. 1873, 1874; Renan, E. 1858; Renard, G. 1968; Rensch, B. 1967; Reshetov 1966; Révész, G. 1939, 1940a, 1940b, 1941a, 1942a, 1946, 1950a, 1950b, 1954, 1955, 1959, 1970; Reynolds, P. C. 1968, 1970a; Richard, L. 1873; Richards, I. A. 1954; Ries, D. C. 1806; Rigord, 1704; Riner, R. D. 1971; Ritter, K. B. 1937; Rivarol, A. 1836; Rodgers, W. R. 1951; Rodis-Lewis, G. 1967; Rodriguez, R. 1955-57; RoginskiT, Y. Y. 1947; Romanes, G. J. 1888; Rosa, G. 1893; Rosenkranz, B. 1961, 1962a, 1962b; Rosenstock-Huessy, E. 1963; Rosenthal, L. A. 1884; Rosev, V. 1941; Rosmini-Serbati, A. 1830; de Rosny, L. 1861, 1869; Rossi, E. 1952, 1962; Rotta, P. 1909; Rousseau, J. J. 1755, 1761, 1762, 1772a, 1772b; Royer, C. 1870; Rozenbergs, J. 196-; Rozwadowski, J. M. 1950; Rudnicki, M. 1959; Rùlje-Dravina, V. 1959; Russell, B. 1927; Sabatier de Castres, l'A. 1794; Salmon, P. 1968; Salus, P. H. 1969; Salvucci, P. 1958; Santangelo, P. E. 1949, 1953-64; Sapir, E. 1907, 1911, 1921, 1929, 1933; Sarles, H. B. 1966b, 1972a, 1972b; Sarmiento, M. 1758; Sayce, A. H. 1875, 1880; Schaupp, Z. 1926; Schecker,H. 1930; Scheffler, J. 1949; Scheiber, A. 1937a, 1937b; Schell, H. 1908; Schelling, F. W. J. 1856-61; Scherer, W. 1878; Schiller, F. 1904; Schlanger, J. E. 1971; Schlauch, M. 1949; von Schlegel, C. W. F. 1808, 1830; Schleicher, A. 1863, 1865; Schlözer, A. 1785; Schmid, E. A. 1784; Schmidt, K. H. 1963; Schmidt, W. 1926, 1950; Schmitthenner, F. 1827; Schmutz-Höbarthen, F. 1966; Schnebli-Schwegler, B. 1965; Scholich, B. 1972; Schottlaender, R. 1969a, 1969b; Schreider, E. 1950, 1957; Schuchardt, H. 1919-21, 1922; Schultens, A. 1729; Schulz, F. 1886; Schumann, C. 1872; Schütz, L. H. 1913, 1914; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1922, 1938a, 1938b; Scott, H. F., W. L. Carr & G. T. Wilkinson 1935; Scott, J. P. 1958; Serebrennikov, B. A. 1951, 1968,1970a, 1970b; Serra, G. D. 1907; Seth, G. & D. Guthrie 1934; Seton, W. 1890; Shaftesbury, A. 1710; Sharpe, G. 1751; Shaw, G. B. 1941; Shchedrovitskil, G. P. 1953; Shrewsbury, E. 1939; Sicard R.-A. C. de 1799; Signal, N. A. 1962; Silveira, G. 1937; Simon, R. 1680; Simons, E. L. 1972; Simpson, G. G. 1966; Skafte, P. 1972; Skalicka, V. 1960; Skinner, B. F. 1957; Slobin, D. I. 1965a; Smilaner, V. 1949-50; Smith, A. 1804, 1811; Smith, F. & G. A. Miller, eds. 1966; Smith, G. E. 1926; Smith, L. P. 1925; Snell, B. K. J. R. 1952; de Snoo, K. 1939, 1942; Solomonson, F. 1922; Sommerfelt, A. A. 1929, 1954a, 1954b, 1965a; Sophocles 1952; Southey, R. 1849-51; Sovijarvi, A. 1952; Spencer, H. 1862, 1894, 1899; Spielrein, S. 1920; Spirkin, A. G. 1957, 1959; Spitz, R. 1957, 1959, 1962; Spuhler, J. N. 1965; Spurway, H. & J. B. S. Haidane 1954a; Stam, J. H. 1965; Stammler, G. 1938; Starobinski, J. 1966; Stein, L. 1942, 1949; Steinthal, H. 1851, 1855, 1867, 1871, 1877, 1881; Steklis, H. D. & M. J. Raleigh 1972; Stenzel, J. 1934; Stern, C. 1907; Steuer, A. 1896; Stewart, D. 1829; Stewart, G. R. 1946; Steyrer, J. 1912; Stifter, A. 1927; Stokoe, W. C. 1972c; zu Stolberg, F. L. 1806; Stoltenberg, H. L. 1942; Stopa, R. 1935, 1950, 1955, 1956, 1958, 1963, 1966a, 1966b, 1968, 1970; Straubinger, J. 1958; Strehle, H. 1956; Strindberg, A. 1907; Sturm, W. 1917; Sturtevant, E. H. 1922, 1956; Stutterheim, C. P. F. 1949; Suryanarayana, K. 1955; Svorad, D. 1956; Swadesh, M. 1951, 1964a, 1965, 1971; Swedenborg, E. 1749-56; Tagliavini, C. 1950; Taine, H. A. 1876; Tattersall, I. 1970; Täuber, C. 1908a, 1910, 1942-43; Tauli, V. 1956; Taylor, D. 1958; Taylor, I. 1895; Taylor, W. 1870; Teeter, K. V. 1966; Terracini, B. 1957; Tesch, P. 1881; Tetens, J. N. 1772, 1777; Thessalus, F. 1882; Thomas, L. L. 1957a; Thomsen, V. 1927; Thorndike, E. L. 1943a, 1943b; Tiedemann, D. 1772; Tiele, J. N. 1836; Tikh, N. A. 1970; Timmermans, A. 1903; Tobler, L. 1877; Topinard, P. 1900; Tovar, A. 1950, 1961; Tran Due Thào 1966,

867 1970; Trautman, M. 1886; Trench, R. C. 1840; Triantaphyllidios, M. 1915; Trim, J. L. M. 1960; Trojan, F. 1957, 1961a, 1965; Trombetti, A. 1905, 1923; Turgot, A. R. J. 1751; Tur-Sinai, N. H. 1957; Tuttle, H. 1895; Tylor, E. B. 1868, 1870, 1871,1881; Ullmann, S. 1958; Ullrich, H. 1952; Ulmer, K. 1951; de Unamuno, M. 1950-58; Urban, W. M. 1939; Vaccarino, G. 1952; Väisänen, A. O. 1946; Valade, Y.-L. R. 1866; Valera y Alcalá Galiano, J. 1949-58; Vallois, H. V. 1956, 1958; Vandel, A. 1958; Van Thai, J. H. 1968; de Vaux, C. 1917; Velics, A. 1900; Vendryés, J. 1921, 1925, 1948, 1955; Venturi, F. 1939; Verbürg, P. A. 1963; Verra, V. 1957; Verri, A. 1970; Vico, G. 1725; Viertel, J. 1966; Vignoli, T. 1888; Vinogradov, V.V. 1951; Vinson, J. 1916; Voigtmann, C. G. 1865; Voltaire, F.-M. A. 1829-40; Vossler, K. 1925; Vyari, E. 1962; Wächter, J. G. 1752; Wackernagel, W. 1869, 1872; Wadler, A. 1935; Wagner, A. 19—; Wagner, W. 1920; Wald, L. 1962, 1964; Wallace, A. R. 1881, 1895, 1900; Walshe, M. O'C. 1953; Wang Li 1962; Warburton, W. 1788; Warnotte, D. 1913; Washburn, S. L. 1959a, 1963b, 1968a; & V. Avis, 1958; & I. DeVore 1961; & R. S. Harding 1970; & J. B. Lancaster 1971; Webb, J. 1669; Webster, J. 1654; Webster, N. 1789; Wedgewood, H. 1866, 1872; Weinert, H. 1940; Weinland, D. F. 1857; Wells, H. G. 1920; Werner, H. 1959; Wescott, R. W. 1967, 1969a, 1973a, 1973b, 1973c; Westropp, H. M. 1872; Whatmough, J. 1953, 1954, 1958; White, G. R. 1871; Whewell, W. 1845; White, L. A. 1946, 1959b, 1969; Whitney, W. D. 1867, 1870, 1872a, 1872b, 1873, 1874, 1875a, 1875b, 1885; Wickler, W. 1965b; Wieland, C. M. 1879-80; Wilkinson, J. W. 1897; Wilson, R. A. 1937, 1941; Wind, J. 1970; Winick, C. 1958; Wissemann, H. 1961; Wolf, F. A. 1831; Wolff, C. 1754; Wright, C. 1870, 1873; Wüllner, F. 1831, 1838; Wundt, W. 1897, 1911, 1912, 1916, 1922; Wüst, W. 1957; Yatabe, T. 1956; d'Ydewalle, C. 1962; Young, K. 1935; Zaborowski, S. 1878, 1881, 1898; Zanardelli, T. 1889; Zgusta, L. 1961, 1962b, 1966; Ziehen, T. 1898; Zobel, R. W. 1773. PANTOMIME, see MIME PARALANGUAGE, KINESICS Abelson, R. P. & V. Sermat 1962; Abercrombie, D. 1968; Abercrombie, M. L. J. 1971; Alexandre, P. 1969b; Ambrose, J. A. 1960, 1963; Andrew, R. J. 1963a, 1965, 1972; Argyle, M. 1972; & J. Dean 1965; & V. Salter, H. Nicholson, M. Williams & P. Burgess 1970; & F. Alkema & R. Gilmore 1971; Artaud, A. 1931; 'Arthriotes, N. P. 1947; Austin, G. 1806; Austin, W. M. 19—, 1965; Bacon, F. 1877; Bailey, F. 1942; Bales, R. 1950; Ballard, C. F. 1961; Barat-Veil, C., A. Guerrand-Hermes, J. Thibault & C. Veil 1970; Barbara, D. A. 1956,1963; Bateson, G. 1954-57,1955; & M. Mead 1942; Bateson, M. C. 1963a, 1963b; Baxter, J. C., E. P. Winters & R. E. Hammer 1968; Benavent Oltra, J. A. 1970; Berger, M. 1958; Bergson, H. 1950; Birdwhistell, R. L. 1952,1954,1955,1958,1959a, 1959b, 1960a, 1960b, 1961, 1962,1963,1965a, 1965b, 1966,1967,1968a, 1968b, 1968c, 1970,1971; Blake, W. H. 1933; Blurton-Jones, N. G. 1972; & G. M. Leach 1972; & J. Trollope 1968; Boomer, D. S. 1963; Bosanquet, C. 1970; Boucher, J. D. 1969; Bouissac, P. 1973; Boyle, P. & T. Aksnes 1971; Bradshaw, J. L. & G. Wallace 1971; Brannigan, C. & D. Humphries 1969; Brault, G. 1963; Brein, M. 1970; Bremond, C. 1968; Brengelmann, J. C. 1961; Brewer, W. D. 1951; Brilliant, R. 1963; Bruner, J. S. & R. Tagiuri 1954; Buhler, C. 1930, 1933; Bull, N. 1946, 1951; Bunting, W. 1971; Burgess, A. 1970; Buytendijk, F. J. J. 1957; Callieri, B. & L. Frighi 1959; Cesio, F. R. 1957; Chance, M. R. A. 1962a; Cherry, C. 1971a, 1971b; Christiansen, B. 1963; Cigman, G. 1971; Cobb, K., R. Goodwin & E. Saelens 1966; Cocchiara, G. 1932; Collett, P. 1971; Comfort, A. 1971; Conrad, J. 1964; Corbin, E. 1.1962; Cossetta, A. 1946; Craig, W. 1922; von Cranach, M. 197-, 1971; Cratty, B. J. 1964; Critchley, M. 1963; Crystal, O. 1963, 1964,1966; & R. Quirk 1964; Cuny,

868 X. 1970; Cushing, F. H. 1892; Darwin, C. 1872; David, K. H. 1971; Davis, F. 1970; Davitz, J. 1964; & L. J. Davitz 1959; Denzin, N. K. 1971; Deutsch, F. 1947, 1966; Devereux, G. 1949a, 1949b; 1951; Dittman, A. T. 1962, 1966,1968a, 1968b, 1971; & M. B. Parloff & D. S. Boomer 1965; & L. Llewellyn 1969; Drachman, G. 1971; Duijker, H. C. J. 1941; Duncan, S. 1969; Eibl-Eibesfeldt, 1.1967b, 1968a, 1969, 1970,1971; & H. Hass 1966; Eisenberg, P. 1937a, 1937b; & P. B. Reichline 1939; Ekraan, P. A. 1955, 1957, 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1970; & W. V. Friesen 1965, 1966, 1967a, 1967b, 1968, 1969a, 1969b, 1970; & W. V. Friesen & T. Taussig 1967, 1969; & E. R. Sorenson & W. V. Friesen 1969; Emerson, C. W. 1915; Enke, W. 1930; Epstein, A. 1934; Ervin, C. 1970; Esser, A. H. 1971; Fast, J. 1970; Feldenkrais, M. 1949; Felipe, N. & R. Sommer 1966; Firth, R. 1970; Fischer H. 1959; Flach, A. 1928; Fleming, G. 1967,1968, 1971; Forston, R. F. & C. V. Larson 1968; Freedman, D. G. 1964; Freedman, N. & S. P. Hoffman 1967; Frijda, N. H. & E. Philipszoon 1963; Galper, J. 1970; Garfinkel, H. 1964, 1967; & H. Sacks 1969; Garma, A. 1930; Gauger, P. W. 1952; Giedt, F. H. 1955; Gladman, A. E. 1971; Goffman, E. 1956a, 1956b, 1961, 1963,1967, 1971; Goldring, P. 1967; Gombrich, E. H. 1972; Goodall, J. 1971; Gostynski, E. 1951; Grant, E. 1968, 1969, 1971; Green, O. H. 1970; Griffard, C. D. 1971; Gueroult, G. 1881; Guilhot, J. 1962; Guillaume, P. 1926; Gustafson, D. 1971; Guthrie, G. M., H. W. Sinaiko & R. Brislin 1971; Guthrie, R. D. 1970; Hall, E. T. 1955, 1959, 1963a, 1963b, 1964a, 1964b, 1964c, 1966,1968, 1971; & M. Hall 1971; Hamburg, D. A. 1963; Harris, R. M. 1972; Hass, H. 1970; Hayes, A. S. 1964; Hediger, H. 1967; von Hellwald, F. A. H. 1891; Hess, E. 1965; & A. L. Seltzer & J. M. Shlien 1965; Heusner, A. P. 1946; Hewes, G. W. 1955, 1957, 1961b, 1966, 1973d; Hewett, F. M. 1965; Hinde, R. A. 1972; Hirsch, A. P. 1913,1923,1963; Hopkins, W. W. 1907; Izard, C. E. 1971; Jaada, L. 1970; Jacobsen, W. 1937; James, W. T. 1932; Jones, F. P. & N. Marshall 1955; & D. O'Connell 1958; Jourard, S. 1966, 1967; & J. Rubin 1968; Kafka, G. 1937; Kendon, A. 1967,1970, 1972; Key, M. R. 1970; Khatchadourian, H. 1966,1971; Kiener, F. 1962; King.W.S. 1949; Klages, L. 1926, 1936; Kline, L. W. & D. F. Johannsen 1935; Klineberg, O. 1938; Kluckhohn, C. 1964; Knapp, P. ed. 1963; Knapp, R. 1965; Köhara, Y. 1968; Kretsinger, E. A. 1952a, 1952b; Kristeva, J. 1968; Krout, M. H. 1931a, 1931b, 1935, 1936, 1951, 1953,1954; Kubie, L. S. 1950; Labarre, W. 1947,1954,1964, 1966, 1967; Lamb, W. 1965; Lambert, L. C. 1932; Leach, E. 1972; Leonhard, K. 1949; Leventhal, H. & E. Sharp 1965; Levitt, E. A. 1964; Loeb, F. 1966, 1968; Lombroso, P. 1895; Lorenz, K. 1965; Lötz, J. 1951a; Lowen, A. 1967; Lynn, J. G. & D. R. Lynn 1943; Maccoby, N., J. Jecker, H. Breitrose & E. Rose 1964; Mach, R. S. 1971, 1972; & C. Huber, M. Smith, P. Rambaut & J. Lefan 1971; Machotka, P. 1965; Maesse, H. 1935; Mahl, G. F. 1966,1968; & B. Danet & N. Norton 1959; Mallery, G. 1880, 1881a, 1881b, 1890, 1891; Mantegazza, P. 1889; Maranon, G. 1938, 1950; Markel, N. N. 1965; & M. Meisels & J. E. Houck 1964; Markey, M. J. 1971; Matarazzo, J. D. & G. Saslow, A. N. Wiens, M. Weitman, & B. V. Allen 1964; Mauss, M. 1935; McDavid, J. & H. Schroder 1957; McGough, E. 1971; Mead, M. 1956; & R. C. MacGregor 1951; Mehrabian, A. 1966, 1967, 1968a, 1968b, 1968c, 1969a, 1969b, 1970a, 1970b; & J. Friar 1969a; & M. Williams 1969b; Messing, S. 1960; Meyerson, I. 1962; Michel, K. 1910; Monrad-Krohn, G. H. 1924; Morey, E. & F. Koenig 1970; Morrison, A. V. 1961; Mühle, G. & A. Wellek 1952; Neckel, G. 1935; Newton, F. 1971; Niceforo, A. 1956; Nierenberg, G. 1.1968, 1971; & H. Calero 1971; Nikolaieva, T. M. 1966; Nummenmaa, T. 1964; Olivier, P. 1899; Ombredane, A. 1931, 1933; Osgood, C. E. & A. H. Hastorf 1966; & A. W. Heyer 1950; Ostwald, P. F. 1964; Pap, F. 1964; Pardoe, T. E. 1923,1931; Pear, T. 1935; Pearce, W. B. 1971; & F . Conklin 1971; Pelosse, J.-L. 1954, 1956a, 1956b; Pesso, A. 1969; Pfeiffer, A. 1971; Pick, A. 1923; Pierce, J. R. 1961b; Pittenger, R. E. 1957, 1963; & H. L. Smith 1957; Pollack, M. & H. Krieger 1958; Popowsky, J. 1897;

869 Porter, E. & M. Argyle & V. Salter 1970; Pritzwald, K. S. von 19—; Quackenbos, H. 1945; Rabanales Ortiz, A. 1954; Rambosson, J. P. 1880; Reece, M. M. & W. R. Whitman 1961, 1962; Renfrew, C. & K. Murphy 1964; Rensch, B. 1963; Renshaw, A. T. 1921; Renshaw, S. & A. Veiss 1926; Rensky, M. 1966; Revill, P. M. 1966; Robson, L. S. 1967; Rosenberg, B. G. & J. Langer 1965; Rosenfeld, H. M. 1965, 1966a, 1966b; Rossi-Landi, F. 1966; Roth, H. L. 1890; Rubinow, S. 1970; Ruesch, I. 1957; & W. Kees 1957; Rugg, H. 1963; Sainsbury, P. 1954, 1955; Saitz, R. L. & E. J. Cervenka 1962; Samarin, W. J. 1965; Sante de Sanctis 1906; Sarbin, T. & C. Hardyck 1955; Savoureux, R. 1925; Schaenzle, J. 1939; Scheflen, A. E. 1964,1965b, 1968, 1969; Schilder, P. 1935; & H. Hoff 1926; Schmidt, W. H. O. & T. Hore 1970; Schmidt-Clausing, F. 1958; Shawn, T. 1954; Sherzer, J. 1973; Smith, A. J. 1971; Smith, H. L. 1967; Snyder, A. 1971; Sommer, R. 1962,1966,1967, 1969; Soskin,W.F. & P.E. Kauffman 1961; Spencer, H. 1872; Starkweather, J. A. 1956a, 1956b, 1961; Staude, W. 1956; Steindler, A. 1955; Steiner, R. 1970; Steinhausen, G. 1893; Steinzor, B. 1950; Stetson, R. H. 1951; Stojan, P. E. 1929; Storper-Perez, D. & C. Veil 1968; Stout, G. F. & J. M. Baldwin 1901; Stratton, G. M. 1921; Strehle, H. 1934, 1954,1956, 1960; Strong, S. R., R. G. Taylor et al. 1971; Stuebe, R. 1906; Sugiyama, Y. 1969; Suri, S. 1952; Sweeney, D. R., D. C. Tinling & A. H. Schmale 1970; Sweigard, L. 1949; Tagiuri, R. 1968; Taladoire, B.-A. 1951; Taylor, A. 1956; Taylor, J., R. Potash & D. Head 1959; Tciang, T.-M. 1938; Tedford, W. H. & C. P. Rose 1970; Tenenbaum, D. L. 1966a; Tervoort, B. M. 1961-68, 1961; Thirouin, M. 1955; Thomas, A. V. 1941; Thompson, D. F. & L. Meitzer 1964; Thompson, D. M. 1934; Tickell, S. C. 1933; Tikkanen, J. J. 1923; Timmermans, A. 1900; Tinbergen, N. 1953, 1959; Titchener, E. B. 1909; Toki, H. 1899; Town, C. H. 1912; Trager, G. L. 1958, 1960, 1961, 1964; & E. T. Hall 1954; Trigger, B. G. 1966; Tsiv'yan, T. 1962, 1966, 1970; Turhan, B. M. 1960; Turnure, C. 1971; Uldall, E. 1960; Valade, Y. L. R. 1854; Van Son, L. G. 1968; Varro, M.T. 1938; Vendryés, J. 1950; Venkatachalam, G. 194-; Verneau, R. 1923; Victoroff, D. 1955-56; Vine, L. 1970; Voegelin, C. F. 1964; Vorwahl, H. 1931, 1932; Vossius, I. 1673; Vuyk, R. 1940; Wachtel, P. 1967; Wagner, G. 1968; Wallace, A. F. C. 1950; Wandruszka, M. 1954; Warden, C. J. 1932; Warner, F. 1886; Washburn, M. F. 1915; Watson, O. M. 1972a, 1972b; & T. D. Graves 1966; Watts, A. F. 1944; Watzlawick, P., J. Helmick & D. D. Jackson 1967; Webbe, J. 1630; Weise, G. & G. Otto 1958; Weiss, P. 1943; Welsh, R. E. 1972; Wenner-Gren Foundation 1966; Werner, H. 1945; & B. Kaplan 1957; Wespi, H.-U. 1949; West, F. 1961; West, L. 1960; Whitaker, S. L. 1971; Wickler, W. 1965b, 1966, 1967, 1968; Wiener, H. 1966; Wiener, M. 1968; & A. Mehrabian 1968; & D. Shannon, S. Rubinow & J. Geller 1972; Wild, H. 1959; Williams, F. & J. Tolch 1965; Williams, T. R. 1966; Willis, F. 1966; Wilson, E. O. 1972; Wilson, S. A. K. 1929; Wing, L. 1968; Wigge, P. 1918; Winick, C. & H. Holt 1961; Winkelsträter, K. H. 1960; Witte, O. 1930; Wolff, C. 1948; Wolff, P. H. 1969; Xenophon 1947; Yerkes, R. M. 1925; & H. W. Nissen 1939; Zaidel, S. F. & A. Mehrabian 1969; Zeligs, M. 1957; Zink, S. 1963; Zoete, B. & W. Spies 1939; Zons, F. B. 1934; Zschietzmann, W. 1924. PASIGRAPHY Armstrong, W. 1863; Becher, J. J. 1661,1962; Bliss, C. K. 1949, 1965, 1970; Carreras y Artau, J. 1946; Diels, H. 1899; Edmonds, G. 1855; Ehrenberg, C. G. 1862; Elliott, R. W. 1957; Everingham, D. N. 195-; Gajewski, B. 1902; & Kerckhoffs 1886; Glinz, H. 1957; Heaney, W. A. 1951; Hesse, H. 1952; Jacob, H. 1946; Letellier, C. A. L. 1854-56,1856; de Mas, S. 1863; McCracken, G. E. 1948; Mead, M. 1970; Meredith, G. P. 195-; Neurath, 0.1936; Newton, 1.1950; Norman, A. 1950; Obermair, K. 1967a, 1967b; Paget, R. 1936a, 1936b, 1943, 1953; Priestley, J. 1762; Reiser, O. L. 1955,1956; Sorel, C. 1668; Sudre, J.-F. 1844,1866; Time Magazine 1972; Vater, J. S. 1799; Wilkins, J. 1668; Williams, J. E. 1950.

870 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE Aarsleff, H. 1964,1967,1970, 1972; Acton, H. B. 1959,1961; Alexander, R. D. 1971; Alsted, J. H. 1630; Alston, W. P. 1964, 1967; Ammann, H. 1925; Antal, L. 197-; Apel, K.-O. 1963; Arens, H. 1955,1969; Aristotle 1938; Austin, J. L. 1962; Ayer, A. J. 1954; Bacon, F. 1952; Baier, K. 1951-52; Baldwin, J. M. 1893; Baldwyn, E. 1811; Barcley, J. 1826; de Barenton, H. 1932-36; Barwick, K. 1957; Baudler, G. 1970; Baumann, E. 1969; Bayle, F. P. 1669, 1720; Beattie, J. 1770, 1783, 1788; Beauzée, N. 1767; Bellin, A. G. 1842; Benfey, T. 1866; Benz, E. 1936; Berg, R. F. 1970a, 1970b; Berger, H. J. 1970-71; Bernhardi, A. F. 1801-03; Bernhart, J. 1922; Bizzari, R. 1945; Blackie, J. S. 1874; Blanco Aquinaga, C. 1954; Bodammer, T. 1969; Böhme, J. 1958; Bollnow, O. F. 1938; Borst, A. 1957-63; Bougéant, G. H. 1739; Boyle, R. 1774; Bracken, H. M. 1970a, 1970b; Bréal, M. J. A. 1869, 1897; Brock, E. 1942; Büchner, K. 1936; Buyssens, E. 1968; Caramuel y Lobkowitz 1654; Carcano, P. & A. Pagliaro & G. Révész 1968; Cardano, G. de 1663; Caron, W. J. H. 1947; Carr, H. W. & H. Fletcher Scott 1924; Cassirer, E. 1923, 1932, 1946, 1953; Caton, C. E. 1963; Cavaciuti, S. 1959; Cesarotti, M. 1820; Champigny, R. 1959; Chilton, C. W. 1962; Chomsky, N. 1966b; Clark, R. T. 1955; Cody, A. 1968; Cohen, R. S. & M. W. Wartofsky 1967; Cohen-Rosenfield, L. 1956; Colish, M. L. 1968; Collins, A. W. 1968; Colson, F. H. 1919; Cook, D. J. 1972; Copinger, S. 1952; de Cordemoy, G. 1668, 1968; Coseriu, E. 1967, 1969; Cousin, V. 1866; Daitz, E. 1953; Daniélou, J. 1956a, 1956b; Dante Alighieri 1305; Danto, A. 1969; Davidson, D. 1965, 1967; De Lacy, P. H. 1939; Derbolav, J. 1953; Derrida, J. 1967a; Descartes, R. 1637; Diderot, D. 1767; Didier, J. 1911; Diels, H. 1899; Dinneen, F. P. 1961; Diodorus Siculus 1933; Diogenes Laertius 1850; Donaldson, J. W. 1839; Donato, E. 1970; Dorsch, A. J. 1790, 1791; Du Marsais, C. C. 1769, 1800; Ewert, A. 1940; Fauteck, H. 1939; Fichte, J. G. 1846; Fiesel, E. 1927; Fodor, J. A. & J. J. Katz 1964; Foss, L. 1970; Franck, A. 1844-52; Fröhlich, R. 1951; Fück, J. W. 1959; Fung, Y. 1953; Funke, O. 19—, 1924, 1927; Gadamer, H.-G. 1962; Gahringer, R. E. 1959; Galileo Galilei 1953; Gallie, W. B. 1952; Galligan, E. M. 1965; de Gandillac, M. 1953; Geyl, E.-G. 1968, 1972; Giussani, C. 1896; Godfrey, R. G. 1965; Goldner, F. 1913; Goodman, N. 1967; Grava, A. 1969; Greene, N. 1871; Greenlee, D. 1970,1972; Gregory of Nyssa 1776; Gunderson, K. 1964; Guzzo, A. 1956; Haag, E. 1933; Haas, W. 1961, 1963; Hacking, I. 1968; van Haecht, L. 1947; Hall, E. W. 1944; Hall, Roland 1965; Hall, R. A. 1969; Hallett, G. 1967; Hampshire, S. 1959; Harman, G. 1970; Harris, J. 1751; Haselbach, G. & G. Hartmann 1957; Hegel, G. W. F. 1967; Heinimann, F. 1945; Heintz, G. 1969; Henle, P. 1965; Herbert of Cherbury, E. 1624; Herder, J. G. 1770,1960; Hermann, E. 1942; High, D. M. 1967; Hobbes, T. 1668; Homeyer, H. 1947; Hönigswald, R. 1937; Hook, S. 1969; Horalék, K. 1969; Houlgate, L. D. 1968; Humbert, A. 1911a, 1911b; Humboldt, C. W. 1836, 1968; Hymes, D. 1969; Jara, A. G. 1970; Jéhan, L. F. 1852; Johnson, A. B. 1836, 1861; Jones, B. 1659; Jost, L. 1960, 1963; Junker, H. 1948; Kainz, F. 1961; Kanne, J. A. 1815; Katz, J. J. 1966; Keyt, D. 1964; Kirkinen, H. 1961; Knittermeyer, H. 1960; Koehl, R. 1967; Konczewski, C. 1971; Krampf, A. 1889; Kiing, G. 1963; Kuypers, K. 1934; Lackowski, P. 1968; Landsberg, P. 1933; Langer, S. K. 1958; de La Primaudaye ,P. 1617; Lazarus, M. 1857, 1878; Lecerf, J. 1957, 1960; Lejewski, C. 1965; Lenneberg, E. H. 1954; Lenorman, C. 1861; Leroy, M. 1968; Lersch, J.-H. L. 1838-41; Lesley, J. P. 1868; Levinson, R. B. 1957; Locke, J. 1690; Locker, E. 1954; Lollesgaard, J. 1925; Longuet-Higgins, C. & S. Isard 1970; Lopez Mortillas, J. 1958; Lorenz, K. & J. Mittelstrass 1967; Lötz, J. B. 1956; Lucretius, T. C. 1951,1958; Mackay, A. F. 1968; Malcolm, N. 1954; Marco, V. 1957; Marie, P. 1907; Marty, A. 1908; Masterman, M. 1957, 1961; Matthews, W. K. 1949; Maynial, E. 1903; McKeon, R. 1946-47; McNeill, D. 1968c; Meinhold, P. 1958; Meredith, G. P. 1962; Méridier, L. 1961; Merleau-Ponty, M. 1945, 1952a, 1952b, 1964a, 1964b; Mette, H. J. 1952;

871 Michaelis, J. D. 1769; Miller, G. A. 1970; de Montesquieu, C. L.S. 1949-51; More, A. 1928; Morris, C. 1946, 1958, 1964; Morsbach, L. 1931; Mueller, H. 1966; Müller, A. D. 1959-60; Nehring, A. 1945; Nietzsche, F. 1870,1920-29; O'Flaherty, J. C. 1952; Ogden, C. K. 1932; Pagliaro, A. 1956a, 1956b, 1959; Pascal, B. 1904; Penn, J. M. 1966-67; Percival, W. K. 1970; Pestalozzi, J. H. 1927^13; Philo of Alexandria 1963; Pinborg, J. 1967; Pivcevic, E. 1972; Ploucquet, G. 1781; Politzer, R. L. 1964; Pollner, M. 1970; Porzig, W. 1957; Pos, H. J. 1951; Priestley, J. 1790; Puligandla, R. 1966; Quine, W. V. O. 1960; Regnaud, P. 1888,1904; Reich, P. A. 1969; Rescher, N. 1966; Ricken, U. 1963; Robinson, R. 1955, 1956; Rosenfield, L. C. 1936; Rosetti, A. 1969; Rossi, A. 1970; Rotta, P. 1909; Rousseau, J. J. 1755; Ryle, G. 1953; Sahlin, G. 1928; Said, E. W. 1970; Saint-Martin, L. C. 1781,1800; Salmon, P. 1968; Salmon, V. 1969; Salus, P. H. 1969; Salvucci, P. 1958; Sampson, G. 1971, 1972; Schaff, A. 1965, 1970; Schaupp, Z. 1926; Scheinert, M. 1908; von Schlegel, C. W. F. 1830; Schleiermacher, F. 1835; Schlieft, A. 1938; SchnebliSchwegler, B. 1965; Schöfer, W. 1968; Schottlaender, R. 1969a, 1969b; Schwyzer, H. R. G. 1962; Skinner, Q. 1970, 1971; Sl0k, J. 1962; Smart, R. N. 1957; Sommers, F. 1963; Stalin, I. V. 1951; Stam, J. H. 1965; Starobinski, J. 1966; Stenzel, J. 1934; Stephen, L. 1873; Stewart, D. 1828; Strawson, P. F. 1964; Sturm, W. 1917; Stutterheim, C. P. F. 1949; Swift, J. 1721-26; Talmud of Jerusalem 1879-1902; Taylor, D. J. 1970; Theiler, W. 1954; Thomson, J. J. 1964; Toulmin, S. 1971; Turgot, A. R. J. 1756; Unger, R. 1905; Urban, W. M. 1951; Urmson, J. O. 1969; Vallancien, B. 1968; Velics, A. 1909; Venturi, F. 1939; Verbürg, P. A. 1951; Viertel, J. 1966; Vico, G. 1725; Virieux-Reymond, A. 1966; Voltaire, F. M. A. 1829^0; Vossler, K. 1930, 1942; Warburton, I. P. 1969; Warnach, V. 1937-38; Weiler, G. 1958; Weingartner, R. H. 1970; Weinrich, H. 1966; Werner, O. & D. T. Campbell 1970; Wheatley, J. 1961; Whorf, B. L. 1956; Wilkosz, W. 1947; Willis, G. 1919; Wisan, R. N. 1956; Wittgenstein, L. 1958; Wize, K. 1907; Wortham, C. W. 1968; Yarborough, M. C. 1926; Zobel, A. 1928. PHONETICS, GENERAL, RELATED TO LANGUAGE ORIGIN THEORY Abe, I. 1965; Arnold, G. E. 1961c; d'Assier, A. 1868a; Ausobsky, A. 1964; Baudouin de Courtenay, J. I. 1893; Borel-Maisonny, S. 1970; Borror, D. J. 1958; Bouteiller, M. 1962; Brosnahan, L. F. 1957, 1959, 1961; Catford, J. C. 1968; Chatterji, K. 1939; Chiba,T. & M. Kajiyama 1958; Chomsky, N. & M. Halle 1965; Crittenden, A. 1970; Crocker, J. R. 1969; Fairbanks, G. 1954; Fry, D. B. 1966; Gedda, N. L„ G. D. el Porto & G. Brenci 1970; Hartleb, K. 1969; Heyse, K. W. L. 1856; Hollis, W. A. 1901; Householder, F. W. 1965; Hudgins, C. V. & R. H. Stetson 1937; Hunt, R. 1923; Husson, R. 1959a, 1959b, 1960a, 1960b, 1960c; Irwin, O. C. 1948, 1957; & T. Curry 1941; Jakobson, R. 1949, 1968a, 1968b; & C. G. M. Fant & M. Halle 1957; Jones, E. 1907b; Judd, C. H. 1927; Kaiser, T. E. 1934; Karelitz, S., V. Fisichelli & L. Rosenfeld 1961; Katzenstein, J. 1909; von Kempelen.W. 1791; Kim, C.-W. 1966, 1971; Krech, H. 1961; Kronvall, E. L. 1959; Kucera, H. & G. K. Monroe 1961; Kuusinen, J. & E. Salin 1971; Lenneberg, E. H., F. G. Rebelsky & I. A. Nicholas 1965; Liberman, A. M., F. S. Cooper, M. G. Studdert-Kennedy, K. S. Harris & D. P. Shankweiler 1965; Locke, J. L. 1968a, 1968b; Lyamina, G. M. 1958; Mackay, D. 1968; Marage, M. 1919; McAdam, D. W. & H. A. Whitaker 1971a, 1971b; McCroskey, R. L., N. W. Corley & G. Jackson 1959; Neas, B. J. 1953; Panconcelli-Calzia, G. 1938, 1940, 1941, 1942; Poole, I. 1934; Preston, M. S., R. E. Stark & G. Yeni-Komshian 1968; Riello, A. 1958; Sander, E. K. 1972; Schliesser, H. F. 1965; Schmid, B. 1928a, 1928b, 1930; Schusterman, R. J. & S. H. Feinstein 1965; & R. Gentry & J. Schmook 1966; Scott, C. M. & R. L. Ringel 4971a, 1971b; Stopa, R. 1965; Thompson, R.W. 1954, 1958; Thorndike, E. L. 1945; Van Riper, C. & J. Irwin 1958; Venneman, T. 1971; Wächter, J. G. 1737; Wang, S.-Y. & J. Crawford 1960; & C. J. Fillmore, 1961,1968; Waterson, N. 1971; Winitz, H. & O. C. Irwin 1958; Winteler, J. 1892; Zgusta, L. 1962a.

872 PHONETIC SYMBOLISM, see SOUND SYMBOLISM PLATO, IDEAS OF, RELATED TO PROBLEM OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS Büchner, K. 1936; Colson, F. H. 1919; Donaldson, J. W. 1850; Drexel, A. 1951-52; Fano, G. 1962; Galligan,E. M. 1965; Guzzo, A. 1956; Leonorman, C. 1861; Pagliaro, A. 1956a; Salus, P. H. 1969; Warburton, I. P. 1969; Weiss, J. H. 1963a. POLYGENISM, see MONOGENISM POOH-POOH THEORY, see INTERJECTION THEORY OF LANGUAGE ORIGIN PREHISTORY OF LANGUAGE, RECONSTRUCTION OF PROTO-LANGUAGE Assirelli, 0.1942, 1945; Bidwell, C. E. 1968; Bigelow, R. 1969; Bliss, C. K. 1965; Bloomfield, M. 1895; Bogyay,T. 1965; Bram, J. 1953; Brinton, D. G. 1888; Brown, A. 1970; Brugmann, K. 1878; Crabtree, W. A. 1922; Crawfurd, J. 1861; Debets, G. F. 1961; DeVore, P. 1965; Francke, C. 1911; Friedrich, J. 1957; van Ginneken, J. 1938, 1939; Häckel, E. 1868; Hallowell, A. I. 1963; Hauser, 0.1925; Hunfalvy, P. 1873; Hymes, D. 1964; Jespersen, O. 1909, 1957; König, M. E. P. 1971; Kraft, G. 1948; Kronasser, H. 1952; Meshchaninov, 1.1. 1931, 1934; Orton, E. F. 1935; Perello, J. 1970; Pershits, A. I. 1960; Peschel, O. F. 1902; Rieder, R.-T. 1968; Rosinski, F. 1970; Rupaninis, A. 1967; Sauer, C. O. 1961; Schepers, G.W. H. 1950; Schräder, O. 1883; Semenov, Y. I. 1966; Serebrennikov, B. A. 1963; Swadesh, M. 1960, 1964a, 1964b; Täuber, C. 1911; Tovar, A. 1954; Treimer, K. 1963; Voitonis, N. Y. 1949; Vossler, K. 1923. PRIMATE COMMUNICATION, see also MONKEY, APE, CHIMPANZEE, GORILLA, GIBBON, ORANG-UTAN Albertus Magnus; Alimen, M. H. & M. Goustard 1962; Altmann, S. A. 1962, 1965a, 1965b, 1967, 1968a, 1968b; Alverson, H. S. 1967; Andrew, R. J. 1962a, 1962b, 1963a, 1963b, 1964, 1968; Anonymous 1964; Anthoney, T. 1968, 1969; Bastian, A. 1868; Bastian, J. R. 1965, 1968a, 1968b; Bates, B. C. 1970; Bignall, K. E. & P. Singer 1967; Böker, H. 1932; Bolwig, N. 1964; Boutan, L. 1913; Brandt, E. M., C. W. Stevens & G. Mitchell 1971; Brandt, J. 1816; de Buffon, G.-L. L. 1749-68; Butler, R. A. 1965; Butter, C. M. 1972; Cardu, B. 1969; Carpenter, C. R. 1963, 1968, 1972; Chalmers, N. R. 1968; Chance, M. R. A. 1962a, 1962b; & W. M. S. Russell 1959; Chevalier-Skolnikoff, S. 1972; Chevchenko, Yu. G. 1972; Cole, J. 1963; Creider, C. 1969; Crook, J. H. & J. S. Gartlan 1966; Curtis, R. F. 1971; Dembowski, J. 1956; Dewson, J. H., K. H. Pribram & J. C. Lynch 1969; Diamond, I. T. 1971; Eisenberg, J. F. 1972; & N. A. Muckenhirn & R. Rudran 1972; Elliott, D. N., L. A. Frazier, & R. C. Hayden 1971; Epple, G. 1968; Erwin, J. & G. Mitchell 1972; Faidherbe, L. 1875; Fedigan, L. M. 1972; Firsov, L. A. 1954, 1960a, 1960b, 1964, 1969; Forster, A. 1925; Fox, R. 1971a; Gabow, S. 1971; Garner, R. L. 1892, 1896, 1899,1900a, 1900b; Gembloux, P. 1844; Goodall, J. 1968a, 1968b; Grimm, R. J. 1967; Häckel, E. 1901; Hamburg, D. A. 1958; Hast, M. H. 1969; Hellman, C. S. 1967; Hinde, R. A. & I. E. Rowell 1962; Hoffman, J. P., J. V. Walker, L. R. Wolin, S. Kadoya & L. C. Massopust 1969; van Hooff, J. A. R. A. M. 1962, 1967, 1972; Huber, E. 1931; Itani, J. 1955, 1963; Jarrard, L. E. 1971; Jerison, H. J. & W. D. Neff 1953; Jolly, A. 1972; Jordan, J. 1960a, 1960b; Jürgens, U. 1969; & M. Maurus, D. W. Ploog & P. Winter 1967; & D. W. Ploog 1970; Kapune, T. 1966; Kennedy, T., N. Kiang, & S. Sutton 1956; Kohlbrugge, J. H. F. 1895; Köhler, W. 1918, 1925; Kohts, N. N. 1935, 1955; Kummer, H. 1971;

873 Lampert, H. 1926; Lancaster, J. B. 1967; La Mettrie, J. O. 1747; Levin, V. N. 1967; Levine, M. 1965; Lieberman, P. 1968; & K. S. Harris, P. Wolff & L. H. Russell 1968, 1972; & D. H. Klatt & W. H. Wilson 1969; & E. S. Crelin & D. H. Klatt 1970, 1971,1972; Lindauer, M. 1962; Loizos, C. M. 1969; Mal'tsev, V. P. 1971; Marler, P. 1965, 1968b, 1970; Massopust, L. C., H. W. Barnes & J. Bidura 1965; & L. R. Wolin, R. Meder & V. Frost 1967; Maurus, M. & D. Ploog 1969, 1971; Menzel, E. W. 1969a, 1969b; Merti, C. A. 1957; Miller, R. E. 1967; & J. V. Murphy & I. A. Mirsky 1959; & J. H. Banks & N. Ogawa 1962; & J. H. Banks & H. Kuwahara 1966; Mitchell, C. & R. Gillette, J. Vernon & P. Herman 1970; Miyadi, D. 1964a, 1964b; M0ller, G. W., H. F. Harlow & G. D. Mitchell 1968; Morris, D. 1967b; Moynihan, M. 1966; Myers, R. E. 1969, 1970; Myers, S.A. 1965; & al. 1965; Negus, V. E. 1938; Nemai, J. 1920, 1926, 1929, 1933; & Keleman, G. 1929a, 1929b, 1933; Neuhaus, W. 1968; Nishida, T. 1970; Nissle, C. 1872; Oshima, M. 1956; Ozhigova, A. P. 1968; Paulyn, W. 1941; Ploog, D. W. 1967, 1968, 1970a; & T. Melnechuk 1969; Plotnik, R. & J. M. R. Delgado 1970; Poirier, F. E. 1970; Prazdnikova, N. V. & L. A. Firsov 1953; Pribram, K. H., B. S. Rosner & W. A. Rosenbilth 1954; Rahaman, H. & M. D. Parthasarathy 1968, 1971; Raven, H. C. 1933; Reynolds, P. C. 1968, 1969, 1970a, 1970b, 1971; Reynolds, V. 1964, 1965, 1968; & Luscombe, 1969; Robinson, B. W. 1967a, 1967b; Roginskii, G. Z. 1939, 1948; Romanes, G. J. 1889, 1890; Rowell, T. E. 1962, 1969; & R. A. Hinde 1962; Rumbaugh, D. M. 1971, 1972; & C. McCormack 1967; Russell, C. & W. M. S. Russell 1971; Sade, D. S. 1967, 1972; Schiller, P. H. 1951, 1952; Schön, M. A. 1970; Schwidetzky, G. W. A. 1932a, 1932b, 1934, 1936a, 1948; Sclavunos, G. 1904; Scott, J. 1963; Seiler, R. 1972; Shevchenko, Y. G. 1959, 1967; Shirek-Ellefson, J. 1967; Simons, R. C. & C. F. Bielert 1972; & R. A. Bobbitt & G. D. Jensen 1968; Spivak, H. 1971; Sprague, J. M. 1944; Starck, D. & R. Schneider 1960; Stebbins, W. C. 1972; Stephenson, G. R. 1968; Stepien, L., J. A. Cordeau & T. Rasmussen 1960; Stern, C. & W. Stern 1924; Stoecker, J. A. 1972; Struhsaker, T. T. 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1967d, 1969, 1970; Thomsen, C. 1972; Vogel, C. 1961, 1972; Ward, J. P., A. L. Yehle & S. Dorflein 1970; Washburn, S. L. & D. A. Hamburg 1965; Weber, I. 1972; Weiner, J. S. 1971; Weiskrantz, L. & M. Mishkin 1958; Williams, H. W., W. Sorenson & P. Thompson 1969; Williams, L. 1967b, 1971; Wilson, G. 1910; Wilson, M. 1972; Winter, P. 1968, 1969a, 1969b, 1972; & D. Ploog & J.Latta 1966; Wollberg, Z. & J. D. Newman 1972; Yamaguchi, S. & R. E. Myers 1972; Zenker, W. & H. Anzenbacher 1962; Zhinkin, N. I. 1960b, 1963; Zuckerman, S. 1932. "PRIMITIVE" LANGUAGE FEATURES, NATURE OF Abegg, E. 1925, 1960; Appleyard, J. W. 1850; Bateman, F. 1877; Benloew, L. 1863; Bierens de Haan, J. A. 1929b; Brinton, D. G. 1890; Chamberlain, A. F. 1900; Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. 1968a; Entwhistle, W. J. 1949; Hale, H. 1891; Han Yü 1952; Hoijer, H. 1966; Kingsley, M. H. 1897; Lagercrantz, E. 1950; la Grasserie, R. de 1894; Levy-Bruhl, L. 1910; Malinowski, B. 1927, 1935; Moszynski, K. 1956; Mott, F. W. 1909; Scarisbrick, J. 1918; Schlosser, K. 1952; Skalicka, V. 1960; Sommerfelt, A. 1938a, 1944; Sorenson, E. R. & D. C. Gajdusek 1966; Stopa, R. 1959; Strehlow, T. G. H. 1964; Threlkeld, L. E. 1850; Ward, L. 1883; Wegner, R. N. 1928. PRIVATE LANGUAGE THEORY AND CONTROVERSY Ayer, A. J. 1954; Caton, C. 1963; Forchhammer, E. 1939; Haldeman, S. 1880; Hale, H. 1868; Hun, E. R. 1886; Kohlberg, L. & J. Yaeger & E. Hjertholm 1968; Malcolm, N. 1954; Malcolm, N. 1954; Puligandla, R. 1966; Radzikhovskaya, V. 1969; Rhees, R. 1954; Stumpf, C. 1901; Taine, H. A. 1870; Thomson, J. J. 1964; Watson, E. H. 1878.

874 PSYCHOLIN GUISTICS Abbs, J. H. & H. M. Sussman 1971; Abrams, K., T. Bever & M. Garrett 1970; Acuna, A. 1969; Ajuriaguerra, J. 1957; al-Issa, I. 1971; Anonymous 1922b; Anstis, S. M. & C. M. Loizos 1967; Archibald, Y. M. & J. M. Wepman 1968; Asher, J. J. 1964; Baer, D. M., R. F. Peterson & J. A. Sherman 1967; Baker, S.J. 1950; Bakker, D. J. 1967, 1970; Bakwin, H. 1968; Balla, D. & E. Zigler 1971; Bandura, A. 1969; Banerji, R. B. 1971; Barbizet, J. 1967, 1968; Bartley, S. H. 1969; Basser, L. S. 1962; Bassi, A. 1962; Batza, E. M. 1957; Beery, J. W. 1967; Beery, K. E. 1968; Behnke, R. 1971; Bekesy, G. von 1963; Bellugi, U. 1965,1970a, 1970b; & P. Siple 1971; Berko, J. 1958; & R. Brown 1960; Bernstein, B. 1962; Bevan, W. & J. A. Steger 1971; Bever, T. G. 1968, 1970a, 1970b; & J. A. Fodor & W. Weksel 1965a, 1965b; & J. R. Lackner & W. Stolz 1969; & J. Lackner & R. Kirk 1969; & J. Mehler & V. Valian 1970; Birch, H. G. & A. Lefford 1963; Björkman, M., J. Garvill & B. Molander 1965; Black, J. W. 1968; Blake, F. R. 1934; Blank, M. 1965; Bloom, L. 1968; Blount, W. R. 1968; Bluemel, C. S. 1959; Blumenthal, A. L. 1970a, 1970b; Bobrow, S. A. 1970; & G. H. Bower 1969; Bogen, J. E. & G. M. Bogen 1969; Bolinger, D. L. 1965; Bonkowski, R. J. 1966; Boomer, D. S. 1965; & A. T. Dittmann 1964; Boone, D. R. 1965a, 1965b; Boysson-Bardies, B. de & J. Mehler 1969; Brain, W. R. 1945; Braine, M. D. S. 1963a, 1963b, 1965; Brannon, J. B. 1968; & F. Kodman 1959; Brimble, A. R. 1963; Broadbent, D. E. 1964; & M. Gregory 1964; Bronshtein, A. I. & E. P. Petrova 1967; Brown, R. W. 1955, 1957, 1965, 1968, 1970b; & C. Fraser 1963; & U. Bellugi 1964; & U. Bellugi & C.Cazden 1968; & C. Hanion 1970; Bryan,W.L. & N. Harter 1897, 1899; Buddenhagen, R. G. 1967; Bunak, V. V. 1951a; Bunting, W. 1970; Cairns, H. & C. E. Cairns 1971; Carrell, J. E. & J. L. Bangs 1957; Carroll, J. B. & J. B. Casagrande 1958; Castell, R. 1969; Catford, J. C. 1968; Cazden, C. B. 1969; Chafe, W. L. 1971; Chistovich, L. et al. 1968; & V. A. Kozhevnikov 197-; Chong, P.-H. 1957; Chovan, W. L. 1970; Clark, E. V. 1971; Clark, H. H. 1965, 1968; & J. S. Begun 1968; & R. A. Stafford 1969; Cliff, N. 1959; Cobb, S. 1948; Cofer, C. N. 1968; Cohen, A. 1964; Cohen, B. D., C. D. Noblin & A. J. Silverman 1968; Cohn, R. 1971; Collins, A.M. & M. R. Quillian 1969, 1970a, 1970b, 1970c; Comas, J. 1931; Condon, W. S. & W. Ogston 1967a; Conklin, H. C. 1964; Conrad, R. 1964, 1971; Cook, E. A. 1970; Cooper, F. S. et al. 1952; Copeland, P. M. 1972; Cowan, J. L. 1970; Craik,F. I. M. 1969; Critchley, M. 195-; Crombie, D. L. 1966; Cross, D. V., H. L. Lane & W. C. Sheppard 1965; Culton, G. L. 1971; Curry, K. W. 1967; Darley, F. L., A. E. Aronson & J. R. Brown 1969; Darwin, C. J. 1969a, 1969b, 1971; Daves, W. F. & J. B. Werzberger 1971; Davis, F. & R. Malmo 1951; Dax, J. M. & B. C. Gustave 1836; De Cecco, J. P. 1967; Deelman, B. G. 1970; Defazio, V. 1971; Delacroix, H. 1933; Denes, P. B. 1963; Diebold, A. R. 1964; DiFrancesca, K. B. 1970; Diller, K. C. 1971; Dixon, T. & D. L. Horton 1968; Dulany, D. E. 1959, 1968; Edelheit, H. 1969; Eder, J. 1928; Efron, R. 1969; Eisenberg, R. B. 1970; Eisenson, J. 1962, 1971; & J. J. Auer & J. V. Irwin 1963; Ervin (Ervin-Tripp), S. M. 1964a, 1964b, 1964c; & D. I. Slobin 1966, 1968; Esper, E. A. 1966, 1968; Ettlinger, G. 1967; Evans, T. H. 1915; Fairbanks, G. 1955; Fant, C. G. M. 1960, 1962, 1967, 1969; Fearing, F. 1962; Fidell, S. 1970; Fillenbaum, S. 1966, 1971; Flanagan, J. L. 1971, 1972; Flores d'Arcais, G. & W. J. M. Levelt 1970; Flügel, J. C. 1925; Fodor, J. A. 1965; & T. Bever 1965; & M. Garrett 1966, 1967; Francescato, G. 1968; Francis, H. 1970; Freibrun, R. 1969; Friedrich, H. 1935; Froeschels, E. 1932; Frolov, B. 1969; Fu, K. S. & P. H. Swain 1969; Fuhrer, M. J. & C. O. Cowan 1967; Funke, E. 1952; Funke, O. 1934; Funkhouser, G. R. 1968; Furth, H. G. 1964, 1966a, 1966b, 1966c, 1970b, 1971; & P. B. Pufall 1966; & J. Youniss 1969, 1971; Gajek, B. 1967; Galambos, R. 1956; & F. G. Worden 1971; Galiani, F. 1907; Gallagher, J. R. 1950; Gallagher, J. W. 1970; Gal'perin, P. Ya. 1959; Garrett, M. & T. G. Bever & J. A. Fodor 1966; Garvill, J. & B. Molander 1971; Gazzaniga, M. S. 1969,

875 1972; Geniesse, H. 1935; Geschwind, N. & W. Levitsky 1968; Gibson, J. J. 1966a, 1966b; van Ginneken, J. A. 1907, 1927; Glanzer, M. 1967; Glucksberg, S. & G. N. Cowen 1970; Goda, S. 1964, 1969; Goldman, R. & S. D. Dixon 1971; GoldmanEisler, F. 1954; Goldstein, J., J. L. Locke & F. S. Fehr 1972; Goluzina, A. G. & G. S. Lyakh & A. E. Kudryavtseva 1971; Goodglass, H. & F. A. Quadfasel 1954; Goodman, P. 1971; Gordon, H. W. 1970; Gough, P. B. 1965; Gould, L. N. 1948, 1949; Graham, J. T. & L. W. Graham 1971; Grant, E. C. 1972; Gray, G. W. 1936; Gray, P. H. 1958; Green, E. 1969b, 1970; Green, R. F. 1961; Greenberg, J. H. & J. J. Jenkins 1964; Greenspoon, J. 1955; Gross, L. E. 1959; Grützner, P. 1879; Guillaume, P. 1927a, 1927b; Gumperz, J. J. & J.-P. Blom 1972; Haag, M. & G. P. Brabant 1963; Haggard, M. P. 1966, 1969, 1971; & A. M. Parkinson 1971; Häla, B. & M. Soväk 1941; Halle, M. & K. N. Stevens 1964; Hamilton, H. W. & J. Deese 1971; Hammoud, R. 1969; Hancock, J. & J. W. Moore & W. I. Smith 1969; Hartley, D. 1749; Harweg, R. 1967; Hass,W. A.Wepman 1969; Hayhurst, H. 1967; Hecaen, H. & J. Sauguet 1971; Heintel, E. 1967; Hellebrandt, F. A. 1953; Heller, T. 1896-97; Henry, J. 1936; Herriot, P. 1968, 1970; Hill, J. H. 1970; Hitlin, J. R. & H. Richardson 1969; Hoffman, M. 1965; Holloway, C. 1969; Holloway, G. F. 1971; Holmer, P. L. 1969; Hörmann, H. 1967, 1971; Hornby, P. A., W. A. Hass & C. F. Feldman 1970; Hörne Tooke, J. 1786; Horowitz, F. R., F. D. Horowitz & S. Silverman 1970; Houck, E. V., D. B. Gardner & D. Ruhl 1965; Hübner, W. 1941; Hulme, I. & E. A. Lunzer 1966; Hunt, H. J. 1938; Husson, R. 1951,1958, 1960b, 1960c, 1965; Hymes, D. 1970, 1972; Irigaray, L. 1967; Jacobson, J. 1958; Jakobovitz, L. A. & M. S. Miron 1967; Jakobson, R. 1964a, 1964b, 1967b, 1968b; Jakubowicz, C. 1970; Jeffress, L. A. 1971; Jensen, A. R. 1971; & W. D. Rohwer 1963; Johnson, J. D. & M. S. Gazzaniga 1969; Johnson, N. F. 1965; Johnson-Laird, P. N. 1968; Jones, D. & O. Spreen 1967; Jousse, M. P. 1925,1940; Juliard, P. 1970; Kahane, H. & R. Kahane & S. Saporta 1958; Kainz, F. 1949; Kaplan, B. 1955; Katz, J. J. 1964; Kelly, K. L. 1967; Kezheradze, E. D. 1960; Kiess, H. O. 1968; Kimura, D. 1961a, 1961b, 1964,1967; Kinsbourne, M. 1970, 1972; Kirstein, E. & D. P. Shankweiler 1969; Kleist, K. 1962; Klima, E. S. & U. Bellugi 1969; Knox, A. W. & D. R. Boone 1970; Knox, C. & D. Kimura 1970; Korinek, J. M. 1938; Kosciuk-Hcrfowka, 1969; Koyre, A. 1946; Kozhevnikov, V. A., L. A. Chistovich 1965; Krasner, L. 1958; Krause, K. C. F. 1891; Krejn, I. M. 1968; Kronvall, E. L. & C. F. Diehl 1954; Krueger, F. 1910; Kulovesi, Y. 1941; Kuttner, H. 1930; Lackner, J. R. 1968; Ladefoged, J. P. 1960,1962,1967; & D. E. Broadbent 1957; Laffal, J. 1965, 1967; Lakoff, G. & J. R. Ross 1967; Lambert, W. E. 1963; Lamson, F. W. 1966; Landauer, T. K. & J. L. Freedman 1968; Lane, H. L. 1965, 1967; Langendoen, D. T. 1968a, 1968b; Langer, J. & B. G. Rosenberg 1964; Lawrence, W. 1966; Lawther, J. D. 1968; Leeuwenberg, E. J. J. 1969,1971; Lefevre, R. 1967; Lenneberg, E. H. 1962a, 1962b; & I. A. Nichols & E. F. Rosenberger 1964; Lenoir, R. 1924; Leont'ev, A. A. 1967, 1968,1969; Leopold, W. F. 1932, 1952, 1953; LeRoy, G. 1937; Levy, J. 1969; & R. D. Nebes & R. W. Sperry 1971; Lewis, P. E. 1966; Liberman, A. M. 1957, 1970,1971; & F. S. Cooper, K. S. Harris & P. F. MacNeilage 1963; & F. S. Cooper, D. P. Shankweiler & M. Studdert-Kennedy 1967; & K. Harris, H. S. Hoffman & B. C. Griffith 1957; Lieberman, P. H. 1967, 1968b, 1970a, 1972; Liebrucks, B. 1964-68; Lindauer, M. S. 1970; Locke, J. L. 1970; & F. S. Fehr 1970a, 1970b; Loewenthal, K. 1967; Lomax, A. 1967; Lorber, N. M. 1970; Lounsbury, F. G. 1963; Loveless, N. E. & J. Brebner & P. Hamilton 1970; Lovell, K. & E. M. Dixon 1967; Luchsinger, R. & G. E. Arnold 1965; Luria, A. R. 1955, 1958a, 1959a, 1959b, 1959c, 1963, 1966b, 1966c; & F. Y. Yudovich 1958, 1959, 1970; & L. S. Tsvetkova, 1969; Lyle, J. 1960; Lyons, J. & R. J. Wales 1966, 1970; MacCorquodale, K. 1969, 1970; Mackeith, N. W. & R. R. Coles 1971; Macnamara, J. 1972; Mac Neilage, P. F. 1962, 1970,1971; Mahl, G. F. 1963; Makuen, H. 1907, 1909; Mandler, G. 1970; Manning, P. K.

876 1970; Marique, J. 1886-87; Markel, N. N. 1969; Marshall, J. C. 1970c; Marty, A. 1940; Masland, M. W. & L. W. Case 1968; Masland, R. L. 1968; Massaro, D. 1972; Massengill, R. 1970; & D. D. Smith 1967; Mattingly, I. G. & A. M. Liberman 1969; & A. M. Liberman & A. K. Kyrdal & T. Halwes 1971; Maussen, L. H. M. 1962; McCarthy, D. A. 1954; McCroskey, R. L. 1958; McDonald, E. T. 1964; McGuigan, F. J. 1967, 1970; McGuire, M. T. 1971; McKeever, W. R. & M. D. Huling 1970, 1971a, 1971b; McNeill, D. 1966a, 1966b, 1968a, 1966b, 1970a, 1970b; & N. B. McNeill 1968; Mehler, J. 1963; & T. Bever & P. Carey 1967; & P. Carey 1967; & G. A. Miller 1964; Menyuk, P. 1969; Milburn, T. W., N. Bell & G. F. Koeske 1970; Milgram, N. A. 1968, 1971, 1972; & H. G. Furth 1963, 1967, 1971; & J. S. Noce 1968; Miller, G. A. 1956a, 1956b, 1964a, 1964b, 1964c, 1965, 1967a, 1967b, 1969, 1970, 1972; & E. Gallanter & K. H. Pribram 1960; & S. Isard 1963; & N. Chomsky 1963; & K. O. McKean 1964; & D. McNeill 1969; Miller, S. A. & J. Shelton & J. H. Flavell 1970; Miller, W. R. 1964; & S. Ervin 1964; Millikan, C. H. & F. L. Darley 1967; Milner, B. 1962; & C. Branch & T. Rasmussen, 1964; Milton, P. M. 1968; Mittler, P. 1969, 1970; Moffit, A. R. 1971; Moores, D. F. 1970b; Morrell, L. K. & J. G. Salamy 1971; Morton, J. 1964,1970, 1971; & D. E. Broadbent 1967; Mosko, J. D. & A. S. House 1971; Mostofsky, D. I. 1970; Muehl, S. 1963; Murata, K. 1961; Murdock, B. B. 1966, 1967; Nebes, R. D. & R. W. Sperry 1971; Neff, W. D. 1961; Negus, V. E. 1949; Neisser, U. 1967, 1972; Newman, R. 1.1971; Nikiforova, O. I. 1961; O'Connor, N. & B. Hermelin 1963, 1967; Ohala, J. 1970; Ojemann, G. A. & A. A. Ward 1971; Oldfield, R. C. 1966; & J. C. Marshall 1968; Oleron, P. 1953, 1962, 1967a, 1967b, 1971; Oller, J. W. 1970; Osgood, C. E. 1958, 1960, 1963a, 1963b, 1963c, 1963d, 1971; & T. A. Sebeok 1963, 1965; Ostwald, P. F. 1960a, 1960b; Paivio, A. 1969; & K. Csapo 1969, 1971; Palermo, D. S. 1971; Papcun, G. & S. Krashen & D. Terbeek 1971; Parachev, A. M. 1963; Pauliny, E. 1964; Penfield, W. G. 1965; & L. Roberts 1959; Perkell, J. S. 1969; Peterson, G. E. & J. E. Shoup 1966; Petrinovich, L. 1972; Piaget, J. 1970b; Pierce, J. E. 1957; Plath, W. J. 1958; Pollack, D. 1971; Pollack, I. & S. M. Pickett 1964; Porshnev, B. F. 1964; Postal, P. H. 1968; Postel, M. & A. Espinas & J. Postel 1969; Preyer, W. T. 1889; Prächa, J. 1972; Psikhologiya Grammatika 1968; Putnam, H. 1967a, 1967b; Quillian, M. R. 1966, 1967, 1968; Raevskii, A. N. 1958; Rand, B. 1905; Rand, T. C. 1971; Rank, B. 1959; Rastier, F. 1968; Reams, M. H. 1950; Reed, C. E. 1970; Reiss, S. 1969; Rennick, P. M. & W. C. Halstead 1968; de Renzi, E. & M. Savoiardo & L. A. Vignolo 1966; Restle, F. 1971; Reznikov, L. O. 1946, 1962; Rheingold, H. L. 1969; & J. J. Gerwitz & H. W. Ross 1959; Ribot, T. A. 1913; Richards, C. M. 1967; Richet, Ch. 1879; Richter, E. 1937; Rimoldi, H. J. A. 1971; Rodrigue, E. 1956; Rogozin, S. S. 1925; Rommetveit, R. 1968; Rosenbaum, M. E. 1962; Rosenberg, S. & J. H. Koplin 1968; Routh, D. K. 1969; Royer, F. L. & W. R. Garner 1966; Rubenstein, H. & M. Aborn 1960; Rubino, C. A., et al. 1967; Rush, L. I. 1968; Russ, D. & H. Loess 1969; Ryabova, T. V. 1969; Sachs, J. S. 1967; Salzinger, K. 1959; & R. S. Feldman & S. Portnoy 1964; & S. Salzinger 1967; Sampson, J. R. 1970; Samuels, S. J. 1967; Santa, J. L. & H. B. Rankin 1972; Saporta, S. 1955; ed. 1961; Sarles, H. B. 1967; Sarno, J. E„ P. L. Swisher & T. M. Sarno 1969; Satz, P. 1968; Saunders, E. A. & C. J. Miller 1968; Savchenko, A. N. 1959; Schiefelbusch, R., R. Copeland & T. Smith 1967; Schlesinger, I. M. 1967; Schliesser, H. F. & R. O. Coleman 1968; Schuell, H. & R. Shaw & W. Brewer 1969; Schwartz, M. F. 1969; Scott, F. N. 1908; Scovel, T. 1969b; Sedge, R. K. 1971; Seeman, M. 1970; Seglas, J. 1892; Seliga, J. T. 1966; Shankweiler, D. P. 1970; & M. Studdert-Kennedy 1967, 1970; Sharf, D. J. 1971; Shepard, R. N. 1967; Sheridan, M. 1961; Shipley, E. F. & C. S. Smith & L. R. Gleitman 1969; Siegenthaler, B. M. & P. A. Bianchi 1968; Siegman, A. & B. Pope 1970; Sievers, E. 1924; Sinclair de Zwart, H. 1969; Sinha, A. K. P. & S. N. S. Sinha 1960; Skinner, B. F. 1957; Slama-Cazacu, T. 1970; Sloane, H. & B. D. Mac

877 Aulay 1968; Slobin, D. I. 1965,1966a, 1966b; ed. 1968a, 1968b, 1969a, 1969b, 1971a, 1971b; & C. Walsh 1968; Smalley, W. A. 1963; Smith, E. E. & D. E. Larson 1970; Smith, F. & G. A. Miller 1966; Smith, H. L. 1952; Smith, M. E. 1926; Smith, O. W. & C. W. Koutstaal 1969; Smith, P. T. 1970; Snyder, L. S. 1971; Sokhin, F. A. 1955; Sollberg, G. 1970; Sollier, P. 1891; Sommerfeit, A. 1938b; Southern, M. L. 1970; Soväk, M. 1962b; Sperber, A. 1911; Sperling, G. 1967; Spiegel, J. & P. Machotka 1971; Spreen, 0 . 1 9 6 5 , 1 9 6 8 ; Staats, A. W. 1971-72; & C. K. Staats 1963; Stassi, E. J. 1968; Stehle, H. 1956; Stevens, K. N. 1960; & A. S. House 1961; Stevens, K. N . 1960, 1972; Stevenson, C. L. 1944; Stokoe, W. C. 1963. 1969; Stolz, W. S. 1967; Stoughton, G. 1955; Straight, H. S. 1970; StuddertKennedy, M. & A. M. Liberman, K. S. Harris & F. S. Cooper 1970; & D. Shankweiler 1971; Stumpf, C. 1924; Subirana, A. 1961, 1964a, 1964b; Suppes, P. 1970; Suslick, A. 1963; Swets, J. A. 1963; Symmes, J. S. 1971; Talkington, L. W. & S. M. Hall 1970; Tedford, W. H. & C. P. Rose 1970; Tervoort, B. T. 1969a, 1969b, 1970; Thatcher, L. 1967; Thomas, O. 1967; Thomas, W. G. 1969; Thorson, A. M. 1925; Thurlow, W. R. & J. R. Mergener 1970; Tikhomirov, O. K. 1959; Tomatis, A. 1963; Tomb, J. W. 1925; Tsunoda, T. 1969a, 1969b; Vandenburg, S. G. 1968; Viesti, C. R. & H. T. Dizney & H. J. Prehm 1968; Vygotskil, L. S. 1956, 1960; Wagner, R. L. 1949, 1956; Wales, R. J. & J. C. Marshall 1966; & R. Grieve 1969; Wandruszka, M. 1971; Wang, W. S. Y. 1968; & C. J. Fillmore 1961; Wardhaugh, R. 1971; Warren, R. M. & C. J. Obusek, R. M. Farmer & R. P. Warren 1969; & R. P. Warren 1970; Warrington, E. K. & V. Logne & R. T. C. Pratt 1971; Webster, R. L. 1969; Weigl, E. & M. Bierwisch 1970; Weiner, P. S. 1969; Weir, R. H. 1962; Welby, V. 1911; Westlake, H. 1952; Whitaker, H. A. 1972; Whitfield, I. C. 1967, 1969; Willis, V. L. & M. Garrison 1970; Winge, P. 1918; Wingfield, A. 1969; Wlodarski, Z. 1968; Wolf, E. G. & B. A. Ruttenberg 1968; Wood, C. C. & W. R. Goff & R. S. Day 1971; Woodward, M. F. & C. Barber 1960a; Wooster, A. D . 1968, 1969; Worden, F. G. 1971a; Yilmaz, H. 1968; Yngve, V. H. 1960, 1962, 1965; Zale, E. M. 1968; van der Zanden, H. M. 1939; Zangwill, O. L. 1960a, 1971; Zhinkin, N . I. 1956,1972; Zigler, E. & al. 1971; Zipf, G. K. 1935; Zurif, E. B. & M. P. Bryden 1969; & P. E. Sait 1970; Zvorykin, V. P. 1969; Zwicky, A. M. 1971. R E A D I N G , see W R I T I N G RfiVßSZ, G., I D E A S OF, R E L A T E D TO PROBLEM O F L A N G U A G E ORIGINS Assirelli, O. 1955; Blake, F. R. 1948; Diver, W. 1957; Gray, G. W. 1957; Höpp, G. 1965, 1970; Köhler, O. 1953; McQuown, N . A. 1957; Meyerson, I. 1952; Motherwell, G. 1958; Newmark, L. D. 1957; Nordskog, J. E. 1960; Orr, J. 1951; Porzig, W. 1952; Pos, H. J. 1946-47; Raun, A. 1959; Revesz, G. 1934, 1938, 1939, 1940a, 1940b, 1941, 1942, 1948, 1950a, 1950b, 1954, 1957, 1958, 1959, 1970; Taylor, D. 1958; Ullmann, S. 1958; Vendryes, J. 1948; Whatmough, J. 1958. RHETORIC Lamy, B. 1675; Lockemann, F. 1956; Quintilian, M. F. 1 8 9 2 , 1 9 2 0 , 1 9 2 2 ; Russell, W. 1830, 1838; Stebbins, G. 1887. ROOTS, T H E O R Y O F PRIMITIVE ROOTS A N D L A N G U A G E ORIGINS Anonymous 1960a; Bell, W. 18—; Bergier, N.-S. 1764; Bunker, H. A. 1951; de Campos Leiza, £ . 1874; Curtius, G. 1886; Cuyer, E. 1902; D e Brosses, C. 1765; Drexel, A. 1952; Fazekas, J. 1954; Foster, M. L. 1969,1970; Garnett, R. 1859; van Helmont, F. M. 1960; la Grasserie, R. de 1895; Pirie, A. 1811; Schreider. E. 1950; Snell, A. L. 1910; Sweet, H. 1900; Whatmough, J. 1941.

878 SAPIR, EDWARD, IDEAS OF, RELATED TO PROBLEMS OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS Hymes, D. 1969; Penn, J. M. 1966-67; Sapir, E. 1929. SARAH EXPERIMENT (Chimpanzee Sarah) Anonymous 1970a; Bourne, G. H. 1971; Denes, P. B. 1966; Gazzaniga, M. S. & A. S. Velletri & D. Premack 1971; Hewes, G. W. 1971a, 1973c; Mehler, J. 1968; Premack, D. 1970a, 1970b, 1970c, 1971a, 1971b, 1971c, 1972a, 1972b, 1972c; & A. Schwartz 1966; Pribram, K. H. 1971. SCHLEGEL, C. W. F. von, IDEAS OF, RELATED TO PROBLEM OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS Bolelli, T. 1965; Eichner, H. 1963; Kainz, F. 1940; Nüsse, H. 1962; Schlegel, A. W. 1801. SCHLEICHER, AUGUST, IDEAS OF, RELATED TO PROBLEM OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS Maher, J. P. 1966. SEA LIONS, see DOLPHINS, PORPOISES, SEA-LIONS, COMMUNICATION IN SEMANTICS, SEMANTIC STRUCTURE Ausubel, D. P. 1965b; Berlin, B. 1970; Brain, W. R. 1956; Chafe, W. L. 1965, 1970; Chomsky, N. 1970; Cicourel, A. V. 1970, 1972; Condon, J. C. 1960; Coseriu, E. 1967; Cullen, J. M. 1968; Curti, M. 1931; Davidson, D. 1965, 1967; & G. Harman 1970; von Glasersfeld, E. 1969; Goldfried, M. R. 1963; Goodglass, H. & B. Klein, P. Carey & K. Jones 1966; Gustafson, D. 1971; Hallett, G. 1967; Henley, N. M. 1969; Holzman, M. S. 1971; Horn, E. 1942; Ingram, D. 1971; Jakobovits, L. A. & D. Steinberg 1971; Jankovic, M. 1965; Katz, J. J. 1967; & J. A. Fodor 1963; Kay, P. 1970; Kuypers, K. 1934; Latif, I. 1934; Leach, E. 1964; Locker, E. 1954; Luria, A. R. & O. S. Vinogradova 1959; Morris, C. 1946, 1955, 1958,1964; Narskiï, I. S. 1969; Osgood, C. E. & A. W. Heyer 1950,1966; Paduceva, E. V. 1968; Pagu, S. 1967; Quine, W. V. O. 1960; Reiss, S. 1950; Rossi, A. 1970; Shaff, A. 1963; Smith, J. W. 1968; Suci, G. J. 1969; Weinreich, U. 1963. SEMIOTIC, see SIGN, THEORY OF (also) Antonius, 0.1939; Bossuet, J. B. 1846; Bruner, J. S. 1967; Sebeok, T. A. 1965. SEX DIFFERENCES IN LANGUAGE ABILITIES Barron, N. 1971; Brown, J. K. 1970; Buffery, A. W. 1971; & J. A. Gray 1971; Gall, M. D. & A. K. Hobby & K. H. Craik 1969; Gray, J. A. 1971a, 1971b; & A. W. H. Buffery 1971; Hobson, J. R. 1947; Mourant, A. E. 1973; Munroe, R. L. & R. H. Munroe 1967, 1971a; Nieuwenhuis, A. W. 1935; Sperber, H. 1912; Wescott, R. W. 1973c; Williams, S. N. 1971; Winitz, H. & M. Lawrence 1961. SIGN LANGUAGE AND GESTURE, GENERAL WORKS Alexandre, P. 1969b; Allport, F. H. 1924; Anonymous 1829, 1835, 1929, 1932a, 1935, 1943, 1970b; Armstrong, R. G. 1953; Artabasda, N. 1341; Aubert, C. 1901, 1927; Austin, G. 1806,1966; Ausubel, D. P. 1965b, 1968; Bacon, F. 1877; Bannan, J. F. 1967; Barbieri, M. 1778; Bébian, R. A. A. 1817; Becker, V. A. 1956; Bede, Ven. 1843; Benson, E. E. 1961; Betz, R. 1898; Bharata 1936; Bloomfield, L. 1933; Bonifaccio, G. 1616; Borel-Maisonny, S. 1967; Brewer, W. D. 1951; Brilliant, R. 1963; Bugelski, B. R. & S. Lattanzio 1972; Bühler, K. 1965; Burssens, A. 1939; Callieri, B. & L. Frighi 1971; Capella, M. M. F. 1499; Capon, L.-A. 1868; Carrington, J. F. 1944,1949, 1971; Chaitanya 1968; Clarke, H. 1887; Clarke, R. T. 1934; Cocchiara, G. 1932; Columbia Broadcasting System, Inc. 1946; Condillac, E. B. de 1775, 1777,1947; Conrad, J. 1964; Coomaraswamy, A. & G. K. Duggirala

879 1917; Cresollius, L. 1620; Critchley, M. 1939,1942, 1966a; Cyrano de Bergerac 1921; Davidson, L. J. 1950; Degerando, J. M. 1800; Delling, H. 1925; De Haerne, D. 1875; Denzin, N. K. 1971; Devendra, D. T. 1956; Döhmann, K. 1950; Dorsch. A. J. 1789; Dreyfuss, H. 1972; Dugast, I. 1960; Eboue, F. 1938; van Eerde, J. C 19—; Ekman, P. & W. V. Friesen 1969a, 1969b; Ermoldus 1851; Frobenius, L. 1909; Gallaudet College 1961, 1968; Geiger, L. 1868a, 1869a; Ghosh, M. 1957; Goldberg, I. 1938; Habicht, W. 1959; Harms, W. 1970; Haudricourt, A. G. 1968; Henkel, A. & A. Schöne 1967; Hermann, E. 1943; Herzog, G. 1945; Hewes, G. W. 1973b, 1973c; Hinde, R. A. 1972; Hirsch, A. P. 1913, 1923; Hoemann, H. W. 1968; Howell, F. C. & Eds. of Life 1965; Hughes, R. M. 1964; Hymes, D. H. 1961b; Jaada, L. 1970; Jacob, H. & M. Katsumie 1970; Jenks, R. W. 1852; Johannes-son, A. 1944, 1950, 1952; Jones, A. M. 1959; de Jorio, A. 1832; Josephs, H. 1963; Jousse, M. P. 1936; Jucker, I. 1956; Kakamasu, J. 1968; de Kat Angelino, P. & T. de Kleen 1922; Kern, H. 18—; Key, M. R. 1962; Khatchadourian, H. 1966, 1971; Kiener, F. 1962; King, W. S. 1949; Kjolseth, J. R. 1968, 1969; de Kleen, T. 1924, 1937; Kleinpaul, H. 1869; Kluge, F. 1885; Knappe«, J. 1961; Knowlson, J. R. 1965; Koch, R. 1926; Kristeva, J. 1968; Kroeber, A. L. 1952, 1958; Krout, M. H. 1951, 1953; Kükelhaus, H. 1963; Künssberg, E. F. von 1941; Labarre, W. 1947; Labouret, H. 1923; Lagercrantz, S. 1970; LaFin, 1692; Laikin, P. 1963; Landwehr, J. 1962; Lansdale, N. 19—; Larson, T. 1971; Lavater, J. K. 1943; von Leibnitz, G. W. 1717; Lesky, A. 1969; Lommatzsch, E. 1910; Lush, A. J. 1935a, 1935b; Lyall, A. 1956; Maesse, H. 1935; Mallery, G. 1881a, 1881b, 1884, 1891; Maranon, G. 1938,1950; Marone, S. 1967; Marti, S. 1971; Meldau,R.1967; M e l o , V . d e l 9 5 8 ; Menarini, A. 1955-59; Meo-zilio, G. 1960, 1961, 1962; Metheney, E. 1968; Mills, J. 1934; Mitchell, W. 1972; Mitton, A. 1949; Mivart, St. G. J. 1876; Monod, P. A. R. 1970; Montaigne, M. E. de 1580; Mooney, J. 1910; Morgan, L. H. 1877; Moser, H. M. e t a l . 1960, 1961; Moystardieres, M. A. 157-; Murner.T. 1516; Needles, W. 1959; Nekes, H. 1912; Newman, J. 1853; Nikolaieva, T. M. 1966; Noica, D. J. 1922; Northrop, H. D. 1903; Ombredane, A. 1931, 1933; Onasander 1923; Ovid 1889, 1962; Pacichelli, G. B. 1673; Paget, G. & P. Gorman 1964; Paget, R. A. S. 1927d, 1928a, 1931, 1935, 1936a, 1937, 1947, 1955, 1958; & G. Paget & P. Gorman 1969; Pandeya, G. A. 1943; Patte, E. 1960; Pepys, S. 1660-69; Phillott, D. G. 1906, 1907; Pierce, J. R. 1961b; Polunin, I. 1959; della Porta, G. B. 1566; Pöschl, V. 1964; Premakumar 1948; Rabelais, F. 1533-64; Rambosson, J. P. 1853a, 1853b; Ransom, J. E. 1941; Rattray, R. S. 1916; Regnault, F. 1898; Renou, L. 1957; Riese, W. 1965; Ris-Paquot, O. E. 1892; Röhrich, L. 1960, 1967; Rolland, E. 1886-87; Rosa, L. A. 1929; Rubinow, S. 1970; Schmidt, L. 1953; Schmidt, W. 1926; Seigel, J. P. 1969; Selenka, E. 1900; Seton, E. T. 1918; Signal, N. A. 1962; Silvestre, L.-C. 1868; Simmons, D. C. 1955,1960; Smith, M., M. Culpin & E. Farmer 1953; Stegemeier, H. 1946; Stern, T. 1957; Steward, J. 1936; Stoevesand, B. 1960; Stokoe, W. C. 1972a; Streeter, S. 1958; Strehle, H. 1935, 1960; Tanaka, Y. & T. Oyama & C. E. Osgood 1963; Tedford, W. H . & C. P. Rose 1970; Thilenius, G., C. Meinhof & W. Heinitz 1916; Thomas, A. V. 1941; Tillman, A. A. 1962; Topinard, P. 1900; Trän Düc T h ä o 1966, 1970; Van Valen, L. 1955; Vendryes, J. 1950; Verbeken, A. 1924; Verneau, R. 1900; Voegelin, C. F. 1958; Vorwahl, H. 1932; Wahl, V. 1961; Walker, K. S. 1969; Ward, J. S. M. 1928; West, L. 1960; Westermann, D. 1907; Whatmough, J. 1954; Whitney, W. D. 1885; Wiener, M. 1968; Wilkins, J. 1802; Wisher, P. R. 1960a, 1960b; Witte, O. 1930; Witte, P. A. 1910; Wundt, W. 1916; Yerkes, R. M. 1925; Zemp, H. & C. Kaufmann 1969; Zschietzmann, W. 1924. SIGN L A N G U A G E O F T H E AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINES Gillen, F. J. 1968; Gould, R. D. 1969; Howitt, A. W. 1891, 1904; Keane, A. H. 1900; Miller, W. R. 1971; Roth, W. E. 1897; Stirling, E. C. 1896.

880 SIGN LANGUAGE OF THE DEAF Abraham, E. J. D. n.d.; Akerly, S. 1821; Aléa, J. M. 1824; Alterman, A. I. 1970; Amman, J. C. 1692, 1694, 1700; Amoroso, P. 1909; Anonymous 1698, 1783, 1821, 1834, 19—, 1900, 1926,1957a, 1965; Arakawa, I. & K. Furumaya 1956; Augustinus n.d.; Babbini, B. E. 1965, 1971; Baker, C. 1851; Ballesteros, J. M. 1851; Ballin, A. 1930; Bandet, L. 1969; Banersee, H. C. 1928; Barrois, J. B. 1850; Bartlett, D. E. 1865; Bartolus 1350; Baurand, G. & C. Ghione, M. L. Hammann, L. Striglioni & A. Appaix 1970; Bébian, R. A. A. 1825; Becker, V. A. 1953; Bélanger, A. 1893; Bell, A. G. 1894, 1898; Bellugi, U. 1971, 1972; Berthier, F. 1842-49, 1873; Birch, J. W. 1962; & E. R. Stuckless 1964; Blackburn, E. K. 1957; Blake, G. D. 1967; Blanchet, A. L. P. 1850-52; Blank, M. 1965; Blanton, R. L. 1968; Boatner, E. B. 1949; Boese, R. J. 1968, 1971; Bolton, J. 1958; Bonet, J. M. P. 1620, 1890; Bornstein, H. 1969a, 1969b; Brill, R. G. 1970; British Deaf and Dumb Association 1960; Brouland, J. 1855; Brown, J. S. 1856; Browne, L. E. 1917; Brun, T. 1969; Bulwer, J. 1644, 1648; Burr, C. W. 1905; Cardano, G. de 1663; Carton, C. L. 1847; Casarin, M. 1959; di Castro, E. 1652; Charlton, M. H. 1970; Cicourel, A. V. & R. J. Boese 1969, 1972a, 1972b; Cissna, R. L. 1961, 1963; Cliffe, P. 1970; Corfmat, P. 1969; Cornett, R. O. 1967a, 1967b; Covington, V. C. 1970; Critchley, M. 1938; Cromer, R. F. 1970; Croneberg, C. G. 1965; Crutchfield, P. 1970; Culbreath, C. S. 1950; Dalgarno, G. 1661, 1680, 1834; Davis, A. 1966; Davis, C. 1965; Degérando, J. M. 1800; DeLand, F. 1917, 1920a, 1920b, 1920c; Deusingius, A. cl660; Dickens, C. 1969; Doctor, P. V. 1970; Dubief, E. 1891; Dupont, M. 1898; Ente Nazionale per la Protezione e l'Assistenza dei Sordomuti 19—; L'Epée, C. M. de 1774, 1784, 1896; Falberg, R. M. 1963; Fant, L. J. 1964, 1971a, 1971b; Farrar, A. 1890; Fay, E. A. 1912b; Ferrand. A. 1897; Finnestad, K. L. 1961; Fitzgerald, E. M. 19—; Forestier, C. 1883; Fouts, R. S. 1972a, 1972b; Fusfeld, I. S. 1958: Gallaudet College 1961, 1968, 1970; Gallaudet, E. M. 1888; Gama, F. J. da 1875; Garcia, J. A. 1952; Gardner, B. T. 1969, 1971; Gardner, R. A. 1972 & B. T. Gardner 1966, 1967, 1969; Garnett, C. B. 1967. 1968; Geil'man, I. F. 1957; Geppert, L. 1968; Gilmour, A. J. R. 1971; Goodridge, F. 1966; Gordon, J. C. 1886, 1898; Gorman, P. P. 1964; Graf, R. 1967; Grasset, J. 1896; Griffith, J. 1969; Grow, C. B. 1924; Haerne, D. P. A. de 1865; Hall, S. M., et al. 1970; Hanson, O. 18—; Harris, J. C. 1925; Haskins, C. W. 1890; Hebrew University of Jerusalem 1967; Heese, G. 1956; Heinicke, S. 1968; Helfman, E. S. 1967; Herdtfelder, A. P. 1967; Hester, M. S. 1964; Higgins, D. D. 1923; Hirsch, A. P. 1961, 1963; Hubbard, G. G. 1867; Humphrey, H. 1859; Hung, H.-L. 1966; Hutton, G. 18—, 189-; Hyett.R.L.R. 1970; International Congress on the Education of the Deaf 1880; Jacobs, J. A. 1853; Jamet, P. 1824; Jennings, A. C. 1910; Jones, H. 1968; Jordan, F. 1956; J0rgensen, J. 1907; Kannapell, B. M. & L. B. Hamilton & H. Bornstein 1969; Keep, J. R. 1867; Kellogg, W. N. 1969; Kempelen, W. 1791; Kenny, V. 1962; Kent, M. S. 1970, 1971; Klitgaard, C. 1934; Kobrak, F. 1907; Krairiksh, K. 1956; Lambert, L. M. 1859, 1865, 1868; Landar, H. 1961; Landes, R. M. 1969; Leen, N. 1972; Lenneberg, E. H. 1970c, 1971a; Levett, L. M. 1969, 1971; Linke, H. 1937; Long, J. S. 1910, 1918; Longlois, M. L. 1965; Magarotto, C. & D. Vukotic 1959; Manthey, F. 1937; Marcowitz, H. 197-; Marroquin, C. J. L. 1957; Martola, C. 1966; Martsinovskaya, E. N. 1969; Mazurkiewitsch, J. 1900; McCall, E. A. 1965; Meadow, K. P. 1968, 1971; Mendelson, J .H. & L. Siger, E. Kubzansky & P. Solomon 1964; Michaels, J. W. 1923,1959; Mierlo, H. van 1968; Mindel, E. & M. Vernon 1971; Montgomery, G. W. G. 1966,1971; Moores, D. F. 1970a; Morgan, D. 1968; Morkovin, B. V. 1960; Mücke, J. 1834; National Association of the Deaf 19—, 1965, 1970a, 1970b; New York State Institute for the Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb 1912; Noble, E. R. 1970; Noemann, H. W. 1970; Northern, J. L. & D. Teter & R. F. Krug 1971; Ojima, S. & Y. Nakano 1963; Oléron, P. 1952b; Olson, J. R. 1972; Ontario Association of the Deaf 19—;Origen 1897-1960;

881 O'Rourke, T. J. 19—; etal. 1970; Osterberg, O. 1916; Paget, R. A. S. 1953; Pashentseva, L. V. 1966; Passow, A. 1924; Paul, J. & N. Schneider 19—; Peet, E. 1934; Peet, H. P. 1851a, 1851b, 1941; Peled, T. 1966; Pelissier, P. 1846,1856a, 1856b, 1857; Peterson, R. F. & G. J. Whitehurst 1971; Porter, S. 1846; Prickett, H. T. 1971; Quigley, S. P. 1968, ed. 1966; Rae, L. 1848a, 1848b, 1852; Rand, L. W. 1962; Rees, E. 1954; Reuschert, E. 1909; Rhodes, M. J. 1969; Riekehof, L. L. 1961, 1963; Robinson, L. D. 1965; Roddy, A. J. 1966; Roth, S. D. 1948; Rowe, F. B. & S. Brooks & B. Waison 1960; Roy, H. L. & J. D. Schein & D. R. Frisina 1964; Sanders, J. I. 1968; Schauss, I. 1850; Schein, J. D. 1965; Schlesinger, I. M. 1969, 1972; Schnauss, J. 1850; Schuy, C. 1955; Sella, I. 1969; Sharoff, R. L. 1961; Sheavyn, M. S. 19—; Shunary, J. 1969; Sicard, R. A. C. 1800, 1808, 1814, 1823; Siger, L. 1968; Silverman, F. & E.-M. Silverman 1971; Smith, J. L. 1902; Spang-Thomsen, B. 1956; Springer, C. J. 1961; Steiner, A. 1828; Stevens, R. P. 1966; Stevenson, E. A. 19—; Stoevesand, B. 1956; Stokoe, W. C. 1960, 1965, 1966, 1969, 1970a, 1970b, 1971, 1972a, 1972b; & D. Casterline & C. G. Croneberg 1965; Stone, C. 1852; Stopa, R. 1969; Stuckless, E. R. 1966; & J. W. Birch 1966; Sutcliffe, T. H. 1960, 1969; ed. 1971; Tazbiröwna, W. 1950; Tervoort, B. T. 1953, 1961-68, 1962-63, 1964a, 1964b, 1967, 1968; & A. J. A. Verbeck 1967; Turner, W. W. 1858; Vai'sse, L. 1844-54, 1878; Valade-Gabel, J. J. 1862a, 1862b, 1863, 1894; Valade-Gabel, P. A. 1879; Valade, Y.-L. R. 1854; Vuillemey, P. 1959; Vukotic, D. 1966; Waratah, New South Wales, Deaf and Dumb Institute 1943; Watson, D. O. 1964; Weber, C. J. 1868; Williams, J. 1968; Woodford, D. 1970; Woodward, J. C. 1971a, 1972; World Federation of the Deaf 1960; Wyman, D. L. 1966; Yeh, F. 1972; Young, H. B. 1916; Zawolkow, D. A. 1969; Zykov, S. A. 1966. SIGN LANGUAGE, MONASTIC Anonymous 1726, 1929b; Aungier, G. I. 1840; Brendan, A. 1871; Buyssens, E. 1956; Dubois, L. F. 1824; Giraldus Cambrensis 1858-91; Herrgot 1726; Hütt, C. 1968; von Leibnitz, G. W. 1768; Rijnbeck, G. van 1951, 1954; Rossellius, F. 1579; Rugel, E. 1938; Vendryes, I. 1954; William of Hirsau, A. 1854. SIGN LANGUAGE OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS Amon, A. 1968; Anonymous 1935; Chocolaterie Meurisse 1951; Clark, W. P. 1885; Dunbar, W. 1804: Hofsinde, R. 1956; Key, M. R. 1964; Ljung, M. 1965; Long, S. H. 1823; Mallery, G. 1880, 1881a, 1881b, 1884; Stütz, A. 1928; Tomkins, W. 1927; Walker, I. R. 1953; Zorn, E. R. 1928. SIGN, THEORY OF; SEMIOTIC Abraham, S. 1969; Antonius, O. 1943; Arreat, L. 1913; Arutyunova, N. D. & T. V. Bulygina, & A. A. Ufimcheva 1970; Bally, C. 1939; Bandura, A. & I. Grusec & F. Menlove 1966; Bar-Hillel, Y. 1954; Bartlett.F. C. 1932; Bateson, M. C. 1968; Bayley, H. 1912; Beidelman, T. O. 1961; Benveniste, E. 1939; Blyth, J. W. 1952; Bontrager, O. R. 1953; Bourguignon, I. 1970; Bronowski, J. S. 1966; Bruner, J. S. 1964; Burke, K. 1966; Burkhardt, D. & W. Schleidt & H. Altner 1967; Buyssens, E. 1943; Campbell, B. 1967; Carini, L. 1967, 1969; Chafe, W. L. 1967; Chao, Y. R. 1968; Chauvin, R. 1960; Chomsky, N. 1963, 1965b; Cirlot, J. E. 1952, 1962; Cissna, R. L. 1963; Darcy, W. J. 1960; Debes, D. 1968; Deguy, M. 1961; Derrida, J. 1967b; DeWolf, M. 1970; Douglas, M. 1970; Fauth, B. & L. Fauth & W. Wesley 1965; Fere, C. 1884; Fönagy, I. 1956; Frank, L. K. 1960; Frisch, K. von 1954b; Furth, H. G. 1967; Furth, H. G. & I. Youniss 1965; & J. Youniss & B. M. Ross 1970; Fry, D. B. 1963; Gerst, M. S. 1971; Goja, H. 1959; Greenberg, J. H. 1963; Haas, A. 1957; Haidane, J. B. S. 1954b; Henry, A. 1970; Hertz, R. 1909, 1960; Hungerland, I. C. 1953; Hunter, W. S. 1924; Internationales Symposion Zeichen und System der Sprache 1964; Ivanov, V. V. 1968; lakobson,

882 R. 1967a, 1967b; Janet, P. cl936b; Kepes, G. 1966; Klanfer, J. 1935; Koenig, O. 1953; Kortlandt, A. 1953; Kotetishvili, I. V. 1963; Lenneberg, E. H. 1965; Livingstone, F. B. 1971; Lötz, J. 1956; Mach'avariani, M. 1966; MacKay, D. M. 1952; Maritain, J. 1957; Marler, P. 1967, 1972; Maslow, A. H. 1966; Mason, S. E. 1963; Matschinski, M. 1961; Mayenowa, M. R. 1967; Meetham, A. R. & R. A. Hudson 1969; Merleau-Ponty, M. 1945, 1962, 1964a; Metz, C. 1970; MoraliDaninos, A. 1960; Morris, C. 1938; Mounin, G. 1969-70, 1970; Mowrer, O. H. 1960; Mruklik, B. 1970; Munn, N. 1971; Nehring, A. 1950; Pagliaro, A. 1954,1956; Pap, L. 1971; Paulhan, J. J. 1967; Paulus, J. 1969; Peirce, C. S. 1932a, 1932b; Piaget, J. 1945; Pickenhain, L. 1962; Pierce, J. R. 1961a; Pohl, J. 1969; Porgbski, M. 1970; Prieto, L. J. 19—; Russell, W. M. S. 1962; Saussure, F. 1915; Schaff, A. 1970; Schapiro, M. 1970; Schievella, P. S. 1969; Schneider, M. 1946; Sebeok, T. A. 1962, 1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1967d, 1968a, 1968b, 1969a, 1969b, 1970a, 1970b, 1970c; & A. Hayes & G. Bateson 1964; & A. Ramsay 1969; Seward, J. P. 1948; Shapiro, M. 1968; Shustin, N. A. 1949; Smith, W. J. 1965, 1968, 1969; S0renson, B. A. 1963; Staffieri, J. R. & A. Razavieh 1969; Stahl, G. 1964; Stevenson, S. 1963; Steele, J. 1775, 1779; Tappen, N. C. 1953, 1965; Thass-Thienemann, T. 1968; Tinbergen, N. 1962, 1964; Trojan, F. 1959, 1961a; Valesio, P. 1967; Vetrov, A. A. 1967; Wallis, M. 1970; Werner, H. & B. Kaplan 1963; Wescott, R. W. 1970b, 1971a; White, L. A. 1940, 1959b, 1960, 1969; Wunderlich, D. 1969; Yerkes, R. M. 1943; Zeichen und System der Sprache 1961-62; Zvegintsev, V. A. 1956. SINGSONG THEORY OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS, see FESTAL ORIGINS OF LANGUAGE SOCIAL THEORY OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS, SOCIETY AND LANGUAGE Abul'khanova-Slavskaya, K. A. 1970; Aldrete, B. 1597; Altman, I. 1971; Antal, L. 1971; Argyle, M. 1967, 1969; Bader, O. N. & A. Bryusov, S. V. Kiselev & A. A. Formozov 1957; Beck, E. H. F. 1939-41; Berg, A. 1918; Bernstein, B. 1970, 1971; Borinski, K. 1911; Briffault, R. 1927; Cherry, C. 1957; Cohen, M. 1955, 1956a; Count, E. W. 1958, 1959a; Crombie, D. L. 1971; Danielou, J. 1956a; Ellwood, C. A. 1924; Enninger, W. 1969; Ervin (Ervin-Tripp), S. M. 1970b; Etkin, W. 1964; Freilich, M. 1971; Georgiade, C. 1938; Hayworth, D. 1928; Henry, J. 1959; Hertzler, J. O. 1965; Iselin, I. 1770; Jakobson, R. 1942; Kimball, S. T. 1963; Kjolseth, R. 1971; McBride, G. 1966; Mead, G. H. 1934a, 1934b, 1938; Meshchaninov, 1.1.1948; Mounier-Kuhn, P. 1969; Peschel.O.F. 1875; Protasenya, P. F. 1959; Redard, G. 1967; Roe, A. 1963; Sancipriano, E. N. 1970; Scott, J. P. 1958; Sherzer, J. 1971; Sommerfelt, A. 1942, 1965a; Stoltenberg, H. L. 1942. SOUND SYMBOLISM, PHONETIC SYMBOLISM Adler, S. 1952; Akhmanova, O. S. I960; Allport, G. W. 1935; Atzet, J. & H. B. Gerard 1965; Baddeley, A. D. 1966a, 1966b; Barik, H. C. 1969; Bell, W. 18-; Bentley, M. & E. J. Varon 1933; Böhme, J. 1675; Bolinger, D. L. 1949, 1950; Brackbill, Y. & K. B. Little 1957; Brinton, D. G. 1894; Brown, R. W. 1955; & A. Black & A. Horowitz 1955; & R. Nuttall 1959; Chastaing, M. 1958, 1962, 1964; Christensen, A. 1943; Crane, G. W. 1928; Delbouille, P. 1961, 1967; DeVito, J. & J. M. Civikly 1972; Dionysius of Halicarnassus 1808; Dogana, F. 1967; Dumas, G. 1932a; Durbin, M. E. 1969; Ertel, S. 1965, 1966a, 1966b; Fönagy, I. 1961, 1962, 1964, 1965, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1971, 1972; von Franckenberg, A. 1644; Fudge, E. C. 1970; Gebels, G. 1969; Goeje, C. H. de 1946; Gogarty, O. 1939; Goldberg, B. 1971; Gombrich, E. H. 1960; Grammont, M. 1901, 1939; Graur, A. 1926, 1962; & L. Wald 1965; Heise, D. R. 1966; Henshall, S. 1807; Holland,M.K. & M.Wertheimer 1964; Hornbostel, E. M. von 1927; Huttar, G. L. 1967; Iritani, T. 1962, 1969; Johnson, R. C. 1967; Kaiser, L. 1953a, 1953b, 1959, 1962; Kayser, W. 1932; Koenig, F. & L. Fischer 1970; Köhler, W. 1963; Kofinek, J. M. 1939a, 1939b;

883 Kostic, D. & R. S. Das, S. Vladisavljevic & D. Blagojevic 1970; Kovalev, V. V. et al. 1970; Kunihira, S. 1971; Landar, H. 1966; Lang, K. 1925; Lessing, G. E. 1886-1924; Liebich, B. 1923; Macdermott, M. M. 1940; Maitzmann, I. & L. Morisett & L. O. Brooks 1956; Marchand, H. 1959; Marek, F. 1970; Markel, N. N. 1961; & E. P. Hamp 1961; Martinet, A. 1937; McMurray, G. A. 1960; Meyer, R. M. 1901; Miron, M. S. 1961; Miskovska, V. T. 1962; Müller, H. 1935; Murdock, G. P. 1959; Newman, S. E. 1933; Orr, J. 1944; Oswalt, R. 1970; Park, T.-Z. 1970; Pecjak, V. 1970; Peterfalvi, J.-M. 1965, 1967, 1970; Pott, A. F. 1865; Regnaud, P. 1884; Rousey, C. L. & A. E. Moriarty 1965; Sauvageot, A. 1957; Schneider, W. 1938; Schurz, H. 1965; Shriberg, L. D. 1970; Siddiqi, J. A. 1969; Siegel, A. & I. Silverman & N. N. Markel 1969; Skala, E. 1965; Slobin, D. I. 1960; Smith, O. W. & M. Doherty & C. Cranny 1967; Smithers, G. V. 1954; Solomon, L. N. 1959; Spire, A. 1949; Stankiewicz, E. 1964; Stevens, C. & J. A. DeVito & N. Isaacson 1969; Storer, T. 1952; Tanz, C. 1971; Tarte, R. D. & L. S. Barritt 1971; Taylor, I. K. 1963, 1965a, 1965b, 1967; & M. M. Taylor 1962; et al. 1965; Thun, N. 1963; Trubetzkoy, N. S. 1967; Tsuru, S. 1934; & H. Fries 1962; Urbantschitsch, V. 1911; Weiss, J. H. 1963a, 1963b, 1964a, 1964b, 1966; Wellek, A. 1959; Werner, H. 1932, 1948; ed. 1955; Wertheimer, M. 1958; Wescott, R. W. 1970; Whiter, W. 1822-25; William of Shyreswood 1937; Winkler, H. 1884; Zajonc, R. B. 1971. SOVIET LANGUAGE RESEARCH RELATING TO LANGUAGE ORIGINS Abduldaev, E. 1965; Abul'Khanova-Slavskaya, K. A. 1970; Akademiya Nauk SSSR 1951 ; Akinshchikova, G. I. 1964; Akhmanov, A. S. 1957; Alekseeva, V. P. 1971 ; Ananyev, B. G. 1959, 1965; Annanurov, A. 1958; Anonymous 1905; Antonov, N. P. 1953; Aptekar, B. B. 193-; Ardentov, B. P. 1962; Artimovich, A. 1937; Arutyunova, N. D. et al. 1970; Arvaniessov, R. I. 1953; Bader, O. N. et al. 1957; Baïramov, A. 1963; Bassin, F. V. & E. S. Bein 1957; Baudouin de Courtenay, J. I. 1963; Bekbulatov, G. T. 1970; Bel'tiukov, V. I. 1964; Belyaev, B. V. 1958; Beritashvili, I. S., A. N. Bakuradze & A. I. Kats 1969; Berlin, B. M. 1934; Bibliografiya Bibliografiï 1963; Bogatyreva, A. 1968; Bokarev, E. A. 1953; Braïnes, S. N. & S. L. Novoselova 1959; Bronshtein, A. I. & E. P. Petrova 1967; Brown, R. W. 1960; Bubrikh, D. V. 1930, 1946; Budagov, R. A. 1965; Bukin, V. P. 1961; Bunak, V. V. 1951a, 1951b, 1958, 1959, 1966, 1968; Chertova, S. 1926; Chikobava, A. S. 1952; Chistovich, L. et al. 1968,1970; & V. A. Kozhevnikov 197-; Chrelashvili, N. V. 1965; Chukovskii, K. 1958; Chuprikova, N. I. 1967; Danilova, E. I. 1965, 1966, 1968; Debets, G. F. 1961; Dembowski, A. 1954; Dobrogayev, S. 1929, 1945, 1946a, 1946b, 1947; Domba, M. 1935; Ekgolm, I. K. 1953, 1968; Engels, F. 1876, 1952; Erdödi, J. 1948; Fabri, K. 1958, 1963; Fessalonitskiï, S. A. 1953; Filin, F. P. 1967; Firsov, L. A. 1954, 1960a, 1960b, 1960c, 1963, 1964, 1965, 1969; Frolov, Yu. P. 1960, 1965; Gal'perin, P. Ya. 1959; Gazov-Ginsburg, A. 1965; GeiI'man, I. 1957; Gerbova, V. 1969; Gershuni, G. V. 1964; Golovin, V. A. 1961; Goluzina, A. G., G. S. Lyakh & A. E. Kudryavtseva 1971; Gombos, L. 1946; Gorsky, D. P. 1957; Gozova, A. P. 1966; Gukovskaya, Z. V. 1940; Guryev, D. V. 1964; Gvozdev, A. 1961; Ismailov, B. 1969; Ivanov, V. V. 195-, 1968; Jacobsson, G. 1950; lakovlev, N. 1949; Kalynovyc, M. J. 1946; Katzenel'son, S. D. 1947a, 1947b; Kelda, I. D. 1929; Kezheradze, E. D. 1960; Khrustov, G. F. 1960, 1966, 1968; Kochetkov, F. K. & V. I. Kochetkova 1970; Kochetkova, V. I. 1960a, 1960b, 1961a, 1961b, 1962, 1966,1967,1968,1970a, 1970b, 1970c, 1972a, 1972b; Kohts, N. N. 1923, 1953, 1955, 1958, 1959, 1964; Kol'tsova, M. M. 1949, 1958, 1966; Kondrashov, N. A. & A. G. Spirkin 1952; Konikova, 1946; Kopnin, P. V. 1957; Kotetishvili, I. V. 1963; Kovalev, V. V. et al. 1970; Kozhevnikov, V. A. & L. A. Chistovich, eds. 1965; Kudryavtseva, N. A. 1968; Kuznetsov, P. S. 1966; Leont'ev, A. A. 1959, 1962, 1963, 1964a, 1964b, 1965, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1970; & D. Yu. Panov 1962; & T. V. Ryabova 1969; Levin, V. N. 1967;

884 L'Hermitte, R. 1954; Loja, J. V. 1968; Lublinskaya, A. A. 1954, 1966; Luchin, P. A. 1970; Lukina, E. V. 1957; Luria, A. R. 1947-70b; & F . Ya. Yudovich 1958, 1959; & 0 . S. Vinogradova 1959; & T. A. Karasseva 1968; & L. S. Tsvetkova 1969; Mach'avariani, M. 1966; Makaev, E. A. 1961; Makhin'ko, V . I. 1954; Mal'tsev, V. P. 1971; Markova, A. 1963, 1967; M a r r , N . Y a . 1925, 1926,1930, 1931, 1933, 1936; Marx, K. H. 1961; & F . Engels, V . I. Lenin & I. V . Stalin 1933; Matthews, W. K. 1950; Mayorov, F . P. & L. A. Firsov 1956; Mazhutaitis, V . M. 1966; Meshchaninov, 1.1. 1930, 1931, 1934, 1948; Miller, E. A. 1963; Mukhina, V. S. 1964, 1965; Narskil, I. S. 1969; NazaretskiT, V. V. 1963; Neely, K . K . 1956; Nesturkh, M. F . 1958, 1960, 1967; Nikiforova, O. I. 1961; Nikol'skii, V . K. & N. F. Yakovlev 1947, 1950; Ozhigova, A. P. 1968; Panfilov, V. Z. 1957; Pap, F . 1964; Parachev, A. M. 1963; Paramonova, N. 1956; Pätsch, G. 1955; Pirogov, N. 1.1843-45; Porshnev, B. F . 1955,1958,1964,1966,1971; Potapov, I. & S. I. Ibrahimova 1968; Prazdnikova, N. V. & L. A. Firsov 1953; Promptov, A. V. 1949; Protasenya, P. F . 1959, 1961; Pracha, J . 1972; Psikhologiya Grammatika 1968; Pugach, G . 1961; Raevskii, A. N. 1958; Reimann, W. 1953; Reshetov, Y . G. 1966; Reznikov, K. Yu. 1964; Reznikov, L. O. 1946, 1962; Roginskii, G . Z. 1939, 1948; Roginskii, Y a . Y a . 1947, 1957a, 1957b, 1965, 1969; Rogozinis, S. S. 1925; Rosengart-Pupko, G . L . 1948, 1963, 1966; Rozanova, T. V. 1966; Rozenbergs, J . 196-; Rubinshtein, S. L. 1957; Ryabova, T . V . 1969; Rybnikov, N. A. 1926, 1927; Savchenko, A. N. 1959; Savich, G . A. 1961; Schastnyi, A. I. 1961, 1962; Schreider, E. 1957; Sechenov, I. M. 1942; Semenov, S. A. 1959; Semenov, Y . I. 1966; Serebrennikov, B. A. 1951,1953, 1968, 1970a, 1970b; ShchedrovitskiT, G . P. 1963; Shelkovnikov, S. S. 1964; Shemyakin, F . N. 1960; Shevchenko. Yu. G . 1959, 1960, 1967; Shmal'gauzen, I. 1965; Shorokhova, E. V. 1955; Shiern, A. 1967; Shustin, N. A. 1949; Sinelnikov, Y . R. 1967; Slobin, D. I. 1966a, 1966b, 1969a, 1971a; Smilaner, V. 1949-50; Sokhin, F . A. 1955; Sokolov, A. M. 1956, 1960, 1961, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1971; Spirkin, A. G. 1953, 1957,1959, 1960; Stalin, I. V. 1951; Stankievich, I. A. 1968; Tagliavini, C. 1950; Ter-Grigoryan, G. G. 1969; Ter-Minasova, S. G. 1969; Thomas, L. L. 1957a, 1957b; Tikh, N. A. 1950, 1970; Tikhomirov, O. K. 1959; Uryson, M. I. 1965; Ushakova, T. N. 1969; Vanyushkina, L. N. 1969; Vinogradov, V . V . 1951; Voino, M. S. 1964; Voltonis, N. Y . 1949; Voronin, L. G. 1960; Vyari, £ . 1962; Vygotskii, L. S. 1960; Wald, L. 1964; Yakimov, V . P. 1951, 1956, 1965, 1966; Yakovleva, S. V . 1958; Zalkind, N. F . 1964; Zaporozhets, A. V. 1958; Zhinkin, N. I. 1956, 1958, 1959, 1960a, 1960b, 1962a, 1963, 1964, 1967a, 1967b, 1968, 1972; Zinoviev, A. A. & 1.1. Revzine 1958; Zvegintsev, V. A. 1956,1960; Zvorykin, V . P. 1969; Zykov, S. A. 1966. SPACE RELATIONS AND LANGUAGE Adams, F . A. 1885; Aldrich-Blake, F . P. G . & T . K . Bunn, R. I. M. Dunbar & P. M. Headley 1971; Altman, I. 1968a, 1968b; Ananyev, B. 1959; Aronson, E. & S. Rosenbloom 1971; Barsch, R . H. 1965; Bartz, B. S. 1966; Benton, A. L. 1962b, 1969; Blaut, J. M. 1969, 1971; & G . F . McCleary & A. S. Blaut 1970; & D. Stea 1971; Bonistalli, E. 1970; Boone, D. R . 1965a, 1965b, 1966; & T . E. Prescott 1968; Bourdon, B. 1902; Bruner, J . S. & R. R. Oliver & P. M. Greenfield 1966; Burt, W. 1943; Butters, N. & M. Barton 1970; Cousins, D. & E. Abravanel 1971; Critchley, M. 1966a, 1966b; Daehler, M. 1971; DeWolf, M. 1967, 1970; Ehrewald, H. 1931; Evans, J . R . 1969; Ezinga, G. & G. L. Rowland 1972; Faglioni, P. & G . Scotti & H. Spinnler 1971; Fisher, S. 1962; Gerstmann, J. 1957; Gloning, K. 1965; Goodall, J . 1972; Gordon, A. 1911; Gottheil, E. & J . Corey & A. Paredes 1968; Gould, J . L. & M. Henerey & M. C. MacLeod 1970; Gozova, A. P. 1966; Handel, S. & C. B. DeSoto & M. London 1968; Hediger, H. P. 1961; Howard, I. P. & W. B. Templeton 1966; Izawa, K . 1970; Kates, R. W. & J . F . Wohlwill 1966; Kershner, J . R . 1970, 1971; Kolakowski, D. L. 1971; Leyhausen, P. 1954; Little, K. B. 1965;

885 MacKay, D. M. 1962; Macrae, D. & E. Trolle 1956; Menzel, E. W. 1969a, 1971a, 1971b, 1972b; Money, J. 1965; National Academy of Sciences 1965; Nerlove, S. B. & R. H. Munroe & R. L. Munroe 1971; Ohnuki-Tierney, E. 1972; Osborne, R. T. & A. J. Gregor 1966; Piaget, J. & B. Inhelder 1956; deRenzi, E. & P. Faglioni 1967; Robinson, L. T. 1970; Rudel, R. G. & H.-L. Teuber 1971b; Saarinen, T. F. 1969; Scherer, A. 1957; Semmes, J. S. & S. Weinstein, L. Ghent & H.-L. Teuber 1955; von Senden, M. 1960; Smith, I. M. 1964; Sommerfelt, A. 1958; Stea, D. 196-, 1969; ed. 1970; & R. M. Downs 1970a, 1970b; & J. M. Blaut 1971a; Super, S. 1969; Teuber, H.-L. 1963; Thorn, R. 1970; Thompson, L. M. 1950-51; Thompson, W. 1969; Warren, D. H. 1970; Wenner, A. M. & D. L. Johnson 1967; Williams, M. & K. Jambor 1964; Youniss, J. & H. G. Furth 1966. STEINTHAL, HEYMANN, IDEAS OF, RELATED TO PROBLEM OF LANGUAGE ORIGINS Bumann, W. 1965; Steinthal, H. 1863. SYMBOLISM, see SIGN THEORY THOUGHT AND LANGUAGE, cf. also COGNITION Akhmanov, A. 1957; Ammann, H. 1938; Antonov, N. P. 1953; Argyll, G. J. D. C. 1887; Aubert, H. 1890; BaTramov, A. 1963; Baldwin, J. M. 1893; Ballet, G. 1886; Belyaev, B. V. 1958; Benda, C. E. 1958-59; Benveniste, É. 1965; Berg, R. F. 1966, 1970a; Binswanger, L. 1926; Bracken, H. M. 1970a; Bronowski, J. S. 1967; Brown, R. W. 1960; Bruner, J. S. 1962; Bruni, F. 1951; Brunot, F. 1926; Bubrikh, D. V. 1946; Bunak, V. V. 1951a, 1968; Butler, S. 1890; Buyssens, E. 1968; Carmichael, L. & H. P. Hogan & A. A. Walter 1932; Carroll, J. B. 1959, 1964; Ceccato,S. 1969, 1970; Champagne, A. A. 1971; Chauchard, P. 1956; Chavkin, N. D. 1966; Chomsky, N. 1968; Chuprikova, N. 1967; Church, J. 1961; Ciborowski, T. 1971; & M. Cole 1971; Clark, H. H. 1969; Cofer, C. N. 1957; Cohen, L. J. 1968; Cohen, M. 1956c; Cole, M. & J. Gay & J. A. Glick & D. W. Sharp 1972; Condillac, E. B. 1803; Deese, J. 1965; Desbiens, M. 1932; Dobrogayev, S. M. 1945, 1946a, 1946b; Dugas, L. 1896; Ebbels, A. 1887; Edfelt, A. W. 1960; Egger, V. 1881; Einstein, A. 1949; Ellis, A. J. 1873; Erdmann, B. 1896-1901; Erdödi, J. 1948; Ervin (Ervin-Tripp), S. M. 1964b; Faaborg-Andersen, K. & A. W. Edfelt 1958; Fessalonitskiï, A. 1953; Filin, F. P. 1967; Firth, H. 1966; Fodor, I. 1965; Fodor, J. A. & M. Garret & T. G. Bever 1968; Foucault, M. 1966; Frederick, H. E. 1965; Furth, H. G. 1961, 1966a, 1966b, 1966c, 1970b; Gagné, R. M. & E. C. Smith 1962; Galton, E. 1887; Gaudiche, P. 1952; Geppert, L. 1964; Gerbova, V. 1969; van Ginnekan, J. 1941-42; Godfrey, R. G. 1968; Gordis, R. 1938; Gorman, P. P. 1960; Gorsky, D. P. 1957; Grava, A. 1969; Greene, N. 1971; Guillaume, P. 1959; Hachet Souplet 1903; Harris, K. S. 1972;'Hayakawa, S. 1.1954; Hayes, J. R. 1970; Head, H. 1926; Hebel, F. 1965; Hohendorf, R. 1951-52; Hrabë, V. 1956; Ismailov, B. 1969; Isserlin, M. 1931; Jackson, J. H. 1893, 1931; James, W. 1892; Janet, P. 1936a, cl936b, 1936c; Janke, W. 1961; Jerusalem, W. 1890; Jessen, P.W. 1866; Johnston,N.M. 1971; Kaltsounis, B. 1970; Kearney, J. E. 1970; Keller, H. 1954; Kendler, H. H. & T. S. Kendler 1968; Kersten, P. 1863; Kinsbourne, M. & E. K. Warrington 1963; Kirk, R. 1967; Klapp, S. T. 1971; Köhler, O. 1956; Kol'tsova, M. 1966; Konczewski, C. 1971; Kondrashov, N. & A. Spirkin 1952; Laniz, D. & V. Stefflre 1964; Lee, L. C. 1965; Lemaitre, A. 1902,1905; Lenneberg, E. H. 1953, 1962a, 1962b; Leont'ev, A. A. 1959, 1964b, 1965; Ligera 1932; Lötz, J. B. 1956; Lublinskaya, A. A. 1954, 1966; Mach, E. 1900; Mandall, S. 1931; Mark, H. J. 1962; Marx, K., F. Engels, V. I. Lenin & I. V. Stalin 1933; Max, L. W. 1937; Meyers, R. 1948; Mivart, St. G. J. 1889; Moncalm 1899; Montagu, A. 1963; Morgan, C. L. 1889; Mounin, G. 1971; Mousseau, J. 1969; Müller, F. M. 1878, 1887a, 1887b, 1887c; Murphy, J. J. 1887;

886 Nicholas of Cusa 1447; Nicols, A. 1887; Odom, P. & R. L. Blanton & C. K. Mclntyre 1970; Oleron, P. 1951, 1952a, 1957, 1971a, 1971b; & H. Herren 1961; Olson, D. R. 1970; Ombredane, A. 1951; Pallus, H. 1963; Panfilov, V. Z. 1957; Pettifor, J. L. 1964; Piaget, J. 1926, 1951, 1954a, 1954b, 1955, 1963, 1966, 1968b; Pillsbury, W. B. 1915; Porter, S. 1880; Pribram, K. H. 1970; Prochäzkova, E. 1958; Przetacznikowa, M. 1971; Puybonnieux, J. B. 1846; Reade, T. M. 1887; Regnaud, P. 1897; Reitan, R. M. 1960; Reznikov, L. O. 1961, 1962; Rimoldi, H. J. A. 1967, 1969, 1971; & M. B. Aghi & G. B. Burger 1968; Romanes, G. J. 1887,1888; Rosengart-Pupko, G. 1948,1966; Rosenstein, J. 1961, 1964; Ross, B. M. 1966; Rossi, E. 1958; Rule, C. 1967; Schaenzle, J. 1939; Schmitt, A. 1954; Schneider, M. 1908-11; Searle, J. R. 1969; Sechehaye, A. 1933; Sinclair 1967; Serebrennikov, B. 1970a; Slama-Cazacu, T. 1957; Sokolov, A. N. 1960, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1971; Spirkin, A. G. 1957, 1960; Svorad, D. 1956; Tervoort, B. T. M. 1962-63,1969a, 1970; Thollon, B. 1893; Van der Woude, K. W. 1970; Vernon, M. 1967, 1971; Verra, V. 1957; Vincent, M. 1951,1957; Vuillemey, P. 1940; Vygotskil, L. S. 1934; Wason, P. C. 1965; Watson, J. B. 1920, 1924a, 1924b; Weigl, E. & E. Metze 1968; Wells, C. O. 1942; Werner, H. 1959; Wilder, L. 1971a; & D. J. Harvey 1971; Wingfield, A. 1966; Wright, C. 1973; Youniss, J. & H. G. Furth 1967; & H. G. Furth & B. M. Ross 1971; Zgusta, L. 1967; Zhinkin, N. 1960a; Zoppi, G. P. 1895. TIME IN LANGUAGE, TEMPORAL CONCEPTUALIZATION Ames, L. B. 1946; Bonistalli, E. et al. 1970; Cohen, M. 1971; Coles, J. 1963; Cromer, R. F. 1968; Ehrewald, H. 1931; Ferreiro,E.& H.Sinclair 1971; Goldstone, S. & J. L. Goldfarb 1966; Herriot, P. 1969; Neff, W. D. 1964; Sommerfelt, A. 1958; Thorn, R. 1970; Tubbs, W. E. 1969; Vertes, L. 1965; de Vertus, A. 1868; Wells, O. D. 1967; Wyss, H. 1966. TONGUE, ANATOMY, INNERVATION OF, STEREOGNOSIS OF THE TONGUE Aungst, L. F. 1965; Ballard, C. F. 1963; Bell, D. & A. Hale 1963; Blom, S. 1970; Bosma, J. F., ed. 1970; Canetta, R. 1967; Class, L. 1956; Dellow, P. G. & I. P. Lund, K. Babcock & G. van Rosendal 1970; Ehrlich, A. B. 1970; Froeschels, E. 1957a, 1962a, 1962b; Gaudry, A. 1890; Hirschhorn, H. H. 1970; lann, G. R. & M. M. Ward & H. W. Jann 1964; Kawamura, Y. 1961; Langworthy, O. R. 1924a, 1924b; Larson, M. H. 1956; Lewis, J. A. & R. F. Counihan 1965; Lewis, R. 1971; Locke, J. L. 1968a, 1968b; MacNeilage, P. F. & G. N. Sholes 1964; McCall, G. N. 1969; & N. M. Cunningham 1971; Moser, H. M. & J. R. La Gourgue & L. Class 1967; Palmer, M. F. & C. W. Wurth & J. W. Kinchloe 1964; Piveteau, J. 1958; Pleasonton, A. K. 1970; Reicher, M. 1969; Ringel, R. L. & A. S. House, K. W. Burk, J. P. Dolinsky & C. M. Scott 1970; Sinelnikov, Y. R. 1967; Sonntag, C. F. 1921; Sussman, H. M. 1970, 1972; Tarkhan, A. A. 1936; Weddell, G. & J. A. Harpman, D. G. Lambley & L. Young 1940; Weinberg, B. 1969; Williams, W. N. & L. L. LaPointe 1971a, 1971b; Wright, G. H. 1961; Wyczoikowska, A. 1913. TOOL-USING AND LANGUAGE Adams, J. A. 1969, 1971; Alsberg, P. 1970; Bakwin, H. & R. M. Bakwin 1953; Barnes, D. S. 1969; Beatty, E. H. 1951; Berr, H. 1921; Bielicki, T. 1965; Bishop, A. 1962; Bolwig, N. 1964a; Bowen, R. N. 1969; Brace, C. L. 1962; & S. Molnar 1967; Brain, W. R. 1965; Brezillon, M. 1972; Brose, D. S. & M. H. Wolpoff 1971; Broth well, D. R. 1959, 1963; Burton, F. D. 1972; Calvert, B. 1970; Campbell, T. D. 1925, 1939; Carpenter, A. 1887; Coates, B. & W. Hartup 1969; Dahlberg, A. A. 1963; Dale, E. & D. Reichert 1969; Dart, R. A. 1949a, 1949b, 1954, 1956a, 1956b, 1958, 1959a, 1959b, 1959c, 1959d, 1959e, 1960, 1961, 1962a, 1962b, 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1965c, 1968, 1971; Emlen, J. T. 1962; Every, R. G. 1965; Fisher, J. & R. A.

887 Hinde 1949; Fitts, P. M. 1964; Fouts, G. T. & D. A. Parton 1969; Frese, J. 1967; Galis, L. 1968; Gardin, J.-C. 1967; Geiger, L. 1868b, 1880; Gessain, P. 1959; Giese, F. 1928; Goodall, J. 1964, 1967a, 1967b, 1972; Greenberg, J. H. 1968; Gruber, A. 1969; Hall, K. R. L. 1963a; Harlow, H. F. & M. K. Harlow & D. R. Meyer 1950; Hewes, G. W. 1973a; Holloway, R. L. 1967a, 1967b, 1968a; Huizinga, J. 1939; Jeffreys, M. D. W. 1965; Jensen, G. D. 1961; Jones, C. & J. Sabater Pi 1969; Kawamura, S. 1950; Kelber, M. 1965; Kennedy, K. A. R. 1965; Khrustov, G. F. 1968; Kinsbourne, M. & J. Cook 1971; Kochetkova, V. 1967,1968; Kohts, N. N. 1959, 1964; Kortlandt, A. 1959, 1962, 1964, 1965a, 1965b, 1966,1967a, 1967b, 1967c, 1967d, 1968; & M. Kooij 1963; & J. C. J. van Zon 1969; Kozlowski, J. K. 1970; Krantz, G. S. 1960; Kuttner, R. 1962; Lancaster, J. B. 1968a, 1968b; Landsmeer, J. M. F. 1962; Lashley, K. S. 1951; Leakey, L. B. 1961, 1968; Leakey, R. E. F. 1970; Leigh, R. W. 1928, 1937; Leroi-Gourhan, A. 1943, 1958d, 1964; Lewis, O. J. 1971; Liepmann, H. 1905; Luria, A. R. 1956; Mann, A. 1971; Menzel, E. W. 1966, 1970, 1972a; & R. K. Davenport & C. M. Rogers 1970; Meyer, F. 1947; Morse, D. H. 1968; Münsterberg, H. 1899; Napier, J. R. 1956,1960, 1961, 1962a, 1971; Noble, H. E. 1928; Noire, L. 1877, 1880, 1925; Novoselova, S. L. 1960; Oakley, K. P. 1954,1957,1959, 1961a, 1961b, 1968, 1969,1970; Olivier, G. 1965; O'Neill, J. J. & H. J. Oyer 1961; Oppenheimer, A. M. 1964; Oppenheimer.W. 1932; Paillard, J. 1960; Parker, C. E. 1969; Pedersen, P. O. 1938; Petterson, M. 1956; Pieraccini, G. 1935; Pilbeam, D. R. & E. L. Simons 1965; Posnansky, M. 1959; Rensch, B., ed. 1967; Robinson, J. T. 1962b; Romanes, G. J. 1890; Rosinski, F. 1970; Rosner, S. R. 1971; Rossi, E. 1952; Savage, R. S. & J. Wyman 1843^4; Scheflen, A. E. 1961; Schenkel, R. 1964; Semenov, S. A. 1960,1968; de Silva, G. S. 1971; Smith, E. 1925; Sollas, W. J. 1908; Spier, R. F. G. 1970; Spuhler, J. N. 1965; Strobel, D. A. & R. R. Zimmerman 1971; Struhsaker, T. T. & P. Hunkeler 1971; Sugiyama, Y. 1969; Suzuki, A. 1966; Tappen, N. C. 1968; Taylor, R. M. S. 1963; Tobias, P. V. 1965a, 1966, 1971; Tsujimoto, R. N. & R. M. Liebert 1971; Turner, C. G. & J. D. Cadien 1969; Tzavaras, A. & H. Hecaen & H. leBras 1971; van Reenen, J. F. 1966; Wagoner, L. C. & E. M. Armstrong 1928; Walk, R. D. & E. K. Bond 1971; Wallon, H. 1942; Wapner, S. & L. Cirillo 1968; Washburn, S. L. 1959a, 1959b, 1960, 1963a, 1963b, 1968b; & P. C. Jay 1967; Waugh, L. M. 1937; Wechkin, S. 1970; White, L. A. 1942; Wolberg, D. L. 1970, 1971. UNIVERSALS OF LANGUAGE Aginsky, B. W. & E. G. Aginsky 1948; Bach, E. 1968; & R. T. Harms 1968; Barosso, G. 1970; Barsch, R. H. 1965; Bartz, B. 1966; Baumgärtner, K. 1969; Bausch, K.-R. 1965; Belie, A. 1952; Bell, A. 1971; Beritashvili, I. S. et al. 1969; Berlin, B. & P. Kay 1969; Bever, T. G. 1970b; Bierwisch, M. 1967; Blaut, J. M. et al. 1970; & D. Stea 1971; Bogatyreva, A. 1968; Bolinger, D. L. 1969; Burling, R. 1966; Carmichael, L. et al. 1932; Champagne, A. 1971; Conturat, L. & L. Leau 1907; Daehler, M. 1971; Delack, J. B. 1971; Ebbels, A. 1887; Ellis, R. 1873; Ezinga, G. & G. Rowland 1872; Faglioni, P. et al. 1971; Ferguson, C. A. 1963; Fillmore, C. J. 1968; Font Puig, P. 1944; Frey, G. & F. Rossi-Landi 1951; Frolov, Yu. P. 1965; Fromkin, V. 1970; Fudge, E. C. 1967; Gardner, P. M. 1966; Gartrell, R. B. 1969; Gipper, H. 1955; Goyvaerts, D. L. 1972; Greenberg, J. H. 1962, 1966a, 1966b, 1966c, 1969; ed. 1962; Heider, E. R. 1972; Herzka, H. S. 1969; Hjelmslev, L. 1948; Hockett, C. F. 1963a; & S. A. Altmann 1968; Hurford, J. R. 1971; Jakobson, R. 1960; Katz, J. J. 1966; Koutstaal, C. W. & O. W. Smith & L. Knops 1971, 1972; Langendoen, D. T. 1967; Luden, H. 1925; Macrae, D. & E. Trolle 1956; McNeill, D. 1969; Merrifield, W. R. 1971; Mukhina, V. 1964, 1965; Nykl, A. R. 1957; Osborne, R. & A. J. Gregor 1966; Pitts, W. & W. S. McCulloch 1947; Port-Royal 1676; Pott, A. F. 1862; de Renzi, E. & P. Faglioni 1967; Rozanova, T. V. 1966; von Senden, M. 1960; Vanyushkima, L. N. 1969; Voitonis, N. Y. 1949.

888 VISION AND LANGUAGE; PICTORIALISM Aldrich, V. C. 1958; Alt, J. 1968; Armstrong, H. C. 1953; Arnheim, R. 1969, 1970; Aronson, E. & S. Rosenbloom 1971; Attneave, F. 1954, 1955, 1967; Atwood, G. E. 1969,1971; Auerbach, E. & G. Sperling 1960; Babska, Z. 1961; Banerji,R.B. 1971; Beery, K. E. 1967; Beltrame, R. 1970; Bender, M. & M. Feldman 1972; Berkeley, G. 1948-57; Berlucchi, G. W. Heron, R. Hyman, G. Rizzolatti & C. Umiltä 1971; Birch, H. G. & L. Belmont 1964, 1965; Blair, F. X. 1957; Blank, M. & L. D. Altman & W. H. Bridger 1968; & S. Klig 1970; Bower, G. H. 1969a; Boynton, R. M. & W. R. Bush 1956; Brain, W. R. 1941; Brewer, W. F. 1969; Brown, A. E. & H. K. Hopkins 1967; Bruner, J. S. & R. D. Busick & A. L. Minturn 1952; Butter, E. J. & B. J. Zung 1970; Cashdan, S. 1968; Chenier, A. 1950; Clowes, M. B. 1969; Colegate, R. L. & C. W. Erickson 1970; Comenius, J. A. 1658; Coss, R. G. 1965; Daitz, E. 1953; Davenport, R. K. & C. M. Rogers 1970, 1971; Davidon, R. S. & J. H. Mather 1966; Davis, R. 1961; Debes, J. 1968; DeLeon, J. L. & L. M. Raskin & G. E. Gruen 1970; Denner, B. 1967; Deno, S. L. 1968; & P. E. Johnson & J. R. Jenkins 1968; Deregowski, J. B. 1968a, 1968b, 1970, 1971; Doehring, D. G. 1968; Dougherty, W. G. & G. B. Jones & G. R. Engel 1971; Dundes, A. 1970; Durnford, M. & D. Kimura 1971; Eco, U. 1970; Engel, F. L. 1971; Eriksen,C.W. 1952, 1953; Ewertsen, H. W. & H. B. Nielsen & S. S. Nielsen 1969; et al. 1971; Fantz, R. L. 1961, 1965; Farrer, D. N. 1967; Fineman, K. R. 1968; Firschein, O. & M. A. Fischler 1971; Fischler, M. A. 1969; Fisher, C. G. 1968; Fleming, G. & E. Spaleny & J. Peprnik 1967; Frost, N. 1971; Futterman, L. 1971; Gallup, G. G. 1968, 1970; Gattegno, C. 1969; Gaydas, H. F. 1956; Gazzaniga, M. S. & J. E. Bogen & R. W. Sperry 1965; Gehlen, A. 1940; Gibson, J. J. 1929, 1954; Gode, A. 1954; Goldberg, H. 1968; Goodglass, H. & M. R. Hyde & S. Blumstein 1969; Goodnow, J. J. 1969; Gough, D. 1962; Grewel, F. 1963a; Gropper, G. L. 1966; Guenot, J. 1964; Guzman, A. 1969; Haber, R. N. 1969, 1970; Hall, K. R. L. 1962; & R. C. Oldfield 1950; Harrison, R. P. 1964; Heckscher, W. S. & K.-A. Wirth 1959; Herman, D. T. & R. H. Lawless & R. W. Marshall 1957; Höchberg, J. & V. Brooks 1962; Hofmarksrichter, K. 1931; Horowitz, M. J. 1970; Hudson, W. 1960, 1967; Irwin, F. W. & E. Newland 1940; Jeeves, M. A. & N. F. Dixon 1970; Jenkins, J. R. & D. C. Neale & S. L. Deno 1967; Jensen, B. T. 1952; Jones, L. V. & J. M. Wepman 1965; Kanal, L. N. 1968; Katan, A. 1961; Kelly, M. D. 1970; Keyt, D. 1964; Krauthamer, G. 1959, 1968; Kremenak, S. 1965; Krug, R.F. 1960, 1961; Kutzelnigg, A. 1972; Lansdell, H. 1962; Lantz, D. & E. H. Lenneberg 1966; Leduc, F. V. 1970; Leeuwenberg, E. L. J. 1968; Lobb, H. 1965; MacDougall, J.C. & M. S. Rabinovitch 1971; MacLean, P. D. 1964; Manocha, S. N. 1967; Margolis, J. 1967; Marler, P. 1961b, 1968a; Maruszewski, M. 1966; Maruyama, K. 1961; Masterman, M. 1957; Menzel, E. W. & W. A. Draper 1965; Milgram, N. A. & H. G. Furth 1971; Miller, W. F. & A. S. Shaw 1968; Milne, A. M. 1968; Milner, A. D. & P. E. Bryant 1970; Minear, D. J. 1969; Moran, T. 1968; Morisani, O. 1970; Narasimhan, R. 1964,1969; Nazzaro, J. R. 1970; Nelson, R. O. 1968; Nielsen, H. B. 1970; Nielsen, J. M. 1937, 1942; O'Connor, N. & B. Hermelin 1965; Ojima, S. & Y. Nakano 1963; Paivio, A. 1971; Parini, P. 1963; Piaget, J. & B. Inhelder 1962, 1966; Pick, A. D. & H. L. Pick & M. L. Thomas 1966; Pizzamiglio, L. & A. Appicciafuoco 1971; Price, R. H. & A. B. Slive 1970; Randhawa, B. S. 1971; Raven, H. C. 1932; de Renzi, E. & P. Faglioni & H. Spinnler 1968; Riesen, A. H. 1947; Robertson, A. & J. Youniss 1969; Romanes, G. J. 1878; Rosenberg, B. 1965; Rosenfeld, A. 1969; Ross, B. M. 1969; Rubino, C. A. 1970; Rudel, R. G. & H.-L. Teuber 1964, 1971; Rush, M. L. 1966; Sabatino, D. A. 1969; Sackett, G. P. 1966; Sanders, D. A. & S. J. Goodrich 1971; Scagnelli, P. 1969; Schastnyi, A. I. 1968; Schneiderman, D. Z. 1971; Schwyzer, H. R. G. 1962; Seashore, C. E. & E. A. Jenner 1910; Segal, M. & D. T. Campbell & M. J. Herskovits 1966; & V. Fusella 1969; Seth, G. & D. Guthrie 1935; Shaw, A. S. 1967; Sherman, M. F. & M. T. Turvey 1969; Sidman, M. 1971; Siegel, A. W.

889 & B. J. Vance 1970; Siegenthaler, B. M. & V. Gruber 1969; Smart, R. N. 1957; Smith, W. M. 1965; Sonninen, A., P. Siltala & M. Siirala 1970; Sparkes, J. J. 1969; Sperling, G. 1963; Spreen, O. & A. L. Benton & M. W. van Allen 1966; Stark, J. & S. Cohen & J. Eisenson 1968; Swain, P. H. & K. S. Fu 1970; Taylor, I. A. 1960; Thibault-Laulan, A.-M. 1970; Tzavaras, A. & H. Hecaen & H. LeBras 1970; Uhr, L. 1971; Watanabe, S. 1971; ed. 1969; Wathen-Dunn, W. 1967;Weigl, E. 1963, 1970; Weinberg, B. & M. J. Lyons & G. M. Liss 1970; Wendt, P. 1959; Westlake, P. R. 1970; White, B. L. & P. Castle & R. Held 1964; White, H. I. 1962; Wiig, E. H. & L. S. Bliss 1970; Wilcoxon, G., G. Meier, R. Orlando & D. G. Paulson 1969; Wilson, M. 1968, 1971; Wise, J. H. 1968; WJodarski, Z. 1964, 1970; Wohlwill, J. F. 1971; Wood, L. E. 1971; Youniss, J. & A. Robertson 1970; Zimmerman, R. R. & J. Hochberg 1970, 1971. WASHOE EXPERIMENT (Chimpanzee Washoe) Bronowski, J. & U. Bellugi 1970a, 1970b; Ford, B. 1970; Gardner, B. T. & R. A. Gardner 1968, 1969, 1971; Gardner, R. A. 1972; & B. Gardner 1966, 1967, 1969; Goustard, M. 1970; Hahn, E. 1971a, 1971b; Hewes, G. W. 1969b, 1971a, 1973c; Kellogg, W. N. 1968a; Klima, E. S. & U. Bellugi 1970; La Mettrie, J. O. 1747; Linton, M. 1970; Pfeiffer, J. E. 1969. WHISTLE LANGUAGES Anonymous 1957b; Busnel, R.-G. & A. Moles & M. Gibert 1962; Classe, A. 1957a, 1957b, 1963; Coupin, H. 1900; Cowan, G. M. 1964; Hasler, J. A. 1960; Knecht, S. 1967; Luchsinger, R. 1959a, 1959b; Menarini, A. 1954a, 1954b; O'Shea, H. 1901; Ostwald, P. F. 1959; Ritzenthaler, R. E. & F. A. Peterson 1954; Swain, R. L. 1970; Verneau, R. 1894. WILD CHILDREN, FERAL CHILDREN Balmes, J. L. 1948-50; Caspari, O. 1877; Davis, K. 1947; Foley, J. P. 1940; Friedemann, A. 1965; Gesell, A. 1941a, 1941b; Gregson, E. D. & R. A.M.Gregson 1970; Herodotus 1952; Itard, J. M. G. 1801, 1894, 1962, 1964; Köhler, O. 1950b, 1952a; Konrad von Megenburg 1861; Lindsay, R. 1604; Malson, L. 1964; Montaigne, M. de 1580; Müller, F. M. 1864, 1874; Panconcelli-Calzia, G. 1955; Perion, J. 1554; Singh, J. A. L. & R. M. Zingg 1966; Small, M. H. 1900; Squires, P. C. 1927; Thomas, E. & F. Schaller 1954; Tylor, E. B. 1863; Vallois, H. V. 1954; Vertes, O. A. 1960; Zingg, R. M. 1940a, 1940b. WOLF CHILDREN, see WILD CHILDREN WORK THEORY, ROLE OF LABOR IN ORIGIN OF LANGUAGE Bellamy, C. J. 1877-78; Bücher, K. 1912; Engels, F. 1876; Fabri, K. 1960; Frolov, Yu. P. 1958; Guryev, D. 1964; Kochetkova, V. 1972b; Noire, L. 1877, 1880, 1925; Pirogov, N. 1843-45; Savich, G. A. 1961; Semenov, S. A. 1959; Semenov, Y. I. 1956; Shelkovnikov, S. S. 1964; Slama-Cazacu, T. 1963a, 1963b; Steger, H. 1967. WRITING, DISTURBANCES OF; AGRAPHIA Belmont, L. & H. G. Birch 1965; Bryden, M. P. 1970; Chakrabarti, J. 1966; Critchley, M. 1964; Dejerine, J. J. 1892; Exner,S.1881; Fischer, H. & M.Kohenhof 1965; Geschwind, N. 1962, 1971; Goldberg, H. 1968; Gomez, M. 1970; Hallgren, B. 1950; Harris, A. J. 1957; Hermelin, B. & N. O'Connor 1971; Hewes, G. W. 1949; Kinsbourne, M. & E. K. Warrington 1962b; Lur?at, L. 1964; Matejcek, Z. & 2. Zlab 1963; Orbach, J. 1967; Orton, S. T. 1937; Rozin, P. & S. Poritsky & R. Sotsky 1971; Sasanuma, S. & O. Fujimura 1971; Silver, A. & R. Hagin 1960; Sollberg, G. 1963; Weber, E. 1904; White, M. J. 1971; Wussler, M. & A. Barclay 1970.

890 WRITING AND GESTURE, GESTURAL ORIGINS OF WRITING Abduldaev, E. 1965; Absolon, K. 1957; Alotte,L. 1888; Anonymous 1942; d'Assier, A. 1868b; Baker, H. & R. Kellogg 1967; Bang, T. 1691; Bazell, C. E. 1956; Bekhterev, V. M. 1911; Benton, A. L. 1962b; Blanc, A. C. 1961; Bliss, C. K. 1949-65; Bolinger, D. 1946; Bourdier, F. 1963; Bystrzycka, M. 1970; Changeux, P. N. 1773; Chollot, M. 1967; Claus, J. H. 1928; Clodd, E. 1938; Cohen, M. 1953, 1957,1958; Croft, K. 1949; Danzel, T.-W. 1912; David, M.-V. 1965; DeHaerne, D. 1881; Derrida, J. 1965; Diringer, D. 1949; Gelb, I. J. 1952; van Gennep, A. 1911; Gleason, H. A. 1963; Gorce, M. 1965; Grande, M. 1965; Griaule, M. & G. Dicteslen 1951; Grünewald, G. 1957; Hamp, E. P. 1959; Heaney, W. A. 1951; Heinzelin, J. de 1962; Hellinga, W. G. 1954; Hockett, C. F. 1952; Huxley, T. H. 1871; Istrine, V. 1958; Jensen, H. 1958; Kurcz, I. 1930; Leroi-Gourhan, A. 1958a, 1958b, 1958c, 1965; Luquet, G.-H. 1927; Marshack, A. 1964, 1969a, 1969b, 1970a, 1970b, 1970c, 1971a, 1971b, 1972a, 1972b; de Mas, S. 1863; McCracken,G.E. 1948; McKim, J. C. 1921; McLuhan, M. 1962, 1964; Mead, M. 1970; Meillet, A. 1919; Meredith, G. P. 195-; Morris, D. 1958, 1962; Morrison, P. 1972; Moussaud, J.-M. 1803; Munn, N. 1962; Neurath, O. 1936; Obermair, K. 1967a, 1967b; Pulgram, E. 1951; Raven, P. H. & B. Berlin & D. E. Breedlove 1971; Reiser, O. L. 1955, 1956; Rensch, B. 1961; Rigord, 1704; Rouma, G. 1913; Rozenbergs, J. 196-; Sahly, A. 1970; Sapir, E. 1911; Schiller, P. H. 1951; Schindler, B. 1915, 1917; SchmandtBesserat, D. 1971; Schooling, J. H. 1895; Schott, S. 1950; Slobin, D. I. 1967, 1969; Stuebe, R. 1906; Sudre, J.-F. 1866; Tciang Tceng-Ming 1938; Tegano, U. 1939; Tegethoff, W. 1969; Uldall, H. 1944; Ulimann, S. 1963; Vachek, J. 1939; Vardul', I. F. 1969; Vacic, S. 1969; Vater, J. S. 1799; Verbrugge, A. R. 1958; Vertès, L. 1965; de Vertus, A. 1968; Vierkandt, A. 1909; Voigtmann, C. G. 1854, 1859; Volkman, L. 1923; Wächter, J. G. 1752; Weaver, W. 1955; Wescott, R. 1969a; Wieger, L. 1915; Wilkins, J. 1968; Williams, J. E. 1950. YO-HE-HO THEORY, see WORK THEORY, ROLE OF LABOR IN ORIGIN OF LANGUAGE